UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES PURSUANT

TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Philip Morris International Inc.

 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia

 

13-3435103

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

120 Park Avenue

New York, New York

 

 

10017

(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(917) 663-2000

 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

to be so registered

 

Name of each exchange on which

each class is to be registered

Common Stock, without par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

(Title of class)

 


INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT

AND ITEMS OF FORM 10

Our information statement is filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Form 10. For your convenience, we have provided below a cross-reference sheet identifying where the items required by Form 10 can be found in the information statement.

 

Item No.

  

Caption

  

Location in Information Statement

Item 1.

   Business    See “Summary,” “Our Goals, Strengths and Strategies,” “Risk Factors,” “The Distribution,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Relationship with Altria,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Index to Financial Statements and Schedule” and the statements referenced therein

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors    See “Risk Factors”

Item 2.

   Financial Information    See “Summary,” “Capitalization,” “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Index to Financial Statements and Schedule” and the statements referenced therein

Item 3.

   Properties    See “Business—Efficient Manufacturing Footprint”

Item 4.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management    See “Management—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”

Item 5.

   Directors and Executive Officers    See “Management”

Item 6.

   Executive Compensation    See “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”

Item 7.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Directors Independence    See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Management,” “Relationship with Altria” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”

Item 8.

   Legal Proceedings    See “Business—Litigation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contingencies” and Exhibits 99.2 and 99.3

Item 9.

   Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters    See “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “The Distribution,” “Capitalization,” “Dividend and Share Repurchase Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Distribution of Our Stock,” “Relationship with Altria” and “Management”

Item 10.

   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities    Not Applicable


Item No.

  

Caption

  

Location in Information Statement

Item 11.

   Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered    See “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “The Distribution,” “Dividend and Share Repurchase Policy,” “Description of Capital Stock” and “Certain Provisions of Virginia Law, our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws”

Item 12.

   Indemnification of Directors and Officers    See “Certain Provisions of Virginia Law, our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws”

Item 13.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    See “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Index to Financial Statements and Schedule” and the statements referenced therein

Item 14.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    None

 

 

Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(a) Financial Statements and Schedules

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule

Financial Statement Schedule—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

(b) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith unless otherwise indicated:

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

  2.1    Distribution Agreement between Altria Group, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc. dated January 30, 2008
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Philip Morris International Inc.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of Philip Morris International Inc.
  4.1    Specimen Stock Certificate of Philip Morris International Inc.
10.1    Form of Transition Services Agreement between Altria Corporate Services, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc.
10.2    Form of Tax Sharing Agreement between Altria Group, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc.
10.3    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Altria Group, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc.
10.4    Form of Intellectual Property Agreement between Philip Morris International Inc. and Philip Morris USA Inc.*
10.5   

Credit Agreement relating to a US$3,000,000,000 5-Year Revolving Credit Facility (including a US$900,000,000 swingline option) and a US$1,000,000,000 3-Year Revolving Credit Facility (including a US$300,000,000 swingline option) and a EUR 1,500,000,000 364-Day Term Loan Facility dated as of December 4, 2007 among Philip Morris International Inc. and the Initial Lenders named therein and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent and J.P. Morgan PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc. as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners


Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

10.6    Credit Agreement relating to EUR 2,000,000,000 5-Year Revolving Credit Facility (including a EUR 1,000,000,000 swingline option) and a EUR 2,500,000,000 3-Year Term Loan Facility dated as of 12 May 2005 among Philip Morris International Inc. and the Initial Lenders named therein and Citibank International plc as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan plc as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., HSBC Bank plc and Société Genéralé as Mandated Lead Arrangers**
10.7    Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Agreement and General Release dated July 9, 2004 and Appendices (Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pending with the Securities and Exchange Commission)
10.8    Philip Morris International Inc. Automobile Policy
10.9    Philip Morris International Inc. Financial Counseling Program
10.10    Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan
10.11    Form of Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan Deferred Stock Agreement (Pre-2008 Grants)
10.12    Form of Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan Deferred Stock Agreement (2008 Grants)
10.13    Form of Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement
10.14    Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland (IC)
10.15    Summary of Supplemental Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland
10.16    Summary of Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan
10.17    Form of Philip Morris International Benefit Equalization Plan
10.18    Form of Restated Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreement (Executive Trust Arrangement)
10.19    Form of Restated Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreement (Secular Trust Arrangement)
10.20    Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
10.21    Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors
10.22    Employment Agreement with André Calantzopoulos
10.23    Employment Agreement with Jean-Claude Kunz
10.24    Employment Agreement with Hermann Waldemer
10.25    Agreement with Louis C. Camilleri
21.1    Subsidiaries of Philip Morris International Inc.
99.1    Information Statement of Philip Morris International Inc., dated March     , 2008
99.2    Certain Litigation Matters and Recent Developments
99.3    Trial Schedule

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

By:

 

 

/ S /    A NDRÉ C ALANTZOPOULOS

 

Name: André Calantzopoulos

 

Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: February 7, 2008


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

  2.1    Distribution Agreement between Altria Group, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc. dated January 30, 2008
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Philip Morris International Inc.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of Philip Morris International Inc.
  4.1    Specimen Stock Certificate of Philip Morris International Inc.
10.1    Form of Transition Services Agreement between Altria Corporate Services, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc.
10.2    Form of Tax Sharing Agreement between Altria Group, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc.
10.3    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Altria Group, Inc. and Philip Morris International Inc.
10.4    Form of Intellectual Property Agreement between Philip Morris International Inc. and Philip Morris USA Inc.*
10.5   

Credit Agreement relating to a US$3,000,000,000 5-Year Revolving Credit Facility (including a US$900,000,000 swingline option) and a US$1,000,000,000 3-Year Revolving Credit Facility (including a US$300,000,000 swingline option) and a EUR 1,500,000,000 364-Day Term Loan Facility dated as of December 4, 2007 among Philip Morris International Inc. and the Initial Lenders named therein and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent and J.P. Morgan PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc. as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

10.6    Credit Agreement relating to EUR 2,000,000,000 5-Year Revolving Credit Facility (including a EUR 1,000,000,000 swingline option) and a EUR 2,500,000,000 3-Year Term Loan Facility dated as of 12 May 2005 among Philip Morris International Inc. and the Initial Lenders named therein and Citibank International plc as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan plc as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., HSBC Bank plc and Société Genéralé as Mandated Lead Arrangers**
10.7    Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Agreement and General Release dated July 9, 2004 and Appendices (Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pending with the Securities and Exchange Commission)
10.8    Philip Morris International Inc. Automobile Policy
10.9    Philip Morris International Inc. Financial Counseling Program
10.10    Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan
10.11    Form of Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan Deferred Stock Agreement (Pre-2008 Grants)
10.12    Form of Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan Deferred Stock Agreement (2008 Grants)
10.13    Form of Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement
10.14    Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland (IC)
10.15    Summary of Supplemental Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland
10.16    Summary of Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan


Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

10.17    Form of Philip Morris International Benefit Equalization Plan
10.18    Form of Restated Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreement (Executive Trust Arrangement)
10.19    Form of Restated Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreement (Secular Trust Arrangement)
10.20    Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
10.21    Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors
10.22    Employment Agreement with André Calantzopoulos
10.23    Employment Agreement with Jean-Claude Kunz
10.24    Employment Agreement with Hermann Waldemer
10.25    Agreement with Louis C. Camilleri
21.1    Subsidiaries of Philip Morris International Inc.
99.1    Information Statement of Philip Morris International Inc., dated March     , 2008
99.2    Certain Litigation Matters and Recent Developments
99.3    Trial Schedule

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.

 

vii

Exhibit 2.1

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

ALTRIA GROUP, INC.

AND

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

DATED AS OF JANUARY 30, 2008

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS    1

1.01

  General    1

1.02

  References to Time    9
ARTICLE II   THE DISTRIBUTION    9

2.01

  Distribution    9

2.02

  Actions Prior to the Distribution    9

2.03

  Conditions to Distribution    9

2.04

  Certain Shareholder Matters    10

2.05

  Intercompany Accounts    11
ARTICLE III   SURVIVAL, ASSUMPTION, MUTUAL RELEASES AND INDEMNIFICATION    11

3.01

  Survival of Agreements    11

3.02

  Release of Pre-Closing Claims    12

3.03

  PMI Indemnification of Altria Group Members for Certain Liabilities    13

3.04

  Altria Indemnification of PMI Group Members    14

3.05

  PM USA Indemnification of PMI Group Members    14

3.06

  Tax Considerations    15

3.07

  Notice and Payment of Direct Claims    15

3.08

  Notice and Defense of Third-Party Claims    15

3.09

  Contribution    16

3.10

  Foreign Exchange    16

3.11

  Subrogation    17

3.12

  Insurance Proceeds    17

3.13

  Exclusivity and Limitations Regarding Tobacco Product Claims    17
ARTICLE IV   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL COVENANTS    18

4.01

  Further Assurances    18

4.02

  Receivables Collection and Other Payments    18
ARTICLE V   ACCESS TO INFORMATION    18

5.01

  Provision of Corporate Records    18

5.02

  Access to Information    18

5.03

  Litigation Support and Production of Witnesses    19

5.04

  Reimbursement    19

5.05

  Retention of Records    20

5.06

  Privileged Information    20

5.07

  Confidentiality    21

5.08

  Joint Defense    21
ARTICLE VI   DISPUTE RESOLUTION    21

6.01

  Step Process    21

6.02

  Management Negotiation and Mediation    21

 

-i-


6.03

  Arbitration    22

6.04

  Injunctive Relief    22

6.05

  Remedies    22

6.06

  Expenses    22

ARTICLE VII

  NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES    23

7.01

  No Representations or Warranties    23

ARTICLE VIII

  INSURANCE    23

8.01

  Insurance Policies and Rights    23

8.02

  Administration and Reserves    23

8.03

  Allocation of Insurance Proceeds; Cooperation    24

8.04

  Reimbursement of Expenses    24

8.05

  No Reduction of Coverage    24

8.06

  Shared Insurance Policies Other Than D&O and Fiduciary Liability    25

8.07

  D&O Liability    25

8.08

  1994 D&O Liability Retro Program    25

8.09

  Altria/Kraft D&O Liability Runoff Policy    25

8.10

  Fiduciary Liability    26

8.11

  Altria/Kraft Fiduciary Liability Runoff Policy    26

ARTICLE IX

  MISCELLANEOUS    26

9.01

  Complete Agreement    26

9.02

  Other Agreements    26

9.03

  Expenses    27

9.04

  Governing Law    27

9.05

  Notices    27

9.06

  Amendment and Modification    28

9.07

  Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries    28

9.08

  Counterparts    28

9.09

  Interpretation    28

9.10

  Legal Enforceability    28

9.11

  Construction    28

 

-ii-


DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of January 30, 2008 (as amended and supplemented pursuant to the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Altria Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“Altria”), and Philip Morris International Inc., a Virginia corporation (“PMI”). In addition, Philip Morris USA Inc., a Virginia corporation (“PM USA”), has entered into this Agreement solely for the purpose of providing the indemnification set forth in Section 3.05.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Altria currently owns 100% of PMI’s issued and outstanding Common Stock;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Altria has determined that it is in the best interest of Altria to distribute its entire ownership interest in PMI through a pro-rata distribution of all of the outstanding shares of PMI Common Stock owned by Altria on the Distribution Date to the holders of Altria Common Stock pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement (the “Distribution”);

WHEREAS, the Distribution is intended to qualify as a tax-free spin-off pursuant to Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); and

WHEREAS, the parties intend in this Agreement, including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, and the Other Agreements (as defined below) to set forth the principal arrangements among them regarding the Distribution;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.01 General . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

AAA : American Arbitration Association.

Action : any claim, suit, action, arbitration, inquiry, investigation or other proceeding of any nature (whether criminal, civil, legislative, administrative, regulatory, prosecutorial or otherwise) by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

Affiliate : with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with,


such specified Person; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, no member of the Altria Group and no officer or director of any member of the Altria Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the PMI Group and vice versa.

ALCS : Altria Corporate Services, Inc., a New York corporation, formerly known as Philip Morris Management Corp.

Altria : as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Altria Business : all business and operations (including related joint ventures and alliances) of any member of the Altria Group at any time after the Distribution Date.

Altria Common Stock : the common stock, par value $0.33  1 / 3  per share, of Altria.

Altria Group : Altria and the Subsidiaries of Altria other than members of the PMI Group.

Altria Group Liabilities : except as otherwise specifically provided in any Other Agreements, all Liabilities, whether arising before, at or after the Distribution Date, (i) of or in any way relating, in whole or in part, to any member of the Altria Group or (ii) arising from the conduct of, in connection with or in any way relating to, in whole or in part, the businesses and operations of the Altria Group or the ownership or use of assets or property in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Altria Group Liabilities” shall exclude (i) all Liabilities of ALCS pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement (because the Transition Services Agreement will govern those Liabilities); (ii) all Liabilities pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement (because the Employee Matters Agreement will govern those Liabilities); (iii) the PM USA Group Liabilities; (iv) Tobacco Product Claims; and (v) Brand Integrity Claims.

Altria Indemnitee : as defined in Section 3.03(a).

Arbitration Act : the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. ss.ss 1-16, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Brand Integrity Claim : any Action arising out of or relating to allegations of cigarette contraband or smuggling, including allegations of money laundering.

Business Day : any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions located in the Commonwealth of Virginia or the State of New York are authorized or obligated by Law or executive order to close.

Claims Administration : the processing of claims made under the Insurance Policies, including the reporting of claims to the insurance carrier, management and defense of claims and providing for appropriate releases upon settlement of claims.

Claims Handling Agreement : any third party administrator or claims handling agreement of any kind or nature to which any member of any Group is directly or indirectly a party, in effect as of the date hereof, related to the handling of Insured PMI Claims.

 

-2-


Code : as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

Dispute : as defined in Section 6.01 hereof.

Distribution : as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

Distribution Agent : as defined in Section 2.04(a) hereof.

Distribution Date : March 28, 2008, being the date on which the Distribution becomes effective.

Distribution Ratio : as defined in Section 2.04(b) hereof.

Employee Matters Agreement : an employee benefits and compensation allocation agreement to be entered into between Altria and PMI substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, with such changes as may be mutually agreed to by Altria and PMI.

Finally Determined : with respect to any Action or threatened Action, that the outcome or resolution of that Action or threatened Action has either (i) been decided by an arbitrator or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction by judgment, order, award or other ruling or (ii) been settled or voluntarily dismissed and, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), the claimants’ rights to maintain that Action or threatened Action have been finally adjudicated, waived, discharged or extinguished, and that judgment, order, ruling, award, settlement or dismissal (whether mandatory or voluntary, but if voluntary that dismissal must be final, binding and with prejudice as to all claims specifically pleaded in that Action) is subject to no further appeal, vacatur proceeding or discretionary review.

Foreign Exchange Rate : with respect to any currency other than United States dollars as of any date, the average of the bid and asked rates at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date at which such currency may be exchanged for United States dollars as quoted by Citibank, N.A., except that, with respect to any Indemnifiable Liability covered by insurance, the Foreign Exchange Rate for such currency shall be determined as set forth in Section 3.10.

Governmental Authority : any federal, national, state, provincial, local, foreign, international or other court, government, department, commission, board, bureau or agency, authority (including, but not limited to, any central bank or taxing authority) or instrumentality (including, but not limited to, any court, tribunal or grand jury).

Group : the Altria Group, the PMI Group or the PM USA Group, as the context requires.

Indemnifiable Liability : any Liability that is subject to being indemnified by Altria, PM USA or PMI pursuant to Article III.

Indemnified Party : as defined in Section 3.07 hereof.

Indemnifying Party : as defined in Section 3.07 hereof.

Indemnitee : a Person who may seek indemnification under this Agreement.

 

-3-


Indemnity Payment : an amount that an Indemnifying Party is required to pay to an Indemnitee pursuant to Article III.

Information : all records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information.

Insurance Administration : with respect to each Insurance Policy, (i) the accounting for retrospectively-rated premiums, defense costs, indemnity payments, deductibles and retentions as appropriate under the terms and conditions of each of the Insurance Policies, (ii) the reporting to excess insurance carriers of any losses or claims which may cause the per-occurrence or aggregate limits of any Insurance Policy to be exceeded and (iii) the distribution of Insurance Proceeds as contemplated by this Agreement.

Insurance Policy : insurance policies and insurance contracts of any kind that as of the Distribution Date are or have been owned or maintained by, or provide a benefit in favor of, any member of any Group or any of its predecessors, including, without limitation, comprehensive general liability policies, excess liability policies, automobile insurance policies, aviation and aircraft insurance policies, marine cargo and international warehousing insurance policies, employment practices insurance policies, advertisers liability insurance policies, business travel accident insurance policies, commercial television wrap-up coverage policies, worker’s compensation insurance policies, property, casualty and business interruption insurance policies, crime/fiduciary insurance policies, fidelity insurance policies, directors and officers liability insurance policies (including any such policy for directors and officers liability which has been purchased to provide occurrence coverage for both continuing and former directors, officers and employees for claims arising from or relating to events, occurrences or other matters prior to or on the Distribution Date). The term “Insurance Policy” expressly excludes any insurance policies relating to Plans to the extent such insurance policies are addressed under the Employee Matters Agreement.

Insurance Proceeds : those monies received by or on behalf of an insured from a Third Party insurance carrier or paid by a Third Party insurance carrier on behalf of the insured.

Insured Claims : any claim with respect to those Liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, are covered within the terms and conditions of any Insurance Policy, whether or not subject to deductibles, coinsurance, uncollectibility or retrospectively-rated premium adjustments, but only to the extent that such Liabilities are within applicable Insurance Policy limits, including aggregates.

Insured PMI Claims : any claim with respect to any Liability, damage or injury that occurred prior to the Distribution Date that is against any member of the PMI Group or any employee of any member of the PMI Group; provided , that in the case of any such claim or any claims identified in (i) through (v) below, such Liability or expense (including costs of defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees) is or may be insured under one or more of the Insurance Policies. Insured PMI Claims include, without limitation, (i) claims for property or casualty damage or any other Liability or expense with respect to assets of PMI; (ii) claims of Liability or expense arising from business interruption of any PMI Business; (iii) claims against any member of the PMI Group whether or not the PMI Group has or has assumed liability for such claims under this

 

-4-


Agreement or any of the Other Agreements; (iv) claims against any member of the Altria Group to the extent any member of the PMI Group has liability for such claims under this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements; and (v) claims involving or against any director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the PMI Group who is entitled or would have been entitled to indemnification by Altria had the Distribution not occurred.

International Brand Integrity Claims : any Brand Integrity Claim, regardless of the venue in which such Brand Integrity Claim is filed or threatened (i) involving Tobacco Products manufactured, sold, purchased or transferred by a member of the PMI Group (including Tobacco Products manufactured by PM USA pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreement); and (ii) based on allegations regarding conduct that occurred in whole or in part prior to the Distribution Date. International Brand Integrity Claims shall also include all Brand Integrity Claims arising directly or indirectly out of sales of Tobacco Products before August 1, 2007, by Philip Morris Duty Free, Inc., a Delaware corporation, regardless of the venue in which such Brand Integrity Claim is filed or threatened.

International Tobacco Product Claims : any Tobacco Product Claim filed against a member of the Altria Group outside the U.S. and its territories and possessions based in substantial part as between the PM USA Group and the PMI Group on Tobacco Products (i) manufactured by a member of the PMI Group or (ii) manufactured by PM USA pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreement.

IP Agreement : the intellectual property agreement entered into between PM USA and PMI as of January 1, 2008, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

Law : any federal, national, state, provincial, local or foreign statute, ordinance, regulation, code, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, common law, legal doctrine, order, judgment, decree, injunction or requirement of any Governmental Authority or any order or award of any arbitrator, now or hereafter in effect. “Law” shall specifically include, but shall not be limited to, any state, federal, or foreign statute or common law for deceptive and unfair trade practices, unfair and fraudulent business practices, fraud and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Practices Act (“RICO”) or similar statute.

Liabilities : means any and all claims, debts, Losses, liabilities, assessments, guarantees, assurances, commitments and obligations, of any kind, character or description (whether absolute, contingent, matured, not matured, liquidated, unliquidated, accrued, known, unknown, direct, indirect, derivative or otherwise or whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute, or otherwise) whenever arising, including, but not limited to, those arising under or in connection with any Law, and those arising under any contract, guarantee, commitment or undertaking.

Litigation Matters : as defined in Section 5.06(a) hereof.

Losses : with respect to any Person, all losses, damages (whether compensatory, punitive, consequential, multiple or other), judgments, settlements, equitable or injunctive relief or disgorgements, including, where applicable, all punitive damages and criminal and civil fines and penalties, but excluding damages in respect of actual or alleged lost profits, suffered by such

 

-5-


Person, and including all costs, expenses and interest relating thereto (including, but not limited to, all expenses of investigation, all accountant or attorneys’ fees and all other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with an Indemnifiable Liability), regardless of whether any such losses, damages, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses, fines and penalties relate to or arise out of (i) such Person’s own alleged or actual negligent conduct or (ii) in connection with Tobacco Product Claims and Brand Integrity Claims, such Person’s own alleged or actual grossly negligent conduct, reckless conduct or intentional misconduct.

Manufacturing Agreement : collectively, the Amended and Restated Manufacturing and Supply Agreement between Philip Morris Products S.A. and Philip Morris USA Inc. effective as of January 1, 2003 and all predecessor agreements between one or more members of the PMI Group and one or more members of the PM USA Group regarding the manufacturing of Tobacco Products.

Negotiation Notice : as defined in Section 6.02 hereof.

Notices : as defined in Section 9.05 hereof.

Other Agreements : the Transition Services Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement, the IP Agreement, the PMDF Indemnification Agreement (except with respect to indemnification for International Tobacco Product Claims and U.S. Tobacco Product Claims), including any Post-Transfer PMDF Liabilities (as such terms are defined therein) that constitute Tobacco Product Claims, because this Agreement shall govern those claims and supersede such indemnification, the Manufacturing Agreement (except with respect to indemnification, because this Agreement shall govern such matters and supersede such indemnification) and any other agreement entered into in connection with the Distribution.

Person : an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, a limited liability company, an unincorporated organization, or a government or any department or agency thereof.

Plan : as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement.

PM USA : as defined in the preamble to the Agreement.

PM USA Group : PM USA and the Subsidiaries of PM USA.

PM USA Group Liabilities : except as otherwise specifically provided in any Other Agreements, all Liabilities, whether arising before, at or after the Distribution Date arising from the conduct of, in connection with or in any way relating to, in whole or in part, the business and operations of the PM USA Group or the ownership or use of assets or property in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “PM USA Group Liabilities” shall exclude Tobacco Product Claims and Brand Integrity Claims.

PMDF Indemnification Agreement : the indemnification agreement entered into between PMI and PM USA dated as of August 1, 2007.

 

-6-


PMI : as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

PMI Business : all business and operations (including related joint ventures and alliances) of any member of the PMI Group at any time after the Distribution Date.

PMI Common Stock : the common stock, without par value, of PMI.

PMI Group : PMI and the Subsidiaries of PMI.

PMI Group Liabilities : except as otherwise specifically provided in any Other Agreements, all Liabilities, whether arising before, at or after the Distribution Date, (i) of or in any way relating, in whole or in part, to any member of the PMI Group or (ii) arising from the conduct of, in connection with or in any way relating to, in whole or in part, the businesses and operations of the PMI Group or the ownership or use of assets or property in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “PMI Group Liabilities” shall exclude (i) all Liabilities of the PMI Group pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement (because the Transition Services Agreement will govern those Liabilities); (ii) all Liabilities expressly provided for in the Employee Matters Agreement (because the Employee Matters Agreement will govern those Liabilities); (iii) all Liabilities directly, indirectly or derivatively based on, arising out of or in any way relating to, in whole or in part, the Altria Business or the ownership or use of assets or property in connection therewith; (iv) Tobacco Product Claims; and (v) Brand Integrity Claims.

PMI Indemnified Liabilities : PMI Liabilities that are subject to indemnification from a Third Party.

PMI Indemnitee : as defined in Section 3.04(a).

PMI Subsidiaries : all the corporations, limited liability companies or other entities that are Subsidiaries of PMI.

PMI Transfer Agent : the transfer agent for PMI’s Common Stock.

Prime Rate : the rate which Citibank, N.A. (or any successor thereto or other major money center commercial bank agreed to by the parties hereto) announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time.

Privileged Information : as defined in Section 5.06(a) hereof.

Record Date : 5:00 p.m. New York City time on March 19, 2008, being the date for determining the holders of Altria Common Stock entitled to receive shares of PMI Common Stock pursuant to the Distribution.

Representative : with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants, attorneys and representatives.

Rules : as defined in Section 6.03 hereof.

SEC : the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-7-


Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute.

Securities Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute.

Subsidiary : with respect to any specified Person, any corporation or other legal or other entity of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries controls or owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interest entitled to vote on the election of members to the board of directors or similar governing body.

Tax : as defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Tax Advisor : has the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Tax Sharing Agreement : the tax sharing and indemnification agreement which has been or will be entered into on or prior to the Distribution Date between Altria and PMI substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, with such changes as may be mutually agreed to by Altria and PMI.

Tax-Free Status : has the meaning set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

Third Party : a Person who is not a party hereto or a Subsidiary thereof.

Third-Party Claim : as defined in Section 3.08.

Tobacco Product Claims : any Action brought or threatened before, on or after the Distribution Date, directly or indirectly based on, arising out of or related, in whole or in part, to the advertising or marketing of; the use of, exposure to, health effects or claimed health effects of; or statements or warnings regarding; Tobacco Products manufactured on or before December 31, 2008, regardless whether such Claim alleges adverse health effects; deceptive or unfair trade practices; unfair or fraudulent business practices; fraud or violation of RICO; or any other basis for Liability. For the avoidance of doubt, Tobacco Product Claims shall not include (i) Brand Integrity Claims or (ii) Liabilities resulting from Actions or threatened Actions arising out of or relating to antitrust or competition Law, or commercial disputes with vendors, other suppliers, commercial customers or competitors based on contract Law or otherwise.

Tobacco Products : cigarettes, cigars, tobacco portions or smokeless tobacco products manufactured by a member of the PMI Group or the PM USA Group.

Transition Services Agreement : the transition services agreement to be entered into between ALCS and PMI substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, with such changes as may be mutually agreed to by PMI and ALCS, providing for ALCS to make available certain services to the PMI Group and which, when entered into, will supersede the transition services agreement between PMI and ALCS dated as of January 1, 2004.

U.S. Brand Integrity Claims : any Brand Integrity Claim, regardless of the venue in which such Brand Integrity Claim is filed or threatened (i) involving Tobacco Products manufactured, sold, purchased or transferred by a member of the PM USA Group (excluding

 

-8-


Tobacco Products manufactured by PM USA pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreement) and (ii) based on allegations regarding conduct that occurred in whole or in part prior to the Distribution Date.

U.S. Tobacco Product Claims : any Tobacco Product Claim filed against a member of the PMI Group in the U.S. and its territories and possessions based in substantial part as between the PM USA Group and the PMI Group on Tobacco Products manufactured by a member of the PM USA Group, excluding any Tobacco Products manufactured by PM USA pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreement.

1.02 References to Time . All references in this Agreement to times of the day shall be to New York City time, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

ARTICLE II

THE DISTRIBUTION

2.01 Distribution . Altria’s Board of Directors today authorized the Distribution, payable on the Distribution Date to shareholders of record on the Record Date. In connection with such authorization, Altria received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, an opinion from its Tax Advisor regarding the Tax-Free Status.

2.02 Actions Prior to the Distribution . In connection with the Distribution, the parties will take the actions set forth in this Section 2.02.

(a) Altria and PMI will prepare and mail, prior to the Distribution Date, to the holders of Altria Common Stock, such information concerning PMI and the Distribution and such other matters as Altria reasonably determines and as may be required by Law. Each of Altria and PMI will file with the SEC any such documentation that it determines is necessary or desirable to effect the Distribution.

(b) Altria and/or PMI, as appropriate, will take all necessary action to obtain the governmental approvals and material consents that are the subject of Section 2.03(a)(i).

(c) The Other Agreements shall be executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

2.03 Conditions to Distribution .

(a) The consummation of the Distribution will be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 2.03; any determination by Altria regarding the satisfaction of any of such conditions will be conclusive:

(i) All material governmental approvals and material consents necessary to consummate the Distribution shall have been received and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

-9-


(ii) No order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any Governmental Authority or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Distribution shall be in effect and no other event outside the control of Altria shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution;

(iii) The PMI Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution shall have been accepted for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

(iv) The letter ruling Altria received from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the Tax-Free Status shall not have been revoked or modified in any material respect and Altria shall have received confirmation from its Tax Advisor that its opinion regarding the Tax-Free Status continues in effect as of the Distribution Date;

(v) A Registration Statement on Form 10 registering PMI’s Common Stock shall be effective under the Securities Exchange Act, with no stop order in effect with respect thereto, and the Information Statement included therein shall have been mailed to Altria’s stockholders; and

(vi) The actions and filings necessary under securities and blue sky laws of the states of the United States and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions shall have been taken and become effective.

(b) In the event any condition set forth in this Section 2.03 shall not have been satisfied or is likely not to be satisfied on or before March 14, 2008, Altria’s Board of Directors may postpone the Record Date and/or the Distribution Date in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event the Distribution Date is for any reason postponed more than 120 days after the date hereof, it shall be an additional condition to the Distribution that Altria’s Board of Directors shall have redetermined, as of such postponed Distribution Date, that the Distribution satisfies the requirements of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act governing distributions.

2.04 Certain Shareholder Matters .

(a) Subject to Section 2.03 hereof, on the Distribution Date, Altria will deliver to a distribution agent to be appointed by Altria (the “Distribution Agent”) for the benefit of holders of record of Altria Common Stock on the Record Date, one or more stock certificates, endorsed by Altria in blank, representing all of the outstanding shares of PMI Common Stock owned by Altria, and Altria will instruct the Distribution Agent to deliver to the PMI Transfer Agent true, correct and complete copies of the stock and transfer records reflecting the holders of Altria Common Stock entitled to receive shares of PMI Common Stock in connection with the Distribution. Altria will cause its transfer agent to instruct the Distribution Agent to distribute on the Distribution Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter the appropriate number of shares of PMI Common Stock to each such holder or designated transferee(s) of such holder and to credit the appropriate number of such shares to book entry accounts for each such holder or designated transferee. For shareholders who hold Altria Common Stock through a broker or other nominee, their shares of PMI Common Stock will be credited to their respective accounts by such broker or nominee. Altria will cooperate, and will instruct the Distribution Agent to

 

-10-


cooperate, with PMI and the PMI Transfer Agent, and PMI will cooperate, and will instruct the PMI Transfer Agent to cooperate, with Altria and the Distribution Agent, in connection with all aspects of the Distribution and all other matters relating to the issuance and delivery of certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, the shares of PMI Common Stock to be distributed to the holders of Altria Common Stock in connection with the Distribution.

(b) Subject to Section 2.03 hereof, each holder of Altria Common Stock on the Record Date (or such holder’s designated transferee(s)) will be entitled to receive in the Distribution one share of PMI Common Stock for each share of Altria Common Stock held by such holder on the Record Date (the “Distribution Ratio”). Within two Business Days after the Record Date, Altria will inform PMI of the number of shares of Altria Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date and, within one Business Day after receipt of such information, PMI will declare and pay to Altria a stock dividend consisting of the number of shares of PMI Common Stock equal to such number of shares of Altria Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date minus 150 (which is the number of shares of PMI Common Stock to be outstanding on the Record Date, all of which will be held by Altria) in order that the Distribution Ratio be one-for-one.

(c) Until such PMI Common Stock is duly transferred in accordance with applicable Law, PMI will regard the Persons entitled to receive such PMI Common Stock as record holders of PMI Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Distribution without requiring any action on the part of such Persons. PMI agrees that, subject to any transfers of such stock, (i) each such holder will be entitled to receive all dividends payable on, and exercise voting rights and all other rights and privileges with respect to, the shares of PMI Common Stock then held by such holder, and (ii) each such holder will be entitled, without any action on the part of such holder, to receive one or more certificates representing, or other evidence of ownership of, the shares of PMI Common Stock then held by such holder.

2.05 Intercompany Accounts . All intercompany loans or advances between any member of the Altria Group and any member of the PMI Group, and, except as required by the Other Agreements, all other intercompany balances between such Group members shall be paid by the obligor to the obligee within 30 days after the Distribution Date.

ARTICLE III

SURVIVAL, ASSUMPTION, MUTUAL RELEASES AND INDEMNIFICATION

3.01 Survival of Agreements . All covenants and agreements of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement and all covenants and agreements of the parties hereto and their respective wholly-owned Subsidiaries contained in the Other Agreements shall survive the Distribution Date in accordance with their respective terms and shall not be merged into any deeds or other transfer or closing instruments or documents. This Article III shall not be applicable to any Indemnifiable Liability (1) related to Taxes which shall be governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement; or (2) which is otherwise expressly provided for in the Other Agreements.

 

-11-


3.02 Release of Pre-Closing Claims .

(a) Except as provided in Section 3.02(c), effective as of the Distribution Date, PMI does hereby, for itself and each other member of the PMI Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the PMI Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge Altria, the members of the Altria Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Altria Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, including in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Distribution.

(b) Except as provided in Section 3.02(c), effective as of the Distribution Date, Altria does hereby, for itself and each other member of the Altria Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Altria Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge PMI, the respective members of the PMI Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Distribution Date have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the PMI Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, including in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Distribution.

(c) Nothing contained in Section 3.02(a) or (b) shall impair any right of any Person to enforce this Agreement or any Other Agreements, in each case in accordance with its terms. Nothing contained in Section 3.02(a) or (b) shall release any Person from:

(i) any Liability, contingent or otherwise, assumed, transferred, assigned or allocated to the Group of which such Person is a member in accordance with, or any other Liability of any member of any Group under, this Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement or any Other Agreements;

(ii) any Liability on any intercompany account specified in Section 2.05;

(iii) any Liability that the parties may have with respect to indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement or the Other Agreements for claims brought

 

-12-


against the parties by Third Parties, which Liability shall be governed by the provisions of this Article III or, if applicable, the appropriate provisions of the Tax Sharing Agreement and the Other Agreements; or

(iv) any Liability if the release of that Liability would result in the release of an insurance company or other Third Party that is not expressly released by the parties by the terms of this Section 3.02.

(d) PMI shall not make, and shall not permit any member of the PMI Group to make, any claim or demand or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against Altria or any member of the Altria Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 3.02(a), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 3.02(a). Altria shall not, and shall not permit any member of the Altria Group, to make any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against PMI or any member of the PMI Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 3.02(b), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 3.02(b).

(e) It is the intent of each of Altria and PMI by virtue of the provisions of this Section 3.02 to provide for a full and complete release and discharge of all Liabilities existing or arising from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur and all conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, between or among PMI or any member of the PMI Group, on the one hand, and Altria or any member of the Altria Group on the other hand (including any contractual agreements or arrangements existing or alleged to exist between or among any such members on or before the Distribution Date), except as expressly set forth in Section 3.02(c). At any time, at the request of any other party, each party shall cause each member of its respective Group to execute and deliver releases reflecting the provisions hereof.

3.03 PMI Indemnification of Altria Group Members for Certain Liabilities .

(a) On and after the Distribution Date, PMI shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Altria Group and its respective directors, officers and employees (each, an “Altria Indemnitee”) from and against any and all Liabilities incurred or suffered by any Altria Indemnitee arising out of or in connection with:

(i) any and all PMI Group Liabilities;

(ii) the breach by PMI of any obligation of PMI under this Agreement;

(iii) any obligation Altria may have to indemnify any Person by reason of the fact that such Person is or was serving at the request of Altria as a director, trustee, partner, officer or employee of any member of the PMI Group or any partner or joint venture of any member of the PMI Group or any trust or employee benefit plan or other enterprise of any member of the PMI Group;

(iv) any International Tobacco Product Claim; and

 

-13-


(v) any International Brand Integrity Claim.

(b) On and after the Distribution Date, PMI shall indemnify and hold harmless each Altria Indemnitee from and against any and all Liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any document filed with the SEC by any member of the Altria Group pursuant to the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that those Liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information that is either furnished to any Altria Indemnitee by any member of the PMI Group or incorporated by reference by any Altria Indemnitee from any filings made by any member of the PMI Group with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act.

3.04 Altria Indemnification of PMI Group Members .

(a) On and after the Distribution Date, Altria shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the PMI Group and their respective directors, officers and employees (each, a “PMI Indemnitee”) from and against any and all Liabilities incurred or suffered by any PMI Indemnitee arising out of or in connection with:

(i) any and all Altria Group Liabilities; and

(ii) the breach by Altria of any obligation under this Agreement.

(b) Altria shall indemnify and hold harmless each PMI Indemnitee from and against any and all Liabilities caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any document filed with the SEC by any member of the PMI Group pursuant to the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that those Liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information that is either furnished to any PMI Indemnitee by any member of the Altria Group or incorporated by reference by any PMI Indemnitee from any filings made by any member of the Altria Group with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act.

3.05 PM USA Indemnification of PMI Group Members . On and after the Distribution Date, PM USA shall indemnify and hold harmless each PMI Indemnitee from and against any and all Liabilities incurred or suffered by any PMI Indemnitee arising out of or in connection with:

(a) any and all PM USA Group Liabilities;

(b) any U.S. Tobacco Product Claim; and

(c) any U.S. Brand Integrity Claim.

 

-14-


3.06 Tax Considerations . Any indemnification pursuant to Sections 3.03 through 3.05 shall be (i) increased to take account of any net tax cost incurred by the Indemnified Party arising from the receipt or accrual of an Indemnity Payment hereunder (grossed up for such increase) and (ii) reduced to take account of any net tax benefit realized by the Indemnified Party arising from incurring or paying loss or other liability for which an Indemnity Payment was sought. In computing the amount of any such tax cost or tax benefit, the Indemnified Party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any item arising from the receipt or accrual of any Indemnity Payment hereunder. Any Indemnity Payment hereunder shall initially be made without regard to this Section 3.06 and shall be increased or reduced to reflect any such net tax cost (including gross-up) or net tax benefit only after the Indemnified Party has actually realized such cost or benefit. For purposes of this Agreement, an Indemnified Party shall be deemed to have “actually realized” a net tax cost or a net tax benefit to the extent that, and at such time as, the amount of taxes payable by such Indemnified Party is increased above or reduced below, as the case may be, the amount of taxes that such Indemnified Party would be required to pay but for the receipt or accrual of the Indemnity Payment or the incurrence or payment of such loss, as the case may be. The amount of any increase or reduction hereunder shall be adjusted to reflect any Final Determination with respect to the Indemnified Party’s liability for taxes, and payments between such Indemnified Parties to reflect such adjustment shall be made if necessary.

3.07 Notice and Payment of Direct Claims . If any Altria Indemnitee or PMI Indemnitee (the “Indemnified Party”) determines that it is or may be entitled to indemnification by any party (the “Indemnifying Party”) under Article III of this Agreement (other than in connection with any Action subject to Section 3.08), the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice specifying, to the extent reasonably practicable, the basis for its claim for indemnification and, if then reasonably quantifiable, the amount for which the Indemnified Party reasonably believes it is or may be entitled to be indemnified. Within 30 days after receipt of that notice, the Indemnifying Party shall pay the Indemnified Party that amount in cash or other immediately available funds unless the Indemnifying Party objects to the claim for indemnification or the amount of the claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not give the Indemnified Party written notice objecting to that indemnity claim and setting forth the grounds for the objection(s) within that 30-day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have acknowledged its liability for that claim and the Indemnified Party may exercise any and all of its rights under applicable Law to collect that amount. If there is a timely objection by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party in cash the amount, if any, that is Finally Determined to be required to be paid by the Indemnifying Party in respect of that indemnity claim within 15 days after that indemnity claim has been so Finally Determined.

3.08 Notice and Defense of Third-Party Claims . Promptly after the earlier of receipt of (i) notice that a Third Party has commenced an Action against or otherwise involving any Indemnified Party or (ii) information from a Third Party alleging the existence of a claim against an Indemnified Party, in either case, with respect to which indemnification may be sought under Article III of this Agreement (a “Third-Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party written notice of the Third-Party Claim. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided in this Section 3.08 shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its

 

-15-


obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by the failure to give notice. Within 30 days after receipt of that notice, the Indemnifying Party may either (i) acknowledge its liability for that indemnification claim and assume and control the defense of that Third-Party Claim at its sole cost and expense by giving written notice to that effect to the Indemnified Party; or (ii) object to the claim for indemnification set forth in the notice delivered by the Indemnified Party pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3.08; provided , that if the Indemnifying Party does not within that 30-day period give the Indemnified Party written notice objecting to that indemnification claim and setting forth the grounds for the objection(s), the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have acknowledged its liability for that indemnification claim. If the Indemnifying Party has acknowledged liability for the indemnification claim with respect to, and assumed the defense of, a Third-Party Claim, the defense of the Indemnified Party shall be controlled by the Indemnifying Party and counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party, which counsel shall at all times during the pendency of the Third-Party Claim be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party; and the Indemnifying Party may settle or compromise the Third-Party Claim without the prior consent of the Indemnified Party so long as any settlement or compromise of the Third-Party Claim includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all claims that are the subject of that Third-Party Claim; provided , that the Indemnifying Party may not agree to any such settlement or compromise pursuant to which any Liability shall be admitted or any remedy or relief, other than monetary damages for which the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible under this Agreement, shall be applied to or against the Indemnified Party, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate at all times in the defense of any Third-Party Claim for which the Indemnifying Party has acknowledged liability. The Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party in cash the amount, if any, for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement within 30 days after that Third-Party Claim has been Finally Determined.

3.09 Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 3.03(b) or Section 3.04(b) is unavailable to any Indemnified Party, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by that Indemnified Party as a result of the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact in that proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, in connection with those statements or omissions, which relative fault shall be determined by reference to the member of the Altria Group or PMI Group to which those statements or omissions are primarily related, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

3.10 Foreign Exchange . If any portion of an Indemnity Payment required to be made hereunder or under any Other Agreements is denominated in a currency other than United States dollars, the amount of such payment, at the election of the Indemnifying Party, may be reimbursed in local currency or shall be translated into United States dollars using the Foreign Exchange Rate for such currency determined in accordance with the following rules: (1) with respect to an Indemnifiable Liability arising from payment by a financial institution under a guarantee, comfort letter, letter of credit, foreign exchange contract or similar instrument, the

 

-16-


Foreign Exchange Rate for such currency shall be determined as of the date on which such financial institution is reimbursed; (2) with respect to an Indemnifiable Liability covered by insurance, the Foreign Exchange Rate for such currency shall be the Foreign Exchange Rate employed by the insurance company providing such insurance in settling such Indemnifiable Liability with the Indemnifying Party; and (3) with respect to an Indemnifiable Liability not described in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 3.10, the Foreign Exchange Rate for such currency shall be determined as of the date of payment to a Third Party in the case of such payments or as of the date that notice of the claim with respect to such other Indemnifiable Liability is given to the Indemnitee.

3.11 Subrogation . Upon indemnification of the Liabilities under this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to the rights of the Indemnitee against insurers or other Third Parties with respect to such assumed or indemnified amount. It is expressly agreed that no insurer or any other Third Party shall be (i) entitled to a benefit (as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise) it would not be entitled to receive in the absence of Section 3.03, 3.04 or 3.05 of this Agreement, (ii) relieved of the responsibility to pay any Insured Claims or indemnified claims or any other claims for which it is obligated or (iii) entitled to any subrogation rights with respect to any obligation hereunder. The Indemnitee shall, upon request, provide a formal assignment of a claim against an insurer or other Third Party to the Indemnifying Party with respect to the assumed or indemnified amount or shall otherwise reasonably cooperate at the Indemnifying Party’s request and expense, with any attempt by the Indemnifying Party to recoup assumed or indemnified amounts from insurers or other third parties.

3.12 Insurance Proceeds . If an Indemnitee shall receive any amount of Insurance Proceeds or any other monies from a Third Party in connection with an Indemnifiable Liability, then such monies shall be promptly paid to the Indemnifying Party, less the amount of any Indemnifiable Liability incurred by the Indemnitee for which the Indemnifying Party has not yet made the Indemnitee whole. Nothing herein shall permit any Indemnifying Party to delay or refrain from making any payment to any Indemnitee because of the availability or alleged availability of any Insurance Policy or Insurance Proceeds (provided that the foregoing shall not limit the subrogation rights of an Indemnifying Party under Section 3.11). In addition, in no event shall the availability of recovery of an assumed or indemnified amount under an Insurance Policy or other contract relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligation to make the Indemnitee whole for any deductibles, self-insured retentions, retrospective premiums or other amounts payable by the Indemnitee under the Insurance Policy or other contract with respect to any such recovery.

3.13 Exclusivity and Limitations Regarding Tobacco Product Claims . The terms of this Article III shall represent the Parties’ sole and exclusive remedy against one another with respect to Tobacco Product Claims. The Parties shall have no rights against one another pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise with respect to any Tobacco Product Claim filed 25 years or more after the date of this Agreement, even if such Tobacco Product Claim is based in whole or in part on Tobacco Products manufactured on or before December 31, 2008.

 

-17-


ARTICLE IV

CERTAIN ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

4.01 Further Assurances . In addition to the actions specifically provided for in this Agreement and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Other Agreements, each of the parties hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the allocation of tangible or intangible assets.

4.02 Receivables Collection and Other Payments . If, after the Distribution Date, either party receives payments belonging to the other party, the recipient shall promptly account for and remit same to the other party.

ARTICLE V

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

5.01 Provision of Corporate Records . Prior to or as promptly as practicable after the Distribution Date or from time to time as reasonably requested by the PMI Group, the Altria Group shall deliver to the PMI Group: (i) any corporate books and records of the PMI Group in the possession of the Altria Group; (ii) originals or copies of those corporate books and records of the Altria Group primarily relating to the business of the PMI Group; and (iii) copies (paper or electronic) of all Insurance Policies (A) of any type covering only the PMI Group, (B) shared with the Altria Group covering general, products, advertisers and excess liability for all years, (C) shared with the Altria Group covering property, marine cargo, business travel accident, workers compensation, employers and automobile liability for 2002 through 2007, and (D) shared with the Altria Group covering directors and officers, fiduciary, crime, employment practices and aviation liability for 2007. From and after the Distribution Date, all such books, records and copies (where copies are delivered in lieu of originals), whether or not delivered, shall be the property of the PMI Group; provided , however , that all such Information contained in such books, records or copies relating to the Altria Group shall be subject to the applicable confidentiality provisions and restricted use provisions, if any, contained in this Agreement or the Other Agreements and any confidentiality restrictions imposed by Law. Altria will retain copies of any original books and records delivered to PMI other than PMI-only Insurance Policies and related documents; provided , however , that all such Information contained in such books, records or copies (whether or not delivered to the PMI Group) relating to the PMI Group, shall be subject to the applicable confidentiality provisions and restricted use provisions, if any, contained in this Agreement or the Other Agreements and any confidentiality restrictions imposed by Law.

5.02 Access to Information . In addition to the provisions set forth in Section 5.01 above, from and after the Distribution Date and upon commercially reasonable notice, a member of the Altria Group or the PMI Group may request, on behalf of itself or its Representatives, at the expense of the requesting party, commercially reasonable access and duplicating rights

 

-18-


during normal business hours to all Information developed or obtained prior to the Distribution Date within such party’s possession relating to the requesting party or its businesses, its former businesses, its assets or its Liabilities or the Other Agreements. In each case, the requesting party agrees to cooperate with the other party to minimize the risk of unreasonable interference with the other party’s business. The party of which the request is made shall have the right to deny access to the Information if such party determines in its good faith that such denial is in the party’s best interests. In the event access is granted to any Information herein or in the Other Agreements to which access is restricted by Law or otherwise, the parties agree to take such actions as are reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to have such restrictions removed or to seek an exemption therefrom or to otherwise provide the requesting party with the benefit of the Information to the same extent such actions would have been taken on behalf of the requesting party had such a restriction not existed and the Distribution not occurred.

5.03 Litigation Support and Production of Witnesses . Notwithstanding any provisions of Section 5.02 to the contrary, after the Distribution Date, (i) each member of the Altria Group and the PMI Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide assistance to the other with respect to any Third-Party Claim and (ii) any member of the Altria Group and the PMI Group shall continue to have access to the common interest and/or joint defense-related work product developed by either Group in connection with the defense of pending or threatened Tobacco Product Claims prior to the Distribution Date. In addition, any member of either Group shall have the right to request in writing that a member of the other Group make available for consultation or witness purposes, its directors, officers, employees, consultants or agents who have expertise or knowledge with respect to the other party’s business or products or matters in litigation or alternative dispute resolution to the extent that the requesting party believes any such Persons may reasonably be useful or required in connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings in which the requesting party may from time to time be involved. Upon such request the affected members of the Groups shall select a Person or Persons to provide the requested assistance after conferring in good faith to determine which Person or Persons should provide such assistance. Upon such determination, the requested party agrees that the designated Person or Persons shall be made available to the requesting party upon commercially reasonable notice to the same extent such requested party would have made such Person available if the Distribution had not occurred. The requesting party agrees to cooperate with the requested party in giving consideration to business demands of such Persons.

5.04 Reimbursement . Except to the extent otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or any Other Agreements, a party providing Information, consulting, or witness services to the other party under this Article V shall be entitled to receive from the recipient, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, payments for such amounts, relating to supplies, disbursements, travel expenses, and other out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and the direct and indirect costs of employees providing, or assisting in providing, Information, consulting and expert witness services in connection with litigation and alternative dispute resolution, but excluding direct and indirect costs of employees who provide Information or are fact witnesses) as may be reasonably incurred in providing such Information, consulting or witness services.

 

-19-


5.05 Retention of Records . Except as otherwise required by Law or agreed in writing, or as otherwise provided in any Other Agreements, each member of the Altria Group and the PMI Group shall retain, for the retention periods set forth in their respective records management programs as in effect on the Distribution Date or such longer period as required by Law, this Agreement or the Other Agreements, all Information in such party’s possession substantially relating to the other party or its businesses, its former businesses, its assets or its Liabilities or the Other Agreements.

5.06 Privileged Information . In furtherance of the rights and obligations of the parties set forth in this Article V:

(a) Each party hereto acknowledges that: (1) each member of the Altria Group, the PMI Group and the PM USA Group has or may obtain Information that is or may be protected from disclosure pursuant to the attorney-client privilege, the work product doctrine, the common interest and joint defense doctrines or other applicable privileges (“Privileged Information”); (2) actual, threatened or future litigation, investigations, proceedings (including arbitration proceedings), claims or other legal matters have been or may be asserted by or against, or otherwise affect, some or all members of the Altria Group, the PMI Group or the PM USA Group (“Litigation Matters”); (3) members of the Altria Group, the PMI Group and the PM USA Group have or may in the future have a common legal interest in Litigation Matters, in the Privileged Information, and in the preservation of the confidential status of the Privileged Information; and (4) Altria and PMI intend that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Other Agreements and any transfer of Privileged Information in connection herewith or therewith shall not operate as a waiver of any applicable privilege or protection afforded Privileged Information.

(b) Each of Altria and PMI agrees, on behalf of itself and each member of the Group of which it is a member, not to disclose or otherwise waive any privilege or protection attaching to any Privileged Information relating to a member of the other Group or relating to or arising in connection with the relationship between the Groups on or prior to the Distribution Date, without providing prompt written notice to and obtaining the prior written consent of the other.

(c) Upon any member of the Altria Group, the PM USA Group or the PMI Group receiving any subpoena or other compulsory disclosure notice from a court, other Governmental Authority or otherwise that requests disclosure of Privileged Information belonging to a member of another Group, the recipient of the notice shall promptly provide to Altria or PM USA, in the case of receipt by a member of the PMI Group, or to PMI, in the case of receipt by a member of the Altria Group or the PM USA Group, a copy of such notice, the intended response, and all materials or information relating to the other Group that might be disclosed. In the event of a disagreement as to the intended response or disclosure, unless and until the disagreement is resolved as provided in paragraph (b) above, the Altria Group, the PM USA Group and the PMI Group shall cooperate to assert all defenses to disclosure claimed, at the cost and expense of the Group claiming such defense to disclosure, and shall not disclose any disputed documents or information until all legal defenses and claims of privilege have been finally determined.

 

-20-


5.07 Confidentiality . From and after the Distribution Date, each of the Altria Group and the PMI Group shall hold, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its members to hold, in strict confidence all Information concerning or belonging to the other party obtained by it prior to the Distribution Date or furnished to it by such other party pursuant to this Agreement or the Other Agreements and shall not release or disclose such Information to any other Person, except its Representatives who shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 5.07; provided, however, that the Altria Group and the PMI Group and their respective members may disclose such Information to the extent that (a) disclosure is compelled by subpoena or other compulsory disclosure notice from a court, other Governmental Authority or, in the opinion of Altria’s or PMI’s counsel (as the case may be), by other requirements of Law, or (b) such party can show that such Information was (1) available to such party after the Distribution Date from Third Party sources other than employees or former employees of either party, their Affiliates, former Affiliates, Representatives or former Representatives, on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure to such party after the Distribution Date by the other party; (2) in the public domain through no fault of such party; (3) lawfully acquired by such party from Third Party sources other than employees or former employees of either party, their Affiliates, former Affiliates, Representatives or former Representatives, after the time that it was furnished to such party pursuant to this Agreement or the Other Agreements; or (4) independently discovered or developed after the Distribution Date by employees of such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Altria Group and the PMI Group and their respective members shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 5.07 with respect to any Information if it exercises the same care with regard to such Information as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar Information.

5.08 Joint Defense . In the event that both a member of the Altria Group and a member of the PMI Group are defendants in the same proceeding, upon reasonable request, the appropriate member or members of each such Group shall enter into a written joint defense agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to such parties.

ARTICLE VI

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

6.01 Step Process . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Other Agreements, or the breach thereof (a “Dispute”), shall be resolved by: (i) negotiation between senior executives with the possibility of mediation; and (ii) then binding arbitration. Each party agrees on behalf of itself and each member of its respective Group that the procedures set forth in this Article VI shall be the exclusive means for resolution of any Dispute. The initiation of mediation or arbitration hereunder will toll the applicable statute of limitations for the duration of any such proceedings.

6.02 Management Negotiation and Mediation . The parties will first attempt to resolve any Dispute by direct discussions and negotiation, including if either party elects through a written request (a “Negotiation Notice”), negotiation among senior executives of Altria and PMI. Any party asked to participate in such negotiations will use reasonable efforts to make a designated senior executive available promptly to participate in negotiations, with authority to

 

-21-


resolve the matter. The designated senior executives shall consult and negotiate with each other in good faith and, recognizing their mutual interests, attempt to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to both parties. If all parties to the Dispute agree, the parties may also attempt to settle the Dispute by a mediation administered by the AAA under its Commercial Mediation Procedures.

6.03 Arbitration .

(a) If a Dispute is not resolved within 60 days after the Negotiation Notice, any party shall have the right to commence arbitration. In that event, the Dispute shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration administered by the AAA in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules (the “Rules”). The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York. Any Dispute concerning the propriety of the commencement of the arbitration shall be finally settled by such arbitration. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets.

(b) The number of arbitrators shall be one if the claims in such Dispute aggregate less than $100 million, and three if the claims in such Dispute aggregate $100 million or more. If the Parties are unable to agree on the amount of the claims, there shall be three arbitrators.

(c) If one arbitrator is to be chosen, the parties agree to seek to reach agreement on the identity of the sole arbitrator within 30 days after the initiation of arbitration. If the parties do not reach agreement on the sole arbitrator within that time period, then the AAA shall appoint the sole arbitrator.

(d) If three arbitrators are to be chosen, the claimant shall appoint an arbitrator in its request for arbitration. The respondent shall appoint an arbitrator within 20 days of the receipt of the request for arbitration. The two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator who shall serve as chair of the tribunal within 30 days after the appointment of the second arbitrator. If any of the three arbitrators is not appointed within the time prescribed above, then the AAA shall appoint that arbitrator.

6.04 Injunctive Relief . At any time during the resolution of a Dispute between the parties, either party has the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for interim relief, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, necessary to preserve the parties’ rights or to maintain the parties’ relative positions until such time as the arbitration award is rendered or the Dispute is otherwise resolved.

6.05 Remedies . The arbitrator(s) shall have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of this Agreement nor any right or power to award punitive or treble (or other multiple) damages.

6.06 Expenses . Each party shall bear its own expenses and attorneys’ fees in pursuit and resolution of any Dispute. The parties shall share equally the costs and expenses (including the fees of any neutral mediator or arbitrator) of any mediation or arbitration hereunder.

 

-22-


ARTICLE VII

NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES

7.01 No Representations or Warranties . PMI understands and agrees that no member of the Altria Group is, in this Agreement or in any Other Agreements, representing or warranting to the PMI Group in any way as to the PMI Business, or as to any consents or approvals required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Altria understands and agrees that no member of the PMI Group is, in this Agreement or in any Other Agreements, representing or warranting to the Altria Group in any way as to the Altria Business, or as to any consents or approvals required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INSURANCE

8.01 Insurance Policies and Rights .

(a) To the extent permitted under the terms of any applicable Insurance Policy, without limiting the availability of subrogation rights as an Indemnifying Party under Section 3.11, the assets of PMI shall include any and all rights of an insured party, including rights of indemnity and the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer, and to receive Insurance Proceeds with respect to all Insured PMI Claims under any Insurance Policies. The PMI Group shall be solely responsible for any and all deductibles, self-insured retentions, retrospective premiums, claims handling and other charges owed, including defense costs, under the Insurance Policies with respect to the coverage provided for Insured PMI Claims.

(b) To the extent permitted under the terms of any applicable Insurance Policy, without limiting the availability of subrogation rights as an Indemnifying Party under Section 3.11, the assets of Altria shall include any and all rights of an insured party including rights of indemnity and the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer, and to receive Insurance Proceeds under any Insurance Policies other than the rights under any Insurance Policies which are solely assets of PMI. The Altria Group shall be solely responsible for any and all deductibles, self-insured retentions, retrospective premiums, claims handling and other charges, including defense costs, owed under the Insurance Policies with respect to the coverage provided for Insured Claims other than Insured PMI Claims.

(c) Solely for purposes of this Article VIII, “Altria Group” and “PMI Group” shall include their consolidated entities to the extent such entities were in existence on or prior to the Distribution Date.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement is intended to relieve any insurer of any Liability under any Insurance Policy.

8.02 Administration and Reserves . Consistent with the provisions of Article III, from and after the Distribution Date:

(a) Altria shall be responsible for (1) Insurance Administration of the Insurance Policies with respect to any liabilities of any member of the Altria Group, any assets of the Altria Group or any claims as to which the Altria Group has retained rights of reimbursement or subrogation pursuant to this Agreement or any Other Agreements; and (2) Claims Administration with respect to any liabilities of any member of the Altria Group, any assets of the Altria Group or any claims as to which the Altria Group has retained rights of reimbursement or subrogation pursuant to this Agreement or any Other Agreements. It is understood that the retention of the Insurance Policies by Altria is in no way intended to limit, inhibit or preclude any right to insurance coverage for any Insured Claim or any other rights under the Insurance Policies, including without limitation, claims of PMI and any of its operations, Subsidiaries and Affiliates for insurance coverage, reimbursement, subrogation or otherwise.

 

-23-


(b) PMI shall be responsible for (1) Insurance Administration of the Insurance Policies which insure the PMI Group only, and (2) Claims Administration with respect to any liabilities of any member of the PMI Group, any assets of the PMI Group, or any claims as to which the PMI Group has rights of reimbursement or subrogation pursuant to this Agreement or any Other Agreements.

(c) The parties hereto shall cooperate with regards to Insurance Administration, and shall share material information concerning such matters so that both the PMI Group and the Altria Group are aware on a continuing basis of remaining aggregate limits of coverage, deductible payments, retrospective premium payments and other material matters relevant to continued dealings with insurers providing coverage for Liabilities of both Groups.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or deemed to affect in any way the right of Altria to obtain and administer future insurance policies or to enter into future indemnification agreements with Third Parties on whatever terms it believes to be advisable, including the entry into insurance policies covering Altria and its Subsidiaries; provided that , with respect to such future policies or agreements, Altria shall take no action that has an adverse impact on the insurance coverage (and related costs) afforded to PMI under this Article VIII, without the prior written consent of PMI (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

8.03 Allocation of Insurance Proceeds; Cooperation . Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.12, the parties shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that Insurance Proceeds received with respect to claims, costs and expenses under the Insurance Policies shall be paid to Altria with respect to Altria Liabilities and to PMI with respect to the PMI Liabilities.

8.04 Reimbursement of Expenses . PMI shall reimburse the relevant insurer or the relevant third-party administrator or Altria, as appropriate, to the extent required under any Insurance Policy or Claims Handling Agreement for any services performed after the Distribution Date with respect to any and all Insured PMI Claims which are not Altria Liabilities which are paid, settled, adjusted, defended and/or otherwise handled by such insurer or third-party administrator pursuant to the terms and conditions of such Insurance Policy or Claims Handling Agreement.

8.05 No Reduction of Coverage . Except for reduction in coverage resulting from submission and payment of claims, neither party shall take any action to eliminate or reduce

 

-24-


coverage available to the other party under any Insurance Policy or Claims Handling Agreement for any claims without the prior written consent of the other party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect a party’s right to amend the terms of a Claims Handling Agreement or Insurance Policy on renewal or otherwise; and provided that no member of the Altria Group shall have any Liability to any member of the PMI Group if any Insurance Policy is terminated or otherwise ceases to be in effect for any reason (other than a termination in breach of Section 8.02(d)), is unavailable or inadequate to cover any Liability of the PMI Group for any reason.

8.06 Shared Insurance Policies Other Than D&O and Fiduciary Liability . Effective on the Distribution Date, Altria will take the necessary action to terminate the PMI Group’s coverage with respect to occurrences on or after the Distribution Date under the shared insurance policies. Any resulting return of premium or credit will be allocated between the Altria Group and the PMI Group in proportion to their respective contributions to the payment of such premium. Each of the Altria Group and the PMI Group shall be responsible for obtaining its own replacement policies (if so desired) for occurrences on or after the Distribution Date.

8.07 D&O Liability . Effective on the Distribution Date, the existing Insurance Policy covering directors and officers of the Altria Group and the PMI Group will be converted to a six-year run-off policy. Altria and PMI shall receive credit for premium return under the existing policy. Altria will bear 80%, and PMI will bear 20%, of the expense of the run-off policy. In the event the run-off policy coverage limit is reduced to less than $250 million as the result of payments of claims or claims expense on behalf of either the Altria Group or the PMI Group, the Group or Groups responsible for such reduction shall pay (in proportion to payments or claims expenses received by such party with respect to such coverage) to reinstate the coverage with limits no less than $250 million. Each of the Altria Group and the PMI Group shall be responsible for obtaining its own directors and officers policy for acts or omissions occurring on or after the Distribution Date.

8.08 1994 D&O Liability Retro Program . In the event the 1994 D&O Liability Retro Program coverage limit is reduced to less than $150 million as the result of payments of claims or claims expense on behalf of either the Altria Group or the PMI Group, the Group or Groups responsible for such reduction shall pay (in proportion to payments or claims expenses received by such party with respect to such coverage) to reinstate the coverage with limits no less than $150 million. At the Distribution Date, the coverage limits under the 1994 D&O Liability Retro Program were $215 million for non-indemnifiable acts. For the purposes of this Section 8.08, “1994 D&O Liability Retro Program” shall mean all Altria Group D&O liability policies for the period from January 1, 1994 to December 31, 1995 (whether exhausted or not) and all D&O liability policies added subsequent to the policy period but prior to the Distribution Date for the purpose of providing coverage for covered matters reported during the policy period or covered matters reported after the policy period which relate to circumstances reported during the policy period.

8.09 Altria/Kraft D&O Liability Runoff Policy . In the event the Altria/Kraft D&O Liability Runoff Policy coverage limit is reduced to less than $250 million as the result of payments of claims or claims expense on behalf of the PMI Group, PMI will indemnify Altria

 

-25-


for the cost to reinstate the coverage with limits no less than $250 million. At the Distribution Date, the coverage limits under the Altria/Kraft D&O Liability Runoff Policy were $420 million for non-indemnifiable acts. For purposes of this Section 8.09, “Altria/Kraft D&O Liability Runoff Policy” shall mean the six-year D&O runoff policy purchased in connection with the distribution of Kraft Foods Inc., covering claims or circumstances occurring prior to March 30, 2007.

8.10 Fiduciary Liability . Effective on the Distribution Date, the existing Insurance Policy covering directors and officers of the Altria Group and the PMI Group will be converted to a six-year run-off policy. Each of Altria and PMI will be allocated any credit for premium return under the existing policy based on the percentage of the premium payment allocated to such party in the most recent premium payment. Altria and PMI will bear the expense of the run-off policy in the same proportion. In the event the run-off policy coverage limit is reduced to less than $40 million as the result of payments of claims or claims expense on behalf of either the Altria Group or the PMI Group, the Group or Groups responsible for such reduction shall pay (in proportion to payments or claims expenses received by such party with respect to such coverage) to reinstate the coverage with limits no less than $40 million. Each of the Altria Group and the PMI Group shall be responsible for obtaining its own fiduciary liability policy for acts or omissions occurring on or after the Distribution Date.

8.11 Altria/Kraft Fiduciary Liability Runoff Policy . In the event the Altria/Kraft Fiduciary Liability Runoff Policy coverage limit is reduced to less than $40 million as the result of payments of claims or claims expense on behalf of the PMI Group, PMI will indemnify Altria for the cost to reinstate the coverage with limits no less than $40 million. At the Distribution Date, the coverage limits under the Altria/Kraft Fiduciary Liability Runoff Policy were $75 million for non-indemnifiable acts. For purposes of this Section 8.11, “Altria/Kraft Fiduciary Liability Runoff Policy” means the six-year fiduciary liability runoff policy purchased in connection with the distribution of Kraft Foods Inc., covering claims or circumstances occurring prior to March 30, 2007.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.01 Complete Agreement . This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Other Agreements and the agreements and other documents referred to herein shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter, including any agreements regarding indemnification.

9.02 Other Agreements . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if there shall be a conflict or an inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Other Agreements, the provisions of the Other Agreements shall control over the inconsistent provisions of this Agreement as to matters specifically addressed in the Other Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Tax Sharing Agreement shall govern all matters (including, but not limited to, any indemnities) relating to Taxes or otherwise specifically addressed in such Agreement; (ii) this Agreement shall govern any and all claims for indemnification between the

 

-26-


Parties and their respective Groups, including International Tobacco Product Claims and U.S. Tobacco Product Claims addressed in the PMDF Indemnification Agreement, including any Post-Transfer PMDF Liabilities (as such terms are defined therein) that constitute Tobacco Product Claims; and (iii) the IP Agreement shall govern all matters regarding exchange of Information related to Jointly Funded IP (as defined in the IP Agreement).

9.03 Expenses . Altria and PMI shall each be responsible for its expenses incurred in connection with the Distribution.

9.04 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (other than the Laws regarding choice of Laws and conflicts of Laws) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies; provided, however, that the Arbitration Act shall govern the matters described in Sections 6.03 through 6.06.

9.05 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder (collectively, “Notices”) shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by cable, telegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other standard form of telecommunications (provided confirmation is delivered to the recipient the next Business Day in the case of facsimile, electronic mail or other standard form of telecommunications) or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to Altria:       Altria Group, Inc.
      6601 W. Broad Street
      Richmond, VA 23261
      c/o Corporate Secretary
If to PMI:       Philip Morris International Inc.
      120 Park Avenue
      New York, NY 10017
      c/o Corporate Secretary
      Philip Morris International Management SA
      Avenue de Rhodanie 50
      1001 Lausanne, Switzerland
      c/o General Counsel
If to PM USA:       Philip Morris USA Inc.
      6601 W. Broad Street
      Richmond, Virginia 23261
      c/o Associate General Counsel, Business Counseling

or to such other address as any party hereto may have furnished to the other parties by a notice in writing in accordance with this Section 9.05.

 

-27-


9.06 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written agreement signed by both of the parties hereto.

9.07 Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests and obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Except for the provisions of Article III relating to releases and indemnities, which are also for the benefit of the released parties and the Indemnitees, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates and is not intended to confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder.

9.08 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.09 Interpretation . The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties hereto and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.10 Legal Enforceability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. Any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Each party acknowledges that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and agrees that the obligations of the parties hereunder shall be specifically enforceable.

9.11 Construction . Unless otherwise expressly stated, clauses beginning with the term “including” set forth examples only and in no way limit the generality of the matters thus exemplified.

 

-28-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALTRIA GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Louis C. Camilleri

Name:   Louis C. Camilleri
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

/s/ André Calantzopoulous

Name:   André Calantzopoulous
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
PHILIP MORRIS USA INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Szymanczyk

Name:   Michael E. Szymanczyk
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

-29-


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Employee Matters Agreement
Exhibit B    IP Agreement
Exhibit C    Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit D    Tax Sharing Agreement

Exhibit 3.1

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Philip Morris International Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is the transaction of any or all lawful business not required to be specifically stated in these Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE III

The Corporation shall have the authority to issue six billion (6,000,000,000) shares of common stock, without par value (“Common Stock”), and two hundred and fifty million (250,000,000) shares of preferred stock, without par value (“Preferred Stock”), (together, “Authorized Stock”). The rights, preferences, voting powers and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Authorized Stock shall be as follows:

Common Stock

1. Each share of Common Stock outstanding on any record date shall be entitled to one vote on each matter voted on at a shareholders’ meeting.

2. Directors shall be elected in the manner set forth in the By-Laws. Except as otherwise required by the Virginia Stock Corporation Act or by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to subsection B of Section 13.1-707, subsection B of Section 13.1-718, subsection D of Section 13.1-722.3, subdivision 4 of Section 13.1-722.11, subsection C of Section 13.1-724 or subsection C of Section 13.1-742 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act (or any successor provisions), the vote required to constitute any voting group’s approval of any corporate action except the election of directors shall be a majority of all votes cast on the matter by such voting group at a meeting at which a quorum of such voting group exists. An abstention or an election by a shareholder not to vote on the action for any reason, including the failure to receive voting instructions from the beneficial owner of the shares, shall not be considered a vote cast. The provisions of this Article III shall not be deemed to affect any shareholder vote required by Article 14 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act.

3. Distributions

Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such distributions in cash, stock of any corporation, property or indebtedness of the Corporation, as may be authorized by the Board of Directors subject to the limitation in subsection C of Section 13.1-653 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act (or any successor provision).


Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors may determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights, to the extent permitted by the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, of any class of shares of Preferred Stock before the issuance of any shares of that class, or of one or more series within a class before the issuance of any shares of that series. Each class or series shall be appropriately designated by a distinguishing designation prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. The Preferred Stock of all series shall have preferences, limitations and relative rights identical with those of other shares of the same series and, except to the extent otherwise provided in the description of the series, with those of shares of other series of the same class.

Prior to the issuance of any shares of a class or series of Preferred Stock, (i) the Board of Directors shall establish such class or series by adopting a resolution and by filing with the State Corporation Commission of Virginia articles of amendment setting forth the designation and number of shares of the class or series and the relative rights and preferences thereof, and (ii) the State Corporation Commission of Virginia shall have issued a certificate of amendment.

ARTICLE IV

No holder of shares of any class or series of Authorized Stock shall have any preemptive or preferential right to purchase or to subscribe to (i) any shares of any class or series of the Corporation’s unissued shares, whether now or hereafter authorized; (ii) any warrants, rights, or options to purchase any such shares; or (iii) any securities or obligations convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or convertible into or exchangeable for warrants, rights, or options to purchase any such shares.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors shall be fixed in the By-Laws or, in the absence of a By-Law fixing the number, the number shall be three.

ARTICLE VI

 

A. Definitions

For purposes of this Article VI, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

1. “ eligible person ” means an individual who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or an individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity. An eligible person shall be considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Corporation’s request if his duties to the Corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, him to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan;

2. “ expenses ” includes, without limitation, counsel fees;

 

2


3. “ liability ” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine (including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding;

4. “ party ” includes, without limitation, an individual who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding; and

5. “ proceeding ” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative and whether formal or informal.

 

B. Limitation of Liability

To the full extent that the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, as it exists on the date hereof or as hereafter amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of officers or directors of the Corporation, no officer or director of the Corporation made a party to any proceeding shall be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages arising out of any transaction, occurrence, course of conduct or failure to act, whether occurring prior or subsequent to the effective date of this Article VI.

 

C. Indemnification

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party to any proceeding, including a proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation or brought by or on behalf of shareholders of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an eligible person, against any liability incurred by him in connection with such proceeding, except that the Corporation shall not provide any indemnity against willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law. To the same extent, the Corporation is empowered, by determination provided in Article VI(E), to enter into a contract to indemnify any eligible person against liability in respect of any proceeding arising from any act or omission, whether occurring before or after the execution of such contract.

 

D. Termination of Proceeding

The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption that the eligible person did not meet any standard of conduct that is or may be a prerequisite to the limitation or elimination of liability provided in Article VI(B) or to his entitlement to indemnification under Article VI(C).

 

E. Determination of Availability

The Corporation shall indemnify under Article VI(C) any eligible person who entirely prevails in the defense of any proceeding to which he was a party because he is or was an eligible person of the Corporation, against reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the proceeding. Any other indemnification under Article VI(C) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the eligible person has met the relevant standard of conduct that is a prerequisite to his entitlement to indemnification under Article VI(C).

 

3


The determination with respect to directors and officers shall be made:

(a) if there are two or more disinterested directors (as such term is defined in the Virginia Stock Corporation Act at the time of the determination), by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of all disinterested directors, a majority of whom shall for such purpose constitute a quorum, or by a majority of the members of a committee of two or more disinterested directors appointed by such a vote;

(b) by special legal counsel:

(i) selected in the manner prescribed in clause (a) of this Article VI(E); or

(ii) if there are fewer than two disinterested directors, selected by the Board of Directors, in which selection directors who do not qualify as disinterested directors may participate; or

(c) by the holders of Common Stock, but shares owned by or voted under the control of a director who at the time does not qualify as a disinterested director may not be voted on the determination.

Authorization of indemnification and advancement of expenses and evaluation as to reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if there are fewer than two disinterested directors or if the determination is made by special legal counsel, such authorization and evaluations shall be made by those entitled under clause (b) of this Article VI(E) to select counsel.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event there has been a change in the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors after the date of the alleged act or omission with respect to which indemnification, an advancement of expenses or reimbursement is claimed by a director or officer, other than through successor directors approved by the Board of Directors, any determination as to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or reimbursement shall be made by special legal counsel agreed upon by the Board of Directors and such director or officer. If the Board of Directors and the eligible person are unable to agree upon such special legal counsel, the Board of Directors and the eligible person each shall select a nominee, and the nominees shall select such special legal counsel.

Determinations with respect to eligible persons other than directors and officers shall be made by or under authorization of the Board of Directors.

Determinations with respect to persons referred to in Article VI(G) shall be made by or under authorization of the Board of Directors.

 

F. Advances

1. The Corporation may pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by any eligible person (and by a person referred to in Article VI(G)) who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding or the making of any determination under Article VI(C) if any such person furnishes the Corporation:

(a) a written statement, executed personally, of his good faith belief that he has met the relevant standard of conduct that is a prerequisite to his entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Article VI(C) or Article VI(G); and

 

4


(b) a written undertaking, executed personally or on his behalf, to repay any funds advanced if the eligible person is not entitled to mandatory indemnification under Article VI(E) and it is ultimately determined that he did not meet such standard of conduct.

The undertaking required by clause (b) of this Article VI(F) shall be an unlimited general obligation but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment.

2. Authorizations of payments under this Article VI(F) shall be made by the persons specified in Article VI(E).

 

G. Indemnification of Others

The Corporation is empowered to indemnify or contract to indemnify any person not specified in Article VI(C) who was, is or may become a party to any proceeding, by reason of the fact that he is or was an agent of or consultant to the Corporation, to the same or a lesser extent as if such person were specified as one to whom indemnification is granted in Article VI(C). The provisions of Article VI(D), Article VI(E) and Article VI(F), to the extent set forth therein, shall be applicable to any indemnification provided hereafter pursuant to this Article VI(G).

 

H. Application; Amendment

The provisions of this Article VI shall be applicable to all proceedings commenced after it becomes effective, arising from any act or omission, whether occurring before or after such effective date. No amendment or repeal of this Article VI shall reduce or eliminate the rights provided under this Article VI (including those created by contract) with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. The Corporation shall promptly take all such actions and make all such determinations and authorizations as shall be necessary or appropriate to comply with its obligation to make any indemnity against liability, or to advance any expenses, under this Article VI and shall promptly pay or reimburse all reasonable expenses incurred by any eligible person or by a person referred to in Article VI(G) in connection with such actions and determinations or proceedings of any kind arising therefrom.

 

I. Insurance

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to indemnify it against all or any portion of the liability assumed by it in accordance with this Article and may also procure insurance, in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine, on behalf of any eligible person (and for a person referred to in Article VI(G)) against any liability asserted against or incurred by him in such capacity or arising from his status as an eligible person, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

 

5


J. Further Indemnity

1. Every reference herein to directors, officers, managers, partners, trustees, employees or agents shall include former directors, officers, managers, partners, trustees, employees or agents and their respective heirs, executors and administrators. The indemnification hereby provided and provided hereafter pursuant to the power hereby conferred by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled, including any right under policies of insurance that may be purchased and maintained by the Corporation or others, with respect to claims, issues or matters in relation to which the Corporation would not have the power to indemnify such person under the provisions of this Article VI.

2. Nothing herein shall prevent or restrict the power of the Corporation to make or provide for any further indemnity, or provisions for determining entitlement to indemnity, pursuant to one or more indemnification agreements, By-Laws, or other arrangements (including, without limitation, creation of trust funds or security interests funded by letters of credit or other means) approved by the Board of Directors (whether or not any of the directors of the Corporation shall be a party to or beneficiary of any such agreements, By-Laws or other arrangements); provided, however, that any provision of such agreements, By-Laws or other arrangements shall not be effective if and to the extent that it is determined to be prohibited by this Article or applicable laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, but other provisions of any such agreements, By-Laws or other arrangements shall not be affected by any such determination.

 

K. Severability

Each provision of this Article VI shall be severable, and an adverse determination as to any such provision shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision.

January 29, 2008

 

6

Exhibit 3.2

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

of

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1. Annual Meetings . - The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, and any postponement or adjournment thereof, shall be held on such date and at such time and place as the Board of Directors may in its discretion determine.

Section 2. Special Meetings . - Unless otherwise provided by law, special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the chairman of the Board of Directors or by order of the Board of Directors, whenever deemed necessary. At a special meeting of shareholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 3. Place of Meetings . - All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such places as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . - Notice, stating the place, day and hour and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting (unless a different time is specified herein or by law) to each shareholder of record having voting power in respect of the business to be transacted thereat. Notice of a shareholders’ meeting to act on an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, a plan of merger, share exchange, domestication or entity conversion, a proposed sale of the Corporation’s assets pursuant to § 13.1-724 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act or the dissolution of the Corporation shall be given not less than 25 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall be accompanied, as appropriate, by a copy of the proposed amendment, plan of merger or share exchange, domestication, entity conversion, or sale agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a written waiver of notice signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice and delivered to the Secretary of the Company, either before or after the time of the meeting that is subject to such notice, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. A shareholder who attends a meeting shall be deemed to have (a) waived objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless at the beginning of the meeting he or she objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waived objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless he or she objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section 5. Quorum . - At all meetings of the shareholders, unless a greater number or voting by classes is required by law, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in


person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting, unless a new record date is set for that meeting. If a quorum is present, action on a matter is approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the Articles of Incorporation. Less than a quorum may adjourn a meeting.

Section 6. Organization and Order of Business . - At all meetings of the shareholders, the chairman of the Board of Directors or, in the chairman’s absence, the president, shall act as chairman. In the absence of the foregoing persons, or, if present, with their consent, a majority of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting may appoint any person to act as chairman. The secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the shareholders. In the absence of the secretary, the chairman may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

The chairman shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the dismissal of business not properly presented, the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof and the opening and closing of the voting polls.

At each annual meeting of shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by any shareholder of the Corporation who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be given, either by personal delivery or by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days before the first anniversary of the date of the Corporation’s proxy statement in connection with the last annual meeting of shareholders or (ii) if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the applicable annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, not less than 60 days before the date of the applicable annual meeting. A shareholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, including the complete text of any resolutions to be presented at the annual meeting, and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock transfer books, of such shareholder proposing such business, (c) a representation that such shareholder is a shareholder of record and intends to appear in person or by proxy at such meeting to bring the business before the meeting specified in the notice, (d) the class, series, if any, and number of shares of stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by the shareholder and (e) any material interest of the shareholder in such business. The secretary of the Corporation shall deliver each such shareholder’s notice that has been timely received to the Board of Directors or a committee designated by the Board of Directors for review. Notwithstanding anything in the By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall

 

2


be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6. The chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 6. If the chairman should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a shareholder seeking to have a proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy statement shall comply with the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including, but not limited to Rule 14a-8 or its successor provision).

Section 7. Voting . - A shareholder may vote his or her shares in person or by proxy. Any proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of the meeting or to the inspector of election appointed in accordance with Section 9 at or prior to the time designated by the chairman or in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. No proxy shall be valid after 11 months from its date, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Each holder of record of stock of any class shall, as to all matters in respect of which stock of such class has voting power, be entitled to such vote as is provided in the Articles of Incorporation for each share of stock of such class standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation as of the date provided in the Virginia Stock Corporation Act. Unless required by statute or determined by the chairman to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the shareholder voting or by such shareholder’s proxy, if there be such a proxy.

Section 8. Written Authorization . - A shareholder or a shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for him or her as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the shareholder or such shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact or authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such shareholder’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, facsimile signature.

Section 9. Electronic Authorization . - A shareholder or a shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her as proxy by effecting or authorizing an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission. An electronic transmission shall contain or be accompanied by information from which one can determine that the shareholder, the shareholder’s agent or the shareholder’s attorney-in-fact authorized the transmission. For purposes of this Section 9 and the remainder of these By-Laws, “electronic transmission” has the meaning assigned to it in §13.1-603 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act (or any successor provision). Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section 9 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Section 10. Inspectors . - At every meeting of the shareholders, the proxies shall be received and taken in charge, all ballots shall be received and counted and all questions concerning

 

3


the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided by two or more inspectors. Such inspectors shall be appointed by the chairman of the meeting. They shall be sworn faithfully to perform their duties and shall in writing certify to the returns. No candidate for election as director shall be appointed or act as inspector.

ARTICLE II

Board of Directors

Section 1. General Powers . - The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Number . - The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be nine.

Section 3. Term of Office . - Each director shall serve for the term for which he or she shall have been elected and until a successor shall have been duly elected.

Section 4. Nomination and Election of Directors .

(a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section 4, each director shall be elected by a vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to that director-nominee’s election at a meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this Section 4, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a director must exceed the number of shares voted “against” that director.

(b) Subsection (a) shall not apply to any election of directors if there are more nominees for election than the number of directors to be elected, one or more of whom are properly proposed by shareholders. A nominee for director in an election to which this subsection (b) applies shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in such election.

(c) At each annual meeting of shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote shall elect the directors. No person shall be eligible for election as a director unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors at the applicable meeting of shareholders who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 4. Such nominations, other than those made by the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may be made only if written notice of a shareholder’s intent to nominate one or more persons for election as directors at the applicable meeting of shareholders has been given, either by personal delivery or by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to the secretary of the Corporation and received (i) not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days before the first anniversary of

 

4


the date of the Corporation’s proxy statement in connection with the last annual meeting of shareholders, or (ii) if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the applicable annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, not less than 60 days before the date of the applicable annual meeting, or (iii) with respect to any special meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors, not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders. Each such shareholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to the shareholder giving the notice, (i) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock transfer books, of such shareholder, (ii) a representation that such shareholder is a shareholder of record and intends to appear in person or by proxy at such meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice, (iii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such shareholder and (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by such shareholder; and (b) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by such person, (iv) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors or is otherwise required by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Exchange Act and (v) the written consent of such person to be named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. The secretary of the Corporation shall deliver each such shareholder’s notice that has been timely received to the Board of Directors or a committee designated by the Board of Directors for review. Any person nominated for election as director by the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, upon the request of the Board of Directors or such committee, furnish to the secretary of the Corporation all such information pertaining to such person that is required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination. The chairman of the meeting of shareholders shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 4. If the chairman should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 5. Organization . - At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors or, in the absence of the chairman, a director chosen by a majority of other directors, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the secretary at such meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

5


Section 6. Vacancies . - Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from amending these By-Laws to increase the number of directors by 30 percent or less, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. The term of office of any director so elected shall expire at the next shareholders’ meeting at which directors are elected.

Section 7. Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer . - The chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall preside at meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors and shall be responsible to the Board of Directors. He or she shall be responsible for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall see to it that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are implemented. The chairman shall be a member of the executive committee. The chairman shall, from time to time, report to the Board of Directors on matters within his or her knowledge that the interests of the Corporation may require be brought to its notice. The chairman shall do and perform such other duties as from time to time as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 8. Place of Meeting . - Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held either within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia.

Section 9. Organizational Meeting . - The annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders and at the same place, without the requirement of any notice other than this provision of the By-Laws.

Section 10. Regular Meetings: Notice . - Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Notice of such meetings need not be given if the time and place have been fixed at a previous meeting.

Section 11. Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by order of the chairman of the Board of Directors. Notice of each such meeting of the Board of Directors, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat, shall be mailed to each director, addressed to his or her residence or usual place of business, at least twenty-four hours before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or be delivered by a form of electronic transmission as previously consented to by the director to whom notice is given or be delivered personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held.

Section 12. Waiver of Notice . - Whenever any notice is required to be given to a director of any meeting for any purpose under the provisions of law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, either before or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him

 

6


or her of the meeting unless at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon the director’s arrival, he or she objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

Section 13. Quorum and Manner of Acting . - Except where otherwise provided by law, a majority of the directors fixed by these By-Laws at the time of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any such meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum be had. Notice of any such adjourned meeting need not be given.

Section 14. Order of Business . - At all meetings of the Board of Directors business may be transacted in such order as from time to time the Board of Directors may determine.

Section 15. Committees . - In addition to the executive committee authorized by Article III of these By-Laws, other committees, consisting of two or more directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors by a resolution adopted by the greater number of (a) a majority of all directors in office at the time the action is being taken or (b) the number of directors required to take action under Article II, Section 13 hereof. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, except as limited by law.

ARTICLE III

Executive Committee

Section 1. How Constituted and Powers . - The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted pursuant to Article II, Section 15 hereof, may designate two or more directors to constitute an executive committee, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The executive committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Organization, Etc . - The executive committee may choose a chairman and secretary. The executive committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings and report the same from time to time to the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Meetings . - Meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member of the committee. Notice of each such meeting, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat, shall be mailed to each member of the committee, addressed to his or her residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be by a form of electronic transmission as previously consented to by the director to whom notice is given or be delivered personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held.

Section 4. Quorum and Manner of Acting . - A majority of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at

 

7


a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the executive committee. The members of the executive committee shall act only as a committee, and the individual members shall have no powers as such.

Section 5. Removal . - Any member of the executive committee may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Vacancies . - Any vacancy in the executive committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 1. Officers . - The officers of the Corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, a treasurer, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and such other officers, including vice chairman (who shall not be a director unless otherwise properly elected to the Board of Directors), as may from time to time be chosen by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . - All officers of the Corporation shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors, and each officer shall hold office until a successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified or until the officer resigns or is removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Vacancies . - If any vacancy shall occur among the officers of the Corporation, such vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Other Officers, Agents and Employees - Their Powers and Duties . - The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint such other officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, to hold office for such time as may be designated by it or during its pleasure, and the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer may appoint, from time to time, such agents and employees of the Corporation as may be deemed proper, and may authorize any officers to appoint and remove agents and employees. The Board of Directors or the chief executive officer may from time to time prescribe the powers and duties of such other officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

Section 5. Removal . - Any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, in the case of any agent or employee not appointed by the Board of Directors, by an officer or employee upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 6. Chief Executive Officer . - The chief executive officer shall be devoted to the Corporation’s business and affairs under the basic policies set by the Board of Directors and shall from time to time report to the Board of Directors on matters within his or her knowledge that the interests of the Corporation may require to be brought to the Board of Directors’ notice. The chief executive officer shall be responsible to the Board of Directors and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

8


Section 7. President . - The president of the Corporation shall assist the chairman of the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer in carrying out their respective duties and shall perform those duties that may from time to time be assigned to him or her.

Section 8. Vice Presidents . - The vice presidents of the Corporation shall assist the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer and the president in carrying out their respective duties and shall perform those duties that may from time to time be assigned to them.

Section 9. Chief Financial Officer . - The chief financial officer shall be a vice president of the Corporation and shall be responsible for the management and supervision of the financial affairs of the Corporation.

Section 10. Treasurer . - The treasurer shall have charge of the funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation. He or she shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. The treasurer shall render to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president and the chief financial officer, whenever required by any of them, an account of all of his or her transactions as treasurer. The treasurer shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her.

Section 11. Secretary . - The secretary shall prepare and keep the minutes of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors in a book or books kept for that purpose. He or she shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, and shall affix such seal to any instrument requiring it. The secretary shall have charge of such books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct. He or she shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation and shall also have such other powers and perform such other duties as pertain to the secretary’s office, or as the Board of Directors or chief executive officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 12. Executive Compensation . - The Board of Directors or a specially designated committee thereof shall have authority to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation.

Section 13. Temporary Duties . - In the event an officer of the Company is unavailable to perform his or her duties for any reason, and notwithstanding any provision of these By-Laws to the contrary, the Board of Directors is authorized to elect any director or officer of the Company to fill such position on a temporary basis. Any person so elected shall have such title as may be conferred by the Board of Directors; shall, unless limited by the resolution electing such person, have all the powers and duties of the office being temporarily filled as set forth in these By-Laws; and shall hold such office until the Board of Directors determines the original officer is again available to serve or until such temporary officer resigns or is removed by the Board of Directors.

 

9


ARTICLE V

Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, Etc.

Section 1. Contracts . - The chief executive officer, the president, any vice president and such other persons as the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors may authorize shall have the power to execute any contract or other instrument on behalf of the Corporation; no other officer, agent or employee shall, unless otherwise in these By-Laws provided, have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or acknowledgement, or pledge its credit or render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or to any amount.

Section 2. Loans . - The chief executive officer, the president, any vice president and such other persons as the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors may authorize shall have the power to effect loans and advances at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any corporation, firm or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liability of the Corporation, may pledge, hypothecate or transfer any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end endorse, assign and deliver the same.

Section 3. Voting of Stock Held . - The chief executive officer, the president, any vice president or the secretary may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name of the Corporation, to cast the votes that the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any other such corporation, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as such officer may deem necessary or proper in the premises; or the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president or the secretary may attend in person any meeting of the holders of stock or other securities of such other corporation and thereat vote or exercise any and all powers of the Corporation as the holder of such stock or other securities of such other corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Capital Stock

Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be signed by the chief executive officer and the secretary. Any and all signatures on such certificates, including signatures of officers, transfer agents and registrars, may be by facsimile. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, the Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares by electronic or other means not involving any issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

10


ARTICLE VII

Control Share Acquisitions

The provisions of Article 14.1 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act governing control share acquisitions shall not apply to acquisitions of shares of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

Seal

The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal or seals, which shall be in the form of a circle, and shall bear around the circumference the name of the Corporation, the word “Seal” and in the center the word and figures “Virginia, 2006.”

ARTICLE IX

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

ARTICLE X

Amendment

The power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation or to adopt new By-Laws shall be vested in the Board of Directors, but By-Laws made by the Board of Directors may be repealed or changed by the shareholders, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the shareholders, and the shareholders may prescribe that any By-Laws made by them shall not be altered, amended or repealed by the directors.

ARTICLE XI

Emergency By-Laws

If a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot be readily assembled because of some catastrophic event, and only in such event, these By-Laws shall, without further action by the Board of Directors, be deemed to have been amended for the duration of such emergency, as follows:

Section 1. Section 6 of Article II shall read as follows:

Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors called in accordance with these By-Laws.

Section 2. The first sentence of Section 11 of Article II shall read as follows:

Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by order of any person having the powers and duties of the chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

11


Section 3. Section 13 of Article II shall read as follows:

The directors present at any regular or special meeting called in accordance with these By-Laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the action of a majority of such directors shall be the act of the Board of Directors, provided, however, that in the event that only one director is present at any such meeting no action except the election of directors shall be taken until at least two additional directors have been elected and are in attendance.

In addition, in case of a catastrophic event, the Board of Directors may have such emergency powers as may be permitted by the Virginia Stock Corporation Act.

 

12

Exhibit 4.1

[FRONT OF CERTIFICATE]

 

COMMON STOCK    COMMON STOCK

                NUMBER

   SHARES

NYU

 

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN

CANTON, MA AND JERSEY CITY, NJ

     

CUSIP 718172 10 9

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

Incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                                                                                            is the owner of                                                                              

                                                                      FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, WITHOUT PAR VALUE, OF

Philip Morris International Inc., transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and are held subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto and all certificates setting forth the designation, descriptions and terms of each series of any preferred or special class of stock (copies of which are on file with the Transfer Agent). This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

In Witness Whereof the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

 

 
SECRETARY   CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
   
  COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
    COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
    TRANSFER AGENT
    AND REGISTRAR
  BY  
    AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


[BACK OF CERTIFICATE]

A full statement of the designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each class of stock authorized to be issued and the variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of any preferred or special class of stock as the same have been fixed and determined and the authority of the Board of Directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series will be furnished without charge to any stockholder upon request made to the Corporation.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM       as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT–                        Custodian                       
TEN ENT       as tenants by the entireties       (Cust)                                         (Minor)      
JT TEN       as joint tenants with right of       under Uniform Gifts to Minors
      survivorship and not as tenants       Act                                                        
      in common       (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,                                                                           hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 
   

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

   
   
 
   

 

Shares

of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
    Attorney
to transfer the said Shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated                                                                       

 

   
   
NOTICE:    THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:  
                                                                                                                                                                        
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.  

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

Exhibit 10.1

FORM OF

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

ALTRIA CORPORATE SERVICES, INC.

AND

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

DATED AS OF MARCH      , 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I      DEFINITIONS    1
ARTICLE II      SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED    4

2.1.    Exhibits.

   4

2.2.    Independent Contractors.

   4

2.3.    Standard of Care.

   4

2.4.    Records.

   4
ARTICLE III      FEES    5

3.1.    General.

   5

3.2.    Payments.

   5
ARTICLE IV      REPRESENTATIVES    5

4.1.    Representatives.

   5
ARTICLE V      THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS    5
ARTICLE VI      AUTHORITY; INFORMATION; COOPERATION; CONSENTS    6

6.1.    Authority.

   6

6.2.    Information Regarding Transition Services.

   6

6.3.    Cooperation.

   6

6.4.    Further Assurances.

   7
ARTICLE VII      AUTHORITY AS AGENT    7
ARTICLE VIII      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION    7

8.1.    Definition.

   7

8.2.    Nondisclosure.

   7

8.3.    Permitted Disclosure.

   7

8.4.    Ownership of Confidential Information.

   8
ARTICLE IX      TERM AND TERMINATION    8

9.1.    Term.

   8

9.2.    Termination.

   8

9.3.    Termination Assistance Services.

   8

 

i


ARTICLE X     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION    9

10.1.    Limitation of Liability.

   9

10.2.    Indemnification.

   9
ARTICLE XI     DISPUTE RESOLUTION    9
ARTICLE XII     MISCELLANEOUS    10

12.1.    Original Services Agreement.

   10

12.2.    Incorporation of Distribution Agreement Provisions.

   10

12.3.    Governing Law.

   10

12.4.    References.

   10

12.5.    Notices.

   10

 

ii


TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT , dated as of March      , 2008 (as amended and supplemented pursuant to the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Altria Corporate Services, Inc., a New York corporation (“ALCS”), and Philip Morris International Inc., a Virginia corporation (“PMI”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , ALCS currently provides certain services to PMI and its wholly-owned subsidiaries pursuant to a Services Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2004, as amended (the “Original Services Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , Altria Group Inc., a Virginia corporation (“Altria”), and PMI have entered into a Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2008 (the “Distribution Agreement”), providing for, among other things, the distribution by Altria of its entire ownership interest in PMI through a pro-rata distribution of all of the outstanding shares of PMI Common Stock owned by Altria on the Distribution Date to the holders of Altria Common Stock pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Distribution Agreement (the “Distribution”); and

WHEREAS , ALCS and PMI desire to enter into this Agreement to supercede the Original Services Agreement and to set forth the roles and responsibilities with regard to services to be provided by ALCS to PMI for certain transition periods not to exceed twenty-four months following the Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Affiliate : with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, no member of either Group and no officer or director of any member of either Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the other Group.

ALCS : as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Altria : as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

Altria Common Stock : the common stock, par value $0.33  1 / 3 per share, of Altria.

Altria Group : Altria and the Subsidiaries of Altria other than members of the PMI Group.


Arbitration Act : the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Business Day : any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions located in the Commonwealth of Virginia or the State of New York are authorized or obligated by Law or executive order to close.

Confidential Information : as defined in Section 8.1 hereof.

Distribution : as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

Distribution Agreement : as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

Distribution Date : the date on which the Distribution becomes effective.

Employee Costs : for each employee of ALCS performing the Transition Services, the salaries, fringe benefits, executive compensation benefits (if applicable) and depreciation/amortization of office equipment and software (if applicable) attributable to the employee, based on the ratio of ALCS’s estimate of the time spent by the employee on behalf of PMI divided by the total time spent by the employee.

Employee Matters Agreement : as defined in Section 3.1 hereof.

Exhibits : as defined in Section 2.1 hereof.

Fees : as defined in Section 3.1 hereof.

Governmental Authority : any federal, national, state, provincial, local, foreign, international or other court, government, department, commission, board, bureau or agency, authority (including, but not limited to, any central bank or taxing authority) or instrumentality (including, but not limited to, any court, tribunal or grand jury).

Group : the Altria Group or the PMI Group, as the context requires.

Law : any federal, national, state, provincial, local or foreign statute, ordinance, regulation, code, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, common law, legal doctrine, order, judgment, decree, injunction or requirement of any Governmental Authority or any order or award of any arbitrator, now or hereafter in effect. “Law” shall specifically include, but shall not be limited to, any state, federal, or foreign statute or common law for deceptive and unfair trade practices, unfair and fraudulent business practices, fraud, or violation of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Practices Act (“RICO”) or similar statute.

Liabilities : means any and all claims, debts, Losses, liabilities, assessments, guarantees, assurances, commitments and obligations, of any kind, character or description (whether absolute, contingent, matured, not matured, liquidated, unliquidated, accrued, known, unknown, direct, indirect, derivative or otherwise or whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute, or otherwise) whenever arising, including, but not limited to, those arising under or in connection with any Law, and those arising under any contract, guarantee, commitment or undertaking.

 

2


Losses : with respect to any Person, all losses, damages (whether compensatory, punitive, consequential, multiple or other), judgments, settlements, equitable or injunctive relief or disgorgements, including, where applicable, all punitive damages and criminal and civil fines and penalties, but excluding damages in respect of actual or alleged lost profits, suffered by such Person, and including all costs, expenses and interest relating thereto (including, but not limited to, all expenses of investigation, all accountant or attorneys’ fees and all other out-of-pocket expenses), regardless of whether any such losses, damages, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses, fines and penalties relate to or arise out of such Person’s own alleged or actual negligent, grossly negligent, reckless or intentional misconduct.

Original Services Agreement : as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Parties : ALCS and PMI (Party means either ALCS or PMI).

PMI : as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

PMI Common Stock : the common stock, no par value, of PMI.

PMI Group : PMI and the PMI Subsidiaries.

Person : an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, a limited liability company, an unincorporated organization, or any government or any department or agency thereof.

Records : as defined in Section 2.4 hereof.

Representatives : as defined in Section 4.1 hereof.

Subsidiary : with respect to any specified Person, any corporation or other legal or other entity of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries controls or owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interest entitled to vote on the election of members to the board of directors or similar governing body[; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, (1) the PMI Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Subsidiaries of PMI and (2) no member of the PMI Group shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of any member of the Altria Group].

Transition Services (or “Services”) : as defined in Section 2.1 hereof.

Transition Period : as defined for each Service in the appropriate Exhibit.

 

3


ARTICLE II

SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED

 

  2.1. Exhibits .

(a) Exhibits 1 through [6] (collectively, the “Exhibits”) attached to and made a part of this Agreement describe the services to be provided by ALCS to PMI and one or more members of the PMI Group, as designated from time to time by PMI (the “Transition Services” or “Services”). The Parties have made a good faith effort as of the date hereof to identify each Transition Service and to complete the content of the Exhibits accurately. It is anticipated that the Parties will modify the Transition Services from time to time. In that case or to the extent that any Exhibit is incomplete, the Parties will use good faith efforts to modify the Exhibits. There are certain terms that are specifically addressed in the Exhibits attached hereto that may differ from the terms provided hereunder. In those cases, the specific terms described in the Exhibits shall govern that Transition Service.

(b) The Parties may also identify additional Services that they wish to incorporate into this Agreement. The Parties will create additional Exhibits setting forth the description of such Services, the Fees for such Services and any other applicable terms.

 

  2.2. Independent Contractors .

ALCS will provide the Transition Services either through its own resources, through the resources of its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or by contracting with independent contractors as agreed hereunder. To the extent that ALCS decides to provide a Transition Service through an independent contractor in the future, ALCS shall consult with and obtain the prior approval of PMI, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  2.3. Standard of Care .

In providing the Transition Services hereunder, ALCS will exercise the same degree of care as it has historically exercised in providing such Transition Services to its Affiliates prior to the date hereof, including at least the same level of quality, responsiveness and timeliness as has been exercised by ALCS with respect to such Transition Services.

 

  2.4. Records .

ALCS shall keep full and detailed records dealing with all aspects of the Transition Services performed by it hereunder (the “Records”) and:

(a) shall provide access to the Records to PMI at all reasonable times; and

(b) shall maintain the Records in accordance with good record management practices and with at least the same degree of completeness and care as it maintains for its other similar business interests.

 

4


ARTICLE III

FEES

 

  3.1. General .

PMI will pay to ALCS a fixed fee for each Transition Service as set forth in the attached Exhibits (collectively, the “Fees”). The Fees constitute full compensation to ALCS for all charges, costs and expenses incurred by ALCS on behalf of PMI in providing the Services, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Exhibits. Notwithstanding the terms of any of the Exhibits, the Fees for each Transition Service shall be reduced by any amounts PMI is required to pay pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Employee Matters Agreement (the “Employee Matters Agreement”), dated as of even date herewith, between PMI and Altria, with respect to any person who provides Services under this Agreement and thereafter becomes a PMI Transferee (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement). Except as specifically provided herein or in the Exhibits, or as subsequently agreed by PMI and ALCS, PMI will not be responsible to ALCS or any independent contractor retained by ALCS, for any additional fees, charges, costs or expenses relating to the Services, unless such additional fees, charges, costs or expenses are a direct result of PMI’s unilateral deviation from the scope of the services defined in the Exhibits.

 

  3.2. Payments .

ALCS will deliver to PMI, no later than five days following the last day of each month, an invoice for the aggregate Fees incurred for that month. PMI will pay to ALCS monthly no later than the third Wednesday of the following month, the aggregate Fees incurred during the previous month.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIVES

 

  4.1. Representatives .

(a) The Controller of Altria and the Controller—Financial Reporting of PMI will serve as administrative representatives (“Representative(s)”) of ALCS and PMI, respectively, to facilitate day-to-day communications and performance under this Agreement. Each Party may treat an act of a Representative of the other Party as being authorized by such other Party. Each Party may replace its Representative by giving written notice of the replacement to the other Party.

(b) No additional Exhibits, modifications to existing Exhibits, or amendments to this Agreement shall be effective unless and until executed by the Representatives of each of ALCS and PMI.

ARTICLE V

THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS

To the extent that it is not practicable to have PMI as the contracting Party for a third party obligation, ALCS, with respect to all Services supplied by ALCS or contracted for by ALCS on behalf of PMI, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such third party

 

5


contracts to extend to and be enforceable by PMI, or to assign such contracts to PMI. In the event that such contracts are not extendable or assignable, ALCS shall act as agent for PMI in the pursuit of any claims, issues, demands or actions against such third party provider at PMI’s expense. PMI will indemnify ALCS for any liability under third party contracts arising directly out of the acts or omissions of PMI.

ARTICLE VI

AUTHORITY; INFORMATION; COOPERATION; CONSENTS

 

  6.1. Authority .

Each Party represents to the other Party that:

(a) it has the requisite corporate authority to enter into and perform this Agreement;

(b) its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on its behalf;

(c) this Agreement is enforceable against it; and

(d) it has obtained all consents or approvals of Governmental Authorities and other Persons that are conditions to its entering into this Agreement.

 

  6.2. Information Regarding Transition Services .

Each Party shall make available to the other Party any information required or reasonably requested by that other Party regarding the performance of any Service and shall be responsible for providing that information on a timely basis and for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of that information; provided , however , that a Party shall not be liable for not providing any information that is subject to a confidentiality obligation owed by it to a Person other than an Affiliate of it or the other Party. ALCS shall not be liable for any impairment of any Service caused by ALCS not receiving information from PMI, either timely or at all, or by its receiving inaccurate or incomplete information from PMI, in each case that is required or reasonably requested regarding that Service.

 

  6.3. Cooperation .

The Parties will use good faith efforts to cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of Services. Such good faith cooperation will include providing electronic access to systems used in connection with Services and using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all consents, licenses, sublicenses or approvals necessary to permit each Party to perform its obligations. The Parties will cooperate with each other in making such information available as needed in the event of any and all internal or external audits, whether in the United States or any other country. If this Agreement is terminated in whole or in part, the Parties will cooperate with each other in all reasonable respects in order to effect an efficient transition and to minimize the disruption to the business of both Parties, including the assignment or transfer of the rights and obligations under any contracts.

 

6


  6.4. Further Assurances .

Each Party shall take such actions, upon request of the other Party and in addition to the actions specified in this Agreement, as may be necessary or reasonably appropriate to implement or give effect to this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

AUTHORITY AS AGENT

ALCS is hereby authorized to act as agent for PMI for the purpose of performing Services hereunder and as is necessary or desirable to perform such Services. PMI will execute and deliver or cause the appropriate member of the PMI Group to execute and deliver to ALCS any document or other evidence which may be reasonably required by ALCS to demonstrate to third parties the authority of ALCS described in this Article VII .

ARTICLE VIII

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

  8.1. Definition .

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means non-public information about the disclosing Party’s or any of its Affiliates’ business or activities that is proprietary and confidential, which shall include, without limitation, all business, financial, technical and other information, including software (source and object code) and programming code, of a Party or its Affiliates marked or designated “confidential” or “proprietary” or by its nature or the circumstances surrounding its disclosure should reasonably be regarded as confidential. Confidential Information includes not only written or other tangible information, but also information transferred orally, visually or electronically or by any other means. Confidential Information will not include information that (i) is in or enters the public domain without breach of this Agreement, or (ii) the receiving Party lawfully receives from a third party without restriction on disclosure and, to the receiving Party’s knowledge without breach of a nondisclosure obligation.

 

  8.2. Nondisclosure .

Each of ALCS and PMI agree that (i) it will not disclose to any third party or use any Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other except as expressly permitted in this Agreement, and (ii) it will take all reasonable measures to maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential Information of the other Party in its possession or control, which will in no event be less than the measures it uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own information of similar type and importance.

 

  8.3. Permitted Disclosure .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may disclose Confidential Information (i) to the extent required by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority or otherwise as required by Law, including without limitation disclosure obligations imposed under the federal securities laws, provided that such Party has given the other Party prior notice of such

 

7


requirement when legally permissible to permit the other Party to take such legal action to prevent the disclosure as it deems reasonable, appropriate or necessary, or (ii) on a “need-to-know” basis under an obligation of confidentiality to its consultants, legal counsel, Affiliates, accountants, banks and other financing sources and their advisors.

 

  8.4. Ownership of Confidential Information .

All Confidential Information supplied or developed by either Party shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Party who supplied or developed it.

ARTICLE IX

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

  9.1. Term .

This Agreement shall remain in effect until such time as it has been terminated as to all Transition Services in accordance with Section 9.2 hereof.

 

  9.2. Termination .

Either Party may terminate this Agreement without cause with respect to one or more Services under this Agreement by providing three months’ written notice to the other Party or as otherwise agreed between the Parties hereto; provided that the Services set forth in Exhibits 1 through 6 shall terminate not later than two years following the Distribution.

 

  9.3. Termination Assistance Services .

ALCS agrees that, upon termination of this Agreement or any of the Services set forth in the Exhibits, ALCS will cooperate in good faith with PMI to provide PMI (or its designee) with reasonable assistance to make an orderly transition from ALCS to another supplier of the Services. If requested by PMI, ALCS will provide transition assistance services, including the following:

(a) developing a transition plan with assistance from PMI or its designee;

(b) providing training to PMI personnel or its designee’s personnel to perform the Services; and

(c) organizing and delivering to PMI records and documents necessary to allow continuation of the Services, including delivering such materials in electronic forms and versions as requested by PMI.

 

8


ARTICLE X

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

 

  10.1. Limitation of Liability .

Except as may be provided in Section 10.2 below and Article V above, ALCS and its Affiliates (each, an “ALCS Party”) shall not be liable to any member of the PMI Group and its respective Affiliates (each, a “PMI Party”) and each PMI Party shall not be liable to any ALCS Party, in each case, for any Liabilities of a PMI Party or an ALCS Party arising in connection with this Agreement and the Services provided hereunder.

 

  10.2. Indemnification .

(a) ALCS shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the PMI Parties from and against all Liabilities, of any kind or nature, (i) incurred by a PMI Party or (ii) of third parties unrelated to any PMI Party, in each case caused by or arising in connection with the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any employee of ALCS in connection with the performance of the Services, except to the extent that the Liabilities were caused directly or indirectly by acts or omissions of any PMI Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ALCS shall not be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages relating to such claims. Any Liability incurred by ALCS pursuant to this Agreement on or after the Distribution Date shall be deemed to be an Altria Group Liability for purposes of Article III of the Distribution Agreement.

(b) PMI shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the ALCS Parties from and against all Liabilities of any kind or nature, (i) incurred by an ALCS Party or (ii) of third parties unrelated to any ALCS Party, in each case caused by or arising in connection with the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any employee of PMI in connection with PMI’s performance under this Agreement, except to the extent that Liabilities were caused directly or indirectly by acts or omissions of any ALCS Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, PMI shall not be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages relating to such claims. Any Liability incurred by PMI pursuant to this Agreement on or after the Distribution Date shall be deemed to be a PMI Group Liability for purposes of Article III of the Distribution Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

If the Parties are unable to resolve any service or performance issues or if there is a material breach of this Agreement that has not been corrected within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of such breach, the Controller—Financial Reporting and CFO of PMI, on behalf of PMI, and the Controller and CFO of Altria, on behalf of ALCS, will meet promptly to review and resolve those issues in good faith.

 

9


ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  12.1. Original Services Agreement .

This Agreement terminates and supersedes the Original Services Agreement, which shall have no further force and effect following the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

  12.2. Incorporation of Distribution Agreement Provisions .

The following provisions of the Distribution Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein (references in this Section 12.2 to an “Article” or “Section” shall mean Articles and Sections of the Distribution Agreement, and except as expressly set forth below, references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to the Distribution Agreement): Article III (relating to Mutual Releases and Indemnification); Article IV (relating to certain Additional Covenants); Article V (relating to Access to Information); and Article IX (relating to Miscellaneous).

 

  12.3. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (other than the laws regarding the choice of laws and conflict of laws) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies provided , however , that the Arbitration Act shall govern the matters described in Article X.

 

  12.4. References .

Except as provided in Section 12.2 hereof all references to Sections, Articles or Exhibits contained herein mean Sections, Articles or Exhibits of or to this Agreement, as the case may be, unless otherwise stated.

 

  12.5. Notices .

All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder (collectively, “Notices”) shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by cable, telegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other standard form of telecommunications (provided confirmation is delivered to the recipient the next Business Day in the case of facsimile, electronic mail or other standard form of telecommunications) or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

If to ALCS:

Controller, Altria Group, Inc.

P.O. Box 26603

Richmond, VA 23261

 

10


If to PMI:

Controller—Financial Reporting, Philip Morris International Inc.

120 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

or to such other address as any party hereto may have furnished to the other parties by a notice in writing in accordance with this Section 12.5 .

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have signed this Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

ALTRIA CORPORATE SERVICES, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

12


EXHIBIT 1

CORPORATE TAX SERVICES

 

I. SPECIFIC TRANSITION SERVICES

 

   

Provide assistance in filing 2007 U.S. Federal and state income tax returns pertaining to PMI until these functions are fully absorbed by PMI, estimated by December 31, 2008

 

II. SERVICE FEES

The Fee payable for Corporate Tax services for 2008 shall include: (i) the relevant Employee Costs associated with the filing assistance provided; (ii) a management fee equal to 5% of the aggregate amount calculated pursuant to (i); and (iii) third-party expenses, including travel and entertainment, consulting fees and printing costs incurred on behalf of PMI by ALCS.

 

1.1


EXHIBIT 2

FINANCIAL SERVICES

 

I SPECIFIC TRANSITION SERVICES

A. U.S. Offices of PMI

 

   

Provide Travel and Expense Statement and Accounts Payable processing until PMI can transfer these functions to its shared service center in Krakow, Poland, expected in the third quarter of 2008.

 

   

Provide payroll services under Altria’s existing contract with ADP until PMI completes its own contract with ADP, expected in the second quarter of 2008.

B. Latin America Markets

 

   

Transition of Travel and Expense Statement and Accounts Payable processing back to local markets along timeline developed in 2007 with PMI.

 

   

Consulting and transaction resolution until September 30, 2008 to ensure smooth transition to local markets.

 

II. SERVICE FEES

The Fee payable for the financial services for 2008 shall include: (i) the relevant Employee Costs associated with the processing of accounts payable, time and expense reports and ADP payroll submissions/reconciliations, (ii) the pro rata share of infrastructure and fixed costs (stationery, depreciation, amortization of software) in the San Antonio shared service center based on the number of employees performing PMI work divided by the total number of San Antonio employees times the previously mentioned infrastructure and fixed costs, (iii) a management fee equal to 5% of the aggregate amount calculated pursuant to (i) and (ii); and (iv) third-party expenses, including ADP fees, travel and entertainment, consulting fees and printing costs incurred on behalf of PMI by ALCS.

 

2.1


EXHIBIT 3

INTERNAL AUDIT SERVICES

 

I SPECIFIC TRANSITION SERVICES

 

   

Provide temporary staffing to support PMI Latin America audit requirements until these functions are filled by PMI, estimated by June 30, 2008.

 

II SERVICE FEES

The Fee payable for the Internal Auditing services for 2008 shall include: (i) the relevant Employee Costs associated with PMI’s Latin America Audit functions (ii) a management fee equal to 5% of the aggregate amount calculated pursuant to (i); and (iii) third-party expenses, including travel and entertainment, consulting fees and printing costs incurred on behalf of PMI by ALCS.

 

3.1


EXHIBIT 4

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

 

I SPECIFIC TRANSITION SERVICES

Applications required by PMI for business continuity and Global Network Services will continue normal operations and provide current services until the completion of PMI’s migration of these applications. The estimated completion date for transition of all services is no later than December 31, 2008.

The systems & services in scope include but are not limited to:

 

  Human Resource & Benefits applications required for business continuity of PMI headquarters location and other US-based PMI, including but not limited to:

 

   

Payroll services & related ALCS SAP Business Warehouse reporting services for PMI’s US-based employees using ALCS ADP & SAP BW solutions

 

   

Retirement services for PMI’s US-based employees using ALCS ADP/Fidelity solution

 

   

Profit Sharing services for PMI’s US-based employees using ALCS ADP/Fidelity solution

 

   

Health & Welfare Plans for PMI’s US-based employees using ALCS Fidelity solution

 

  Legal Administration support applications. The systems & services in scope include but are not limited to:

 

   

Law Manager – Matter Management & related e-Invoicing, My Legal Zone, and Brio Reporting systems

 

  Global and shared network infrastructure, including but not limited to:

 

   

Moorefield, VA to PMI Network

 

   

Tobacco Farmers Network

 

   

PMI data center & systems management support services

 

   

PMI servers in Rye Brook

 

4.1


   

Network connectivity to Westchester Airport

 

   

Network connectivity between PMI systems (e.g. HR2U) and ALCS systems (e.g. SHARP) that are in scope of the transition services agreement

 

   

Network, data and telephone services to (PMI Inc Headquarters) either through ALCS’s own resources or by contracting with other independent contractors. The services will include network telephone access, move, add and change services, system administration, and invoice processing

 

  ALCS contracts consulting services related to negotiation of separate enterprise contracts between PMI and major information technology vendors, including but not limited to IBM, Oracle, Microsoft and SAP, including the following actions:

 

   

Continue to communicate to suppliers Altria’s intent to separate global contracts and subsequently receive written consents from the suppliers.

 

   

Track progress and inform PMI management of any potential service issues, cost impact or major contractual challenges.

 

   

Coordinate with PMI to assign a copy of, or have PMI negotiate, a new master contract.

 

II. SERVICE FEES

 

  The Fee payable for the information technology transition services for 2008 shall be based on the following:

 

   

Global Applications & Network Services . The Fee will include: (i) the relevant Employee (ii) a management fee equal to 5% of the aggregate amount calculated pursuant to (i); and (iii) third-party expenses, including travel and entertainment and printing costs, incurred on behalf of PMI by ALCS. Direct pass through on any direct charges (i.e. circuit charges, routers or monitoring) that are currently provided by ALCS or its contracted third party. This would also include any maintenance and license fee required to maintain PMI operations until appropriate separation can be achieved.

 

4.2


   

Information Technology Contracts Consulting . The Fee will include: (i) PMI’s charges under each information technology contract (primarily AT&T, IBM, Oracle, Microsoft and SAP contracts), (collectively, the “IT Contracts”), allocated by usage under the IT Contracts as provided by the service provider; (ii) the relevant Employee costs; (iii) a management fee of 5% of the aggregate amount calculated pursuant to (ii); and (iv) third-party expenses, including travel and entertainment and printing costs, incurred on behalf of PMI by ALCS.

 

   

In the event that Altria and PMI do not complete all required negotiations by May 31, 2008 and PMI is still operating certain software under an ALCS licensee, any third party fee incurred by Altria for this continuation of service will be passed on to PMI for appropriate settlement.

 

4.3


EXHIBIT 5

HUMAN RESOURCES SERVICES

 

I SPECIFIC TRANSITION SERVICES

 

   

Provide Health and Welfare programs to PMI’s US employees through December 31, 2008.

 

II SERVICE FEES

The Fee payable for the Health and Welfare programs for 2008 shall include: (i) the relevant Employee Costs associated with administering the program for PMI’s US employees (ii) a management fee equal to 5% of the aggregate amount calculated pursuant to (i); and (iii) third-party expenses, including travel and entertainment, administrative and consulting fees incurred on behalf of PMI by ALCS.

 

5.1


EXHIBIT 6

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

III SPECIFIC TRANSITION SERVICES

 

   

Consultation as requested by PMI, on insurance renewals through November 1, 2008.

 

IV SERVICE FEES

The Fee payable for 2008 shall include: (i) the relevant Employee Costs associated with consultation time requested (ii) a management fee equal to 5% of the aggregate amount calculated pursuant to (i); and (iii) third-party expenses, including travel and entertainment, and consulting fees incurred on behalf of PMI by ALCS.

 

6.1

Exhibit 10.2

FORM OF

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

ALTRIA GROUP, INC.

AND

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

DATED AS OF                                                      

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

   1
1.01   General    1

ARTICLE II TAX SHARING

   6
2.01   General    6
2.02   Payment of Taxes    7
2.03   Carrybacks from Post-Distribution Period    8
2.04   Preparation of Returns    9
ARTICLE III REFUNDS    9
3.01   Refunds    9
ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION    10
4.01   General Indemnification    10
4.02   Indemnification for Distribution Taxes    11
4.03   Indemnification Payments    11
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS    11
5.01   Altria and PMI Representations    11
ARTICLE VI COVENANTS    12
6.01   Altria and PMI Covenants    12
6.02   Specific PMI Covenants    12
ARTICLE VII TAX CONTESTS    13
7.01   Representation with Respect to Tax Contests    13
ARTICLE VIII PAYMENTS    14
8.01   Method of Payment    14
8.02   Interest    14

 

i


8.03    Characterization of Payments    14

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

   15
9.01    Allocation    15
9.02    Payment of Reserves    15
9.03    Cooperation and Exchange of Information    15
9.04    Retention of Records    16
9.05    Dispute Resolution    16
9.06    Changes in Law    16
9.07    Confidentiality    17
9.08    Successors    17
9.09    Authorization    17
9.10    Notices    17
9.11    Entire Agreement    18
9.12    Section Captions    18
9.13    Governing Law    18
9.14    Counterparts    18
9.15    Waiver and Amendments    18
9.16    Effective Date    19
9.17    Termination    19

 

ii


TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

THIS TAX SHARING AGREEMENT dated as of                          (the “Agreement”) is between Altria Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“Altria”), and Philip Morris International Inc., a Virginia corporation (“PMI”) (sometimes referred to herein individually as “Party”, or together, as “Parties”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Altria is the common parent corporation of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

WHEREAS, PMI is a member of the affiliated group of corporations with respect to which Altria is the common parent corporation;

WHEREAS, as set forth in the Distribution Agreement by and between Altria and PMI, dated as of January 30, 2008 (the “Distribution Agreement”), and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, Altria will distribute on a pro rata basis to the holders of Altria common stock all of the outstanding shares of PMI common stock then owned by Altria (the “Distribution”);

WHEREAS, the Distribution is intended to qualify as a tax-free distribution to Altria and its shareholders under Section 355 of the Code; and

WHEREAS, in contemplation of the Distribution, pursuant to which PMI (and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries) will cease to be a member of the affiliated group of corporations with respect to which Altria is the common parent corporation, the Parties hereto have determined to enter into this Agreement, setting forth their agreement with respect to certain tax matters;

NOW, THEREFORE in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.01 General . For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following meanings.

 

1


Altria Consolidated Return Group ” means Altria and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria that is, from time to time, a member of the affiliated group of corporations with respect to which Altria is the common parent corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, the Altria Consolidated Return Group includes, but is not limited to, any company that for any period prior to the execution of this Agreement was a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria and that during such period was eligible to join with Altria, with respect to Federal Income Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated United States Federal Income Tax return.

Altria U.S. Group ” means Altria and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria that is not also a member of the PMI Group or otherwise a direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI and that would be eligible, from time to time, to join with Altria, with respect to Federal Income Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated United States Federal Income Tax return and/or, with respect to Combined State Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated, combined or unitary income or franchise tax return. For the avoidance of doubt, the Altria U.S. Group includes, but is not limited to, any company that for any period prior to the execution of this Agreement was a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria and that during such period was eligible to join with Altria, with respect to Federal Income Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated United States Federal Income Tax return and, with respect to Combined State Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated, combined or unitary income or franchise tax return, but only if and to the extent that such company was not a member of the PMI Group during such period.

Altria U.S. Group Tax ” means with respect to any taxable period (or portion thereof) (i) the Federal Income Tax liability of the Altria Consolidated Return Group less the PMI Federal Income Tax Liability; (ii) the Altria Combined State Tax liability less the PMI Combined State Tax Liability; (iii) any other Tax imposed on any member of the Altria U.S. Group or, with respect to any taxable year, any other Tax imposed on any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria (excluding, however, the PMI Group and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI) that is not a member of the Altria U.S. Group; and (iv) liability of any member of the Altria U.S. Group for the payment of any amounts of the type described in (i), (ii) or (iii) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other person.

Combined State Tax ” means, with respect to each state or local taxing jurisdiction, any income or franchise tax payable to such state or local taxing jurisdiction in which a member of the PMI Group files tax returns with a member of the Altria U.S. Group on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis for purposes of such income or franchise tax.

Distribution Date ” shall mean the date on which the Distribution becomes effective.

 

2


Distribution Taxes ” shall mean any Taxes imposed on, increase in Taxes incurred by, or reduction of a Tax Asset of Altria, and any Taxes of an Altria shareholder that are paid or reimbursed by Altria, together with any fines or penalties, pursuant to a Final Determination resulting from, or arising in connection with, the failure of the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code (including, without limitation, any Tax resulting from the application of Section 355(d) or Section 355(e) to the Distribution) or corresponding provisions of the laws of any other jurisdictions. Any Tax referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be determined using the highest applicable statutory corporate income tax rate for the relevant taxable period (or portion thereof).

Effective Realization ” (and the correlative term “Effectively Realized”) means, with respect to a tax saving or tax benefit, including from the use of any Tax Asset, the earliest to occur of (i) the receipt by Altria or PMI (or any other member of Altria U.S. Group or PMI Group) of cash from a Taxing Authority reflecting such tax saving or tax benefit, or (ii) the application of such tax saving or tax benefit to reduce any payments, including estimated tax payments, with respect to (A) the tax liability on a return of any of such entities or of any consolidated group of which any of such entities is a member, or (B) any other outstanding tax liability of any of such entities or of any such consolidated group, provided that any reference in this definition to tax shall include, without limitation, a reference to a recovery of statutory interest.

Federal Income Tax ” means any Tax imposed under Subtitle A of the Code and any related interest and any penalties, additions to such Tax, or additional amounts imposed with respect thereto.

Final Determination ” shall mean (i) with respect to Federal Income Taxes, a “determination” as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code or execution of an Internal Revenue Service Form 870-AD and, with respect to taxes other than Federal Income Taxes, any decision, judgment, decree or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction that, under applicable law, is not subject to further appeal, review or modification through proceedings or otherwise; (ii) a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction; (iii) the payment of tax by any member of the Altria Consolidated Return Group with respect to any item disallowed or adjusted by a Taxing Authority, provided that Altria determines that no action should be taken to recoup such payment; or (iv) any other final disposition, by mutual agreement of the Parties or by reason of the expiration of a statute of limitations or period for the filing of claims for refunds, amended returns, or appeals from adverse determinations.

PMI Combined State Tax Liability ” shall mean, with respect to any taxable period (or portion thereof) in the Pre-Distribution Period, an amount of Combined State Taxes, including any interest, penalties and other additions to such taxes for such taxable year except to the extent attributable to Altria’s negligence, determined by taking

 

3


the total separately computed state income or franchise tax liabilities of the PMI Group over the total separately computed state income or franchise tax liabilities of the Altria Consolidated Return Group multiplied by the combined state income or franchise tax liability of the Altria Consolidated Return Group.

PMI Current Federal Income Tax Provision ” shall mean, with respect to any financial statement year (or portion thereof) in the Pre-Distribution Period, the sum of the PMI Group’s current federal income tax provision determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) recorded on the PMI Group’s books and records and reported in the PMI Group’s published financial statements.

PMI Federal Income Tax Liability ” shall mean, with respect to any taxable period (or portion thereof) in the Pre-Distribution Period, the sum of the PMI Group’s Federal Income Tax liability and other additions to such Taxes except to the extent attributable to Altria’s negligence (as determined under the applicable principles of agency law rather than Section 6662 of the Code) for such taxable period (or portion thereof), computed as if the PMI Group were not and never were part of the Altria Consolidated Return Group, but rather were a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated United States Federal Income Tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code (provided, however, that transactions with members of the Altria U.S. Group or between members of the PMI Group shall be reflected according to the provisions of the consolidated return regulations promulgated under the Code governing intercompany transactions). Such computation shall be made: (A) without regard to the income, deductions (including net operating loss and capital loss deductions) and credits in any year of any member of the Altria Consolidated Return Group that is not a member of the PMI Group, (B) by taking account of any Tax Asset of the PMI Group in accordance with Section 2.02(e) hereof, (C) with regard to net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards and carrybacks and minimum tax credits from earlier years of the PMI Group, (D) as though the highest rate of tax specified in Section 11(b) of the Code were the only rate set forth in that subsection, and (E) reflecting the positions, elections and accounting methods and periods used with respect to the PMI Group in preparing the Altria consolidated Federal Income Tax return.

PMI Group ” shall mean PMI and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI that would be eligible, from time to time, to join with PMI, with respect to Federal Income Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated United States Federal Income Tax return and, with respect to Combined State Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated, combined or unitary income or franchise tax return if PMI were not a member of the Altria Consolidated Return Group. For the avoidance of doubt, the PMI Group includes, but is not limited to, any company that for any period prior to the execution of this Agreement was a direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI and that during such period would have been eligible to join with PMI, with respect to Federal Income Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated United States Federal Income Tax return and, with respect to Combined

 

4


State Taxes, in the filing of a consolidated, combined or unitary income or franchise tax return if PMI were not a member of the Altria Consolidated Return Group, but only if and to the extent that such company was not a member of the Altria U.S. Group during such period.

PMI Group Tax ” means (i) PMI Federal Income Tax Liability; (ii) PMI Combined State Tax Liability; (iii) any other Tax imposed on any member of the PMI Group or, with respect to any taxable year, any other Tax imposed on any direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI that is not a member of the PMI Group; and (iv) liability of any member of the PMI Group for the payment of any amounts of the type described in (i), (ii) or (iii) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other person.

PMI Pro Forma Combined State Return ” means, for each state in which a combined state income tax return may be filed, either a formal combined state income tax return, or, in the alternative, a schedule on which the PMI Combined State Tax Liability is reflected.

PMI Pro Forma Federal Return ” means either a formal Form 1120, or, in the alternative, a schedule on which the PMI Federal Income Tax Liability is reflected.

Post-Distribution Period ” means any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the close of business on the Distribution Date.

Pre-Distribution Period ” means any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the close of business on the Distribution Date.

Ruling and Tax Opinion Documents ” means (i) the private letter ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service regarding certain tax consequences of the Distribution, (ii) the request for private letter ruling submitted to the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Distribution (including all supplemental submissions) and (iii) the tax opinion related to the Distribution delivered by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP (“Tax Advisor”), including all exhibits to each, which contain, inter alia, information and representations provided by Altria and PMI in connection with the Distribution.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other legal entity (or any successor thereto) directly or indirectly “controlled”, where “control” means the ownership of 50% or more of the ownership interests (by vote or value) of such corporation or other legal entity (or any successor thereto) or the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such corporation or other legal entity.

 

5


Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean all national, federal, state (including, but not limited to the Ohio Commercial Activities tax or the Texas Margin tax), county, local, foreign or other taxes, levies, or imposts, including any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, capital stock, occupation, property, real property gains, social security or disability, environmental or windfall profit tax, premium, custom duty or other tax, governmental fee, or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax (United States or non-United States).

Tax Asset ” means any federal or state net operating loss, net capital loss, general business credit, foreign tax credit, charitable deduction, or any other loss, credit, deduction, or tax attribute which could reduce any Tax (including, without limitation, deductions, credits, alternative minimum net operating loss carryforwards related to alternative minimum taxes or additions to the basis of property).

Taxing Authority ” means any governmental authority (whether United States or non-United States, and including, without limitation, any state, municipality, political subdivision or governmental agency) responsible for the imposition of any Tax.

Tax Contest ” means any audit, review, examination, assessment, notice of deficiency or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose or effect of redetermining any Taxes (including any administrative or judicial review of any claim for refund).

Tax-Free Status ” means qualification of the Distribution as tax-free under Section 355 of the Code.

ARTICLE II

TAX SHARING

2.01 General . For each taxable year of the Altria Consolidated Return Group for which a United States consolidated Federal Income Tax return is filed that includes any Pre-Distribution Period of the PMI Group, PMI shall pay to Altria an amount equal to the sum of the PMI Federal Income Tax Liability for such taxable year as shown on a PMI Pro Forma Federal Return. For each taxable year of the Altria Consolidated Return Group for which a Combined State Tax return is filed that includes any Pre-Distribution Period of the PMI Group, PMI shall pay to Altria an amount equal to the PMI Combined State Tax Liability for such taxable year as shown on a PMI Pro Forma Combined State Return.

 

6


2.02 Payment of Taxes .

(a) Estimated Payments . Not later than thirty days after the Distribution Date, PMI shall identify on its books the PMI Current Federal Income Tax Provision for that portion of the current quarter that ends on the Distribution Date, determined in accordance with United States GAAP, and shall transfer such amount to Altria within thirty days after the Distribution Date.

(b) Preparation and Delivery of Estimated Pro Formas . On a date that is at least thirty days prior to the due date for the Altria Consolidated Return Group’s consolidated Federal Income Tax return for a taxable year to which Section 2.01 of this Agreement applies, PMI shall deliver to Altria a PMI Pro Forma Federal Return reflecting the PMI Federal Income Tax Liability on an estimated basis. On a date that is at least ten days prior to the due date for each Combined State Tax return for a taxable year to which Section 2.01 of this Agreement applies, PMI shall deliver to Altria a PMI Pro Forma Combined State Return (together with the PMI Pro Forma Federal Return, the “PMI Pro Forma Returns”) reflecting the relevant PMI Combined State Tax Liability on an estimated basis. PMI’s preparation and delivery of the PMI Pro Forma Federal Return shall include related schedules and returns, including, but not limited to, preparation of Form 1118 or in the alternative, a schedule reflecting what is on Form 1118, for purposes of computing any separate foreign tax credit limitation under Section 904(d) of the Code.

(c) Preparation and Delivery of Final Pro Formas . On or before November 1 following the end of any taxable year to which Section 2.01 of this Agreement applies, Altria shall deliver to PMI a PMI Pro Forma Federal Return reflecting the PMI Federal Income Tax Liability. On or before December 15 following the end of any taxable year to which Section 2.01 of this Agreement applies, Altria shall deliver to PMI a PMI Pro Forma Combined State Return reflecting the relevant PMI Combined State Tax Liability. Altria’s preparation and delivery of the PMI Pro Forma Federal Return hereunder shall include related schedules and returns, including, but not limited to, preparation of Form 1118 or in the alternative, a schedule reflecting what is on Form 1118, for purposes of computing any separate foreign tax credit limitation under Section 904(d) of the Code.

(d) Reconciliation of Payments . On or before November 1 following the end of any taxable year to which Section 2.01 of this Agreement applies, PMI shall pay to Altria, or Altria shall pay to PMI, as appropriate, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between: (x) the PMI Federal Income Tax Liability reflected on the PMI Pro Forma Federal Return for such year; and (y) the aggregate amount of the payments of the PMI Current Federal Income Tax Provision for such year made pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of this Agreement. On or before December 15 following the end of any taxable year to which Section 2.01 of this Agreement applies, PMI shall pay to Altria the PMI Combined State Tax Liability as reflected on the PMI Pro Forma Combined State Return.

 

7


(e) Use of Tax Assets . If a PMI Pro Forma Return reflects a Tax Asset that may under applicable law be used to reduce a Federal Income Tax or Combined State Tax liability of the Altria U.S. Group for any taxable period, Altria shall pay to PMI, or shall reduce the amount owed by PMI to Altria by, an amount equal to the actual tax saving produced by such Tax Asset within thirty days after such tax saving has been Effectively Realized by the Altria U.S. Group. The amount of any such tax saving for any taxable period shall be the amount of the reduction in Taxes payable to a Taxing Authority with respect to such tax period, including with respect to any estimated Tax payments, as compared to the Taxes that would have been payable to a Taxing Authority by the Altria U.S. Group with respect to such tax period in the absence of such Tax Asset. To the extent PMI has been compensated for any Tax Asset prior to the filing of a final tax return for any year, including with respect to any estimated payments for such year, Altria shall pay to PMI, or PMI shall pay to Altria, as appropriate, the difference between the amount Effectively Realized with respect to each Tax Asset with respect to such interim payments and the amount Effectively Realized with respect to the filing of the final tax return.

2.03 Carrybacks from Post-Distribution Period .

(a) Within thirty days after Effective Realization by the Altria Consolidated Return Group, Altria agrees to pay to PMI the actual tax benefit from the carryback of any Tax Asset of the PMI Group from a Post-Distribution Period. Such benefit shall be equal to (i) the amount of Federal Income Taxes or Combined State Taxes, as the case may be, that would have been payable (or of the Federal Income Tax or Combined State Tax refund actually receivable) by the Altria Consolidated Return Group for such period in the absence of such carryback, minus (ii) the amount of Federal Income Taxes or Combined State Taxes, as the case may be, actually payable for such period (or of the Federal Income Tax or Combined State Tax refund that would have been receivable) by the Altria Consolidated Return Group.

(b) If, subsequent to the payment by Altria to PMI of any amount pursuant to (or in accordance with the principles of) Section 2.03(a), there shall be a Final Determination that results in a disallowance or a reduction of the Tax Asset of the PMI Group so carried back, PMI shall repay to Altria, within thirty days after such Final Determination, any amount that would not have been payable to PMI pursuant to (or in accordance with the principles of) Section 2.03(a) of this Agreement had the amount of the tax benefit been determined in light of the Final Determination. In addition, PMI shall hold each member of the Altria U.S. Group harmless from any penalty or interest payable by any member of the Altria U.S. Group as a result of any such Final Determination. Any such amount shall be paid by PMI within thirty days of the payment by the Altria U.S. Group of any such penalty or interest.

 

8


2.04 Preparation of Returns .

(a) For each taxable year to which Section 2.01 of this Agreement applies that the Altria Consolidated Return Group elects to file a consolidated Federal Income Tax return as permitted by Section 1501 of the Code or any Combined State Tax return, Altria shall prepare and file such return and any other returns, documents or statements required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the determination of the Federal Income Tax liability of the Altria Consolidated Return Group and with the appropriate Taxing Authorities with respect to the determination of the Combined State Tax liability of the Altria Consolidated Return Group. With respect to such return preparation, Altria shall not discriminate among any members of the Altria Consolidated Return Group. Altria shall have the right with respect to any consolidated Federal Income Tax returns or Combined State Tax returns that it has filed or will file to determine (i) the manner in which such returns, documents or statements shall be prepared and filed, including, without limitation, the manner in which any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit shall be reported; (ii) whether any extensions should be requested; and (iii) the elections that will be made by any member of the Altria Consolidated Return Group. Each member of the PMI Group hereby irrevocably appoints Altria as its agent and attorney-in-fact to take any action (including the execution of documents) Altria may deem necessary or appropriate to implement this Section 2.04.

(b) With respect to any Tax return other than a United States consolidated Federal Income Tax return that includes any Pre-Distribution Period of the PMI Group or any Combined State Tax return, the Party that bears indemnification responsibility under Article IV of this Agreement shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of such Tax return; provided, however, that in the preparation and filing of such Tax return, such Party shall not take any position (or make any election) that is inconsistent with any position or election made by Altria in connection with the preparation and filing of any United States consolidated Federal Income Tax return that includes any Pre-Distribution Period of the PMI Group or any Combined State Tax return.

ARTICLE III

REFUNDS

3.01 Refunds .

(a) If, with respect to any PMI Group Tax, Altria receives a refund, offset or credit, Altria shall remit to PMI within thirty days of Effective Realization the amount of such refund, offset or credit, together with any interest received thereon.

 

9


(b) If, with respect to any Altria U.S. Group Tax, PMI receives a refund, offset or credit, PMI shall remit to Altria within thirty days of Effective Realization the amount of such refund, offset or credit, together with any interest received thereon.

(c) Any payments required to be made by Sections 3.01(a) or 3.01(b) of this Agreement shall be paid net of any Tax liability to a Party resulting from such Party’s receipt of such refund from the Taxing Authority.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION

4.01 General Indemnification .

(a) Altria will indemnify each member of the PMI Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI against and hold it harmless from (1) any Altria U.S. Group Tax or any adjustments made by a Taxing Authority that would result in an increase in any Altria U.S. Group Tax; and (2) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorney’s fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax or adjustment described in this subsection. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Altria’s indemnification responsibility for Distribution Taxes, if any, shall be determined solely under Section 4.02(a) of this Agreement.

(b) PMI will indemnify each member of the Altria U.S. Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria other than a member of the PMI Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI against and hold it harmless from (1) any PMI Group Tax, or any adjustments made by a Taxing Authority that would result in an increase in any PMI Group Tax, or any adjustments by a Taxing Authority that result in a disallowance or reduction of any Tax Asset of the PMI Group that was used to reduce any Altria U.S. Group Tax; and (2) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorney’s fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax or adjustment described in this subsection. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, PMI’s indemnification responsibility for Distribution Taxes, if any, shall be determined solely under Section 4.02(b) of this Agreement.

 

10


4.02 Indemnification for Distribution Taxes .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Altria shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the PMI Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI from and against (1) any and all Distribution Taxes that are not the responsibility of PMI pursuant to Section 4.02(b) of this Agreement and (2) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorney’s fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax or adjustment described in this subsection.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, PMI agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Altria U.S. Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria other than a member of the PMI Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI from and against (1) any and all Distribution Taxes resulting from or attributable to (i) any act or failure to act on the part of PMI (or any member of the PMI Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI) following the Distribution; or (ii) any breach by PMI (or any other member of PMI Group or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of PMI) of any of the representations or covenants set forth in Articles V and VI of this Agreement or any representations with respect to PMI in the Ruling and Tax Opinion Documents and (2) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorney’s fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax or adjustment described in this subsection.

4.03 Indemnification Payments . In the event that a Party is entitled to receive indemnification under this Article IV with respect to any Tax for which there has been a Final Determination, such Party (“Indemnified Party”) shall send to the other Party (“Indemnifying Party”) an invoice requesting payment accompanied by a statement describing in reasonable detail the amount owed and the particulars relating thereto. The Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party any payment owed under this Article IV within thirty days (or within another time period mutually agreed to by the Parties) after the receipt of the invoice for such payment.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS

5.01 Altria and PMI Representations . Altria and PMI each represent that the information and representations with respect to Altria or PMI, as the case may be, that are included in the Ruling and Tax Opinion Documents are accurate and complete as of the date hereof.

 

11


ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS

6.01 Altria and PMI Covenants . Altria and PMI each covenant (1) to use their best efforts to verify that the foregoing representations made by it in Article V are accurate and complete as of the Distribution Date and (2) if, after the date hereof, either obtains information indicating, or otherwise becomes aware, that any such representations are or may be inaccurate or incomplete, promptly to inform Altria or PMI, as the case may be.

6.02 Specific PMI Covenants . PMI may take actions inconsistent with the representations in Section 5.01 of this Agreement and covenants in this Section 6.02 only if, prior to taking such action, PMI (1) provides notification, upon determining that it shall pursue such action, to Altria of its plans with respect to such action, and promptly responds to any inquiries made by Altria following such notification, and (2) obtains Altria’s written consent to such action (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Altria consent shall not relieve PMI of any of its liabilities or obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any PMI indemnity obligation arising under Section 4.02(b) of this Agreement. PMI covenants to Altria that:

(a) During the two-year period following the Distribution Date, PMI will not liquidate or merge or consolidate with any other person in one or more transactions pursuant to which the shareholders of the other person(s) in such transaction(s) hold directly or indirectly a forty percent or greater interest (by vote or value) in the combined company.

(b) During the two-year period following the Distribution Date, PMI and each of its Subsidiaries will not transfer all or substantially all of its assets in a transaction, including all or substantially all of the assets of PMI’s active trade or business used to satisfy Section 355(b) of the Code.

(c) During the two-year period following the Distribution Date, PMI will continue the active conduct of its trade or business used to satisfy Section 355(b) of the Code.

(d) PMI will not redeem or repurchase PMI stock in a manner contrary to the requirements of Revenue Procedure 96-30 or in any other manner contrary to the representations made in the Ruling and Tax Opinion Documents.

(e) During the two-year period following the Distribution Date, PMI will not issue, in one or more transactions, PMI stock (or any instrument that is convertible or exchangeable into such PMI stock) that in the aggregate represents more than a forty percent interest (by vote or value) of PMI.

 

12


(f) During the two-year period following the Distribution Date, PMI will not enter into any negotiations, agreements, understandings, or arrangements with respect to transactions or events (including, without limitation, stock issuances, pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise, option grants, capital contributions or acquisitions or a series of such transactions or events, but excluding the Distribution) that may alone or in the aggregate cause the Distribution to be treated as part of a plan (i) pursuant to which one or more persons would acquire directly or indirectly stock of PMI representing a forty percent or greater interest (by vote or value); or (ii) which would result in a transaction described in Section 6.02(a) above.

(g) PMI will not otherwise take any action or fail to take any other action, which action or failure to act may result in Distribution Taxes.

(h) For purposes of paragraphs (a), (e) and (f) of Section 6.02, whether a forty percent or greater ownership change is or would be involved in one or more transactions shall be determined under multiple methods that reflect the differing number of PMI shares outstanding at various times (e.g., on the Distribution Date, immediately prior to each transaction, etc.) and the method chosen shall be the one that results in the largest potential ownership change. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of paragraphs (a), (e) and (f) of Section 6.02, whether a forty percent or greater ownership change is or would be involved in one or more transactions shall be measured by aggregating the ownership change attributable to all transactions of the types described in (a), (e) and (f).

ARTICLE VII

TAX CONTESTS

7.01 Representation with Respect to Tax Contests . Altria shall have the right to (i) contest, compromise, or settle any adjustment or deficiency proposed, asserted or assessed as a result of any audit of any consolidated or combined return filed by the Altria Consolidated Return Group; (ii) file, prosecute, compromise or settle any claim for refund; and (iii) determine whether any refunds to which the Altria Consolidated Return Group may be entitled shall be received by way of refund or credited against the tax liability of the Altria Consolidated Return Group; provided, however, that Altria shall be obligated to act in good faith with respect to any Tax Contest of any consolidated or combined return filed by the Altria Consolidated Return Group which involves a Tax or adjustment for which PMI is liable pursuant to this Agreement (“PMI Tax Contest”). Specifically, Altria shall, in good faith, (i) consult with PMI regarding its comments with respect to any such PMI Tax Contest, including any correspondence or filings submitted

 

13


in connection therewith; (ii) consult with PMI as to strategy and settlement decisions with respect to any PMI Tax Contest, including any correspondence or filings submitted in connection therewith; and (iii) use its best efforts to arrive at a settlement of any such PMI Tax Contest that reflects the ultimate merits of the issues without taking into account the fact that PMI is liable for the Tax or adjustment under this Agreement.

(a) With respect to any PMI Tax Contest, Altria shall (i) keep PMI informed in a timely manner of all actions taken or proposed to be taken by Altria and (ii) timely provide PMI with copies of any correspondence or filings submitted to any Taxing Authority in connection with any contest, litigation, compromise or settlement relating to any such adjustment in any such Tax Contest. In addition, with respect to any Tax Contest in which a Taxing Authority has asserted a position that may result in a PMI indemnification obligation arising under Section 4.02(b) of this Agreement, PMI shall have the right, at its own expense, to attend and participate in any such Tax Contest.

(b) The failure of Altria timely to forward notification in accordance with Section 7.01(a) shall not relieve PMI of any obligation to pay such Tax or adjustment or indemnify Altria, except to the extent PMI was actually materially prejudiced by such failure, and in no event shall such failure relieve PMI from any other liability or obligation which it may have to Altria.

ARTICLE VIII

PAYMENTS

8.01 Method of Payment . All payments required by this Agreement shall be made by (1) wire transfer to the appropriate bank account as may from time to time be designated by the Parties for such purpose, or (2) any other method agreed to by the Parties. All payments due under this Agreement shall be deemed to be paid when available funds are actually received by the payee.

8.02 Interest . Any payment required by this Agreement that is not made on or before the date required hereunder shall bear interest, from and after such date through the date of payment, calculated at the rate determined under Section 6621(a)(2) of the Code as modified by Section 6621(c) of the Code or as otherwise determined by any relevant Taxing Authority.

8.03 Characterization of Payments . For all Tax purposes, the Parties hereto agree to treat, and to cause their respective affiliates to treat, (1) any payment required by this Agreement (to the extent not otherwise treated as a payment in respect of an existing intercompany account) either as a contribution by Altria to PMI or a distribution by PMI to Altria, as the case may be, occurring immediately prior to the Distribution and (2) any payment of interest or non-Federal Income Taxes by or to a Tax Authority, as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the Parties entitled under this Agreement to retain such

 

14


payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment, in either case, except as otherwise mandated by applicable law or a Final Determination; provided that in the event it is determined (i) pursuant to applicable law that it is more likely than not, or (ii) pursuant to a Final Determination, that any such treatment is not permissible (or that an Indemnified Party nevertheless suffers an income Tax or other Tax detriment as a result of such payment), the payment in question shall be adjusted to place the Indemnified Party in the same after-tax position it would have enjoyed absent such applicable law or Final Determination.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.01 Allocation . Altria may, at its option, elect, and the PMI Group shall join it in electing (if necessary), to ratably allocate items (other than extraordinary items) of the PMI Group in accordance with relevant provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76. If Altria makes such an election, the members of the PMI Group shall provide to Altria such statements as are required under the regulations and other appropriate assistance.

9.02 Payment of Reserves . Within thirty days after the Distribution Date, Altria shall pay to PMI an amount equal to the Federal Income Tax reserve for uncertain Tax positions attributable to the PMI Group and recorded on the books and records of Altria as of the Distribution Date.

9.03 Cooperation and Exchange of Information .

(a) Altria and PMI shall each cooperate fully with all reasonable requests from the other Party in connection with the preparation and filing of Tax returns, claims for refund, and audits concerning issues or other matters covered by this Agreement (including, without limitation, cooperating in meeting those deadlines as established and reasonably determined by Altria to be necessary to facilitate the timely filing of any United States consolidated Federal Income Tax return of the Altria Consolidated Return Group). Such cooperation shall include, without limitation:

(i) the retention until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and the provision upon request, of Tax returns, books, records (including information regarding ownership and Tax basis of property), documentation and other information relating to the Tax returns, including accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by Taxing Authorities;

(ii) the execution of any document that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with any audit, or the filing of a Tax return or refund claim by a member of the Altria U.S. Group or the PMI Group, including certification, to the best of a Party’s knowledge, of the accuracy and completeness of the information it has supplied;

 

15


(iii) for each taxable year of the Altria Consolidated Return Group for which a United States consolidated Federal Income Tax return is filed that includes any Pre-Distribution Period of the PMI Group, the use of the same tax preparation software required to facilitate the filing of the Altria Group Consolidated Return;

(iv) the use of the Party’s best efforts to obtain any documentation that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with any of the foregoing. Each Party shall make its employees and facilities available on a reasonable and mutually convenient basis in connection with the foregoing matters; and

(v) the participation in regularly scheduled meetings between the Parties to further the purposes of this Agreement.

(b) If a Party fails to comply with any of its obligations set forth in Section 9.03(a) of this Agreement upon reasonable request and notice by the other Party, and such failure results in the imposition of additional Taxes, the nonperforming Party shall be liable in full for such additional Taxes.

9.04 Retention of Records . A Party intending to dispose of documentation of Altria (or any other member of the Altria U.S. Group) or PMI (or any other member of the PMI Group), including without limitation, books, records, Tax returns and all supporting schedules and information relating thereto (after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations), which relates to Tax returns described in Section 2.04 (to the extent it affects the separate Tax liability of PMI (or any other member of the PMI Group) or Altria (or any other member of the Altria U.S. Group)) shall provide written notice to the other Party describing the documentation to be destroyed or disposed of at least sixty days prior to taking such action. The other Party may arrange to take delivery of the documentation described in the notice at its expense during the succeeding sixty day period. The documentation described in the notice will not be disposed of without the affirmative written consent of an officer of the notified Party.

9.05 Dispute Resolution . Any and all disputes between the Parties relating to this Agreement, including the interpretation or application thereof, shall be resolved through the procedures provided in Article VI of the Distribution Agreement.

9.06 Changes in Law . Any reference to a provision of the Code or a law of another jurisdiction shall include a reference to any applicable successor provision or law. If, due to any change in applicable law or regulations or their interpretation by any court of law or other governing body having jurisdiction subsequent to the date of this Agreement, performance of any provision of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated thereby shall become unlawful, impracticable or impossible, the Parties

 

16


hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such provision.

9.07 Confidentiality . Each Party shall hold and cause its directors, officers, employees, advisors and consultants to hold in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, all information (other than any such information relating solely to the business or affairs of such Party) concerning the other Party hereto furnished to it by such other Party or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (1) in the public domain through no fault of such Party, (2) later lawfully acquired from other sources not known to be under a duty of confidentiality by the Party to which it was furnished, or (3) independently developed), and each Party shall not release or disclose such information to any other person, except its directors, officers, employees, auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants who shall be advised of and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.07. Each Party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold confidential information concerning or supplied by the other Party if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar information.

9.08 Successors . This agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor, by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to any of the Parties hereto (including, but not limited to, any successor of Altria and PMI succeeding to the tax attributes of such Party under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if such successor had been an original Party hereto.

9.09 Authorization, etc. Each of the Parties hereto hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Party; that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Party; and that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or of its charter or bylaws or any agreement, instrument or order binding on such Party.

9.10 Notices . All notices, requests, and other communications to any Party hereunder shall be in writing (including electronic mail and facsimile transmission) and shall be given to:

If to Altria, to:

Altria Group, Inc.

6601 W. Broad Street

Richmond, Virginia 23261

Attn: Vice President, Taxes

 

17


If to PMI, to:

c/o Philip Morris International Management SA

Avenue de Rhodanie

1001 Lausanne, Switzerland

Attn: Vice President, Taxes

9.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior tax sharing agreements, and such prior tax sharing agreements shall have no further force and effect. If and to the extent that the provisions of this Agreement conflict with the Distribution Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the Distribution, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. If and to the extent that the rights and obligations with respect to Philip Morris Duty Free Inc. (as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Altria or PMI, respectively) provided for in this Agreement conflict with the rights and obligations with respect to Philip Morris Duty Free Inc. provided for in the Indemnification Agreement dated as of August 1, 2007 between Philip Morris USA Inc. and PMI, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

9.12 Section Captions . Section captions used in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

9.13 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (other than the laws regarding choice of laws and conflicts of laws) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies; provided, however, that the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16 (as may be amended from time to time) shall govern the matters described in Section 9.05 of this Agreement.

9.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.15 Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement shall not be waived, amended or otherwise modified except in writing, duly executed by all of the Parties hereto.

 

18


9.16 Effective Date . This Agreement shall be effective as of the Distribution Date.

9.17 Termination . The Agreement shall remain in force and be binding so long as the applicable period of assessments (including extensions) remains unexpired for any taxes contemplated by the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

ALTRIA GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Dinyar S. Devitre
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Hermann Waldemer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

19

Exhibit 10.3

FORM OF

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

ALTRIA GROUP, INC.

AND

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

DATED AS OF                     


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I

  DEFINITIONS    1

1.1

  General    1

1.2

  References to Time    9

ARTICLE II

  GENERAL PRINCIPLES    9

2.1

  Altria Group Employees    9

2.2

  PMI Group Employees    10

ARTICLE III

  PMI Group Plans    10

3.1

  PMI Group Plans    10

ARTICLE IV

  EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS    13

4.1

  PMI Transferees    13

4.2

  Altria Transferees    14

4.3

  Payments    15

ARTICLE V

  EQUITY COMPENSATION    15

5.1

  Altria Options    15

5.2

  Kraft SARs Issued by Altria    17

5.3

  Restricted Stock and pre-January 31, 2007 Deferred Stock    17

5.4

  Deferred Stock    18

5.5

  Existing Kraft Equity Compensation    19

5.6

  Payments Previously Made By PMI    20

5.7

  Other    20

ARTICLE VI

  PROFIT-SHARING PLANS    23

6.1

  Maintenance of Stock Investment Options    23

ARTICLE VII

  ALTRIA STOCK PURCHASE PLAN    24

7.1

  Termination of Participation    24

ARTICLE VIII

  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE    24

8.1

  Sharing of Participant Information    24

8.2

  No Third-Party Beneficiaries    24

8.3

  Audit Rights with Respect to Information Provided    25

8.4

  Fiduciary Matters    25

8.5

  Collective Bargaining    25

8.6

  Consent of Third Parties    26

ARTICLE IX

  INDEMNIFICATION    26

9.1

  Indemnification    26

ARTICLE X

  MISCELLANEOUS    26

10.1

  Relationship of Parties    26

10.2

  Affiliates    26

 

i


10.3

  Employee Communications    26

10.4

  Incorporation of Distribution Agreement Provisions    26

10.5

  Governing Law    27

10.6

  References    27

 

-ii-


EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT , dated as of                              (as amended and supplemented pursuant to the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Altria Group, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“Altria”), and Philip Morris International Inc., a Virginia corporation (“PMI”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , Altria and PMI have entered into a Distribution Agreement, dated as of                              (the “Distribution Agreement”), providing for, among other things, the distribution by Altria of its entire ownership interest in PMI through a pro-rata distribution of all of the outstanding shares of PMI Common Stock owned by Altria on the Distribution Date to the holders of Altria Common Stock pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Distribution Agreement (the “Distribution”); and

WHEREAS , Altria and PMI wish to set forth their agreement as to certain matters regarding the treatment of, and the compensation and employee benefits provided to, employees and former employees of the Altria Group and the PMI Group (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 General . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Adjusted Altria Option : an Altria Option as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

Affiliate : with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, no member of either Group and no officer or director of any member of either Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the other Group.

Altria : as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Altria Benefit Liabilities : as defined in Section 2.1 hereof.

Altria Common Stock : the common stock, par value $0.33  1 / 3  per share, of Altria.


Altria Deferred Stock : a deferred stock obligation relating to Altria Common Stock granted by Altria before the Distribution Date under an Altria Performance Incentive Plan.

Altria Group : Altria and the Subsidiaries of Altria other than members of the PMI Group.

Altria Group Employee : any individual, excluding a PMI Transferee, who (i), as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, is either employed by, or on a leave of absence (as defined by the personnel policies of the Altria Group) from, a member of the Altria Group; (ii) is a Former Altria Group Employee; or (iii) is or becomes an Altria Transferee.

Altria Group Plans :

(i) the Altria Pension Plans;

(ii) the Altria Profit-Sharing Plans;

(iii) the Altria Welfare and Other Plans; and

(iv) the Altria Performance Incentive Plans.

Altria Option : an option to acquire Altria Common Stock granted by Altria under an Altria Performance Incentive Plan before the Distribution Date.

Altria Participating Company : any company of the Altria Group whose eligible employees participate in the Altria Pension Plans and Altria Profit-Sharing Plans.

Altria Pension Plan : any of the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, the Retirement Plan for Hourly Employees, the Benefit Equalization Plan, the Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan, the Retirement Plan for Employees of Philip Morris de Puerto Rico and any other qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plan or program that is identified by Altria before the Distribution Date as providing retirement income to Altria Group Employees, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

Altria Performance Incentive Plans : any of the 1992 Incentive Compensation and Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Performance Incentive Plan, the 2000 Performance Incentive Plan or the 2005 Performance Incentive Plan, or any stock-based or other incentive plan for Altria Group Employees that is identified by Altria before the Distribution Date, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

Altria Post-Adjustment Price : the Altria Pre-Adjustment Price multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the closing price of Altria Common Stock on the NYSE on the Distribution Date (as traded on the “when issued” market) and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerator plus the closing price of PMI Common Stock on the NYSE on the Distribution Date (as traded on the “when issued” market).

 

2


Altria Pre-Adjustment Price : the closing price of Altria Common Stock on the NYSE on the Distribution Date (as traded on the “regular way” market).

Altria Profit-Sharing Plan : any of the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees, the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Tobacco Workers, the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Craft Employees, the Benefit Equalization Plan, the Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan, the Savings Plan for Employees of Philip Morris de Puerto Rico and any other qualified or non-qualified defined contribution plan or program for Altria Group Employees that is identified by Altria before the Distribution Date, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

Altria Restricted Stock : restricted Altria Common Stock granted by Altria before the Distribution Date under an Altria Performance Incentive Plan.

Altria Stock Investment Option : the investment option offered under the following Altria Profit-Sharing Plans: the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees, the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Tobacco Workers, the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Craft Employees; and the investment option offered under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan whose value in each case is based on the value of Altria Common Stock.

Altria Stock Purchase Plan : the Plan sponsored by Altria and administered by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., that allows eligible employees of Altria and its subsidiaries to purchase shares of Altria Common Stock through automatic payroll deductions, additional cash contributions and dividend reinvestment without incurring any brokerage commissions or other costs.

Altria Transferee : any employee of a member of the PMI Group who will transfer employment to a member of the Altria Group on or after the Distribution Date, but on or prior to December 31, 2008.

Altria Welfare and Other Plans : any plan, fund or program that provides health, medical, surgical, hospital or dental care, severance, survivor income, long-term disability, cafeteria, flexible benefits or other welfare benefits or benefits in the event of sickness, accident or disability, or death benefits to Altria Group Employees, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

Arbitration Act : the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Auditing Party : as defined in Section 8.3(a) hereof.

Business Day : any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions located in the Commonwealth of Virginia or the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Distribution : as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

Distribution Agreement : as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

3


Distribution Date : the date on which the Distribution becomes effective.

Equity Compensation : Altria Options, Adjusted Altria Options, PMI Options, Kraft SARs, Altria Restricted Stock, PMI Restricted Stock, Altria Deferred Stock and PMI Deferred Stock.

ERISA : Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Existing Kraft Deferred Stock : a deferred stock obligation relating to Kraft Class A Common Stock granted by Kraft as of or before March 30, 2007 under a Kraft Performance Incentive Plan.

Existing Kraft Options : an option to acquire Kraft Class A Common Stock, granted by Kraft as of or before March 30, 2007 under a Kraft Performance Incentive Plan.

Existing Kraft Restricted Stock : restricted Kraft Class A Common Stock granted by Kraft as of or before March 30, 2007 under a Kraft Performance Incentive Plan.

Fair Value : in the case of PMI Options and Adjusted Altria Options, the anticipated value of the options, determined using the Modified Black-Scholes option pricing model used by Altria in the preparation of its most recent annual or quarterly financial reporting prepared before the Distribution Date with such modifications as may be determined before the Distribution Date by Altria.

In the case of Existing Kraft Options, the Fair Value shall be the Fair Value used for such options pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement By and Between Altria Group, Inc. and Kraft Foods Inc.

Former Altria Group Employee : any individual who: (i) before the Distribution Date has retired from or otherwise separated from service from a member of the Altria Group and has not been re-employed by a member of the PMI Group before the Distribution Date; or (ii) has transferred from a member of the Altria Group or Former Altria Group that was an Altria Participating Company to a member of the Former Altria Group that was not an Altria Participating Company and thereafter separated from service from a member of the Former Altria Group and has not been re-employed by a member of the PMI Group before the Distribution Date; and, in all cases participates in, receives, or is entitled to receive, benefits under, any Altria Group Plan; provided , however , that a Former Altria Group Employee shall not include a PMI Group Transferee.

Former Altria Group : shall mean the Altria Group as in existence on and prior to March 30, 2007 and shall include Altria and the then Subsidiaries of Altria other than members of the PMI Group.

Former PMI Group Employee : any individual who: (i) before the Distribution Date has retired from or otherwise separated from service from a member of the PMI Group and has not been re-employed by a member of the Altria Group before the Distribution Date; or (ii) has transferred from a member of the PMI Group to a member

 

4


of the Former Altria Group that was not an Altria Participating Company and thereafter is separated from service from a member of the Former Altria Group that was not an Altria Participating Company and has not been re-employed by a member of the Altria Group before the Distribution Date; and, in each such case, participates in, receives or is entitled to receive, benefits under, any PMI Group Plan; or (iii) was employed by a PMI Participating Company, died before the Distribution Date while so employed and whose spouse and/or child are in receipt of a survivor income benefit allowance from the Survivor Income Benefit Plan for Salaried Employees on the Distribution Date; or (iv) was employed by a PMI Participating Company, suffered a disability (as defined in the Long-Term Disability Plan for Salaried Employees) before the Distribution Date while so employed and is in receipt of a disability allowance from the Long-Term Disability Plan for Salaried Employees on the Distribution Date; provided , however , that a Former PMI Group Employee shall not include an Altria Transferee.

Governmental Authority : any federal, state, local, foreign or international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau or agency, authority (including, but not limited to, any central bank or taxing authority) or instrumentality (including, but not limited to, any court, tribunal or grand jury) exercising executive, prosecutorial, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government or any other regulatory, administrative or governmental authority, including the NYSE or any other exchange on which Altria or PMI Common Stock may be listed.

Group : the Altria Group or the PMI Group, as the context requires.

Information : all records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information.

Intrinsic Value : with respect to the relevant options, the product of (i) the number of such options and (ii) the difference between the exercise price of such options and, for Altria Options, the Altria Pre-Adjustment Price, for Adjusted Altria Options, the Altria Post-Adjustment Price, and for PMI Options, the PMI Price, as applicable.

Kraft : Kraft Foods Inc., a Virginia corporation.

Kraft Class A Common Stock : the Class A common stock, no par value, of Kraft.

Kraft Group : Kraft and the Kraft Subsidiaries.

Kraft Price : the closing price of Kraft Class A Common Stock on the NYSE on the Distribution Date.

Kraft Performance Incentive Plan : the 2001 Kraft Foods Inc. Performance Incentive Plan or the Kraft Foods Inc. 2005 Performance Incentive Plan.

Kraft SAR : a cash-settled stock appreciation right based on the value of Kraft Class A Common Stock resulting from an option to acquire Kraft Class A Common Stock originally granted by Altria as of June 12, 2001.

 

5


Kraft Stock Investment Option : the investment option offered under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan whose value is based on the value of Kraft Class A Common Stock.

Kraft Subsidiaries : all of the Subsidiaries of Kraft as of March 30, 2007.

Law : any federal, state or local statute, ordinance, regulation, code, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, common law, legal doctrine, order, judgment, decree, injunction or requirement of any Governmental Authority or any order or award of any arbitrator, now or hereafter in effect.

Liabilities : any and all claims, debts, liabilities, assessments, guarantees, assurances, commitments, obligations, fines, excise taxes, penalties, damages (whether compensatory, punitive, consequential, multiple or other), losses, disgorgements and obligations, of any kind, character or description (whether absolute, contingent, matured, not matured, liquidated, unliquidated, accrued, known, unknown, direct, indirect, derivative or otherwise) whenever arising, including, but not limited to, those arising under or in connection with any Law, and those arising under any contract, guarantee, commitment or undertaking, whether sought to be imposed by any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute, or otherwise, and including all costs, expenses and interest relating thereto (including, but not limited to, all expenses of investigation, all attorneys’ fees and all out-of-pocket expenses in connection with any action or threatened action).

Losses : with respect to any Person, all losses, Liabilities, damages, claims, demands, judgments or settlements of any nature or kind, known or unknown, fixed, accrued, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including all costs and expenses (legal, accounting or otherwise as such costs are incurred) relating thereto, including punitive damages and criminal fines and penalties, but excluding damages in respect of actual or alleged lost profits, suffered by such Person, regardless of whether any such losses, Liabilities, damages, claims, demands, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses, fines and penalties relate to or arise out of such Person’s own alleged or actual negligent, grossly negligent, reckless or intentional misconduct or the capacity in which such Person was acting.

Non-parties : as defined in Section 8.3(b) hereof.

Non-PMI Group : the Altria Group, the Kraft Group, and SABMiller.

NYSE : the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Option Conversion Ratio : the ratio of the pre-adjustment exercise price of the applicable Altria Options to the Altria Pre-Adjustment Price.

Permissible Offset : with respect to an Altria Pension Plan, any benefit earned under a PMI Pension Plan (including, for this purpose, any defined benefit plan or program that provides retirement income for PMI Group Employees, regardless of

 

6


whether such PMI Group Employee is a U.S. payroll-based PMI Group Employee) that may be used to offset a benefit earned under an Altria Pension Plan, but only if such benefit is attributable to a period of service used to determine the amount of his or her benefit under the Altria Pension Plan; and with respect to a PMI Pension Plan, any benefit earned under an Altria Pension Plan that may be used to offset a benefit earned under a PMI Pension Plan, but only if such benefit is attributable to a period of service used to determine the amount of his benefit under the PMI Pension Plan.

Person : an individual, a committee, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, a limited liability company, an unincorporated organization, or a government or any department or agency thereof.

Personal Data : as defined in Section 8.1 hereof.

PMI : as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

PMI Benefit Liabilities : as defined in Section 2.2 hereof.

PMI Common Stock : the common stock, no par value, of PMI.

PMI Deferred Stock : a deferred stock obligation relating to PMI Common Stock granted by PMI as of the Distribution Date under a PMI Performance Incentive Plan pursuant to Section 5.3(a) and Section 5.4(a) hereof.

PMI Group : PMI and the PMI Subsidiaries; provided, however, that solely for the purpose of determining whether a former employee of the PMI Group is a Former PMI Group Employee, PMI Group shall include PM Duty Free, Inc.

PMI Group Employee : any individual, excluding an Altria Transferee, who (i), as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, is either employed by, or on leave of absence (as defined by the personnel policies of the PMI Group) from, a member of the PMI Group; (ii) is a Former PMI Group Employee; or (iii) is or becomes a PMI Transferee.

PMI Group Plans :

(i) the PMI Pension Plans;

(ii) the PMI Profit-Sharing Plans;

(iii) the PMI Welfare and Other Plans; and

(iv) the PMI Performance Incentive Plans.

PMI Option : an option to acquire PMI Common Stock granted by PMI as of the Distribution Date under the PMI Performance Incentive Plan in partial substitution for the Altria Options.

 

7


PMI Participating Company : any company of the PMI Group whose eligible employees participated in the Altria Pension Plans and Altria Profit-Sharing Plans prior to January 1, 2008.

PMI Pension Plans : any of PMI Retirement Plan, the PMI Benefit Equalization Plan, the PMI Supplemental Management Plan for Salaried Employees, and any other qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plan or program that provides retirement income for U.S. payroll-based PMI Group Employees that is identified by PMI no later than the Distribution Date, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

PMI Performance Incentive Plans : the PMI 2008 Performance Incentive Plan, or any other stock-based or other incentive plan for PMI Group Employees that is identified by PMI before the Distribution Date, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

PMI Price : the Altria Pre-Adjustment Price multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the closing price of PMI Common Stock on the NYSE on the Distribution Date (as traded on the “when issued” market) and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerator plus the closing price of Altria Common Stock on the NYSE on the Distribution Date (as traded on the “when issued” market).

PMI Profit-Sharing Plans : any of the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan, the PMI Benefit Equalization Plan, the PMI Supplemental Management Plan for Salaried Employees, the Philip Morris Products Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan and any other qualified or non-qualified defined contribution plan or program that provides retirement income for U.S. payroll-based PMI Group Employees that is identified by PMI before the Distribution Date, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

PMI Restricted Stock : restricted PMI Common Stock distributed as of the Distribution Date and subject to terms and conditions pursuant to Section 5.3(a) hereof.

PMI Stock Investment Option : the investment option to be offered under the following Altria Profit-Sharing Plans: the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees, the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Tobacco Workers, the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Craft Employees and the investment option to be offered under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan whose value in each case is based on the value of PMI Common Stock.

PMI Subsidiaries : all of the Subsidiaries of PMI.

PMI Transferee : any employee of a member of the Altria Group who will transfer employment to a member of the PMI Group on or after the Distribution Date, but on or prior to December 31, 2008.

PMI Welfare and Other Plans : any plan, fund or program that provides health, medical, surgical, hospital or dental care, severance, survivor income, long-term

 

8


disability, cafeteria, flexible benefits or other welfare benefits or benefits in the event of sickness, accident or disability, or death benefits to PMI Group Employees, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

Record Date : the close of business on the date to be determined by Altria’s Board of Directors as the record date for determining the holders of Altria Common Stock entitled to receive shares of PMI Common Stock pursuant to the Distribution.

SEC : the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute.

Securities Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute.

Subsidiary : with respect to any specified Person, any corporation or other legal entity of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries controls or owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interest entitled to vote on the election of members to the board of directors or similar governing body; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, (1) the PMI Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Subsidiaries of PMI; and (2) no member of the PMI Group shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of any member of the Altria Group.

1.2 References to Time . All references in this Agreement to times of the day shall be to Richmond, Virginia time, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

2.1 Altria Group Employees .

(a) Obligations . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, to the exclusion of the PMI Group, the appropriate member of the Altria Group shall continue to be responsible for and pay, perform and discharge each and every of the employment, compensation and employee benefits Liabilities relating to the Altria Group Employees and Former PMI Group Employees described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the definition of Former PMI Group Employees that arise from employment with the Altria Group, the Former Altria Group and the PMI Group before the Distribution Date, and that arise with respect to Altria Group Employees from employment with the Altria Group on or after the Distribution Date, including each and every Liability arising under an Altria Group Plan or assumed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (collectively, the “Altria Benefit Liabilities”); provided, however, that nothing shall preclude any Altria Pension Plan to reduce or eliminate any such Altria Benefit Liability by a Permissible Offset.

(b) Reimbursement . As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, PMI shall reimburse Altria in an amount equal to the present value of the

 

9


Altria Benefit Liabilities retained by Altria with respect to Former PMI Group Employees described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the definition of Former PMI Group Employees.

(c) Crediting Service . As of the Distribution Date, the service used to determine the eligibility for, the vested portion of and the amount of, any benefit under any Altria Group Plan of each Altria Group Employee shall not be less than the service that such Altria Group Employee earned with the Altria Group, the Former Altria Group and the PMI Group with respect to such Altria Group Plan to such date.

2.2 PMI Group Employees .

(a) Obligations . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, to the exclusion of the Altria Group, the appropriate member of the PMI Group shall continue to be responsible for and pay, perform and discharge each and every of the employment, compensation and employee benefits Liabilities relating to PMI Group Employees (other than Former PMI Group Employees described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the definition of Former PMI Group Employees) that arise from employment with the PMI Group, the Altria Group and the Former Altria Group before the Distribution Date, and that arise with respect to PMI Group Employees from employment with the PMI Group on or after the Distribution Date, including each and every Liability arising under a PMI Group Plan or assumed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (collectively, the “PMI Benefit Liabilities”); provided, however, that nothing shall preclude any PMI Pension Plan to reduce or eliminate any such PMI Benefit Liability by a Permissible Offset.

(b) Crediting of Service . As of the Distribution Date, the service used to determine the eligibility for, the vested portion of and the amount of, any benefit under any PMI Group Plan (including, for purposes of this subparagraph (b), any PMI Group employee benefit plan that provides retirement income, regardless of whether it covers only U.S. payroll-based PMI Group Employees) of each PMI Group Employee (including, for purposes of this subparagraph (b), any PMI Group employee, regardless of whether such employee is a U.S. payroll-based PMI Group Employee) shall not be less than the service that such PMI Group Employee earned with the Altria Group, the Former Altria Group and the PMI Group with respect to such PMI Group Plan to such date.

ARTICLE III

PMI GROUP PLANS

3.1 PMI Group Plans . The following principles shall apply.

(a) PMI Pension Plans . A member of the PMI Group has previously adopted and established the PMI Pension Plans for the benefit of eligible PMI Group Employees. PMI shall timely take all actions necessary to obtain a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service that the PMI

 

10


Retirement Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the related trust forms part of a qualified plan and is therefore exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code.

(b) Transfer of Assets .

(i) Prior Asset Transfer . At or about the time of the establishment of the PMI Retirement Plan by a member of the PMI Group, Altria caused the trust under the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees to make a direct transfer of assets to the trust established under the PMI Retirement Plan. The value of the assets transferred and to be transferred from the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees to the trust under the PMI Retirement Plan was and will be the amount required to be transferred pursuant to Section 414( l ) of the Code. Such amount was determined by the actuary for the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees and the PMI Retirement Plan. Any amount required to be transferred pursuant to this section shall be adjusted for (i) allocable gains and/or losses of the trust under the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, (ii) benefit payments on behalf of the PMI Retirement Plan, and (iii) allocable expenses.

(ii) Subsequent Asset Transfer .

(A) As soon as practicable after December 31, 2008, or such earlier date that may be agreed upon by the Altria Group and the PMI Group, but in no event earlier than 30 days following the filing of Form 5310-A with the Internal Revenue Service, if required, Altria agrees to cause the trust under the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees to make a direct transfer (or transfers) of assets to the trust established under the PMI Retirement Plan in an amount determined by the actuary for the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees and agreed to by the actuary for the PMI Retirement Plan, equal to the amount required to be transferred pursuant to Section 414( l ) of the Code with respect to those PMI Group Employees who were participants in the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees and for whom assets were not transferred pursuant to clause (i) hereof. The value of the assets to be transferred from the trust under the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees to the trust under the PMI Retirement Plan will be determined in accordance with Section 414( l ) of the Code without regard to Section 414( l )(2) of the Code.

(B) Altria and PMI shall reasonably cooperate with each other in order to facilitate the foregoing provisions of this clause (ii).

 

11


(c) Credit for Service with the Altria Group . The PMI Pension Plans shall provide that each PMI Group Employee (regardless of the date of employment with the PMI Group) shall be credited with eligibility and vesting service that is not less than the eligibility and vesting service that the PMI Group Employee had earned under the comparable or equivalent Altria Group Pension Plan.

(d) Credit under all other PMI Group Plans . No later than as of the Distribution Date, each PMI Group Plan shall provide that each PMI Group Employee (regardless of the date of employment with the PMI Group) shall be credited with eligibility and vesting service that is not less than the eligibility and vesting service that the PMI Group Employee had earned under the comparable or equivalent Altria Group Plan.

(e) PMI Profit-Sharing Plans .

(i) Creation and Qualification of Plans . PMI has previously adopted and established the PMI Profit-Sharing Plans with respect to eligible PMI Group Employees. PMI shall take all actions necessary to timely obtain a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service that the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the related trust forms part of a qualified plan and is therefore exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code.

(f) Transfer of Assets .

(i) Prior Asset Transfer . Contemporaneously with the establishment of the PMI Profit-Sharing Plan, Altria caused the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees to make a direct transfer of assets from such plan to the trust established under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan. The value of the assets transferred from the trust under the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees to the trust under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan was determined in accordance with Section 414( l ) of the Code, to be equal to the value of the accounts of the then identified PMI Group Employees.

(ii) Subsequent Asset Transfer .

(A) On or before April 30, 2008, but in no event earlier than 30 days following the filing of Form 5310-A with the Internal Revenue Service, if required, Altria agrees to cause the trust under the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees to make a direct transfer (or transfers) of assets to the trust established under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan in an amount equal to the accounts of the PMI Group Employees for whom assets were not transferred pursuant to clause (i) hereof, except that Altria shall not cause the transfer of assets with respect to PMI Transferees who

 

12


have transferred to a member of the PMI Group after the Distribution Date, such assets to be retained in the trust under the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees pending further direction from the PMI Transferee. The value of the assets to be transferred will be determined in accordance with Section 414(l) of the Code.

(B) Altria and PMI shall reasonably cooperate with each other in order to facilitate the foregoing provisions of clause (ii).

(g) PMI Welfare and Other Benefits . PMI Group Employees shall be entitled to participate in the PMI Welfare and Other Plans in accordance with the Altria Group practices in effect as of the Distribution Date, provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude PMI Group Employees from continuing to participate in Altria Group Welfare and Other Plans for the calendar year of the Distribution if mutually agreed to by PMI and Altria.

(h) PMI Directors’ Plans . PMI has adopted the PMI Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors and the PMI Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors effective as of January 29, 2008. Effective as of the Distribution Date, PMI shall assume, under the PMI directors’ plans, the liability for deferred amounts under the Altria Group, Inc. Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors, the Altria Group, Inc. Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, and the Altria Group, Inc. Unit Plan for Incumbent Non-Employee Directors with respect to each individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of Altria in 2008 before the Distribution Date and who is a member of the Board of Directors of PMI on the Distribution Date. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, Altria shall pay to PMI an amount equal to such liability determined as of the close of business on the Distribution Date.

ARTICLE IV

EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

4.1 PMI Transferees . The following principles shall apply to any PMI Transferee. Except as specifically noted in this Agreement as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, each PMI Transferee will become, or continue to be, eligible upon transfer for the rights and benefits of similarly situated PMI Group Employees.

(a) Amendments . No member of the PMI Group shall cause any amendments to be made to the PMI Group Plans or any policies regarding the PMI Group Plans (other than amendments to provide for Permissible Offsets) to be implemented that have the direct or indirect effect of treating the PMI Transferees less favorably than the other PMI Group Employees similarly situated in seniority and job responsibilities.

(b) Profit-Sharing Plans .

(i) Participation . As soon as administratively practicable following the date on which the PMI Transferee transfers, the PMI Transferee shall be eligible to commence participation in the appropriate PMI Profit-Sharing Plan. Any service requirements contained in such PMI Profit-Sharing Plan with respect to eligibility to participate generally or eligibility to share in any employer contributions thereunder shall be waived for the PMI Transferee.

(c) Company Contribution for PMI Transferee . If any PMI Transferee is transferred to the PMI Group after the Distribution Date but on or prior to December 31 st of the calendar year in which the Distribution Date occurs and would otherwise be eligible for a company contribution (within the meaning of the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees) under the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees for that calendar year, the appropriate member of the Altria Group will contribute (or credit, as applicable) to each such PMI Transferee’s account in the Altria

 

13


Profit-Sharing Plans the pro-rated amount of any employer contribution to which the PMI Transferee is entitled based on his compensation (as defined in the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees) received from an Altria Participating Company through the date of transfer and irrespective of whether such PMI Transferee is employed by the PMI Group on the last day of the calendar year in which he or she transferred. Any PMI Transferee who has an outstanding loan from the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees as of the date of transfer to PMI may continue to repay such loan in accordance with the terms of such Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees.

4.2 Altria Transferees . The following principles shall apply to any Altria Transferee. Except as specifically noted in this Agreement as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, each Altria Transferee will become, or continue to be, eligible upon transfer for the rights and benefits of similarly situated Altria Group Employees.

(a) Amendments . No member of the Altria Group shall cause any amendments to be made to the Altria Group Plans or any policies regarding the Altria Group Plans (other than amendments to provide for Permissible Offsets) to be implemented that have the direct or indirect effect of treating the Altria Transferees less favorably than the other Altria Group Employees similarly situated in seniority and job responsibilities.

(b) Profit-Sharing Plan .

(i) Participation . As soon as administratively practicable following the date on which the Altria Transferee transfers, the Altria Transferee shall be eligible to commence participation in the appropriate Altria Profit-Sharing Plan. Any service requirements contained in such Altria Profit-Sharing Plan with respect to eligibility to participate generally to share in any employer contributions thereunder shall be waived for the Altria Transferee.

(c) Company Contribution for Altria Transferee . If any Altria Transferee is transferred to the Altria Group after the Distribution Date but on or prior to December 31 st of the calendar year in which the Distribution Date occurs and would otherwise be eligible for a company contribution (within the meaning of the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan) under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for that calendar year, the appropriate member of the PMI Group will contribute (or credit, as applicable) to each such Altria Transferee’s account in the PMI Profit-Sharing Plans the pro-rated amount of any employer contribution to which the Altria Transferee is entitled based on his compensation (as defined in the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan) received from a Participating Company (as defined in the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan) through the date of transfer and irrespective of whether such Altria Transferee is employed by the Altria Group on the last day of the calendar year in which he transferred. Any Altria Transferee who has an outstanding loan from the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan as of the date of transfer to the Altria Group may continue to repay such loan in accordance with the terms of such PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan.

 

14


4.3 Payments . As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, Altria shall pay to PMI an amount representing the excess of the reasonably estimated present values of (a), with respect to certain employees of the Altria Group scheduled to transfer to the PMI Group, (i) liabilities accrued for financial reporting purposes for post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits and certain other agreed post-employment benefits as of December 31, 2007, (ii) defined benefit obligations under Altria’s Benefit Equalization Plan and Altria’s Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2007 (less relevant offsets for amounts previously paid pursuant to the Altria Secular Trust Program and the Altria Executive Trust Arrangement) plus (iii) those target payments that would reasonably be anticipated to be earned, assuming continued payment of target payments, during such employees’ service with PMI no later than December 31, 2012 that are in lieu of the increase in the value of benefits with respect to service before January 1, 2008 to which the transferees would have become entitled (assuming continued employment) as a result of attaining early retirement eligibility, had they been covered by Altria’s Benefit Equalization Plan and Altria’s Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan, over (b) the results of similar calculations for post-retirement medical, life insurance and other post-employment benefit liabilities, defined benefit obligations and anticipated target payments to be paid by Altria with respect to an employee of the PMI Group who transferred to the Altria Group in anticipation of the Distribution and any other mutually agreed employees of the PMI Group scheduled to transfer to the Altria Group.

ARTICLE V

EQUITY COMPENSATION

5.1 Altria Options .

(a) Adjustment Methodology . Each Altria Option shall be adjusted in the manner described below, effective as of the time of the Distribution, so that each Altria Option holder shall hold Adjusted Altria Options and PMI Options in lieu of the Altria Options previously held. The following procedure shall be applied to each grant of Altria Options with the same grant date and exercise price held by each Altria Option holder. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “exercise price” refers to the amount payable by an option holder in order to acquire shares pursuant to a stock option award.

(i) The Adjusted Altria Options shall have an exercise price equal to the Altria Post-Adjustment Price multiplied by the Option Conversion Ratio. The number of Adjusted Altria Options shall equal the number of Altria Options.

(ii) The PMI Options shall have an exercise price equal to the PMI Price multiplied by the Option Conversion Ratio. The number of PMI Options shall equal the number of Altria Options. If the resulting aggregate Intrinsic Value of the Adjusted Altria Options and PMI Options is less than the Intrinsic Value of the Altria Options, then the difference shall be paid to the option holder in cash as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date. If the resulting aggregate Intrinsic Value of the Adjusted Altria Options and PMI Options is greater than the Intrinsic Value of the Altria Options, then the number of PMI Options shall be reduced until the aggregate Intrinsic Value of the Adjusted Altria

 

15


Options and PMI Options is less than or equal to the Intrinsic Value of the Altria Options, and any difference shall be paid to the option holder in cash as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Intrinsic Value of the Altria Options is negative, only the first two sentences of this Section 5.1(a)(ii) shall be applied. The cash payment described above shall be made by Altria to individuals who are Non-PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the Non-PMI Group), and by PMI to individuals who are PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the PMI Group).

(iii) The calculation described in the preceding sentence shall be applied using the rounding conventions determined by Altria to carry out the purpose of this Section 5.1 .

(b) Issuing Entity and Settlement . Altria will adjust the exercise price of the Altria Options to become Adjusted Altria Options pursuant to the Altria Performance Incentive Plan. After the Distribution Date, Adjusted Altria Options, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Altria pursuant to the Altria Performance Incentive Plan. PMI will issue the PMI Options pursuant to the PMI Performance Incentive Plan. After the Distribution Date, PMI Options, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by PMI pursuant to the PMI Performance Incentive Plan.

(c) Option Agreement Terms . The Adjusted Altria Options and the PMI Options shall have terms that are substantially identical to the terms of the Altria Options, provided , however , that (i) the Adjusted Altria Options shall provide that individuals who are employees of the PMI Group on the Distribution Date or who are PMI Transferees shall continue while employed by the PMI Group to be treated as employees of an Altria Affiliate solely for purposes of determining the exercise period under the option agreements; (ii) the PMI Options shall provide that individuals who are employees of the Non-PMI Group on the Distribution Date or who are Altria Transferees shall continue while employed by the Non-PMI Group to be treated as employees of a PMI Affiliate solely for purposes of determining the exercise period under the option agreements; and (iii) the PMI Options shall refer to both PMI and members of the Non-PMI Group as appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Section 5.1 including references to the Non-PMI Group disability and retirement plans.

(d) Consideration . As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, Altria shall pay to PMI the Fair Value of the PMI Options held by individuals who are Non-PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the Non-PMI Group) and PMI shall pay to Altria the Fair Value of the Adjusted Altria Options held by individuals who are PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the PMI Group). The parties shall settle the obligations of the preceding sentence in cash on a net basis such that the party required to pay the greater amount to the other shall pay the difference between the two amounts to the other.

 

16


5.2 Kraft SARs Issued by Altria . Upon the Distribution Date, PMI shall assume the liability for Kraft SARs held by individuals who are employees of the PMI Group on the Distribution Date (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the PMI Group). PMI shall settle such Kraft SARs upon exercise and assume all other obligations under such Kraft SARs. Altria and PMI shall amend such Kraft SARs effective as of the Distribution Date to replace references to Altria with references to PMI and otherwise as appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Section 5.2.

5.3 Restricted Stock and pre-January 31, 2007 Deferred Stock .

(a) Adjustment . Pursuant to the Distribution, each holder of Altria Restricted Stock will receive from Altria as of the time of the Distribution shares of PMI Common Stock in the same manner and based on the same ratio as other shareholders of Altria Common Stock. Such PMI Common Stock shall be subject to the same vesting requirements and dates and other terms and conditions as the Altria Restricted Stock to which it relates (including the right to receive all dividends or other distributions paid on PMI Common Stock). Effective at the time of the Distribution, each holder of Altria Deferred Stock that was granted before January 31, 2007 shall receive a number of PMI Deferred Stock shares based on the same ratio as shareholders of Altria Common Stock. Such PMI Deferred Stock shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.4(b) through Section 5.4(e).

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement Terms . The PMI Restricted Stock shall have the same terms as the Altria Restricted Stock; provided , however , that (i) the Altria Restricted Stock shall provide that individuals who are employees of the PMI Group on the Distribution Date or who are PMI Transferees shall continue to be treated while so employed as employees of an Altria Affiliate for purposes of continued vesting in the restricted stock; (ii) the PMI Restricted Stock shall provide that individuals who are employees of the Non-PMI Group on the Distribution Date or who are Altria Transferees shall continue to be treated while so employed as employees of a PMI Affiliate for purposes of continued vesting in the restricted stock; and (iii) the PMI Restricted Stock shall refer to both PMI and members of the Non-PMI Group as appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Section 5.3 .

(c) Forfeiture of PMI Stock and Consideration . If a holder of PMI Restricted Stock forfeits such stock under the terms of the PMI Restricted Stock, the forfeited stock shall be returned to PMI, not Altria. In consideration of the anticipated receipt of such forfeitures, PMI shall pay in cash to Altria as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date the anticipated value of forfeitures attributable to PMI Restricted Stock held by individuals who are Non-PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date. In addition, PMI shall pay in cash to Altria as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date the value of the Altria Restricted Stock held by the PMI Group employees on the

 

17


Distribution Date. The anticipated value of the PMI Restricted Stock that may be forfeited by holders and returned to PMI shall be determined using the PMI Price and the forfeiture assumption used for Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123(R) purposes in Altria’s most recent quarterly or annual financial reporting prepared before the Distribution Date for forfeitures of Altria Restricted Stock. The value of the Altria Restricted Stock shall be equal to the Altria Pre-Adjustment Price of the underlying Altria shares, reduced by assumed forfeitures based on the assumptions used for Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123(R) purposes in Altria’s most recent quarterly or annual financial reporting prepared before the Distribution Date for forfeitures of Altria Restricted Stock.

5.4 Deferred Stock .

(a) Adjustment . Effective at the time of the Distribution, each holder of Altria Deferred Stock that was granted on or after January 31, 2007 and before January 30, 2008 shall receive a number of PMI Deferred Stock shares based on the same ratio as holders of Altria Common Stock. Effective at the time of the Distribution, each holder of Altria Deferred Stock that was granted on or after January 30, 2008 shall receive (i) in the case of a holder who is an employee of the Non-PMI Group on the Distribution Date, additional Altria Deferred Stock, such that following the Distribution Date the holder will have the number of shares of Altria Deferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Altria Deferred Stock held before the Distribution multiplied by the ratio of the Altria Pre-Adjustment Price to the Altria Post-Adjustment Price; and (ii) in the case of a holder who is a PMI Group Employee on the Distribution Date, PMI Deferred Stock in substitution for such holder’s Altria Deferred Stock, such that following the Distribution Date the holder will have the number of shares of PMI Deferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Altria Deferred Stock held before the Distribution multiplied by the ratio of the Altria Pre-Adjustment Price to the PMI Price. Any fractional shares of Altria or PMI Deferred Stock resulting from the adjustment in the preceding sentence shall be paid to the holder in cash as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date; provided , however , that with respect to any individual holding Deferred Stock that is subject to Code Section 409A, any fractional shares of Altria or PMI Deferred Stock shall instead be rounded up to a whole share of Altria or PMI Deferred Stock. The cash payment described above shall be made by Altria to individuals who are Non-PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date, and by PMI to individuals who are PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date.

(b) Issuing Entity and Settlement . After the Distribution Date, Altria shall be responsible for any cash payments in lieu of dividends required pursuant to the terms of the Altria Deferred Stock, and such Altria Deferred Stock, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Altria pursuant to the Altria Performance Incentive Plan. PMI will issue PMI Deferred Stock pursuant to the PMI Performance Incentive Plan. After the Distribution Date, PMI shall be responsible for any cash payments in lieu of dividends required pursuant to the terms of the PMI Deferred Stock, and such deferred stock, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by PMI pursuant to the PMI Performance Incentive Plan.

 

18


(c) Deferred Stock Agreement Terms . The PMI Deferred Stock shall have the same terms as the Altria Deferred Stock, provided , however , that (i) the Altria Deferred Stock shall provide that individuals who are employees of the PMI Group on the Distribution Date or who are PMI Transferees shall continue to be treated while so employed as employees of an Altria Affiliate for purposes of continued vesting in the deferred stock; (ii) the PMI Deferred Stock shall provide that individuals who are employees of the Non-PMI Group on the Distribution Date or who are Altria Transferees shall continue to be treated while so employed as employees of a PMI Affiliate for purposes of continued vesting in the deferred stock; and (iii) the PMI Deferred Stock shall refer to both PMI and members of the Non-PMI Group as appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Section 5.4 .

(d) Consideration . As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, Altria shall pay to PMI the value of the PMI Deferred Stock held by individuals who are Non-PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date and PMI shall pay to Altria the value of the Altria Deferred Stock held by individuals who are PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date. The parties shall settle the obligations of the preceding sentence in cash on a net basis such that the party required to pay the greater amount to the other shall pay the difference between the two amounts to the other. For purposes of this Section 5.4(d) , the value of the Altria Deferred Stock or PMI Deferred Stock shall be determined based on the Altria Post-Adjustment Price and the PMI Price, respectively, reduced by assumed forfeitures based on the assumptions used for Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123(R) purposes in Altria’s most recent quarterly or annual financial reporting prepared before the Distribution Date for forfeitures of Altria Deferred Stock.

(e) Taxes . Altria shall reimburse any Altria Group employee, and PMI shall reimburse any PMI Group employee, who becomes liable for income taxes with respect to Altria or PMI Deferred Stock earlier or in an amount greater than would have been the case absent the implementation of Section 5.3(a) or Section 5.4(a) in an amount equal to the excess of (i) any income taxes to which such employee becomes liable over (ii) the present value of such income taxes had such income taxes been paid at such time as the Altria or PMI Deferred Stock would otherwise have been subject to income taxes, assuming, for purposes of determining present value, the same value for Deferred Stock used for purposes of clause (i) of this sentence and a discount rate equal to the weighted average discount rate used for Altria’s domestic pension plans at December 31, 2007, which was 6.2%. Any such reimbursement shall be further adjusted to hold the employee harmless from all additional taxes on the reimbursement payment itself. The amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5.4(e) shall be calculated using reasonable assumptions (in addition to those specified above) as may be determined by the third-party accounting firm or firms selected by the party responsible for the reimbursement.

5.5 Existing Kraft Equity Compensation .

(a) Consideration . As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, PMI shall pay to Altria the Fair Value of the Existing Kraft Options held by individuals who are PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date (or individuals no longer

 

19


performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group, but whose last employment was with PMI Group). As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, PMI shall also pay to Altria the value of Existing Kraft Restricted Stock and the Existing Kraft Deferred Stock held by individuals who are PMI Group employees on the Distribution Date (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the PMI Group). The value of the Existing Kraft Restricted Stock and Existing Kraft Deferred Stock shall be determined based on a Kraft stock price of $31.66, and reduced by assumed forfeitures based on the assumptions used for purposes of Section 4.4(d) of the Employees Matters Agreement by and between Altria Group, Inc. and Kraft with respect to Kraft Deferred Stock held by Altria Group Employees.

(b) Employment Treatment . Equity compensation issued by Kraft before the Distribution Date shall provide that individuals who are PMI Group Employees on the Distribution Date shall continue while employed by the PMI Group to be treated as employees of a member of the Kraft Group for purposes of determining the exercise period of Existing Kraft Options and continued vesting in Existing Kraft Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock.

5.6 Payments Previously Made By PMI . Any payments to be made by PMI to Altria under this Article V with respect to Equity Compensation shall be reduced by payments previously made by PMI to Altria with respect to such Equity Compensation in the normal course of business before the Distribution Date.

5.7 Other .

(a) Administration and Withholding .

(i) Altria and PMI agree that UBS Financial Services Inc. shall be the administrator and recordkeeper for the Adjusted Altria Options, PMI Options, Kraft SARs, Altria Restricted Stock, PMI Restricted Stock, Altria Deferred Stock and PMI Deferred Stock for the life of the options, restricted stock and deferred stock, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise.

(ii) Altria will be responsible for all payroll taxes, withholding and reporting with respect to Equity Compensation of Altria Group employees (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or PMI Group but whose last employment was with the Altria Group). PMI will be responsible for all payroll taxes, withholding and reporting with respect to Equity Compensation of PMI Group employees (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the PMI Group). Altria and PMI agree to designate the other party as an agent for withholding pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 70-6 and to accept such designation to effectuate the intent of this Section 5.7(a) .

(iii) Upon the exercise of an Adjusted Altria Option or PMI Option held by Altria Group or PMI Group employees (or individuals no longer

 

20


performing services for the Non-PMI Group or PMI Group but whose last employment was with the Altria Group or PMI Group), the exercise price shall be remitted in cash by the option administrator to the issuer of the option (Altria or PMI, as applicable) and the applicable withholding shall be remitted in cash by the option administrator to the entity (Altria or PMI, as applicable) responsible for payroll taxes, withholding and reporting with respect to the option. Upon vesting or payment, as applicable, of Altria and PMI Restricted Stock, Altria and PMI Deferred Stock and Kraft SARs held by Altria Group or PMI Group employees (or individuals no longer performing services for the Non-PMI Group or PMI Group but whose last employment was with the Altria Group or PMI Group), the applicable withholding shall be remitted in cash by the administrator to the entity (Altria or PMI, as applicable) responsible for payroll taxes, withholding and reporting with respect to the Restricted or Deferred Stock or Kraft SARs. To the extent necessary to provide the withholding amount in cash to the entity responsible for payroll taxes, withholding, and reporting, the issuer of the applicable Equity Compensation shall provide the withholding amount in cash.

(iv) With respect to dividends on PMI Restricted Stock or dividend equivalents on PMI Deferred Stock payable by PMI to an Altria Group employee, PMI shall make such payments to Altria, and Altria, as an agent for PMI, shall make such payments to its employees and former employees and shall be responsible for payroll taxes, withholding and reporting in accordance with this Section 5.7(a) . With respect to dividends on Altria Restricted Stock or dividend equivalents on Altria Deferred Stock payable by Altria to a PMI Group employee, Altria shall make such payments to PMI, and PMI, as an agent for Altria, shall make such payments to its employees and former employees and shall be responsible for payroll taxes, withholding and reporting in accordance with this Section 5.7(a) .

(v) PMI will cooperate with Kraft to establish appropriate procedures consistent with this Section 5.7(a) for tax withholding, remitting withholding taxes, payroll taxes, dividends, dividend equivalents, fractional shares and exercise prices to the appropriate party, and tax reporting, including, to the extent necessary, withholding agency designations pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 70-6, with respect to (A) PMI Options, PMI Restricted Stock and PMI Deferred Stock of employees of the Kraft Group (or individuals no longer performing services for the Kraft Group, the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the Kraft Group) and (B) Existing Kraft Options, Existing Kraft Restricted Stock and Existing Kraft Deferred Stock of PMI Group employees (or individuals no longer performing services for the Kraft Group, the Non-PMI Group or the PMI Group but whose last employment was with the PMI Group).

(vi) If, after the Distribution Date, Altria or PMI identify an administrative error in the individuals identified as holding Equity Compensation, the amount of Equity Compensation so held, the vesting level of such Equity Compensation, or any other similar error, Altria and PMI shall mutually cooperate

 

21


in taking such actions as are necessary or appropriate to place, as nearly as reasonable practicable, the individual and Altria and PMI in the position in which they would have been had the error not occurred.

(b) Scheduled Transfers . For purposes of this Article V only, if an individual is, by mutual agreement between the parties, scheduled to transfer employment shortly after the Distribution Date between the PMI Group and the Altria Group, such individual shall be treated as employed on the Distribution Date by the entity to which he or she is scheduled to transfer.

(c) Tax Deductions . With respect to the Equity Compensation held by individuals who are Altria Group employees at the time the Equity Compensation becomes taxable and individuals who are not employees of the PMI Group or Non-PMI Group at such time but were last employees of the Altria Group, Altria shall claim any federal, state and/or local tax deductions after the Distribution Date, and PMI shall not claim such deductions. With respect to the Equity Compensation held by individuals who are employees of the PMI Group at the time the Equity Compensation becomes taxable and individuals who are not employees of the PMI Group or Non-PMI Group at such time but were last employees of the PMI Group, PMI shall claim any federal, state and/or local tax deductions after the Distribution Date, and Altria shall not claim such deductions. If either Altria or PMI determines in its reasonable judgment that there is a substantial likelihood that a tax deduction that was assigned to Altria or PMI pursuant to this Section 5.7(c) will instead be available only to the other party (whether as a result of a determination by the Internal Revenue Service, a change in the Code or the regulations or guidance thereunder, or otherwise), it will notify the other party and both parties will negotiate in good faith to resolve the issue in accordance with the following principle: the party entitled to the deduction shall pay to the other party an amount that places the other party in a financial position equivalent to the financial position the party would have been in had the party received the deduction as intended under this Section 5.7(c) . Such amount shall be paid within 90 days of filing the last tax return necessary to make the determination described in the preceding sentence.

(d) Intended Results; Tax Benefit . If Altria determines in its reasonable judgment that any action required under this Article IV will not achieve the intended tax, accounting and legal results, including, without limitation, the intended results under Code Section 409A and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123(R), then at the request of Altria, PMI and Altria shall mutually cooperate in taking such actions as are necessary or appropriate to achieve such results, or most nearly achieve such results if the originally-intended results are not fully attainable.

(e) Registration . PMI shall register the PMI Common Stock relating to the PMI Options and PMI Deferred Stock and make any necessary filings with the appropriate Governmental Authorities as required under U.S. and foreign securities Laws.

 

22


ARTICLE VI

PROFIT-SHARING PLANS

6.1 Maintenance of Stock Investment Options .

(a) PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan . The PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan will be amended as of the Distribution Date:

(i) to provide that no new amounts may be contributed to the Altria Stock Investment Option whether through employee contribution, employer contribution, dividend payment or intra-plan transfers. PMI further will cause the Altria Stock Investment Option in the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan to be maintained until the fiduciary for the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan in determines that the maintenance of such Altria Stock Investment Option is no longer consistent with ERISA.

(ii) to provide that the Kraft Stock Investment Option in the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan will be maintained until the fiduciary for the Plan determines that the maintenance of such Kraft Stock Investment Option is no longer consistent with ERISA.

(iii) (A) to create a PMI Stock Investment Option; (B) to enable the PMI Stock Investment Option to receive shares of PMI Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution on behalf of PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan participants; (C) to provide that, following the Distribution, new purchases of PMI Common Stock via an investment in the PMI Stock Investment Option will be permitted, whether through employee contribution, employer contribution, reinvestment of dividends on shares of PMI Common Stock or intra-plan transfer; and (D) to permit eligible employees to have any dividends on shares of PMI Common Stock paid to the eligible employee in accordance with Section 404(k) of the Code or paid to the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan and reinvested in PMI Common Stock. PMI further will cause the PMI Stock Investment Option in the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan to be maintained until the fiduciary for the Plan determines that the maintenance of such PMI Stock Investment Option is no longer consistent with ERISA.

(b) Altria Profit-Sharing Plans . Each of the Altria Profit-Sharing Plans that offer Altria Stock in the Altria Stock Investment Option as of the Distribution Date will be amended as of the Distribution Date: (A) to create a PMI Stock Investment Option; (B) to enable the PMI Stock Investment Option to receive shares of PMI Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution on behalf of Altria Profit-Sharing Plan participants; and (C) to provide that, following the Distribution, no new amounts may be contributed to a PMI Stock Investment Option whether through employee contribution, employer contribution, dividend payment or intra-plan transfer. Altria further will cause the PMI Stock Investment Option in each of the Altria Profit-Sharing Plans that offer Altria Stock in the Altria Stock Investment Option as of the Distribution Date to be maintained until the fiduciary for the Altria Profit-Sharing Plan determines that the maintenance of such PMI Stock Investment Option is no longer consistent with ERISA.

 

23


ARTICLE VII

ALTRIA STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

7.1 Termination of Participation . As of the Distribution Date, the PMI Group Employees shall cease to be eligible to participate in the Altria Stock Purchase Plan, in accordance with the terms of such plan.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

8.1 Sharing of Participant Information . Altria and PMI shall share, Altria shall cause each applicable member of the Altria Group to share, and PMI shall cause each applicable member of the PMI Group to share, with each other and their respective agents and vendors (without obtaining releases), all participant information necessary for the efficient and accurate administration of each of the Altria Group Plans and the PMI Group Plans, as well as the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement. Altria and PMI and their respective authorized agents shall, subject to applicable Laws on confidentiality, data protection and labor, be given reasonable and timely access to, and may make copies of, all information relating to the subjects of this Agreement in the custody of the other party, to the extent necessary for such administration. All participant information shall be provided in a manner and medium that is compatible with the data processing systems of Altria as in effect as of the Distribution Date, unless otherwise agreed to by Altria and PMI. Altria and PMI shall ensure that they each have in place appropriate technical and organizational security measures to protect the personal data of the transferring participants (“Personal Data”). Each of Altria and PMI shall comply fully with its obligations under applicable Laws as controller of any Personal Data and shall do all such things as may be necessary to discharge such obligations.

8.2 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . No provision of this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement shall be construed to create any right, or accelerate entitlement, to any compensation or benefit whatsoever on the part of any Person (other than parties thereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns), including any PMI Transferee, any Altria Transferee or other future, present, or former employee of Altria, a member of the Altria Group, PMI or a member of the PMI Group under any Altria Group Plan or PMI Group Plan or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude PMI or any member of the PMI Group, at any time after the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing or otherwise altering in any respect any PMI Group Plan, any benefit under any plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any PMI Group Plan; and (ii) except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Altria or any member of the Altria Group, at any time after the Distribution modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing or otherwise altering in any respect any Altria Group

 

24


Plan, any benefit under any plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Altria Group Plan. In no event shall any provision of this Agreement be deemed to amend any Altria Group Plan or PMI Group Plan.

8.3 Audit Rights with Respect to Information Provided .

(a) Each of Altria and PMI, and their duly authorized representatives, shall have the right to conduct audits with respect to all information provided to it by the other party. The party conducting the audit (the “Auditing Party”) shall have the sole discretion to determine the procedures and guidelines for conducting audits and the selection of audit representatives under this Section 8.3(a) . The Auditing Party shall have the right to make copies of any records at its expense, subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in the Distribution Agreement, which are incorporated by reference herein. The party being audited shall provide the Auditing Party’s representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to its operations, computer systems and paper and electronic files, and provide workspace to its representatives. After any audit is completed, the party being audited shall have the right to review a draft of the audit findings and to comment on those findings in writing within five business days after receiving such draft.

(b) The Auditing Party’s audit rights under this Section 8.3(b) shall include the right to audit, or participate in an audit facilitated by the party being audited, any Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the party being audited and any benefit providers and third parties with whom the party being audited has a relationship, or agents of such party, to the extent any such persons are affected by or addressed in this Agreement (collectively, the “Non-parties”). The party being audited shall, upon written request from the Auditing Party, provide an individual (at the Auditing Party’s expense) to supervise any audit of a Non-party. The Auditing Party shall be responsible for supplying, at the Auditing Party’s expense, additional personnel sufficient to complete the audit in a reasonably timely manner. The responsibility of the party being audited shall be limited to providing, at the Auditing Party’s expense, a single individual at each audited site for purposes of facilitating the audit.

8.4 Fiduciary Matters . Altria and PMI each acknowledge that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable law, and no party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good faith determination that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard. Each party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities.

8.5 Collective Bargaining . To the extent any provision of this Agreement is contrary to the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement to which Altria or PMI or their respective Affiliates is a party, the terms of such collective bargaining agreement shall prevail. Should any provisions of this Agreement be deemed to relate to a topic determined by an appropriate authority to be a mandatory subject of collective bargaining, Altria or PMI may be obligated to bargain with the union representing affected employees concerning those subjects.

 

25


8.6 Consent of Third Parties . If any provision of this Agreement is dependent on the consent of any third party (such as a vendor or a union) and such consent is withheld, Altria and PMI shall use their reasonable best efforts to implement the applicable provisions of this Agreement to the full extent practicable. If any provision of this Agreement cannot be implemented due to the failure of such third party to consent, Altria and PMI shall negotiate in good faith to implement the provision in a mutually satisfactory manner. The phrase “reasonable best efforts” as used herein shall not be construed to require the incurrence of any non-routine or unreasonable expense or Liability or the waiver of any right.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 Indemnification . All Liabilities retained or assumed by or allocated to Altria or the Altria Group pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be Altria Group Liabilities for purposes of Article III of the Distribution Agreement, and all Liabilities retained or assumed by or allocated to PMI or the PMI Group pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be PMI Group Liabilities for the purposes of Article III of the Distribution Agreement.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Relationship of Parties . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the parties or any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between or among the parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and no act of the parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

10.2 Affiliates . Each of Altria and PMI shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement to be performed by a member of the Altria Group or a member of the PMI Group.

10.3 Employee Communications . PMI will coordinate with Altria all written and electronic communications to the PMI Group employees regarding the terms of this Employee Matters Agreement to assure that all such communications are uniform, consistent and accurate.

10.4 Incorporation of Distribution Agreement Provisions . The following provisions of the Distribution Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein (references in this Section 10.4 to an “Article” or “Section” shall mean Articles or Sections of the Distribution Agreement, and, except as expressly set forth below, references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to

 

26


the Distribution Agreement): Article III (relating to Mutual Releases and Indemnification); Article IV (relating to certain Additional Covenants); Article V (relating to Access to Information); Article VI (relating to Dispute Resolution); and Article IX (relating to Miscellaneous).

10.5 Governing Law . To the extent not preempted by applicable federal law, this Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (other than the laws regarding the choice of laws and conflict of laws as to all matters), including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies provided , however , that the Arbitration Act shall govern the matter described in Article IX.

10.6 References . Except as provided in Section 10.4 hereof, all references to Sections, Articles or Schedules contained herein mean Sections, Articles or Schedules of or to this Agreement, as the case may be, unless otherwise stated.

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Employee Matters Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALTRIA GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

28

Exhibit 10.5

CREDIT AGREEMENT

relating to a

US$3,000,000,000 5-YEAR REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

(including a US$900,000,000 swingline option)

and a

US$1,000,000,000 3-YEAR REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

(including a US$300,000,000 swingline option)

and a

EUR 1,500,000,000 364-DAY TERM LOAN FACILITY

Dated as of 4 December 2007

among

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

and

THE INITIAL LENDERS NAMED HEREIN

and

J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED

as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent

and

J.P. MORGAN PLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED

CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.

as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

HUNTON & WILLIAMS LLP

New York


Table of Contents

 

           
          Page
1.    DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS    1
1.1.    Certain Defined Terms    1
1.2.    Computation of Time Periods    14
1.3.    Accounting Terms    14
2.    AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES    14
2.1.    The Revolving Credit Advances    14
2.2.    Type of Revolving Credit Advances    15
2.3.    The Term Advances    15
2.4.    Making the Pro Rata Advances    16
2.5.    Repayment of Pro Rata Advances    17
2.6.    Interest on Pro Rata Advances    17
2.7.    Absence of Interest Period for Pro Rata Advances    18
2.8.    Interest Rate Determination for Pro Rata Advances    18
2.9.    The Swingline Advances    19
2.10.    Making the Swingline Advances    21
2.11.    Repayment of Swingline Advances    23
2.12.    Interest on Swingline Advances    23
2.13.    Fees    24
2.14.    Termination or Reduction of the Commitments; Term-Out Option    25
2.15.    Prepayments of Advances    25
2.16.    Increased Costs    26
2.17.    Illegality    27
2.18.    Payments and Computations    28
2.19.    Taxes    29
2.20.    Sharing of Payments, Etc.    32
2.21.    Evidence of Debt    32
2.22.    Use of Proceeds    33

 

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

3.    CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING    33
3.1.    Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness    33
3.2.    Initial Advance to Each Designated Subsidiary    35
3.3.    Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing    36
4.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    36
4.1.    Representations and Warranties of PMI    36
5.    COVENANTS OF PMI    38
5.1.    Affirmative Covenants    38
5.2.    Negative Covenants    39
6.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT    41
6.1.    Events of Default    41
6.2.    Lenders’ Rights upon Event of Default    43
7.    THE AGENTS    43
7.1.    Authorization and Action    43
7.2.    Agents’ Reliance, Etc.    43
7.3.    JPMEL and Affiliates    44
7.4.    Lender Credit Decision    44
7.5.    Indemnification    45
7.6.    Successor Agents    46
7.7.    Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners    46
8.    GUARANTY    46
8.1.    Guaranty    46
8.2.    Guaranty Absolute    46
8.3.    Waivers    47
8.4.    Continuing Guaranty    47

 

ii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

9.    MISCELLANEOUS    48
9.1.    Amendments, Etc.    48
9.2.    Notices, Etc.    48
9.3.    No Waiver; Remedies    49
9.4.    Costs and Expenses    50
9.5.    Right of Set-Off    51
9.6.    Binding Effect    51
9.7.    Assignments and Participations    51
9.8.    Designated Subsidiaries    54
9.9.    Governing Law    55
9.10.    Execution in Counterparts    55
9.11.    Jurisdiction, Etc.    55
9.12.    Confidentiality    56
9.13.    Integration    56
9.14.    USA Patriot Act Notice, Etc.    57
9.15.    Judgment    57

 

SCHEDULE
Schedule 1   -    List of Applicable Lending Offices
Schedule 2   -    Certain Subsidiary Information
Schedule 3   -    Calculation of Mandatory Cost
Schedule 4A   -    Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments
Schedule 4B   -    Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments
Schedule 5A   -    Tranche A Swingline Commitments
Schedule 5B   -    Tranche B Swingline Commitments
Schedule 6   -    Term Commitments
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A-1   -    Form of Tranche A Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit A-2   -    Form of Tranche B Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit A-3   -    Form of Term Note
Exhibit B-1   -    Form of Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing
Exhibit B-2   -    Form of Notice of Swingline Borrowing

 

iii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Exhibit C   -    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit D   -    Form of Designation Agreement
Exhibit E-1   -    Form of Opinion of Counsel for PMI
Exhibit E-2   -    Form of Opinion of Counsel for PMI
Exhibit F   -    Form of Opinion of Counsel for Designated Subsidiary
Exhibit G   -    Form of Opinion of Counsel for Facility Agent
Exhibit H   -    Form of Confidentiality Agreement

 

iv


THIS AGREEMENT was made on 4 December 2007

AMONG

 

  ( 1 ) PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. , a Virginia corporation (“ PMI ”);

 

  ( 2 ) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND OTHER INSTITUTIONAL LENDERS (the “ Initial Lenders ”) listed on the signature pages hereof;

 

  ( 3 ) J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED (“ JPMEL ”), as facility agent and swingline agent (in each such capacity, the “ Facility Agent ” or the “ Swingline Agent ,” respectively); and

 

  ( 4 ) CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED, CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. , J.P. MORGAN PLC and LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. , as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (each, in such capacity, a “ Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner ”) for the Lenders (as hereinafter defined).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1.1. Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Advance ” means a Revolving Credit Advance, a Swingline Advance or a Term Advance.

Agents ” means the Facility Agent and the Swingline Agent.

Applicable Interest Rate Margin ” means, for any Interest Period, a percentage per annum equal to the percentage set forth below:

 

Type of Advance

   Applicable Interest Rate Margin  

Tranche A Revolving Credit

   0.3500 %

Tranche B Revolving Credit

   0.3250 %

Tranche A Swingline

   0.3500 %

Tranche B Swingline

   0.3250 %

Term

   0.3000 %

Applicable Lending Office ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s lending office set forth on Schedule 1 hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to PMI and the Facility Agent.


Appropriate Lender ” means a Revolving Credit Lender or a Term Lender as the context requires.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Facility Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrowers ” means, collectively, PMI and each Designated Subsidiary that shall become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.8.

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swingline Borrowing or a Term Borrowing.

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for business in London and the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross settlement Express Transfer System (TARGET) is operating and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any LIBOR Advances or Dollar Swingline Advances, on which banks are not required or authorized by law to close in New York City.

Capital Markets Financing Transaction ” means the sale for cash or cash equivalents, in a public offering registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an offering exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2), Rule 144A or Regulation S thereunder, of capital stock issued by PMI or notes, debentures or other debt securities issued by or guaranteed by PMI having a maturity in excess of one year, offered in the domestic or foreign capital markets.

Commitments ” means the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Swingline Commitments and the Term Commitments.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any accounting period, the consolidated net earnings (or loss) of PMI and its Subsidiaries plus, without duplication and to the extent included as a separate item on PMI’s consolidated statements of earnings or consolidated statements of cash flows in the case of clauses (a) through (e) for such period, the sum of (a) provision for income taxes, (b) interest and other debt expense, net, (c) depreciation expense, (d) amortization of intangibles, (e) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses or any similar expense or loss subtracted from “Gross profit” in the calculation of “Operating income” and (f) the portion of loss included on PMI’s consolidated statements of earnings of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of PMI) in which PMI or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest and any cash that is actually received by PMI or such Subsidiary from such Person in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and minus , without duplication, the sum of (x) to the extent

 

2


included as a separate item on PMI’s consolidated statements of earnings for such period, any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains or any similar income or gain added to “Gross profit” in the calculation of “Operating income,” and (y) the portion of income included on PMI’s consolidated statements of earnings of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of PMI) in which PMI or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any cash is actually received by PMI or such Subsidiary from such Person in the form of dividends or similar distributions, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for such period, except that if there has been a material change in an accounting principle as compared to that applied in the preparation of the financial statements of PMI and its Subsidiaries as at and for the year ended 31 December 2006, then such new accounting principle shall not be used in the determination of Consolidated EBITDA. A material change in an accounting principle is one that, in the year of its adoption, changes Consolidated EBITDA for any quarter in such year by more than 10%.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any accounting period, total interest expense of PMI and its Subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding Debt of PMI and its Subsidiaries during such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for such period, except that if there has been a material change in an accounting principle as compared to that applied in the preparation of the financial statements of PMI and its Subsidiaries as at and for the year ended 31 December 2006, then such new accounting principle shall not be used in the determination of Consolidated Interest Expense. A material change in an accounting principle is one that, in the year of its adoption, changes Consolidated Interest Expense for any quarter in such year by more than 10%.

Consolidated Tangible Assets ” means the total assets appearing on a consolidated balance sheet of PMI and its Subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangible assets and the minority interests of other Persons in such Subsidiaries, all as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, except that if there has been a material change in an accounting principle as compared to that applied in the preparation of the financial statements of PMI and its Subsidiaries as at and for the year ended 31 December 2006, then such new accounting principle shall not be used in the determination of Consolidated Tangible Assets. A material change in an accounting principle is one that, in the year of its adoption, changes Consolidated Tangible Assets at any quarter in such year by more than 10%.

Debt ” means, without duplication, (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (b) obligations as lessee under leases that, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are recorded as capital leases, (c) obligations as an account party or applicant under letters of credit (other than trade letters of credit incurred in the ordinary course of business) to the extent such letters of credit are drawn and not reimbursed within five Business Days of such drawing, (d) the aggregate principal (or equivalent) amount of financing raised

 

3


through outstanding securitization financings of accounts receivable, and (e) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss (including by way of (i) granting a security interest or other Lien on property or (ii) having a reimbursement obligation under or in respect of a letter of credit or similar arrangement (to the extent such letter of credit is not collateralized by assets (other than Operating Assets) having a fair value equal to the amount of such reimbursement obligation), in either case in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of any other Person of the kinds referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above). For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not constitute “Debt” for purposes of this Agreement: (A) any obligation that is fully non-recourse to PMI or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) intercompany debt of PMI or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) any appeal bond or other arrangement to secure a stay of execution on a judgment or order, provided that any such appeal bond or other arrangement issued by a third party in connection with such arrangement shall constitute Debt to the extent PMI or any of its Subsidiaries has a reimbursement obligation to such third party that is not collateralized by assets (other than Operating Assets) having a fair value equal to the amount of such reimbursement obligation, (D) unpaid judgments, or (E) defeased indebtedness.

Default ” means any event specified in Section 6.1 that would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

Designated Subsidiary ” means any wholly-owned Subsidiary of PMI designated for borrowing privileges under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.8.

Designation Agreement ” means, with respect to any Designated Subsidiary, an agreement in the form of Exhibit D hereto signed by such Designated Subsidiary and PMI.

Dollar Swingline Advance ” means a Swingline Advance denominated in Dollars that bears interest as provided in Section 2.12(b).

Dollars ” and the “ $ ” sign each means lawful currency of the United States of America.

Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.

Eligible Assignee ” means (i) a Qualifying Bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof, and having total assets in excess of $5,000,000,000; (ii) a Qualifying Bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (or any successor) (“ OECD ”), or a political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in excess of $5,000,000,000, provided that such Qualifying Bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the country in which it is organized or another country which is also a member of the OECD or the Cayman Islands; (iii) the central bank of any country which is a member of the OECD; (iv) any Lender; and (v) any other bank or other financial institution approved in writing by PMI, which approval shall be notified to the Facility Agent.

 

4


Equivalent ” (i) in Dollars of Euro on any date, means the quoted spot rate at which the Facility Agent’s principal office in London offers to exchange Dollars for Euro in London as of 11:00 A.M. (London time) on such date and (ii) in Euro of Dollars on any date, means the quoted spot rate at which the Facility Agent’s principal office in London offers to exchange Euro for Dollars in London as of 11:00 A.M. (London time) on such date.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of any Borrower’s controlled group, or under common control with any Borrower, within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) (i) the occurrence with respect to a Plan of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect thereto has been waived by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor) (“ PBGC ”), or (ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of such section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of a Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan, pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (e) the withdrawal by any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (f) the conditions set forth in Section 302(f)(1)(A) and (B) of ERISA to the creation of a lien upon property or rights to property of any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates for failure to make a required payment to a Plan are satisfied; (g) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan, pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (h) the termination of a Plan by the PBGC pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, a Plan.

EURIBOR ” means an interest rate per annum equal to either:

(a) the offered rate per annum at which deposits in Euro appear on Reuters Page EURIBOR01 (or any successor page) as of 11:00 A.M. (Brussels time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period, as determined by the European Banking Federation, or

 

5


(b) if EURIBOR does not appear on Reuters Page EURIBOR01 (or any successor page), then EURIBOR will be determined by taking the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum, if such arithmetic mean is not such a multiple) of the rates per annum at which deposits in Euro are offered by the principal office of each of the Reference Banks to prime banks in the European interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (Brussels time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period for an amount substantially equal to the amount that would be the Reference Banks’ respective ratable shares of such Borrowing outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period, as determined by the Facility Agent, subject , however , to the provisions of Section 2.8.

EURIBOR Advance ” means a Pro Rata Advance denominated in Euro that bears interest as provided in Section 2.6(a).

Euro ” and the “ ” sign each mean the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Euro Swingline Advance ” means a Swingline Advance denominated in Euro that bears interest as provided in Section 2.12(a).

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.1.

Existing Term Facility ” means the Term Facility pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of 12 May 2005, among PMI, the Lenders party thereto and Citibank International plc, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan plc, as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders.

Facility ” means the Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility, the Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility, the Tranche A Swingline Facility, the Tranche B Swingline Facility or the Term Facility.

Facility Agent’s Account ” means (a) for transactions in Euro, the account of JPMEL (Swift-CHASGB22), maintained by J.P. Morgan AG (Swift-CHASDEFX), at its office in Frankfurt, Germany, Account No. DE93501108006001600037, (b) for transactions in Dollars, the account of JPMEL, maintained by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank (Swift-CHASUS33) at its office in New York, New York, Account No. 0130302065 or (c) such other account of JPMEL, as is designated in writing from time to time by JPMEL, to PMI and the Lenders for such purpose.

Federal Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended from time to time.

 

6


Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) on Telerate Page 120 (or any successor page), or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by JPMEL from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Home Jurisdiction Withholding Taxes ” means (a) in the case of PMI, withholding for United States income taxes, United States back-up withholding taxes and United States withholding taxes and (b) in the case of a Designated Subsidiary, withholding taxes imposed by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Designated Subsidiary is organized or any political subdivision thereof.

Interest Period ” means (a) for each Pro Rata Advance comprising part of the same Pro Rata Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Pro Rata Advance and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower requesting such Borrowing pursuant to the provisions below and (b) for each Swingline Advance comprising part of the same Swingline Borrowing, one period commencing on the date of such Swingline Advance and ending on a Business Day with a duration not to exceed five Business Days. The duration of such Interest Period for a Pro Rata Advance shall be one, two, three or six months, or, if available to all Lenders, nine or twelve months, as such Borrower may select upon notice received by the Facility Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period; provided , however , that:

(a) such Borrower may not select any Interest Period that ends after the Termination Date;

(b) with respect to Pro Rata Borrowings only, whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

(c) with respect to Pro Rata Borrowings only, whenever the first day of any Interest Period occurs on a day of an initial calendar month for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that succeeds such initial calendar month by the number of months equal to the number of months in such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding calendar month.

 

7


Internal Revenue Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

Lenders ” means the Initial Lenders and their respective successors, which are Qualifying Banks or which have been approved in writing by PMI, and permitted assignees (and includes the Swingline Lenders unless the context otherwise requires).

LIBOR ” means an interest rate per annum equal to either:

(a) the offered rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars appear on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or any successor page) as of 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period, or

(b) if LIBOR does not appear on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or any successor page), then LIBOR will be determined by taking the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum, if such arithmetic mean is not such a multiple) of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the principal office of each of the Reference Banks to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period for an amount substantially equal to the amount that would be the Reference Banks’ respective ratable shares of such Borrowing outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period, as determined by the Facility Agent, subject , however , to the provisions of Section 2.8.

LIBOR Advance ” means a Revolving Credit Advance denominated in Dollars that bears interest as provided in Section 2.6(b).

Lien ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.2(a).

Major Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (a) more than 50% of the voting securities of which is owned directly or indirectly by PMI, (b) which is organized and existing under, or has its principal place of business in, the United States or any political subdivision thereof, any country which is a member of the European Union on the date hereof or any political subdivision thereof, or Switzerland or Japan or any of their respective political subdivisions, and (c) which has at any time total assets (after intercompany eliminations) exceeding $1,000,000,000.

Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Facility Agent in accordance with Schedule 3.

Margin Stock ” means margin stock, as such term is defined in Regulation U.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions, such plan being maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements.

 

8


Multiple Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than such Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

Note ” means a Revolving Credit Note or a Term Note.

Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).

Notice of Swingline Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10(a).

Obligations ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

Operating Assets ” means, for any accounting period, any assets included in the consolidated balance sheet of PMI and its Subsidiaries as “Inventories,” or “Property, plant and equipment” or “Receivables” for such period.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(c).

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

Plan ” means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.

Pro Rata Advance ” means a Revolving Credit Advance or a Term Advance.

Pro Rata Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Term Borrowing.

Qualifying Bank ” means any legal entity which is recognized as a bank by the banking laws in force in its country of organization and which has as its principal purpose the active conduct of banking business and conducts such banking business through its own personnel (which have decision making authority) and on its own premises.

Reference Banks ” means Citibank, N.A., Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank AG and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

9


Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.7(d).

Regulation A ” means Regulation A of the Board, as in effect from time to time.

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board, as in effect from time to time.

Required Lenders ” means at any time Lenders holding at least 50.1% of the aggregate Term Commitments and Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Advance ” means a Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance or a Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance.

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a Tranche A Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Tranche B Revolving Credit Borrowing.

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means a Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment or a Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means the Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility or the Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility.

Revolving Credit Lender ” means a Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender or Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender.

Revolving Credit Note ” means a Tranche A Revolving Credit Note or a Tranche B Revolving Credit Note.

Single Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than such Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

Spin-Off ” means a spin-off or other not for value disposition of PMI such that Altria Group, Inc. no longer owns more than a de minimis equity interest in PMI.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation of which (or in which) more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries.

Swingline Advance ” means a Tranche A Swingline Advance or Tranche B Swingline Advance.

 

10


Swingline Borrowing ” means a Tranche A Swingline Borrowing or a Tranche B Swingline Borrowing.

Swingline Commitment ” means a Tranche A Swingline Commitment or a Tranche B Swingline Commitment.

Swingline Facility ” means the Tranche A Swingline Facility or the Tranche B Swingline Facility.

Swingline Lender ” means a Tranche A Swingline Lender or a Tranche B Swingline Lender.

Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(a).

Term Advance ” means a EURIBOR Advance by a Term Lender to any Borrower as part of a Term Borrowing.

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Advances made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.3.

Term Commitment ” means as to any Lender (i) the Euro amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 6 hereof or (ii) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, the Euro amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 9.7(d), in each case as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Sections 2.5 and 2.15.

Term Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Term Lenders’ Term Commitments at such time.

Term Lender ” means any Lender that has a Term Commitment.

Term Note ” means a promissory note of any Borrower payable to the order of any Term Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3 hereto, evidencing the indebtedness of such Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Term Advances made by such Lender to such Borrower.

Term Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(b).

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (a) (i) in relation to the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments, 4 December 2012, (ii) in relation to the Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments, 4 December 2010 or (iii) in relation to the Term Commitments, 2 December 2008 (or such later date pursuant to Section 2.14(b)), and (b) in each case, the date of termination in whole of such Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14(a) or 6.2.

Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance ” means an advance by a Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender to any Borrower as part of a Tranche A Revolving Credit Borrowing and refers to a EURIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance (each of which shall be a “ Type ” of Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance).

 

11


Tranche A Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances of the same Type made by each of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment ” means as to any Lender (i) the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 4A hereof or (ii) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, the Dollar amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 9.7(d), in each case as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.14 (and, in the case of a Tranche A Swingline Lender, its Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment or that of its affiliate shall include such Tranche A Swingline Lender’s Tranche A Swingline Commitment).

Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Lenders’ Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender ” means any Lender that has a Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment.

Tranche A Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of any Borrower payable to the order of any Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender, delivered pursuant to a request made under Section 2.21 in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of such Borrower to such Tranche A Lender resulting from the Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances made by such Tranche A Lender to such Borrower.

Tranche A Swingline Advance ” means an advance by a Tranche A Swingline Lender to any Borrower as part of a Tranche A Swingline Borrowing and refers to a Euro Swingline Advance or a Dollar Swingline Advance (each of which shall be a “ Type ” of Tranche A Swingline Advance).

Tranche A Swingline Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Tranche A Swingline Advances made by each of the Tranche A Swingline Lenders pursuant to Section 2.9.

Tranche A Swingline Commitment ” means as to any Lender (i) the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 5A hereof or (ii) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, the Dollar amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 9.7(d), in each case as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.14.

 

12


Tranche A Swingline Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Swingline Lenders’ Tranche A Swingline Commitments at such time.

Tranche A Swingline Lender ” means any Lender that has a Tranche A Swingline Commitment.

Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance ” means an advance by a Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender to any Borrower as part of a Tranche B Revolving Credit Borrowing and refers to a EURIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance (each of which shall be a “ Type ” of Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance).

Tranche B Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances of the same Type made by each of the Tranche B Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment ” means as to any Lender (i) the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 4B hereof or (ii) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, the Dollar amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 9.7(d), in each case as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.14 (and, in the case of a Tranche B Swingline Lender, its Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment or that of its affiliate shall include such Tranche B Swingline Lender’s Tranche B Swingline Commitment).

Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Revolving Credit Lenders’ Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender ” means any Lender that has a Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment.

Tranche B Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of any Borrower payable to the order of any Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender, delivered pursuant to a request made under Section 2.21 in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of such Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances made by such Lender to such Borrower.

Tranche B Swingline Advance ” means an advance by a Tranche B Swingline Lender to any Borrower as part of a Tranche B Swingline Borrowing and refers to a Euro Swingline Advance or a Dollar Swingline Advance (each of which shall be a “ Type ” of Tranche B Swingline Advance).

Tranche B Swingline Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Tranche B Swingline Advances made by each of the Tranche B Swingline Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10.

 

13


Tranche B Swingline Commitment ” means as to any Lender (i) the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 5B hereof or (ii) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, the Dollar amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 9.7(d) in each case as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.14.

Tranche B Swingline Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Swingline Lenders’ Tranche B Swingline Commitments at such time.

Tranche B Swingline Lender ” means any Lender that has a Tranche B Swingline Commitment.

 

1.2. Computation of Time Periods . In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”

 

1.3. Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, except that if there has been a material change in an accounting principle affecting the definition of an accounting term as compared to that applied in the preparation of the financial statements of PMI as of and for the year ended 31 December 2006, then such new accounting principle shall not be used in the determination of the amount associated with that accounting term. A material change in an accounting principle is one that, in the year of its adoption, changes the amount associated with the relevant accounting term for any quarter in such year by more than 10%.

 

2. AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

 

2.1. The Revolving Credit Advances . (a)  Obligation to Make Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances . Each Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances to any Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until the Termination Date in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed at any time such Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed used from time to time to the extent of the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Swingline Advances then outstanding; provided , further , that each Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed used from time to time to the extent of the Tranche A Swingline Advances made by it or its affiliate that is a Tranche A Swingline Lender.

(b) Obligation to Make Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances . Each Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances to any Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until the Termination

 

14


Date in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed at any time such Lender’s Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed used from time to time to the extent of the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Swingline Advances then outstanding; provided , further , that each Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed used from time to time to the extent of the Tranche B Swingline Advances made by it or its affiliate that is a Tranche B Swingline Lender.

 

2.2. (a) Type of Revolving Credit Advances . (i) Each Tranche A Revolving Credit Borrowing shall consist of Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the Tranche A Revolving Credit Lenders ratably according to their respective Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments. Within the limits of each Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment and subject to this Section 2.2, any Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.2, prepay pursuant to Section 2.15 or repay pursuant to Section 2.5 and reborrow under this Section 2.2.

(ii) Each Tranche B Revolving Credit Borrowing shall consist of Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the Tranche B Revolving Credit Lenders ratably according to their respective Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments. Within the limits of each Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender’s Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment and subject to this Section 2.2, any Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.2, prepay pursuant to Section 2.15 or repay pursuant to Section 2.5 and reborrow under this Section 2.2.

(b) Amount of Revolving Credit Borrowings . Each Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting of EURIBOR Advances shall be in an aggregate amount of no less than €50,000,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting of LIBOR Advances shall be in an aggregate amount of no less than $50,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

 

2.3. The Term Advances . (a)  Obligation to Make Term Advances . Each Term Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Term Advances to any Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed such Lender’s Term Commitment at such time.

(b) Amount of Term Borrowings . Each Term Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of no less than €50,000,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Type of Term Advances . Each Term Borrowing shall consist of EURIBOR Advances made on the same day by the Term Lenders ratably according to their respective Term Commitments. Any Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.3, prepay pursuant to Section 2.15 or repay pursuant to Section 2.5. Term Advances may not be reborrowed.

 

15


2.4. Making the Pro Rata Advances . (a)  Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing . Each Pro Rata Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Pro Rata Borrowing, by the Borrower to the Facility Agent which shall give to each Appropriate Lender prompt notice thereof by facsimile. Each such notice of a Pro Rata Borrowing (a “ Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing ”) shall be by facsimile, such notice to be in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, specifying therein the requested:

(i) date of such Pro Rata Borrowing,

(ii) Facility of the Pro Rata Advances comprising such Pro Rata Borrowing and, if applicable, Type of Revolving Credit Advances,

(iii) aggregate amount of such Pro Rata Borrowing, and

(iv) the initial Interest Period for each such Pro Rata Advance.

(b) Funding Pro Rata Advances . Each Appropriate Lender shall, before 2:00 P.M. (London time) on the date of such Pro Rata Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Facility Agent at the Facility Agent’s Account, in same day funds, such Lender’s ratable portion of such Pro Rata Borrowing. After receipt of such funds by the Facility Agent and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 3, the Facility Agent will make such funds available to the relevant Borrower as specified in the applicable Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing.

(c) Irrevocable Notice . Each Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing of any Borrower shall be irrevocable and binding on such Borrower. The Borrower requesting a Pro Rata Borrowing shall indemnify each Appropriate Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing for such Pro Rata Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article 3, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Pro Rata Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such Pro Rata Borrowing when such Pro Rata Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.

(d) Lender’s Ratable Portion . Unless the Facility Agent shall have received notice from an Appropriate Lender prior to 2:00 P.M. (London time) on the day of any Pro Rata Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Facility Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Pro Rata Borrowing, the Facility Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Facility Agent on the date of such Pro Rata Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.4(b) and the Facility Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower proposing such Pro Rata

 

16


Borrowing on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Facility Agent such Lender and such Borrower severally agree to repay to the Facility Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Facility Agent at:

(i) in the case of such Borrower, the higher of (A) the interest rate applicable at the time to Pro Rata Advances comprising such Pro Rata Borrowing and (B) the cost of funds incurred by the Facility Agent in respect of such amount, and

(ii) in the case of such Lender, the cost of funds incurred by the Facility Agent in respect of such amount.

If such Lender shall repay to the Facility Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s Pro Rata Advance as part of such Pro Rata Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Independent Lender Obligations . The failure of any Lender to make the Pro Rata Advance to be made by it as part of any Pro Rata Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Pro Rata Advance on the date of such Pro Rata Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Pro Rata Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Pro Rata Borrowing.

 

2.5. Repayment of Pro Rata Advances . Each Borrower shall repay to the Facility Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the applicable Termination Date the unpaid principal amount of the Pro Rata Advances then outstanding.

 

2.6. Interest on Pro Rata Advances . Subject to Section 2.8(c), each Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Pro Rata Advance owing by such Borrower to each Appropriate Lender from the date of such Pro Rata Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum; provided , however , that clause (b) shall not apply to Term Advances:

(a) EURIBOR Advances . During such periods as such Pro Rata Advance is a EURIBOR Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest Period for such Pro Rata Advance to the sum of (x) EURIBOR for such Interest Period for such Pro Rata Advance plus (y) the Applicable Interest Rate Margin plus (z) Mandatory Cost, if any, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a duration of more than six months, on the day that occurs during such Interest Period six months from the first day of such Interest Period and on the date such EURIBOR Advance shall be paid in full.

(b) LIBOR Advances . During such periods as such Revolving Credit Advance is a LIBOR Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest Period for such

 

17


Revolving Credit Advance to the sum of (x) LIBOR for such Interest Period for such Revolving Credit Advance plus (y) the Applicable Interest Rate Margin plus (z) Mandatory Cost, if any, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a duration of more than six months, on the day that occurs during such Interest Period six months from the first day of such Interest Period and on the date such LIBOR Advance shall be paid in full.

 

2.7. Absence of Interest Period for Pro Rata Advances . If any Borrower shall fail to select the duration of any Interest Period for any Pro Rata Advances in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of the term “Interest Period,” the Facility Agent will forthwith so notify such Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders and the Interest Period for such Advances will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, be one month.

 

2.8. Interest Rate Determination for Pro Rata Advances . (a)  Methods to Determine EURIBOR and LIBOR . The Facility Agent shall determine EURIBOR and LIBOR by using the methods described in the definition of the terms “EURIBOR” and “LIBOR,” respectively, and shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and Appropriate Lenders of each such EURIBOR or LIBOR.

(b) Role of Reference Banks . In the event that EURIBOR or LIBOR cannot be determined by the method described in clause (a) of the definitions “EURIBOR” or “LIBOR,” respectively, each Reference Bank agrees to furnish to the Facility Agent timely information for the purpose of determining EURIBOR or LIBOR, as the case may be, in accordance with the method described in clause (b) of the definitions thereof. If any one or more of the Reference Banks shall not furnish such timely information to the Facility Agent for the purpose of determining EURIBOR or LIBOR, the Facility Agent shall determine such interest rate on the basis of timely information furnished by the remaining Reference Banks.

(c) Market Disruption . (i) If the applicable Reuters Page is unavailable and fewer than two Reference Banks furnish timely information to the Facility Agent for determining EURIBOR for any EURIBOR Advances or LIBOR for any LIBOR Advances, as the case may be, or (ii) with respect to Pro Rata Advances under any Facility, the Lenders owed or required to lend at least 50.1% of the aggregate principal amount thereof notify the Facility Agent that EURIBOR or LIBOR for any Interest Period will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Pro Rata Advances for such Interest Period (each, a “ Market Disruption Event ”) then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Pro Rata Advance for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of (x) the Applicable Interest Rate Margin plus (y) the rate notified to the Facility Agent and the Borrower by that Lender in a certificate (which sets out the details of the computation of the relevant rate and shall be prima facie non-binding evidence of the same) as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Pro Rata Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select plus (z) Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Pro Rata Advance.

 

18


(d) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the applicable Borrower so requires:

(i) the Facility Agent, PMI and such Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing on a substitute basis for determining the interest rate; and

(ii) any alternative basis agreed upon pursuant to clause (i) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Appropriate Lenders, PMI and such Borrower, be binding on all such parties hereto.

 

2.9. The Swingline Advances . (a)  Obligation to Make Tranche A Swingline Advances . Each Tranche A Swingline Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Tranche A Swingline Advances to any Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until the Termination Date in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed at any time such Tranche A Swingline Lender’s Tranche A Swingline Commitment.

(b) Obligation to Make Tranche B Swingline Advances . Each Tranche B Swingline Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Tranche B Swingline Advances to any Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until the Termination Date in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed at any time such Tranche B Swingline Lender’s Tranche B Swingline Commitment.

(c) Type of Swingline Advances . (i) Each Tranche A Swingline Borrowing shall consist of Tranche A Swingline Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the Tranche A Swingline Lenders ratably according to their respective Tranche A Swingline Commitments. Within the limits of each Tranche A Swingline Lender’s Tranche A Swingline Commitment and subject to this Section 2.9, any Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.9, prepay pursuant to Section 2.15 or repay pursuant to Section 2.11 and reborrow under this Section 2.9,

(ii) Each Tranche B Swingline Borrowing shall consist of Tranche B Swingline Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the Tranche B Swingline Lenders ratably according to their respective Tranche B Swingline Commitments. Within the limits of each Tranche B Swingline Lender’s Tranche B Swingline Commitment and subject to this Section 2.9, any Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.9, prepay pursuant to Section 2.15 or repay pursuant to Section 2.11 and reborrow under this Section 2.9.

(d) Amount of Swingline Borrowings . Each Swingline Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of no less than €1,000,000 or $1,000,000, as the case may be.

 

19


(e) Relationship with the Revolving Credit Facilities . (i)  Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility . (A) The Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility may be used by way of Tranche A Swingline Advances. The Tranche A Swingline Facility is not independent of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility.

 

  (B) Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, a Tranche A Swingline Lender is only obliged to participate in a Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance or a Tranche A Swingline Advance to the extent that it would not result in the participation by it and its affiliate that is a Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender in such Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances and Tranche A Swingline Advances exceeding its Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment or that of its affiliate that is a Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender.

 

  (C) Where, but for the operation of paragraph (B) above, a Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender’s participation (including the participation of its affiliate that is a Tranche A Swingline Lender hereunder) in the Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances and Tranche A Swingline Advances would have exceeded its Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment, the excess will be apportioned among the other Tranche A Revolving Credit Lenders participating in the relevant Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance pro rata according to their relevant Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments. This calculation will be applied as often as necessary until the Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance is apportioned among the relevant Tranche A Revolving Credit Lenders in a manner consistent with paragraph (B) above.

(ii) Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility . (A) The Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility may be used by way of Tranche B Swingline Advances. The Tranche B Swingline Facility is not independent of the Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility.

 

  (B) Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, a Tranche B Swingline Lender is only obliged to participate in a Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance or a Tranche B Swingline Advance to the extent that it would not result in the participation by it and its affiliate that is a Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender in such Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances and Tranche B Swingline Advances exceeding its Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment or that of its affiliate that is a Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender.

 

  (C)

Where, but for the operation of paragraph (B) above, a Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender’s participation (including the participation of its affiliate that is a Tranche B Swingline Lender hereunder) in the Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances and

 

20


 

Tranche B Swingline Advances would have exceeded its Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment, the excess will be apportioned among the other Tranche B Revolving Credit Lenders participating in the relevant Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance pro rata according to their relevant Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments. This calculation will be applied as often as necessary until the Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance is apportioned among the relevant Tranche B Revolving Credit Lenders in a manner consistent with paragraph (B) above.

 

2.10. Making the Swingline Advances . (a)  Notice of Swingline Borrowing . Each Swingline Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than 10:30 A.M. (London time) on the date of the proposed Swingline Borrowing, by the Borrower to the Swingline Agent which shall give to the appropriate Swingline Lenders prompt notice thereof by facsimile; provided that Swingline Borrowings consisting of Dollar Swingline Advances may be requested after 10:30 A.M. (London time) and before 12:00 P.M. (New York time) subject to Section 2.12. Each such notice of a Swingline Borrowing (a “ Notice of Swingline Borrowing ”) shall be by facsimile, such notice to be in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, specifying therein the requested:

(i) date of such Swingline Borrowing,

(ii) Facility and Type of the Swingline Advances comprising such Swingline Borrowing,

(iii) aggregate amount of such Swingline Borrowing, and

(iv) the Interest Period for each such Swingline Advance.

(b) Funding Swingline Advances . Each Swingline Lender shall, before (i) 12:00 P.M. (London time) with respect to Notices of Swingline Borrowing given not later than 10:30 A.M. (London time) or (ii) 1:30 P.M. (New York time) with respect to Notices of Swingline Borrowing for LIBOR Advances given after 10:30 A.M. (London time) and before 12:00 P.M. (New York time), on the date of such Swingline Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Swingline Agent, in same day funds, such Swingline Lender’s ratable portion of such Swingline Borrowing. After receipt of such funds by the Swingline Agent and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 3, the Swingline Agent will make such funds available to the relevant Borrower as specified in the applicable Notice of Swingline Borrowing.

(c) Irrevocable Notice . Each Notice of Swingline Borrowing of any Borrower shall be irrevocable and binding on such Borrower. The Borrower requesting a Swingline Borrowing shall indemnify each Swingline Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Swingline Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Swingline Borrowing for such Swingline Borrowing the

 

21


applicable conditions set forth in Article 3, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Swingline Lender to fund the Swingline Advance to be made by such Swingline Lender as part of such Swingline Borrowing when such Swingline Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.

(d) Swingline Lender’s Ratable Portion . Unless the Swingline Agent shall have received notice from a Swingline Lender prior to (i) 12:00 P.M. (London time) with respect to Notices of Swingline Borrowing given not later than 10:30 A.M. (London time) or (ii) 1:30 P.M. (New York time) with respect to Notices of Swingline Borrowing for LIBOR Advances given after 10:30 A.M. (London time) and before 12:00 P.M. (New York time), on the day of any Swingline Borrowing that such Swingline Lender will not make available to the Swingline Agent such Swingline Lender’s ratable portion of such Swingline Borrowing, the Swingline Agent may assume that such Swingline Lender has made such portion available to the Swingline Agent on the date of such Swingline Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.10(b) and the Swingline Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower proposing such Swingline Borrowing on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Swingline Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Swingline Agent such Swingline Lender and such Borrower severally agree to repay to the Swingline Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Swingline Agent at:

(i) in the case of such Borrower, the higher of (A) the interest rate applicable at the time to Swingline Advances comprising such Swingline Borrowing and (B) the cost of funds incurred by the Swingline Agent in respect of such amount, and

(ii) in the case of such Swingline Lender, the cost of funds incurred by the Swingline Agent in respect of such amount.

If such Swingline Lender shall repay to the Swingline Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Swingline Lender’s Swingline Advance as part of such Swingline Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Independent Swingline Lender Obligations . The failure of any Swingline Lender to make the Swingline Advance to be made by it as part of any Swingline Borrowing shall not relieve any other Swingline Lender of its obligation hereunder to make its Swingline Advance on the date of such Swingline Borrowing, but no Swingline Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Swingline Lender to make the Swingline Advance to be made by such other Swingline Lender on the date of any Swingline Borrowing.

 

22


2.11. Repayment of Swingline Advances . (a) Each Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Agent for the ratable account of the Swingline Lenders on the last day of the applicable Interest Period, the unpaid principal amount of any Swingline Advance then outstanding.

(b) In the event that a Borrower does not repay a Swingline Advance made to it in full on the last day of its Interest Period, on the Business Day immediately following such day, that Borrower shall be deemed to have served a Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing for a Revolving Credit Advance to be made on the third Business Day thereafter in the amount (including accrued interest) and currency of such Swingline Advance and with an Interest Period of one month and such Revolving Credit Advance shall be made on the third Business Day in accordance with Section 2.1 (without regard to clause (b) thereof) and the proceeds thereof applied in repayment of such Swingline Advance. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, for the time period from the day immediately following the end of the Interest Period for any such Swingline Advance that is not repaid on the last day of its Interest Period until and including the third Business Day thereafter, Section 2.18(e) shall apply to the unpaid principal amount of any such Swingline Advance.

(c) Section 3.3 shall not apply to any Revolving Credit Advance to which this Section 2.11 refers.

(d) In the circumstances set out in paragraph (b) above, to the extent that it is not possible to make a Revolving Credit Advance due to the insolvency of a Borrower, the Lenders will indemnify (pro-rata according to their Revolving Credit Commitments) the Swingline Lenders for any loss that they incur as a result of the relevant Swingline Borrowing.

 

2.12. Interest on Swingline Advances . Subject to Section 2.11(b), each Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Advance owing by such Borrower to each Swingline Lender from the date of such Swingline Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

(a) Euro Swingline Advances . For each Euro Swingline Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period for such Euro Swingline Advance to the sum of (x) the rate per annum determined by the Swingline Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum, if such arithmetic mean is not such a multiple) of the rates at which deposits in Euro are offered by the principal office of each of the Reference Banks to prime banks in the European interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (Brussels time) on the date of such Euro Swingline Advance for an amount substantially equal to the amount that would be the Reference Banks’ respective ratable shares of such Borrowing outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that if only one Reference Bank is able to provide the rates as described above, each Swingline Lender shall supply the Swingline Agent with its rate for same day funding in Euro to prime banks in the European interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (Brussels time) on the date of such Euro Swingline Advance for an amount substantially equal to the amount equal to such

 

23


Swingline Lender’s ratable share of such Borrowing outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period and such rate shall be payable to such Swingline Lender plus (y) the Applicable Interest Rate Margin plus (z) Mandatory Cost, if any, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period.

(b) Dollar Swingline Advances . (i) For each Dollar Swingline Advance requested by 10:30 A.M. (London time), a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period for such Dollar Swingline Advance to the sum of (x) the rate per annum determined by the Swingline Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum, if such arithmetic mean is not such a multiple) of the rates at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the principal office of each of the Reference Banks to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the date of such Dollar Swingline Advance for an amount substantially equal to the amount that would be the Reference Banks’ respective ratable shares of such Borrowing outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that if only one Reference Bank is able to provide the rates as described above, each Swingline Lender shall supply the Swingline Agent with its rate for same day funding in Dollars to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the date of such Dollar Swingline Advance for an amount substantially equal to the amount equal to such Swingline Lender’s ratable share of such Borrowing outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period and such rate shall be payable to such Swingline Lender plus (y) the Applicable Interest Rate Margin plus (z) Mandatory Cost, if any, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period; and

(ii) for each Dollar Swingline Advance requested after 10:30 A.M. (London time) and before 12:00 P.M. (New York time), a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period for such Dollar Swingline Advance to the higher of (a) the rate of interest announced publicly by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York, from time to time, as JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s prime rate and (b) one-half of one percent above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period.

 

2.13. Fees . (a)  Commitment Fee . PMI agrees to pay to the Facility Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender, 0.1050% per annum on the aggregate amount of the unused portion of such Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment and 0.0975% per annum on the aggregate amount of the unused portion of such Lender’s Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment (it being understood that any Swingline Advances shall be deemed to use the relevant Revolving Credit Commitment of each Swingline Lender or its affiliate that is a Revolving Credit Lender hereunder) from the date hereof in the case of each Revolving Credit Lender that is an Initial Lender and from the effective date specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each other Revolving Credit Lender until the Termination Date, in each case payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December until the Termination Date and on the Termination Date.

 

24


(b) Agent’s Fees . PMI shall pay to the Facility Agent and Swingline Agent for its own account such fees as may from time to time be agreed between PMI and such Agent.

 

2.14. Termination or Reduction of the Commitments; Term-Out Option . (a)  Optional . PMI shall have the right, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Facility Agent, to terminate in whole or reduce ratably in part the unused portions of the respective Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders; provided that each partial reduction of a Facility shall be in the aggregate amount of no less than €50,000,000 or the remaining balance if less than €50,000,000 and shall be ratable among the Lenders affected thereby in accordance with their Commitments with respect to such Facility; and provided , further , that following any such termination or reduction, the aggregate Swingline Commitments shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments.

(b) Term-Out Option . PMI may, by written notice to the Facility Agent, which shall promptly notify the Lenders, not later than 15 Business Days prior to the Termination Date (the “ Term Notice ”), extend the maturity date for all Term Advances outstanding at the close of business New York time on the Termination Date to the date specified in the Term Notice, which shall be no later than the first anniversary of the Termination Date; provided that, on the date of the Term Notice and on the Termination Date, (i) no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default and (ii) the representations contained in Section 4.1 (except the representations set forth in the last sentence of subsection (e) and in subsection (f) thereof (other than clause (i) thereof)) are correct; and provided , further , that the option provided for in this Section 2.14 may be exercised only once. If a Term Notice is given, each Borrower shall repay to the Facility Agent, for the ratable account of the Term Lenders on the maturity date set forth in such Term Notice, the unpaid principal amount of the Term Advances then outstanding. Upon the effectiveness of the extension provided for in this Section 2.14(b), all terms of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The Borrower agrees that it will, upon the request of any Term Lender through the Facility Agent, issue a new Term Note in favor of such Term Lender reflecting the extended maturity date, in exchange for the Term Note held by such Term Lender, which shall be promptly returned to the Borrower and marked “cancelled”.

 

2.15. Prepayments of Advances . (a)  Optional Prepayments . (i)  Pro Rata Advances . Each Borrower may, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Facility Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given such Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Pro Rata Advances comprising part of the same Pro Rata Borrowing in whole or ratably in part; provided , however , that each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of no less than €50,000,000 or $50,000,000, as the case may be, or the remaining balance if less than €50,000,000 or $50,000,000.

(ii) Swingline Advances . Each Borrower may, upon notice to the Swingline Agent by 9:00 A.M. (London time) on the date of the prepayment stating the aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and, if such notice is given such Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Swingline

 

25


Advances comprising part of the same Swingline Borrowing in whole or ratably in part; provided , however , that each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of no less than €1,000,000 or $1,000,000, as the case may be.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments . (i) If the Facility Agent notifies PMI that, on any interest payment date, the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swingline Advances denominated in Euro then outstanding plus (B) the Equivalent in Euro (determined on the third Business Day prior to such interest payment date) of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swingline Advances denominated in Dollars then outstanding exceeds 105% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders on such date, PMI and each other Borrower shall, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, prepay the outstanding principal amount of any Revolving Credit Advances and Swingline Advances owing by such Borrower in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such sum to an amount not to exceed 100% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders on such date.

(ii) In the event that there shall be a Capital Markets Financing Transaction, PMI shall prepay outstanding Term Advances in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of the net proceeds, rounded to the nearest million (with $500,000 being rounded upward), of such Capital Markets Financing Transaction received by PMI or received by a Subsidiary of PMI that has issued securities in such Capital Markets Financing Transaction guaranteed by PMI, on the last day of the current Interest Period for such Term Advances.

(iii) The Facility Agent shall give prompt notice of any prepayment required under this Section 2.15(b) to the Borrowers and the Lenders. Prepayments under Section 2.15(b)(i) shall be allocated first to Swingline Advances, ratably among the Swingline Lenders; and any excess amount shall then be allocated to Revolving Credit Advances comprising part of the same Revolving Credit Borrowing selected by the applicable Borrower, ratably among the Revolving Credit Lenders. Prepayments under Section 2.15(b)(ii) shall be allocated to Term Advances ratably among the Term Lenders.

(c) Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be made together with any interest accrued to the date of such prepayment on the principal amounts prepaid and any additional amounts which such Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse to the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to Section 9.4(b).

 

2.16.

Increased Costs . (a)  Costs from Change in Law or Authorities . If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change (other than any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements to the extent such change is included in Mandatory Cost) in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Advances (excluding for purposes of this Section 2.16

 

26


 

any such increased costs resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 2.19 shall govern) and (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or by the foreign jurisdiction or state under the laws of which such Lender is organized or has its Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof), then the Borrower of the affected Advances shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Facility Agent), pay to the Facility Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost; provided , however , that before making any such demand, each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such increased cost and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to such Borrower and the Facility Agent by such Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b) Reduction in Lender’s Rate of Return . In the event that, after the date hereof, the implementation of or any change in any law or regulation, or any guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) or the interpretation or administration thereof by any central bank or other authority charged with the administration thereof, imposes, modifies or deems applicable any capital adequacy or similar requirement (including, without limitation, a request or requirement which affects the manner in which any Lender allocates capital resources to its commitments, including its obligations hereunder) and as a result thereof, in the sole opinion of such Lender, the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder is reduced to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such circumstances, but reduced to the extent that Borrowings are outstanding from time to time, then in each such case, upon demand from time to time PMI shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as shall compensate such Lender for such reduction in rate of return; provided that, in the case of each Lender, such additional amount or amounts shall not exceed 0.15 of 1% per annum of such Lender’s Commitment. A certificate of such Lender as to any such additional amount or amounts shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. Except as provided below, in determining any such amount or amounts each Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Lender shall take all reasonable actions to avoid the imposition of, or reduce the amounts of, such increased costs, provided that such actions, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, will not be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender, and, to the extent possible, each Lender will calculate such increased costs based upon the capital requirements for its Commitment hereunder and not upon the average or general capital requirements imposed upon such Lender.

 

2.17.

Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if (a) any Lender shall notify the Facility Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make Advances or to fund or maintain Advances or

 

27


 

(b) any Lender notifies PMI and the Facility Agent that it is unlawful for such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to make Advances or to fund or maintain Advances to a Designated Subsidiary due to the jurisdiction of organization of such Designated Subsidiary, then, in each case, the obligation of such Lender to make such Advances shall be suspended until the Facility Agent shall notify PMI and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and the relevant aggregate Commitments shall be temporarily reduced by the amount of such Lender’s share of the Commitments affected by such illegality for the duration of the suspension with respect to such Advances; provided , however , that each Lender agrees to (i) use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a designation would allow such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to continue to perform its obligations to make Advances or to continue to fund or maintain Advances and would not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender and (ii) to make or fund Advances to a different Borrower designated by PMI if the making of such designation would allow such Lender to continue to perform its obligations to make Advances or to continue to fund or maintain Advances.

 

2.18. Payments and Computations . (a)  Time and Distribution of Payments . PMI and each Borrower shall make each payment hereunder, without set-off or counterclaim, not later than 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the day when due to the Facility Agent at the Facility Agent’s Account in same day funds. The Facility Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or commitment fees ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.16, 2.19 or 9.4(b)) to the Lenders for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. From and after the effective date of an Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 9.7, the Facility Agent shall make all payments hereunder in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.

(b) Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest and commitment fees shall be made by the Facility Agent or the Swingline Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days, or in the case of interest payable pursuant to Section 2.12(b)(ii), 365/366 days, in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or commitment fees are payable. Each determination by the Facility Agent or the Swingline Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(c) Payment Due Dates . Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or commitment fee, as the case may be; provided , however , that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of EURIBOR Advances or LIBOR Advances to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

28


(d) Presumption of Borrower Payment . Subject to Section 2.11(b), unless the Facility Agent receives notice from any Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Facility Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment in full to the Facility Agent on such date and the Facility Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent such Borrower has not made such payment in full to the Facility Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Facility Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Facility Agent at the cost of funds incurred by the Facility Agent in respect of such amount.

(e) Default Interest . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in Section 2.6 or Section 2.12, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 1% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such Advance.

 

2.19. Taxes . (a) Any and all payments by each Borrower and PMI hereunder shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.18, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding , (i) in the case of each Lender and each Agent, taxes imposed on its net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or Agent (as the case may be), is organized or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) in the case of each Lender and each Agent, taxes imposed on its net income, franchise taxes imposed on it, and any tax imposed by means of withholding to the extent such tax is imposed solely as a result of a present or former connection (other than the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or a Note) between such Lender or Agent (as the case may be) and the taxing jurisdiction, and (iv) in the case of each Lender and each Agent, taxes imposed by the United States by means of withholding tax if and to the extent that such taxes shall be in effect and shall be applicable on the date hereof to payments to be made to such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office or to such Agent (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities in respect of payments hereunder being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”).

(b) If any Borrower or PMI shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender or Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.19) such Lender or

 

29


Agent (as the case may be), receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower or PMI shall make such deductions and (iii) such Borrower or PMI shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law. If clause (i) of this Section 2.19(b) is unenforceable for any reason in respect of any Borrower, then:

 

  (A) for each period during which a deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes is required to be made by the Borrower with respect to the payment of interest under this Agreement (the “ Tax Deduction ”), in lieu of application of clause (i) of this Section 2.19(b), the rate of interest on the Advances as set out in Sections 2.6 and 2.12 shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (i) Interest Rate Margin,

 

  (ii) EURIBOR or LIBOR, as applicable; and

 

  (iii) Mandatory Cost, if any,

divided by a factor equal to one (1) minus the amount of the Tax Deduction expressed as a multiplier (i.e., ten (10) percent will be expressed as 0.10 and not as 10%); and

 

  (B) all references to a rate of interest under Sections 2.6 and 2.12 shall be construed thereafter as adjusted in accordance with this Section 2.19(b).

(c) In addition, each Borrower or PMI shall pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performing under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(d) Each Borrower and PMI shall indemnify each Lender and each Agent for and hold it harmless against the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.19) paid by such Lender or Agent (as the case may be), and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender or Agent (as the case may be), makes written demand therefor.

(e) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, each Borrower and PMI shall furnish to the relevant Agent at its address referred to in Section 9.2, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment. If any Borrower or PMI determines that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, such Borrower or PMI shall, at the request of the relevant Agent, furnish or cause the payor to furnish, such Agent and each Lender an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to such Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes.

 

30


(f) Each Lender, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Initial Lender and on the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case of each other Lender, shall provide each of the Agents, PMI and each other Borrower with any form or certificate that is required by any taxing authority (including, if applicable, two original Internal Revenue Service Forms W-9, W-8BEN or W-8ECI, as appropriate, or any successor or other form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service), certifying that such Lender is exempt from or entitled to a reduced rate of Home Jurisdiction Withholding Taxes on payments pursuant to this Agreement. Thereafter, each such Lender shall provide additional forms or certificates (i) to the extent a form or certificate previously provided has become inaccurate or invalid or has otherwise ceased to be effective or (ii) as requested in writing by any Borrower, PMI or the relevant Agent. Unless the Borrowers, PMI and the Agents have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them indicating that payments hereunder are not subject to Home Jurisdiction Withholding Taxes or are subject to Home Jurisdiction Withholding Taxes at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, such Borrowers, PMI or Agents shall withhold taxes from such payments at the applicable statutory rate in the case of payments to or for any Lender.

(g) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.19 agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to select or change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a selection or change would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise economically disadvantageous to such Lender.

(h) No additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.19 with respect to (i) any Home Jurisdiction Withholding Taxes that would not have been payable had the Lender provided the relevant forms or other documents pursuant to Section 2.19(f); or (ii) in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance by a Lender to an Eligible Assignee, any Home Jurisdiction Withholding Taxes that exceed the amount of such Home Jurisdiction Withholding Taxes that are imposed prior to such Assignment and Acceptance, unless such Assignment and Acceptance resulted from the demand of PMI.

(i) No additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.19 with respect to any taxes imposed by the United States by means of withholding tax on payments made by any Borrower to any Lender’s Applicable Lending Office or to any Agent, even if such taxes are imposed as a result of the treatment of payments made by a Borrower that is not organized under the laws of the United States as having been made by a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes, including as a result of an election made to treat such Borrower as a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes (regardless of whether such election was made after such Borrower became a Borrower under this Agreement), if and to the extent such taxes were in effect

 

31


and would have been applicable as of the date hereof to payments to be made by a United States person to such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office or to such Agent (as the case may be).

(j) If any Lender or Agent, as the case may be, obtains a refund of any Tax for which payment has been made pursuant to this Section 2.19, which refund in the good faith judgment of such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, (and without any obligation to disclose its tax records) is allocable to such payment made under this Section 2.19, the amount of such refund (together with any interest received thereon and reduced by reasonable costs incurred in obtaining such refund) promptly shall be paid to the Borrower to the extent payment has been made in full by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.19.

 

2.20. Sharing of Payments, Etc . If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Pro Rata Advances owing to it (other than pursuant to Sections 2.16, 2.19 or 9.4(b)) in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of the Pro Rata Advances obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Pro Rata Advances made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, provided , further , that, so long as the obligations under this Agreement and the Notes shall not have been accelerated, any excess payment received by any Appropriate Lender shall be shared on a pro rata basis only with other Appropriate Lenders. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.20 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

2.21. Evidence of Debt . (a)  Lender Records; Notes . Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Advance owing to such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder in respect of Advances. Each Borrower shall, upon notice by any Lender to such Borrower (with a copy of such notice to the Facility Agent) to the effect that a Revolving Credit Note or a Term Note is required or appropriate in order for such Lender to evidence (whether for purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise) the Revolving Credit Advances or Term Advances owing to, or to be made by, such Lender, promptly execute and deliver to such Lender a Revolving Credit Note or a Term Note payable to the order of such Lender in a principal amount up to the Revolving Commitment or Term Commitment of such Lender.

 

32


(b) Record of Borrowings, Payables and Payments . The Register maintained by the Facility Agent pursuant to Section 9.7(d) shall include a control account, and a subsidiary account for each Lender, in which accounts (taken together) shall be recorded as follows:

(i) the date, amount and Facility of each Borrowing made hereunder, the Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing and the Interest Period applicable thereto;

(ii) the terms of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it;

(iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder; and

(iv) the amount of any sum received by the Facility Agent from the Borrowers hereunder and each Lender’s share thereof.

(c) Evidence of Payment Obligations . Entries made in good faith by the Facility Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.21(b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Section 2.21(a), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement, absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure of the Facility Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of any Borrower under this Agreement.

 

2.22. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Advances shall be available (and each Borrower agrees that it shall use such proceeds) for general corporate purposes of PMI and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, commercial paper backstop. The proceeds of the Term Advances shall be used (and PMI agrees that it shall use such proceeds) for general corporate purposes of PMI and its Subsidiaries, including without limitation, the refinancing of amounts outstanding under the Existing Term Facility.

 

3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

 

3.1. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective on and as of the first date (the “ Effective Date ”) on which the following conditions precedent have been satisfied:

(a) PMI shall have notified each Lender and the Facility Agent in writing as to the proposed Effective Date.

 

33


(b) On the Effective Date, the following statements shall be true and the Facility Agent shall have received for the account of each Lender a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of PMI, dated the Effective Date, stating that:

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 are correct on and as of the Effective Date, and

(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

(c) Prior to or simultaneously with the Effective Date, PMI shall have satisfied all of its obligations under the Existing Term Facility including, without limitation, the payment of all loans, accrued interest and fees.

(d) The Facility Agent shall have received on or before the Effective Date the following, each dated such day, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent:

(i) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of PMI approving this Agreement, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement.

(ii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of PMI certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of PMI authorized to sign this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.

(iii) Favorable opinions of counsel (which may be in-house counsel) for PMI, substantially in the form of Exhibits E-1 and E-2 hereto.

(iv) A favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Facility Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

(v) A certificate of the chief financial officer or treasurer of PMI certifying that as of 31 December 2006 (A) the aggregate amount of Debt (excluding all Debt incurred in connection with leasing, sale and leaseback and structured finance transactions conducted in the ordinary course of business of PMCC Europe GmbH that is without recourse to the general credit or assets of PMI and its Major Subsidiaries), payment of which is secured by any Lien referred to in clause (iii) of Section 5.2(a), does not exceed $400,000,000, and (B) the aggregate amount of Debt included in clause (A) of this subsection (v), payment of which is secured by any Lien referred to in clause (iv) of Section 5.2(a), does not exceed $200,000,000.

(e) PMI shall have paid all accrued fees and reasonable expenses of the Facility Agent and the Lenders with respect to this Agreement for which the Facility Agent shall have made reasonable demand in accordance with Section 9.4(a) on or prior to the Effective Date.

 

34


(f) This Agreement shall have been executed by PMI, JPMEL, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., J.P. Morgan plc and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and the Facility Agent shall have been notified by each Initial Lender that such Initial Lender has executed this Agreement.

The Facility Agent shall notify PMI and the Initial Lenders of the date which is the Effective Date upon satisfaction of all of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 3.1. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 3.1, each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lenders unless an officer of the Facility Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the date that PMI, by notice to the Lenders, designates as the proposed Effective Date, specifying its objection thereto.

 

3.2. Initial Advance to Each Designated Subsidiary . The obligation of each Lender to make an initial Advance to each Designated Subsidiary following any designation of such Designated Subsidiary as a Borrower hereunder pursuant to Section 9.8 is subject to the receipt by the Facility Agent on or before the date of such initial Advance of each of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, and dated such date, and in sufficient copies for each Lender:

(a) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Designated Subsidiary (with a certified English translation if the original thereof is not in English) approving this Agreement, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement.

(b) A certificate of a proper officer of such Designated Subsidiary certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Designated Subsidiary authorized to sign the Designation Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.

(c) A certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Designated Subsidiary, dated as of the date of such initial Advance, certifying that such Designated Subsidiary shall have obtained all governmental and third party authorizations, consents, approvals (including exchange control approvals) and licenses required under applicable laws and regulations necessary for such Designated Subsidiary to execute and deliver the Designation Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

(d) The Designation Agreement of such Designated Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(e) A favorable opinion of counsel (which may be in-house counsel) to such Designated Subsidiary, dated the date of such initial Advance, covering, to the extent customary and appropriate for the relevant jurisdiction, the opinions outlined on Exhibit F hereto.

 

35


(f) Such other approvals, opinions or documents as any Lender, through the Facility Agent may reasonably request.

 

3.3. Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing . The obligation of each Lender to make an Advance on the occasion of each Borrowing is subject to the conditions precedent that the Effective Date shall have occurred and on the date of such Borrowing the following statements shall be true, and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be a representation by such Borrower or by PMI, as the case may be, that:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 (except the representations set forth in the last sentence of subsection (e) and in subsection (f) thereof (other than clause (i) thereof)) are correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and, if such Borrowing shall have been requested by a Designated Subsidiary, the representations and warranties of such Designated Subsidiary contained in its Designation Agreement are correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;

(b) after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of all Borrowings on such date (together with any other resources of the Borrower applied together therewith) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Borrowing, that constitutes a Default or Event of Default; and

(c) if such Borrowing is in an aggregate principal amount equal to or greater than $500,000,000, or the Equivalent in Euro thereof, and is being made in connection with any purchase of shares of such Borrower’s or PMI’s capital stock or the capital stock of any other Person, or any purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (whether in one transaction or a series of transactions) or any transaction of the type referred to in Section 5.2(b), the statement in (b) above shall also be true on a pro forma basis as if such transaction or purchase shall have been completed.

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4.1. Representations and Warranties of PMI . PMI represents and warrants as follows:

(a) It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it are within its corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) its charter or by-laws or (ii) in any material respect, any law, rule, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it.

 

36


(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement or the Notes to be delivered by it.

(d) This Agreement is, and each of the Notes to be delivered by it when delivered hereunder will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of PMI enforceable against PMI in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(e) The consolidated balance sheets of PMI and its Subsidiaries as of 31 December 2006 and the consolidated statements of earnings of PMI and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PMI and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the consolidated results of the operations of PMI and its Subsidiaries for the year ended on such date, all in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Except as disclosed in a certificate delivered to the Lenders, since 31 December 2006 there has been no material adverse change in such position or operations.

(f) There is no pending or threatened action or proceeding affecting it or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator (a “ Proceeding ”), (i) that purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or (ii) except for Proceedings disclosed in the Registration Statement on Form 10 and any amendments thereto filed by PMI with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission prior to 4 December 2007 and, with respect to Proceedings commenced after the date of such filing but prior to 4 December 2007, a certificate delivered to the Lenders, that may materially adversely affect the financial position or results of operations of PMI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(g) It owns directly or indirectly 100% of the capital stock of each other Borrower.

(h) None of the proceeds of any Advance will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that would constitute the Advances as a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U and, in each case, would constitute a violation of Regulation U.

 

37


5. COVENANTS OF PMI

 

5.1. Affirmative Covenants . So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, PMI will:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc . Comply, and cause each Major Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders (such compliance to include, without limitation, complying with ERISA and paying before the same become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent contested in good faith), noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the financial condition or operations of PMI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(b) Maintenance of Ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense . Maintain a ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent fiscal quarters of PMI to Consolidated Interest Expense for such four most recent fiscal quarters of not less than 3.5 to 1.0.

(c) Reporting Requirements . (i) Prior to a Spin-Off, furnish to the Lenders:

 

  (A) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of the second fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of PMI, an unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheet of PMI and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of earnings of PMI and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of PMI; and

 

  (B) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of PMI, a copy of the consolidated financial statements for such year for PMI and its Subsidiaries, audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (or other independent auditors which, as of the date of this Agreement, are one of the “big four” accounting firms); or

(ii) in the event of a Spin-Off, furnish to the Lenders or make available on the internet at www.philipmorrisinternational.com (or any successor or replacement website thereof), if such website includes an option to subscribe to a free service alerting subscribers by e-mail of new U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filings, if available, or by similar electronic means:

 

  (A)

as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of PMI, an unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheet of PMI and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and unaudited

 

38


 

interim condensed consolidated statements of earnings of PMI and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of PMI;

 

  (B) as soon as available and in any event within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of PMI, a copy of the consolidated financial statements for such year for PMI and its Subsidiaries audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (or other independent auditors which, as of the date of this Agreement, are one of the “big four” accounting firms); and

 

  (C) all reports which PMI sends to any of its shareholders, and copies of all reports on Form 8-K (or any successor forms adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) which PMI files with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(iii) as soon as possible and in any event within five days after the occurrence of each Event of Default and each Default, continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the chief financial officer or treasurer of PMI setting forth details of such Event of Default or Default and the action which PMI has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(iv) within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of PMI, a statement of the chief financial officer or treasurer of PMI certifying compliance with the requirements of Section 5.1(b) and setting forth the relevant calculations; and

(v) such other historical information respecting the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of PMI or any Major Subsidiary as any Lender through the Facility Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

5.2. Negative Covenants . So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, PMI will not:

(a) Liens, Etc . Create or suffer to exist, or permit any Major Subsidiary to create or suffer to exist, any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance (other than operating leases and licensed intellectual property), or any other type of preferential arrangement (“ Liens ”), upon or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign, or permit any Major Subsidiary to assign, any right to receive income, in each case to secure or provide for the payment of any Debt of any Person, other than:

(i) Liens upon or in property acquired or held by it or any Major Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to secure the purchase price of such property or to secure indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such property;

 

39


(ii) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition (other than any such lien or security interest created in contemplation of such acquisition);

(iii) Liens existing on the date hereof securing Debt;

(iv) Liens on property financed through the issuance of industrial revenue bonds in favor of the holders of such bonds or any agent or trustee therefor;

(v) Liens existing on property of any Person acquired by PMI or any Major Subsidiary;

(vi) Liens securing Debt in an aggregate amount not in excess of 15% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(vii) Liens upon or with respect to “margin stock” as that term is defined in Regulation U;

(viii) Liens in favor of PMI or any Major Subsidiary;

(ix) Liens in connection with leasing, sale and leaseback and structured finance transactions conducted in the ordinary course of business of PMCC Europe GmbH, provided that any such Liens that secure the payment of Debt are without recourse to the general credit or assets of PMI and its Major Subsidiaries;

(x) precautionary Liens provided by PMI or any Major Subsidiary in connection with the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of assets by PMI or such Major Subsidiary which transaction is determined by the Board of Directors of PMI or such Major Subsidiary to constitute a “sale” under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; or

(xi) any extension, renewal or replacement of the foregoing, provided that (A) such Lien does not extend to any additional assets (other than a substitution of like assets), and (B) the amount of Debt secured by any such Lien is not increased.

(b) Mergers, Etc . Consolidate with or merge into, or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to, any Person, or permit any Subsidiary directly or indirectly owned by it to do so, unless, immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default would exist and, in the case of any merger or consolidation to which PMI is a party, the surviving corporation is PMI or was a Subsidiary of PMI immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, which is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof, or the District of Columbia. The surviving corporation of any merger or consolidation involving PMI or any other Borrower shall assume all of PMI’s or such Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement (including without limitation with respect to PMI’s obligations, the covenants set forth in Article 5) by the execution and delivery of an instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

 

40


6. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

6.1. Events of Default . Each of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Any Borrower or PMI shall fail to pay any principal of any Pro Rata Advance when the same becomes due and payable; or any Borrower or PMI shall fail to pay any principal of any Swingline Advance within three Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or any Borrower shall fail to pay interest on any Advance, or PMI shall fail to pay any fees payable under Section 2.13, within ten days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed to have been made by any Borrower or PMI herein or by any Borrower or PMI (or any of their respective officers) in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made; or

(c) Any Borrower or PMI shall fail to perform or observe (i) any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.1(b) or 5.2(b), (ii) any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.2(a) if such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to PMI by the Facility Agent or any Lender or (iii) any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to be performed or observed if such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to PMI by the Facility Agent or any Lender; or

(d) Any Borrower or PMI or any Major Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $100,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt arising under this Agreement) of such Borrower or PMI or such Major Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt unless adequate provision for any such payment has been made in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders; or any Debt of any Borrower or PMI or any Major Subsidiary which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $100,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt arising under this Agreement) shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof unless adequate provision for the payment of such Debt has been made in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders; or

(e) Any Borrower or PMI or any Major Subsidiary shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be

 

41


instituted by or against any Borrower or PMI or any Major Subsidiary seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against it or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any of its property constituting a substantial part of the property of PMI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) shall occur; or any Borrower or PMI or any Major Subsidiary shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (e); or

(f) Any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $100,000,000 shall be rendered against any Borrower or PMI or any Major Subsidiary and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such unsatisfied judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; provided that such 60-day stay period shall be extended for a period not to exceed an additional 120 days if (i) PMI, such Borrower or such Major Subsidiary is contesting such judgment or enforcement of such judgment in good faith, unless, with respect only to judgments or orders rendered outside the United States, such action is not reasonably required to protect its respective assets from levy or garnishment, and (ii) no assets with a fair market value in excess of $100,000,000 of PMI, such Borrower or such Major Subsidiary have been levied upon or garnished to satisfy such judgment; provided , further , that such 60-day stay period shall be further extended for any judgment or order rendered outside the United States until such time as the conditions in clauses (i) or (ii) are no longer satisfied; or

(g) Any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall incur, or shall be reasonably likely to incur, liability in excess of $500,000,000 in the aggregate as a result of one or more of the following: (i) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; (ii) the partial or complete withdrawal of any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; or (iii) the reorganization or termination of a Multiemployer Plan; provided , however , that no Default or Event of Default under this Section 6.1(g) shall be deemed to have occurred if the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have made arrangements satisfactory to the PBGC or the Required Lenders to discharge or otherwise satisfy such liability (including the posting of a bond or other security); or

(h) So long as any Subsidiary of PMI is a Designated Subsidiary, the guaranty provided by PMI under Article 8 hereof shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on PMI or PMI shall so state in writing.

 

42


6.2. Lenders’ Rights upon Event of Default . If an Event of Default occurs or is continuing, then the Facility Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to PMI and the Borrowers:

(a) declare the obligation of each Lender to make further Advances to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and

(b) declare all the Advances then outstanding, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Advances then outstanding, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;

provided , however , that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, (i) the obligation of each Lender to make Advances shall automatically be terminated and (ii) the Advances then outstanding, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers.

 

7. THE AGENTS

 

7.1. Authorization and Action . Each Lender (in its capacities as a Revolving Credit Lender, Swingline Lender and a Term Lender, as applicable) hereby appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the Notes), no Agent shall be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders and all holders of Notes; provided , however , that no Agent shall be required to take any action that exposes it to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. Each Agent agrees to give to each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by PMI or any Borrower as required by the terms of this Agreement or at the request of PMI or such Borrower, and any notice provided pursuant to Section 5.1(c)(iii). JPMEL, as Facility Agent, may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through its affiliate, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

7.2. Agents’ Reliance, Etc. Neither any Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, each Agent:

(a) may treat the Lender that made any Advance as the holder of the Debt resulting therefrom until, in the case of the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent receives and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by such Lender, as assignor, and an Eligible Assignee, as assignee, or, in the case of the Swingline Agent, such Agent has received notice from the Facility Agent that it has received and accepted such Assignment and Acceptance, in each case as provided in Section 9.7;

 

43


(b) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for PMI or any Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts;

(c) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this Agreement;

(d) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on the part of PMI or any Borrower or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of PMI or such Borrower;

(e) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and

(f) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by facsimile) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

 

7.3. JPMEL and Affiliates . With respect to its Commitment and the Advances made by it, JPMEL shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent; and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include JPMEL in its individual capacity. JPMEL and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, accept investment banking engagements from and generally engage in any kind of business with, PMI, any Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or own securities of PMI, any Borrower or any such Subsidiary, all as if JPMEL was not an Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

7.4.

Lender Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, or any other Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.1 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Mandated Lead Arranger

 

44


 

and Bookrunner, or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

 

7.5. Indemnification . (a) The Lenders agree to indemnify the Facility Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by PMI or the Borrowers), from and against such Lender’s ratable share (determined as provided below) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Facility Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Facility Agent under this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Costs ”), provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of the Indemnified Costs resulting from the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Facility Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Facility Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that the Facility Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by PMI or the Borrowers. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 7.5 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Facility Agent, any Lender or a third party. For purposes of this Section 7.5(a), the Lenders’ respective ratable shares of any amount shall be determined, at any time, according to their respective aggregate Term Commitments and Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

(b) The Revolving Credit Lenders agree to indemnify the Swingline Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by PMI or the Borrowers), from and against such Lender’s ratable share (determined according to their respective Revolving Credit Commitments at such time) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Swingline Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Swingline Agent under this Agreement, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Swingline Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the Swingline Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) payable by the Borrowers under Section 9.4, to the extent that the Swingline Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by PMI or the Borrowers. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any indemnification hereunder, this Section 7.5 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Swingline Agent, any Lender or a third party.

 

45


7.6. Successor Agents . Any Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and PMI and may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders’ removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article 7 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was an Agent under this Agreement.

 

7.7. Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners . Certain entities have been designated as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, under this Agreement, but the use of such titles does not impose on any of them any duties or obligations greater than those of any other Lender.

 

8. GUARANTY

 

8.1. Guaranty . PMI hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees (the undertaking of PMI contained in this Article 8 being the “ Guaranty ”) the punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of each Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the “ Obligations ”), and any and all expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Facility Agent or the Lenders in enforcing any rights under the Guaranty.

 

8.2. Guaranty Absolute . PMI guarantees that the Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Facility Agent or the Lenders with respect thereto. The liability of PMI under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity, enforceability or genuineness of any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement;

 

46


(c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Obligations; or

(d) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, a Borrower or PMI.

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Facility Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of a Borrower or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

8.3. Waivers . (a) PMI hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that the Facility Agent or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against a Borrower or any other Person or any collateral.

(b) PMI hereby irrevocably waives any claims or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against any Borrower that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of PMI’s obligations under this Guaranty or this Agreement, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Facility Agent or any Lender against such Borrower or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from such Borrower, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right. If any amount shall be paid to PMI in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to the later of the cash payment in full of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty and the Termination Date, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Facility Agent and the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Facility Agent to be credited and applied to the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and this Guaranty, or to be held as collateral for any Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. PMI acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement and this Guaranty and that the waiver set forth in this Section 8.3(b) is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

8.4. Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until payment in full (after the Termination Date) of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) be binding upon PMI, its successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Lenders, the Facility Agent and their respective successors, transferees and assigns.

 

47


9. MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1. Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any Borrower or PMI therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders or if such amendment, waiver or consent relates solely to the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Swingline Lenders or the Term Lenders, respectively, the Lenders holding 50.1% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, Swingline Commitments or Term Commitments, respectively, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders affected thereby, do any of the following: (a) waive any of the conditions specified in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, (b) increase the Commitments of the Lenders or subject the Lenders to any additional obligations, (c) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (e) change the percentage of the Commitments, or the number of Lenders, that shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder, (f) release PMI from any of its obligations under Article 8 or (g) amend this Section 9.1; and provided further that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Facility Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Facility Agent under this Agreement or any Advance.

 

9.2. Notices, Etc . (a)  Addresses . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile communication) and mailed, telecopied, or delivered, as follows:

if to any Borrower or to PMI, as guarantor:

Philip Morris International Inc.

120 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Secretary

Fax number: 917-663-5372

and

Philip Morris International Management S.A.

Avenue de Cour 107

1001 Lausanne

Switzerland

Attention: Treasurer

Fax number: +41-21-242-4771;

and

 

48


Philip Morris Finance S.A.

Avenue de Cour 107

1001 Lausanne

Switzerland

Attention: Controller

Facsmile: +41-58-242-4771;

with a copy to (until the Spin-Off has occurred):

Altria Corporate Services, Inc.

120 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Treasury Department - Debt Administration

Fax number: (914) 272-0420;

if to any Initial Lender, at its Applicable Lending Office specified opposite its name on Schedule I hereto;

if to any other Lender, at its Applicable Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender;

if to JPMEL, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent:

J.P. Morgan Europe Limited

EMEA Loan and Agency Department

125 London Wall

London EC2Y 5AJ

Attention: Loans Agency

Facsimile: +44 (0) 207 77 2360

as to any Borrower, PMI or the Facility Agent at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to PMI and the Facility Agent.

(b) Effectiveness of Notices . All such notices and communications shall, when mailed or telecopied, be effective when deposited in the mail or telecopied, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Facility Agent pursuant to Article 2, 3 or 7 shall not be effective until received by the Facility Agent. Delivery by facsimile of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

 

9.3. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Lender or the Facility Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

49


9.4. Costs and Expenses . (a)  Facility Agent; Enforcement . PMI agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration (excluding any cost or expenses for administration related to the overhead of the Facility Agent), modification and amendment of this Agreement and the documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Facility Agent with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Facility Agent as to its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, and all costs and expenses of the Lenders and the Facility Agent, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses of the Lenders and the Facility Agent), in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.

(b) Prepayment of Advances . If any payment of principal of Advance is made other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance or at its maturity, as a result of a payment pursuant to Section 2.12, acceleration of the maturity of the Advances pursuant to Section 6.2, an assignment made as a result of a demand by PMI pursuant to Section 9.7(a) or for any other reason, PMI shall, upon demand by any Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Facility Agent or the Swingline Agent, as applicable), pay to the Facility Agent or the Swingline Agent, as applicable, for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, including, without limitation, any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such Advance. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Borrower or PMI hereunder, the agreements and obligations of each Borrower and PMI contained in Section 2.4(c), 2.10(c), 2.16, 2.19, and this Section 9.4(b) shall survive the payment in full of principal and interest hereunder.

(c) Indemnification . Each Borrower and PMI jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Facility Agent and each Lender and each of their respective affiliates, control persons, directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Party, in each case in connection with or arising out of, or in connection with the preparation for or defense of, any investigation, litigation, or proceeding (i) related to any transaction or proposed transaction (whether or not consummated) in which any proceeds of any Borrowing are applied or proposed to be applied, directly or indirectly, by any Borrower, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party to such transaction or (ii) related to any Borrower’s or PMI’s entering into this Agreement, or to any actions or omissions of any Borrower or PMI, any of their respective Subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective officers, directors, employees or agents in connection therewith, in each case

 

50


whether or not an Indemnified Party is a party thereto and whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by PMI or any Borrower or any other Person; provided , however , that neither any Borrower nor PMI shall be required to indemnify any such Indemnified Party from or against any portion of such claims, damages, losses, liabilities or expenses that is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.

 

9.5. Right of Set-Off . Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.2 to authorize the Facility Agent to declare the Advances due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of PMI or any Borrower against any and all of the obligations of any Borrower or PMI now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender shall promptly notify the appropriate Borrower or PMI, as the case may be, after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Lender and its affiliates under this Section 9.5 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Lender and its affiliates may have.

 

9.6. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of PMI, the Facility Agent, the Swingline Agent, and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that neither any Borrower nor PMI shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

9.7. Assignments and Participations . (a)  Assignment of Lender Obligations . Each Lender may and, if demanded by PMI upon at least five Business Days’ notice to such Lender and the Facility Agent, will assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments and the Advances owing to it), subject to the following:

(i) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under one or more Facilities under this Agreement (it being understood that any assignment under a Revolving Credit Facility shall include a proportionate assignment under the related Swingline Facility, as applicable);

(ii) the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender being assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than €10,000,000 for Term Commitments and $10,000,000 for Revolving Credit Commitments (subject, in each case, to reduction at the sole discretion of PMI) and shall be an integral multiple of €1,000,000 or $1,000,000, respectively;

 

51


(iii) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee, provided , however that an assignment to a bank or other financial institution that is not a Qualifying Bank shall not be effective without the written approval of PMI, which approval shall be notified to the Facility Agent;

(iv) each such assignment made as a result of a demand by PMI pursuant to this Section 9.7(a) shall be arranged by PMI after consultation with the Facility Agent and shall be either an assignment of all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreement or an assignment of a portion of such rights and obligations made concurrently with another such assignment or other such assignments which together cover all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreement;

(v) no Lender shall be obligated to make any such assignment as a result of a demand by PMI pursuant to this Section 9.7(a) unless and until such Lender shall have received one or more payments from either the Borrowers to which it has outstanding Advances or one or more Eligible Assignees in an aggregate amount at least equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment of such principal amount and all other amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement; and

(vi) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and the assigning Lender shall, not less than five Business Days prior to the effectiveness of any Assignment and Acceptance, deliver to the Facility Agent which shall give prompt notice thereof to PMI by facsimile, for the Facility Agent’s acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of €1,500 for Term Commitments and $2,000 for Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that, if such assignment is made as a result of a demand by PMI under this Section 9.7(a), PMI shall pay or cause to be paid such €1,500 or $2,000 fee, as the case may be.

Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (other than those provided under Section 9.4) and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto), other than Section 9.12.

 

52


(b) Assignment and Acceptance . By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Borrower or PMI or the performance or observance by any Borrower or PMI of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.1 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the Facility Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (vi) such assignee represents that (A) the source of any funds it is using to acquire the assigning Lender’s interest or to make any Advance is not and will not be plan assets as defined under the regulations of the Department of Labor of any Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (B) the assignment or Advance is not and will not be a non-exempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA; (vii) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Facility Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to the Facility Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (viii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(c) Agent’s Acceptance . Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Facility Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to PMI.

(d) Register . The Facility Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 9.2 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to, each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and PMI, the Borrowers, the Facility Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by PMI, any Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

53


(e) Sale of Participation . Each Lender may sell participations to one or more Qualifying Banks in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and any Note or Notes held by it), subject to the following:

(i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment to PMI hereunder) shall remain unchanged,

(ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations,

(iii) PMI, the other Borrowers, the Facility Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and

(iv) no participant under any such participation shall have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or any consent to any departure by any Borrower or PMI therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation, or postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation.

(f) Disclosure of Information . Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.7, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to PMI or any Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of PMI or any Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to PMI received by it from such Lender by signing a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

(g) Regulation A Security Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Advances owing to it and any Note or Notes held by it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A.

 

9.8.

Designated Subsidiaries . (a)  Designation . PMI may at any time, and from time to time, by delivery to the Facility Agent of a Designation Agreement duly executed by PMI and the respective Subsidiary and substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, designate such Subsidiary as a “Designated Subsidiary” for purposes of this Agreement and such

 

54


 

Subsidiary shall thereupon become a “Designated Subsidiary” for purposes of this Agreement and, as such, shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Borrower hereunder. The Facility Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of each such designation by PMI and the identity of the respective Subsidiary.

(b) Termination . Upon the payment and performance in full of all of the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement of any Designated Subsidiary then, so long as at the time no Notice of Pro Rata Borrowing or Notice of Swingline Borrowing in respect of such Designated Subsidiary is outstanding, such Subsidiary’s status as a “Designated Subsidiary” shall terminate upon notice to such effect from the Facility Agent to the Lenders (which notice the Facility Agent shall give promptly, and only upon its receipt of a request therefor from PMI). Thereafter, the Lenders shall be under no further obligation to make any Advance hereunder to such former Designated Subsidiary until such time as it has been redesignated a Designated Subsidiary by PMI pursuant to Section 9.8(a).

 

9.9. Governing Law . This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

9.10. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

9.11.

Jurisdiction, Etc . (a)  Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York state court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York state court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each Borrower (other than PMI) hereby agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding brought in any such New York state court or in such Federal court may be made upon PMI at 120 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017, Attention: Secretary, or such other address in the United States as notified to the Facility Agent from time to time (the “ Process Agent ”), and each Designated Subsidiary hereby irrevocably appoints the Process Agent its authorized agent to accept such service of process, and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to give any notice of any such service shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. Each Borrower hereby further irrevocably consents to the service of process in any action or proceeding in such courts by the mailing thereof by any parties hereto by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such Borrower at its address specified pursuant to Section 9.2. Each of the parties hereto

 

55


 

agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Notes in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) PMI as Process Agent . PMI hereby accepts its appointment as Process Agent and agrees that (i) it will maintain an office in New York, New York, or such other address in the United States as notified to the Facility Agent from time to time, through the Termination Date and will give the Facility Agent prompt notice of any change of its address, (ii) it will perform its duties as Process Agent to receive on behalf of each Designated Subsidiary and its property service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any action or proceeding in any New York State or Federal court sitting in New York City arising out of or relating to this Agreement and (iii) it will forward forthwith to each Designated Subsidiary at its then current address copies of any summons, complaint and other process which PMI receives in connection with its appointment as Process Agent.

(c) Waivers . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes in any New York state or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

9.12. Confidentiality . None of the Agents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners nor any Lender shall disclose any confidential information relating to PMI or any Borrower to any other Person without the consent of PMI, other than (a) to such Agent’s or such Lender’s affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors and, as contemplated by Section 9.7(f), to actual or prospective assignees and participants, and then, in each such case, only on a confidential basis; provided , however , that such actual or prospective assignee or participant shall have been made aware of this Section 9.12 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Agreement, (b) as required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process, and (c) as requested or required by any state, federal or foreign authority or examiner regulating banks or banking or other financial institutions.

 

9.13. Integration . This Agreement and the Notes represent the agreement of PMI, the other Borrowers, the Facility Agent, the Swingline Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Facility Agent, the Swingline Agent, PMI, the other Borrowers or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the Notes other than the matters referred to in Sections 2.13(b) and 9.4(a) and except for Confidentiality Agreements entered into by each Lender in connection with this Agreement.

 

56


9.14. USA Patriot Act Notice, Etc. The Facility Agent and each Lender hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”) or any similar “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act or any similar “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations.

 

9.15. Judgment. (a) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars into Euro, or to convert a sum due hereunder in Euro into Dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be the Equivalent thereof on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(b) The obligation of any Borrower in respect of any sum due from it in Euro or Dollars (the “ Primary Currency ”) to any Lender or any Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any other currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or such Agent (as the case may be), of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, such Lender or such Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the applicable Primary Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased is less than such sum due to such Lender or such Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, the Borrowers agree, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or such Agent (as the case may be) against such loss, and if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased exceeds such sum due to any Lender or such Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, such Lender or such Agent (as the case may be) agrees to remit to the applicable Borrower such excess.

 

57


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Pages Intentionally Omitted]

 


EXHIBIT A-1 - FORM OF

TRANCHE A REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

Dated:                          , 20     

$                         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [NAME OF BORROWER], a                      corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of                      (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its Applicable Lending Office on the Termination Date (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of $[amount of the Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances outstanding on the Termination Date made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 among Philip Morris International Inc., the Lender and certain other lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined).

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance from the date of such Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rate, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest in respect of each Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance are payable in Euro or Dollars, as the case may be, to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, for the account of the Lender at the office of J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, located in London, England for payments in Euro or New York, New York for payments in Dollars, in same day funds. Each Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of Tranche A Revolving Credit Advances by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Tranche A Revolving Credit Advance being evidenced by this Promissory Note, (ii) contains provisions for determining the Dollar Equivalent of Advances denominated in Euro and (iii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.


This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

[NAME OF BORROWER]

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

 

2


TRANCHE A REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

  

Type of

Tranche A
Revolving

Credit

Advance

   Amount of
Tranche A
Revolving
Credit

Advance
   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of
Principal
Paid
or Prepaid
   Unpaid
Principal

Balance
   Notation
Made By
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

 

3


EXHIBIT A-2 - FORM OF

TRANCHE B REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

Dated:                          , 20     

$                         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [NAME OF BORROWER], a                      corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of                      (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its Applicable Lending Office on the Termination Date (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of $[amount of the Lender’s Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances outstanding on the Termination Date made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 among Philip Morris International Inc., the Lender and certain other lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined).

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance from the date of such Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rate, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest in respect of each Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance are payable in Euro or Dollars, as the case may be, to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, for the account of the Lender at the office of J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, located in London, England for payments in Euro or New York, New York for payments in Dollars, in same day funds. Each Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Tranche B Revolving Credit Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of Tranche B Revolving Credit Advances by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Tranche B Revolving Credit Advance being evidenced by this Promissory Note, (ii) contains provisions for determining the Dollar Equivalent of Advances denominated in Euro and (iii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.


This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

2


TRANCHE B REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

  

Type of

Tranche B
Revolving

Credit

Advance

   Amount of
Tranche B
Revolving
Credit

Advance
   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of
Principal
Paid
or Prepaid
   Unpaid
Principal

Balance
   Notation
Made By
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

 

3


EXHIBIT A-3 - FORM OF

TERM NOTE

Dated:                          , 20     

EUR                         

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [NAME OF BORROWER], a                      corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of                      (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its Applicable Lending Office on the Termination Date (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of EUR [amount of the Lender’s Term Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Advances outstanding on the Termination Date made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 among Philip Morris International Inc., the Lender and certain other lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined).

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Term Advance from the date of such Term Advance until such principal amount is paid in full at such interest rate, and payable at such times as are specified in, the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest are payable in Euro to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, for the account of the Lender at the office of J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, located in London, England, in same day funds. Each Term Advance owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Term Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.

This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  


TERM LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

  

Amount of

Term Advance

   Interest
Rate
   Amount
of
Principal
Paid
or Prepaid
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Notation
Made By
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              


EXHIBIT B-1 - FORM OF NOTICE OF

PRO RATA BORROWING

[Date]

J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent

for the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement

referred to below

Attention: Loans Agency

Ladies and Gentlemen:

[NAME OF BORROWER], refers to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Philip Morris International Inc., the Lenders party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Pro Rata Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Pro Rata Borrowing (the “ Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing ”) as required by Section 2.4(a) of the Credit Agreement:

 

  (i) The date of the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing is                          , 20      .

 

  (ii) The type of Pro Rata Borrowing being requested is a [Tranche A Revolving Credit Borrowing] [Tranche B Revolving Credit Borrowing] [Term Borrowing].

 

 

(iii)

The Type of Advances comprising the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing is [EURIBOR Advances] [LIBOR Advances].  1

 

 

(iv)

The aggregate amount of the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing is [EUR][$] 1 [                          ].

 

 

(v)

The initial Interest Period for each [EURIBOR][LIBOR] 1 Advance made as part of the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing is              month(s).

 

 

1

Not available for Term Advances.

 

1


  (vi) Account to credit with funds:                          .

The undersigned, as applicable, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement (except the representations set forth in the last sentence of subsection (e) thereof and in subsection (f) thereof (other than clause (i) thereof)) are correct, before and after giving effect to the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;

[if the Borrower is a Designated Subsidiary: the representations and warranties of such Designated Subsidiary contained in its Designation Agreement are correct, before and after giving effect to the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;]

(b) after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of all Borrowings on the date of such Pro Rata Borrowing (together with any other resources of the Borrower applied together therewith), no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Pro Rata Borrowing, that constitutes a Default or Event of Default;

(c) if such Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing is in an aggregate principal amount equal to or greater than $500,000,000, or the Equivalent in Euro thereof, and is being made in connection with any purchase of shares of the Borrower’s or PMI’s capital stock or the capital stock of any other Person, or any purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (whether in one transaction or a series of transactions) or any transaction of the type referred to in Section 5.2(b) of the Credit Agreement, the statement in clause (b) above will be true on a pro forma basis as if such transaction or purchase shall have been completed; and

(d) the aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Pro Rata Borrowing and all other [Tranche A Revolving Credit] [Tranche B Revolving Credit] [Term] Borrowings to be made on the same day under the Credit Agreement is within the aggregate unused [Tranche A Revolving Credit] [Tranche B Revolving Credit] [Term] Commitments of the Lenders, with any such determination having been made after giving effect to a calculation of the Equivalent in Dollars of any outstanding Borrowings or Proposed Pro Rata Borrowings that are denominated in Euro.

 

Very truly yours,
PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

2


EXHIBIT B-2 - FORM OF NOTICE OF

SWINGLINE BORROWING

[Date]

J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Swingline Agent

for the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement

referred to below

Attention: Loans Agency

Ladies and Gentlemen:

[NAME OF BORROWER], refers to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Philip Morris International Inc., the Lenders party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Swingline Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth the terms on which such Swingline Borrowing (the “ Proposed Swingline Borrowing ”) is requested to be made:

 

 

(i)

The date of the Proposed Swingline Borrowing is                          , 20      . 1

 

  (ii) The type of Swingline Borrowing being requested is a [Tranche A Swingline Borrowing] [Tranche B Swingline Borrowing].

 

  (iii) The Type of Advances comprising the Swingline Borrowing is [Euro Swingline Advances] [Dollar Swingline Advances].

 

  (iv) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Swingline Borrowing is [EUR][$][              ].

 

  (v) The Interest Period for each [EURIBOR][LIBOR] Advance made as part of the Proposed Swingline Borrowing is              day(s).

 

  (vi) Account to credit with funds:                          .

 

1

Pursuant to Section 2.10(a), the Date of Borrowing can be the same date as the notice; provided the notice is given to the Facility Agent on such date by (i) 10:30 A.M. (London time) or (ii) after 10:30 A.M. (London time) and before 12:00 P.M. (New York time) subject to Section 2.12 for Swingline Borrowings consisting of LIBOR Advances.


The undersigned, as applicable, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Swingline Borrowing:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement (except the representations set forth in the last sentence of subsection (e) thereof and in subsection (f) thereof (other than clause (i) thereof)) are correct, before and after giving effect to the Proposed Swingline Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;

[if the Borrower is a Designated Subsidiary: the representations and warranties of such Designated Subsidiary contained in its Designation Agreement are correct, before and after giving effect to the Proposed Swingline Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date;]

(b) after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of all Borrowings on the date of such Swingline Borrowing (together with any other resources of the Borrower applied together therewith), no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Proposed Swingline Borrowing, that constitutes a Default or Event of Default;

(c) if such Swingline Borrowing is in an aggregate principal amount equal to or greater than $500,000,000, or the Equivalent in Euro thereof, and is being made in connection with any purchase of shares of the Borrower’s or PMI’s capital stock or the capital stock of any other Person, or any purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (whether in one transaction or a series of transactions) or any transaction of the type referred to in Section 5.2(b) of the Credit Agreement, the statement in clause (b) above will be true on a pro forma basis as if such transaction or purchase shall have been completed; and

(d) the aggregate principal amount of the Proposed Swingline Borrowing and all other [Tranche A] [Tranche B] Swingline Borrowings to be made on the same day under the Credit Agreement is within the aggregate unused [Tranche A] [Tranche B] Swingline Commitments of the Lenders, with any such determination having been made after giving effect to a calculation of the Equivalent in Dollars of any outstanding Borrowings or Proposed Swingline Borrowings that are denominated in Euro.

 

Very truly yours,
PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

2


EXHIBIT C - FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Philip Morris International Inc., a Virginia corporation, the Lenders party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders.

The “Assignor” and the “Assignee” referred to on Schedule 1 hereto agree as follows:

1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, an interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the date hereof equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 hereto of all outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement. After giving effect to such sale and assignment, the Assignee’s Commitment and the amount of the Advances owing to the Assignee will be as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. Each of the Assignor and the Assignee represents and warrants that it is authorized to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance.

2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Borrower or PMI or the performance or observance by any Borrower or PMI of any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.

3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.1 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, any other Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee (if the Assignee is not a Qualifying Bank, the assignment shall not be effective without the written approval of PMI, which approval shall be notified to the Facility Agent); (iv) represents that (A) the source of any funds it is using to acquire the Assignor’s interest or to make any Advance is not and will not be plan assets as defined under the regulations of the Department of Labor of any Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (B) the assignment or


Advance is not and will be not be a non-exempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA; (v) appoints and authorizes J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (vi) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and (vii) confirms that it has signed a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit H to the Credit Agreement.

4. This Assignment and Acceptance will be delivered to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, for acceptance and recording by J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent following its execution. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the date of acceptance hereof by J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, unless otherwise specified on Schedule 1 hereto.

5. Upon such acceptance and recording by J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

6. Upon such acceptance and recording by J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, from and after the Effective Date, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent, shall make all payments under the Credit Agreement in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and facility fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Credit Agreement for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.

7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.

 

2


Schedule 1

to

Assignment and Acceptance

 

Percentage interest assigned:                 %

Assignee’s [TrancheA][Tranche B] Revolving Credit Commitment:
(including, if applicable, Assignee’s [TrancheA][Tranche B] Swingline Commitment
$                      )

   $                     
Assignee’s Term Commitment:    EUR                     

Aggregate outstanding principal amount of

[TrancheA][Tranche B] Revolving Credit Advances assigned:

  

EUR/$                     

Aggregate outstanding principal amount of
Term Advances assigned:
  

EUR                     

Effective Date 1 :                             , 20     

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By  

 

Title:    
Dated:  

 

  , 20     
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By  

 

Title:    
Dated:  

 

  , 20     
Applicable Lending Office: [Address]

Accepted this

         day of                          , 20         

 

J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED, as Facility Agent

By  

 

Title:    

[Approved this                      day

of                          , 20         

[NAME OF BORROWER] 2

 

By  

 

Title:    

 

1

This date should be no earlier than five Business Days after the delivery of this Assignment and Acceptance to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent.

2

Required if the Assignee is an Eligible Assignee solely by reason of clause (v) of the definition of “Eligible Assignee.”


EXHIBIT D - FORM OF

DESIGNATION AGREEMENT

[Date] 1

J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent

for the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement referred to below

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Philip Morris International Inc., [certain other borrowers party thereto], the Lenders party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders.

Please be advised that PMI hereby designates its undersigned wholly-owned Subsidiary,                          (“ Designated Subsidiary ”), as a “Designated Subsidiary” under and for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

The Designated Subsidiary, in consideration of each Lender’s agreement to extend credit to it under and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, does hereby assume each of the obligations imposed upon a “Designated Subsidiary” and a “Borrower” under the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Designated Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

(a) The Designated Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of                              .

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Designated Subsidiary of this Designation Agreement and the Notes, if any, to be delivered by it and the performance by the Designated Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement are within the Designated Subsidiary’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not contravene (i) the Designated Subsidiary’s charter or by-laws or (ii) in any material respect, any law, rule, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency or contractual restriction binding on or affecting it.

 

1

For Subsidiaries that are not listed on Schedule II, date must be at least (i) three Business Days for a Designated Subsidiary organized in the United States or any political subdivision thereof and (ii) five Business Days for a Designated Subsidiary organized outside the United States, in each case, prior to the date of the initial Pro Rata Advance to such Designated Subsidiary.


(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Designated Subsidiary of this Designation Agreement or the Notes, if any, to be delivered by it and the performance by the Designated Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement.

(d) This Designation Agreement is, and the Notes, if any, to be delivered by the Designated Subsidiary when delivered will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Designated Subsidiary enforceable against the Designated Subsidiary in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(e) There is no pending or threatened action or proceeding affecting the Designated Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Designation Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any Note of the Designated Subsidiary.

(f) [The registered address; name, telephone number, facsimile number and email address of contact person; and internet address, if available, of the Designated Subsidiary are                              .] 2

(g) [The Federal employer identification number of the Designated Subsidiary is                              .] 2 , 3

 

Very truly yours,
PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

2

Does not apply to Subsidiaries listed on Schedule II.

3

Does not apply to Designated Subsidiaries organized outside the United States.

 

2


EXHIBIT E-1 - FORM OF

OPINION OF COUNSEL

FOR PMI

[Letterhead of Hunton & Williams LLP]

[Effective Date]

To each of the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement referred to below

Philip Morris International Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Philip Morris International Inc., the Lenders party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

We have acted as counsel for PMI in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement.

In that connection, we have examined the following documents:

(1) The Credit Agreement.

(2) The documents furnished by PMI pursuant to Article III of the Credit Agreement.

(3) The Articles of Incorporation of PMI and all amendments thereto (the “ Charter ”).

(4) The by-laws of PMI and all amendments thereto (the “ By-laws ”).

We have also examined the originals, or copies certified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records of PMI, certificates of public officials and of officers of PMI and agreements, instruments and other documents, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. As to questions of fact material to such opinions, we have, when relevant facts were not independently established by us, relied upon the representations of PMI set forth in the Credit Agreement and upon certificates of PMI or its officers or of public officials. Whenever the phrase “to our knowledge” is used herein, it refers to the actual knowledge of the attorneys of the firm involved in the representation of PMI in connection with the Credit Agreement, without independent investigation. We have assumed the due execution


and delivery, pursuant to due authorization, of the Credit Agreement by the Initial Lenders and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners.

Our opinions expressed below are limited to the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia, the State of New York and the Federal law of the United States.

Based upon the foregoing and upon such investigation as we have deemed necessary, we are of the following opinion:

1. PMI is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

2. The execution, delivery and performance by PMI of the Credit Agreement and the Notes, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, are within PMI’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) the Charter or the By-laws or (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to PMI (including, without limitation, Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or (iii) to our knowledge, any contractual restriction binding on or affecting PMI. The Credit Agreement and any Notes delivered on the date hereof have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of PMI.

3. No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by PMI of the Credit Agreement and the Notes.

4. The Credit Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of PMI enforceable against PMI in accordance with its terms. The Notes issued on the date hereof, if any, are the legal, valid and binding obligations of PMI, enforceable against PMI in accordance with their respective terms.

The opinion set forth in paragraph 4 above is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

We express no opinion with respect to:

(A) The effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement which is intended to permit modification thereof only by means of an agreement in writing by the parties thereto;

(B) The effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement insofar as it provides that any Person purchasing a participation from a Lender or other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights with respect to such participation or that any Lender or other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights other than in accordance with applicable law;

 

2


(C) The effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement imposing penalties or forfeitures;

(D) The enforceability of any provision of the Credit Agreement to the extent that such provision constitutes a waiver of illegality as a defense to performance of contract obligations; or

(E) The effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement relating to indemnification or exculpation in connection with violations of any securities laws or relating to indemnification, contribution or exculpation in connection with willful, reckless or criminal acts or gross negligence of the indemnified or exculpated Person or the Person receiving contribution.

In connection with the provisions of the Credit Agreement which relate to forum selection (including, without limitation, any waiver of any objection to venue or any objection that a court is an inconvenient forum), we note that under NYCPLR § 510, a New York State court may have discretion to transfer the place of trial, and under 28 U.S.C. § 1404(a), a United States District Court has discretion to transfer an action from one Federal court to another.

This opinion is being furnished to you pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, is solely for the benefit of you and your counsel, and is not intended for, and may not be relied upon by, any other person or entity without our prior written consent. We undertake no duty to inform you of events occurring subsequent to the date hereof.

Very truly yours,

 

3


EXHIBIT E-2 - FORM OF

OPINION OF COUNSEL

FOR PMI

[Effective Date]

To each of the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement referred to below

Philip Morris International Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Philip Morris International Inc. (“ PMI ”), the Lenders party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

I have acted as counsel for PMI in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement.

In that connection, I have examined originals, or copies certified to my satisfaction, of such corporate records of PMI, certificates of public officials and of officers of PMI, and agreements, instruments and other documents, as I have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. As to questions of fact material to such opinions, I have, when relevant facts were not independently established by me, relied upon certificates of PMI or its officers or of public officials.

Based upon the foregoing and upon such investigation as I have deemed necessary, I am of the opinion that, to the best of my knowledge, (i) there is no pending or threatened action or proceeding against PMI or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator (a “ Proceeding ”) that purports to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or the Notes, if any, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, and (ii) except for Proceedings disclosed in the Registration Statement on Form 10 and any amendments thereto filed by PMI with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission prior to [4] December 2007 and, with respect to Proceedings commenced after the date of such filing but prior to [4] December 2007, a certificate delivered to the Lenders and attached hereto, there are no Proceedings that are likely to have a materially adverse effect upon the financial position or results of operations of PMI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Very truly yours,


EXHIBIT F - FORM OF

OPINION OF COUNSEL

FOR DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY

[Effective Date]

To each of the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement referred to below

Philip Morris International Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 3.2(e) of the Credit Agreement, dated as of [4] December 2007 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Philip Morris International Inc., the Lenders party thereto and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for such Lenders. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

We have acted as counsel for                          (the “ Designated Subsidiary ”) in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Designation Agreement.

In that connection, we have examined the following documents:

(1) The Designation Agreement.

(2) The Credit Agreement.

(3) The documents furnished by the Designated Subsidiary pursuant to Article 3 of the Credit Agreement.

(4) The [Articles] [Certificate] of Incorporation of the Designated Subsidiary and all amendments thereto (the “ Charter ”).

(5) The by-laws of the Designated Subsidiary and all amendments thereto (the “ By-laws ”).

We have also examined the originals, or copies certified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records of the Designated Subsidiary, certificates of public officials and of officers of the Designated Subsidiary, and agreements, instruments and other documents, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. As to questions of fact material to such opinions, we have, when relevant facts were not independently established by us, relied upon certificates of the Designated Subsidiary or its officers or of public officials. We have assumed the due execution and delivery, pursuant to due authorization, of the Credit Agreement by the Initial Lenders and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility Agent and


Swingline Agent, and J.P. Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners.

Based upon the foregoing and upon such investigation as we have deemed necessary, we are of the following opinion:

1. The Designated Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of                      .

2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Designated Subsidiary of the Designation Agreement and the Notes, if any, to be delivered by it, the performance by the Designated Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, are within the Designated Subsidiary’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) the Charter or the By-laws or (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Designated Subsidiary (including, without limitation, Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or (iii) to our knowledge, any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Designated Subsidiary. The Designation Agreement and the Notes, if any, delivered by the Designated Subsidiary on the date hereof have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Designated Subsidiary.

3. No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Designated Subsidiary of the Designation Agreement or the Notes, if any, delivered by the Designated Subsidiary and the performance by the Designated Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement.

4. The Designation Agreement and the Credit Agreement are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Designated Subsidiary enforceable against the Designated Subsidiary in accordance with their respective terms. The Notes issued on the date hereof, if any, by the Designated Subsidiary are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Designated Subsidiary, enforceable against the Designated Subsidiary in accordance with their respective terms.

5. There is, to the best of my knowledge, no pending or threatened action or proceeding against the Designated Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that purport to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Designation Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any of the Notes delivered by the Designated Subsidiary, if any, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

2


The opinion set forth in paragraph 4 above is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

Very truly yours,

 

3


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL

FOR J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED,

AS FACILITY AND SWINGLINE AGENT

[Letterhead of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP]

[Effective Date]

J.P. Morgan Europe Limited,

as Facility and Swingline Agent

The Lenders listed on Schedule I hereto

which are parties to the Credit Agreement

on the date hereof

Re: 5-Year Revolving Credit Facility, 3-Year

Revolving Credit Facility and 364-Day Term

Loan Facility dated as of [4] December 2007

(the “Credit Agreement”) among Philip Morris

International Inc. (the “Company”), the lending

institutions identified in the Credit Agreement

(the “Lenders”), J.P. Morgan Europe Limited,

as Facility and Swingline Agent and J.P.

Morgan plc, Citigroup Global Markets

Limited, Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands

Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,

Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and

Lehman Brothers Inc., as Mandated Lead

Arrangers and Bookrunners

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Facility and Swingline Agent, in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement.

This opinion is delivered to you pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iv) of the Credit Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Credit Agreement signed by the Company and by the Facility and Swingline Agent and the Lenders.


We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, instruments and other documents and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions expressed herein. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company. In addition, we have examined, and have relied as to matters of fact upon, the representations made in the Credit Agreement.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

In rendering the opinion set forth below we have assumed that (1) the Credit Agreement is a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Lenders parties thereto, (2) the Company is duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and of each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or ownership of its property makes such qualification necessary, has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement and has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Credit Agreement in accordance with its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws or other similar organizational documents, and (3)(a) execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Credit Agreement do not contravene its Articles of Incorporation or By-laws or other similar organizational documents, (b) execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Credit Agreement do not violate, or require any consent not obtained under, the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized or any other applicable laws or regulations or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or other governmental authority binding on the Company, and (c) execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Credit Agreement do not constitute a breach or violation of, or require any consent not obtained under, any agreement or instrument which is binding upon the Company.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Credit Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

Our opinion set forth above is subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

We express no opinion with respect to:

(A) the effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement which is intended to permit modification thereof only by means of an agreement in writing by the parties thereto;

(B) the effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement insofar as it provides that any Person purchasing a participation from a Lender or other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights with respect to such participation or that any Lender or other Person may exercise set-off or similar rights other than in accordance with applicable law;


(C) the effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement imposing penalties or forfeitures;

(D) the enforceability of any provision of the Credit Agreement to the extent that such provision constitutes a waiver of illegality as a defense to performance of contract obligations; or

(E) the effect of any provision of the Credit Agreement relating to indemnification or exculpation in connection with violations of any securities laws or relating to indemnification, contribution or exculpation in connection with willful, reckless or criminal acts or gross negligence of the indemnified or exculpated Person or the Person receiving contribution.

In connection with the provisions of the Credit Agreement which relate to forum selection (including, without limitation, any waiver of any objection to venue or any objection that a court is an inconvenient forum), we note that under NYCPLR § 510, a New York State court may have discretion to transfer the place of trial, and under 28 U.S.C. § 1404(a), a United States District Court has discretion to transfer an action from one Federal court to another.

We are members of the Bar of the State of New York, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the law of the State of New York and the Federal law of the United States.

This opinion letter is rendered to you in connection with the above described transaction. This opinion letter may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or relied upon by, or furnished to, any other person, firm or corporation without our prior written consent. This opinion letter may be furnished to, but may not be relied upon by, a regulatory authority entitled to receive it.

Very truly yours,


EXHIBIT H - FORM OF

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

To:   [NAME OF BANK]
Date:                            , 20         
Subject:   Philip Morris International Inc. Senior Unsecured $3,000,000,000 5-Year Revolving Credit Facility, $1,000,000,000 3-Year Revolving Credit Facility and EUR 1,500,000,000 364-Day Term Loan Facility (collectively, the “Facilities”)

In connection with the Facilities for Philip Morris International Inc. (the “Company”), you will be receiving certain information which is non-public, confidential or proprietary in nature. That information and any other information, regardless of form, whether oral, written or electronic, concerning the Company, its subsidiaries or the Facilities furnished to you by [NAME OF LENDER] or the Company or any of their respective Representatives in connection with the Facilities (at any time on, before or after the date of this Agreement), together with analyses, compilations or other materials prepared by you or your Representatives which contain or otherwise reflect such information or your review of the Facilities is hereinafter referred to as the “Information.” As used herein, “Representatives” refers to affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, auditors, attorneys, consultants or advisors. In consideration of your receipt of the Information, you agree that:

 

  1. You will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use, either directly or indirectly, any of the Information except in connection with the Facilities.

 

  2. You agree to reveal the Information only to your Representatives who need to know the Information for the purpose of evaluating the Facilities, who are informed by you of the confidential nature of the Information, and who agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. You agree to be responsible for any breach of this Agreement by any of your Representatives and to indemnify and hold the Company, Altria Corporate Services, Inc. (“Altria Corporate Services”) and their respective Representatives harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, causes of action, costs and expenses (including attorney fees and expenses) arising out of the breach of this Agreement by you or your Representatives.

 

  3. Without the prior written consent of the Company or Altria Corporate Services, you shall not disclose to any person (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) the fact that the Information has been made available, that discussions are taking place between the Company, Altria Corporate Services and any financial institution concerning the Facilities, or any of the terms, conditions or other facts with respect thereto (including the status thereof), or that the Facilities have been consummated.


  4. This Agreement shall be inoperative as to any portion of the Information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public on a non-confidential basis through no fault or action by you or your Representatives, or (ii) is or becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, Altria Corporate Services, [NAME OF LENDER] or their respective Representatives, which source, to the best of your knowledge, is not prohibited from disclosing such Information to you by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Company, Altria Corporate Services, [NAME OF LENDER] or their respective Representatives.

 

  5. You may disclose the Information at the request of any regulatory or supervisory authority having jurisdiction over you, provided that you request confidential treatment of such Information to the extent permitted by law, provided that, insofar as practicable, you notify the Company and Altria Corporate Services in advance of such disclosure pursuant to the following paragraph.

 

  6. In the event that you or anyone to whom you transmit the Information pursuant to this Agreement becomes legally compelled to disclose any of the Information or the existence of the Facilities, you shall provide the Company and Altria Corporate Services with notice of such event promptly upon your obtaining knowledge thereof (provided that you are not otherwise prohibited by law from giving such notice) so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, you shall furnish only that portion of the Information that is legally required and shall disclose the Information in a manner reasonably designed to preserve its confidential nature.

 

  7. In the event that discussions with you concerning the Facilities are discontinued or your relationship with [NAME OF LENDER] with respect to the Facilities is otherwise terminated, you shall deliver to the Company the copies of the Information that were furnished to you by or on behalf of the Company and represent to the Company that you have destroyed all other copies thereof, provided that you may maintain copies of the Information, subject to the terms of this Agreement, as required by law or regulations or document retention policies applicable to you. All of your obligations hereunder and all of the rights and remedies of the Company, Altria Corporate Services and [NAME OF LENDER] hereunder shall survive any discontinuance of discussions, termination of your relationship or any return or destruction of the Information.

 

  8. You acknowledge that disclosure of the Information in violation of the terms of this Agreement could have material adverse consequences, and agree that, in the event of any breach by you or your Representatives of this Agreement, the Company, Altria Corporate Services and their respective Representatives will be entitled to equitable relief (including injunction and specific performance) in addition to all other remedies available to them at law or in equity.

 

  9. The obligations set forth in this Agreement shall survive until the earlier of (i) five years from the date of this Agreement or (ii) the termination of the Facilities.


  10. This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without consideration to its conflicts of laws provisions.

This agreement is in addition to and does not supersede the confidentiality agreements contained in any credit agreements of any affiliate of the Company to which you are a party. It is understood and agreed that the Company, Altria Corporate Services, [NAME OF LENDER] and their respective Representatives may rely on this Agreement.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED as of the date written above:

[NAME OF BANK]

 

By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 10.7

ANTI-CONTRABAND AND ANTI-COUNTERFEIT

AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

dated as of

July 9, 2004

among

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.,

PHILIP MORRIS PRODUCTS INC.,

PHILIP MORRIS DUTY FREE INC., and

PHILIP MORRIS WORLD TRADE SARL

THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITY

REPRESENTED BY THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION

AND

EACH MEMBER STATE LISTED ON

THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   ARTICLE 1   
   D EFINITIONS   

Section 1.01

   Definitions.    3
   ARTICLE 2   
   P HILIP M ORRIS I NTERNATIONAL S S ALES AND D ISTRIBUTION P RACTICES   

Section 2.01

   EC Compliance Procedures.    11

Section 2.02

   Certification of Compliance with EC Compliance Protocols.    11
   ARTICLE 3   
   A NTI -C ONTRABAND AND A NTI -C OUNTERFEIT I NITIATIVES   

Section 3.01

   Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Initiatives.    13

Section 3.02

   Support for Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Initiatives.    13
   ARTICLE 4   
   A NTI -C ONTRABAND AND A NTI -C OUNTERFEIT C OOPERATION   

Section 4.01

   Contraband and Counterfeit Seizures.    14
   ARTICLE 5   
   T RACKING AND T RACING   

Section 5.01

   Tracking and Tracing Protocols.    22

Section 5.02

   Certification of Compliance with Tracking and Tracing Protocols.    23
   ARTICLE 6   
   R EVIEW OF A GREEMENT   

Section 6.01

   Annual Meetings.    23
   ARTICLE 7   
   F ULFILLMENT OF O BLIGATIONS AND O BJECTIVES   

Section 7.01

   Promotion of Public Policy.    23

Section 7.02

   Respect for Obligations.    23

Section 7.03

   Agreement Consistent with EC and Applicable National Laws.    24

Section 7.04

   The Parties’ Intentions.    24
   ARTICLE 8   
   R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES   

Section 8.01

   Mutual Representations.    24

 

-i-


   ARTICLE 9   
   R ELEASE AND D ISMISSAL OF C LAIMS   

Section 9.01

   Release.    25

Section 9.02

   Dismissal Of Claims.    26
   ARTICLE 10   
   S ETOFF   

Section 10.01

   Right of Setoff    26

Section 10.02

   No Other Effect.    29
   ARTICLE 11   
   T ERMINATION   

Section 11.01

   Termination.    30

Section 11.02

   Subsequent Agreement.    31
   ARTICLE 12   
   D ISPUTE R ESOLUTION   

Section 12.01

   The Role of the European Court of First Instance and the European Court of Justice.    32

Section 12.02

   Dispute Resolution for Claims Brought Under the Terms of the Agreement.    34
   ARTICLE 13   
   M ISCELLANEOUS   

Section 13.01

   Notices.    35

Section 13.02

   Waivers.    35

Section 13.03

   Expenses.    35

Section 13.04

   Nature of Payments.    35

Section 13.05

   Successors and Assigns.    35

Section 13.06

   Legality and Severability.    36

Section 13.07

   Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries.    36

Section 13.08

   Entire Agreement.    36

Section 13.09

   Captions.    37

Section 13.10

   Designated EC Representative.    37

Section 13.11

   Amendments.    37

Section 13.12

   Authorship.    37

Section 13.13

   Use of Information Provided by Philip Morris International.    37

Section 13.14

   Equal Treatment Provision.    37

Section 13.15

   Additional Participating Member States.    38

Section 13.16

   Use of the Agreement.    38

 

-ii-


Attachments, Exhibits & Schedules

 

Appendix A    Fiscal Compliance Policy
Appendix B    EC Compliance Protocols
Appendix C    Philip Morris International’s Monetary Contributions
Appendix D    Tracking and Tracing Protocols
Appendix E    Schedule of Applicable Taxes and Duties
Appendix F    Factors for Establishing Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes
Appendix G    List of Designated States
Appendix H    Form of Dismissals
Appendix I    List of Philip Morris Trademarks
Appendix J    List of Arbitrators
Appendix K    Amendments to the Baseline Amount and Article 4

 

-iii-


ANTI-CONTRABAND AND ANTI-COUNTERFEIT

AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

This Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Agreement and General Release dated as of July 9, 2004, (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and among the European Community (the “ EC ”) represented by the European Commission, the Member States of the EC that have executed a copy of this Agreement and become parties hereto (the “ Participating Member States ”, and together with the EC, “ the Relevant Administrations ”) and Philip Morris International Inc., Philip Morris Products Inc., Philip Morris Duty Free Inc. and Philip Morris World Trade SARL (collectively with the Relevant Administrations, “ the Parties ”).

WITNESSETH:

(1) WHEREAS , the smuggling of Cigarettes, both authentic and counterfeit, results in great economic loss and causes other various harms to the Relevant Administrations;

(2) WHEREAS , the Relevant Administrations are fully committed to combat the illegal introduction of both authentic and counterfeit Cigarettes into the Territory of the Member States;

(3) WHEREAS , Philip Morris International is committed to take commercially reasonable steps as a manufacturer of Cigarettes to promote the Parties’ joint objective that Philip Morris Cigarettes be sold, distributed, stored, and shipped in accordance with all applicable fiscal and legal requirements, and, in particular, sold at retail in accordance with all applicable tax and duty laws in the intended retail market;

(4) WHEREAS , while the smuggling of certain authentic brands of Cigarettes other than Philip Morris brands continues in significant quantities, for the last few years the incidence of bulk quantities of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in the Member States has been greatly reduced, and during the same time period, there has been an increase in Cigarette counterfeiting activity such that currently, there is a growing threat to the Relevant Administrations’ finances from the illegal importation and introduction of Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes;

(5) WHEREAS , the Member States and Philip Morris International have a mutual interest in (1) eliminating the illegal importation, distribution and sale of Cigarettes and any related illegal activity, (2) ensuring the collection of applicable taxes and duties on Cigarettes sold or distributed in the Territory of the Member States, including, without limitation, those that will be remitted wholly or in part to the EC by the Member States, (3) protecting lawful competition in the sale of Cigarettes, (4) protecting the Trademark rights of legitimate Cigarette


manufacturers, and (5) preventing citizens of the Member States from being misled about the source and quality of the Cigarettes they purchase; and WHEREAS the EC has an interest in the foregoing insofar as they affect the interests of the EC and the achievement of the EC’s objectives;

(6) WHEREAS , by virtue of Article 3 and Article 23 of the EC Treaty, the EC is competent for matters relating to customs duties on the import and export of goods in Member States, and by virtue of Part 5, Title II of the EC Treaty, the European Commission is obligated to ensure the orderly collection of the EC’s own resources;

(7) WHEREAS , combating fraud and other illegal activities affecting the financial interests of the EC, including those resulting from the illegal Cigarette trade within the Territory of the Member States, is an obligation of the EC and Member States under Article 280 of the EC Treaty;

(8) WHEREAS , pursuant to Article 10 of the EC Treaty, the Member States shall take all appropriate measures, whether general or particular, to ensure fulfillment of the obligations arising out of the EC Treaty or resulting from action taken by the institutions of the EC and shall facilitate achievement of the objectives of the EC’s tasks;

(9) WHEREAS , the EC and Member States, each within their respective competences and subject to budgetary constraints, intend to continue and improve their efforts to combat the smuggling of authentic and Counterfeit Cigarettes and the illegal importation and introduction of said Cigarettes into the Territory of the Member States;

(10) WHEREAS , it is in the best interest of Philip Morris International for there to be an end to the illegal importation of Contraband and Counterfeit Cigarettes into the Territory of the Member States and the counterfeiting of Philip Morris Cigarettes;

(11) WHEREAS , Philip Morris International agrees to provide all reasonable assistance, both direct and indirect, as set forth herein, to the EC and the Member States in the fight against Contraband and Counterfeit Cigarettes, including in part, monetary payments;

(12) WHEREAS , the EC and certain Member States commenced a civil action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York, entitled European Community, et al. v. RJR Nabisco, et al. , under Civil Action No. 01-CV-5188 (NGG), asserting various claims for damages, costs and equitable relief, based in part on alleged sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes in the Territory of the Member States in violation of applicable laws (such action, the “ Civil Action ”);

 

2


(13) WHEREAS , the Civil Action has been dismissed by the United States District Court (as to some of the claims with prejudice and as to others without prejudice) and is currently the subject of an appeal (such appeal, together with the Civil Action, the “ Litigation ”);

(14) WHEREAS , pursuant to the mutual rights and obligations in this Agreement, the Parties agree that it is in the public interest, will further advance their objectives, and will facilitate the achievement of their goals to swiftly resolve, finally and fully, in an amicable and cooperative manner without any admission of liability, all matters between the Parties that relate to the alleged conduct, acts or omissions that were asserted or could have been asserted in the Litigation and any alleged Losses (as hereinafter defined) caused by such conduct, acts, or omissions;

(15) WHEREAS , the Parties acknowledge and agree to take all appropriate measures (1) to ensure fulfillment of their obligations under this Agreement, (2) to facilitate the achievement of the objectives of the Agreement, and (3) to abstain from any measures that could jeopardize the attainment of the objectives of this Agreement;

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual obligations described herein, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties, acting by and through their authorized agents, hereby memorialize and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions.

The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other legally related Person directly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ”, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to choose the Board of Directors and/or establish the policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or contract, and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

3


Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Initiatives ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.01 of this Agreement.

Applicant ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Approved Contractor ” means a Contractor approved by Philip Morris International in accordance with the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Arbitrator(s) ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 12.02(a) of this Agreement.

Audit Order ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02(d) of this Agreement.

Baseline Amount ” means 90 million Cigarettes, which is half of the total combined Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes seized by the Member States who were Member States on January 1, 2004, during the calendar years ended December 31, 2001, and December 31, 2002, but does not include seizures of less than five Master Cases of Philip Morris Cigarettes. The Baseline Amount may be amended pursuant to Section 4.01(s) and (t) of this Agreement.

Blocked Contractor ” means a former Approved Contractor who is no longer authorized by Philip Morris International to conduct business relating to the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes in or through the Territory of the Member States or any Designated State.

Carton ” or “ Bundle ” or “ Outer ” means a package containing 10 Packs of Cigarettes (approximately 200 Cigarettes total) and includes all input materials used in the assembly of such container such as cardboard, plastic wrap and tear tapes.

Certification of Compliance ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02(a) of this Agreement.

Cigarette ” means any product that contains tobacco and is intended to be burned or heated under ordinary conditions of use and includes, without limitation, any “roll-your-own” tobacco which, because of its appearance, type, packaging, or labeling is suitable for use and likely to be offered to, or purchased by, consumers as tobacco for making cigarettes. For the purposes of this Agreement, 0.0325 ounces of “roll-your-own” tobacco shall be considered the equivalent of one individual Cigarette.

Civil Action ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

4


Compliance Order ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02(d) of this Agreement.

Contraband Cigarettes ” means Cigarettes that have been imported into, distributed in, or sold in, the Territory of a Member State, or were en route to the Territory of a Member State for sale in that Member State, in violation of the applicable tax, duty or other fiscal laws of that Member State or the EC, but, for purposes of this Agreement, shall exclude Counterfeit Cigarettes.

Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes ” means Philip Morris Cigarettes that have been imported into, distributed in, or sold in, the Territory of a Member State, or were en route to the Territory of a Member State for sale in that Member State, in violation of the applicable tax, duty or other fiscal laws of that Member State or the EC, but, for purposes of this Agreement, shall exclude Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes.

Contractor ” means a First Purchaser or any warehouser, shipper or freight forwarder engaged by Philip Morris International in connection with the storage or shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes in or through the Territory of the Member States or a Designated State.

Counterfeit Cigarettes ” means Cigarettes bearing a Trademark of a Cigarette manufacturer that are manufactured by a third party without the consent of that Cigarette manufacturer, but shall in no event include (i) Cigarettes manufactured by the Trademark holder or any affiliate thereof, regardless of the actual or intended market of distribution, (ii) Cigarettes bearing a Trademark of a Cigarette manufacturer using tobacco either produced by or sold by that Cigarette manufacturer, or (iii) Cigarettes bearing a Trademark of a Cigarette manufacturer that are packaged in genuine packaging of that Cigarette Manufacturer, including genuine cartons and packs of that Cigarette manufacturer.

Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes ” means Cigarettes bearing a Philip Morris Trademark that are manufactured by a third party without the consent of Philip Morris, but shall in no event include (i) Cigarettes manufactured by Philip Morris or any affiliate thereof, regardless of the actual or intended market of distribution, (ii) Cigarettes bearing a Trademark of Philip Morris using tobacco either produced by or sold by Philip Morris, or (iii) Cigarettes bearing a Trademark of Philip Morris that are packaged in genuine Philip Morris packaging, including genuine Philip Morris cartons and packs.

Designated State ” means any state listed in the Designated State List attached as Appendix G, which may be amended in accordance with the procedure therein.

 

5


Due Diligence ” means a reasonable state-of-the-art investigation conducted by Philip Morris International before the commencement of a business relationship with a Person relating to the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes in or through the Territory of the Member States or any Designated State, as described in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Due Diligence Information ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

EC ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble of this Agreement.

EC Compliance Protocols ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01 of this Agreement.

EC Treaty ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.03 of this Agreement.

Execution Date ” means the later of (i) the date on which the signatures to this Agreement of all the Relevant Administrations who are Plaintiffs in the Litigation have been delivered to Philip Morris International; or (ii) the date on which the signature to this Agreement of Philip Morris International has been delivered to the EC.

Expiration Date ” means the 12th anniversary of the Execution Date.

First Purchaser ” means any Person, other than an Affiliate of Philip Morris International, to whom Philip Morris International directly sells a quantity of Philip Morris Cigarettes in excess of 2,500 Master Cases annually for sale, distribution or consumption within or into the Territory of one or more of the Member States or any Designated State, and such Person’s Affiliates.

Fiscal Compliance Coordinator ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Fiscal Compliance Policy ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01 of this Agreement.

Follow-up Due Diligence ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Future Cooperation Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 13.14 of this Agreement.

 

6


Identification Markings ” means codes and markings on Philip Morris Cigarette packaging placed on that packaging by Philip Morris International or its authorized agents, which correspond to information regarding those Cigarettes as set forth in the Tracking and Tracing Protocols, attached as Appendix D to this Agreement.

Initial Participating Member States ” means the Participating Member States that have executed a copy of the Agreement on or prior to the Execution Date.

Intended Market of Retail Sale ” means the market which Philip Morris International intends as the market of either domestic retail or duty-free retail sale for Philip Morris Cigarettes when Philip Morris International sells such Cigarettes to a First Purchaser.

International Compliance Policy ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Litigation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in recitals (12) and (13) of this Agreement.

Losses ” means the monetary and non-monetary losses and other injuries alleged to have been sustained as a result of the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes before the Execution Date, or for Subsequent Participating Member States, their respective Signature Dates, including any and all monetary and non-monetary losses and injuries claimed or described by the EC and the Member States in paragraphs 39 through 40 of the Complaint dated August 3, 2001, filed in the Case entitled European Community, et al. v. RJR Nabisco, et al. , case number 01-CV-5188 (NGG) .

Market of Interest ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Protocol 6 of Appendix D to this Agreement.

Master Case ” means a case containing 10,000 Cigarettes.

Member States ” means States that are members of the European Union.

Money Laundering ” means conduct in violation of 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956 or 1957 or the comparable provisions under the laws of the EC or the Member States.

New Member State ” means any Member State which, having submitted to the Council of the European Union an application for membership of the European Union and said application having been granted and the State having acceded to the Treaty on European Union, has joined the European Union after January 1, 2004.

 

7


Non-Participating Member States ” means the Member States that are not a Party to this Agreement.

Notice of Interest ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Protocol 6 Appendix D of this Agreement.

OLAF ” means the Anti-Fraud Office of the European Commission or any successor thereof.

Pack ” means a small package containing approximately 20 cigarettes and includes all input materials used in the assembly of such container such as cardboard, aluminum foil or metallized papers, plastic wrappings, tax stamps, and tear tapes.

Participating Member States ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble of this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Philip Morris Cigarettes ” means Cigarettes manufactured by Philip Morris or any of its Affiliates that manufacture Cigarettes, or Cigarettes manufactured by licensees and bearing Philip Morris Trademarks as set forth in Appendix I.

Philip Morris ” means Altria Group, Inc., f/k/a Philip Morris Companies Inc., and all of its current and former Affiliates, direct and indirect subsidiaries along with their direct and indirect subsidiaries, and/or any successors thereto, as well as all current and former employees, directors, officers, and servants, including outside attorneys.

Philip Morris International ” means Philip Morris International Inc. and its controlled subsidiaries, including without limitation Philip Morris Products Inc., Philip Morris Duty Free Inc. and Philip Morris World Trade SARL.

Released Claims ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.01(b) of this Agreement.

Released Persons ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.01(a) of this Agreement.

Releasing Persons ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.01(a) of this Agreement.

 

8


Relevant Administrations ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble of this Agreement.

Relevant Law ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 13.06(a) of this Agreement.

Reporting System ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Representatives of the Relevant Administrations ” means OLAF or other authorized representatives duly designated by the Relevant Administrations.

Request for Termination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Retail Demand ” means the estimated demand for Philip Morris Cigarettes in a particular market to be sold at retail in that market in accordance with all applicable tax, duty or other fiscal laws.

Sales Plan ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

seizure ” means a seizure from a single individual or entity (or in certain specific instances, multiple individuals or entities if shown to be acting in concert with one another), in a single location (or in certain specific instances, multiple locations in close proximity if shown to be part of the same scheme), at a single point in time, (or in certain specific instances, multiple points in time in close proximity if shown to be part of the same scheme).

Signature Date ” means, for each Initial Participating Member State the Execution Date and for each Subsequent Participating Member State, the date on which that Participating Member State executed a copy of the Agreement.

Sold by a Retailer ” means (i) the sale of Cigarettes by an authorized retailer to a customer in which all applicable Member State excise and VAT taxes on the retail price in the location of sale have been paid or accounted for in the sale price, or (ii) sales to a customer that has ordered 50 packs of Cigarettes or less through the use of the Internet or other means whereby the seller is not in the physical presence of the customer when the sale is made.

Statement of Non-Compliance ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02(b) of this Agreement.

Subsequent Participating Member States ” means the Participating Member States that have executed a copy of the Agreement after the Execution Date.

 

9


Subsequent Purchaser ” means any Person and such Person’s Affiliates, other than an Affiliate of Philip Morris, who acquires more than 1,000 Master Cases of Philip Morris Cigarettes annually from sources other than Philip Morris International.

Sufficient Evidence ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Supplemental Payments ” means the payments by Philip Morris International that are to be made, without regard to fault, in accordance with Section 4.01(f) and 4.01(g) of this Agreement, to compensate the Relevant Administrations for their lost taxes and duties and other costs, as well as to provide a source of additional funding for anti-contraband enforcement, in the event of a seizure of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes.

Territory of the Member States ” means the customs territory of the EC, as defined in Article 3 of Council Regulation (EEC) No. 2913/92 establishing the Community Customs Code, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the free zones, free ports and duty-free areas physically situated therein as well as the Aland Islands.

Territory of a Non-Participating Member State ” means the territory of a Non-Participating Member State, as defined in Article 3 of Council Regulation (EEC) No. 2913/92 establishing the Community Customs Code, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the free zones, free ports and duty-free areas physically situated therein.

Territory of a Participating Member State ” means the territory of a Participating Member State, as defined in Article 3 of Council Regulation (EEC) No. 2913/92 establishing the Community Customs Code, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the free zones, free ports and duty-free areas physically situated therein, as well as the Aland Islands.

Tracking and Tracing Protocols ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5.01 of this Agreement, and are attached as Appendix D to this Agreement.

Termination Order ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Trademark ” means a brand name (alone or in conjunction with any other word), logo, symbol, or any other indicia of product identification.

 

10


Vice President for Compliance Systems ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the EC Compliance Protocols, attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

World Wide Duty Free ” means the worldwide market in which Philip Morris Cigarettes are sold by Philip Morris International for resale to retail consumers entitled to purchase free of domestic taxation.

ARTICLE 2

P HILIP M ORRIS I NTERNATIONAL S S ALES AND D ISTRIBUTION P RACTICES

Section 2.01 EC Compliance Procedures.

Philip Morris International has already undertaken as a matter of company policy to comply with the principles set forth in the Philip Morris Companies Inc. Policy Statement on Compliance with Fiscal, Trade and Anti-Money Laundering Laws dated September 13, 1999 (the “ Fiscal Compliance Policy ”), a copy of which is attached as Appendix A to this Agreement. In addition to the provisions in Appendix A, Philip Morris International agrees to adopt, implement, and be bound by protocols, approved with the EC, regarding the sale, distribution, storage, and shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes in and through the Territory of the Member States or any Designated State (the “ EC Compliance Protocols ”), which are attached as Appendix B to this Agreement.

Section 2.02 Certification of Compliance with EC Compliance Protocols.

(a) Each year, on the anniversary of the Execution Date, Philip Morris International shall provide the Relevant Administrations with a report, signed by the Vice President for Compliance Systems, describing Philip Morris International’s fulfillment of the requirements of (i) the EC Compliance Protocols, which are set forth in Appendix B of this Agreement, and (ii) the Tracking and Tracing Protocols, which are set forth in Article 5 and Appendix D of this Agreement (the “ Certification of Compliance ”).

(b) If, after receipt of any Certification of Compliance, OLAF reasonably concludes that Philip Morris International is failing to perform its obligations under the EC Compliance Protocols or the Tracking and Tracing Protocols, it may, but by no later than 60 days after OLAF has received the Certification of Compliance, provide Philip Morris International with a statement clearly describing the areas where OLAF reasonably believes that Philip Morris International is failing to perform its obligations under the EC Compliance Protocols or the Tracking and Tracing Protocols, OLAF’s reasons for that belief, and what measures OLAF believes Philip Morris International must take in order

 

11


to perform its obligations under the EC Compliance Protocols (the “ Statement of Non-Compliance ”).

(c) OLAF may also provide Philip Morris International with a Statement of Non-Compliance at any other time it reasonably believes that Philip Morris International is significantly failing to adhere to the EC Compliance Protocols or the Tracking and Tracing Protocols and such failure could likely result in a significant increase in the volume of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes.

(d) Within 30 days of receiving a Statement of Non-Compliance, under subsections (b) or (c) above, Philip Morris International must provide OLAF with a written response. Thereafter, authorized representatives of Philip Morris International and the European Commission shall meet and confer and attempt to resolve in good faith any dispute relating to the Statement of Non-Compliance. If the dispute has not been resolved within 60 days of Philip Morris International receiving a Statement of Non-Compliance, the European Commission may bring the dispute before the Arbitrator in accordance with Section 12.02 of this Agreement and may seek an order from the Arbitrator requiring Philip Morris International to bring itself into compliance with the EC Compliance Protocols or the Tracking and Tracing Protocols, as the case may be, (a “ Compliance Order ”) and/or an order requiring Philip Morris International to permit OLAF to conduct an audit of Philip Morris International in order to determine what Compliance Orders may be required (an “ Audit Order ”).

(e) An Audit Order issued under this Section shall specifically require Philip Morris International to do the following and only the following:

(i) if OLAF seeks entry into premises, allow OLAF entry to any of its business premises or business premises of its Affiliates, for the sole purpose of observing business operations, provided that OLAF provides Philip Morris International with reasonable notice of where and when it seeks to do so; and

(ii) if OLAF seeks to review documents, Philip Morris International shall provide OLAF with specified business records created after the Execution Date, that OLAF reasonably believes will assist in its anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit efforts.

(f) In any proceeding brought under Section 2.02(d), the Arbitrator may issue a Compliance Order or an Audit Order to Philip Morris International only when it has been proven by the greater weight of the evidence that (i) Philip Morris International has materially failed to adhere to the EC Compliance Protocols and/or the Tracking and Tracing Protocols, (ii) such failure was

 

12


identified by OLAF in its Statement of Non-Compliance, and (iii) such failure has not been adequately remedied by the time of the arbitration hearing.

ARTICLE 3

A NTI -C ONTRABAND AND A NTI -C OUNTERFEIT I NITIATIVES

Section 3.01 Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Initiatives.

(a) It is the policy of the EC and the Member States to vigorously combat the introduction, sale and distribution of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes within or through the Territory of the Member States. Subject to budgetary constraints, the EC intends to intensify efforts to curb the introduction, sale and distribution of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes; apply appropriate equipment for monitoring and tracking the introduction, sale, distribution, storage, and shipment of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes; and continue to train law-enforcement personnel in how best to detect and seize Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes.

Section 3.02 Support for Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Initiatives.

(a) Recognizing that it is in the best interest of Philip Morris International for there to be an end to the illegal importation and introduction of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes into the Territory of the Member States and an end to the counterfeiting of Philip Morris Cigarettes, Philip Morris International agrees to provide reasonable assistance, both direct and indirect, to the EC and the Member States in the fight against Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes, as set forth in Section 4.01, Appendix B, Appendix C, and Appendix D. The monetary payments under this Agreement may serve as a source of additional funding for anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit initiatives.

(b) Subject to Article 10 of this Agreement, for any dispute relating to a payment that has been or will be provided by Philip Morris International in accordance with this Section 3.02 or Appendix C (Philip Morris International’s Monetary Contributions), the Parties involved in the dispute shall meet and confer in an attempt to resolve the dispute in good faith. If the dispute has not been resolved within 60 days of a Party receiving formal notice of such a dispute, any Party involved in the dispute may refer the dispute to the Arbitrator(s) in accordance with Section 12.02 of this Agreement.

 

13


ARTICLE 4

A NTI -C ONTRABAND AND A NTI -C OUNTERFEIT C OOPERATION

Section 4.01 Contraband and Counterfeit Seizures.

Subject to the limitations in subsections (k)-(u) below, for seizures of Cigarettes bearing Philip Morris Trademarks by the Member States after the Execution Date, the Parties agree to the following procedures:

(a) Within 30 days after notification to OLAF of a seizure by a Member State of five Master Cases or more of Cigarettes bearing Philip Morris Trademarks, OLAF may provide Philip Morris International with a notice of seizure, which shall include:

(i) the date, time and location of the seizure;

(ii) the brand of seized Cigarettes indicated on the packaging and, if available, any indication of the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

(iii) the quantity of seized Cigarettes;

(iv) any Identification Markings that appear on the Master Cases or cartons of the seized Cigarettes; and

(v) as to seizures made by the Member States outside the Territory of the Member States, the basis of the seizing Member State’s belief that the Cigarettes seized were destined for introduction into the Territory of the Member States.

(b) Philip Morris International shall be permitted to inspect the seized Cigarettes in the condition they were in at the time of seizure within 30 days after transmittal of the notice of seizure described in subsection (a) above, and to select random samples of the seized Cigarettes for examination. The seizing authority may also select samples which Philip Morris International must examine.

(c) Within 30 days after the inspection of the seized Cigarettes described in subsection (b) above, Philip Morris International shall provide a written response to OLAF stating whether the Cigarettes are Philip Morris Cigarettes or Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes.

(d) Subject to the limitations in subsections (k)-(u) below, where notice of seizure described in subsection (a) above has been delivered reasonably in accordance with the requirements of subsection (a) above, if the Cigarettes are determined by Philip Morris International to be Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes, its response shall include documentation and examination results demonstrating that conclusion. The determination as to whether Cigarettes are

 

14


Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes or Philip Morris Cigarettes shall involve a consideration of the factors set forth in Appendix F to this Agreement, which shall be amended by agreement between the Parties as new technologies and techniques are developed.

(e) Subject to the limitations in subsections (k)-(u) below, where notice of seizure described in subsection (a) above has been delivered reasonably in accordance with the requirements of subsection (a) above, if the seized Cigarettes are Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes manufactured after January 1, 2004, Philip Morris International’s response shall include as much information as is available to it concerning:

(i) the place of manufacture of the seized Cigarettes;

(ii) the date of manufacture of the seized Cigarettes;

(iii) the country of intended destination for the seized Cigarettes;

(iv) any intervening warehousing and shipping;

(v) the identity of the First Purchaser of the seized Cigarettes;

(vi) the identity of any known Subsequent Purchaser of the seized Cigarettes;

(vii) invoices to the First Purchaser that relate to the seized Cigarettes; and

(viii) payment records from the First Purchaser for any Cigarettes seized.

(f) Subject to the limitations in subsections (k)-(u) below, where notice of seizure described in subsection (a) above has been delivered reasonably in accordance with the requirements of subsection (a) above, for seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes by an Initial Participating Member State after the Execution Date or by a Subsequent Participating Member State after its Signature Date, the response of Philip Morris International shall also include a Supplemental Payment calculated as follows:

(i) Philip Morris International shall make a Supplemental Payment to compensate the EC and the Participating Member State by which the Cigarettes were seized for their lost taxes and duties and other costs, in an amount equal to 100% of the taxes and duties that would have been assessed had the seized Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes been legally distributed for retail sale in the Participating Member State by

 

15


which the Cigarettes were seized as set forth in Appendix E, which shall be updated by the Relevant Administrations upon notice to Philip Morris International as applicable taxes and duties change, less any amount of taxes and duties already paid to the EC or any Member State(s) in relation to those Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes; and

(ii) If the Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes seized, when added to the number of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes already seized in the same calendar year in the Member States that were Member States on January 1, 2004, results in a total number that exceeds the Baseline Amount, Philip Morris International’s Supplemental Payment shall include an additional amount equal to four times the amount under subsection (f)(i), which shall compensate the EC and the Participating Member State by which the Cigarettes were seized for any costs not compensated by the amount under subsection (f)(i) and which may provide the EC and the Participating Member State by which the Cigarettes were seized with a source of additional funding for anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit efforts.

(g) Subject to the limitations in subsections (k)-(u) below, where notice of seizure described in subsection (a) above has been delivered reasonably in accordance with the requirements of subsection (a) above, for seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes after the Execution Date by a Non-Participating Member State, the response of Philip Morris International shall also include a Supplemental Payment calculated as follows:

(i) Philip Morris International shall make a Supplemental Payment to compensate the EC for any lost taxes and duties and other costs, in an amount equal to 100% of the taxes and duties that would have been remitted to the EC in respect of such seized Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes had such Cigarettes been legally distributed for retail sale in the Non-Participating Member State by which the Cigarettes were seized as set forth in Appendix E, less the EC’s share of any amount of taxes and duties already paid to the EC or any Member State(s) in relation to those Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes, and

(ii) If the Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes seized, when added to the number of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes already seized in the same calendar year in the Member States that were Member States on January 1, 2004, results in a total number that exceeds the Baseline Amount, Philip Morris International’s Supplemental Payment shall include an additional amount equal to four times the amount under subsection (g)(i), which shall compensate the EC for any costs not compensated by the amount under subsection (g)(i) and which may

 

16


provide the EC with a source of additional funding for anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit efforts.

(h) For the Supplemental Payments to be made pursuant to subsections (f) and (g) above, it shall not be incumbent on the Relevant Administrations to establish fault on the part of Philip Morris International and such payments, if due, shall be made even though Philip Morris International shall have complied in all respects with its obligations under this Agreement relating to anti-contraband efforts and initiatives.

(i) The Parties recognize and understand that the mere fact of seizure of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes at any point in the distribution chain does not, in and of itself, automatically implicate Philip Morris International, or the First Purchaser to whom the seized Philip Morris Cigarettes were originally sold, as a violator of any applicable tax or duty laws.

(j) OLAF or any Participating Member State may sample and test seized Cigarettes at any time. If OLAF disputes the determination made by Philip Morris International as to whether the seized goods are Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes or Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes, OLAF shall reply in writing to Philip Morris International detailing the basis for the dispute within 60 days after receiving the response referred to in Section 4.01(c), and thereafter Philip Morris International and OLAF shall meet and confer and attempt to resolve the dispute in good faith. If the dispute cannot be resolved within 30 days of Philip Morris International receiving OLAF’s reply, the samples in dispute shall be submitted to an independent laboratory or facility for examination to determine whether the Cigarettes are Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes or Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in accordance with the factors set forth in Appendix F to this Agreement. The determination of the selected independent laboratory or facility as to whether the Cigarettes are Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes or Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes shall be final and binding on the Parties. The costs of the laboratory or facility’s services shall be paid by the non-prevailing Party. The independent laboratory or facility shall be designated by mutual agreement of the Parties on the Execution Date. If a dispute arises with respect to the selection of the independent laboratory or facility, such dispute shall be settled by the Arbitrator in accordance with Section 12.02 of the Agreement.

(k) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 4.01 to the contrary, Philip Morris International shall have no obligation to make Supplemental Payments pursuant to subsections (f) and (g) above, and Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes shall not be included in the calculations to determine the amount of any Supplemental Payment described in subsections (f) and (g) above, where:

 

17


(i) the notice of seizure described in subsection (a) above has not been delivered reasonably in accordance with the requirements of subsection (a) above;

(ii) Philip Morris International has not been permitted to inspect the seized Cigarettes in substantial accordance with the requirements of subsection (b) above, or the seizing authority has determined that the seized Cigarettes are not Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes as evidenced by the release of the seized Cigarettes;

(iii) the total volume of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes seized in the particular seizure was less than five Master Cases of cigarettes after exclusion of any amount excluded by the seizing authority or a court pursuant to Article 8 of Directive 92/12 by virtue of having been acquired in another Member State for “own use” and transported by the purchaser;

(iv) the Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes were manufactured prior to January 1, 2004;

(v) the Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes were stolen by a third party and Philip Morris International can reasonably demonstrate that such theft has occurred;

(vi) the Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes were seized by a Member State outside of the Territory of the Member States and the greater weight of the evidence demonstrates that the Cigarettes seized were not destined for introduction into the Territory of the Member States; or

(vii) the Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes were seized by a Member State and Philip Morris International can reasonably demonstrate that such Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes were sold, distributed, stored, and shipped in accordance with all applicable fiscal and legal requirements of the EC and a Member State, or were Sold by a Retailer.

(l) For any dispute relating to (i) application of the provisions in subsection (k) above, (ii) the amount, if any, of a payment to be made under subsections (f) and (g) above, or (iii) the determination of the appropriate Member State by which the Cigarettes were seized, the Parties involved in the dispute shall meet and confer in an attempt to resolve the dispute in good faith. If the dispute has not been resolved within 60 days of a Party receiving formal notice of such a dispute, any Party involved in the dispute may refer the dispute to the Arbitrator for settlement in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 of this Agreement.

 

18


(m) If a Member State or the EC accepts a Supplemental Payment in regard to a particular seizure of Philip Morris Cigarettes and later collects duties or taxes or the monetary equivalent from Philip Morris in regard to that particular seizure, the Member State or the EC shall promptly refund to Philip Morris International the amount of the Supplemental Payment that had been paid equal to the duty and taxes or the monetary equivalent collected or paid as well as any corresponding portion of the amounts, if any, paid under subsections (f)(ii) or (g)(ii).

(n) If a Member State or the EC accepts a Supplemental Payment in regard to a particular seizure of Philip Morris Cigarettes and it is later found that duties and taxes or the monetary equivalent had already been paid with regard to that particular seizure, the Member State or the EC shall promptly refund to Philip Morris International the amount of the Supplemental Payment that had been paid equal to the duty and taxes or the monetary equivalent collected or paid as well as any corresponding portion of the amounts paid, if any, under subsections (f)(ii) or (g)(ii).

(o) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, other than subsections (p), (t), and (u) below, for seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in a New Member State,

(i) in the first year following that New Member State’s accession to the European Union, no Supplemental Payment shall be payable by Philip Morris International and any such seizures shall not be counted against the Baseline Amount for the purpose of any other calculation under subsections (f) or (g) above.

(ii) Notwithstanding subsections (iii) and (iv) below, after adjustment of the Baseline Amount in accordance with subsection (s) below, Supplemental Payments shall be payable by Philip Morris International under subsections (f)(i), and/or (f)(ii) in the case of a Subsequent Participating Member State as applicable, or, (g)(i), and/or (g)(ii) in the case of a Non-Participating Member State as applicable, and such seizures shall be counted against the Baseline Amount for the purpose of any other calculation under subsections (f) or (g) above, beginning in the year following the year in which the incidence of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes in that New Member State is determined to be less than 2% of the total market for Cigarettes in that New Member State.

(iii) in each of the second, third, fourth and fifth years following that New Member State’s accession to the European Union, in the event that a New Member State does not satisfy subsection (ii) above, a Supplemental Payment shall be payable by Philip Morris International

 

19


only under subsections (f)(i) in the case of a Subsequent Participating Member State as applicable and/or (g)(i) in the case of a Non-Participating Member State as applicable, and only if in that year:

(A) the incidence of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes in that New Member State is determined to be:

(1) 12% or less (for the second year following accession);

(2) 10% or less (for the third year following accession);

(3) 7% or less (for the fourth year following accession);

(4) 5% or less (for the fifth year following accession);

of the total market for Cigarettes in that New Member State; or

(B) the incidence of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes in that New Member State is determined to be more than the thresholds set forth in subsection (A) above, but the incidence of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes divided by the total incidence of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes in that New Member State, expressed as a percentage, is greater than 70% of (x) the total tax-paid retail sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes divided by (y) the total tax-paid retail Cigarette sales in that New Member State, expressed as a percentage.

(iv) from the sixth year following a New Member State’s accession to the European Union, Supplemental Payments shall be payable by Philip Morris International and any such seizures shall be counted against the Baseline Amount for the purpose of any other calculation under subsections (f) or (g) above, only if the incidence of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes as a percentage of the total market for Cigarettes in that New Member State has been determined to be less than or equal to the incidence of Contraband and Counterfeit Cigarettes in the Initial Participating Member States as a percentage of the total market for Cigarettes in the Initial Participating Member States, in the fifth year following the New Member State’s accession as determined pursuant to subsection (q).

 

20


(p) In addition to the limitations on Supplemental Payments set forth in subsection (o) above, for the first five years following a New Member State’s accession to European Union, if Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes are seized in a New Member State and the amount of those Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes when added to the number of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes already seized in the same calendar year in all the New Member States that joined the European Union in the same year as the seizing New Member State, results in a total number that exceeds the Baseline Amount as of January 1, 2004, Philip Morris International shall have no obligation to make Supplemental Payments for that seizure. In relation to any New Member State that joins the European Union after January 1, 2007, the Parties shall agree on a method for determining how this subsection (p) shall operate.

(q) For the purposes of subsections (o) and (p) above, the incidence of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes in any New Member State and in the Initial Participating Member States in accordance with subsection (o)(iv) above shall be determined by a methodology agreed to by the Parties.

(r) If a Member State or any subdivision thereof sells or resells, or authorizes the sale or resale of, seized Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes no Supplemental Payment is due in relation to such Cigarettes and, if paid, any such Supplemental Payment shall be refunded.

(s) If a New Member State, upon or after accession to the European Union, joins the Agreement and becomes eligible for Supplemental Payments under subsection (f)(ii), Philip Morris International and the European Commission shall, with regard to the factors set forth in Appendix K, meet and confer as to when and how the Baseline Amount shall be amended or recalculated. If no agreement is reached, the Arbitrator, pursuant to Section 12.02 of this Agreement, shall determine the appropriate amendment to, or recalculation of, the Baseline Amount, with due regard to the factors set forth in Appendix K. No payments shall be made under subsection (f)(ii), however, until an amended Baseline Amount shall have been established.

(t) If at any time, a Party asserts that there is a serious persisting problem concerning Contraband Cigarettes or Counterfeit Cigarettes entering into a New Member State, which could bring about serious imbalances in the application of the Agreement, Philip Morris International and the EC shall meet and discuss as soon as reasonably possible any appropriate measures to ensure the continued functioning of the Agreement, including, if necessary, amendment or suspension of Philip Morris International’s obligations under Article 4 as to that New Member State. If no agreement is reached, the Arbitrator, pursuant to Section 12.02 of this Agreement, shall determine the appropriate amendment or relief, with due regard to the factors set forth in Appendix K.

 

21


(u) If at any time, a Party asserts that there is a serious persisting problem concerning seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in a Participating Member State who was a Member State on January 1, 2004, which could bring about serious imbalances in the application of the Agreement, Philip Morris International and the European Community shall meet and discuss as soon as reasonably possible any appropriate measures to insure the continuing functioning of the Agreement, including, if necessary, amendment of Philip Morris International’s obligations under Article 4 as to that Member State. If no agreement is reached, the Arbitrator, pursuant to Section 12.02 of this Agreement, shall determine the appropriate amendment or relief, with due regard to the factors set forth in Appendix K.

For purposes of this Section, it shall be presumed that a serious persisting problem exists if Philip Morris International can reasonably demonstrate that:

(i) For a substantial period of time, seizures in a Member State significantly exceed the seizures by that Member State in 2003 so as to materially deviate from the expectations of the Parties, and

(ii) More than fifty percent of the seized Cigarettes for which Supplemental Payments are made are Cigarettes which were sold at retail and the applicable taxes on the retail price of the Cigarettes were paid in either a New Member State of the European Community or a non-Member State outside the European Community.

If the increase in the incidence of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in the aforesaid Member State is substantially attributable to a failure on the part of Philip Morris International to adhere to the terms of this Agreement, and/or its failure to sell Cigarettes into a market consistent with legitimate Retail Demand in that market, amendment of Article 4 obligations is not appropriate.

ARTICLE 5

T RACKING AND T RACING

Section 5.01 Tracking and Tracing Protocols.

Consistent with its Fiscal Compliance Policy and applicable packaging laws, Philip Morris International agrees to adopt, implement, maintain and be bound by the commercially reasonable practices and procedures with respect to the tracking and tracing of shipments of Philip Morris Cigarettes after the Execution Date as set forth in the “ Tracking and Tracing Protocols ” attached as Appendix D.

 

22


Section 5.02 Certification of Compliance with Tracking and Tracing Protocols.

(a) Each year, on the anniversary of the Execution Date, Philip Morris International shall provide the Relevant Administrations with a report, signed by the Vice President for Compliance Systems, describing Philip Morris International’s compliance with the requirements of the Tracking and Tracing Protocols. Such certification shall be part of the annual Certification of Compliance and shall be governed by the procedures set forth in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

R EVIEW OF A GREEMENT

Section 6.01 Annual Meetings.

At least once per year, the authorized representatives of Philip Morris International and the European Commission shall meet to confer and assess the functioning of the Agreement and its Protocols. At that meeting, Philip Morris International and the European Commission may each present any suggestions they may have to improve the functioning of the Agreement. Subject to Relevant Law, the European Commission and Philip Morris International may communicate to each other concerns relating to any Party’s activities in connection with their commitments and obligations under the Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

F ULFILLMENT OF O BLIGATIONS AND O BJECTIVES

Section 7.01 Promotion of Public Policy.

The Parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is designed to provide meaningful assistance to the Participating Member States and the EC in curtailing the smuggling and illegal distribution of Cigarettes into and within the Territory of the Member States.

Section 7.02 Respect for Obligations.

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree to take all appropriate measures: (1) to ensure fulfillment of their obligations under this Agreement, (2) to facilitate the achievement of the objectives of the Agreement, and (3) to abstain from any measures that would jeopardize the attainment of the objectives of this Agreement.

 

23


Section 7.03 Agreement Consistent with EC and Applicable National Laws.

The Parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that compliance with the terms of this Agreement is consistent with EC and applicable national laws, and with the provisions of the Treaty Establishing the European Community (the “ EC Treaty ”), and will contribute to achieving the objectives of the EC Treaty.

Section 7.04 The Parties’ Intentions.

The mutual intention of the Parties is that this Agreement will swiftly, finally and fully resolve in an amicable and cooperative manner, without any admission of liability, all matters in which or in respect of which the following persons seek or might seek redress for alleged Losses: (i) the Parties; (ii) the political subdivisions of the Participating Member States; (iii) instrumentalities and agencies of (i) and (ii); and (iv) successors and assignees of all of the foregoing (collectively “ Resolved Matters ”). The Parties’ mutual intention is that all Parties and Released Persons be relieved of the threat of claims, actions, suits, assessments, or proceedings in any forum against them that seeks redress for any Resolved Matters.

ARTICLE 8

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

Section 8.01 Mutual Representations.

(a) Each of the Relevant Administrations hereby represents and warrants to Philip Morris International, and Philip Morris International hereby represents and warrants to each of the Relevant Administrations that:

(i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party is within its governmental or corporate powers, as the case may be, and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part;

(ii) the Person executing this Agreement on behalf of such Party has the full right and authority to do so; and

(iii) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

24


ARTICLE 9

R ELEASE AND D ISMISSAL OF C LAIMS

Section 9.01 Release.

(a) The provisions of Sections 9.01(a), (b), and (c) shall inure to the benefit of Philip Morris (the “ Released Persons ”) and, consistent with Relevant Law, be binding upon each of (i) the Relevant Administrations; (ii) their respective political subdivisions; (iii) instrumentalities and agencies of (i) and (ii); and (iv) successors and assignees of all of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Releasing Persons ”). The release provided for in this Section 9.01 shall cover companies acquired by or merged into Philip Morris subsequent to the Execution Date, but only if the company’s aggregate EC market share was not in excess of 2% in 2002.

(b) On the Signature Date of the Agreement for each Releasing Person, such Releasing Person agrees to and shall, without any further action on the part of such Releasing Person, absolutely and unconditionally fully release and forever discharge the Released Persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from any and all civil claims, charges, demands, damages, subpoenas, discovery requests, actions, suits, causes of action, liabilities, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees, including without limitation, all civil claims that may be allowable to the Releasing Persons within criminal proceedings in the form of restitution, disgorgement, forfeiture, punitive damages, or otherwise, for conduct prior to the Signature Date wherever arising and of whatever nature, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, accrued or unaccrued, asserted or unasserted, foreseen or unforeseen, with respect to, that result from, arise out of, or relate to the allegations, or the alleged acts (or omissions) forming the basis of the allegations, that were raised or asserted, or could have been raised or asserted, in the Litigation (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”), regardless of the legal theory or purported basis of legal duty or liability on which such Released Claims are, or could be, raised or asserted.

(c) The provisions of Sections 9.01(a), (b), and (c) (as well as the other provisions of this Agreement) are a result of a compromise of disputed claims and defenses, and Released Persons shall not be deemed to have admitted any of the allegations asserted in the Litigation.

(d) On the Execution Date of the Agreement, each Released Person agrees to and shall, without any further action on the part of such Released Person, absolutely and unconditionally fully release and forever discharge the Releasing Persons and their attorneys, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from any and all civil claims, charges, demands, actions, suits, causes of action, liabilities, costs, expenses, fees, and attorneys’ fees, including without limitation, all civil claims for compensation or monetary damages sought in civil

 

25


proceedings in the form of restitution, disgorgement, forfeiture, punitive damages, or otherwise for conduct prior to the Execution Date wherever arising and of whatever nature, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, accrued or unaccrued, asserted or unasserted, foreseen or unforeseen, that result from, arise out of or relate to the Litigation, regardless of the legal theory or purported basis of legal duty or liability on which such claims are, or could be, asserted.

Section 9.02 Dismissal Of Claims.

The Parties shall promptly seek and obtain dismissal with prejudice and without costs of all pending actions and/or appeals, as they relate to Philip Morris, and to the extent that they are related to the matters at issue in the Litigation, including any proceeding by Philip Morris International before the European Court of First Instance or the European Court of Justice. The Parties shall jointly submit a form of a Stipulation of Dismissal with Prejudice and without costs to the relevant court or courts which will be substantially in the form annexed as Appendix H to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 10

S ETOFF

Section 10.01 Right of Setoff

(a) In addition to its rights and obligations under Article 7 and the releases set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement, Philip Morris International shall have the right to set off against any and all amounts otherwise due and payable to the Relevant Administrations under this Agreement, the amount of any damage, loss, liability, tax, custom duty, expense or non-criminal penalty actually incurred, payable or suffered by Philip Morris with respect to, resulting from, or arising out of, actions, suits, or proceedings, other than the Litigation (whether civil proceedings, administrative proceedings, tax proceedings, or civil claims made within criminal proceedings) brought against Philip Morris by (i) the EC, (ii) any Member State, (iii) the political subdivisions of any Member State; (iv) instrumentalities and agencies of (i), (ii), and (iii); and (v) successors and assignees of all of the foregoing, which seek redress as a result of the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes before the Execution Date or, for Subsequent Participating Member States, their respective Signature Dates.

(b) Upon any Party learning of (i) the existence of any actual claim, action, suit, or proceeding, or (ii) any threatened claim that would require disclosure under Financial Accounting Standard Board Statement No. 5, that may result in Philip Morris International having a right to setoff under this Section

 

26


10.01, that Party shall provide each other Party, to the fullest extent permitted by law, with prompt notice of the existence of such claim, action, suit, or proceeding.

(c) Upon learning of the existence of (i) any actual claim, action, suit, or proceeding, or (ii) any threatened claim that would require disclosure under Financial Accounting Standard Board Statement No. 5, that may result in Philip Morris International having a right to setoff under this Section 10.01, Philip Morris International may, upon giving the EC 30 days notice, begin paying any funds which are due to the Relevant Administrations under this Agreement into an interest-bearing escrow account, up to the amount claimed, or if no specific amount is claimed, the amount at issue, in such actions or proceedings, rather than paying such funds directly to the Relevant Administrations. Payment of funds into escrow by Philip Morris International pursuant to this subsection (c) above shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement.

(d) In each instance where Philip Morris International pays funds into escrow as set forth in Section 10.01(c), Philip Morris International and the EC shall make a good faith effort to agree as to whether utilization of the escrow account provided for in subsection (c) above is appropriate. If they have not agreed within 60 days after notice was provided pursuant to subsection (b) above, the EC shall have the right to make application to the Arbitrator(s), as described below in Section 12.02, to challenge the applicability of subsection (c) above. In order for such a challenge to be upheld by the Arbitrator(s), the EC must demonstrate that Philip Morris International does not have a reasonable basis to support its belief that it is incurring, or may incur, damage, loss, liability or expense that may be eligible for setoff pursuant to subsection (a) above. If the Arbitrator(s) determines that Philip Morris International does not have a reasonable basis to place the aforesaid funds into the escrow account, the Arbitrator(s) shall order that such funds together with accrued interest be released from the escrow account within 30 days and paid to the Relevant Administrations pursuant to this Agreement.

(e) Before exercising any right to setoff pursuant to subsection (a) above either by ceasing to make payments due to the Relevant Administrations or by claiming amounts held in escrow, Philip Morris International shall provide at least 30 days notice to the European Commission of its intention to do so. Upon receipt of such notice, Philip Morris International and the European Commission shall immediately make a good faith effort to agree as to whether setoff is appropriate and, if so, what the amount of the setoff should be. If Philip Morris International and the European Commission have not agreed within 60 days of notice being received by the European Commission, either Party may make an application to the Arbitrator in accordance with Section 12.02 to determine whether a right of setoff exists pursuant to this Section 10.01. In order to establish any right of setoff, Philip Morris International must demonstrate by the greater weight of the evidence that (i) Philip Morris has incurred or suffered

 

27


damage, loss, liability or expense that is eligible for setoff pursuant to subsection (a) above; and (ii) the amount so incurred or suffered. This subsection (e) does not in any way affect the rights of Philip Morris International to pay funds into escrow in accordance with subsection (c) above. Upon a ruling by the Arbitrator(s) that Philip Morris International has failed to establish a right of setoff, all funds owed to the Relevant Administrations under the terms of the Agreement that were the subject of dispute together with accrued interest, shall promptly be paid over to the Relevant Administrations. Upon a ruling by the Arbitrator(s) that Philip Morris International has established a right of setoff, Philip Morris International shall be entitled to recover such funds from escrow and/or set off against future payments in accordance with the Arbitrator’s(s’) ruling.

(f) Claims in Excess of Amount Available for Setoff. If a claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand has been made that would, if successful, entitle Philip Morris International to exercise its right to setoff under Article 10 and either (1) the amount of the claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand is likely to exceed the total amount available for setoff or escrow under Article 10, or (2) the claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand has been brought within two years of the Execution Date and the amount of the claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand is likely to exceed € 200 million; and, despite the good-faith and expeditious efforts of Philip Morris to defeat the claim action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand, including invoking the releases provided for by this Agreement if applicable:

(i) the claim action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand has not been dismissed, withdrawn, or reduced below the applicable threshold in (1) or (2) above, within one year after the court or tribunal has received full and complete arguments from the parties to the dispute as to whether the claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand should be dismissed because its assertion contravenes the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise, or

(ii) the claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand has been sustained by the court or tribunal after considering arguments by Philip Morris International that the claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand should be dismissed because its assertion contravenes the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise, and

(iii) Philip Morris can demonstrate that, as a result of the ongoing claim, burdens have been imposed on it or it is otherwise prejudiced by virtue of such claim.

then (A) as to any such claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand that is within the scope of Article 9, Philip

 

28


Morris International shall be discharged of its obligations to pay any amounts payable (i) under Appendix C to the Member State that brought the action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand, (ii) under Article 4 of this Agreement to that Member State, and (iii) to the EC for its share of any Supplemental Payment for seizures by that Member State. In the event that the aforesaid claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment, or demand is eventually dismissed or otherwise resolved for an amount below the applicable threshold set forth in (1) and (2) above, Philip Morris International’s obligations to the Member State under Appendix C and to the Member State and the EC under Article 4 shall resume prospectively; and

(B) as to any such claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand that is not within the scope of Article 9, Philip Morris International shall be discharged of its obligations to pay (i) 50% of the amounts payable to all the Relevant Administrations under Appendix C, (ii) amounts payable under Article 4 of the Agreement to the Member State that brought the claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand, as well that Member State’s share of any payments payable under Appendix C of this Agreement; and (iii) amounts payable to the EC for its share of any Supplemental Payments for any seizures by that Member State. In the event that the aforesaid claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand is eventually dismissed or otherwise resolved for an amount below the applicable threshold set forth in (1) and (2) above, Philip Morris International’s obligations to the Relevant Administrations under Appendix C and to the Member State and the EC under Article 4 shall resume prospectively.

(iv) For the purposes of subsections (A) and (B) above, the term “Member State” that brought the action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand shall include (i) the Member State; (ii) the political subdivisions of that Member State; (iii) instrumentalities or agencies of (i) or (ii); and (iv) successors and assignees of all of the foregoing.

Section 10.02 No Other Effect.

Subject to Article 11, nothing in this article shall reduce or otherwise affect the other duties of Released Persons to any Releasing Person or the requirements of Relevant Law, nor shall it reduce or otherwise affect the duty of the participating Released Person’s obligations under this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect during and after any dispute resolution proceedings.

 

29


ARTICLE 11

T ERMINATION

Section 11.01 Termination.

(a) This Agreement shall terminate upon the Expiration Date unless terminated earlier by subsections (b) through (g) of this Section.

(b) The Parties agree that pursuant to this Agreement each Party and all Released Persons shall have adequate remedies to protect them against any claims or demands which are (i) asserted against them in contravention of Article 9, or (ii) subject to setoff under the provisions of Article 10. Accordingly, a Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if, despite their good-faith efforts, the Parties are unable to agree upon substitute provisions, adjustments, or modifications to the Agreement so as to restore those remedies. A Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement under the circumstances and in the manner set forth in subsections (c) through (g), inclusive, below.

(c) A Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if:

(i) A claim, action, suit, proceeding, assessment or demand that would, if successful, entitle Philip Morris International to exercise its right to setoff under Article 10 has been made by a Participating Member State in which the sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes are equivalent to or are more than 10 percent of the Philip Morris Cigarettes sold in the Territory of the Member States as of January 1, 2004, and a court in that Participating Member State, or the European Court of Justice, has issued a final and unappealable judgment that invalidates or renders unenforceable a material provision of Article 9 or Article 10, or there is a legislative, executive or administrative action with the same effect in that Participating Member State; or

(ii) Claims, actions, suits, proceedings, assessments or demands that would, if successful, entitle Philip Morris International to exercise its right to setoff under Article 10 have been made by Participating Member States in which collectively the sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes are equivalent to or are more than 10 percent of the Philip Morris Cigarettes sold in the Territory of the Member States as of January 1, 2004, and the European Court of Justice has, or courts in those Participating Member States have, issued final and unappealable judgments that invalidate or render unenforceable a material provision of Article 9 or Article 10, or there are legislative, executive, or administrative actions with the same effect in those Participating Member States.

 

30


(d) For the purposes of subsection (c) above, the term “Participating Member State” shall include (i) the Participating Member State; (ii) the political subdivisions of that Participating Member State; (iii) instrumentalities or agencies of (i) or (ii); and (iv) successors and assignees of all of the foregoing.

(e) A Party that seeks to terminate the Agreement must first submit a notice of termination to the other Parties, setting out the basis for termination. Such termination shall become effective 120 days from receipt of notice unless another Party challenges the notice of termination pursuant to Section 12.02 of this Agreement.

(f) In the event that an arbitration proceeding is invoked pursuant to subsection (e) above, if the Arbitrator(s) determines that there is a basis for termination, the Agreement shall terminate in its entirety unless the precipitating cause of the termination is clearly confined in its application to a particular Member State or particular Member States, in which case, the Arbitrator(s) shall determine the scope of the termination in the absence of an agreement by the remaining Parties.

(g) If the Agreement is terminated before the Expiration Date in accordance with the provisions set forth above in subsection (c), a new agreement shall take its place without any further action being necessary by the Parties, such agreement remaining in effect until the Expiration Date, consisting of (1) the Parties’ rights and obligations under Articles 7, 9 and 12 of this Agreement, (2) the Parties’ rights and obligations in effect on the date of termination of the Agreement under Article 2 and Appendix B of this Agreement, and (3) the Parties’ rights and obligations in effect on the date of termination of the Agreement under Article 5 and Appendix D of this Agreement. All other provisions of the Agreement shall be terminated.

Section 11.02 Subsequent Agreement.

It is the intention of the Parties, if feasible, to extend the duration of this Agreement beyond the Expiration Date. Accordingly, beginning no later than two years prior to the Expiration Date, if this Agreement has not been terminated earlier in accordance with its terms, the representatives of the Parties shall meet and attempt in good faith to reach another agreement between the Parties covering the same subject matter addressed herein.

ARTICLE 12

D ISPUTE R ESOLUTION

Section 12.01 The Role of the European Court of First Instance and the European Court of Justice.

 

31


(a) Arbitration Clause for Articles 7 and 9. In the absence of prior agreement, any claim, action, suit, proceeding or dispute between the Parties, between a Party and a Released Person or a Releasing Person, or between a Released Person and a Releasing Person, arising out of or relating to any breach, clarification or enforcement of Article 7 or 9 of this Agreement relating to the sale, distribution, storage or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes before the Execution Date or, for Subsequent Participating Member States, their respective Signature Dates, shall be brought exclusively before the European Court of First Instance pursuant to Article 238 of the EC Treaty. Each of the Parties hereby agrees, on its behalf and on behalf of the Released Persons or the Releasing Persons (as the case may be), that this Section 12.01 constitutes and is intended to be an arbitration clause for the purposes of Article 238 of the EC Treaty, and irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the European Court of First Instance in relation to any such dispute, and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the reference of such dispute to the European Court of First Instance or that any such dispute has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any proceeding brought before the European Court of First Instance pursuant to Article 238 of the EC Treaty may be served on any Party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of the European Court of First Instance. The applicable law to interpret this Agreement shall be the law of the State of New York, without giving effect to choice of law or conflict of law doctrine. The European Court of First Instance shall in its determination of any dispute concerning this Agreement, have regard to, inter alia , its own case law, and that of the European Court of Justice, on the interpretation of the EC Treaty and EC Law.

(b) Referral of matters to the European Court of First Instance or the European Court of Justice. In the event that a claim, suit, action, assessment, proceeding or demand (in this Section 12.01(b) hereinafter, “claim”) is brought against Philip Morris relating to the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes before the Execution Date before any court or tribunal of the Member States (including the courts and tribunals of political subdivisions of the Member States) the Parties agree to follow the following procedures:

(i) the European Commission may be given notice of the claim by Philip Morris International;

(ii) As soon as reasonably possible after receiving notice of the claim, the European Commission agrees to: (a) consider whether the claim is within the scope of the Arbitration clause of Section 12.01(a) of this Agreement; (b) if it considers this to be the case, prepare a statement of position in admissible form that the claim concerns, in whole or in part, a matter covered by and subject to this Agreement and to the Arbitration clause in Section 12.01(a) and that the Agreement provides that disputes regarding the application of Articles 7 and 9 of this Agreement to such

 

32


claims should be brought exclusively before the Court of First Instance pursuant to Article 238 of the EC Treaty, the Agreement provides that if such claims are brought before any court or tribunal of the Member States (including a court or tribunal of the political subdivisions of the Member States), such proceeding should be suspended and referred or transferred to the European Court of First Instance pursuant to Article 238 of the EC Treaty, and the Agreement provides that to the extent that any Party is prevented from so transferring, all questions concerning the interpretation of any provision of Community Law that is necessary to enable such court to give judgment, be referred to the European Court of Justice under Article 234 of the EC Treaty and (c) provide said statement of position to all relevant Parties for use by any Party in a motion filed pursuant to Section 12.01(a) and, submit it to the competent authority of the Relevant Member State with a request that it be submitted to the appropriate court;

(iii) If the European Commission concludes that a claim, is not a matter covered by and subject to this Agreement or is not one to which the Arbitration clause of Section 12.01(a) applies, and any Party disagrees with that conclusion, or the European Commission does not render the aforesaid statement of position within sixty (60) days of the notice set forth herein, any Party may demand Arbitration pursuant to Section 12.02 of this Agreement. If the Arbitrators rule that the claim is within the scope of the Arbitration clause of Section 12.01(a), the European Commission agrees to (a) prepare a statement in admissible form that states that (i) the Arbitrator(s) have ruled that the claim is within the scope of the Arbitration clause of Section 12.01(a) of this Agreement, and (ii) the Agreement provides that disputes regarding the application of Articles 7 and 9 of this Agreement to such claims should be brought exclusively before the Court of First Instance pursuant to Article 238 of the EC Treaty, the Agreement provides that if such disputes are brought before any court or tribunal of the Member States (including a court or tribunal of the political subdivisions of the Member States), such proceeding should be suspended and referred or transferred to the European Court of First Instance pursuant to Article 238 of the EC Treaty, and the Agreement provides that to the extent that any Party is prevented from so transferring, all questions concerning the interpretation of any provision of Community Law that is necessary to enable such court to give judgment, be referred to the European Court of Justice under Article 234 of the EC Treaty, and (b) provide said statement to all relevant Parties for use by any Party in a motion filed pursuant to Section 12.01(a) and, submit it to the competent authority of the Relevant Member State with a request that it be submitted to the appropriate court;

(iv) Subject to Relevant Law, the Participating Member States, as well as their political subdivisions, instrumentalities, agencies,

 

33


successors and assigns, agree that they will not oppose a motion filed pursuant to Section 12.01(a).

Section 12.02 Dispute Resolution for Claims Brought Under the Terms of the Agreement.

(a) Arbitration Clause. Subject to Section 12.01, any dispute between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any breach, clarification or enforcement of any provision of this Agreement or any conduct contemplated herein shall be brought exclusively before, and decided pursuant to the UNCITRAL Rules by the arbitrator who is at the top of the list attached to this Agreement as Appendix J (the “Arbitrator”). If the Arbitrator is unable to hear the Parties’ dispute within 60 days of reference, upon demand by any Party to the dispute, the next-highest-listed-arbitrator in Appendix J shall be deemed to be the Arbitrator for the purposes of that dispute. Should the Arbitrator be permanently unable to hear the Parties’ disputes, the next-highest-listed arbitrator in Appendix J shall be deemed to be the Arbitrator for the purposes of the Agreement. The Parties may add to, remove from, or reorder the list of arbitrators in Appendix J at any time by mutual agreement in writing.

(b) The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language in Brussels, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties to the dispute. Consistent with Relevant Law, and any applicable law governing Philip Morris’ disclosure obligations the arbitration proceedings shall be confidential to the extent possible, and the Parties shall not disclose the nature or scope of the proceedings, or any information obtained in or arising out of the proceedings, to any third party. No amicus curiae or “friend of the court” briefs may be filed in the proceedings. The Arbitrator(s) shall provide the rules of the proceedings and shall issue a written opinion stating the reasons for the relief granted. The arbitration proceedings, and the enforcement of any arbitral order or award, or an action to compel arbitration, shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of New York without regard to choice of law doctrine. The Parties agree that the orders, decisions, and awards of the Arbitrator(s) shall be exclusively enforceable in the New York State Supreme Court (New York County), and any action to compel arbitration shall be commenced in New York State Supreme Court (New York County). The Party seeking to compel arbitration, or to enforce the orders, decisions, and awards of the Arbitrator(s), shall, at the time of the commencement of the action or proceeding, request assignment of the action or proceeding to the Commercial Division, Supreme Court of the State of New York (New York County). The final judgment of the New York State Supreme Court may be enforced by any Party in any court possessing personal and subject matter jurisdiction.

 

34


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any dispute between the Parties involving Article 3, Section 4.01(t) and (u), Article 11, Section 12.01(b), and any dispute involving Article 10 where the amount in dispute exceeds 20 percent of the “Base Payment” in Appendix C, any Party shall, upon request, have the right to have the dispute settled by a three-person arbitration panel with the Arbitrator acting as chairperson and one arbitrator to be selected by the Philip Morris International Party or Parties to the dispute and one arbitrator to be selected by the Relevant Administration Party or Parties to the dispute.

ARTICLE 13

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Notices.

All notices, requests and other communications to any Party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given to the Director of OLAF and the General Counsel of Philip Morris International.

Section 13.02 Waivers.

No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

Section 13.03 Expenses.

All costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Litigation shall be paid by the Party incurring such cost or expense.

Section 13.04 Nature of Payments.

The Parties agree that no part of any of the payments made pursuant to this Agreement is being paid as (or in settlement of actual or potential claims for) fines or penalties, civil or criminal, or enhanced, multiple or punitive damage awards. Nor does any part of such payments represent the cost of a tangible or intangible asset or other future benefit.

Section 13.05 Successors and Assigns.

Except as provided for in Section 9.01(a) of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement, including the obligations set forth herein, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

35


Section 13.06 Legality and Severability.

(a) All obligations under this Agreement are subject to the relevant laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations or other provisions having the force or effect of law of the EC and/or any Member State, which are in effect in each Member State as of its Signature Date, or are enacted or amended by the EC or a Member State after its Signature Date (“ Relevant Law ”), and without prejudice to the rights of the Parties under Article 11, the Parties agree that to the extent that any obligation of any Party under this Agreement would violate Relevant Law, the Party shall be excused from performing such obligation only to the extent that performance would violate such law and shall not incur any liability as a result thereof.

(b) Without prejudice to the rights of the Parties under Article 11, in the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, or there is a legislative, executive or administrative action with the same effect in a Participating Member State, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall be interpreted so as to reasonably effectuate the intent of the Parties hereto. The Parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the intent and purpose of such void or unenforceable provision.

Section 13.07 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries.

This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective on the Execution Date. No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer upon any Person other than the Parties and the Persons identified in Article 9 any rights or remedies hereunder.

Section 13.08 Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, including the Appendixes, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior drafts of this Agreement and any prior understandings reached between the Parties during negotiation of this Agreement, whether oral or written. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Parties may rely upon express representations made in any letter from another Party or their counsel provided at or near the Execution Date or any Signature Date relating to the Agreement.

 

36


Section 13.09 Captions.

The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

Section 13.10 Designated EC Representative.

The EC hereby appoints the Director of OLAF as its designated representative for communications with Philip Morris International relating to the administration of this Agreement. The designated representative is hereby given authority by the EC to act on its behalf for the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, giving and receiving notices and inquiries, and reviewing and approving any documentation or protocols required to be reviewed or approved under this Agreement.

Section 13.11 Amendments.

Any provision of this Agreement may be amended but only if such amendment is in writing and is signed by each Party to this Agreement.

Section 13.12 Authorship.

No one Party or group of Parties shall be considered to have been the author of this Agreement.

Section 13.13 Use of Information Provided by Philip Morris International.

Any information provided to the Relevant Administrations or OLAF pursuant to the Agreement shall be used only for the purposes of promoting the Parties’ joint objective of combating Cigarette smuggling, Cigarette counterfeiting and any related Money Laundering. In no case shall any such information be used or provided to third parties for any other purpose without prior written consent by Philip Morris International, unless the Relevant Administration is compelled to disclose the information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of law.

Section 13.14 Equal Treatment Provision.

If, at any time during the operation of this Agreement, the EC enters into an agreement with another Cigarette manufacturer relating to the same subject-matter as this Agreement (“Future Cooperation Agreement”) on terms (after due consideration of relevant differences in volume of Cigarettes or other appropriate factors) more favorable to such Cigarette manufacturer than the terms of this Agreement, then Philip Morris International may request of the EC that it receive treatment under this Agreement at least as relatively favorable as the overall terms

 

37


provided to the other Cigarette manufacturer. The EC will act in good faith to consider any such request and may grant such a request if it is consistent with the intent of this Agreement.

Section 13.15 Additional Participating Member States.

Any Member State may become a Participating Member State by executing a copy of this Agreement in the appropriate form and delivering a counterpart thereof to Philip Morris International and the other Parties thereto.

Section 13.16 Use of the Agreement.

This Agreement may be admitted into evidence, without the consent of the Parties (i) in any proceeding for the purposes of enforcing the terms hereof, or (ii) if the contemplated use of said document would not be contrary to the intent of this Agreement, in support of any claim or defense any Party may wish to raise in any proceeding brought against it. Otherwise, the Agreement may not be admitted into evidence in any proceeding without the consent of the Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

38


Philip Morris International Inc.,
Philip Morris Products Inc.,
Philip Morris Duty Free Inc., and
Philip Morris World Trade SARL
By:  

/s/ André Calantzopoulos

André Calantzopoulos


European Community

The European Commission hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the European Community and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the European Commission is within its powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the European Community and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

/s/ Michel Petite

     

/s/ Franz-Hermann Brüner

Michel Petite       Franz-Hermann Brüner
Director General       Director General
Legal Service       European Anti-Fraud Office
European Commission       European Commission
Date:  

9 th , July 2004

     


Republic of Austria

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Austria hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Austria and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Austria is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Austria and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Mag. Karl-Heinz Grasser,

   

Minister of Finance of the

   

Republic of Austria

   

/s/    Karl-Heinz Grasser

Date: 10th May 2005                     

   

 


Kingdom of Belgium

The Minister of Finance of the Kingdom of Belgium hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Kingdom of Belgium and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Kingdom of Belgium is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Kingdom of Belgium and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Didier Reynders,

   

Minister of Finance of the

   

Kingdom of Belgium

   

/s/    Didier Reynders

Date: 8/04/04                    

   

 


Republic of Bulgaria

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Bulgaria hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Bulgaria and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Bulgaria is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Bulgaria and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Mr.Plamen Oresharski,    
The Minister of Finance    
Republic of Bulgaria    

/s/ Plamen Oresharski

Date: 15.02.2007                        
   

 


Republic of Cyprus

The Minister for Finance of the Republic of Cyprus hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Cyprus and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Cyprus is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Cyprus and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Mr. Michalis Sarris,    

Minister of Finance of

the Republic of Cyprus

   

/s/ Michalis Sarris

Date: 4/4/2006                    

   

 


Czech Republic

The Minister of Finance of the Czech Republic hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Czech Republic and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Czech Republic is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Czech Republic and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Bohuslav Sobotka,    
Minister of Finance of the    
Czech Republic    

/s/ Bohuslav Sobotka

Date:     -4-04-2006                        

 


Kingdom of Denmark

The Minister of Taxation of Denmark hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Kingdom of Denmark and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Taxation of the Kingdom of Denmark is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Kingdom of Denmark and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Mr. Kristian Jensen,    
The Minister of Taxation    
On behalf of the    
Government of Denmark    

/s/    Kristian Jensen

Date: 1/12/2005                        

 


Republic of Estonia

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Estonia hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Estonia and has the full tight and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Estonia is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Estonia and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Aivar Sõerd    
The Minister of Finance of the    
Republic of Estonia    

/s/ Aivar Sõerd

Date: 29.05.2006                        

 


Republic of Finland

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Finland hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Finland and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Finland is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Finland and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Antti Kalliomäki,    
Minister of Finance of the    
Republic of Finland    

/s/ Antti Kalliomäki

Date:     8.4.2004                        

 


French Republic

The Ministry of the Economy, Finance and Industry of the French Republic hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the French Republic and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of the Economy, Finance and Industry of the French Republic is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the French Republic and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

   
On behalf of the Minister of Economy, Finance and Industry    

Jérôme GRAND D’ESNON,

Agent judiciaire du Trésor,

   
Directeur des affaires juridiques du ministére de l’économie, des finances et de l’industrie de la République française    

 

/s/ Jérôme Grand D’Esnon

Date:     21 AVR. 2004                        

*    *    *

Traduction française / French translation:

Par la présente, le ministre d’Etat, ministre de l’économie, des finances et de l’industrie de la République française assure la mise en oeuvre du présent Accord au nom de la République française, et dispose de l’autorité et de la compétence requises à cet effet.

L’exécution et la mise en oeuvre du présent Accord par le ministre d’Etat, ministre de l’économie, des finances et de l’industre de la République française entrent dans ses attributions et ont éte dûment autorisés dans le respect des procédures en vigueur.

Le présent Accord constitue un engagement de la République française et sera appliqué conformément à ses stipulations.

 

Fait à Paris, le 21 AVR. 2004   Pour le minister d’Etat,
  ministre de l’économie, des finances et de l’industrie,
 

/s/ Jérôme Grand D’Esnon

  Jérôme GRAND D’ESNON
 

Agent judiciaire du Trésor

Directeur des affaires juridiques du ministére de l’économie,

des finances et de l’industrie de la République française

 


Federal Republic of Germany

The Ministry of Finance of the Federal Republic of Germany hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Federal Republic of Germany and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Federal Republic of Germany is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part.

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Federal Republic of Germany and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

On behalf of the Ministry of Finance    
of the Federal Republic of Germany    
   

/s/    Hans-Georg Schlief

    Hans-Georg Schlief
Date: April 8, 2004                        

 


Republic of Greece

The Minister of the Economy and Finance of the Republic of Greece hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Greece and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of the Economy and Finance of the Republic of Greece is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Greece and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Adam Reguzas,    

Deputy Minister of the Economy

and Finance for the Republic of Greece

   

/s/    Adam Reguzas

Date: 21/04/2004                        


Republic of Hungary

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Hungary hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Hungary and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Hungary is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Hungary and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Dr. János Veres    
Minister of Finance of the    
Republic of Hungary    

/s/ János Veres

Date: 2006 APR 04                        


Ireland

The Minister for Finance of Ireland hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Ireland and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Department of Finance of Ireland is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of Ireland and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Brian Cowen,    
Minister for Finance of    
Ireland    

/s/    Brian Cowen

Date: 19th April 2005                        

 


Italian Republic

The Minister of Economy and Finance of the Italian Republic hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Italian Republic and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Italian Republic is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Italian Republic and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Giulio Tremonti,    

Ministro dell’Economia e delle

Finanze della Repubblica Italiana

   

/s/    Giulio Tremonti

Date: 21 May 2004                        

 


Republic of Latvia

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Latvia hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Latvia and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Latvia is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Latvia and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Oskars Spurdziņš,    
Minister of Finance    
Republic of Latvia    

/s/    Oskars Spurdziņš

Date: 25.04.2006                        

 


Republic of Lithuania

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Lithuania hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Lithuania and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Lithuania is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Lithuania and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Zigmantas Balčytis,    
Minister of Finance    
Republic of Lithuania    

/s/    Zigmantas Balčytis

Date: 2005-09-07                        

 


Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg

The Minister of Finance of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, is within its governmental and administrative powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Jean-Claude Juncker,    
Minister of Finance of the    
Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg    

/s/    Jean-Claude Juncker

Date: 13-04-06                        

 


Malta

The Prime Minister and Minister of Finance of Malta hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of Malta and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of Malta is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of Malta and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Lawrence Gonzi,    
Prime Minister and    
Minister of Finance of Malta    

/s/ Lawrence Gonzi

Date: 18/5/05                        


Kingdom of the Netherlands

The Minister of Finance of the Kingdom of the Netherlands hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Kingdom of the Netherlands is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Gerrit Zalm,    
Minister of Finance of the    
Kingdom of the Netherlands,    

/s/ Gerrit Zalm

Date: 15-4-04                        

 


Republic of Poland

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Poland hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Poland and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Poland is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Poland and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Miroslaw Gronicki    
Minister of Finance    
Republic of Poland    

/s/ Miraslaw Gronicki

Date: 17/06/2005                        

 


Portuguese Republic

The Minister of State and Finance of the Portuguese Republic hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Portuguese Republic and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Portuguese Republic is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Portuguese Republic and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Maria Manuela Dias Ferreira Leite,    

Minister of State and Finance

of the Portuguese Republic

   

/s/    Maria Manuela Dias Ferreira Leite

Date: 2004.06.26                        
   

 


Romania

The Minister of Public Finances of Romania hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of Romania and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Public Finances of Romania is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of Romania and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Mr. Sebastian Vladescu    
The Minister of Public Finances    
Romania    

/s/    Sebastian Vladescu

Date: 15.02.2007                    

 


Slovak Republic

The Minister of Finance of the Slovak Republic hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Slovak Republic and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of Finance of the Slovak Republic is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Slovak Republic and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Ivan Mikloš    
Minister of Finance    
Slovak Republic    

/s/ Ivan Mikloš

Date:     29 September 2005                        


Republic of Slovenia

The Minister of Finance of the Republic of Slovenia hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Republic of Slovenia and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Slovenia is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Republic of Slovenia and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Dr. Andrej Bajuk    
Minister of Finance    
Republic of Slovenia    

/s/ Andrej Bajuk

Date:     10.08.2005                        

 


Kingdom of Spain

The Minister of the Economy and Finance of the Kingdom of Spain hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Kingdom of Spain and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Minister of the Economy and Finance of the Kingdom of Spain is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Kingdom of Spain and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Pedro Solbes Mira,    

Minister of the Economy and Finance

of the Kingdom of Spain

   

/s/    Pedro Solbes Mira

Date: 28 JUN. 2004                        
   

 


Kingdom of Sweden

The Minister of Finance of Sweden hereby executes this Agreement on behalf of the Kingdom of Sweden and has the full right and authority to do so;

The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Ministry of Finance of the Kingdom of Sweden is within its governmental powers and has been duly authorised by all necessary action on its part;

This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding Agreement of the Kingdom of Sweden and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Mr. Pär Nuder,    
The Minister of Finance,    
On behalf of the    
Government of Sweden    

/s/    Pär Nuder

Date: 2006-06-01                        

 


Altria Group, Inc., f/k/a Philip Morris Companies Inc., hereby warrants that should any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that are not already Parties to this Agreement undertake to sell, distribute, ship or store Cigarettes within or through the Territory of the Member States, or any Designated State, whether directly or indirectly, Altria Group shall ensure that such subsidiaries adhere to the terms of this Agreement. Altria Group, Inc. also warrants that neither it, nor any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, shall take any action to avoid or limit the obligations of Philip Morris International created by this Agreement. Altria Group, Inc. hereby declares that it has the authority to make the warranties herein concerning its said subsidiaries.

 

Altria Group, Inc.

By: /s/    Altria Group, Inc.


APPENDIX A

PHILIP MORRIS COMPANIES INC.

POLICY STATEMENT ON COMPLIANCE WITH FISCAL, TRADE AND ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING LAWS

 

I. Introduction

Compliance is a key business objective for each and every one of us and goes hand in hand with the Company’s financial and other goals. How we conduct our business is as important as the financial results we achieve, and no one should act on the false assumption that business targets are more important than legal and ethical standards. Our business goals must be achieved within the law and without jeopardy to our reputation for integrity or how the public perceives the Company.

Accordingly, Philip Morris Companies Inc. is issuing this policy statement to all of its operating companies (collectively, “the Company”) in order to standardize procedures related to fiscal, trade and anti-money laundering laws that apply to the sale of the Company’s food, beer and tobacco products. Included within this policy statement are measures designed to guard against the diversion of our products into illegal trade channels and against our products being used by criminals to “launder” the proceeds of crime. This policy therefore, concerns those laws and regulations that govern:

(i) the payment of import duties, value added tax, excise taxes and other imposts applicable to our products;

(ii) the handling of payments which we receive from our customers;

(iii) currency reporting and recordkeeping requirements; and

(iv) trade restrictions or prohibitions.

It also includes important “know your customer” guidelines to help us meet our goal of only doing business with firms that share our high standards of integrity and business practices. Procedures for reporting suspicious activities in this area are also set out below. Antitrust and competition laws are covered by separate policies and compliance programs. As discussed below, this policy statement reaffirms the Company’s commitment to compliance with the laws that apply to its business as well as the primary responsibility of the operating companies to implement and continually improve their compliance programs. This policy statement applies to all domestic and international operating companies which engage in the sale,


distribution or licensing of any of the Company’s products or which collect payments for such products (although the application of certain laws, for example, anti-money laundering laws and regulations, may vary among operating companies).

 

II. Compliance Programs

Each operating company shall implement a compliance program to give effect to this policy statement (“Compliance Program”). In developing its Compliance Program, each operating company’s management, working with their legal counsel, should identify the fiscal, trade and anti-money laundering laws which are relevant to their businesses; ensure that all appropriate personnel (including employees in sales, credit, treasury and accounting and other employees who have contact with customers and other independent contractors) are aware of these laws as well as Company policy; and implement procedures including appropriate education and training programs, designed to prevent and detect violations of the law or Company policy.

The Legal Department of each operating company shall advise its operating company on the development of a suitable Compliance Program, provide guidance as to its implementation and monitor adherence to the Compliance Program. For these purposes, the General Counsel of each operating company shall designate one or more members of the operating company’s Legal Department to act as compliance coordinators.

 

III. General Standard of Conduct

As stated in the Business Conduct Policy , the Company expects a high standard of conduct and personal integrity of all employees. The Business Conduct Policy also states:

“Conduct that is unlawful or that violates Company policies and procedures will not be condoned under any circumstances. This includes conduct that occurs in a country which does not enforce a restriction or a prohibition in its own law or in which the violation is not subject to public criticism or censure.”

Further, the fact that a competitor or other company may appear to be engaged in an illegal activity apparently without incurring any penalties does not justify or mean that we can be involved in the same type of activity or condone the involvement of our customers or anyone associated with the Company. The operating companies’ Compliance Programs should reflect these principles and standards of conduct.

 

2


IV. Types of Laws and Procedures to be Covered

Each operating company’s Compliance Program should identify the applicable laws that govern the sales of its products, taking account of jurisdictional and other issues. At a minimum, however, Compliance Programs should cover the following substantive areas of law and procedures where relevant:

 

  A. Customs and Fiscal Laws and Regulations

As a general rule, importation of the Company’s products is subject to various customs and fiscal laws and regulations. In particular, physical importation of products into a country must usually comply with either:

(i) the regulations that specify the import duties, value added tax, excise tax, and the like that may be payable in relation to our products; or

(ii) the tax, bonding, or other similar regulations that govern “tax or duty free” shipments.

Shipments of or trade in products in violation of these types of laws is usually known as contraband, smuggling or tax evasion. Government agencies and law enforcement bodies around the world are increasingly concerned by the incidence of contraband as well as its reported relation in certain countries to money laundering. The Company’s policy in this context is clear: we will not condone, facilitate, or support contraband or money laundering and we will cooperate with governments in their efforts in prevent illegal trade in the products that we manufacture.

 

  B. Receipt of Payments

Criminals often transact business with the cash proceeds of crime or with negotiable instruments that are the equivalent of cash (e.g., money orders and travelers checks) and that have been purchased with the cash proceeds of crime. Criminal schemes also may involve payments by third parties which may be non-existent or “front” persons or payment in the currency of a country other than the country in which business is transacted. Under the laws of the United States and other countries, in certain circumstances, dealing in criminal proceeds can itself be considered criminal conduct.

In confirmation of our long-standing practices in this area, the operating companies’ Compliance Programs which implement this policy statement should include the following requirements:

 

3


(i) acceptable forms of payment are: (a) wire transfer or check, in both cases from a bank account in the customer’s name, (b) cashier’s check or bank draft, in both cases issued by a bank in the country in which the customer is located and (c) cash, but only where the nature and scale of a customer’s business (e.g., a small retail outlet) are such that it is not commercially feasible under local conditions for a customer to use the forms of payment specified in (a) or (b);

(ii) all payments must be made in the same currency as the invoice;

(iii) third party payments are unacceptable;

(iv) any overpayments must be carefully scrutinized; any request to make an overpayment or that a refund be sent to a third party must be approved by the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer of the operating company or their designees; and

(v) payments for each invoice or group of invoices due should be made by a single instrument.

Procedures of individual operating companies may allow for exceptions to these five requirements to be made on a case-by-case basis but such exceptions must be approved by the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer of the operating company or their designees. If exceptions are permitted, the procedures must provide that they should be granted only in exceptional circumstances and require documentation of the reasons for granting any exception.

Moreover, each Compliance Program should include reasonable procedures to identify payments that do not comply with this policy statement or that merit further inquiry. Because unacceptable or suspicious payments may be indicative of illegal activity, it is essential that in such cases inquiries be made to determine the legitimacy of the customer and the transaction, including the reason for the payment.

 

  C. Currency Reporting and Recordkeeping

For fiscal control or crime prevention purposes, the United States and many other countries have instituted various currency or other transaction reporting and recordkeeping requirements relating to domestic and/or international transactions. Many of these requirements are applicable only to financial institutions and financial services businesses, but others apply to businesses

 

4


generally. In general, they require customers to provide identification and other information when conducting a transaction involving currency or cash equivalents over a certain threshold amount (e.g., US$10,000). Each operating company should take steps to ensure that all such requirements continue to be observed.

 

  D. Trade Restrictions or Prohibitions

The United Nations and European Union, Switzerland, the United States, and a number of other jurisdictions periodically impose various export and trade controls that restrict or prohibit dealings with certain countries, entities and individuals. Trade restrictions take many forms and can include:

(i) a ban on exports to a sanctioned country;

(ii) a ban on imports from or dealings in property originating in a sanctioned country;

(iii) a ban on travel to or from a sanctioned country;

(iv) a ban on new investments in a sanctioned country; or

(v) a ban on financial transactions and dealings involving a sanctioned country or designated individuals and entities.

The reach of these types of laws varies, but as a general rule they may restrict the activities of citizens or residents of the sanctioning jurisdiction, including companies that are incorporated under the laws of the sanctioning jurisdiction, with regard to the governments, financial institutions, firms or individuals resident in or officially identified with the sanctioned country. At present, trade restrictions that are relevant to consumer products companies (i.e., as opposed to restrictions dealing with military or other technology) are in force against a number of countries including the following: Afghanistan, Cuba, Iran, Iraq, Libya, Myanmar (Burma), North Korea, Sudan and Yugoslavia (Serbia). Each Compliance Program should be designed to ensure that the operating company complies with any trade controls or sanctions that may apply to its activities.

 

V. Know Your Customer Guidelines

In addition to covering applicable substantive laws, each operating company’s Compliance Program should include guidelines related to selecting and working with its customers. The following sections highlight certain key elements that should be included as part of such guidelines, which serve to reinforce Company policy and compliance efforts.

 

5


The Company wants to do business only with firms that share our standards of integrity and honorable business practices. Otherwise, we face the possibility that even an arms’-length association with third parties who violate the law might harm our reputation or place the Company or its employees in legal difficulty. For these and other reasons, managers should carefully assess the integrity of potential customers before entering into nay business relationship.

 

  A. Customer Selection

In particular, before approving any new customer for any significant volume of our products, managers should obtain sufficient information about the customer and the customer’s business to satisfy themselves that it is: (i) an existing legal entity; (ii) creditworthy; and (iii) a reputable enterprise engaged in a legitimate business. All such checks should be documented and repeated periodically, including in the event of any change in control of the customer. The frequency and extent of such checks will vary according to factors such as the nature and extent of the relationship, the level of purchases and the geographic areas where that customer does business. If there are any suspicious circumstances present or inconsistencies in information additional due diligence should be undertaken. In any event, however, each operating company’s Compliance Program should require sufficient due diligence to confirm the bona fides of customers.

All new customers should be advised of the Company’s compliance expectations. Thereafter, Compliance Programs should provide for periodic reminders of Compliance policy.

Finally, each operating company should establish a procedure for maintaining appropriate customer records which may include the following materials:

(i) a customer approval form detailing the products which the customer is authorized to purchase and the market of intended destination (to be signed by a designated operating company officer);

(ii) a policy letter regarding fiscal and trade law compliance (to be sent periodically to remind our customers of our policy);

(iii) due diligence checks (e.g., company search report, details of owners and principal officers, bank references and other creditworthiness checks); and

 

6


(iv) any inquiries from and responses to government agencies regarding the customer or its business.

 

  B. Sales Only to Approved Customers

Company policy is to restrict product sales to approved customers commensurate with the legitimate market demand therefore. Accordingly, there should be no sales to anyone other than approved customers. Affiliates of approved customers are not themselves approved customers. Any request to the Company by an existing customer for the supply of our products to a third party should be handled as a request for new customer approval.

 

  C. Continued Awareness and Monitoring

On an ongoing basis, managers should maintain a high degree of awareness of our customers’ business practices and be alert to the possibility of detrimental changes in a customer’s business practices, as well as signs of questionable conduct including suspicious transactions. For example, if a press report alleges that a customer or a customer’s customer is involved in contraband trade or if a customer’s orders suddenly increase dramatically without any clear justification based on market conditions, further inquiries may be appropriate. Any indications of possible violations of this policy statement should be reported in accordance with Section VII.

 

  D. Dealings With Customers

The Company respects the commercial freedom of its customers and recognizes that antitrust and competition laws may restrict the extent to which control can be exercised over resale prices or other conditions under which our customers resell our products. Consistent with these and other principles, and in accordance with the Business Conduct Policy, employees should neither own a substantial interest in a customer or organization seeking to become a customer unless approved in writing by the Responsible Officer (as defined in the Business Conduct Policy), nor become involved in directing or managing a customer’s business affairs.

Moreover, in no circumstances should an employee assist any person in any conduct involving our products that violates fiscal, trade or anti-money laundering laws and/or regulations, including evasion of applicable taxes or import duties. Nor should any employee facilitate or participate in any activity that subverts this policy, including, for example, by agreeing to interpose an existing or new customer to act as an intermediary purchaser which will

 

7


resell our products to another firm that has not been approved as a customer.

We expect our customers to comply with all applicable laws when they resell our products; and we expect that our customers will, in turn, in keeping with applicable laws, seek to ensure that their customers resell our products in their market of intended destination. We reserve the right to stop supplying products to any customer shown to have been involved in contraband sales or distribution of our products. We expect our customers to do the same in relation to their own customers.

 

  E. Licensees and Contract Manufacturers

We must also continue to exercise careful judgment in selecting those we allow to use our name or any of our trademarks, including licensees and contract manufacturers and carry out appropriate due diligence checks to confirm that such entities are reputable. Just as we should remain alert to possible changes in a customer’s business practices, we must also be aware of the behavior of our licensees and other business associates.

 

VI. Government Inquiries

From time to time, the Company may be served with legal process or receive written or oral requests for information from law enforcement or other government agencies for records or information about customers or business associates who may be under investigation or who may be associated with a third party that is under investigation. As set out in the Philip Morris Companies Inc. Legal Guide for Employees, it is Company policy to cooperate fully in these inquires within the confines of applicable privacy and other laws and to respond to each lawful request in a timely fashion. Any employee who receives such a request should follow the procedures of the Legal Guide, including immediate reference to the Legal Department for review.

In keeping with out long-standing policy of supporting government actions against illegal trading in our products, we are asked from time to time to assist in tracing the country and date of manufacture of a particular product and our customer for that product based on markings and other records. Each operating company should have marking systems which, with related documentation, will allow us to assist governments with their attempts to identify purchasers of our products, and the dates and locations of production. Also, any employee who becomes aware of any attempt to tamper with our products or the packaging of our products or any attempt to falsify invoices or other import documents should promptly report this to the Legal Department.

 

8


VII. Reporting of Suspected Wrongdoing

Any indications of possible violations of this policy statement or the Compliance Programs or of suspicious activity by customers should be reported promptly to the Legal Department of the relevant operating company for appropriate action. Actions which may be appropriate include monitoring a customer’s activity, a possible management decision to suspend or sever the business relationship in accordance with Company policy and/or a determination of whether to report the activity to the appropriate government authorities. The Legal Department of each operating company shall implement a procedure to ensure that the identify of any person reporting violations of this policy statement or its Compliance Program or any suspicious activity by customers will be kept confidential if the reporter of that information so requests.

 

VIII.  Violations

Consistent with the Business Conduct Policy and Legal Guide, any employee who fails to comply with this policy statement or the Compliance Programs and policies that have been and will be promulgated by the operating companies may be subject to disciplinary action, which may include termination and loss of employment-related benefits. Any suspected violations of fiscal, trade or anti-money laundering laws by customers, licensees or contract manufacturers should be reported in accordance with the procedures set out above.

Finally, employees are urged to consider the spirit of this policy statement and to act accordingly. It is vital that we maintain our commitment both to observing and abiding by the laws governing our business and to the protection of our good name and reputation. Any questions regarding this policy statement should be referred to the Legal Department.

September 13, 1999

 

9


APPENDIX B - EC COMPLIANCE PROTOCOLS

PROTOCOL 1

G ENERAL S TATEMENT OF A NTI - MONEY L AUNDERING / A NTI -S MUGGLING

C OMPLIANCE P ROTOCOLS

1.01. Definitions . Except as otherwise defined herein, the terms used inthese EC Compliance Protocols are as defined in Article 1 of the Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Agreement and General Release.

1.02. Commitment of Philip Morris International.

(a) Consistent with these Protocols, Philip Morris International reiterates its ongoing commitment and obligation to comply with all applicable laws, including those of the EC and the Member States, governing its conduct relating to:

(i) the payment of import duties, value added tax, excise tax and other imposts applicable to Cigarettes manufactured or sold by Philip Morris International;

(ii) the handling of payments which are received from customers, licensees, and other obligors in respect of Philip Morris Cigarettes;

(iii) currency reporting and record-keeping requirements; and

(iv) trade restrictions or prohibitions.

(b) Conduct that is unlawful or that violates Philip Morris International’s policies and procedures will not be condoned under any circumstances. This includes conduct that occurs in a country that does not enforce a restriction or prohibition in its own law or in which the violation is not subject to public criticism or censure.

(c) After detecting any violation of these Protocols, Philip Morris International shall make all commercially reasonable efforts to prevent and/or penalize further similar conduct.

(d) The fact that a competitor or other company may appear to be engaged in an illegal activity without incurring any penalties does not mean that Philip Morris International can be involved in such illegal activity or condone the involvement of its customers or anyone associated with Philip Morris International in such illegal activity.


1.03. Scope and Purpose of the EC Compliance Protocols.

(a) These EC Compliance Protocols are designed to promote the Parties’ joint objective that Philip Morris Cigarettes be sold, distributed, stored, and shipped in accordance with all applicable fiscal and legal requirements, and, in particular, sold at retail in accordance with all applicable tax and duty laws in the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

(b) These Protocols are designed to achieve the Parties’ joint objective of meaningful cooperation, in particular between Philip Morris International and OLAF, in eliminating the sales of smuggled and/or counterfeit Cigarettes as well as any associated Money Laundering. Furthermore, these Protocols are designed to further the Parties’ joint objectives (i) that Philip Morris International terminate sales of Cigarettes to persons, corporations and/or distributors that have been found to be unlawfully or knowingly engaged in the distribution of smuggled products or Money Laundering, (ii) that the Relevant Administrations are in a better position to investigate and prosecute such persons, and to prevent and detect such frauds, and (iii) that Philip Morris International be provided active and effective support for its efforts to deter any act or practice that favors or facilitates the use of its Cigarettes in smuggling or as a vehicle to launder illegal proceeds. The information provided by Philip Morris International to the Relevant Administrations and OLAF pursuant to these Protocols will contribute to the vigorous pursuit of persons suspected of illegally smuggling Cigarettes, counterfeiting and Money Laundering throughout the world.

PROTOCOL 2

K NOW Y OUR C USTOMER

2.01. Conducting Business with Approved Contractors. Beginning 180 days after the Execution Date, for the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Cigarettes in excess of 2,500 Master Cases of Philip Morris Cigarettes per year within or into the Territory of one or more of the Member States or any Designated State, Philip Morris International shall conduct business only with Approved Contractors.

2.02. Market Demand. Philip Morris International shall sell and distribute Cigarettes in amounts that are commensurate with the Retail Demand in the Intended Market of Retail Sale, and Philip Morris International will refuse to sell Philip Morris Cigarettes in volumes exceeding that amount.

2.03. Due Diligence.

(a) Philip Morris International shall undertake Due Diligence with respect to all of its Contractors, or Persons reasonably likely to be engaged by

 

2


Philip Morris International as Contractors (together “ Applicants ”), in order to satisfy itself that such Persons are able and committed to honor the objectives and practices set forth in these EC Compliance Protocols and therefore are eligible to become Approved Contractors.

(b) As part of its Due Diligence, a representative of Philip Morris International shall:

(i) meet with a representative of each Applicant;

(ii) visit the Applicant’s principal place of operations;

(iii) obtain Due Diligence Information from each Applicant or other sources;

(iv) assess and verify each Applicant’s ability and commitment to comply with the objectives and procedures of the EC Compliance Protocols to the extent applicable to it;

(v) assess and verify each Applicant’s ability and commitment to implement its own Know-Your-Customer procedures consistent with these Protocols and for each Applicant to require the same of its wholesale cigarette customers, if any; and

(vi) create a report detailing the result of the Due Diligence.

(c) “ Due Diligence Information ” means the following information, to the extent that it is reasonably available:

(i) where the Applicant is an individual, information regarding his or her identity, including but not limited to, full name, business registration number (if any), date and place of birth, and applicable tax registration numbers and a copy of their official identification and/or passport;

(ii) where the Applicant is a corporation or other entity, information regarding its identity, including but not limited to, full name, business registration number, date and place of incorporation, corporate capital, applicable tax registration numbers, copies of its articles of incorporation or equivalent documents, its corporate Affiliates, the names of its officers and directors, and the name of any designated representatives, including but not limited to the representatives’ complete names, and copies of their official identification and/or passports;

 

3


(iii) where the Applicant is seeking to become a First Purchaser, a description of the intended use and Intended Market of Retail Sale of the Cigarettes to be purchased from Philip Morris International. This “ Sales Plan ” shall be required to be updated as needed and will include complete identification as practicable of the Subsequent Purchasers to whom the Cigarettes will be sold;

(iv) documentation regarding the number of persons employed by the Applicant at the date of the request for information;

(v) documentation regarding any criminal offenses, or charges filed by governmental agencies, against the Applicant or any of its managers, directors, and/or legal representatives; and

(vi) complete identification of the bank accounts through which the payments for the Cigarettes sold to the Applicant shall be made, including but not limited to the complete name and address of the bank, the complete name and address of the account holder, and all information concerning the identification of the account. In addition to the foregoing information, if the bank account to be used to pay Philip Morris International belongs to an Affiliate of the Applicant, full disclosure of the precise relationship between the Affiliate and the Applicant (or subsequently, the Approved Contractor) shall be required to be made to Philip Morris International prior to the acceptance of any payment from such an Affiliate. This information shall be required to be updated, as needed, by the Applicant if the Applicant becomes an Approved Contractor.

(d) If, following its Due Diligence, Philip Morris International is not satisfied that an Applicant is able and committed to honor the objectives and practices set forth in these EC Compliance Protocols, Philip Morris International shall refuse to conduct business with that Applicant.

(e) If, following its Due Diligence, Philip Morris International is satisfied that an Applicant is able and committed to effectively implement the objectives and practices set forth in these EC Compliance Protocols, Philip Morris International will record that fact and that Applicant shall be considered an “ Approved Contractor .”

(f) Philip Morris International shall maintain a list of all Approved Contractors, which shall be updated every 6 months.

(g) “ Follow-up Due Diligence ” shall be undertaken at least annually for each Approved Contractor, and shall also be undertaken in cases where Philip Morris International has been notified by the Approved Contractor of a change in

 

4


ownership and/or control of the Approved Contractor. Philip Morris International will require Approved Contractors to promptly notify it of any material change in their ownership or control.

(h) The following shall constitute Follow-up Due Diligence for Approved Contractors by Philip Morris International:

(i) reiterating to Approved Contractors their obligations under these Protocols, and monitoring their continued compliance therewith;

(ii) for Approved Contractors who are First Purchasers, reiterating that these Protocols require that they may only purchase Philip Morris Cigarettes for sale or distribution in amounts that are commensurate with the Retail Demand in the Intended Market of Retail Sale and that Philip Morris International will refuse to sell them Philip Morris Cigarettes in volumes exceeding that amount;

(iii) reiterating to Approved Contractors Philip Morris International’s commitment to cooperate with the Relevant Administrations, including OLAF;

(iv) answering questions Approved Contractors may have regarding these EC Compliance Protocols; and

(v) providing Approved Contractors with any changes to the EC Compliance Protocols that may affect their obligations.

(i) If, after completing Follow-up Due Diligence, Philip Morris International is no longer satisfied that an Approved Contractor is able and committed to honor the objectives and practices set forth in these EC Compliance Protocols, Philip Morris International shall refuse to continue conducting business with that entity and that entity shall cease to be an Approved Contractor.

2.04. Approved Contractor Records . Philip Morris International shall maintain files containing its records of Approved Contractors for five years after creation. These records shall include the following:

(a) Commercial documents relating to the Approved Contractor of a material nature to this Agreement, including for example invoices, correspondence of a material nature to and from said Approved Contractor, internal correspondence of a material nature relating thereto, documentation concerning the reasons any exception has been granted under Protocol 5.01(b), below, contracts, credit analysis, cargo manifests, declarations to any relevant authorities, transport documents, and other shipping documents.

 

5


(b) documents obtained by Philip Morris International as part of Approved Contractors’ Due Diligence Information;

(c) any inquiries from and responses to government agencies regarding the Approved Contractor or its business; and

(d) all records relating to payments made by First Purchasers for Philip Morris Cigarettes.

PROTOCOL 3

A PPROVED C ONTRACTOR R ELATIONS

3.01. Contracts with Approved Contractors . To the extent permitted by applicable law, Philip Morris International undertakes to make commercially reasonable efforts to enter into contractual arrangements with Approved Contractors within 12 months of the Execution Date that will provide for the following, as applicable:

(a) Delivery Terms . Delivery terms applicable to sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes will be specified on the invoice to the First Purchaser using terminology set out in Incoterms 2000. Passage of risk will transfer to the First Purchaser in accordance with the applicable Incoterm. For any Philip Morris Cigarettes that the First Purchaser purchases FCA Antwerp or similar basis, the First Purchaser shall be required to agree to resell the Philip Morris Cigarettes using a CIF, CIP, DDU or comparable delivery term to the Intended Market of Retail Sale, or in the alternative to take other measures that are designed to ensure delivery of the Philip Morris Cigarettes to their Intended Market of Retail Sale. Under no circumstances may the First Purchaser take any action directly or indirectly to interfere with the transportation of the Philip Morris Cigarettes to the delivery point specified in the invoice or to the Intended Market of Retail Sale without the specific prior approval of Philip Morris International.

(b) Packaging . The First Purchaser shall be required to agree that it will take no action directly or indirectly to alter, remove, or deface any Identification Markings or any other aspects of the Philip Morris Cigarettes’ packaging.

(c) Legal Compliance . The First Purchaser shall be required to agree to transport and/or resell the Philip Morris Cigarettes in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation (a) any laws or regulations governing the shipment of the Philip Morris Cigarettes in bond or under duty suspension and (b) any fiscal or other laws or regulations governing the importation and resale of the Philip Morris Cigarettes, and (c) any applicable

 

6


laws designed to combat the laundering of illegal proceeds. The First Purchaser shall be required to agree to take no action to promote or facilitate the resale of the Philip Morris Cigarettes by the First Purchaser’s customers or Subsequent Purchasers in violation of any fiscal, labeling, trade, or other laws or in a way which would otherwise contravene the First Purchaser’s obligations under its terms and conditions of sale. The First Purchaser shall be required to agree not to resell the Philip Morris Cigarettes to any Person or entity whom it knows or has reason to believe to be engaged in any illegal trade. Philip Morris International shall require the First Purchaser to acknowledge and accept that Philip Morris International reserves the right to suspend or terminate any and all commercial relationships with the First Purchaser, and in particular to suspend any sales and/or shipments of Philip Morris Cigarettes to the First Purchaser, if the First Purchaser violates its terms and conditions of sale, including, without limitation, those relating to delivery and/or packaging, or is otherwise shown to have unlawfully or knowingly engaged in any illegal trade.

(d) Cooperation with Governments . Philip Morris International shall require the Approved Contractor to acknowledge and accept in writing that Philip Morris International intends to cooperate with governmental inquiries into any illegal importation, movement, or sale of Philip Morris Cigarettes. Towards this end, Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the availability of data and documents to the Relevant Administrations as provided for under the Agreement and these Appendices thereto. The First Purchaser shall be required to agree in writing to expressly authorize Philip Morris International to disclose the terms and conditions of any sale of Philip Morris Cigarettes to the First Purchaser in response to a valid and specific governmental inquiry in that regard.

3.02. Investigations by the Relevant Administrations . Philip Morris International shall strongly encourage its First Purchasers to cooperate with the Relevant Administrations for the purposes of investigating Cigarette smuggling and/or the laundering of proceeds arising out of the illegal trade in Cigarettes.

PROTOCOL 4

T ERMINATION OF F IRST P URCHASERS AND S UBSEQUENT P URCHASERS

4.01. Termination of Business Relationships with Approved Contractors .

(a) Philip Morris International shall terminate business relations with, including the supply of Philip Morris Cigarettes to, any Approved Contractor upon OLAF providing Philip Morris International with, or Philip Morris International otherwise coming into possession of, Sufficient Evidence that such Approved Contractor has, following the Execution Date, unlawfully or knowingly

 

7


engaged in the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes or any related Money Laundering. Thereafter, such Approved Contractor shall be a Blocked Contractor.

(b) For the purposes of this Protocol and the Agreement as a whole, only the following will constitute “Sufficient Evidence”:

(i) a criminal conviction in any official court or tribunal for any offense relating to the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes, or any related Money Laundering; or

(ii) a finding by any official court or tribunal in any civil case of involvement in the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes, or any related Money Laundering.

(c) In the event that OLAF provides Philip Morris International with, or Philip Morris International otherwise comes into possession of, Sufficient Evidence that a Subsequent Purchaser has, following the Execution Date, unlawfully or knowingly engaged in the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes, Philip Morris International will request the First Purchaser of Philip Morris Cigarettes that sells Philip Morris Cigarettes to such Subsequent Purchaser to cease supplying Philip Morris Cigarettes to such Subsequent Purchaser, if such Subsequent Purchaser is a direct customer of the First Purchaser. In the event that the First Purchaser refuses to honor such request, Philip Morris International will cease supplying Philip Morris Cigarettes to such First Purchaser, who will thereafter be a Blocked Contractor. If such Subsequent Purchaser is not a direct customer of a First Purchaser, then Philip Morris International shall request that the First Purchaser make such commercially reasonable efforts as may be required to terminate its direct and/or indirect supply of Philip Morris Cigarettes to such Subsequent Purchaser. In the event that the First Purchaser refuses to take such steps to terminate its direct and/or indirect supply of Philip Morris Cigarettes to such Subsequent Purchaser, Philip Morris International will cease supplying Philip Morris Cigarettes to such First Purchaser, who will thereafter be a Blocked Contractor.

(d) Philip Morris International shall maintain a list of Blocked Contractors. Unless otherwise agreed to by Philip Morris International and OLAF, a Blocked Contractor shall remain so designated for 5 years after the termination of Philip Morris International’s business relationship with such Blocked Contractor and no such Blocked Contractor will be permitted to conduct business with Philip Morris International or any Affiliates thereof, directly or indirectly, relating to the purchase, distribution, shipment, or storage of Philip Morris Cigarettes during that time. After the expiration of the 5-year period, a Blocked Contractor may reapply to become an Approved Contractor and, at that time, will be subject to the applicable Due Diligence requirements.

 

8


4.02. Request for Termination of Business Relationships with Approved Contractors.

(a) If OLAF believes that an Approved Contractor or Subsequent Purchaser has, following the Execution Date, unlawfully or knowingly engaged in the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes or Counterfeit Cigarettes or any related Money Laundering, but does not possess Sufficient Evidence to support its belief, OLAF may present its evidence to Philip Morris International as part of a request that Philip Morris International terminate the supply of Philip Morris Cigarettes to the Approved Contractor or Subsequent Purchaser (the “ Request for Termination ”).

(b) Within 45 days of receiving a Request for Termination, Philip Morris International shall provide a response to OLAF reflecting its determination. In the event that Philip Morris International disagrees with OLAF’s conclusions and rejects the Request for Termination, it shall provide the reasons for that decision. If in that event OLAF, after considering Philip Morris International’s response, remains of the view that the supply of Philip Morris Cigarettes to the Approved Contractor and/or Subsequent Purchaser should be terminated, OLAF and Philip Morris International shall meet and confer in good faith and attempt to resolve the dispute. If the dispute has not been resolved within 30 days of the meet and confer, OLAF may bring the dispute before the Arbitrators in accordance with Article 12.02 of the Agreement and may seek an order from the Arbitrators requiring Philip Morris International to terminate its business relationship with the Approved Contractor in question (the “ Termination Order ”), or, if the Person that is the subject of the Request for Termination is a Subsequent Purchaser, that Philip Morris proceed under Protocol 4.01(c) above as if Sufficient Evidence existed concerning such Subsequent Purchaser.

(c) In any arbitration proceedings brought under Protocol 4.02 hereof, the Arbitrators may issue a Termination Order to Philip Morris International only where it has been proven by the greater weight of the evidence that:

(i) the Approved Contractor or Subsequent Purchaser in question has, following the Execution Date, unlawfully or knowingly engaged in the sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Cigarettes or Counterfeit Cigarettes or any related Money Laundering;

(ii) five separate seizures of at least 4 million Cigarettes each have been made of Philip Morris Cigarettes sold to, handled by, or channeled through the Approved Contractor or Subsequent Purchaser in question within the previous 12 months, (with a time span from the date of the first seizure to the fifth seizure of at least 45 days), and such person

 

9


has refused to cooperate with lawful requests to do so made by the Relevant Administration(s) in relation to such seizures;

(iii) any number of seizures have been made of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes sold to, handled by, or channeled through the First Purchaser or Subsequent Purchaser in the preceding 12 month period which have totaled more than 25 million Cigarettes, and such person has refused to cooperate with lawful requests to do so made by the Relevant Administration(s) in relation to such seizures; or,

(iv) beginning one year after the Execution Date, any number of seizures have been made of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes sold to, handled by, or channeled through an Approved Contractor (other than a First Purchaser) in the preceding 12 month period which have totaled more than 500 million Cigarettes, and such person has refused to cooperate with lawful requests to do so made by the Relevant Administration(s) in relation to such seizures.

PROTOCOL 5

A CCOUNTABILITY OF P AYMENTS FOR C IGARETTES

5.01. Acceptable Forms of Payment.

(a) Philip Morris International shall adhere to its anti-money laundering policies, which are designed to ensure that it receives payment for Philip Morris Cigarettes solely from legal sources. The policies developed by Philip Morris International to track and monitor all payments made for Cigarettes sold and/or distributed by Philip Morris International shall include measures designed to prevent the use of the proceeds of any illegal activity, in any form whatsoever, as payment for Cigarettes. Specifically, as those policies relate to transactions with Approved Contractors relating to the sale, storage or distribution of Philip Morris Cigarettes:

(i) acceptable forms of payment shall be limited to:

(A) wire transfers or checks, in both cases from a bank account in the name of the Person or Affiliate of such Person with whom Philip Morris International is transacting,

(B) cashier’s checks or bank drafts, in both cases issued by a bank in the country in which the Person with whom Philip Morris International is transacting is located; and,

 

10


(C) cash, but only where the nature and scale of the business of the Person with whom Philip Morris International is transacting (e.g., a small retail outlet) are such that it is not commercially feasible under local conditions for that Person to use the forms of payment specified in (A) or (B);

(ii) all payments must be made in the same currency and in the same amount as the invoice;

(iii) all payments for Philip Morris Cigarettes must be made by the invoiced customer or an Affiliate of that customer disclosed to Philip Morris International in accordance with Protocol 2.03(c)(vi);

(iv) payments for each invoice or group of invoices due shall be made by a single instrument; and,

(v) payment must be made from an account designated by the Approved Contractor during the Due Diligence process, under Protocol 2.03(c)(vi), above.

(b) Exceptions to the five requirements set forth above in Protocol 5.01(a) may be made on a case-by-case basis. Such exceptions must be approved by the Chief Financial Officer of Philip Morris International, and the reasons for granting any exception shall be documented.

PROTOCOL 6

D ISCLOSURE OF I NFORMATION

6.01. Responding to Inquiries . Within 45 days of a written request by OLAF, Philip Morris International shall provide OLAF with the following:

(i) the list of Approved Contractors and Blocked Contractors as of the date of the request;

(ii) sales volumes to Approved Contractors after January 1, 2004;

(iii) reasonable estimates of the annual Retail Demand for any domestic or duty free market in the Member States or any Designated State for any time period after January 1, 2004 and any domestic or duty free market if there have been 3 seizures in the Member States of more than 5 Master Cases Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes within the previous 12 months that had such domestic market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale; and

 

11


(iv) information relating to the storage and shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes for any market of retail or duty free sale after January 1, 2004.

6.02. Provision of Information . Subject to applicable data protection and secrecy laws, within 45 days of a specific written request by OLAF, Philip Morris International shall provide to OLAF, Due Diligence Information and Approved Contractor records created after January 1, 2004 relating to activity occurring after that date.

6.03. Fast Track Provision of Information . In the event that OLAF or the Relevant Administrations make a seizure of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes, and OLAF seeks information regarding other Philip Morris Cigarettes that may be in transit, Philip Morris International agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to promptly (i.e. as soon as possible during the next business day) provide, at OLAF’s request, the information listed in 3.03(a) of the Tracking and Tracing Protocols, to the extent available, for all shipments of Philip Morris Cigarettes to the same First Purchaser associated with the seized Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes for a period encompassing three months prior to and three months subsequent to the date of shipment of the seized Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes.

PROTOCOL 7

C REATION OF A P HILIP M ORRIS I NTERNATIONAL C OMPLIANCE O FFICER

7.01. The Compliance Officer.

(a) Philip Morris International shall create an internal position of Director for Anti-Contraband and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance (the “ Vice President for Compliance Systems ”), who shall report directly to senior management of Philip Morris International.

(b) The Vice President for Compliance Systems shall have the authority and be responsible for:

(i) reviewing Philip Morris International’s practices relating to the sale, distribution, storage, and shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes;

(ii) undertaking and executing any and all of the commitments made under this Agreement by Philip Morris International;

(iii) overseeing compliance by Philip Morris International with Philip Morris International’s Fiscal Compliance Policy and the Agreement;

 

12


(iv) developing the education and training programs for employees relating to the sale, distribution, storage and shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes in accordance with Philip Morris International’s Fiscal Compliance Policy and the Agreement, which are provided for in Protocol 11; and

(v) serving, directly and/or through appropriate staff, as a contact point for communication between Philip Morris International and the EC, the Participating Member States and OLAF.

PROTOCOL 8

S HIPMENT TO W AREHOUSES FOR S ALE AT L ATER D ATE AND E ARLY W ARNING

S YSTEM N OTIFICATION

8.01. Information on Cigarettes in Customs Warehouses . Philip Morris International shall, upon receiving a request from OLAF, inform OLAF of quantities of Philip Morris Cigarettes kept in stock as of the date of the request, in tax and customs warehouses, in the possession, custody or control of Philip Morris International in the Territory of the Member States or any Designated State, under the regime of transit or duty suspension.

8.02. Early Warning System Notification . With respect to all Philip Morris Cigarettes manufactured in the Territory of the Member States for export outside the Territory of the Member States, and/or subject to duty-suspended movement in transit in the Territory of the Member States, Philip Morris International agrees to notify customs authorities in the country of departure (electronically where the appropriate infrastructure exists) at the time of departure from Philip Morris International. The notification shall include:

(i) the date of the shipment from the last point of Philip Morris International’s physical custody of the Philip Morris Cigarettes;

(ii) details concerning the Philip Morris Cigarettes shipped (brand, amount, warehouse);

(iii) the intended shipping destination;

(iv) the identity of the Person to whom the Cigarettes are being shipped;

(v) the mode of transportation, including the identity of the transporter;

 

13


(vi) the expected date of arrival of the shipment at the intended shipping destination; and,

(vii) the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

PROTOCOL 9

D ELEGATION OF A UTHORITY

9.01. Delegation of Authority . Substantial discretionary authority relating to the sale, distribution, storage, and shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes, or the establishment of policies and business practices relating thereto, shall be delegated by Philip Morris International only to Philip Morris International employees that Philip Morris International reasonably believes, after the exercise of due diligence, have demonstrated the ability and commitment to act in full compliance with the terms and principles of these Protocols.

PROTOCOL 10

P ERFORMANCE R EVIEWS

10.01. Performance Reviews . Performance reviews, compensation, and promotions of Philip Morris International’s employees whose activities relate to the sale, distribution, storage, and shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes shall take into account such employees’ performance in connection with these Protocols.

PROTOCOL 11

T RAINING P ROGRAMS

11.01. Training Programs . Philip Morris International shall design training programs for its employees whose activities involve the sale, distribution, storage, and/or shipment of Philip Morris Cigarettes, or the establishment of policies and business practices relating thereto. The curriculum for such training programs shall be notified to OLAF. These employees shall, at least once a year, either conduct or participate in training programs designed to educate and inform Philip Morris International’s employees about their compliance obligations under these Protocols, with supplemental training to be required if necessary, at the discretion of the Vice President for Compliance Systems. At least once a year, a representative of OLAF shall participate in the training for Philip Morris International employees as part of the training programs described in this Protocol.

 

14


PROTOCOL 12

M ONITORING AND A UDITING S YSTEMS

12.01. Development of Monitoring and Auditing Systems . In conjunction with the Law Department and the Finance Department of Philip Morris International, the Vice President for Compliance Systems will develop Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Monitoring and Auditing Systems. Fiscal Compliance Coordinators will be designated for each region, who will be responsible for implementing these systems in their business units.

PROTOCOL 13

Reporting of Suspicious Activity

13.01. Reporting Requirements . Philip Morris International agrees to require that if an employee of Philip Morris International suspects that there has been a violation of these Protocols by another employee or by an Approved Contractor, the employee must promptly report the activity to one of the following Persons: his or her supervisor, the department head, a Fiscal Compliance Coordinator, the Vice President for Compliance Systems, or the Law Department of Philip Morris International. To the extent permitted by law, the identity of the reporting employee will be kept confidential, if requested by the individual. Philip Morris International shall establish the means so that these reports may be made anonymously.

13.02. Reporting System . The Vice President for Compliance Systems shall create, in conjunction with the Law Department and the Finance Department of Philip Morris International, a Reporting System. Such Reporting System will allow employees of Philip Morris International to anonymously report, by any means including email, regular mail, or telephone:

(a) any suspicious transactions, including, but not limited to, any suspected involvement of Philip Morris International employees or Approved Contractors in:

(v) the illegal sale, distribution, storage, or shipment of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes;

(vi) any related illegal activity; or

(vii) transactions that do not correspond to ordinary commercial practices and render Philip Morris Cigarettes vulnerable to diversion into smuggling channels; or

 

15


(b) any transaction between Philip Morris International and an Approved Contractor that is made or attempted in cash, cash equivalents, bearer or third-party instruments, when the amount of the transaction exceeds Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) and the Philip Morris International employee cannot verify that the transaction has been reported, or when the Philip Morris International employee has reason to believe or to suspect that a series of transactions has been structured so as not to trigger the reporting requirement when the transactions are considered individually, but when taken as a whole would trigger the reporting requirement.

13.03. The Fiscal Compliance Coordinator . The Fiscal Compliance Coordinator for each region must be notified promptly of any report of activity that may violate these Protocols in his or her region. In conjunction with the Law Department, the Fiscal Compliance Coordinator will review the reported activity and determine whether further action is warranted. If it is determined that an employee of Philip Morris International has violated these Protocols, the Fiscal Compliance Coordinator and the Law Department shall consult with the management of the relevant business unit involved regarding any disciplinary or other action to be taken.

13.04. Cooperation of Philip Morris International Employees . Philip Morris International shall encourage its employees and/or agents to make themselves available to OLAF for interviews and for the purposes of giving sworn statements, as reasonably requested and required by OLAF, relating to matters which are covered by this Agreement that arose after the Execution Date.

PROTOCOL 14

D ISTRIBUTION OF P ROTOCOLS

14.01. Distribution of Protocols . These Protocols shall be made available to all Philip Morris International employees on Philip Morris International’s internal website. Also available at the internal website shall be:

(i) easy to understand memoranda explaining the requirements of these Protocols;

(ii) frequently asked questions and answers relating to these Protocols; and

(iii) a link to the Reporting System established pursuant to Protocol 13.02.

14.02. Philip Morris International Compliance Policy . No later than 6 months after the Execution Date, Philip Morris International shall revise its

 

16


written policies which address the sale, distribution, storage, and shipment of Cigarettes within or into the Territory of the Member States or any Designated States, and consolidate these policies into one document (the “ International Compliance Policy ”). As new situations arise, Philip Morris International shall make changes and modifications as necessary to the International Compliance Policy, and shall inform OLAF thereof. In the event of any inconsistency between the International Compliance Policy and these Protocols, the latter shall prevail.

14.03. The International Compliance Policy shall be made available to all Philip Morris International employees on Philip Morris International’s internal website. Also available at the internal website shall be:

(i) frequently asked questions and answers relating to the International Compliance Policy; and

(ii) a link to the Reporting System.

 

17


APPENDIX C

Philip Morris International (PMI) agrees to make payments to the Relevant Administrations in accordance with the provisions below:

1. An amount equal to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) shall be deemed to be the “Base Payment.”

2. Within sixty (60) days of the Execution Date, PMI shall make a lump-sum payment in the amount of 250% of the Base Payment.

3. On the first anniversary of the Execution Date, PMI shall make a payment equal to 150% of (x) the Base Payment multiplied by (y) the 2004 Adjusted Index Percentage.

4. On the second anniversary of the Execution Date, PMI shall make a payment equal to 100% of (x) the Base Payment multiplied by (y) the 2005 Adjusted Index Percentage.

5. On each of the third through twelfth anniversaries of the Execution Date, PMI shall make a payment equal to 75% of (x) the Base Payment multiplied by (y) the Adjusted Index Percentage for the previous year.

6. The Adjusted Index Percentage in respect of any given year shall be calculated using the formula set forth in paragraphs 7 through 10 below.

7. In respect of any year in which a payment is to be made, the “Numerator” shall be the percentage share of the volume of total cigarette sales in the preceding year in the domestic markets of the states that were Member States of the European Union on January 1 st , 2004, represented by entity(ies), including PMI and its Affiliates, that are, at

 

1


the time of payment, party to this Agreement or an anti-contraband / anti-counterfeit agreement substantially similar to this Agreement, provided, however, that if there are other entities that have entered into such similar agreements, the volumes taken into account for determining the percentage share of the volume of total cigarette sales in the preceding year in the domestic markets of the states that were Member States of the European Union on January 1 st , 2004, shall be limited to only those of PMI and its Affiliates, and not of any other entities that have entered into such similar agreements, if the Adjusted Index Percentage calculated on PMI volume alone would be less than the 2004 Adjusted Index Percentage. The “Denominator” shall be the percentage share of the volume of total cigarette sales in the year 2004 by PMI and its Affiliates in the domestic markets of the states that were Member States of the European Union on January 1st, 2004. An anti-contraband / anti-counterfeit agreement shall not be deemed substantially similar to the Agreement unless it has at least three of the following four elements, (i) annual anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit payments of the type specified in this Appendix C; (ii) Supplemental Payments of the type specified in Section 4.01 of this Agreement; (iii) EC Compliance Protocols of the type specified in Appendix B to this Agreement; and (iv) Tracking and Tracing Protocols of the type specified in Appendix D to this Agreement.

8. The Index Percentage for any given year is the Numerator divided by the Denominator, expressed as a percentage.

9. The Adjusted Index Percentage for any given year is derived from the Index Percentage for that year using the following formula:

 

2


Index Percentage

   Adjusted Index
Percentage
 

0- up to but not including 5%

   0 %

5- up to but not including 15%

   12 %

15- up to but not including 25%

   24 %

25- up to but not including 35%

   36 %

35- up to but not including 45%

   68 %

45- up to but not including 55%

   84 %

55- up to but not including 65%

   92 %

65- up to but not including 75%

   96 %

75- up to but not including 85%

   98 %

85- up to but not including 95%

   99 %

95- up to but not including 115%

   100 %

115- up to but not including 140%

   101 %

140- up to but not including 170%

   102 %

170- up to but not including 200%

   103 %

200%+

   104 %

In any year in which a payment is to be made and the Adjusted Index Percentage as calculated above is equal to or more than 100%, then for the purposes of determining the relevant payment, the Adjusted Index Percentage shall be deemed to be equal (a) to 99% if PMI’s latest full calendar year volume of total cigarette sales in the domestic markets of the states that were Member States of the European Union on January 1st, 2004 is less than 90% of the same figure for 2004 yet equal to or greater than 80% of the same figure for 2004; or (b) to 98% if PMI’s latest full calendar year

 

3


volume of total cigarette sales in the domestic markets of the states that were Member States of the European Union on January 1st, 2004 is less than 80% of the same figure for 2004.

10. In the event of an acquisition or divestiture by PMI or any of its Affiliates subsequent to the Execution Date, the Denominator shall be adjusted in each year following the year of acquisition or divestiture to reflect what the Denominator would have been had either (i) the acquired company(s) been owned by PMI in 2004; or (ii) the divested company(s) had not been owned by PMI in 2004.

11. The payments in paragraphs (2)-(5) will each be made by a single electronic wire transfer into an account in the name of the European Community and maintained for such purpose at Commerzbank Belgium S.A., a bank duly incorporated under the laws of one of the Member States.

12. If, within thirty days of the date on which a payment is due pursuant to this Appendix, a claim is asserted which PMI believes in good faith may entitle it to setoff or escrow pursuant to Article 10 of this Agreement, PMI may delay payment of the amount claimed, without any penalty, for up to 30 days so as to comply with the provisions of Section 10.01(c).

13. In the event that, at any time following the fifth anniversary of the Execution Date, PMI’s financial condition shall have substantially deteriorated, as to give the Relevant Administrations reasonable and substantial doubt as to PMI’s ability to make the payments due on the sixth through twelfth anniversaries of the Execution Date, the Relevant Administrations shall so notify PMI, and PMI thereafter shall obtain a bank guarantee or other equivalent security in favor of the Relevant Administrations for said

 

4


payments. However, PMI shall not be obligated to obtain a bank guarantee or the equivalent security if it is commercially impracticable to obtain such bank guarantee or security.

 

5


APPENDIX D - TRACKING AND TRACING PROTOCOLS

PROTOCOL 1

G ENERAL S TATEMENT OF T RACKING AND T RACING

1.01. Scope and Purpose of Protocols .

(a) Philip Morris International recognizes that giving the Relevant Administrations the effective and timely ability to track and trace sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes is an important component of its commitment to fight the trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes. Philip Morris International is committed to a continuous process of dialogue and cooperation with the Relevant Administrations to evaluate and address the trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes, and to making commercially reasonable efforts to implement product tracking and tracing measures that target, and are reasonably likely to provide the Relevant Administrations with substantial additional assistance in their efforts to combat, the trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes.

(b) These Tracking and Tracing Protocols set forth the basic tracking and tracing procedures that the Parties believe are appropriate in light of existing market conditions and the current state of Tracking and Tracing technologies, and describe additional steps which the Parties have identified in order to combat Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes during the term of the Agreement. These provisions, however, do not apply to products which are sold and distributed for any market in promotional packaging so long as the total volume of the Cigarettes using that promotional packaging for any market does not exceed 300 million Cigarettes in any given year. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding, if the total volume of promotional packaging in the Member States and the Designated States in any given year exempted from the applicability of the Tracking and Tracing Protocols by the preceding sentence exceeds one billion Cigarettes, the European Commission and Philip Morris International shall meet and confer to reassess the applicability of these Tracking and Tracing Protocols to promotional packaging, and, unless otherwise agreed at or following that meet and confer, thereafter, these provisions shall apply to any amount of promotional packaging in the Member States and the Designated States in any given year that exceeds one billion Cigarettes and involves a promotional packaging that itself exceeds twenty million cigarettes.

1.02. Definitions . Except as otherwise stated herein, the terms used in these Protocols are as defined in Article 1 of the Anti-Contraband and Anti-Counterfeit Agreement and General Release (the “Agreement”).

1.03. Conflict with Other Laws . Nothing in these Protocols shall require Philip Morris International to act in a way that violates applicable law.


PROTOCOL 2

P ACK  & C ARTON M ARKING AND C ODING

2.01. Labeling for Intended Market of Retail Sale .

(a) The Parties agree that Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to mark Packs and/or Cartons of Philip Morris Cigarettes with markings, codes or other information which permit a determination of the Intended Market of Retail Sale when such Packs or Cartons have those markets identified in Exhibit A-1 as the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

(b) In the event that Philip Morris International begins selling in a new market not covered by Protocols 2.01(a) or 2.02, Philip Morris International shall notify the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations as to the markings that Philip Morris International shall undertake to apply. Such markings shall meet the requirements contained in Protocol 2.03, below, and 2.01(a), above, and such new market shall be added to the Exhibits of this Appendix, if applicable.

(c) On the Execution Date, Philip Morris shall provide OLAF with 20 copies of a manual designed to allow for the determination of the Intended Market of Retail Sale for all Philip Morris Product marked in accordance with Protocol 2.01(a), above. Philip Morris shall update such manuals and Exhibits A-1 and A-2 as needed.

2.02. Intended Market of Retail Sale: Exceptions .

(a) The Parties further agree that, as an exception to Protocol 2.01, Packs or Cartons that have as their Intended Market of Retail Sale those markets identified in Exhibit A-2 shall bear the labeling identified in Exhibit A-2, and that no additional, market-specific markings or other labeling shall be required by this Agreement in respect of identifying the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

(b) Philip Morris International may change the labeling of Packs or Cartons subject to the terms of 2.02(a) at any time so long as the new markings, codes or other information would permit a determination of the Intended Market of Retail Sale of such Packs or Cartons. Philip Morris International shall provide notice of such new labeling to Representatives of the Relevant Administrations prior to the introduction of any Philip Morris Cigarettes bearing such new labeling into the retail channel in the Intended Market of Retail Sale, and immediately upon Philip Morris International becoming aware that any Philip Morris Cigarettes bearing such new labeling are otherwise no longer under the control of Philip Morris International.

2.03. Pack and Carton Marking . In addition to the markings required by Protocol 2.01 and with the exception of the facilities and brands set forth in

 

2


Exhibit A-3 as of the Execution Date and the exception of Protocol 2.05, Philip Morris International shall mark all Packs or Cartons with embossed codes or other markings to allow for the complete identification of:

(a) the date of manufacture of the product,

(b) the manufacturing facility at which the product was manufactured,

(c) the machine of manufacture, and

(d) the production shift during which the product was manufactured.

2.04. Annual Review . On an annual basis, Philip Morris International and the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations shall meet to determine what, if any, additional or improved markings, labeling, codes or scanning shall be required in general, or which, if any, requirements shall be changed on a market-by-market basis. Philip Morris International shall provide the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations with updates, if any, to Exhibits A-1 and A-2. Philip Morris International agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to implement such agreed changes within a reasonable period of time, and to notify OLAF of the schedule for implementation thereof. Any such agreement shall be made based on a number of factors, including but not limited to changes in market dynamics, developments in Tracking and Tracing technology, changes in national or local labeling requirements, and, if applicable, increases in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in general or which had as the Intended Market of Retail Sale the market in question.

2.05. New Manufacturing Facilities . In the event that Philip Morris International acquires new manufacturing facilities which would be subject to Protocol 2.03, Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to implement the requirements of Protocol 2.03 no later than 12 months after the acquisition.

PROTOCOL 3

M ASTER C ASE L ABELING AND S CANNING

3.01. Master Case Labeling

(a) To the extent required by the schedule attached as Exhibit B and the terms of Protocol 3.01(b), and 3.01(c), herein below, Philip Morris International and/or its Contractors shall mark Master Cases with unique, machine scannable barcode labels prior to selling those Master Cases to a First Purchaser. The labels shall contain both the barcode and a human readable translation (i.e., spelled out in letters and numbers) of the barcode and shall be affixed to Master Cases with “non-peelable” adhesive. The labels shall permit Philip Morris International to

 

3


link the code to product information, including the date of manufacture of the product, the manufacturing facility at which the product was manufactured, the machine of manufacture, the production shift during which the product was manufactured, and, when scanned pursuant to Protocol 3.02, the identification of the First Purchaser and other information, including, but not limited to, that information identified in Protocol 3.03.

(b) In the event that the First Purchaser is the sole First Purchaser of Philip Morris International for the Intended Market of Retail Sale and that market has Pack or Carton markings satisfying Protocol 2.01, then Philip Morris International and/or its Contractors need not mark Master Cases sold to that First Purchaser for that market with unique barcode labels. Markets meeting these conditions are set forth in Exhibit C-I to these Tracking and Tracing Protocols.

(c) During the term of the Agreement, Philip Morris International shall maintain an ongoing program of research and development concerning methods and technologies for improving the security of Master Case marking. Philip Morris International shall provide a yearly report to the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations concerning new technologies for Master Case markings. In the event that as a result of such research and development, Philip Morris International identifies suitable technologies for the improvement or replacement of machine scannable barcode labels with other Master Case marking technologies that permit unique identification of Master Cases for the purpose of tracking sales to First Purchasers, Philip Morris International may update its Master Case Labeling with such technologies, ensuring that at all times Master Cases required by these Tracking and Tracing Protocols to be marked to permit their unique identification are so marked in accordance with this Protocol 3.01, or are marked so as to provide equivalent tracking and tracing capability.

3.02. Master Case Scanning .

(a) To the extent required by the schedule attached as Exhibit C and subject to the exception set forth in Protocol 3.02(b), Philip Morris International and/or its Contractors shall scan Master Cases sold to First Purchasers in order to record the information reflected in the barcode labels applied pursuant to Protocol 3.01, and to link that information in a database with the information described below in Protocol 3.03(a).

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a), in the event that the First Purchaser is the sole First Purchaser of Philip Morris International for the Intended Market of Retail Sale, and that market has Pack or Carton markings satisfying Protocol 2.01, then Philip Morris International and/or its Contractors need not physically scan Master Cases sold to that First Purchaser for that market. Markets meeting these conditions are set forth in Exhibit C-I to these Tracking and Tracing Protocols.

 

4


3.03. Database .

(a) Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to maintain First Purchaser Databases (“ First Purchaser Databases ”) searchable by customer order or Master Case barcode number for all markets in which it has implemented Master Case labeling and scanning pursuant to the requirements of Protocols 3.01 and 3.02. For all shipments of Philip Morris Cigarettes where Master Case Barcode Labels are scanned pursuant to Protocol 3.02(a) and where the product shipped is produced 30 days or more after the Execution Date, the information contained in the First Purchaser Databases shall include:

(i) First Purchaser name and order number,

(ii) shipment date,

(iii) destination of shipment,

(iv) point of departure from the final Philip Morris International factory or warehouse,

(v) the consignee to whom the product was shipped, and

(vi) the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

provided however that in no event shall the First Purchaser Databases be required to include any of the foregoing information with respect to shipments of product produced less than 30 days after the Execution Date.

(b) With respect to all shipments encompassed by Protocol 3.03(a), Philip Morris International shall maintain any additional records necessary to identify the sales price and the Intended Market of Retail Sale, including, but not limited to, the sales invoice, for at least five years.

(c) Electronic records created in the First Purchaser Databases pursuant to Protocol 3.03(a) shall be kept for at least five years.

(d) OLAF and Philip Morris International shall meet annually in accordance with Protocol 2.04 to discuss new technologies relating to the First Purchaser Databases in order to determine whether it is appropriate to expand upon the information listed in subsection (a) above, or otherwise make changes to the First Purchaser Databases.

(e) Within 3 months of the implementation of First Purchaser Databases in a market pursuant to Protocol 3.03(a) and the schedule set forth in Exhibit C(II)—(III) to these Tracking and Tracing Protocols, Philip Morris International

 

5


shall provide the Relevant Administrations through their duly designated authorized representatives and law enforcement authorities with automated Query-Only Access (“ Query-Only Access ”) privileges to the data in the First Purchaser Databases necessary for them to determine from complete barcode level information, the information in clauses (i) through (vi) of Protocol 3.03(a). Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to provide said automated Query-Only Access 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Philip Morris International may except nights and weekends from this schedule as needed for the purposes of systems maintenance and updating information. Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to address any technical difficulties that may arise.

(f) In the event that Philip Morris International cannot provide the Relevant Administrations with automated Query-Only Access to its First Purchaser Databases as provided for by Protocol 3.03(e) due to good faith technical difficulties, the Relevant Administrations or their duly authorized representatives may request, via fax, telephone, or any other means, that Philip Morris International provide First Purchaser Database information to OLAF. Philip Morris International shall comply with such a request by sending OLAF a fax or other electronic communication containing the requested First Purchaser Database information by the close of the next business day at the latest.

(g) The Parties agree that the information contained in the First Purchaser Databases is highly sensitive and confidential business information. Accordingly, such information (1) shall be used by the Relevant Administrations solely for the purposes specified in this Agreement, and for no other purpose, and (2) subject to the exceptions set forth in this Protocol 3.03(g), shall be kept secret and confidential and shall not be disclosed to third parties, except as required by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parties agree that access to and use of this information shall be governed by the following terms:

(i) OLAF, on behalf of the Relevant Administrations, shall designate up to 5 specific services, agencies and/or departments of each of the Relevant Administrations who shall each have up to 5 authorized members (“Database Designees”) who shall have automated Query-Only Access to the First Purchaser Databases. Only Database Designees shall have active, password protected access to the First Purchaser Databases on behalf of the Relevant Administrations. If, for operational reasons, a designated service, agency or department of the Relevant Administrations requires more than 5 Database Designees, OLAF will request additional access and passwords from Philip Morris International for that designated service, agency or department, and such request shall not be unreasonably refused. OLAF shall provide Philip Morris International upon request, with a list of the services, agencies and departments of the Relevant Administrations whose personnel have been designated as Database

 

6


Designees, and the number of Database Designees in each service, agency or department.

(ii) The Database Designees shall query and search the First Purchaser Databases solely for the purpose of law enforcement inquiries related to the Parties’ mutual goal of combating the trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes.

(iii) Prior to making any query, the Database Designee shall verify that administratively reasonable steps have been taken to ensure that the Master Case barcode label to be queried is genuine. For the purposes of making such verification, the Database Designee may query the First Purchaser Databases only after representing that the barcode label to be queried was obtained as part of a single seizure of three or more Master Cases.

(iv) The Database Designees shall not attempt to copy or download the First Purchaser Databases, such as customer lists, or utilize the database for any purpose other than that set out in this Agreement.

(v) The Database Designees shall protect the confidentiality of any information obtained from the First Purchaser Databases.

(vi) The Database Designees shall not disclose to any unauthorized personnel any passwords or other security features designed to protect the First Purchaser Databases.

(vii) The Database Designees shall not share information obtained from the First Purchaser Databases with any third parties or entities except with duly authorized law enforcement authorities who are actually engaged in inquiries related to the seizures which led to the specific query, who have an actual need to know such information, and who shall use such information only in connection with the relevant ongoing inquiries.

(viii) In the event that the Relevant Administrations need to make public information obtained from the First Purchaser Databases as part of a criminal proceeding, or are otherwise legally required to disclose such information, the Relevant Administrations shall notify Philip Morris International prior to such disclosure to the extent permitted by law and make a good faith attempt to provide Philip Morris International an opportunity to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy.

(ix) In the event that the Relevant Administrations seek to disclose information obtained from the First Purchaser Databases under circumstances not covered by Protocols 3.03(g)(vii) and (g)(viii) above,

 

7


they may only do so with the written consent of Philip Morris International, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(h) The Parties agree that OLAF is responsible for making all reasonable efforts to train and inform the Database Designees about the handling and importance of the secrecy and confidentiality of the passwords, security features and information contained in the First Purchaser Databases. The Parties further agree that, in the case of a knowing and willful breach of Protocol 3.03(g) by any Database Designee or duly authorized law enforcement authorities, or other agent or representatives who receive information pursuant to Protocol 3.03(g), other than a person acquiring the data through compulsory legal process, Philip Morris International may setoff any demonstrable and significant loss or damage to it resulting from any claims made against Philip Morris International as a result of damages sustained as a direct result of the unauthorized use of passwords, security features or information contained in the First Purchaser Databases from any Appendix C payments owed to the Relevant Administrations as provided for in Section 4.01 of the Agreement. The Parties agree that the mere fact that information provided to the Relevant Administrations has been made public shall not, in and of itself, constitute conclusive evidence of a breach of Protocol 3.03(g). Any dispute as to (i) whether the breach was knowing and willful, (ii) whether Philip Morris International has suffered demonstrable loss or damage resulting from the unauthorized use of passwords, security features or information contained in the First Purchaser Databases, (iii) whether such a loss is significant or de minimis , or (iv) the amount of such loss or damage, shall be settled by the Arbitrators in accordance with Section 12.02 of the Agreement.

PROTOCOL 4

S ECOND AND S UBSEQUENT L AYER T RACKING

4.01. Purpose of Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking . Philip Morris International and the Relevant Administrations recognize that in certain circumstances effective tracking and tracing to prevent the trade of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes can be enhanced when First Purchasers of Philip Morris International maintain databases that are similar to First Purchaser Databases regarding their customers (“ Second Layer Tracking ”) and/or their customers’ customers (“ Subsequent Layer Tracking ”). For this purpose, Philip Morris International has developed Second Layer Tracking Kits which include a laptop computer, a scanner, and a database application (“ Second Layer Tracking Kits ”).

4.02. Deployment of Second and Subsequent Layer Tracking . Philip Morris International agrees and undertakes to make Second Layer Tracking Kits reasonably available to any First Purchaser or Subsequent Purchaser where (i) Philip Morris International and OLAF agree to do so pursuant to Protocol 6.01(f)

 

8


of these Tracking and Tracing Protocols; (ii) Philip Morris International is required to do so by the Arbitrators pursuant to Protocol 6.01(g) of these Tracking and Tracing Protocols; or (iii) a First Purchaser or a Subsequent Purchaser requests Second Layer Tracking Kits so that it may carry out a voluntary Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking program consistent with this Protocol.

4.03. Training by Philip Morris International . Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to appropriately train all recipients of Second Layer Tracking Kits. Such training shall cover the appropriate use of the Second Layer Tracking Kits under these Protocols. However, due to the fact that Second and Subsequent Layer Tracking involve data being provided by persons who are not employed by Philip Morris International, the Parties agree that Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking data entered into the Database by third parties shall not be a basis for any allegation by the Relevant Administrations of breach or non-compliance with the requirements of the Agreement or these Appendices thereto.

4.04. Access to Second Layer Tracking Information . Philip Morris International agrees and undertakes that participants in any Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking shall be required to provide any Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking information collected by the participant to Philip Morris International. To the extent Philip Morris International receives such information, it shall maintain the information in the same manner as the First Purchaser Database. The Relevant Administrations shall be afforded access to any such Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking information in the same manner and subject to the same rules and conditions as the First Purchaser Database as provided for in Protocol 3 of these Tracking and Tracing Protocols.

4.05. Information on Second and Subsequent Layer Tracking Developments . Philip Morris International agrees to provide OLAF at its written request with quarterly reports on developments in Second or Subsequent Layer tracking. Such updates shall include lists of participating First and Subsequent Purchasers, details on the kits provided, and information and discussion on any issues that may have arisen during the preceding period.

PROTOCOL 5

N EW M ASTER C ASE C ODING AND S CANNING T ECHNOLOGIES

5.01. Research and Development . Philip Morris International and the Relevant Administrations recognize that research, development and implementation or enhancement, as appropriate, of new tracking and tracing technologies is an important component of ensuring the continued effectiveness of Philip Morris International’s tracking and tracing initiatives.

 

9


5.02. Research of New Master Case Labeling and Scanning Technologies . As set forth in Protocol 3.01(c), Philip Morris International shall maintain an ongoing program researching alternative or enhanced methods for marking Master Cases with machine scannable or human readable (i.e., spelled out in letters and numbers) codes, and shall meet with representatives of the Relevant Administrations on an annual basis, in accordance with Protocol 2.04 to determine if, how and when any new technology should be implemented.

PROTOCOL 6

A DDITIONAL M EASURES

6.01. Notice of Interest

(a) If, during any 12 month period after the Execution Date, OLAF learns of at least 7 seizures, each totaling at least 4 million Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes, that have a particular market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale (the “ Market of Interest ”), it may provide Philip Morris International with information regarding these incidents (a “ Notice of Interest ”). A Notice of Interest shall provide historical data for seizures of Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale, including the number of seizures of such Philip Morris Cigarettes for the previous twelve months, and for each such seizure OLAF shall make best efforts to provide:

(i) the date and location of the seizure;

(ii) the brand of seized Cigarettes indicated on the packaging;

(iii) the amount of seized Cigarettes;

(iv) any Identification Markings that appear on the Master Cases or Cartons of seized cigarettes;

(v) a brief statement outlining the basis for OLAF’s belief that the seized Cigarettes are Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes as opposed to Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes; and

(vi) if available, samples of the seized Cigarettes (to the extent possible), in the condition they were in at the time of seizure, unless Philip Morris International has already inspected the seizure under Article 4.01(b) of the Agreement.

(b) Promptly upon receiving a Notice of Interest, Philip Morris International shall conduct an internal review in order to determine whether, on the basis of the information available to it, it is possible to determine whether there has been trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market

 

10


of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale as outlined in the Notice of Interest provided to Philip Morris International by OLAF under Protocol 6.01(a) above, and, if so, the cause and source of such trade, and what measures should be taken to address that trade.

(c) If OLAF has provided Philip Morris International with samples of the seized Cigarettes, Philip Morris International shall, as part of the internal review described in subsection (b) above, examine the samples in order to determine, in accordance with the factors set forth in Appendix F to this Agreement, whether the seized Cigarettes are Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes or Philip Morris Cigarettes.

(d) Within 60 days of receiving a Notice of Interest, Philip Morris International shall provide a written response to OLAF detailing the findings of its internal review and, if necessary, the steps it has taken, or will be taking, to address the issues raised in the Notice of Interest. The response shall include the findings as to whether the Cigarettes seized are Philip Morris Cigarettes or Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes and, if Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes, examination results demonstrating that conclusion. Any dispute as to whether the Cigarettes are Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes shall be settled in accordance with Section 4.01(j) of the Agreement.

(e) If OLAF takes issue with the response of Philip Morris International, it may request in writing that Philip Morris International undertake one or more of the following measures:

(i) make commercially reasonable efforts to implement Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking for selected First Purchasers of Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

(ii) request that the First Purchaser who sells to a Subsequent Purchaser whose products have been the subject of at least two of the seizures that gave rise to the Notice of Interest, request that such Subsequent Purchaser implement Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking, if such Subsequent Purchaser is a direct customer of the First Purchaser. In the event that the First Purchaser refuses to honor such request, Philip Morris International will cease supplying Philip Morris Cigarettes to such First Purchaser, who will thereafter be a Blocked Contractor. If such Subsequent Purchaser is not a direct customer of a First Purchaser, then Philip Morris International shall request that the First Purchaser make commercially reasonable efforts to require that such Subsequent Purchaser implement Second or Subsequent Layer Tracking. In the event that the First Purchaser refuses to take such steps, Philip Morris International will

 

11


cease supplying Philip Morris Cigarettes to such First Purchaser, who will thereafter be a Blocked Contractor.

(iii) implement new Master Case coding technologies, or accelerate the schedule for implementation of the labeling and scanning requirements, such that such implementation occurs as soon as practicable, for relevant sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale or for relevant First Purchasers of Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale; or

(iv) remove the Market of Interest from Exhibits C-1 and A-2 (if applicable), add the Market of Interest to the Exhibits, as appropriate, and otherwise make such Market of Interest subject to Pack Marking, Master Case Labeling and Master Case Scanning, according to Protocols 2.01(a), 3.01(a) and 3.02(a), as appropriate, for a period of five years.

(f) Within 30 days of Philip Morris International receiving a written request from OLAF under subsection (e) above, Philip Morris International and OLAF shall meet and confer in good faith in order to determine whether any of the measures set forth in subsection (e) above should be implemented. If the dispute has not been resolved within 60 days of Philip Morris International receiving OLAF’s written request, such dispute shall be settled by the Arbitrators in accordance with Section 12.02 of the Agreement.

(g) In any proceeding brought under Protocol 6.01(f) of these Tracking and Tracing Protocols, the Arbitrators may require Philip Morris International to implement one or more of the measures set forth in subsection (e) above only where it has been proven by the greater weight of the evidence that:

(i) in the 12 month period referred to in the Notice of Interest, there have been at least 7 seizures each totaling at least 4 million Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes, that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

(ii) measures that Philip Morris International has adopted for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale are insufficient to combat the trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

(iii) the measure(s) to be implemented from subsection (e) above are achievable through commercially reasonable efforts and are an effective response to the trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

 

12


(iv) the implementation of the measure(s) from subsection (e) above are reasonably likely to materially reduce the amount, or materially improve the prevention or detection, of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale; and

(v) where the measure to be implemented from subsection (e) above is a new Master Case coding technology, it has been demonstrated that it is, or would be, effective and its implementation is reasonably targeted at the elimination, prevention or detection of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the Market of Interest as the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

(h) Nothing in this Protocol 6 shall preclude Philip Morris International from adopting (either unilaterally or at the request of OLAF or the Relevant Administrations) the measures set forth in subsection (e) for Cigarettes with a particular Intended Market of Retail Sale.

PROTOCOL 7

N EW C ARTON AND P ACK C ODING AND S CANNING T ECHNOLOGIES

7.01. Research of Carton and/or Pack Coding Technologies .

(a) Philip Morris International shall maintain an ongoing program of researching, developing, enhancing and implementing technologies for marking Cartons and/or Packs with unique scannable codes.

(b) During the term of the Agreement, Philip Morris International shall maintain an ongoing program of research and development concerning methods and technologies for improving Carton and Pack Coding technologies. Philip Morris International shall provide a yearly report to the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations concerning new technologies for Carton and/or Pack coding.

7.02. Implementation of Carton and/or Pack Coding Technologies . In recognition of the principles of the Agreement, once Carton and/or Pack Coding technologies are commercially feasible, Philip Morris International agrees and undertakes to implement Carton and/or Pack Coding technologies in accordance with the conditions set forth below. Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to make modifications to the First Purchaser Database and Second and Subsequent Layer Tracking databases to include notation of Carton codes, as appropriate and technically feasible.

 

13


(a) Philip Morris International shall implement Carton and/or Pack Coding technologies for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have a market listed under Tier I Markets in Exhibit D of these Tracking and Tracing protocols as the Intended Market of Retail Sale, if:

(i) the implementation of Carton and/or Pack Coding for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have that Tier I market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale is achievable through commercially reasonable efforts;

(ii) the effectiveness of the Carton and/or Pack Coding technology has been demonstrated to be appropriate for industrial application; and

(iii) the implementation of Carton and/or Pack Coding is reasonably likely to significantly reduce the amount of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have that Tier I market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

(b) Philip Morris International shall implement Carton and/or Pack Coding technologies for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have a market listed under Tier II Markets in Exhibit D of these Tracking and Tracing protocols as the Intended Market of Retail Sale, if:

(i) in the previous year, there have been at least 7 seizures, each totaling at least 4 million Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes, that have that Tier II market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

(ii) measures that Philip Morris International has adopted for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have that Tier II market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale are insufficient to combat the trade in Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have that Tier II market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

(iii) the implementation of Carton and/or Pack Coding is reasonably targeted at the elimination, prevention and/or detection of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have that Tier II market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

(iv) the implementation of Carton and/or Pack Coding is achievable through commercially reasonable efforts and is an effective response for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have that Tier II market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale;

 

14


(v) the effectiveness of the Carton and/or Pack Coding technology has been demonstrated to be appropriate for industrial application; and

(vi) the implementation of Carton and/or Pack Coding is reasonably likely to significantly reduce the amount of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes that have that Tier II market as the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

(c) Beginning 180 days after the Execution Date, OLAF may provide written notice to Philip Morris International that either the criteria of subsection (a) have been met for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have a particular Tier I market as defined in Exhibit D as the Intended Market of Retail Sale, or the criteria of subsection (b) have been met for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have a particular Tier II market as defined in Exhibit D as the Intended Market of Retail Sale, and request that Philip Morris International implement Carton and/or Pack Coding for those Philip Morris Cigarettes. If Philip Morris International disagrees with OLAF’s written request, Philip Morris International and OLAF shall meet and confer in good faith within 30 days of Philip Morris International receiving such a request from OLAF in order to determine whether the criteria of subsection (a) or (b) above have been met and whether Carton and/or Pack Coding should be implemented for Philip Morris Cigarettes that have the market in question as the Intended Market of Retail Sale. If the dispute cannot be resolved within 60 days of Philip Morris International receiving OLAF’s written request, such dispute shall be settled by the Arbitrators in accordance with Section 12.02 of the Agreement and by application of the criteria set forth in subsections (a) or (b) above as applicable.

(d) Nothing in this Protocol 7 shall preclude Philip Morris International from adopting (either unilaterally or at the request of OLAF or the Relevant Administrations) measures set forth in subsections (a) or (b), above, for Cigarettes with a particular Intended Market of Retail Sale.

 

15


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

E XHIBIT A-1

M ARKETS W ITH M ARKET -S PECIFIC L ABELING

I. In accordance with Section 2.01(a), Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to mark Packs or Cartons of Philip Morris Cigarettes that have one of the following domestic markets as the Intended Market of Retail Sale with markings, codes or other information which permit a determination that such domestic market is the Intended Market of Retail Sale:

 

1.    *
2.    *
3.    *
4.    *
5.    *
6.    *
7.    *
8.   

*

9.   

Austria

10.    *
11.   

*

12.    *
13.    Belgium
14.    *
15.    *
16.    *
17.    *
18.    *
19.    *
20.    *
21.    *
22.    *
23.    *
24.    *
25.    *
26.    *
27.    *
28.    *
29.   

*

30.    *
31.   

*

32.    *
33.    *
34.    *

 

1


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

35.    Cyprus
36.    *
37.    Czech Republic
38.    *
39.    Denmark
40.   

*

41.   

*

42.    *
43.    *
44.    *
45.   

*

46.   

*

47.    Estonia
48.    *
49.    Finland
50.    France and Monaco
51.    *
52.   

*

53.    *
54.    *
55.    Germany
56.    Greece
57.    *
58.    *
59.    *
60.    *
61.    *
62.    Hungary
63.    *
64.    *
65.    *
66.    *
67.    Ireland
68.    *
69.    Italy
70.    *
71.    *
72.    *
73.    *
74.    *
75.    *
76.    *
77.    *

 

2


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

78.    *
79.   

*

80.    Latvia
81.    *
82.    *
83.    *
84.    Lithuania
85.    Luxembourg
86.    *
87.    *
88.    *
89.   

*

90.    *
91.    *
92.    Malta
93.    *
94.    *
95.    *
96.    *
97.    *
98.    *
99.    *
100.    *
101.   

*

102.   

*

103.    Netherlands
104.    *
105.    *
106.    *
107.    *
108.    *
109.    *
110.    *
111.    *
112.   

*

113.   

*

114.    *
115.   

*

116.   

Poland

117.    Portugal
118.    *
119.    *
120.    *

 

3


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

121.    *
122.    *
123.    *
124.    *
125.    *
126.    *
127.    Slovakia
128.    Slovenia
129.    *
130.    Spain
131.    Sweden
132.    *
133.    *
134.    *
135.    *
136.    *
137.    *
138.    *
139.    *
140.    *
141.    United Kingdom
142.    *
143.    *
144.    *
145.    *
146.    *

E XHIBIT A-2

M ARKETS W ITHOUT M ARKET -S PECIFIC L ABELING

I. As described below, the following domestic markets share common labeling at the Pack and Carton level, so that Packs and Cartons from those domestic markets do not have unique labeling and shall bear the labeling indicated:

 

    

Market

  

Labeling

1.    *    *
2.    *    *
3.    *    *
4.    *    *
5.    *    *
6.    *    *
7.    *    *
8.    *    *

 

4


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

9.    *    *
10.    *    *
11.    *    *
12.    *    *
13.    *    *
14.    *    *
15.    *    *
16.    *    *
17.    *    *
18.    *    *
19.    *    *
20.    *    *
21.    *    *
22.    *    *
23.    *    *
24.    *    *
25.    *    *
26.    *    *
27.    *    *

 

5


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

28.    *    *
29.    *    *
30.    *    *
31.    *    *
32.    *    *
33.    *    *
34.    *    *
35.    *    *
36.    *    *
37.    *    *
38.    *    *
39.    *    *
40.    *    *
41.    *    *
42.    *    *
43.    *    *
44.    *    *
45.    *    *

II. Philip Morris International need not place market-specific labeling on Packs or Cartons which have the domestic markets listed in Exhibit A-2(I) as the Intended Market of Retail Sale.

 

6


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

E XHIBIT A-3

M ANUFACTURING C ENTERS W ITH L IMITED P ACK AND C ARTON C ODING

I. As described below, the following Manufacturing Centers have only limited Pack and Carton Coding, and are thus excluded from the requirements of Protocol 2.03 for the products identified below:

 

      

Manufacturing Center

  

Product Manufactured

  

Coding Limitation

1.    *    *   

Coding contains factory, machine number and week of manufacture

2.    *      

TPM Coding

3.    *    *   

TPM Coding

E XHIBIT A-4

D OMESTIC M ARKET IN W HICH P HILIP M ORRIS I NTERNATIONAL

D OES N OT D O B USINESS

I. As described below, Philip Morris International does not sell product with the following domestic markets as the Intended Market of Retail Sale as of the Execution Date:

 

1.    *
2.    *

 

7


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

3.    *
4.    *
5.    *
6.    *
7.    *
8.    *
9.    *
10.    *
11.    *
12.    *
13.    *
14.    *
15.    *
16.    *
17.    *
18.    *
19.    *
20.    *
21.    *
22.    *
23.    *
24.    *
25.    *
26.    *
27.    *
28.    *
29.    *
30.    *
31.    *

32.

   *
33.    *
34.    *
35.    *
36.    *
37.    *
38.    *
39.    *

II. In the event that Philip Morris International begins selling product with one of the domestic markets listed in Exhibit A-4(I) as the Intended Market of Retail Sale, Philip Morris International shall follow the procedures set forth in Protocol 2.01(b).

E XHIBIT A-5

P ROCEDURES FOR L ABELING D UTY -F REE P ACK A ND / OR C ARTONS

I. For World Wide Duty Free, * of the Execution Date, Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to mark

 

8


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Packs and/or Cartons of Philip Morris Cigarettes with markings, codes or other information which permit a determination of the country or region in which Philip Morris International intends such Cigarettes to be sold duty-free, in accordance with the following:

 

A.   
   *
B.   
   *
C.   
   *

D. Nothing in the foregoing shall preclude Philip Morris International from adopting unique markings, codes, or other information for markets where the annual sales of Philip Morris Cigarettes to be sold to duty-free consumers are below the thresholds described above.

 

9


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

E XHIBIT B

S CHEDULE F OR I MPLEMENTATION OF M ASTER C ASE B ARCODE L ABELING

I. Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to apply barcode labels within thirty days of the Execution Date to all Master Cases of Cigarettes manufactured by Philip Morris International at its own facilities for sale by Philip Morris International with Intended Market of Retail Sale in the following domestic markets:

 

  1. Austria
  2. Belgium
  3. Denmark
  4. Finland
  5. France
  6. Germany
  7. Greece
  8. Ireland
  9. Italy
  10. Luxembourg
  11. Netherlands
  12. Portugal
  13. Spain
  14. Sweden
  15. United Kingdom

II. Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to apply barcode labels within 12 months of the Execution Date to all Master Cases of Cigarettes manufactured by Philip Morris International at its own facilities for sale by Philip Morris International with an Intended Market of Retail Sale in         *         markets worldwide         *         and in the following domestic markets:

 

1.    *
2.    *
3.    *
4.    *
5.    *
6.    *
7.    *
8.    *
9.    *

 

10


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

10.    *
11.    *
12.    *
13.    *
14.    *
15.    *
16.    *
17.    *
18.    *
19.    *
20.    *
21.    *
22.    *
23.    *
24.    *
25.    *
26.    *
27.    *
28.    *
29.    *
30.    *
31.    *
32.    *
33.    *
34.    *
35.    *
36.    *
37.    *
38.    *
39.    *
40.    *
41.    *
42.    *
43.    *
44.    *
45.    *
46.    *
47.    *
48.    *
49.    *
50.    *
51.    *
52.    *

 

11


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

53.    *
54.    *
55.    *
56.    *

III. Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to apply barcode labels within    *    of the Execution Date to all Master Cases of Cigarettes manufactured by Philip Morris International for sale by Philip Morris International worldwide.                                     *

IV. Recognizing the particular nature of the relationship between Philip Morris International and Third Party Manufacturers, the Parties agree that Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to implement Master Case barcode labeling within    *    of the Execution Date for products such Third Party Manufacturers manufacture for Philip Morris International.            *

 

12


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

E XHIBIT C

S CHEDULE FOR I MPLEMENTATION OF M ASTER C ASE B ARCODE L ABEL

S CANNING

I. Single First Purchaser Markets

A. For Philip Morris Cigarettes which have the following markets as the Intended Market of Retail Sale, Philip Morris International sells to a single First Purchaser and marks the product with Pack or Carton markings satisfying Protocol 2.01:

 

1.    *
2.    *
3.    *
4.    *
5.    *
6.    *
7.    *
8.    *
9.    *
10.    *
11.    *
12.    *
13.    *
14.    *
15.    *
16.    *
17.    *
18.    *
19.    *
20.    *
21.    *
22.    *
23.    *
24.    *
25.    *
26.    *
27.    *
28.    *

 

13


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

29.    *
30.    *
31.    *
32.    *
33.    *
34.    *
35.    *
36.    *
37.    *
38.    *
39.    *
40.    *
41.    *
42.    *
43.    *
44.    *
45.    *
46.    *
47.    *
48.    *
49.    *
50.    *
51.    *
52.    *
53.    *
54.    *
55.    *
56.    *
57.    *
58.    *
59.    *
60.    *
61.    *
62.    *
63.    *
64.    *
65.    *
66.    *
67.    *
68.    *
69.    *
70.    *
71.    *
72.    *
73.    *

B. Pursuant to Section 3.02(b), Philip Morris International and/or its Contractors need not scan Master Cases sold to the First Purchaser for the markets set forth in Exhibit C(I)(A), which shall be updated as needed.

II. Implementation in Tier I Markets

 

14


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

A. Unless altered by agreement of the Parties at a meeting of Philip Morris International and the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations, “ Tier I Markets ” shall be defined as         *                    *        , and the following Philip Morris International markets:

 

1    *
2    *
3    *
4    *
5    *
6    *
7    *
8    *
9    *
10    *
11    *
12    *
13    *
14   

B. Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to bring all Tier I Markets into compliance with the requirements of Protocol 3.02(a) and (b) within         *         of the Execution Date.

III. Implementation in Tier II Markets

A. Unless altered by agreement of the Parties at a meeting of Philip Morris International and the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations, “ Tier II Markets ” shall be defined as the following Philip Morris International markets:

 

15


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

1.    *
2.    *
3.    *
4.    *
5.    *
6.    *
7.    *
8.    *
9.    *
10.    *
11.    *
12.    *
13.    *
14.    *
15.    *
16.    *
17.    *
18.    *
19.    *
20.    *
21.    *
22.    *
23.    *
24.    *
25.    *
26.    *
27.    *
28.    *
29.    *
30.    *

B. With the exception of markets with third party manufacturers, Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to bring all Tier II Markets into compliance with the requirements of Protocol 3.02(a) and (b) within         *         of the Execution Date.

C. Recognizing the particular nature of the relationship between Philip Morris International and Third Party Manufacturers, the Parties agree that Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts

 

16


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

to bring all Tier II Markets into compliance with the requirements of Protocol 3.02(a) and (b) within         *         of the Execution Date for products such Third Party Manufacturers manufacture for Philip Morris International.

IV. Non-compliance with Protocol 3.02(a) and (b) Due to Distribution or Other Changes:

(a) In the event that Philip Morris International effects a change in the manner of distribution, an acquisition, a sourcing change, or other business transaction which will have the effect of rendering a market (or markets) compliant with the requirements of Protocol 3.02(a) and (b) no longer compliant therewith, or will have the effect of rendering a market exempt from such requirements no longer exempt, Philip Morris International shall so notify the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations within 30 days of such change. In the event that such market (or markets) is within the Territory of a Member State or a Designated State, Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to bring such market back into compliance with the requirements of Protocol 3.02(a) and (b) within 2 years of such change.

(b) Similarly, in the event that Philip Morris International effects a change in the manner of distribution, an acquisition, a sourcing change, or other business transaction which will have the effect of making a particular market (or markets) no longer required to be compliant with the requirements of Protocol 3.02(a) and (b), then, Philip Morris International shall so notify the Representatives of the Relevant Administrations and may henceforth treat such market as exempt from or no longer required to be compliant with such requirements, as the case may be.

Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to bring all markets that have changed from a Single First Purchaser Market to a Multiple First Purchaser Market (“ Tier III Markets ”) into compliance with the requirements of Protocol 3.02(a) and (b) within         *         of the change, as follows:

 

    Date of Change   Deadline for Implementation
1.            *   *   *

 

17


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

E XHIBIT D

M ARKET G ROUPINGS F OR N EW P ACK AND C ARTON C ODING AND

S CANNING T ECHNOLOGIES

I. Tier I Markets

A. Tier I Markets Defined. With the exception of any market that has a sole First Purchaser of Philip Morris International for such market and that market has Pack or Carton markings satisfying Protocol 2.01, and subject to the time limit set for third party manufacturers in Exhibit D(I)(B), the following domestic markets are defined as Tier I Markets for the purposes of Protocol 7:

 

1.    Austria
2.    Belgium
3.    Cyprus
4.    Czech Republic
5.    Denmark
6.    Estonia
7.    Finland
8.    France
9.    Germany
10.    Greece
11.    Hungary
12.    Ireland
13.    Italy
14.    Latvia
15.    Lithuania
16.    Luxembourg
17.    Malta
18.    Netherlands
19.    Poland
20.    Portugal
21.    Slovakia
22.    Slovenia
23.    Spain
24.    Sweden
25.    United Kingdom

B. Recognizing the particular nature of the relationship between Philip Morris International and Third Party Manufacturers, the Parties agree that, in determining commercial reasonableness, the time frame for

 

18


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

implementation of any obligations in Tier I markets imposed pursuant to Protocol 7 shall, in the case of products manufactured for Philip Morris International by Third Party Manufacturers, be extended for    *    beyond that otherwise applicable in the case of products manufactured by Philip Morris International.

II. Tier II Markets

A. Tier II Markets Defined. With the exception of any market that has a sole First Purchaser of Philip Morris International for such a market and that market has Pack or Carton markings satisfying Protocol 2.01, and subject to the time limit set for third party manufacturers in Exhibit D(I)(B), the following domestic markets are defined as Tier II Markets for the purposes of Protocol 7:

 

1.    *
2.    *
3.    *
4.    *
5.    *
6.    *
7.    *
8.    *
9.    *
10.    *
11.    *
12.    *
13.    *
14.    *
15.    *
16.    *
17.    *
18.    *
19.    *
20.    *
21.    *
22.    *

B. Recognizing the particular nature of the relationship between Philip Morris International and Third Party Manufacturers, the Parties agree that, in determining commercial reasonableness, the time frame for implementation of any obligations in Tier II markets imposed pursuant to Protocol 7 shall, in the case of products manufactured for Philip Morris International by Third Party Manufacturers, be extended for         *         beyond

 

19


that otherwise applicable in the case of products manufactured by Philip Morris International.

 

20


APPENDIX E

 

    AT   BE   DE   DK   EL   ES   FI   FR   IE   IT   LU   NL   PT   SE   UK

VAT

  20%   21%   16%   25%   18%   16%   22%   19.6%   19%   20%   12%   19%   19%   25%   17.5%

SPECIFIC EXCISE

  21.38 €

per
thousand

  18.7474 €

per
thousand

  61.7 €

per
thousand

  81.7 €

per
thousand

  4.2699 €

per
thousand

  3.91 €

per
thousand

  15.13 €

per
thousand

  7.41 €

per
thousand

  124.94 €

per
thousand

  3.86 €

per
thousand

  11.8914 €
per
thousand
  53.27 €

per
thousand

  40.69 €

per
thousand

  21.96 €

per
thousand

  154.34 €

per
thousand

AD

VALOREM

EXCISE

  42%   45.84   24.23%   21.22%   53.86%   54%   50%   55.19%   18.46%   54.26%   46.84%   20.51%   23%   39.2%   22%

CUSTOMS

DUTY

  57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%   57.6%

1. Method to be used for calculation .

For purposes of Supplemental Payments under Art. 4 of the Agreement, the minimum retail sales price to the public, all taxes included, shall be calculated on any Philip Morris Cigarettes seized, and the taxes and duties owed under Art. 4 of the Agreement, if any, shall be calculated on the basis of those that would have been due had the product been sold at that minimum sales price to the public, in the Member State of seizure.

The method of calculation of customs duties, excise taxes and V.A.T., as applicable, for each Member State or the EC shall be the method normally employed by that Member State or by the EC.

The Parties may agree upon formulas or electronic spreadsheets that implement the above method.

2. Arbitration

If, on occasion of receipt by a Member State of a Supplemental Payment, disagreement arises as to the results of these calculations, the relevant Parties shall meet and confer within 5 days of receipt of the Supplemental Payment by the Member State, in a good faith attempt to resolve these differences. If agreement cannot be reached within 10 days thereafter, then the relevant Parties shall each have recourse to Arbitration under Art. 12.02 of the Agreement to determine the amounts to be paid under Art. 4 of the Agreement in that instance.

3. Amendments

The above table and markups shall be updated as modifications are made to the underlying tax rates, upon any New Member State acceding to the EC or becoming a party to the Agreement, or at any time as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties.


APPENDIX F

FACTORS FOR ESTABLISHING COUNTERFEIT PHILIP MORRIS CIGARETTES

For the purpose of Section 4.01(j) of the Agreement, in determining whether Cigarettes bearing Philip Morris Trademarks are Counterfeit Philip Morris Cigarettes, the following factors shall be considered and compared with indicia of genuine Philip Morris Cigarettes as provided by Philip Morris International and updated from time to time:

 

   

the look, shape, color, and size of the packaging;

 

   

the materials used in the packaging;

 

   

the size, font, color, language and content of the text appearing on the packaging;

 

   

the markings, codes, and stamps appearing on the packaging;

 

   

the look, shape, color, and size of the Cigarettes;

 

   

the markings on the Cigarettes;

 

   

the materials used in the Cigarettes paper and filter;

 

   

the nature and quality of the tobacco; and

 

   

all the ingredients of the Cigarettes.


*Material omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment

Material filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

APPENDIX G

List of Designated States

 

*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*    *
*   
*   
*   

Procedure for Amending Designated States List

OLAF may seek to amend the list of Designated States by adding a State to, or deleting a State from, the list of Designated States, based upon a reasonable belief that the addition or deletion of a State from that list is consistent with the purpose and intent of this Agreement. OLAF shall notify Philip Morris International of any proposed change to the list. If Philip Morris International objects to the proposed change, Philip Morris International shall state its objection in writing within 30 days of receiving the notice. Philip Morris International and OLAF shall meet and confer within 60 days of Philip Morris International sending its objection in an attempt to reach agreement on any changes to the list of Designated States. If Philip Morris International and OLAF cannot reach agreement, either of them may seek arbitration pursuant to article 12.02 of this Agreement.

If a State is added to the list of Designated States by agreement between Philip Morris International and OLAF, Philip Morris International shall have one year from the date a State is added to the Designated States list in which to comply with all its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Appendices thereto in connection with that Designated State. If a State is added to the list of Designated States by the Arbitrator, Philip Morris International shall make commercially reasonable efforts to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Appendices in connection with that Designated State within 30 days of the Arbitrator’s order to that effect.


JONES DAY

 

Luc G. Houben*

Thierry Buytaert

Bernard Amory

Alexandre Verheyden*

Mireille Buydens**

  

LOUIZALAAN 480, BUS 7

AVENUE LOUISE 480, BTE 7

B-1050 BRUSSELS, BELGIUM

TELEPHONE: 32.(0)2.645.14.11 FACSIMILE: 32.(0)2.645.14.45

 

Howard M. Liebman

Member of the District

of Columbia Bar

 

Advocten-Avocats

 

  Members of the Bussels Bar
* Members of the New York Bar
** Member of the Paris Bar

The Registrar

Court of Justice of the European Communities,

L-2925 Luxembourg

Subject:     Joined Cases C-131/03 P and C-146/03 P, RJ Reynolds et al and Philip Morris International v. Commission

Dear Sir:

We hereby wish to inform you that our client Philip Morris International, the appellant in the Case C-146/03 P, has decided to withdraw from the present proceedings.

We look forward to receiving the Order by the President of the Court that this case has been removed from the Register.

 

Respectfully submitted,
 
Eric Morgen de Rivery

ATLANTA  BRUSSELS  CHICAGO  CLEVELAND  COLUMBUS  DALLAS  FRANKFURT  HONG KONG  HOUSTON  IRVINE  LONDON  LOS ANGELES  MADRID MENLO  PARK MILAN  MUMBAI*  MUNICH  NEW DELHI  NEW YORK  PARIS PITSBURGH SHANGHAI  SINGAPORE  SYDNEY  TAPPEI  TOKYO  WASHINGTON

*ASSOCIATE FIRM


APPENDIX I

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand
2    AFGHANISTAN    BOND STREET
3    AFGHANISTAN    L&M
4    AFGHANISTAN    MARLBORO
5    AFGHANISTAN    PARLIAMENT
6    ALBANIA    ASSOS
7    ALBANIA    BOND STREET
8    ALBANIA    L&M
9    ALBANIA    MARLBORO
10    ALBANIA    PRESIDENT
11    ALBANIA    VIRGINIA SLIMS
12    ANDORRA    CHESTERFIELD
13    ANDORRA    L&M
14    ANDORRA    MARLBORO
15    ANDORRA    PHILIP MORRIS
16    ANDORRA    SG
17    ANGOLA    MARLBORO
18    ARGENTINA    BENSON & HEDGES
19    ARGENTINA    CHESTERFIELD
20    ARGENTINA    COLORADO
21    ARGENTINA    IMPARCIALES
22    ARGENTINA    L&M
23    ARGENTINA    LE MANS
24    ARGENTINA    MARLBORO
25    ARGENTINA    PARLIAMENT
26    ARGENTINA    PARTICULARES
27    ARGENTINA    PHILIP MORRIS
28    ARGENTINA    VIRGINIA SLIMS
29    ARGENTINA    WILTON
30    ARMENIA    ASSOS
31    ARMENIA    BOND STREET
32    ARMENIA    CHESTERFIELD
33    ARMENIA    L&M
34    ARMENIA    MARLBORO
35    ARMENIA    PARLIAMENT
36    ARMENIA    RED & WHITE
37    ARMENIA    VIRGINIA SLIMS
38    ARUBA    MARLBORO
39    AUSTRALIA    ALBANY
40    AUSTRALIA    ALPINE
41    AUSTRALIA    CHESTERFIELD
42    AUSTRALIA    FORTUNE
43    AUSTRALIA    LONGBEACH
44    AUSTRALIA    MARLBORO
45    AUSTRALIA    PETER JACKSON
46    AUSTRALIA    SUPER
47    AUSTRALIA    VISCOUNT
48    AUSTRIA    BASIC
49    AUSTRIA    CHESTERFIELD
50            AUSTRIA    EVE


APPENDIX I

 

                A               B   

1

  Country (Market)   Brand   

51

  AUSTRIA   MARLBORO   

52

  AUSTRIA   MURATTI   

53

  AUSTRIA   PHILIP MORRIS   

54

  AZERBAIJAN   CONGRESS   

55

  AZERBAIJAN   L&M   

56

  AZERBAIJAN   MARLBORO   

57

  AZERBAIJAN   PARLIAMENT   

58

  AZORES   L&M   

59

  AZORES   MARLBORO   

60

  AZORES   RITZ   

61

  AZORES   SG   

62

  BAHAMAS   MARLBORO   

63

  BAHRAIN   L&M   

64

  BAHRAIN   MARLBORO   

65

  BAHRAIN   MERIT   

66

  BAHRAIN   PARLIAMENT   

67

  BAHRAIN   PHILIP MORRIS   

68

  BAHRAIN   RED & WHITE   

69

  BELARUS   L&M   

70

  BELARUS   MARLBORO   

71

  BELARUS   PARLIAMENT   

72

  BELARUS   VIRGINIA SLIMS   

73

  BELGIUM   ARMADA   

74

  BELGIUM   CHESTERFIELD   

75

  BELGIUM   L&M   

76

  BELGIUM   MARLBORO   

77

  BELGIUM   MERIT   

78

  BELGIUM   MURATTI   

79

  BELGIUM   NORTH POLE   

80

  BELGIUM   PHILIP MORRIS   

81

  BENIN   BOND STREET   

82

  BENIN   MARLBORO   

83

  BENIN   VISA   

84

  BERMUDA   MARLBORO   

85

  BOLIVIA   BIG BEN   

86

  BOLIVIA   L&M   

87

  BOLIVIA   MARLBORO   

88

  BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA   BEST   

89

  BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA   CLASSIC   

90

  BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA   DRINA   

91

  BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA   MARLBORO   

92

  BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA   MORAVA   

93

  BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA   VEK   

94        

  BRAZIL   BENSON & HEDGES   


APPENDIX I

 

                 A                    B   

1

   Country (Market)    Brand   

95

   BRAZIL    CHANCELLOR   

96

   BRAZIL    DALLAS   

97

   BRAZIL    GALAXY   

98

   BRAZIL    LARK   

99

   BRAZIL    L&M   

100

   BRAZIL    LUXOR   

101

   BRAZIL    MARLBORO   

102

   BRAZIL    MUSTANG   

103

   BRAZIL    PALACE   

104

   BRAZIL    PARLIAMENT   

105

   BRAZIL    SHELTON   

106

   BRUNEI    ALPINE   

107

   BRUNEI    L&M   

108

   BRUNEI    MARLBORO   

109

   BRUNEI    VIRGINIA SLIMS   

110

   BURKINA FASO    BOND STREET   

111

   BURKINA FASO    MARLBORO   

112

   CAMBODIA    L&M   

113

   CAMBODIA    MARLBORO   

114

   CAMEROON    BOND STREET   

115

   CAMEROON    MARLBORO   

116

   CANARY ISLANDS    CHESTERFIELD   

117

   CANARY ISLANDS    L&M   

118

   CANARY ISLANDS    LARK   

119

   CANARY ISLANDS    MARLBORO   

120

   CANARY ISLANDS    PHILIP MORRIS   

121

   CAPE VERDE    MARLBORO   

122

   CAPE VERDE    SG   

123

   CAYMAN ISLANDS    MARLBORO   

124

   CHANNEL ISLANDS    MARLBORO   

125

   CHILE    BOND STREET   

126

   CHILE    L&M   

127

   CHILE    MARLBORO   

128

   CHILE    PHILIP MORRIS   

129

   COLOMBIA    L&M   

130

   COLOMBIA    MARLBORO   

131

   COOK ISLAND    MARLBORO   

132

   CORSICA    CHESTERFIELD   

133

   CORSICA    L&M   

134

   CORSICA    MARLBORO   

135

   CORSICA    MURATTI   

136

   CORSICA    PHILIP MORRIS   

137

   COSTA RICA    DERBY   

138

   COSTA RICA    MARLBORO   

139

   CROATIA    MARLBORO   

140

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    ASSOS   

141

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    CHESTERFIELD   

142

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    EVE   

143

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    L&M   

144

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    MARLBORO   

145      

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    MURATTI   


APPENDIX I

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

146

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    PARLIAMENT

147

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    PHILIP MORRIS

148

   REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS    RED & WHITE

149

   CZECH REPUBLIC    BAKARA

150

   CZECH REPUBLIC    BOND STREET

151

   CZECH REPUBLIC    CHESTERFIELD

152

   CZECH REPUBLIC    L&M

153

   CZECH REPUBLIC    MARLBORO

154

   CZECH REPUBLIC    PETRA

155

   CZECH REPUBLIC    PHILIP MORRIS

156

   CZECH REPUBLIC    RED & WHITE

157

   CZECH REPUBLIC    SPARTA

158

   CZECH REPUBLIC    START

159

   DEM. REP. OF CONGO    MARLBORO

160

   DENMARK    CHESTERFIELD

161

   DENMARK    MARLBORO

162

   DENMARK    SKJOL

163

   DF AUSTRALIA DF    ALPINE

164

   DF AUSTRALIA DF    LONGBEACH

165

   DF AUSTRALIA DF    MARLBORO

166

   DF AUSTRALIA DF    PETER JACKSON

167

   DF JAPAN DF    LARK

168

   DF JAPAN DF    MARLBORO

169

   DF JAPAN DF    NEXT

170

   DF JAPAN DF    PARLIAMENT

171

   DF JAPAN DF    PHILIP MORRIS

172

   DF JAPAN DF    VIRGINIA SLIMS

173

   DF NEW ZEALAND DF    MARLBORO

174

   DF TAHITI DF    MARLBORO

175

   DJIBOUTI    MARLBORO

176

   DOMINICAN REPUBLIC    LIDER

177

   DOMINICAN REPUBLIC    MARLBORO

178

   DOMINICAN REPUBLIC    NACIONAL

179

   EAST TIMOR    MARLBORO

180

   ECUADOR    BELMONT

181

   ECUADOR    FULL SPEED

182

   ECUADOR    LARK

183

   ECUADOR    L&M

184

   ECUADOR    LIDER

185

   ECUADOR    MARLBORO

186

   EGYPT    L&M

187

   EGYPT    MARLBORO

188

   EGYPT    MERIT

189

   EL SALVADOR    DIPLOMAT

190

   EL SALVADOR    LIDER

191

   EL SALVADOR    MARLBORO

192

   EQUATORIAL GUINEA DOM.    BOND STREET

193

   EQUATORIAL GUINEA DOM.    MARLBORO

194

   ESTONIA    BOND STREET

195

   ESTONIA    L&M

196      

   ESTONIA    MARLBORO


APPENDIX I

 

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

197

   ESTONIA    NEXT

198

   ESTONIA    PARLIAMENT

199

   ESTONIA    PHILIP MORRIS

200

   ESTONIA    RED & WHITE

201

   FIJI    ALPINE

202

   FIJI    LONGBEACH

203

   FIJI    MARLBORO

204

   FINLAND    BELMONT

205

   FINLAND    CHESTERFIELD

206

   FINLAND    L&M

207

   FINLAND    MARLBORO

208

   FINLAND    MULTIFILTER

209

   FRANCE    ARMADA

210

   FRANCE    BASIC

211

   FRANCE    CHESTERFIELD

212

   FRANCE    L&M

213

   FRANCE    MARLBORO

214

   FRANCE    MERIT

215

   FRANCE    MURATTI

216

   FRANCE    PHILIP MORRIS

217

   FRANCE   

SG

218

   FRENCH POLYNESIA    L&M

219

   FRENCH POLYNESIA    MARLBORO

220

   GABON    MARLBORO

221

   GAMBIA    BOND STREET

222

   GAMBIA    MARLBORO

223

   GEORGIA    CHESTERFIELD

224

   GEORGIA    L&M

225

   GEORGIA    MARLBORO

226

   GEORGIA    PARLIAMENT

227

   GERMANY    BASIC

228

   GERMANY    CHESTERFIELD

229

   GERMANY    EVE

230

   GERMANY    F6

231

   GERMANY    JUWEL

232

   GERMANY    KARO

233

   GERMANY    L&M

234

   GERMANY    MARLBORO

235

   GERMANY    MERIT

236

   GERMANY    MULTIFILTER

237

   GERMANY    NEXT

238

   GERMANY    PARLIAMENT

239

   GERMANY    PHILIP MORRIS

240      

   GREECE    ASSOS


APPENDIX I

 

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

241

   GREECE    CHESTERFIELD

242

   GREECE    L&M

243

   GREECE    MARLBORO

244

   GREECE    MERIT

245

   GREECE    MURATTI

246

   GREECE    NEXT

247

   GREECE    OLD NAVY

248

   GREECE    PAPASTRATOS

249

   GREECE    PHILIP MORRIS

250

   GREECE    PRESIDENT ONE

251

   GREECE    SAGA

252

   GREECE    SANTE

253

   GUATEMALA    DIPLOMAT

254

   GUATEMALA    LIDER

255

   GUATEMALA    MARLBORO

256

   GUATEMALA    RUBIOS

257

   GUINEA    ASSOS

258

   GUINEA    MARLBORO

259

   GUINEA BISSAU    MARLBORO

260

   HONDURAS    LIDER

261

   HONDURAS    MARLBORO

262

   HONG KONG    BOND STREET

263

   HONG KONG    GOOD COMPANION

264

   HONG KONG    MARLBORO

265

   HONG KONG    PHILIP MORRIS

266

   HONG KONG    SARATOGA

267

   HONG KONG    VIRGINIA SLIMS

268

   HUNGARY    BOND STREET

269

   HUNGARY    EVE

270

   HUNGARY    HELIKON

271

   HUNGARY    L&M

272

   HUNGARY    MARLBORO

273

   HUNGARY    MULTIFILTER

274

   HUNGARY    PHILIP MORRIS

275

   ICELAND    L&M

276

   ICELAND    MARLBORO

277

   INDIA    MARLBORO

278

   INDONESIA    LONGBEACH

279

   INDONESIA    MARLBORO

280

   IRELAND    MARLBORO

281

   ISRAEL    ASSOS

282

   ISRAEL    EVE

283      

   ISRAEL    L&M


APPENDIX I

 

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

284

   ISRAEL    MARLBORO

285

   ISRAEL    NEXT

286

   ISRAEL    PARLIAMENT

287

   ISRAEL    PRESIDENT

288

   ITALY    CHESTERFIELD

289

   ITALY    DIANA

290

   ITALY    L&M

291

   ITALY    MARLBORO

292

   ITALY    MERCEDES

293

   ITALY    MERIT

294

   ITALY    MULTIFILTER

295

   ITALY    MURATTI

291

   ITALY    PHILIP MORRIS

297

   IVORY COAST    MARLBORO

298

   JAPAN    L&M

299

   JAPAN    LARK

300

   JAPAN    MARLBORO

301

   JAPAN    MERIT

302

   JAPAN    NEXT

303

   JAPAN    OASIS

304

   JAPAN    PARLIAMENT

305

   JAPAN    PHILIP MORRIS

306

   JAPAN    VIRGINIA SLIMS

307

   JORDAN    L&M

308

   JORDAN    MARLBORO

309

   KAZAKHSTAN    APOLLO SOYUZ

310

   KAZAKHSTAN    ASTRA

311

   KAZAKHSTAN    BENSON & HEDGES

312

   KAZAKHSTAN    BOND STREET

313

   KAZAKHSTAN    CONGRESS

314

   KAZAKHSTAN    KAZAKHSTAN

315

   KAZAKHSTAN    L&M

316

   KAZAKHSTAN    MARLBORO

317

   KAZAKHSTAN    MEDEA

318

   KAZAKHSTAN    NEXT

319

   KAZAKHSTAN    OPTIMA

320

   KAZAKHSTAN    PARLIAMENT

321

   KAZAKHSTAN    POLYOT

322

   KAZAKHSTAN    PRIMA

323

   KAZAKHSTAN    VIRGINIA SLIMS

324

   KIRGHIZSTAN    BOND STREET

325

   KIRGHIZSTAN    L&M

326      

   KIRGHIZSTAN    MARLBORO


APPENDIX I

 

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

327

   KIRGHIZSTAN    PARLIAMENT

328

   KIRIBATI    ALPINE

329

   KOREA    ELAN

330

   KOREA    LARK

331

   KOREA    MARLBORO

332

   KOREA    PARLIAMENT

333

   KOREA    PHILIP MORRIS

334

   KOREA    VIRGINIA SLIMS

335

   KOSOVO    MARLBORO

336

   KUWAIT    L&M

337

   KUWAIT    MARLBORO

338

   KUWAIT    MERIT

339

   KUWAIT    PARLIAMENT

340

   KUWAIT    PHILIP MORRIS

341

   KUWAIT    RED & WHITE

342

   LAOS    MARLBORO

343

   LATVIA    BOND STREET

344

   LATVIA    CHESTERFIELD

345

   LATVIA    KLAIPEDA

346

   LATVIA    L&M

347

   LATVIA    MARLBORO

348

   LATVIA    PARLIAMENT

349

   LATVIA    PHILIP MORRIS

350

   LATVIA    RED & WHITE

351

   LEBANON    BOND STREET

352

   LEBANON    CHESTERFIELD

353

   LEBANON    MARLBORO

354

   LEBANON    MERIT

355

   LIBERIA    BOND STREET

356

   LIBERIA    MARLBORO

357

   LITHUANIA    ASTRA

358

   LITHUANIA    BOND STREET

359

   LITHUANIA    KASTITYS

360

   LITHUANIA    KAUNAS

361

   LITHUANIA    KLAIPEDA

362

   LITHUANIA    L&M

363

   LITHUANIA    MARLBORO

364

   LITHUANIA    PARLIAMENT

365

   LITHUANIA    PRIMA

366

   LITHUANIA    RED & WHITE

367

   LUXEMBOURG    ARMADA

368

   LUXEMBOURG    BASIC

369      

   LUXEMBOURG    CHESTERFIELD


APPENDIX I

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

370

   LUXEMBOURG    L&M

371

   LUXEMBOURG    MARLBORO

372

   LUXEMBOURG    MERIT

373

   LUXEMBOURG    MURATTI

374

   LUXEMBOURG    PHILIP MORRIS

375

   MACAU    CHESTERFIELD

376

   MACAU    GOOD COMPANION

377

   MACAU    MARLBORO

378

   MACAU    VIRGINIA SLIMS

379

   MACEDONIA    MARLBORO

380

   MADEIRA    CHESTERFIELD

381

   MADEIRA    L&M

382

   MADEIRA    MARLBORO

383

   MADEIRA    PORTUGUES

384

   MADEIRA    SG

385

   MALAYSIA    L&M

386

   MALAYSIA    MARLBORO

387

   MALDIVES    GOOD COMPANION

388

   MALDIVES    MARLBORO

389

   MALTA    MARLBORO

390

   MAURITANIA    CONGRESS

391

   MAURITANIA    MARLBORO

392

   MAYOTTE    MARLBORO

393

   MEXICO    BENSON & HEDGES

394

   MEXICO    BROADWAY

395

   MEXICO    DELICADOS

396

   MEXICO    ELEGANTES

397

   MEXICO    FAROS

398

   MEXICO    L&M

399

   MEXICO    LIDER

400

   MEXICO    MARLBORO

401

   MEXICO    TIGRES

402

   MICRONESIA OUTER ISL.    BENSON & HEDGES

403

   MICRONESIA OUTER ISL.    CAMBRIDGE

404

   MICRONESIA OUTER ISL.    MARLBORO

405

   MOLDOVA    BOND STREET

406

   MOLDOVA    L&M

407

   MOLDOVA    MARLBORO

408

   MOLDOVA    PARLIAMENT

409

   MOLDOVA    RED & WHITE

410

   MONGOLIA    CONGRESS

411

   MONGOLIA    L&M

412

   MONGOLIA    MARLBORO

413

   MONGOLIA    PARLIAMENT

414

   MONTENEGRO    BEST

415

   MONTENEGRO    CLASSIC

416      

   MONTENEGRO    DRINA

 


APPENDIX I

 

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

417

   MONTENEGRO    MARLBORO

418

   MOROCCO    MARLBORO

419

   NAURU    ALPINE

420

   NEPAL    MARLBORO

421

   NETHERLANDS    CHESTERFIELD

422

   NETHERLANDS    L&M

423

   NETHERLANDS    MARLBORO

424

   NETHERLANDS    PHILIP MORRIS

425

   NETHERLANDS    RUNNER

426

   NEW CALEDONIA    LONGBEACH

427

   NEW CALEDONIA    MARLBORO

428

   NEW ZEALAND    LONGBEACH

429

   NEW ZEALAND    MARLBORO

430

   NICARAGUA    LlDER

431

   NICARAGUA    MARLBORO

432

   NIGER    BOND STREET

433

   NIGER    VISA

434

   NIGERIA    BOND STREET

435

   NIGERIA    MARLBORO

436

   NORFOLK ISLANDS    LONGBEACH

437

   NORWAY    L&M

438

   NORWAY    MARLBORO

439

   OKINAWA    LARK

440

   OKINAWA    NEXT

441

   OKINAWA    PARLIAMENT

442

   OKINAWA    PHILIP MORRIS

443

   OKINAWA    VIRGINIA SLIMS

444

   OMAN    L&M

445

   OMAN    MARLBORO

446

   OMAN    MERIT

447

   OMAN    RED & WHITE

448

   PALESTINE    L&M

449

   PALESTINE    MARLBORO

450

   PALESTINE    PARLIAMENT

451

   PANAMA    L&M

452

   PANAMA    MARLBORO

453

   PANAMA    MENTOLADOS

454

   PARAGUAY    BENSON & HEDGES

455

   PARAGUAY    CHESTERFIELD

456

   PARAGUAY    MARLBORO

457

   PARAGUAY    PHILIP MORRIS

458

   PERU    MARLBORO

459

   PHILIPPINES    BOWLING GOLD

460      

   PHILIPPINES    L&M


APPENDIX I

 

                A                 B

1

  Country (Market)   Brand

461

  PHILIPPINES   MARLBORO

462

  PHILIPPINES   MILLER

463

  PHILIPPINES   PHILIP MORRIS

464

  PHILIPPINES   STORK

465

  POLAND   BOND STREET

466

  POLAND   CARMEN

467

  POLAND   CARD

468

  POLAND   CHESTERFIELD

469

  POLAND   FAJRANT

470

  POLAND   KLUBOWE

471

  POLAND   L&M

472

  POLAND   MARLBORO

473

  POLAND   PARLIAMENT

474

  POLAND   VIRGINIA SLIMS

475

  POLAND   ZEFlR

476

  PORTUGAL   CHESTERFIELD

477

  PORTUGAL   DETROIT

478

  PORTUGAL   KENTUCKY

479

  PORTUGAL   L&M

480

  PORTUGAL   MARLBORO

481

  PORTUGAL   PORTUGUES

482

  PORTUGAL   RITZ

483

  PORTUGAL   SG

484

  POP. REP. OF CHINA   MARLBORO

485

  QATAR   L&M

486

  QATAR   MARLBORO

487

  QATAR   MERIT

488

  REUNION   BASIC

489

  REUNION   BOND STREET

490

  REUNION   CHESTERFIELD

491

  REUNION   MARLBORO

492

  REUNION   PHILIP MORRIS

493

  ROMANIA   ASSOS

494

  ROMANIA   BOND STREET

495

  ROMANIA   CHESTERFIELD

496

  ROMANIA   L&M

497

  ROMANIA   MARLBORO

498

  ROMANIA   PARLIAMENT

499

  ROMANIA   PRESIDENT

500

  ROMANIA   RED & WHITE

501

  ROMANIA   ZET

502

  RUSSIA   APOLLO SOYUZ

503

  RUSSIA   BOND STREET

504

  RUSSIA   CHESTERFIELD

505

  RUSSIA   L&M

506

  RUSSIA   MARLBORO

507

  RUSSIA   MURATTI

508

  RUSSIA   NEXT

509

  RUSSIA   OPTIMA

510

  RUSSIA   PARLIAMENT

511

  RUSSIA   VIRGINIA SLIMS


APPENDIX I

                A                 B

1

  Country (Market)   Brand

512

  SAN MARINO   DIANA

513

  SAN MARINO   MARLBORO

514

  SAN MARINO   MERIT

515

  SAN MARINO   PHILIP MORRIS

516

  SAUDI ARABIA   L&M

517

  SAUDI ARABIA   MARLBORO

518

  SAUDI ARABIA   MERIT

519

  SAUDI ARABIA   PHILIP MORRIS

520

  SAUDI ARABIA   RED & WHITE

521

  SAUDI ARABIA   VISA

522

  SENEGAL   MARLBORO

523

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   ASSOS

524

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   BEST

525

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   CLASSIC

526

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   DRINA

527

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   EVE

528

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   L&M

529

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   MARLBORO

530

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   MOND

531

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   MORAVA

532

  SERBIA & MONTENEGRO   VEK

533

  SIERRA LEONE   BOND STREET

534

  SIERRA LEONE   COSMOS

535

  SIERRA LEONE   MARLBORO

536

  SINGAPORE   L&M

537

  SINGAPORE   MARLBORO

538

  SINGAPORE   RAFFLES

539

  SINGAPORE   VIRGINIA SLIMS

540

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   BOND STREET

541

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   CHESTERFIELD

542

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   L&M

543

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   MARLBORO

544

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   PETRA

545

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   RED & WHITE

546

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   SPARTA

547

  SLOVAK REPUBLIC   START

548

  SLOVENIA   CHESTERFIELD

549

  SLOVENIA   DIANA

550

  SLOVENIA   EVE

551

  SLOVENIA   L&M

552

  SLOVENIA   MARLBORO

553

  SLOVENIA   MERIT

554

  SLOVENIA   MULTIFILTER

555

  SLOVENIA   MURATTI

556

  SLOVENIA   PHILIP MORRIS

567

  SOUTH AFRICA   CHESTERFIELD

558

  SOUTH AFRICA   MARLBORO

559

  SPAIN   CHESTERFIELD

560

  SPAIN   L&M

561

  SPAIN   LARK

562

  SPAIN   MARLBORO


APPENDIX I

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

563

   SPAIN    MERIT

564

   SPAIN    PHILIP MORRIS

565

   SURINAME    MARLBORO

566

   SWEDEN    BASIC

567

   SWEDEN    BOND

568

   SWEDEN    L&M

569

   SWEDEN    MARLBORO

570

   SWITZERLAND    ARLETIE

571

   SWITZERLAND    BRUNETTE

572

   SWITZERLAND    CHESTERFIELD

573

   SWITZERLAND    FLINT

574

   SWITZERLAND    L&M

575

   SWITZERLAND    MARLBORO

576

   SWITZERLAND    MERIT

577

   SWITZERLAND    MURATTI

578

   SWITZERLAND    MULTIFILTER

579

   SWITZERLAND    NORTH POLE

580

   SWITZERLAND    PHILIP MORRIS

681

   SYRIA    MARLBORO

582

   TAIWAN    L&M

583

   TAIWAN    LARK

584

   TAIWAN    MARLBORO

585

   TAIWAN    PARLIAMENT

586

   TAIWAN    SARATOGA

587

   TAIWAN    VIRGINIA SLIMS

588

   THAILAND    L&M

589

   THAILAND    MARLBORO

590

   TOGO    BOND STREET

591

   TOGO    MARLBORO

592

   TOGO    VISA

593

   TRINIDAD & TOBAGO    MARLBORO

594

   TUNISIA    MARLBORO

595

   TUNISIA    MERIT

596

   TURKEY    CHESTERFIELD

597

   TURKEY    L&M

598

   TURKEY    LARK

599

   TURKEY    MARLBORO

600

   TURKEY    MURATTI

601

   TURKEY    PARLIAMENT

602

   TURKEY    TURKU

603

   TURKMENISTAN    CONGRESS

604

   TURKMENISTAN    L&M

605

   TURKMENISTAN    MARLBORO

606

   TURKMENISTAN    PARLIAMENT

607

   UKRAINE    ASTRA

608

   UKRAINE    BOND STREET

609

   UKRAINE    CHESTERFIELD

610

   UKRAINE    KOSMOS

611

   UKRAINE    L&M

612

   UKRAINE    MARLBORO

613      

   UKRAINE    NEXT


APPENDIX I

 

                 A                B

1

   Country (Market)    Brand

614

   UKRAINE    OPTIMA

615

   UKRAINE    PARLIAMENT

616

   UKRAINE    VATRA

617

   UKRAINE    VIRGINIA SLIMS

618

   UNITED ARAB EMIRATES    L&M

619

   UNITED ARAB EMIRATES    MARLBORO

620

   UNITED ARAB EMIRATES    MERIT

621

   UNITED ARAB EMIRATES    PHILIP MORRIS

622

   UNITED ARAB EMIRATES    RED & WHITE

623

   UNITED KINGDOM    MARLBORO

624

   UNITED KINGDOM    RAFFLES

625

   URUGUAY    CASINO

626

   URUGUAY    FIESTA

627

   URUGUAY    GALAXY

628

   URUGUAY    MARLBORO

629

   URUGUAY    MASTER

630

   URUGUAY    PHILIP MORRIS

631

   URUGUAY    PREMIER

632

   VANUATU    PETER JACKSON

633

   VENEZUELA    ASTOR

634

   VENEZUELA    BOND STREET

635

   VENEZUELA    FORTUNA

636

   VENEZUELA    LIDO

637

   VENEZUELA    MARLBORO

638

   VIETNAM    MARLBORO

639

   WWDF    ASSOS

640

   WWDF    BELMONT

641

   WWDF    BENSON & HEDGES

642

   WWDF    BOND STREET

643

   WWDF    BRUNETTE

644

   WWDF    CHESTERFIELD

645

   WWDF    CLASSIC PAPASTRATOS

646

   WWDF    DIANA

647

   WWDF    EVE

648

   WWDF    F 6

649

   WWDF    L&M

650

   WWDF    LARK

651

   WWDF    MARLBORO

652

   WWDF    MERIT

653

   WWDF    MULTIFILTER

654

   WWDF    MURATTI

655

   WWDF    OLD NAVY

656

   WWDF    PAPASTRATOS

657

   WWDF    PARLIAMENT

658

   WWDF    PHILIP MORRIS

659

   WWDF    PRESIDENT

660

   WWDF    SG

661

   WWDF    VIRGINIA SLIMS

662      

   YEMEN    MARLBORO

 


APPENDIX J - LIST OF ARBITRATORS

 

1. Walter van Gerven

Cermarsinstraat 42

B-3012 Wilsele

Belgium

 

2. Hans Van Houtte

Institute for International Trade Law

Faculty of Law

B-3000 Leuven

Belgium


APPENDIX K

Amending the Baseline Amount

The Parties established the Baseline Amount as a reasonable estimate of the annual quantity of seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes they might expect in the Territory of the Member States as of January 1, 2004. The Parties recognize, however, that as New Member States join the European Union, as Non-Participating Member States wish to become Participating Member States, and as circumstances change with respect to the movement and pricing of Cigarettes in the Member States, the Baseline Amount may require adjustment so that it continues to comport with the reasonable expectations of the Parties. In determining whether to adjust the Baseline Amount, and if so, by what amount, the following shall be considered:

 

1) The size of the Philip Morris Cigarette market(s) in the New Member States whose seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes are likely to result in Supplemental Payments in the following calendar year but whose incidence of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes is not already factored into the Baseline Amount, as well as the incidence of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in such New Member States. In determining the size of the market for Philip Morris Cigarettes and the incidence of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in the New Member States, the Parties shall take account of and rely on:

 

  a) Historical seizure data;

 

  b) Available studies and reports of the industry;

 

  c) Philip Morris International data and reports;

 

  d) Reliable published information;

 

  e) Joint studies, if any, conducted by the European Community and Philip Morris International concerning contraband and counterfeit volumes, contraband and counterfeit flows, cigarette sales, cigarette seizures, or other matters reasonably relevant to this Agreement;

 

  f) Reports generated by independent third-party companies retained by Philip Morris International, in accordance with methodology agreed to by the Parties, whose business involves in whole or in part the monitoring of Cigarette sales and distribution; and

 

  g) Available data published by the European Community and the Member States;

 

2) The incidence of Contraband Cigarettes and Counterfeit Cigarettes in the New Member State(s) and the incidence of Contraband and Counterfeit Cigarettes manufactured by entities other than Philip Morris International, as measured by one or more independent companies retained by Philip Morris International; and

 

3) The situation concerning the maintenance and protection of the European Community’s Customs border as published in official reports and other reliable sources.


Amending Supplemental Payment Obligations

The Supplemental Payment regime set forth in Article 4 of the Agreement reinforces Philip Morris International’s commitment to take commercially reasonable steps as a manufacturer of Cigarettes to promote the Parties’ joint objective that Philip Morris Cigarettes be sold, distributed, stored, and shipped in accordance with all applicable fiscal and legal requirements, and, in particular, sold at retail in accordance with all applicable tax and duty laws in the intended retail market, and in quantities consistent with legitimate Retail Demand in such intended market. The Parties recognize that there are factors within the control and factors outside the control of Philip Morris International and that the Supplemental Payment regime was designed with reference to a reasonable estimate of the annual quantity of seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes they might expect in the Territory of the Member States as of January 1, 2004, in light of the substantial efforts of the Parties in their ongoing fight against the illegal trade in Cigarettes.

The Parties also recognize, however, that as New Member States join the European Union, as Non-Participating Member States wish to become Participating Member States, and as circumstances change with respect to the movement and pricing of Cigarettes in the Member States, problems could arise that might bring about serious imbalances in the application of the obligations of Philip Morris International under Article 4 of the Agreement, requiring their possible amendment so that they continue to comport with the reasonable expectations of the Parties that the provisions of Article 4 will serve as an incentive for Philip Morris International to address factors within its control and to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, but not as a mechanism to increase Philip Morris International’s obligations by virtue of factors outside the control of Philip Morris International.

In determining whether to amend the provisions of, and the obligations of Philip Morris International under, Article 4, the Parties shall consider whether there has been a significant increase in the incidence of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in any Member State whose seizures of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes are likely to result in Supplemental Payments in the following calendar year. If there has been a significant increase in such incidence substantially caused by external factors, as evidenced by the fact that a substantial portion of the seizures of Philip Morris Contraband Cigarettes are Cigarettes for which applicable taxes on the retail price have been paid in a non-Member State, the Parties shall either amend, or provide Philip Morris International with appropriate relief from the obligations under Article 4. However, amendment of, or relief from, Supplemental Payment obligations is only appropriate where (i) the significant increase in the incidence of Contraband Philip Morris Cigarettes in that Member State is not substantially attributable to a failure on the part of Philip Morris International to adhere to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) Philip Morris International can reasonably demonstrate that its sales to a pertinent Intended Market of Retail Sale are consistent with reasonable estimates of legitimate Retail Demand in such Intended Market of Retail Sale, and such market seems to account for a meaningful proportion of the increase in such incidence as described above.

 

2

Exhibit 10.8

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

AUTOMOBILE POLICY

The Registrant has a policy under which company owned or leased automobiles are provided to key executives for business use when required and for personal use at other times. Such executives are required to include the value of any personal use of the automobiles in their annual tax returns.

Exhibit 10.9

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

Financial Counseling Program

Philip Morris International has a program that will be effective on the Distribution Date to provide for financial counseling for key executives. This program currently provides for reimbursement to senior management in salary bands E and above of expenditures they incur in connection with their personal financial and estate planning and preparation of their tax returns up to the lesser of $7,000 or CHF 7,500.

Rather than limit individuals to specific advisors, each eligible executive may seek his own reputable advisor to perform such services. Reimbursement shall be limited to the services set forth above and will not include for example, fees of brokers or investment managers. Also, it shall be necessary for invoices to reflect in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the services performed.

Payments by Philip Morris International in this program will be included in the compensation of the individuals for whom they are paid; however, the individual is normally entitled to a deduction in his or her income tax return for any expenses related to financial advice, estate and tax planning, and income tax preparation.

Exhibit 10.10

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

2008 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose; Definitions.

The purpose of the Plan is to support the Company’s ongoing efforts to develop and retain world-class leaders and to provide the Company with the ability to provide incentives more directly linked to the profitability of the Company’s businesses and increases in stockholder value.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

 

(a) Award ” means the grant under the Plan of Incentive Awards, Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, or Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

(d) Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

 

(e) Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof, any successor thereto or such other committee or subcommittee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

(f) Common Stock ” or “ Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(g) Company ” means Philip Morris International Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any successor thereto.

 

(h) Deferred Stock Unit ” means an Award described in Section 5(a)(v).

 

(i) Economic Value Added ” means net after-tax operating profit less the cost of capital.

 

(j) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

(k) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any given date, the mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions or, if no such sale of Common Stock is reported on such date, the fair market value of the Stock as determined by the Committee in good faith; provided, however, that the Committee may in its discretion designate the actual sales price as Fair Market Value in the case of dispositions of Common Stock under the Plan.

 

(l) Incentive Award ” means an Award made pursuant to Section 5(a)(vi).

 


(m) Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that complies with Section 422 (or any amended or successor provision) of the Code.

 

(n) Nonqualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(o) Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award made pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii).

 

(p) Participant ” means any eligible individual as set forth in Section 3 to whom an Award is granted.

 

(q) Performance Cycle ” means the period selected by the Committee during which the performance of the Company or any subsidiary, affiliate or unit thereof or any individual is measured for the purpose of determining the extent to which an Award subject to Performance Goals has been earned.

 

(r) Performance Goals ” mean the objectives for the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate or any unit thereof or any individual that may be established by the Committee for a Performance Cycle with respect to any performance-based Awards contingently awarded under the Plan. The Performance Goals for Awards that are intended to constitute “performance-based” compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) (or any amended or successor provision) of the Code shall be based on one or more of the following criteria: earnings per share, total shareholder return, operating income, net income, adjusted net income, cash flow, return on equity, return on capital, or Economic Value Added.

 

(s) Plan ” means this 2008 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(t) Restricted Period ” means the period during which an Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.

 

(u) Restricted Stock ” means an Award of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 5(a)(iv).

 

(v) Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award described in Section 5(a)(v).

 

(w) Spread Value ” means, with respect to a share of Common Stock subject to an Award, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value, on the date such value is determined, over the Award’s exercise or grant price, if any.

 

(x) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right granted pursuant to Section 5(a)(ii).

 

(y) Stock Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5(a)(i).

In addition, the terms “Affiliated Group,” “Business Combination,” “Change in Control,” “Change in Control Price,” “Incumbent Board,” “Outstanding Company Stock,” “Outstanding Company Voting Securities” and “Person” have the meanings set forth in Section 6.

 

2


Section 2. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the power to interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules and guidelines for carrying out the Plan as it may deem appropriate. The Committee shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures and subplans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with the laws, regulations, compensation practices and tax and accounting principles of the countries in which the Company, a subsidiary or an affiliate may operate to assure the viability of the benefits of Awards made to individuals employed in such countries and to meet the objectives of the Plan.

Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to determine those employees eligible to receive Awards and the amount, type and terms of each Award and to establish and administer any Performance Goals applicable to such Awards. The Committee may delegate its authority and power under the Plan to one or more officers of the Company, subject to guidelines prescribed by the Committee, but only with respect to Participants who are not subject to either Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) (or any amended or successor provision) of the Code.

Any determination made by the Committee or by one or more officers pursuant to delegated authority in accordance with the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee or such delegate, and all decisions made by the Committee or any appropriately designated officer pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan Participants.

Section 3. Eligibility.

Salaried employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and profitability of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Furthermore, employees and former employees of Altria Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, employees and former employees of Kraft Foods Inc. and its subsidiaries, and employees and former employees of SABMiller plc and its subsidiaries shall be eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan in connection with an event in which the Company ceases to be a subsidiary of Altria Group, Inc.

Section 4. Common Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)

Common Stock Available . The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for distribution pursuant to the Plan shall be 70,000,000. To the extent any Award under this Plan is exercised or cashed out or terminates or expires or is forfeited without a payment being made to the Participant in the form of Common Stock, the shares subject to such Award that were not so paid, if any, shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan. If an SAR or similar Award based on Spread Value with respect to shares of Common Stock is exercised, only the number of shares of Common Stock issued, if any, will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock that are used by a Participant as full or partial payment of withholding or other taxes or as payment for the exercise or conversion price of an

 

3


Award under the Plan shall be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan.

 

(b) Adjustments for Certain Corporate Transactions .

 

  (i) In the event of any merger, share exchange, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, distribution, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, issuance of rights or warrants or other similar transaction or event affecting the Common Stock or any event as a result of which the Company ceases to be a subsidiary of Altria Group, Inc., in any case after adoption of the Plan by the Board, the Committee is authorized to make such adjustments or substitutions with respect to the Plan and to Awards granted thereunder as it deems appropriate to reflect the occurrence of such event, including, but not limited to, adjustments (A) to the aggregate number and kind of securities reserved for issuance under the Plan, (B) to the Award limits set forth in Section 5, (C) to the Performance Goals or Performance Cycles of any outstanding Performance-Based Awards, and (D) to the number and kind of securities subject to outstanding Awards and, if applicable, the grant or exercise price or Spread Value of outstanding Awards. In addition, the Committee may make an Award in substitution for incentive awards, stock awards, stock options or similar awards held by an individual who is, previously was, or becomes an employee of the Company, a subsidiary or an affiliate in connection with a transaction described in this Section 4(b)(i). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan (other than the limitation set forth in Section 4(a)), the terms of such substituted Awards shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.

 

  (ii)

In connection with any of the events described in Section 4(b)(i), the Committee shall also have authority with respect to the Plan and to Awards granted thereunder (A) to grant Awards (including Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and Other Stock-Based Awards) with a grant price that is less than Fair Market Value on the date of grant in order to preserve existing gain under any similar type of award previously granted by the Company or another entity to the extent that the existing gain would otherwise be diminished without payment of adequate compensation to the holder of the award for such diminution, and (B) except as may otherwise be required under an applicable Award agreement, to cancel or adjust the terms of an outstanding Award as appropriate to reflect the substitution for the outstanding Award of an award of equivalent value granted by another entity. In connection with a spin-off or similar corporate transaction, the adjustments described in this Section 4(b) may include, but are not limited to, (C) the imposition of restrictions on any distribution with respect to Restricted Stock or similar Awards and (D) the substitution of comparable Stock Options to purchase the stock of another entity or Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in the securities of another entity, which may be settled in the form of cash, Common Stock, stock of such other entity, or other securities or property, as determined by the Committee; and, in the event of such a substitution, references

 

4


 

in this Plan and in the applicable Award agreements thereunder to “Common Stock” or “Stock” shall be deemed (except for purposes of Section 6(b) hereunder and for any similar provisions of applicable Award agreements) to also refer to the securities of the other entity where appropriate.

 

  (iii) In connection with any of the events described in Section 4(b)(i), with respect to the Plan and to Awards granted thereunder, the Committee is also authorized to provide for the payment of any outstanding Awards in cash, including, but not limited to, payment of cash in lieu of any fractional Awards.

 

  (iv) In the event of any conflict between this Section 4(b) and other provisions of the Plan, the provisions of this section shall control. Receipt of an Award under the Plan shall constitute an acknowledgement by the Participant receiving such Award of the ability of the issuer to adjust any award for which an Award under the Plan is substituted.

Section 5. Awards.

 

(a) General . The types of Awards that may be granted under the Plan are set forth below. Awards may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem with other Awards.

 

  (i) Stock Options . A Stock Option represents the right to purchase a share of Stock at a predetermined grant price. Stock Options granted under the Plan may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options, as specified in the Award agreement. The term of each Stock Option shall be set forth in the Award agreement, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the grant date. The grant price per share of Common Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Subject to the applicable Award agreement, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept (including a copy of instructions to a broker or bank acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company an amount sufficient to pay the purchase price). Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, payment in full or in part may also be made in the form of Common Stock already owned by the Participant valued at Fair Market Value.

 

  (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights . An SAR represents the right to receive a payment, in cash, shares of Common Stock, or both (as determined by the Committee), with a value equal to the Spread Value on the date the SAR is exercised. The grant price of an SAR shall be set forth in the applicable Award agreement and shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Subject to the terms of the applicable Award agreement, an SAR shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise.

 

5


  (iii) Other Stock-Based Awards . Other Stock-Based Awards are Awards, other than Stock Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Deferred Stock Units, that are denominated in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Common Stock. The grant, purchase, exercise, exchange or conversion of Other Stock-Based Awards granted under this subsection (iii) shall be on such terms and conditions and by such methods as shall be specified by the Committee. Where the value of an Other Stock-Based Award is based on the Spread Value, the grant price for such an Award will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

 

  (iv) Restricted Stock . Shares of Restricted Stock are shares of Common Stock that are awarded to a Participant and that during the Restricted Period may be forfeitable to the Company upon such conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award agreement. Except as provided in the applicable Award agreement, Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period. Except as provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall have with respect to such Restricted Stock all the rights of a holder of Common Stock during the Restricted Period.

 

  (v) Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units . Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock, cash, or both (as determined by the Committee) upon satisfaction of such conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award agreement. Except as provided in the applicable Award agreement, Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period. Except as provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall have with respect to such Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units none of the rights of a holder of Common Stock unless and until shares of Common Stock are actually delivered in satisfaction of such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units.

 

  (vi) Incentive Awards . Incentive Awards are performance-based Awards that are expressed in U.S. or any other jurisdiction’s currency or Common Stock or any combination thereof.

 

(b) Maximum Awards . Subject to the exercise of the Committee’s authority pursuant to Section 4:

 

  (i) The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and Other Stock-Based Awards with values based on Spread Values awarded during any Plan year to any Participant shall not exceed 3,000,000.

 

  (ii)

The total amount of any Incentive Award awarded to any Participant with respect to any Performance Cycle, taking into account the cash and the Fair Market Value of any Common Stock payable with respect to such Award, shall not exceed $12,000,000. For purposes of applying the dollar limit of this clause (ii), any

 

6


 

Incentive Award denominated in currency other than U.S. currency shall be converted into U.S. currency in such reasonable manner as may be specified by the Committee or its delegate.

 

  (iii) An amount not in excess of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued or issuable to any Participant in a Plan Year pursuant to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, and Other Stock-Based Awards, except that Other Stock-Based Awards with values based on Spread Values shall not be included in this limitation.

 

(c) Performance-Based Awards . Any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may be in the form of performance-based Awards through the application of Performance Goals and Performance Cycles.

Section 6. Change in Control Provisions.

 

(a) Impact of Event . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control:

 

  (i) All Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date such Change in Control occurs shall become fully vested and exercisable.

 

  (ii) The restrictions and other conditions applicable to any Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, or Other Stock-Based Awards, including vesting requirements, shall lapse, and such Awards shall become free of all restrictions and fully vested.

 

  (iii) The value of all outstanding Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, and Other Stock-Based Awards shall, unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after grant, be cashed out on the basis of the “Change in Control Price,” as defined in Section 6(c), as of the date such Change in Control occurs, provided, however, that any Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, or similar Other Stock-Based Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be paid in a manner that complies with Section 409A as provided in the relevant Award agreement.

 

  (iv) Any Incentive Awards relating to Performance Cycles prior to the Performance Cycle in which the Change in Control occurs that have been earned but not paid shall become immediately payable in cash. In addition, each Participant who has been awarded an Incentive Award for the Performance Cycle in which the Change in Control occurs shall be deemed to have earned a pro rata Incentive Award equal to the product of (A) such Participant’s target award opportunity for such Performance Cycle, and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full or partial months that have elapsed since the beginning of such Performance Cycle to the date on which the Change in Control occurs, and the denominator of which is the total number of months in such Performance Cycle.

 

7


(b) Definition of Change in Control . A “Change in Control” means the happening of any of the following events.

 

  (i) Consummation of the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (a “Person”)) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company or any corporation or other entity controlled by the Company (“the Affiliated Group”), (2) any acquisition by a member of the Affiliated Group, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by a member of the Affiliated Group or (4) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of paragraph (iii) of this Section 6(b); or

 

  (ii) Individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to such effective date whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

  (iii)

Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns such shares and voting power through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation resulting from such Business

 

8


 

Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (iv) Consummation of a (A) complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (B) sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than to a corporation, with respect to which following such sale or other disposition, (1) more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) less than 20% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation), except to the extent that such Person owned 20% or more of the outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities prior to the sale or disposition and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of the Company or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board.

 

(c) Definition of Change in Control Price . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, “Change in Control Price” means the value of the consideration paid to holders of shares of Common Stock for such Common Stock in connection with a Change in Control transaction (or, if no consideration is paid in connection with a Change in Control transaction, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock immediately prior to a Change in Control), except that, in the case of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and similar Other Stock-Based Awards, such price shall be based only on transactions reported for the date on which such Awards are cashed out.

 

9


Section 7. Plan Amendment and Termination.

The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time, provided that no such amendment shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is required under applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, or if such amendment would (i) decrease the grant or exercise price of any Stock Option, SAR or Other Stock-Based Award to less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, or (ii) increase the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be distributed under the Plan. Except as may be necessary to comply with a change in the laws, regulations or accounting principles of a foreign country applicable to Participants subject to the laws of such foreign country, the Committee may not, without stockholder approval, cancel any Stock Option and substitute therefor a new Stock Option with a lower grant price. Except as set forth in any Award agreement or as necessary to comply with applicable law or avoid adverse tax consequences to some or all Plan Participants, no amendment or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect any outstanding Award under the Plan without the Award recipient’s consent. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be construed to reflect the intent of the Company that all Awards under the Plan and any elections to defer, distributions, and other aspects of the Plan shall, to the extent subject to Section 409A of the Code, comply with Section 409A and any regulations and other guidance thereunder.

Section 8. Payments and Payment Deferrals.

Payment of Awards may be in the form of cash, Common Stock, other Awards or combinations thereof as the Committee shall determine, and with such restrictions as it may impose. The Committee, either at the time of grant or by subsequent amendment, may require or permit deferral of the payment of Awards, under such rules and procedures as it may establish, provided, however, that any Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and similar Other Stock-Based Awards that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code but would be subject to Section 409A if a deferral were permitted, shall not be subject to any deferral. The Committee may also provide that deferred settlements include the payment or crediting of interest or other earnings on the deferred amounts, or the payment or crediting of dividend equivalents where the deferred amounts are denominated in Common Stock equivalents. Any deferral and related terms and conditions shall comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and other guidance thereunder.

Section 9. Dividends and Dividend Equivalents.

The Committee may provide that any Awards under the Plan earn dividends or dividend equivalents. Such dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be credited to a Participant’s Plan account. Any crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents may be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may establish, including reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock equivalents.

Section 10. Transferability.

Except as provided in the applicable Award agreement or otherwise required by law, Awards shall not be transferable or assignable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

10


Section 11. Award Agreements.

Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement (which need not be signed by the recipient unless otherwise specified by the Committee) that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award. Such terms may include, but are not limited to, the term of the Award, vesting and forfeiture provisions, and the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s employment terminates. The Committee may amend an Award agreement, provided that, except as set forth in any Award agreement or as necessary to comply with applicable law or avoid adverse tax consequences to some or all Plan Participants, no such amendment may materially and adversely affect an Award without the Participant’s consent.

Section 12. Unfunded Status of Plan.

It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided, however, that, unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan.

Section 13. General Provisions.

 

(a) The Committee may require each person acquiring shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates for such shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.

All certificates for shares of Common Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed, and any applicable Federal, state or foreign securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

(b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company, a subsidiary or an affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for their respective employees.

 

(c) Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the granting of Awards under the Plan shall confer upon any employee any right to continued employment nor shall they interfere in any way with the right of the Company, a subsidiary or an affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

 

(d)

No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includable in the gross income of the Participant for income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind that are required by law or applicable regulation to be withheld with respect to such amount.

 

11


Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, withholding obligations arising from an Award may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is part of, or is received upon exercise or conversion of, the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including the making of irrevocable elections, for the settling of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

 

(e) The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in an Award, recipients of an Award under the Plan are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of Virginia, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award.

 

(f) If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, the invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be enforced and construed as if such provision had not been included.

 

(g) All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

(h) The Plan shall be effective on January 29, 2008. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, no Awards shall be made after January 29, 2013, provided that any Awards granted prior to that date may extend beyond it.

 

12

Exhibit 10.11

FORM OF

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

2008 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

DEFERRED STOCK AGREEMENT

FOR PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK

WITH RESPECT TO ALTRIA DEFERRED STOCK GRANTED BEFORE 2008

(March 28, 2008)

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. (the “Company”), a Virginia corporation, hereby grants to the employee (the “Employee”) under the Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) a Deferred Stock Award (the “Award”) dated March 28, 2008 immediately following the distribution of Company Common Stock to Altria Group, Inc. shareholders (the “Award Date”) with respect to the number of shares (the “Deferred Shares”) of the Common Stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) shown in the Statement of Grants and Awards (the “Statement”) mailed to the Employee shortly after March 28, 2008, all in accordance with and subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Restrictions . Subject to Section 2 below, the restrictions on the Deferred Shares shall lapse and the Deferred Shares shall vest on the Vesting Date set forth in the Statement (the “Vesting Date”), provided that the Employee remains an employee of the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Kraft Employee or Applicable Altria Employee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, during the entire period commencing on the Award Date and ending on the Vesting Date.

2. Termination of Employment Before Vesting Date . In the event of the termination of the Employee’s employment with the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Employee or Applicable Kraft Employee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, prior to the Vesting Date due to death, Disability or Normal Retirement, the restrictions on the Deferred Shares shall lapse and the Deferred Shares shall become fully vested on the date of death, Disability, or Normal Retirement.

If the Employee’s employment with the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Employee or Applicable Kraft Employee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, is terminated for any reason other than death, Disability, or Normal Retirement prior to the Vesting Date, the Employee shall forfeit all rights to the Deferred Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the termination of an Employee’s employment with the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Employee or Applicable Kraft Employee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company may, in its sole discretion, waive the restrictions on, and the vesting requirements for, the Deferred Shares.

3. Voting and Dividend Rights . The Employee does not have the right to vote the Deferred Shares or receive dividends prior to the date, if any, such Deferred Shares are paid to the Employee in the form of Common Stock pursuant to the terms hereof. However, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Employee shall receive cash payments (less applicable withholding taxes) in lieu of dividends otherwise payable with respect to shares of Common Stock equal in number to the Deferred Shares that have not been forfeited, as such dividends are paid.

4. Transfer Restrictions . This Award and the Deferred Shares are non-transferable and may not be assigned, hypothecated or otherwise pledged and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to effect any such disposition, or upon the levy of any such process, the Award shall immediately become null and void and the Deferred Shares shall be forfeited. These restrictions shall not apply, however, to any payments received pursuant to Section 7 below.


5. Withholding Taxes . The Company is authorized to satisfy the actual minimum statutory withholding taxes arising from the granting, vesting, or payment of this Award, as the case may be, by deducting the number of Deferred Shares having an aggregate value equal to the amount of withholding taxes due from the total number of Deferred Shares awarded, vested, paid, or otherwise becoming subject to current taxation. The Company is also authorized to satisfy the actual withholding taxes arising from the granting or vesting of this Award, or hypothetical withholding tax amounts if the Employee is covered under a Company tax equalization policy, as the case may be, by the remittance of the required amounts from any proceeds realized upon the open-market sale of the Common Stock received in payment of vested Deferred Shares by the Employee. Deferred Shares deducted from this Award in satisfaction of actual minimum withholding tax requirements shall be valued at the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock received in payment of vested Deferred Shares on the date as of which the amount giving rise to the withholding requirement first became includible in the gross income of the Employee under applicable tax laws. If the Employee is covered by a Company tax equalization policy, the Employee also agrees to pay to the Company any additional hypothetical tax obligation calculated and paid under the terms and conditions of such tax equalization policy.

6. Death of Employee . If any of the Deferred Shares shall vest upon the death of the Employee, any Common Stock received in payment of the vested Deferred Shares shall be registered in the name of the estate of the Employee except that, to the extent permitted by the Compensation Committee, if the Company shall have received in writing a beneficiary designation, the Common Stock shall be registered in the name of the designated beneficiary.

7. Payment of Deferred Shares . Each Deferred Share granted pursuant to this Award represents an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to issue to the Employee, on or as soon as practicable after the date the Deferred Share becomes fully vested pursuant to Section 1 or 2 and otherwise subject to the terms of this Agreement, the value of one share of the Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Statement and subject to the terms of this Agreement, such issuance shall be made to the Employee (or, in the event of his or her death to the Employee’s estate or beneficiary as provided above) in the form of Common Stock as soon as practicable following the full vesting of the Deferred Share pursuant to Section 1 or 2, provided, however, that if the Company determines that settlement in the form of Common Stock is impractical or impermissible under the laws of the Employee’s country of residence, the Deferred Shares will be settled in the form of cash.

8. Special Payment Provisions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Employee (i) is subject to US Federal income tax on any part of the payment of the Deferred Shares, (ii) is a “specified employee” within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder, and (iii) will become eligible for Normal Retirement (A) for Deferred Shares with a Vesting Date between January 1 and March 15, before the calendar year preceding the Vesting Date and (B) for Deferred Shares with a Vesting Date after March 15, before the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs, then any payment of Deferred Shares under Section 7 that is on account of his separation from service within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder shall be delayed until six months following such separation from service. In addition, if such an Employee is not vested in his Deferred Shares, and the Employee (i) becomes eligible for Normal Retirement while employed by a member of the PMI Group that would not be a “service recipient” with respect to the Award within the meaning of the regulations under section 409A of the Code or (ii) becomes eligible for Normal Retirement and subsequently transfers to a member of the PMI Group that would not be a “service recipient” with respect to the Award within the meaning of the regulations under section 409A of the Code, then the Employee’s Deferred Shares shall be paid to the Employee at such time in accordance with Section 7 (based on the value of shares of Common Stock at the time of payment), subject to a six-month delay from the date treated as a separation from service within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

2


9. Board Authorization in the Event of Restatement . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board of Directors of the Company or an appropriate Committee of the Board determines that, as a result of a restatement of the Company’s financial statements, an Employee has received greater compensation in connection with the Award than would been received absent the incorrect financial statements, the Board or Committee, in its discretion, may take such action with respect to this Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to address the events that gave rise to the restatement and to prevent its recurrence. Such action may include, to the extent permitted by applicable law, causing the full or partial cancellation of this Award and, with respect to Deferred Shares that have vested, requiring the Employee to repay to the Company the full or partial Fair Market Value of the Award determined at the time of vesting, and the Employee agrees by accepting this Award that the Board or Committee may make such a cancellation, impose such a repayment obligation, or take other necessary or appropriate actions in such circumstances. This Section 9 shall apply only with respect to Deferred Shares that were granted in connection with Altria Group, Inc. deferred shares granted on or after January 31, 2007.

10. Other Terms and Definitions . The terms and provisions of the Plan (a copy of which will be furnished to the Employee upon written request to the Office of the Secretary, Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017) are incorporated herein by reference. To the extent any provision of this Award is inconsistent or in conflict with any term or provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

In the event of any merger, share exchange, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, distribution, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, issuance of rights or warrants or other similar transaction or event affecting the Common Stock after the date of this Award, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized, to the extent it deems appropriate, to make adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock subject to this Award, including the substitution of equity interests in other entities involved in such transactions, to provide for cash payments in lieu of Deferred Shares, and to determine whether continued employment with any entity resulting from such a transaction will or will not be treated as continued employment with the PMI Group, in each case subject to any Board or Committee action specifically addressing any such adjustments, cash payments, or continued employment treatment.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Disability” means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Company or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Employee or Applicable Kraft Employee, by Altria Group, Inc. or Kraft Foods Inc., as relevant, for purposes of the Plan. In addition, the term “Normal Retirement” means retirement from active employment (i) under a pension plan of any member of the PMI Group or under an employment contract with any member of the PMI Group, (ii) in the case of an Applicable Altria Employee, under a pension plan of any member of the Altria Group or under an employment contract with any member of the Altria Group, or (iii) in the case of an Applicable Kraft Employee, under a pension plan of any member of the Kraft Group or under an employment contract with any member of the Kraft Group, on or after the date specified as the normal retirement age in the pension plan or employment contract, if any, under which the Employee is at that time accruing pension benefits for his or her current service (or, in the absence of a specified normal retirement age, the age at which pension benefits under such plan or contract become payable without reduction for early commencement and without any requirement of a particular period of prior service). In any case in which (i) the meaning of “Normal Retirement” is uncertain under the definition contained in the prior sentence or (ii) a termination of employment at or after age 65 would not

 

3


otherwise constitute “Normal Retirement,” an Employee’s termination of employment shall be treated as a “Normal Retirement” under such circumstances as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems equivalent to retirement. An “Applicable Altria Employee” means an Employee employed by the Altria Group on March 28, 2008 or who transfers from the PMI Group to the Altria Group during the period from March 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008. An “Applicable Kraft Employee” means an Employee employed by the Kraft Group on March 28, 2007 or who transferred from the Altria Group or the PMI Group to the Kraft Group during the period from March 30, 2007 to September 30, 2007. “PMI Group” means the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. “Altria Group” means Altria Group, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. “Kraft Group” means Kraft Foods Inc. and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. Generally, for purposes of this Agreement, (i) a “subsidiary” includes only any company in which the applicable entity, directly or indirectly, has a beneficial ownership interest of greater than 50 percent and (ii) an “affiliate” includes only any company that (A) has a beneficial ownership interest, directly or indirectly, in the applicable entity of greater than 50 percent or (B) is under common control with the applicable entity through a parent company that, directly or indirectly, has a beneficial ownership interest of greater than 50 percent in both the applicable entity and the affiliate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deferred Stock Agreement has been duly executed as of March 28, 2008.

 

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

 

 

G. Penn Holsenbeck

Vice President, Associate General Counsel &

Corporate Secretary

Philip Morris International Inc.

 

4

Exhibit 10.12

FORM OF

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

2008 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

DEFERRED STOCK AGREEMENT

FOR PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK

IN SUBSTITUTION FOR ALTRIA DEFERRED STOCK GRANTED IN 2008

(March 28, 2008)

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. (the “Company”), a Virginia corporation, hereby grants to the employee (the “Employee”) under the Philip Morris International Inc. 2008 Performance Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) a Deferred Stock Award (the “Award”) dated March 28, 2008 immediately following the distribution of Company Common Stock to Altria Group, Inc. shareholders (the “Award Date”) with respect to the number of shares (the “Deferred Shares”) of the Common Stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) shown in the Statement of Grants and Awards (the “Statement”) mailed to the Employee shortly after March 28, 2008, all in accordance with and subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Restrictions . Subject to Section 2 below, the restrictions on the Deferred Shares shall lapse and the Deferred Shares shall vest on the Vesting Date set forth in the Statement (the “Vesting Date”), provided that the Employee remains an employee of the PMI Group during the entire period commencing on the Award Date and ending on the Vesting Date.

2. Termination of Employment Before Vesting Date . In the event of the termination of the Employee’s employment with the PMI Group prior to the Vesting Date due to death, Disability or Normal Retirement, the restrictions on the Deferred Shares shall lapse and the Deferred Shares shall become fully vested on the date of death, Disability, or Normal Retirement.

If the Employee’s employment with the PMI Group is terminated for any reason other than death, Disability, or Normal Retirement prior to the Vesting Date, the Employee shall forfeit all rights to the Deferred Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the termination of an Employee’s employment with the PMI Group, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company may, in its sole discretion, waive the restrictions on, and the vesting requirements for, the Deferred Shares.

3. Voting and Dividend Rights. The Employee does not have the right to vote the Deferred Shares or receive dividends prior to the date, if any, such Deferred Shares are paid to the Employee in the form of Common Stock pursuant to the terms hereof. However, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Employee shall receive cash payments (less applicable withholding taxes) in lieu of dividends otherwise payable with respect to shares of Common Stock equal in number to the Deferred Shares that have not been forfeited, as such dividends are paid.

4. Transfer Restrictions . This Award and the Deferred Shares are non-transferable and may not be assigned, hypothecated or otherwise pledged and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to effect any such disposition, or upon the levy of any such process, the Award shall immediately become null and void and the Deferred Shares shall be forfeited. These restrictions shall not apply, however, to any payments received pursuant to Section 7 below.

5. Withholding Taxes . The Company is authorized to satisfy the actual minimum statutory withholding taxes arising from the granting, vesting, or payment of this Award, as the case may be, by deducting the number of Deferred Shares having an aggregate value equal to the amount of withholding taxes due from the total number of Deferred Shares awarded, vested, paid, or otherwise becoming subject to current taxation. The Company is also authorized to satisfy the actual withholding taxes arising from


the granting or vesting of this Award, or hypothetical withholding tax amounts if the Employee is covered under a Company tax equalization policy, as the case may be, by the remittance of the required amounts from any proceeds realized upon the open-market sale of the Common Stock received in payment of vested Deferred Shares by the Employee. Deferred Shares deducted from this Award in satisfaction of actual minimum withholding tax requirements shall be valued at the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock received in payment of vested Deferred Shares on the date as of which the amount giving rise to the withholding requirement first became includible in the gross income of the Employee under applicable tax laws. If the Employee is covered by a Company tax equalization policy, the Employee also agrees to pay to the Company any additional hypothetical tax obligation calculated and paid under the terms and conditions of such tax equalization policy.

6. Death of Employee . If any of the Deferred Shares shall vest upon the death of the Employee, any Common Stock received in payment of the vested Deferred Shares shall be registered in the name of the estate of the Employee except that, to the extent permitted by the Compensation Committee, if the Company shall have received in writing a beneficiary designation, the Common Stock shall be registered in the name of the designated beneficiary.

7. Payment of Deferred Shares . Each Deferred Share granted pursuant to this Award represents an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to issue to the Employee, on or as soon as practicable after the date the Deferred Share becomes fully vested pursuant to Section 1 or 2 and otherwise subject to the terms of this Agreement, the value of one share of the Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Statement and subject to the terms of this Agreement, such issuance shall be made to the Employee (or, in the event of his or her death to the Employee’s estate or beneficiary as provided above) in the form of Common Stock as soon as practicable following the full vesting of the Deferred Share pursuant to Section 1 or 2, provided, however, that if the Company determines that settlement in the form of Common Stock is impractical or impermissible under the laws of the Employee’s country of residence, the Deferred Shares will be settled in the form of cash.

8. Special Payment Provisions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Employee (i) is subject to US Federal income tax on any part of the payment of the Deferred Shares, (ii) is a “specified employee” within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder, and (iii) will become eligible for Normal Retirement (A) for Deferred Shares with a Vesting Date between January 1 and March 15, before the calendar year preceding the Vesting Date and (B) for Deferred Shares with a Vesting Date after March 15, before the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs, then any payment of Deferred Shares under Section 7 that is on account of his separation from service within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder shall be delayed until six months following such separation from service. In addition, if such an Employee is not vested in his Deferred Shares, and the Employee (i) becomes eligible for Normal Retirement while employed by a member of the PMI Group that would not be a “service recipient” with respect to the Award within the meaning of the regulations under section 409A of the Code or (ii) becomes eligible for Normal Retirement and subsequently transfers to a member of the PMI Group that would not be a “service recipient” with respect to the Award within the meaning of the regulations under section 409A of the Code, then the Employee’s Deferred Shares shall be paid to the Employee at such time in accordance with Section 7 (based on the value of shares of Common Stock at the time of payment), subject to a six-month delay from the date treated as a separation from service within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.

9. Board Authorization in the Event of Restatement . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board of Directors of the Company or an appropriate Committee of the Board determines that, as a result of a restatement of the Company’s financial statements, an Employee

 

2


has received greater compensation in connection with the Award than would been received absent the incorrect financial statements, the Board or Committee, in its discretion, may take such action with respect to this Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to address the events that gave rise to the restatement and to prevent its recurrence. Such action may include, to the extent permitted by applicable law, causing the full or partial cancellation of this Award and, with respect to Deferred Shares that have vested, requiring the Employee to repay to the Company the full or partial Fair Market Value of the Award determined at the time of vesting, and the Employee agrees by accepting this Award that the Board or Committee may make such a cancellation, impose such a repayment obligation, or take other necessary or appropriate actions in such circumstances.

10. Other Terms and Definitions . The terms and provisions of the Plan (a copy of which will be furnished to the Employee upon written request to the Office of the Secretary, Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017) are incorporated herein by reference. To the extent any provision of this Award is inconsistent or in conflict with any term or provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Plan. In the event of any merger, share exchange, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, distribution, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, issuance of rights or warrants or other similar transaction or event affecting the Common Stock after the date of this Award, the Board of Directors of the Company is authorized, to the extent it deems appropriate, to make adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock subject to this Award, including the substitution of equity interests in other entities involved in such transactions, to provide for cash payments in lieu of Deferred Shares, and to determine whether continued employment with any entity resulting from such a transaction will or will not be treated as continued employment with the PMI Group, in each case subject to any Board or Committee action specifically addressing any such adjustments, cash payments, or continued employment treatment.

For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “Disability” means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by the Company for purposes of the Plan, and (b) the term “Normal Retirement” means retirement from active employment under a pension plan of any member of the PMI Group or under an employment contract with any member of the PMI Group on or after the date specified as the normal retirement age in the pension plan or employment contract, if any, under which the Employee is at that time accruing pension benefits for his or her current service (or, in the absence of a specified normal retirement age, the age at which pension benefits under such plan or contract become payable without reduction for early commencement and without any requirement of a particular period of prior service). In any case in which (i) the meaning of “Normal Retirement” is uncertain under the definition contained in the prior sentence or (ii) a termination of employment at or after age 65 would not otherwise constitute “Normal Retirement,” an Employee’s termination of employment shall be treated as a “Normal Retirement” under such circumstances as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems equivalent to retirement. “PMI Group” means the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. Generally, for purposes of this Agreement, (x) a “subsidiary” includes only any company in which the Company, directly or indirectly, has a beneficial ownership interest of greater than 50 percent and (y) an “affiliate” includes only any company that (A) has a beneficial ownership interest, directly or indirectly, in the Company of greater than 50 percent or (B) is under common control with the Company through a parent company that, directly or indirectly, has a beneficial ownership interest of greater than 50 percent in both the Company and the affiliate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deferred Stock Agreement has been duly executed as of March 28, 2008.

 

3


PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:  

 

 

G. Penn Holsenbeck

Vice President, Associate General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

Philip Morris International Inc.

 

4

Exhibit 10.13

FORM OF

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

2008 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. COMMON STOCK

(March 28, 2008)

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. (the “Company”), pursuant to the 2008 Performance Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) hereby grants to the employee (the “Optionee”) a non-qualified stock option (the “Option”) effective immediately following the March 28, 2008 distribution of Company Common Stock to Altria Group, Inc. shareholders. The Option entitles the Optionee to purchase from the Company up to the aggregate number of shares (the “Option Shares”) of Company Common Stock shown in the March 28, 2008 Option Award section of the Statement of Grants and Awards (the “Statement”) mailed to the Optionee shortly after March 28, 2008, at the Grant Price per share set forth in the Statement. This grant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. The Option is fully vested upon grant.

2. During the period ending on the Expiration Date shown on the Statement, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part with respect to such Option Shares, subject to the following provisions. In the event that the Optionee’s employment with the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee or Applicable Kraft Optionee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, is terminated by reason of death, such Option Shares may be purchased for a period of three years from the date of death. If employment with the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee or Applicable Kraft Optionee, the Altria Group or Kraft Group, as relevant, is terminated by the Optionee (other than by Disability or Retirement), such Option Shares may be purchased for a period of 30 days from the date of termination.

If, other than by Disability or Retirement, the Optionee’s employment with the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee or Applicable Kraft Optionee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, is terminated by the employer without cause, such Option Shares may be purchased for a period of 12 months following such termination; provided, however, if the Optionee shall die within such 12-month period, such Option Shares may be purchased for a period of 12 months from the date of death of the Optionee. If the Optionee’s employment with the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee or Applicable Kraft Optionee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, is involuntarily suspended or terminated for cause, no Option Shares may be purchased during the period of suspension, or following such termination of employment. However, no provision of this paragraph 2 shall permit the purchase of any Option Shares after the Expiration Date.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Optionee’s employment shall be deemed to be terminated (i) when he or she is no longer actively employed by the PMI Group or, in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee or Applicable Kraft Optionee, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group, as relevant, and (ii) when he or she is no longer actively employed by a corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, substituting a new option for this Option (or assuming this Option) in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, split-up,


reorganization or liquidation. The Optionee shall not be considered actively employed during any period for which he or she is receiving, or is eligible to receive, salary continuation or other benefits under (i) the Company Severance Pay Plan (or a similar plan maintained by the PMI Group), (ii) in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee, the Altria Group, Inc. Severance Pay Plan (or a similar plan maintained by the Altria Group), or (iii) in the case of an Applicable Kraft Optionee, the Kraft Foods Inc. Severance Pay Plan (or a similar plan maintained by the Kraft Group), except in any case in which the Optionee is eligible for Retirement upon the expiration of such salary continuation or other benefits. Leaves of absence shall not constitute a termination of employment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provision and unless otherwise determined by the Company, this Option may only be exercised on a day that the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) is open. Accordingly, if the Expiration Date is a day the Exchange is closed, the Expiration Date shall be the immediately preceding day on which the Exchange is open.

3. This Option may be exercised only in accordance with the procedures and limitations established by the Company (the “Methods of Exercise”). The Company shall not be required to deliver the Option Shares being purchased upon any exercise of this Option unless it has received payment in a form acceptable to the Company for all applicable withholding taxes (including, without limitation, income, social security and Medicare taxes, as well as amounts due the Company as “theoretical taxes” pursuant to the then-current international assignment and tax equalization policies and procedures of the PMI Group) or arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment thereof have been made. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, withholding amounts may be paid with outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, such shares to be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date. The Company is authorized to satisfy all applicable withholding tax requirements arising from the exercise of vested Options, by (i) deducting the number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate value equal to the amount of withholding taxes due from the total number of Option Shares delivered to the Optionee; (ii) deducting the required amounts from any proceeds realized by the Optionee upon the sale of any Option Shares in connection with the exercise of an Option; or (iii) through any other method established by the Company. Shares deducted from the Option Shares to be delivered to the Optionee in satisfaction of withholding requirements shall be valued at the Fair Market Value of the shares on the exercise date.

4. The Committee may elect to cash out all or a portion of the Option Shares to be purchased pursuant any Method of Exercise by paying the Optionee an amount in cash or Common Stock, or both, equal to the fair market value of such shares on the exercise date less the purchase price for such shares.

5. Unless otherwise required by law, this Option is not transferable by the Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee or by the guardian or legal representative of the Optionee.

6. In the event of any merger, share exchange, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, distribution, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, issuance of rights or warrants or other similar transaction or event affecting the Common Stock after the date of this Award, the Board of Directors of the Company is


authorized, to the extent it deems appropriate, to make adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock subject to this Award, including the substitution of equity interests in other entities involved in such transactions, to provide for cash payments in lieu of the Option, and to determine whether continued employment with any entity resulting from such a transaction will or will not be treated as continued employment with the PMI Group, in each case subject to any Board or Committee action specifically addressing any such adjustments, cash payments, or continued employment treatment.

7. Whenever the word “Optionee” is used herein under circumstances such that the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom this Option may be transferred pursuant to this Agreement, it shall be deemed to include such person or persons.

8. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, U.S.A., without regard to choice of laws principles thereof.

9. Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any employee the right to be retained in the employment of the PMI Group, the Altria Group or the Kraft Group or affect the right of any such employer to terminate any employee. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not constitute an inducement to, or condition of, the employment of any employee. The Plan is a discretionary plan, and participation by any employee is purely voluntary. Participation in the Plan with respect to any option grant shall not entitle any employee to participate with respect to any other option grant. Any payment or benefit paid to an employee with respect to an option granted under the Plan shall not be considered to be part of the employee’s “salary,” and thus, shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the employee’s termination indemnity, severance pay, retirement or pension payment, or any other employee benefits, except to the extent required under applicable law or as specifically provided for in the Plan.

10. The terms and provisions of the Plan (a copy of which will be furnished to the Optionee upon written request to the Office of the Secretary, Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017) are incorporated herein by reference. To the extent any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent or in conflict with any term or provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Plan. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Disability” means permanent and total disability as determined under procedures established by (i) the Company, (ii) in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee, Altria Group, Inc., or (iii) in the case of an Applicable Kraft Optionee, Kraft Foods Inc. The term “Retirement” means (i) retirement from active employment under a pension plan of the PMI Group or under an employment contract with any member of the PMI Group, (ii) in the case of an Applicable Altria Optionee, retirement from active employment under a pension plan of the Altria Group or under an employment contract with any member of the Altria Group, (iii) in the case of an Applicable Kraft Optionee, retirement from active employment under a pension plan of the Kraft Group or under an employment contract with any member of the Kraft Group, or (iv) termination of employment at or after age 55 under circumstances which the Committee deems equivalent to retirement. An “Applicable Altria Optionee” means an Optionee employed by the Altria Group on March 28, 2008 or who transfers from the PMI Group to the Altria Group during the period from March 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008. An “Applicable Kraft Optionee” means an Optionee employed by


the Kraft Group on March 30, 2007 or who transfers from the Altria Group or the PMI Group to the Kraft Group during the period from March 30, 2007 to September 30, 2007. “PMI Group” means the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. “Altria Group” means Altria Group, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. “Kraft Group” means Kraft Foods Inc. and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. A “subsidiary” includes only any company in which the applicable entity, directly or indirectly, has a beneficial ownership interest of greater than 50 percent and an “affiliate” includes only any company that (a) has a beneficial ownership interest, directly or indirectly, in the applicable entity of greater than 50 percent or (b) is under common control with the applicable entity through a parent company that, directly or indirectly, has a beneficial ownership interest of greater than 50 percent in both the applicable entity and the affiliate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement has been duly executed as of March 28, 2008.

 

Philip Morris International Inc.
By:  

 

  G. Penn Holsenbeck
  Vice President, Associate General Counsel & Corporate Secretary
  Philip Morris International Inc.

Exhibit 10.14

Pension Fund of

Philip Morris in Switzerland

Regulations

IC Pension Plan

 

January 2006


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

 

Regulations - IC Pension Plan

 

page I

 

 

Table of contents

 

Introduction

 

  1

1.

  

Membership in the IC Plan

 

  1

    

Article 1 - General Principle

 

  1

    

Art. 2 - Start of Membership

 

  1

    

Art. 3 - Termination of Membership

 

  1

2.

  

Definitions

 

  2

    

Art. 4 - Normal retirement

 

  2

    

Art. 5 - Contributory salary

 

  2

    

Art. 6 - Retirement savings capital

 

  2

    

Art. 7 - Retirement credits

 

  3

    

Art. 8 - Voluntary contributions

 

  3

    

Art. 9 - Loss of benefits

 

  4

    

Art. 10 - Interest

 

  4

3.

  

IC Pension Plan benefits

 

  4

  

General Principles

 

  4

    

Art. 11 - Insured benefits

 

  4

    

Art. 12 - Payment

 

  5

    

Art. 13 - Rights in Case of Third Party Liability

 

  5

    

Art. 14 - Contributory negligence

 

  5

    

Art. 15 - Assignment, Pledge and Compensation

 

  5

    

Art. 16 - Statute of limitations

 

  6

  

Retirement Pension or Lump-sum Retirement Capital

 

  6

    

Art. 17 - Entitlement

 

  6

    

Art. 18 - Amount

 

  6

    

Art. 19 - Deferral

 

  7

  

Lump-sum disability benefit

 

  7

    

Art. 20 - Recognition of Disability

 

  7


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

 

Regulations - IC Pension Plan

 

page II

 

 

     

Art. 21 - Entitlement and amount

 

  7

Lump-sum death benefit

 

  8

     

Art. 22 - Entitlement and amount

 

  8

     

Art. 23 - Beneficiaries

 

  8

Benefits in Case of Divorce

 

  8

     

Art. 24 - Transfer of Termination Benefit in Case of Divorce

 

  8

Vested Termination Benefit

 

  9

     

Art. 25 - Termination of employment

 

  9

     

Art. 26 - Amount of the Vested Termination Benefit

 

  9

     

Art. 27 - Minimum Amount of Vested Termination Benefit

 

  9

     

Art. 28 - Transfer of the Vested Termination Benefit

 

10

     

Art. 29 - Cash Payment

 

10

     

Art. 30 - End of insurance

 

10

Maintenance of Insurance Coverage

 

11

     

Art. 31 - Maintenance of Insurance as an External Member

 

11

Encouragement of Home Ownership

 

11

     

Art. 32 - General Provisions

 

11

     

Art. 33 - Definition of a Residence for the Member’s Own Use

 

12

     

Art. 34 - Forms of Encouragement

 

12

     

Art. 35 - Proof

 

13

     

Art. 36 - Withdrawal - Entitlement

 

13

     

Art. 37 - Amount

 

13

     

Art. 38 - Consequences

 

14

     

Art. 39 - Implementation

 

14

     

Art. 40 - Repayment

 

15

     

Art. 41 - Sale of the Residential Property

 

15

     

Art. 42 - Pledge - Principle

 

16

     

Art. 43 - Consequences of Enforcing a Lien

 

16

     

Art. 44 - Consent of the Mortgagee

 

17


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

 

Regulations - IC Pension Plan

 

page III

 

 

     

Art. 45 - Tax Provisions on the Encouragement of Home Ownership

 

17

4.

  

IC Pension Plan Resources

 

18

     

Art. 46 - General Resources

 

18

     

Art. 47 - Member’s Contributions

 

18

     

Art. 48 - Employer’s contribution

 

18

     

Art. 49 - Remedial measures

 

19

     

Art. 50 - Assets

 

19

5.

  

Administration

 

19

     

Art. 51 - Pension Board

 

19

     

Art. 52 - Term of Office

 

20

     

Art. 53 - Duties, Powers, Convening, Resolutions

 

20

     

Art. 54 - Meetings and Resolutions

 

20

     

Art. 55 - Auditors

 

20

     

Art. 56 - Accredited Pension Actuary

 

21

     

Art. 57 - Liability, Confidentiality

 

21

     

Art. 58 - Information

 

21

6.

  

Transitional Provisions

 

22

     

Art. 59 - Voluntary Contributions on the Entry into Effect of the IC Plan

 

22

     

Art. 60 - Early retirement age

 

22

     

Art. 61 - Disability Benefits

 

22

7.

  

Final Provisions

 

22

     

Art. 62 - Amendment of the Regulations

 

22

     

Art. 63 - Interpretation

 

22

     

Art. 64 - Disputes

 

23

     

Art. 65 - Translations

 

23

     

Art. 66 - Supplementary Regulations

 

23

     

Art. 67 - Effective Date

 

23


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 1

 

 

Introduction

The objective of the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland (hereafter “the Pension Fund”) is to protect the employees of the Philip Morris Group in Switzerland and companies which, in accordance with the Statutes, can be affiliated with the Fund (hereafter: “the Employer” or, collectively, “the Employers”) against the economic consequences of retirement, disability and death.

In compliance with Article 5 of the Statutes governing the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland, the Pension Board issues the regulations for this Plan supplementing the pension measures covered by the Main Plan (hereafter: “the IC Pension Plan”).

The IC Pension Plan is a “defined contributions plan” within the meaning of Article 15 of the Federal Law on Vesting in Pension Plans of 17 December 1993 (hereafter: “LFLP/FZG”).

The benefits contemplated in these Regulations supplement the benefits under the Plan Rules of the Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland (hereafter, “the Main Plan”), which is a “defined benefits plan” within the meaning of Article 16 LFLP/FZG. The benefits of the Supplemental Plan are paid out together with those of the Main Plan.

In these Regulations, words importing the masculine gender refer equally to men and women.

From 1 January 2007, persons bound by a registered civil partnership, within the meaning of the Federal Law on Registered Civil Partnerships Between Persons of the Same Sex, are treated in the same way as married persons (spouses) as defined in these Regulations. The registration of a civil partnership at a registry office is treated in the same way as a marriage and the dissolution of a civil partnership by a court is treated in the same way as a divorce.

 

1.

Membership in the IC Plan

Article 1 - General Principle

 

1.

Membership in the IC Plan is compulsory for all grade I employees or higher (banded) who are members of the Pension Fund’s Main Plan.

Art. 2 - Start of Membership

 

1.

Membership in the IC Plan commences on the first day of the month in which a bonus is paid. As a result, the employee acquires the status of insured member.

Art. 3 - Termination of Membership

 

1.

Membership in the IC Pension Plan ceases at the date of termination of employment


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 2

 

 

2.

Termination of membership in the IC Plan entails the loss member status, subject, however, to Article 30 (end of insurance) and Article 31 (maintenance of insurance cover as external member) and to the Pension Fund’s obligation to provide the individual concerned with all necessary information.

 

2.

Definitions

Art. 4 - Normal retirement

 

1.

Normal retirement begins on the first day of the month following a member’s 65th birthday, irrespective of gender.

Art. 5 - Contributory salary

 

1.

The contributory salary of members in salary bands A to E is equal to the contributory salary of the Main Plan. This salary is hereafter referred to as “contributory salary I”.

The contributory salary I is limited to ten times the maximum amount defined in Article 8(1) LPP/BVG.

 

2.

The contributory salary of members in salary bands G to I is equal to the bonus (IC). This salary is hereafter referred to as “contributory salary II”.

The contributory salary II is limited to ten times the upper amount defined in Article 8(1) LPP less the contributory salary insured under the Main Plan.

 

3.

The contributory salary of members in salary band F is equal to the contributory salary I when the contributory salary insured in the Main Plan plus the bonus (IC) exceeds ten times the upper amount defined in Article 8(1) LPP. In all other cases, the contributory salary is equal to the contributory salary II.

 

4.

The contributory salary never includes any compensation earned from employment with a third party.

Art. 6 - Retirement savings capital

 

1.

A retirement savings capital is created for each member, consisting of:

 

 

-

retirement credits in accordance with Article 7 below;

 

 

-

the member’s voluntary contributions;

 

 

-

possible repayments of amounts lost in implementation of Article 9 (loss of benefits); and

 

 

-

interest accrued on the above amounts.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 3

 

 

Art. 7 - Retirement credits

 

1.

The retirement credits calculated on a yearly basis and expressed as a percentage of the contributory salary are equal to:

 

 

a.

contributory salary I:

 

 

-

salary bands A to D: 3 %

 

 

-

salary band E: 7.2 %

 

 

-

salary band F: 6.8 %

 

 

b.

contributory salary II: 12 %

Art. 8 - Voluntary contributions

 

1.

An active member who has accrued the maximum duration specified in Article 10(1) of the Main Plan regulations may purchase pension benefits at any time by means of a voluntary contribution.

 

2.

Vested termination benefits that are not entirely absorbed by the Main Plan in accordance with Article 10(5) of its regulations may be applied to the purchase of benefits in the IC Pension Plan.

 

3.

Voluntary contributions are limited to the difference between:

 

 

a.

contributory salary I:

 

 

-

3 % of the contributory salary I, multiplied by the difference in years between the year of the member’s 30th birthday and the current calendar year, and

 

 

-

the retirement savings capital accrued at the date of the voluntary contribution:

 

 

b.

contributory salary II:

 

 

-

12 % of the contributory salary, multiplied by the difference in years between the year of the member’s 30th birthday and the current calendar year, and

 

 

-

the retirement savings capital accrued at the date of the voluntary contribution.

The reference salary for calculating the maximum voluntary contribution is equal to the average of the last three contributory salaries II earned since the start of membership in the IC Pension Plan

 

5.

Members can only make a voluntary contribution if they have fully repaid any previous withdrawals obtained for the financing of home ownership (subject to Article 40(1)(a).

 

6.

The maximum amount that may be allocated to the voluntary purchase is reduced by any vested termination benefit that has not been transferred to the Fund plus that portion of the member’s 3a pillar assets which exceeds the sum of the maximum annual tax deductible contributions from age 24, plus interest, in accordance with Article 7(1)(a) OPP 3.

 

7.

In the case of members arriving from abroad who have never belonged to a pension plan in Switzerland, the maximum annual voluntary contribution is limited, during the first 5 years of membership, to 20 % of the contributory salary.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 4

 

 

 

8.

Benefits deriving from a member’s voluntary contributions may not be paid out in the form of capital for at least three years.

 

9.

If one of the Employers finances all or part of a purchase of benefits in the context of a member’s international transfer within the Altria Group, an agreement will be concluded between the Fund, the Employer and the member.

Art. 9 - Loss of benefits

 

1.

If Article 24 (transfer of vested termination benefits in case of divorce) is applied following a divorce, the member’s retirement savings capital will be reduced and his voluntary and regulatory contributions accounts will be adjusted accordingly.

 

2.

If a member makes a withdrawal for the financing of home ownership and an amount is transferred from the IC Pension Plan, the member’s retirement savings capital will also be reduced and his voluntary and regulatory contributions accounts will be adjusted accordingly.

Art. 10 - Interest

 

1.

The interest rate payable on the retirement savings capital is set by the Pension Board.

 

2.

Interest is credited at the end of each calendar year or on the date the member leaves the IC Pension Plan if an insured event occurs during the year.

 

3.

Retirement credits bear interest from the 1st day of the month following their payment; voluntary contributions bear interest from the date they are paid in.

 

4.

The default interest rate is the minimum interest rate set in the LPP plus one percentage point.

 

3.

IC Pension Plan benefits

 

1.

General principles

Art. 11 - Insured benefits

 

1.

Subject to the conditions set out below, the IC Pension Plan insures benefits in the form of:

 

 

a)

retirement pension or lump-sum retirement capital;

 

 

b)

lump-sum disability benefit;

 

 

c)

lump-sum death benefit

 

 

d)

benefits in case of divorce;

 

 

e)

vested termination benefit;


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 5

 

 

 

f)

encouragement of home ownership.

Art. 12 - Payment

 

1.

IC Pension Plan benefits are payable as follows:

 

 

a)

lump-sum capital: within 30 days after falling due, but not before the legal beneficiaries are identified with certainty;

 

 

b)

termination benefits: on the date the member leaves the Pension Fund.

 

2.

IC Pension Plan benefits are payable at the Pension Fund’s registered office. They are payable in Switzerland in Swiss francs, to a bank or postal account at the address provided by the beneficiary. The Fund reserves the right to refuse a payment address if electronic payment is not possible. The provisions of international treaties remain applicable

 

3.

The Fund may require written proof of benefit entitlement; if the beneficiary fails to produce such proof, the Fund may suspend benefit payments.

 

4.

The Pension Fund can request repayment of any benefits wrongly paid or received. Repayment may be waived where the beneficiary acted in good faith and repayment would cause great hardship.

Art. 13 - Rights in Case of Third Party Liability

 

1.

If the Fund is not subrogated to the rights of the member, his survivors and other beneficiaries defined in Art. 46 pursuant to the LPP, it may require a disabled member or the survivors of a deceased member to assign their rights against any third party liable for the death or disability, up to the amount of the benefits payable by the Fund.

 

2.

The Fund may suspend benefits until it receives such assignment.

Art. 14 - Contributory negligence

 

1.

If the AVS/AI//AHV/IV reduces, withdraws, or denies benefits on the grounds that the death or disability of the member was caused through gross negligence on the part of the beneficiary, or if the member refuses rehabilitation measures imposed by the AI/IV, the Pension Board may reduce Fund benefits in an amount not exceeding the measure imposed by the AVS/AI//AHV/IV.

Art. 15 - Assignment, Pledge and Compensation

 

1.

Benefit entitlements may not be assigned or pledged before they fall due. However, Article 42 (pledge) remains applicable.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 6

 

 

2.

Entitlement to Fund benefits may only be set off against claims assigned to the Fund by the Employer if such claims relate to contributions that are not deducted from the salary.

 

3.

Any legal instrument which contravenes paragraphs 1 and 2 is null and void.

Art. 16 - Statute of limitations

 

1.

Actions for recovery of receivables are time-barred after 5 years in the case of contributions or periodical benefits, and after 10 years in all other cases.

 

2.

Article 41 LPP/BVG and Articles 129 to 142 of the Swiss Code of Obligations are applicable in all other respects.

Retirement Pension or Lump-sum Retirement Capital

Art. 17 - Entitlement

 

1.

Entitlement to retirement benefits begins on the normal retirement date. Article 19 (deferred retirement) remains applicable.

 

2.

If a member leaves the Main Plan after the last day of the month preceding his 58th birthday for any reason other than death or disability, he is entitled to the retirement benefits of the IC Pension Plan from that date. Article 31 (maintenance of insurance) and Article 60 (early retirement age) remain applicable.

 

3.

A member who has applied to the Main Plan for a partial or full retirement pension may use all or part of his IC Pension Plan retirement savings capital to purchase retirement pension benefits from the Main Plan. Pension benefits thus purchased are governed by the regulations of the Main Plan.

 

4.

The member must inform the Pension Fund’s management of his choice 3 months before retirement date, otherwise he shall be deemed to have opted for payment of a lump-sum retirement capital. Article 8(8) remains applicable.

 

5.

If the member is married, payment of a lump-sum capital is subject to the written consent of his spouse. If such agreement cannot be obtained or if it is refused, the member may appeal to the courts.

Art. 18 - Amount

 

1.

The lump-sum retirement capital is equal to the retirement savings capital accrued at the retirement date.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 7

 

 

2.

The annual retirement pension purchased in the Main Plan results from the conversion of all or part of the accrued retirement savings capital using the conversion factor for the member’s age at retirement indicated in Annexe 1 of the Main Plan regulations, plus a percentage of the reserve for changes in mortality tables indicated in the balance sheet of the Main Plan on 1 January of the year of retirement.

Art. 19 - Deferral

 

1.

A member who applies to maintain his insurance cover under the Main Plan in accordance with Article 23 of that Plan’s regulations will also maintain his insurance coverage under the IC Pension Plan until the end of his membership in the Main Plan.

 

2.

The member stops paying contributions; he remains entitled to the retirement benefits set out in Article 17 above.

 

3.

During the deferral, interest will accrue on his retirement savings capital at the rate set by the Pension Board.

 

4.

If a member’s death occurs during the deferral period, the accrued retirement savings capital becomes due immediately and is payable in accordance with Article 22 below.

Lump-sum disability benefit

Art. 20 - Recognition of Disability

 

1.

A member who is recognised as disabled under the Main Plan regulations qualifies as disabled at the same date and to the same degree under the IC Pension Plan.

Art. 21 - Entitlement and amount

 

1.

The member is entitled to a lump-sum disability benefit when he is recognised as disabled under the Main Plan regulations.

 

2.

The lump-sum disability benefit is equal to the accrued retirement savings capital at the date of recognition of disability by the Main Plan.

 

3.

Entitlement to the full Main Plan pension entails entitlement to full payment of the capital.

If the member is entitled to a partial rent under the Main Plan regulations, the lump-sum disability benefit is paid in the same proportion.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 8

 

 

Lump-sum death benefit

Art. 22 - Entitlement and amount

 

1.

If an active member dies, a lump-sum death benefit is payable to the beneficiaries in accordance with Article 23 below.

 

2.

The lump-sum death benefit is equal to:

 

 

a)

the retirement savings capital accrued at the date of the member’s death, if the beneficiaries are beneficiaries within the meaning of Article 23(1) of these Regulations, or of Article 46(1) of the Main Plan regulations.

 

 

b)

50 % of the retirement savings capital, but no less than the aggregate of the member’s contributions, without interest, if the beneficiaries are “other legal heirs” within the meaning of the LPP.

Art. 23 - Beneficiaries

 

1.

The lump-sum death benefit is payable:

 

 

-

first: to the surviving spouse or, from 1 January 2007, to the surviving partner, in accordance with Article 40 bis of the Main Plan regulations;

 

 

-

failing them: to the other beneficiaries in accordance with Article 46 of the Main Plan regulations.

 

2.

If there are no beneficiaries in accordance with paragraph 1 above, the lump-sum death benefit vests in the IC Pension Plan.

Benefits in Case of Divorce

Art. 24 - Transfer of Termination Benefit in Case of Divorce

 

1.

If an active member divorces, the termination benefits that accrued to the member and his ex-spouse during their marriage are divided between them in accordance with Sections 122, 123, 141 and 142 of the Swiss Civil Code. The Court automatically notifies the Fund of the amount to be transferred and all information necessary for the transfer.

 

2.

If the court notifies the Fund in accordance with paragraph 1, the retirement savings capital in the IC Pension Plan at the time of the divorce is first reduced by the amount attributed by the court to the ex-spouse. The member may partially or fully repay the amount thus transferred; the repayment will be applied to rebuilding his retirement savings capital.

 

3.

The sum of voluntary contributions made by the member up to the divorce will be reduced proportionately to the reduction in retirement savings capital.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 9

 

 

Vested Termination Benefit

Art. 25 - Termination of employment

 

1.

A member who leaves the Main Plan for any reason other than death or disability before he is entitled to draw retirement benefits is entitled to vested termination benefits in the amount determined in accordance with Article 26 (amount of vested termination benefits) and Article 27 (minimum amount of vested termination benefits) below.

 

2.

Vested termination benefits are payable when a member leaves the IC Pension Plan. After that date, they earn interest at the minimum LPP/BVG rate. If the Fund does not transfer the benefits due within 30 days of receipt of all requisite information, default interest shall accrue as of that time.

Art. 26 - Amount of the Vested Termination Benefit

 

1.

Subject to Article 27 below, the vested termination benefits are equal to the member’s retirement savings capital at the date he leaves, after taking into account Article 24 (transfer of vested termination benefits in case of divorce) and Article 38 (withdrawals - consequences).

 

2.

If, on the last day of employment, the member was employed with the Altria Group for less than 5 years starting from the date of the member’s 18th birthday, the vested termination benefit will be reduced by any amounts financed by the Employer pursuant to Articles 8(9). That reduction is decreased by one tenth of the amount financed by the Employer for every year of employment with the Altria Group starting from the date of the member’s 18th birthday. The reduction for a fraction of a year is calculated pro rata temporis. The amount not attributed to the member is treated as a contribution reserve of the Employer. If, on the last day of employment, the member has been employed with the Altria Group for 5 years or more since the date of his 18th birthday, no reduction shall be made.

Art. 27 - Minimum Amount of Vested Termination Benefit

 

1.

When a member leaves the Pension Fund, he is entitled at least to any voluntary contributions made pursuant to Articles 8 and 59, and to any repayments of amounts lost pursuant to Article 9, with interest at the rate set in the LPP; in addition, the member is entitled to any personal contributions to the IC Pension Plan paid in after 1 January following his 24th birthday, without interest but increased by 4 % per year over age 20, up to a maximum of 100 %, after Articles 24 (transfer of termination benefits in case of divorce) and 38 (withdrawals - consequences) have been taken into account.

 

2.

The vested termination benefits are reduced by any amount financed by the Employer in accordance with Article 8(9). That deduction is reduced by one tenth of the amount financed by the Employer for every year of contribution to the IC Pension Plan. The reduction for a fraction of a year is calculated pro rata temporis. The amount not attributed to the member is treated as a contribution reserve of the Employer.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 10

 

 

Art. 28 - Transfer of the Vested Termination Benefit

 

1.

When a member leaves the Pension Fund, the Fund informs him of the amount of his vested termination benefits, inviting him to provide the necessary instructions for their transfer within 30 days in accordance with paragraphs 2 and 3 below.

 

2.

If the member starts working for a new employer, the Fund shall transfer the vested termination benefits together with the vested termination benefits of the Main Plan to the new employer’s pension plan in accordance with the member’s instructions.

 

3.

If the member does not go to work for a new employer, he may choose between:

 

 

a)

purchasing a vested benefits policy with an insurance company subject to ordinary insurance regulation, or with a group of such insurance companies, or with an insurance company under public law within the meaning of Art. 67(1) LPP/BVG; or

 

 

b)

opening a vested benefits account with a pension fund whose assets are invested by, or with, a bank governed by the Federal Law on Banks and Savings Institutions.

 

4.

If the member fails to provide the requisite information within the specified time, the IC Pension Plan shall transfer the vested termination benefit, including interest, to a vested benefits account or to the Substitute Pension Plan no later than two years after termination of employment.

 

5.

Article 29 remains applicable.

Art. 29 - Cash Payment

 

1.

Subject to Article 8(8), a member may apply to receive his vested termination benefit in cash:

 

 

a)

if he leaves Switzerland permanently for a country other than the Principality of Liechtenstein;

 

 

b)

if he becomes self-employed and is no longer subject to the LPP/BVG;

 

 

c)

if the vested termination benefit is less than the member’s annual contribution at the time of termination of employment.

 

2.

If the member is married, payment in cash may only be made with the written consent of the spouse. If such consent cannot be obtained, or is unduly withheld, the member may appeal to the courts.

 

3.

The Pension Board may require the member to submit any proof it deems necessary and may delay payment until such proof is submitted.

Art. 30 - End of insurance

 

1.

IC Pension Plan insurance coverage ends on the day the member leaves the Pension Fund, namely on the last day of the month when employment ends.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 11

 

 

2.

If, in the month following the end of employment, the member does not enter into an employment contract with a new employer, and if he has an earning incapacity which subsequently causes him to be qualified as disabled under the Main Plan, the benefits paid by the IC Pension Plan are those that were insured on the day the member left the IC Pension Plan.

 

3.

If the IC Pension Plan intervenes in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Article, and if the vested termination benefit was already transferred, the Pension Fund shall claim restitution. If restitution is not forthcoming, the IC Plan benefits shall be reduced accordingly.

 

4.

Article 31 (maintenance of insurance coverage as an external member) remains applicable.

Maintenance of Insurance Coverage

Art. 31 - Maintenance of Insurance as an External Member

 

1.

A member who applies to maintain his insurance cover as an external member under the Main Plan in accordance with Articles 57 and 58 of that Plan’s regulations also maintains his insurance coverage under the IC Pension Plan. The same applies to a member who applies to maintain his insurance cover as a contributing external member under the Main Plan in accordance with Article 59 of that Plan’s regulations.

 

2.

The member stops paying contributions; the retirement savings capital accrued at the last day of employment will be increased by interest at the rate set by the Pension Board.

 

3.

Benefit entitlements remain subject to the provisions of these Regulations. However, the application of Articles 8 (the repurchase of insurance years) and 32 (accession of the property) to 45 is excluded.

 

4.

A member who is downgraded below grade I maintains his insurance coverage under the IC Pension Plan as an external member from 1 January coinciding with or following the downgrading. The member stops paying contributions; the accrued retirement savings capital will be increased by interest at the rate set by the Pension Board. Benefit entitlements remain subject to the provisions of these Regulations. Notwithstanding, Article 8 is excluded from application from the date of downgrading.

Encouragement of Home Ownership

Art. 32 - General Provisions

 

1.

Any active member may use all or part of the retirement savings capital globally acquired in the Main Plan and in the IC Pension Plan to:

 

 

-

acquire or build a residential property;

 

 

-

acquire co-ownership of a residential property;


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 12

 

 

 

-

repay mortgages.

 

2.

The member may only use his retirement savings capital, or any part thereof, for one residential property at a time.

 

3.

The property may be:

 

 

a)

an apartment;

 

b)

a single-family home.

 

4.

“Residential property” is understood to mean:

 

 

a)

ownership;

 

b)

co-ownership, in particular condominium ownership;

 

c)

joint ownership by the member and his spouse;

 

d)

an independent and long-standing right to build a residence on leasehold property.

 

5.

“Co-ownership of a residential property” is understood to mean:

 

 

a)

the purchase of shares in a cooperative residential association;

 

b)

the purchase of shares of a publicly-owned, residential rental property;

 

c)

the granting of multiple-party loans to a non-profit residential organisation

subject, however, to the condition that the rules of the cooperative residential association or of a similar ownership organisation selected by the member stipulate that on leaving the cooperative residential association or the publicly-owned residential property organisation or the non-profit residential organization, the amounts invested in shares or similar certificates of such organisations may only be transferred only to a similar organisation in which the member personally uses a residence, or alternatively, to an occupational pension plan.

The share certificates or similar certificates must be deposited with the Pension Fund.

Art. 33 - Definition of a Residence for the Member’s Own Use

 

1.

The following provisions refer to the purchase of a residence “for the member’s own use”. A “residence for the member’s own use” is understood to mean a residence that the member uses at his place of domicile or at his usual place of residence.

 

2.

If a member lives abroad, he must, before obtaining a withdrawal or making a pledge, submit the proof that he is using the amounts in question for his own residential property.

Art. 34 - Forms of Encouragement

 

1.

The encouragement of home ownership, within the meaning of these Regulations, may take two separate forms:

 

 

a)

withdrawal of all or part of the vested termination benefit, within the limits, and according to the terms and with the consequences described in the Articles 36 to 41 below;


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 13

 

 

 

b)

pledge of the vested termination benefit and/or of the entire entitlement to future benefits, within the limits, and according to the terms and with the consequences defined in Articles 42 to 44 below.

 

2.

The two forms of financing home ownership may be combined.

Art. 35 - Proof

 

1.

A member wishing to avail himself of his right to one or other form of financing home ownership must show that all applicable conditions have been satisfied by submitting the documents requested by the Pension Fund.

Art. 36 - Withdrawal - Entitlement

 

1.

Each member may request a withdrawal up to the end of the month in which he reaches age 62, provided, however, that he is not already drawing benefits from the IC Pension Plan.

 

2.

The member may also apply for the withdrawal within the time limit set in paragraph 1 and request that it be processed after that date, but not later than the date his retirement benefits begin. The time limits defined in Article 39 remain applicable.

 

3.

If the member is married, a withdrawal may only be made with the written consent of the spouse. If such agreement cannot be obtained or if it is refused, the member may appeal to the courts.

 

4.

A withdrawal may be claimed only once every 5 years.

Art. 37 - Amount

 

1.

The aggregate withdrawal amount may not be less than CHF 20,000, subject to paragraph 2, and may not exceed the amount defined below:

 

 

a)

if requested up to the last day of the month in which the member turns 50:

the total vested termination benefit calculated at the date of the withdrawal in accordance with Articles 26 and 27 of these Regulations, and of Articles 52 and 53 of the Main Plan regulations.

 

 

b)

if requested after the last day of the month in which member turns 50:

the greater of the following amounts:

 

 

-

the vested termination benefit to which the member would have been entitled under the regulations of the pension plan of which he was a member on the last day of the month of his 50th birthday, had he terminated employment at that date, plus any repayments of withdrawals made after that date, less any withdrawals or pledges made after that date;


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 14

 

 

 

-

50 % of the difference between the lump-sum termination benefit calculated at the withdrawal date in accordance with Articles 26 and 27 of these Regulations and Articles 52 and 53 of the Main Plan regulations and the vested termination benefit already used for financing home ownership at that date.

 

2.

The limit of CHF 20,000 does not apply to the purchase of shares in cooperative residential associations or similar forms of co-ownership.

 

3.

Article 8(8) of these Regulations and Article 12(4) of the Main Plan regulations remain applicable.

 

4.

The Fund reserves the right to charge an administration fee for handling withdrawal requests.

Art. 38 - Consequences

 

1.

A withdrawal has the effect of reducing the retirement savings capital by an equal amount.

 

2.

The voluntary contributions of the member will be reduced proportionately with the reduction in retirement savings capital.

 

3.

To compensate the effects of the reduction in retirement savings capital on the IC Pension Plan death and disability benefits, the Pension Fund, acting as an intermediary, shall conclude an insurance policy covering all or part of the reduction in death and disability benefits insured by the IC Pension Plan. The member assumes the total cost of such an insurance policy.

Art. 39 - Implementation

 

1.

The Fund shall pay the full withdrawal amount no later than 6 months after the member submits his withdrawal request; however, Article 36(2) remains applicable. In case of underfunding, this limit may be extended to 12 months. In case of significant underfunding, withdrawals for mortgage repayments may be deferred until further notice; the Fund shall inform members and the regulatory authority of the duration of this measure.

 

2.

After the documents requested by the Fund have been produced, the Fund shall transfer the agreed amount, with the member’s consent and based on the agreement concluded between the parties, directly to the creditor (seller, lender) or to the beneficiary according to Article 32(4) and (5).

 

3.

If the Fund can justify liquidity problems, the Pension Board shall establish a priority schedule and inform the regulatory authority; the Fund will discharge its obligations according to its cash flow position and the priority schedule.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 15

 

 

Art. 40 - Repayment

 

1.

The member may repay the withdrawal no later than:

 

 

a)

the end of the month during which he reaches age 62, provided, however, that he does not already draw an early retirement pension;

 

 

b)

at the date on which he is recognized as disabled by the Main Plan or the IC Pension Plan, or at his death;

 

 

c)

on cash payment of his vested termination benefit.

 

2.

The repayment may not be less than CHF 20,000; if the amount outstanding is less than CHF 20,000 it must be repaid in a single amount.

 

3.

The Fund provides the member with confirmation of the repayment on an official form issued by the Federal Tax Office.

 

4.

If none of the conditions in paragraph 1 is fulfilled, the member must repay the withdrawal to the Fund if:

 

 

-

the residential property is sold;

 

-

rights are granted on the property which are economically equivalent to a sale.

 

5.

If the member dies and no benefits are payable by the IC Pension Plan upon his death, the heirs of the deceased are required to repay the amount of the withdrawal paid out by the IC Pension Plan and outstanding at the member’s death, subject to Article 41(1). The repayment vests in the IC Pension Plan.

 

6.

The aggregate withdrawal obtained from the Fund and repaid in accordance with paragraphs 1 and 4 of this article shall be applied first to the purchase of pension benefits in accordance with Article 10 of the Main Plan regulations and then to the rebuilding of retirement savings capital in accordance with Article 6 of these Regulations. The same applies to any amounts transferred in from another pension plan. Article 4 1(2) below remains applicable.

Art. 41 - Sale of the Residential Property

 

1.

If a residential property is sold the repayment obligation is limited to the withdrawal amounts received from the pension plans in which the member participated and which have not yet been repaid, but to no more than the proceeds of the sale, namely the sale price less the mortgage loans and the legal charges for the seller’s account. The obligations arising from loans contracted in the two years preceding the sale of the residential property are not taken into consideration for the calculation of the proceeds of the sale, unless the member can prove that the loans were used to finance his residential property.

 

2.

If, in the two years after the sale the member intends to reinvest the proceeds from the sale corresponding to the withdrawal in a new residential property, he may transfer the amount to a vested benefits institution.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 16

 

 

3.

The assignment of property rights which are economically equivalent to a sale is also considered as a sale. However, the transfer of a residential property to a beneficiary within the meaning of pension legislation is not treated as a sale, although the beneficiary is subject to the same restrictions on sale as the member.

 

4.

The restriction on the right of sale is filed with the Land Registry. A request may be made to remove the entry when it becomes redundant, namely:

 

 

a)

3 years before the normal retirement date;

 

 

b)

after the occurrence of another insured event;

 

 

c)

on the cash payout of the vested termination benefit;

 

 

d)

if it is established that the amount invested in the residential property was repaid to the Fund or transferred to a vested termination benefits institution.

Art. 42 - Pledge - Principle

 

1.

Up to the end of the month in which the member reaches age 62 and provided he is not already drawing a pension from the IC Pension Plan, he may pledge:

 

 

a)

up to the last day of the month in which the member turns 50:

up to a maximum of the vested termination benefit to which he would be entitled at the time of making the pledge calculated in accordance with Articles 26 and 27 of these Regulations and of Articles 52 and 53 of the Main Plan regulations;

 

 

b)

after the last day of the month in which the member turns 50:

up to the greater of the two amounts defined in Article 37(1)(b);

 

 

c)

regardless of age:

his entitlement to future benefits up to the amounts defined in paragraphs a) and b) above, taking into account his age.

 

2.

Article 8(8) of these Regulations and Article 12(4) of the Main Plan regulations remain applicable.

 

3.

Article 36 above concerning entitlement to a withdrawal applies mutatis mutandis to a pledge.

 

4.

Notwithstanding Article 36(4), the amount pledged may be adjusted at any time until the maximum amount defined in paragraph 1 is reached.

 

5.

To be valid, the Fund must receive written notice of a pledge.

Art. 43 - Consequences of Enforcing a Lien

 

1.

The Fund must inform the member about the consequences of the enforcement of a lien.

 

2.

If the lien is enforced, fully or in part, Article 38 shall apply by analogy.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 17

 

 

Art. 44 - Consent of the Mortgagee

 

1.

The mortgagee’s written consent is required:

 

 

a)

for the cash payment of a vested termination benefit;

 

 

b)

if benefits are due by the IC Pension Plan;

 

 

c)

if part of the vested termination benefit is transferred to the member’s ex-spouse in the event of a divorce.

 

2.

If the mortgagee refuses to give his consent, the IC Pension Plan shall deposit the amount in safekeeping.

 

3.

If the member changes employer and joins a new pension plan, the Fund must inform the mortgagee. In particular, the information must specify the name of the pension plan to which the vested termination benefit is transferred and the amount of the vested termination benefit.

Art. 45 - Tax Provisions on the Encouragement of Home Ownership

 

1.

Withdrawals and proceeds from the satisfaction of a pledge on the pension assets are taxable as pension income.

 

2.

In the case of repayment of the withdrawal or the proceeds from the satisfaction of the of a pledge, the taxpayer may apply for a refund of the taxes paid on the withdrawal or on the proceeds from the satisfaction of the of a pledge. Such repayments are not deductible from taxable income.

 

3.

To obtain a tax refund, the member must apply in writing to the tax office that collected the taxes and submit documents evidencing:

 

 

-

the repayment;

 

 

-

the retirement savings capital invested in the residential property;

 

 

-

the taxes paid to the Confederation, the canton and the municipality on a withdrawal or on the proceeds from the satisfaction of a pledge.

 

4.

The right to a tax refund lapses three years after the withdrawal or the proceeds from the satisfaction of a pledge is/are repaid to a pension plan.

 

5.

The Fund must notify the Federal Tax Office within 30 days of any withdrawal, proceeds from the satisfaction of a pledge, or repayment within the meaning of the above provisions.

 

6.

This Article applies to direct federal, cantonal and municipal taxes.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 18

 

 

4.

IC Pension Plan Resources

Art. 46 - General Resources

 

1.

The resources of the IC Plan consist of:

 

 

a)

regulatory contributions of the members;

 

 

b)

voluntary contributions within the meaning of Article 8 (voluntary contributions) and any repayments of amounts lost in accordance with Article 9 (loss of benefits);

 

 

c)

the regulatory contributions of the Employer;

 

 

d)

any temporary remedial contributions from members and the Employer;

 

 

e)

any grants, donations and bequests;

 

 

f)

insurance benefits and residual balances which, for whatever reason, are not allocated to the beneficiaries;

 

 

g)

income on its assets.

Art. 47 - Member’s Contributions

 

1.

Each member must pay contributions from the time he joins the IC Pension Plan and for as long as he is a member of that plan, but no later than the date on which he is recognized as disabled, or until the date he reaches normal retirement age. Article 31 (maintenance of insurance as an external member) remains applicable.

 

2.

The member’s annual contribution is equal to:

 

 

a.

contributory salary I:

 

 

-

salary bands A to D: 1.5 %

 

 

-

salary band E: 3.6 %

 

 

-

salary band F: 3.4 %

 

 

b.

contributory salary II: 6 %

 

3.

The member’s contribution to the IC Pension Plan is deducted from the member’s salary each year.

Art. 48 - Employer’s contribution

 

1.

As long as the member is required to pay contributions, the Employer shall do so as well.

 

2.

For each active member, the Employer pays a contribution equal to the contribution amount paid by the member. The Employer’s contribution is transferred to the IC Pension Plan together with the member’s contribution.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 19

 

 

Art. 49 - Remedial measures

 

1.

If and for as long as the IC Pension Plan is underfunded within the meaning of the LPP, the Pension Board may deduct a temporary remedial contribution from the Employer and active members within the limits prescribed by law.

 

2.

The Employer’s remedial contribution may only be deducted with its consent.

 

3.

The remedial contribution is not included for the purpose of calculating the minimum vested termination benefits (Article 27) and lump-sum death benefits (Article 22).

 

4.

If the IC Pension Plan is underfunded within the meaning of the LPP, the Pension Board may suspend payment of interest on accrued assets until the Plan regains a balanced financial position.

 

5.

If the IC Pension Plan is underfunded, the Pension Board may suspend the right to make voluntary contributions in accordance with Article 8 above.

 

6.

The Pension Board shall inform members of the scope and duration of any remedial measures.

Art. 50 - Assets

 

1.

The IC Pension Plan’s liability for the obligations hereunder is limited to its assets.

 

2.

The Employers assume no responsibility whatsoever for the obligations of the Pension Fund pursuant to these Regulations.

 

5.

Administration

Art. 51 - Pension Board

 

1.

The Pension Board, established in accordance with Article 8 of the Fund’s Statutes, is the sole governing body of the Fund. The Pension Board organises itself; in particular, it elects a Chair from among its number.

 

2.

The Board is made up of an even number, with at least six members, as follows:

 

 

-

one half consists of members appointed by the Employer, represented by the Philip Morris Products SA Board of Directors;

 

 

-

one half consists of members elected by the active members and chosen from among their number, in accordance with the procedure established by the outgoing Pension Board.

 

3.

The Fund guarantees the initial and ongoing training of Pension Board members to enable them to fully assume their administrative duties.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 20

 

 

Art. 52 - Term of Office

 

1.

The members of the Board have a 3-year term of office; on expiry, the members may be immediately reappointed or re-elected.

 

2.

The term of office of members appointed by the Board of Directors ends on the date stipulated in the relevant oral or written agreement.

 

3.

If a member of the Pension Board leaves the Employer or resigns from the Board before the end of the three-year term, he shall be immediately replaced by a successor who will complete the outgoing member’s term of office. The successor may be a deputy appointed or elected in advance, or a member appointed or elected mutatis mutandis pursuant to Article 51 (Pension Board).

Art. 53 - Duties, Powers, Convening, Resolutions

 

1.

The duties of the Pension Board, its powers, the rules for convening the Board and for decision-making are laid down in the Statutes of the Pension Fund.

 

2.

The Pension Board represents the Pension Fund vis-à-vis third parties and designates the persons authorised to bind the Fund by joint signature.

 

3.

On its own authority, it may delegate certain administrative and daily management duties to one or more of its members, to administrative staff members of the Altria/Philip Morris Group, or to third parties. Such delegations of power may be revoked at any time.

Art. 54 - Meetings and Resolutions

 

1.

The Board meets when convened, at least once a year, at such place and date at it may decide.

 

2.

The Board may validly pass resolutions at each meeting, provided a majority of its members are present.

 

3.

Resolutions are passed by a simple majority. The chair takes part in the vote.

 

4.

The Board may validly vote by correspondence if the object of the vote has been communicated in writing to all members and is approved by all.

Art. 55 - Auditors

 

1.

The auditors may be:

 

 

-

a member of a group affiliated to the Swiss Chamber of Trustees and Auditors, or a member of the Swiss Organization of Certified Public Accountants;

 

 

-

an auditing company recognized by the Federal Social Security Office or by the regulatory authority.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 21

 

 

2.

The auditors appointed by the Pension Board verify each year the conduct of business, the financial statements, the investments and the retirement accounts of the IC Pension Plan.

 

3.

The auditors submit a written report on their observations and findings to the Pension Board and the regulatory authority.

Art. 56 - Accredited Pension Actuary

 

1.

The accredited pension actuary appointed by the Board shall periodically verify that:

 

 

a)

the IC Pension Plan offers the assurance that it can meet its obligations;

 

 

b)

the actuarial provisions concerning benefits and financing comply with legal requirements.

 

2.

If the actuary finds shortcomings, he shall propose appropriate remedial action to the Board to eliminate such deficiencies.

 

3.

In case of underfunding, the actuary shall propose remedial measures to the Pension Board with a view to restoring the Plan’s balanced financial position within a reasonable period of time.

Art. 57 - Liability, Confidentiality

 

1.

All persons responsible for the administration, management, or auditing of the IC Pension Plan shall be liable for any loss or damage they may cause the Plan wilfully or by negligence.

 

2.

The persons referred to in paragraph 1 are bound to maintain confidentiality in respect of all facts and information of a confidential nature that may come to their knowledge during the course of their work.

 

3.

The Employer shall be liable for any loss or damage suffered by the IC Pension Plan as a result of its failure to provide material information to the latter (in particular: new members, salaries, salary changes, termination of employment, etc.)

Art. 58 - Information

 

1.

The Fund sends each member an insurance certificate for the IC Pension Plan at least once a year.

 

2.

The certificate shows the member’s insurance situation, particularly the following amounts: insured benefits, contributory salary, and vested termination benefit. In the event of discrepancy between the insurance certificate and these Regulations, the Regulations shall take precedence.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 22

 

 

3.

Moreover, the Fund sends each member, at least once a year, a summary annual report containing information, inter alia, on the IC Pension Plan organization and financing, and on the composition of the Pension Board.

 

4.

The Fund also informs members at their request of the return on capital, trends in actuarial risk, administrative expenses, mathematical reserve calculation rules, additional reserves and funded status. It bases its information on the most recent report of the accredited pension actuary.

 

6.

Transitional Provisions

Art. 59 - Voluntary Contributions on the Entry into Effect of the IC Plan

 

1.

The regulations effective on 1 February 2005 concerning the purchase of benefits on the entry into effect of the IC Pension Plan, remain applicable.

Art. 60 - Early retirement age

 

1.

Up to 31 December 2010, the minimum early retirement age for members who were in the Fund on 31 December 2005 is maintained at age 57.

Art. 61 - Disability Benefits

 

1.

When the incapacity for work, the cause of which led to the disability, commenced between 1 February and 31 December 2005, entitlement to disability benefits is governed exclusively by the regulations which came into effect on 1 February 2005

 

7.

Final Provisions

Art. 62 - Amendment of the Regulations

 

1.

The Pension Board may amend these Regulations at any time provided it does not reduce members’ vested benefits calculated at the date of the amendment.

Art. 63 - Interpretation

 

1.

Any cases not expressly provided for in these Regulations shall be decided by the Pension Board taking into account the meaning and spirit of the Statutes of the Pension Fund, these Regulations of the IC Pension Fund, applicable legislation and the corresponding implementation ordinances.


Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse

  

Règlement IC Pension Plan

   page 23

 

 

Art. 64 - Disputes

 

1.

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, the application or non-application of these Regulations shall be submitted to the competent courts at the registered office or Swiss domicile of the defendant, or of the place of business in Switzerland where the member was employed.

Art. 65 - Translations

 

1.

These Regulations were drawn up in French; they may be translated into English.

 

2.

In case of discrepancy between the French version and the English translation, the French version shall take precedence.

Art. 66 - Supplementary Regulations

 

1.

To comply with occupational pension legislation, the Board shall draw up supplementary regulations defining conditions and procedure in the event of partial liquidation. They shall be submitted to the regulatory authority for approval.

 

2.

The Board shall also establish an investment policy covering investment allocation and providing rules for asset allocation, the reference framework, and the organization of day to day management.

Art. 67 - Effective Date

 

1.

These Regulations enter into effect on 1 January 2006; they supersede the Regulations effective on 1 February 2005

 

2.

They shall be submitted to the competent regulatory authority.

 

3.

They shall be published on the Employer’s intranet site and a hard copy shall be sent to members upon request.

Exhibit 10.15

Supplemental Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland

Plan Summary

 

Overview:

  A non-qualified plan that provides retirement, disability and death benefits to executives whose retirement benefits would otherwise be limited by the compensation caps under the Federal Law on Occupational Retirement, Survivors’ and Disability Pension Plans in Switzerland (LPP). This plan is not intended to otherwise increase the benefits promised under the broad-based retirement plans.

Eligible Population:

  Swiss-based employees in salary band D or above, or those with pensionable earnings in excess of the salary limit described in article 79c of the LPP, currently 795,600 CHF.

Benefits:

  The benefits under this plan are determined based on the formulas of the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland and the Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan (formula applicable to salary bands G and below), respectively, without regard to the compensation limits applicable to those plans. Offsetting these benefits under this plan are those benefits earned under the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland and the Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan and any personal contributions that employees would have made to those plans absent the compensation limits.

Employee Contributions:

 

None

Company Contributions:

  100% funded by the company into a non-qualified trust arrangement.

Form of Payment:

  Lump sum payment at retirement, disability, death or termination of employment, subject to approval of the plan’s Board of Trustees.

Tax Impact:

  Benefits are taxable to the employee upon distribution and a tax gross-up will be applied.

Exhibit 10.16

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL MANAGEMENT

EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT PLAN SUMMARY

The Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan (the Plan) is maintained by a subsidiary of Philip Morris International Inc. (PMI) to provide a retirement benefit (Supplemental Retirement Allowance) to any employee of PMI or a subsidiary who is part of a select group of U.S. payroll based management or highly compensated employees and is selected to become a participant in the Plan. The Plan provides benefits which cannot be provided under the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees (a plan qualified under the Internal Revenue Code) as a result of the nondiscrimination requirements applicable to qualified plans.

A participant may be granted a Supplemental Retirement Allowance in an amount greater than that which can be earned under the Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees (the Qualified Plan). Such Supplemental Retirement Allowance can be expressed as (i) a stated dollar amount per year, (ii) a stated percentage of the participant’s five-year average compensation, (iii) an award for past service with the PMI companies or any other employer deemed to be of special value, (iv) an accrual rate in excess of the rate of accrual under the Qualified Plan, or (v) a benefit greater in actuarial value to the benefit payable at the same age from the Qualified Plan. The benefits provided by the Plan are in addition to the benefits provided under the Qualified Plan and the Benefit Equalization Plan (another nonqualified plan, the BEP). The benefits provided by the Qualified Plan and the BEP offset the Supplemental Retirement Allowance provided by the Plan to prevent duplication of benefits.

The Plan may also provide a Supplemental Profit-Sharing Allowance to an employee designated as a participant in an amount equal to the amount that would have been credited under the Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees (DPS Plan) and the BEP had such participant participated in such plans for a plan year, less the amount of any employer contributions made or credited to the participant for the same plan year under any other defined contribution plan maintained by any other company in the PMI group.

Payment of Supplemental Retirement Allowances and Supplemental Profit-Sharing Allowances is generally made in a single sum payment soon after the employee separates from the service of a company in the PMI Group (but no sooner than six months after separation from service in the case of one of the 50 highest paid employees of the PMI companies). However, the Plan preserves the right of an employee to elect an annuity form of payment with respect to benefits earned. The amount of any Allowance is reduced by any amounts paid from the employee’s Grantor Trust or any offset amount, in each case determined pursuant to the employee’s Enrollment Agreement under the Company’s executive trust and secular trust arrangements.

The Plan also provides survivor’s benefits in the event that a participant dies. In general, these survivor’s benefits replicate the forms of survivor’s benefits available to a surviving spouse under the Qualified Plan and the BEP and to the surviving spouse and children under the Survivor Income Benefit Plan for Salaried Employees (SIB Plan). The benefits provided by the Qualified Plan, the BEP and the SIB Plan offset the survivor’s benefits provided by the Plan to prevent duplication of benefits.

Exhibit 10.17

FORM OF PLAN

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN

Effective as of January 1, 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page No
ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS      2
ARTICLE II    BENEFIT EQUALIZATION RETIREMENT ALLOWANCES AND BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PROFIT-SHARING ALLOWANCES    14
ARTICLE III    FUNDS FROM WHICH ALLOWANCES ARE PAYABLE    23
ARTICLE IV    THE ADMINISTRATOR    24
ARTICLE V    AMENDMENT AND DISCONTINUANCE OF THE PLAN    25
ARTICLE VI    FORMS; COMMUNICATIONS    26
ARTICLE VII    INTERPRETATION OF PROVISIONS    27
ARTICLE VIII    CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS    28

 

i


PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN

The Philip Morris International Benefit Equalization Plan governs the rights of an Employee whose benefit under the Retirement Plan or the Profit-Sharing Plan, or both Qualified Plans, is subject to one or more of the Statutory Limitations. The liabilities allocable to Employees, former employees and retired employees of the international tobacco operations conducted by the Company and the other Participating Companies have been transferred from the Benefit Equalization Plan maintained by Altria Corporate Services, Inc. to the Plan.

It is intended that Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowances and Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowances with respect to Grandfathered Employees and Grandfathered Retired Employees not be subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and that the Plan be interpreted and administered in accordance with this intention. The Plan as hereinafter set forth shall be effective with respect to Employees who incur a Separation from Service on or after January 1, 2008, except as otherwise provided herein. The Plan will also be the source of benefits to former employees of Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries who terminated employment prior to January 1, 2008.

The Plan is three separate plans, programs or arrangements. Each portion shall be treated as a separate plan, program or arrangement from the other portions. One portion of the Plan provides benefits to a Retired Employee (or his Spouse or other Beneficiary) solely in excess of the Section 415 Limitations; the second portion of the Plan provides benefits to a Retired Employee (or his Spouse or other Beneficiary) attributable solely to the Compensation Limitation; the third portion of the Plan provides benefits to a Retired Employee (or his Spouse or other Beneficiary) because payment of the benefit from one or both of the Qualified Plans could result in a failure to meet the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code or the coverage requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code.

 

1


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The following terms as used herein and in the Preamble shall have the meanings set forth below. Any capitalized term used herein or in the Preamble and not defined below shall have the meaning set forth in the Retirement Plan or the Profit-Sharing Plan, as the context may require.

(a) “ Actuarial Equivalent ” shall mean a benefit which is at least equivalent in value to the benefit otherwise payable pursuant to the terms of the Plan, based on the actuarial principles and assumptions set forth in Exhibit I to the Retirement Plan; provided, however, that a Single Sum Payment of all or any portion of a benefit payable pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of such benefit (or portion of such benefit) payable in equal monthly payments during a twelve (12) month period for the life of the recipient commencing at the applicable BEP Benefit Commencement Date, using the actuarial principles and assumptions set forth in Exhibit A to the Plan.

(b) “ Allowance ” or “ Allowances ” shall mean a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance, determined under ARTICLE II A of the Plan and a Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance, determined under ARTICLE II B of the Plan.

(c) “ Beneficiary ” shall mean:

(1) in the case of a Retired Employee who is to receive all or a portion of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance after his Separation from Service in a Single Sum Payment pursuant to ARTICLE II C(1)(a) of the Plan, but who dies after his Separation from Service and before such Single Sum Payment is made:

(i) if the Retired Employee is married on the date of his death, the Beneficiary of such Single Sum Payment shall be the Spouse to whom he was married on the date of death; and

(ii) if the Retired Employee is not married on the date of his death, the Beneficiary of such Single Sum Payment shall be the Retired Employee’s estate.

An Employee or Retired Employee may designate any other person or persons as the Beneficiary who is to receive a Single Sum Payment of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in the event that he dies after his Separation from Service and before such Single Sum Payment is paid to him by timely filing a beneficiary designation form with the Administrator (or his delegate), provided, however, that if the Employee or Retired Employee is married on the date of the filing of such beneficiary designation form, his Spouse must consent, in writing before a notary public or a duly authorized representative of his Participating Company, to such designation.

(2) In the case of a Grandfathered Employee who has elected to receive after his Separation from Service that portion of his Benefit Equalization Retirement

 

2


Allowance equal to the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in the form of an Optional Payment described in ARTICLE I (z)(i)(2) or I (z)(i)(3) pursuant to ARTICLE II C(2) of the Plan, the person or persons designated by the Grandfathered Employee to receive (or who, pursuant to the terms of such Optional Payment, will receive) after his death a benefit according to the option elected by the Grandfathered Employee.

(3) In the case of an Employee or Retired Employee who has been credited with a Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance and who dies prior to the payment of such Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance (or prior to the payment of the then remaining balance of such Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in the case of a Grandfathered Employee who has elected to receive that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance equal to the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in the form of an Optional Payment pursuant to ARTICLE II D(3) of the Plan):

(i) if the Employee or Retired Employee is married on the date of his death, the Beneficiary of such Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance shall be the Spouse to whom he was married on the date of death; and

(ii) if the Employee or Retired Employee is not married on the date of his death, the Beneficiary of such Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance shall be the Employee’s or Retired Employee’s estate.

An Employee or Retired Employee may designate any other person or persons (including a trust created by the Employee or Retired Employee during his lifetime or by will) as Beneficiary of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in the event of his death by timely filing a beneficiary designation form with the Administrator (or his delegate), provided that if the Employee or Retired Employee is married on the date of the filing of such beneficiary designation form, his Spouse must consent, in writing before a notary public or a duly authorized representative of his Participating Company, to such designation.

 

3


(d) “ Benefit Equalization Joint and Survivor Allowance ” shall mean the total amount that would be payable during a twelve (12) month period as a reduced Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance to a Retired Employee for life and after his death the amount payable to his Spouse for life equal to one-half of the reduced Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable to the Retired Employee (regardless of whether such form of benefit was available to such Retired Employee and his Spouse), which together shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance of the Retired Employee.

(e) “ Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance ” or “ Profit-Sharing Allowance ” shall mean the benefit determined under ARTICLE II B of the Plan and payable at the times and in the forms set forth in ARTICLE II D of the Plan. The Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance shall be comprised of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance, if any, and the remaining portion of such Allowance.

(f) “ Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance ” shall mean the benefit determined under ARTICLE II A of the Plan and payable at the times and in the forms set forth in ARTICLE II C of the Plan. The Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance shall be comprised of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance, if any, and the remaining portion of such Allowance.

(g) “ Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance ” shall mean the benefit payable to:

(i) the Spouse of a Deceased Employee; and

(ii) the Spouse of a deceased Retired Employee;

in an amount equal one-half of the reduced Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance which would have been payable in the form of a Benefit Equalization Joint and Survivor Allowance to the Deceased Employee or deceased Retired Employee (regardless of whether such form of benefit was available to such Deceased Employee or deceased Retired Employee).

(h) “ Benefits Committee ” shall mean the Philip Morris International Benefits Committee.

(i) “ BEP Benefit Commencement Date ” shall mean the date on which the benefit to which the recipient is entitled to is paid or commences to be paid pursuant to the application filed in accordance with ARTICLE II E of the Plan, or if no such application is filed, in accordance with the terms of the Plan as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. All such Allowances (regardless of to whom paid) not paid in a Single Sum Payment are paid in arrears so that the actual date of payment shall be the first day of the calendar month next succeeding the BEP Benefit Commencement Date.

(i) Except as provided in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) hereof, the BEP Benefit Commencement Date of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance shall be the Payment Date, but not later than the Latest Payment Date.

(ii) (A) Except as provided in clause (ii)(B), the BEP Benefit Commencement Date of that portion of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that

 

4


is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable in the form of an Optional Payment pursuant to an election under ARTICLE II C(2) to a Grandfathered Retired Employee shall be the Benefit Commencement Date of the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Full, Deferred or Early Retirement Allowance under the Retirement Plan.

(B) The BEP Benefit Commencement Date of that portion of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable in the form of an Optional Payment with respect to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who voluntarily retires within the one (1) year period following the date of the filing of his application for an Optional Payment with the Administrator pursuant to ARTICLE II C(2) or whose employment is terminated for misconduct (as determined by the Benefits Committee) within such one (1) year period, shall be the first day of the month following the expiration of the one (1) year period following the date of the filing of his application for an Optional Payment.

(iii) The BEP Benefit Commencement Date of that portion of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who is only eligible for a Vested Retirement Allowance shall be the Benefit Commencement Date of the Retired Employee’s Vested Retirement Allowance under the Retirement Plan.

(iv) The BEP Benefit Commencement Date of any Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance described in ARTICLE II A(1)(f) shall be the BEP Benefit Commencement Date set forth in the General Release Agreement; provided, however, that if no time of payment is specified, the BEP Benefit Commencement Date shall be the first day of the third calendar month following the month in which the Employee Separates from Service, but no later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Employee’s first taxable year in which the right is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Employee’s Participating Company first taxable year in which the right is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; provided, however that no such Benefit Equalization Allowance shall change either the time or form of payment of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance of a Grandfathered Employee otherwise payable pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

(v) (A) Except as provided in clause (B), the BEP Benefit Commencement Date of the Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance shall be the Payment Date, but not later than the Latest Payment Date.

  (B) The BEP Benefit Commencement Date of that portion of a Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance payable in the form of an Optional Payment pursuant to an election under ARTICLE II D(3) to a Grandfathered Retired Employee shall be the date specified in the application.

 

5


(vi) (A) Except as provided in clause (B), the BEP Benefit Commencement Date of the Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance payable to the Spouse of a Deceased Employee or deceased Retired Employee shall be the Survivor Allowance Payment Date, but not later than the Survivor Allowance Latest Payment Date.

(B) The BEP Benefit Commencement Date of that portion of the Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance that is derived from the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is payable to:

 

  (1) the Spouse of a Grandfathered Deceased Employee; or

 

  (2) the Spouse of a deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee,

shall, in each case, be the Benefit Commencement Date of the Survivor Allowance payable to such Spouse under the Retirement Plan, provided that the Spouse may elect in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE II, A5(c) or (f) of the Retirement Plan, as applicable to the Spouse, that the BEP Benefit Commencement Date be the first day of any month thereafter, but not later than the later of (i) the first day of the second calendar month following the month in which the Grandfathered Deceased Employee or deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee died (or if his date of birth was on the first day of a calendar month, the first day of the calendar month next following the calendar month in which the Grandfathered Deceased Employee or deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee died), or (ii) the date that would have been the Grandfathered Deceased Employee’s or deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Unreduced Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date.

(j) “ Change in Circumstance ” shall mean:

(i) the marriage of the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee;

(ii) the divorce of the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee from his spouse (determined in accordance with applicable state law), provided

(A) such spouse was the Beneficiary who is to receive an Optional Payment, or

(B) the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee elected to receive an Optional Payment pursuant to ARTICLE I(z)(i)(1) of the Plan;

(iii) the death of the Beneficiary designated by the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee to receive an Optional Payment after the death of the Grandfathered Retired Employee; or

(iv) a medical condition of the Beneficiary, based on medical evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, which is expected to result in the death of the

 

6


Beneficiary within five (5) years of the filing of an application for change in Optional Payment method pursuant to ARTICLE II C(2) or ARTICLE II D(2) hereof.

(k) “ Company ” shall mean PMI Global Services Inc. PMI Global Services Inc. is the sponsor of the Plan.

(l) “ Compensation ” shall have the same meaning as in the Retirement Plan, except that in computing the Retirement Allowance and Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance of an Employee in salary bands A and B who was not age fifty-five (55) or older at December 31, 2006, Compensation shall mean the lesser of his (i) base salary, plus annual incentive award, and (ii) base salary, plus annual incentive award at a business rating of 100 and individual performance rating of “Exceeds”.

(m) “ Compensation Limitation ” shall mean the limitation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code on the annual compensation of an Employee which may be taken into account under the Qualified Plans.

(n) “ Date of Retirement ” shall have the same meaning as in the Retirement Plan.

(o) “ Earned and Vested ” shall mean, when referring to an Allowance or any portion of an Allowance, an amount that, as of January 1, 2005, is not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.83-3(c)) or a requirement to perform future services.

(p) “ Employee ” shall mean any person employed by a Participating Company who has accrued a benefit under the Retirement Plan or the Profit-Sharing Plan but whose entire accrued benefit, if computed without regard to the Statutory Limitations, cannot be paid under the Retirement Plan or Profit-Sharing Plan, or both Qualified Plans, as a result of the Statutory Limitations, provided that an Employee shall not include:

(i) an EPF Employee; or

(ii) an employee of a Participating Company who has elected to participate in the target payment arrangement; provided, however, that nothing shall deprive such employee of any Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance and Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance earned.

 

7


(q) “ Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Joint and Survivor Allowance ” shall mean the total amount that would be payable during a twelve (12) month period as a reduced Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance to a Grandfathered Retired Employee for life and after his death the amount payable to his Spouse for life equal to one-half of the reduced Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable to the Grandfathered Retired Employee, which together shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance of the Grandfathered Retired Employee.

(r) “ Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Optional Payment Allowance ” shall mean, with respect to that portion of a Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance, the total amount payable during a twelve (12) month period in accordance with one of the payment methods described in ARTICLE II, A4(d) of the Retirement Plan and designated by the Grandfathered Retired Employee in his application for an Optional Payment under ARTICLE II C(2) of the Plan, pursuant to which the Grandfathered Retired Employee receives for life after his Date of Retirement a reduced Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in equal monthly payments for life and after his death after his Date of Retirement his Beneficiary receives for life a benefit in equal monthly payments according to the option elected by the Grandfathered Retired Employee, which together shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable in equal monthly payments for the life of the Grandfathered Retired Employee after his Date of Retirement.

(s) “ Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance ” shall mean that portion of a Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance as of December 31, 2004, the right to which is Earned and Vested as of December 31, 2004, plus any future contributions to the account, the right to which was Earned and Vested as of December 31, 2004, but only to the extent such contributions are actually made, plus earnings (whether actual or notional) attributable to such Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance as of December 31, 2004, or to such income.

(t) “ Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance ” shall mean the present value of that portion (or all) of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance earned to December 31, 2004 to which the Grandfathered Employee or Retired Grandfathered Employee would have been entitled under the Plan if he had voluntarily terminated services without cause on or before December 31, 2004 and received a payment on the earliest possible date allowed under the Plan to receive payment of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance following the termination of services and received the benefits in the form with the maximum value; provided, however, that for any subsequent year such Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance may increase to equal the present value of the benefit the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee actually becomes entitled to, in the form and at the time actually paid, determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan (including applicable Statutory Limitations) as in effect on October 3, 2004, without regard to any further services rendered by the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee after December 31, 2004, or any other events affecting the amount of or the entitlement to benefits (other than an election with respect to the time and form of an available benefit).

 

8


(u) “ Grandfathered Deceased Employee ” shall mean a Grandfathered Employee who died while he was an Employee at a time when he had a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his Retirement Allowance.

(v) “ Grandfathered Employee ” shall mean:

(i) an Employee who is entitled to a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that was Earned and Vested; or

(ii) an Employee who is entitled to a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance,

and who, in either instance, is a participant in the executive trust and/or secular trust arrangements.

(w) “ Grandfathered Retired Employee ” shall mean:

(i) in the case of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance, a Retired Employee who is eligible for a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that was Earned and Vested; and

(ii) in the case of a Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance, a Retired Employee who is eligible for a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance,

and who, in either instance, is or was a participant in the executive trust and/or secular trust arrangements.

(x) “ Grandfathered Retirement Allowance ” shall mean the present value of that portion (or all) of the Retirement Allowance earned to December 31, 2004 under the Retirement Plan to which the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee had a nonforfeitable right as of December 31, 2004. In calculating the amount of such Grandfathered Retirement Allowance, it shall be assumed that (i) the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee voluntarily terminated services without cause on December 31, 2004, and (ii) received a payment of his Grandfathered Retirement Allowance with the maximum value available from the Retirement Plan on the earliest possible date allowed under the Retirement Plan to receive payment of a Retirement Allowance following the termination of services, provided, however, that for any subsequent year such Grandfathered Retirement Allowance may increase to equal the present value of the benefit the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee actually becomes entitled to, determined in accordance with the terms of the Retirement Plan as in effect on October 3, 2004, without regard to any further services rendered by the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee after December 31, 2004, or any other events affecting the amount of or the entitlement to benefits.

(y) “ Latest Payment Date ” shall mean the later of:

(i) December 31 st of the year in which the Payment Date occurs, and

 

9


(ii) the fifteenth day of the third month following the Payment Date.

(z) “ Optional Payment ” shall mean:

(i) the following optional forms in which that portion of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance of a Grandfathered Retired Employee may be paid:

(1) in equal monthly payments for the life of the Grandfathered Retired Employee,

(2) in the form of a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Joint and Survivor Allowance, or

(3) in the form of a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Optional Payment Allowance, and

(ii) in the case of that portion of a Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance of a Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee, any of the methods of distribution permitted under ARTICLE VII of the Profit-Sharing Plan (other than a Single Sum Payment payable at the time specified in ARTICLE II D(1) of the Plan) and in the event the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee dies before distribution of that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance is made, commences to be made or is fully distributed, to his Beneficiary in accordance with the method of distribution designated by such Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee; provided, however, that payment to a Beneficiary who is not the Spouse of the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee shall be made no later than one (1) year following the death of the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee.

Any election to receive an Optional Payment with respect to any Allowance or Allowances under the Plan shall be independent of any election with respect to benefits payable under the Retirement Plan, the Profit-Sharing Plan, or any other plan of a member of the Controlled Group.

 

10


(aa) “ Payment Date ” shall mean the first day of the third calendar month following the month in which the Employee Separates from Service; provided, however, that in all cases of a Separation from Service other than on account of death, the Payment Date in the case of a Specified Employee shall be the first day of the calendar month following the date that is six (6) months following the date that such Specified Employee Separates from Service.

(bb) “ Plan ” shall mean the Philip Morris International Benefit Equalization Plan described herein and in any amendments hereto.

(cc) “ Profit-Sharing Plan ” shall mean the Philip Morris International Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan, effective January 1, 2008 and as amended from time to time.

(dd) “ Qualified Plans ” shall mean the Retirement Plan and the Profit-Sharing Plan.

(ee) “ Retired Employee ” shall mean a former Employee who is eligible for or in receipt of, an Allowance. A Retired Employee shall cease to be such when he has received all of the Allowances payable to him under the Plan.

(ff) “ Retirement Plan ” shall mean the Philip Morris International Retirement Plan, effective as of January 1, 2008, and as amended from time to time.

(gg) “ Section 415 Limitations ” shall mean:

(i) in the case of the Retirement Plan, the limitations on benefits applicable to defined benefit plans set forth in Section 415 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and

(ii) in the case of the Profit-Sharing Plan, the limitations on contributions applicable to defined contribution plans set forth in Section 415 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(hh) “ Separation from Service ”, “ Separates from Service ” or “ Separated from Service ” shall each have the same meaning as the term “separation from service” in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h)(1).

(ii) “ Single Sum Payment ” shall mean payment of a benefit or portion of a benefit in a single payment to a Retired Employee, or to the Spouse or other Beneficiary of an Employee, Deceased Employee or deceased Retired Employee. A Single Sum Payment shall be (i) the Actuarial Equivalent of the (or portion of the) Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable in equal monthly payments during a twelve (12) month period for the life of the Retired Employee, and (ii) the Actuarial Equivalent of the (or portion of the) Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance payable in equal monthly payments during a twelve (12) month period for the life of the Spouse of the Deceased Employee or deceased Retired Employee.

(i) A Single Sum Payment shall be the exclusive form of distribution of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance, except with respect to:

 

11


(A) that portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance derived solely from the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance and that is payable to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who is only eligible for a Vested Retirement Allowance at his Separation from Service; and

(B) that portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance derived solely from the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance and that is payable to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who has timely elected to receive after his Date of Retirement that portion of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance equal to the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in the form of an Optional Payment pursuant to ARTICLE II C(2) of the Plan and which election does not cease to be of any force and effect pursuant to ARTICLE II C(2) hereof.

(ii) A Single Sum Payment shall be the exclusive form of distribution of the Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance, except with respect to that portion of the Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance derived solely from the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable to the Spouse of a Grandfathered Deceased Employee or the Spouse of a deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee.

(iii) A Single Sum Payment shall be the exclusive form of distribution of the Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance, except with respect to that portion of the Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance derived solely from the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance payable to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who has timely elected to receive after his Date of Retirement that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance equal to the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in the form of an Optional Payment pursuant to ARTICLE II D(3) of the Plan.

(jj) “ Specified Employee ” shall have the meaning given in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(i).

(kk) “ Statutory Limitations ” shall mean:

(i) the Section 415 Limitations,

(ii) the Compensation Limitation,

(iii) the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, and

(iv) the coverage requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code.

(ll) “ Survivor Allowance Latest Payment Date ” shall mean the later of

(i) December 31 st of the year in which the Survivor Allowance Payment Date occurs, and

 

12


(ii) the fifteenth day of the third month following the Survivor Allowance Payment Date.

(mm) “ Survivor Allowance Payment Date ” shall mean the first day of the third calendar month following the month in which the Deceased Employee or deceased Retired Employee died.

The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine pronoun unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

13


ARTICLE II

BENEFIT EQUALIZATION RETIREMENT ALLOWANCES AND

BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PROFIT-SHARING ALLOWANCES

 

A. Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowances and other benefits payable under this Plan shall be as follows:

(1) (a) Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (d), (e) and (f) hereof, the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance with respect to a Retired Employee (other than a Grandfathered Retired Employee) shall equal the sum of (i) and (ii) below:

(i) the amount by which the Retirement Allowance under the Retirement Plan accrued to the Date of Retirement, if computed without regard to the Statutory Limitations, exceeds the amount of the Retirement Allowance actually payable under the Retirement Plan, plus

(ii) in the case of a Retired Employee who is eligible to receive an enhanced benefit under the Qualified Plan (such as a benefit payable pursuant to a voluntary early retirement program or a shutdown benefit), but whose additional accrued benefit resulting solely from participation in such program or benefit may not be paid from the Qualified Plan because of the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, or the coverage requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code, the amount of such additional accrued benefit payable to such Retired Employee solely as a result of his participation in such program or benefit.

(b) Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (d) and (e) and ARTICLE II F, the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance with respect to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who is a participant in the target payment arrangement shall equal the amount by which the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance exceeds the amount of the Grandfathered Retirement Allowance.

(c) Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (d), (e) and (f) and ARTICLE II F, the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance with respect to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who is not a participant in the target payment arrangement shall equal the sum of (i) and (ii) below:

(i) the amount by which the Retirement Allowance under the Retirement Plan accrued to the Date of Retirement, if computed without regard to the Statutory Limitations, exceeds the amount of the Retirement Allowance actually payable under the Retirement Plan, plus

(ii) in the case of a Grandfathered Retired Employee who is eligible to receive an enhanced benefit under the Qualified Plan (such as a benefit payable pursuant to a voluntary early retirement program or a shutdown benefit), but whose additional accrued benefit resulting solely from participation in such program or benefit may not be paid from the

 

14


Qualified Plan because of the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, or the coverage requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code, the amount of such additional accrued benefit payable to such Grandfathered Retired Employee solely as a result of his participation in such program or benefit.

In no event shall any increase in a Grandfathered Employee’s Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance resulting from an amendment to the Salaried Plan to add or remove a subsidized benefit change the time and form of payment of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance earned prior to the date of such amendment.

(d) In the event that all or any portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance with respect to the Retired Employee described in ARTICLE II A(1)(a), ARTICLE II A(1)(b) or ARTICLE II A(1)(c) is paid in a Single Sum Payment prior to the Retired Employee’s Benefit Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE II C, the amount of such Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance shall equal the amount by which the Retirement Allowance under the Retirement Plan accrued to the Date of Retirement, if computed without regard to the Statutory Limitations, is reasonably estimated by the Administrator to exceed the amount of the Retirement Allowance which is projected by the Administrator to be actually payable under the Retirement Plan.

(e) In the event that all or any portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance with respect to a Retired Employee described in ARTICLE II A(1)(a), ARTICLE II A(1)(b) or ARTICLE II A(1)(c) is paid in a Single Sum Payment in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE II C prior to the date the Retired Employee shall have specified on his application for retirement as the Benefit Commencement Date of his Retirement Allowance under the Retirement Plan, the Single Sum Payment shall be calculated based on the assumption that the Retired Employee elected to receive a Retirement Allowance at his Unreduced Early Retirement Benefit Commencement Date or Unreduced Vested Retirement Benefit Commencement Date, as applicable to the Retired Employee.

(f) If, as a result of the execution of a General Release Agreement (and not revoking it), (A) an Employee first obtains a legally binding right to payment of an increase in his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance, (B) as of the first date the Employee obtains a legally binding right to such increase it is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(d)), then the amount of such increase in the Benefit Equalization Allowance with respect to such Employee shall be the amount as set forth in the General Release Agreement and shall be payable at the BEP Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(i)(iv), provided, however that no such increase in an Employee’s Benefit Equalization Allowance shall change either the time or form of payment of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance of a Grandfathered Employee otherwise payable pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The provisions of this paragraph are in lieu of and not in addition to the benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE II A(1)(a)(ii) or ARTICLE II A(1)(c)(ii).

 

15


(2) (a) The Spouse of

(i) a Deceased Employee, or

(ii) a deceased Retired Employee (other than a deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee) who has died after his Date of Retirement and before his BEP Benefit Commencement Date

shall, in each case, be eligible to receive a Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance.

(b) The Spouse of a deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee who has died after his Date of Retirement and before his BEP Benefit Commencement Date shall be eligible to receive a Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance, provided that the deceased Grandfathered Retired Employee did not make an election for a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Optional Payment Allowance and designated a Beneficiary other than his Spouse.

(c) The Spouse of a Grandfathered Retired Employee described in ARTICLE II A(1)(b) or ARTICLE II A(1)(c) of the Plan whose request for an Optional Payment pursuant to ARTICLE I(z)(i)(1) or ARTICLE I(z)(i)(2) of the Plan with respect to that portion of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Allowance has been granted by the Administrator, but who dies after his Date of Retirement and prior to his BEP Benefit Commencement Date, shall be eligible to receive a Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance.

(3) The Beneficiary of a Grandfathered Retired Employee whose request for an Optional Payment in the form of a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Optional Payment Allowance has been granted by the Administrator, but who dies after his Date of Retirement and prior to his BEP Benefit Commencement Date shall be eligible to receive that portion of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Optional Payment Allowance elected by the Grandfathered Retired Employee which is payable after the death of the Grandfathered Retired Employee.

 

B. Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowances payable under this Plan shall be as follows:

(1) (a) The Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance with respect to an Employee who is not a Grandfathered Retired Employee shall equal the amounts which would have been credited, but were not credited to his Company Account as a result of the Statutory Limitations.

(b) The Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance with respect to a Grandfathered Employee who is a participant in the target payment arrangement shall equal the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance.

(c) The Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance with respect to a Grandfathered Employee who is not a participant in the target payment arrangement shall equal the sum of the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance, plus the amounts

 

16


which would have been credited, but were not credited to his Company Account (as defined in the Profit-Sharing Plan) on and after January 1, 2005 as a result of the Statutory Limitations.

(2) All such amounts shall be deemed to have been invested in Part A of the Fund (as defined in the Profit-Sharing Plan) and valued in accordance with the provisions of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

 

C. BEP Benefit Commencement Date and termination of Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowances payable in the form of an Optional Payment:

(1) (a)(i) The Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable pursuant to ARTICLE II A(1)(a) of the Plan shall be distributed to a Retired Employee in a Single Sum Payment on the Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(i)(i). If a Retired Employee described in ARTICLE II A(1)(a) dies after his Date of Retirement and before payment of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance is paid in a Single Sum Payment, his Beneficiary shall receive a Single Sum Payment on the Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I (i)(i).

(ii) The Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable pursuant to paragraph A(1)(b) and (c) of the Plan shall be distributed to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who is eligible for an Early, Full or Deferred Retirement Allowance at his Separation from Service in a Single Sum Payment on the BEP Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(j)(i), unless the Administrator has approved the election of the Grandfathered Retired Employee to have distribution of that portion of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance made in the form of an Optional Payment pursuant to subparagraph (2) of this ARTICLE II C, in which case the BEP Benefit Commencement Date of his Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance made in the form of an Optional Payment shall be as specified in ARTICLE I(i)(ii)(A) or (B), as applicable to the Grandfathered Retired Employee. If a Grandfathered Retired Employee described in ARTICLE II, A(1) (b) or (c) who is eligible for an Early, Full or Deferred Retirement Allowance at his Separation from Service dies after his Date of Retirement and before payment of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in a Single Sum Payment, his Beneficiary shall receive a Single Sum Payment on the BEP Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(i)(i), provided, that the Administrator has not granted the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s application to receive an Optional Payment.

(iii) the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable pursuant to paragraph A(1)(b) or (c) of the Plan shall be distributed to a Grandfathered Retired Employee who is only eligible for a Vested Retirement Allowance at his Separation from Service, as follows:

(y) that portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Allowance shall be distributed in accordance with the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s BEP Benefit Commencement Date described in ARTICLE I(i)(iii) of the Plan and shall be paid in the same form of Optional Payment which the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Vested Retirement Allowance is paid from the Retirement Plan; and

 

17


(z) that portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is not the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Allowance shall be distributed to the Retired Employee in a Single Sum Payment on Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(i)(i).

(b) (i) The amount of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance to be distributed in a Single Sum Payment pursuant to subparagraph (iii)(z) above, shall equal the present value of such Allowance that would be payable to the Retired Employee as of the date he will attain the age of sixty-five (65). The present value of such Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance shall be determined as of the first day of the month following the month in which the Retired Employee Separated from Service (or died, in the case of a payment to the Spouse of the deceased Retired Employee).

(ii) If such Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable in a Single Sum Payment is paid after the Payment Date, interest (at a rate determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator), from the date the Retired Employee Separated from Service to the last day of the month preceding the month in which payment is made, shall be added to the amount of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance otherwise payable to the Retired Employee (or Spouse).

(2) (a)(1) A Grandfathered Retired Employee who is eligible to retire on a Full, Deferred or Early Retirement Allowance at his Separation from Service may make application to the Administrator to receive an Optional Payment with respect to his Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in lieu of the Single Sum Payment otherwise payable after his Date of Retirement. The application for an Optional Payment shall specify:

(i) the form in which such Optional Payment is to be paid, and

(ii) the Beneficiary, if any, who will receive benefits after the death of the Grandfathered Retired Employee; and

(iii) the BEP Benefit Commencement Date.

(b) In the case of a Grandfathered Retired Employee who eighteen (18) months prior to attaining the age of sixty-five (65) years could be compulsorily retired by his Participating Company upon attaining the age of sixty-five (65) years pursuant to Section 12(c) of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, any application for an Optional Payment must be filed with the Administrator more than one (1) year preceding the date the Grandfathered Retired Employee attains the age of sixty-five (65) years.

(c) The Administrator may grant or deny any such application in its sole and absolute discretion. Except as provided in subparagraphs (d)(i) and (f) of this ARTICLE II C, a Grandfathered Retired Employee shall not receive that portion of his Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in the form of a Single Sum Payment after the Administrator has granted the Grandfathered Retired Employee application for an Optional Payment. In the event the Grandfathered Retired Employee incurs a Change in Circumstance on or after the date of the filing of the application for an Optional Payment and prior to his BEP Benefit Commencement Date, the Grandfathered

 

18


Retired Employee may file an application with the Administrator within ninety (90) days of the Change in Circumstance, but in no event later than his BEP Benefit Commencement Date, to change the form of Optional Payment, or to change the Beneficiary who is to receive a benefit after the death of the Grandfathered Retired Employee in accordance with the Optional Payment method originally filed with the Administrator.

(d) An application for an Optional Payment shall be of no force and effect if:

(i) the Grandfathered Retired Employee does not retire on a Full, Deferred or Early Retirement Allowance,

(ii) the Grandfathered Retired Employee incurs a disability at any time before the date his Optional Payment commences to be made which causes him to be eligible for benefits under the Philip Morris International Long-Term Disability Plan, or

(iii) the Grandfathered Retired Employee is retired for ill health, or disability under ARTICLE II A 3(a) of the Retirement Plan.

(e) In the event the application for an Optional Payment is of no force and effect as a result of an event described in clauses (ii) or (iii) of ARTICLE II C(2)(d) of the Plan, payment of that portion of the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance shall be made in a Single Sum Payment pursuant to ARTICLE II C(1)(a) of the Plan on the Payment Date, but not later than the Latest Payment Date, but otherwise such application for an Optional Payment shall be effective on the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Date of Retirement on a Full, Deferred or Early Retirement Allowance and the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s benefits shall commence on the BEP Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(j)(ii)(A) of the Plan; provided, however, that if within the one (1) year period following the date of the filing of the application with the Administrator the Grandfathered Retired Employee voluntarily retires or his employment is terminated for misconduct (as determined by the Administrator) by any member of the Controlled Group, the Optional Payment shall be reduced by one percent (1%) for each month (or portion of a month) by which the month in which the Grandfathered Retired Employee’s termination of employment precedes the first anniversary of the filing of the application with the Administrator and his benefits shall commence in the BEP Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(j)(ii)(B) of the Plan.

(f) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this paragraph C,

(i) the Administrator may cause the distribution of that portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance to any group of similarly situated Retired Employees (or their Spouses or other Beneficiaries) in a Single Sum Payment or as an Optional Payment; and

(ii) the Administrator shall distribute that portion of an Employee’s Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in a Single Sum Payment if such portion of the Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable in equal monthly payments is not more than $250 per month.

 

19


(3) The Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance payable pursuant to ARTICLE II A(2)(a) shall be paid in a Single Sum Payment on the Survivor Allowance Payment Date, but not later than the Survivor Allowance Latest Payment Date, provided, however, that the portion of the Benefit Equalization Survivor Allowance that is derived from the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance shall be paid on the BEP Benefit Commencement Date described in ARTICLE I(i)(vi)(B).

(4) The Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance payable pursuant to ARTICLE II A(2)(b) and ARTICLE II A(2)(c) shall be paid on the BEP Benefit Commencement Date described in ARTICLE I(i)(vi)(B).

D. Commencement and termination of Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowances:

(1) The Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance payable pursuant to ARTICLE II B(1)(a), (b) or (c) shall be distributed to the Retired Employee in a Single Sum Payment on the Payment Date, but not later than the Latest Payment Date, unless, solely in the case of a Grandfathered Retired Employee, the Administrator has approved his election to have distribution of that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance made in accordance with ARTICLE II D(3) of the Plan.

(2) If an Employee or Retired Employee dies before his Single Sum Payment has been paid and without having the approval by the Administrator for payment of that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in the form of an Optional Payment, the Single Sum Payment otherwise payable to the Employee or Retired Employee shall be paid to his Beneficiary on the Payment Date, but not later than the Latest Payment Date.

(3) (a) A Grandfathered Employee may make application to the Administrator to receive an Optional Payment with respect to that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in lieu of the Single Sum Payment otherwise payable to him on the Benefit Commencement Date specified in ARTICLE I(i)(v)(A) after he becomes a Grandfathered Retired Employee. The application for an Optional Payment shall specify:

(i) the form in which such Optional Payment is to be paid;

(ii) the Beneficiary who will receive the balance of that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance after the death of the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee.

(b) In the case of a Grandfathered Employee who eighteen (18) months prior to attaining the age of sixty-five (65) years could be compulsorily retired by his Participating Company upon attaining the age of sixty-five (65) years pursuant to Section 12(c) of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, any application for an Optional Payment must be filed with the Administrator more than one (1) year preceding the date the Grandfathered Employee attains the age of sixty-five (65) years.

 

20


(c) The Administrator may grant or deny any such application in its sole and absolute discretion. A Grandfathered Employee shall not receive that portion of his Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in the form of a Single Sum Payment after the Administrator has granted the Grandfathered Employee’s application for an Optional Payment. In the event the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee has elected to receive his Optional Payment over the joint life expectancies of he and his Beneficiary and incurs a Change in Circumstance described in ARTICLE I(j)(ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof on or after the date of the filing of the application and prior to the date his Optional Payment commences to be paid, the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee may file an application with the Administrator within ninety (90) days of the Change in Circumstance, but in no event later than the date his Optional Payment is scheduled to commence to be paid to designate a new Beneficiary or elect to receive his Optional Payment over the life expectancy of the Grandfathered Employee or Grandfathered Retired Employee.

(d) If within the one (1) year period following the date of the filing of the application for an Optional Payment with the Administrator, the Grandfathered Employee voluntarily retires (other than for ill health, disability or hardship under ARTICLE II A(3)(a) of the Retirement Plan), voluntarily terminates his employment with his Participating Company (other than for a disability which causes him to be eligible for benefits under the Long-Term Disability Plan for Salaried Employees), or his employment is terminated for misconduct (as determined by the Administrator) by any member of the Controlled Group, the Optional Payment shall be reduced in the same manner as specified in ARTICLE II C(2)(e) hereof.

(e) If a Grandfathered Retired Employee dies after he Separates from Service and prior to the date his Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance is paid or commences to be paid, payment shall be made to his Beneficiary commencing in the form and on the date specified in the application.

(4) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this paragraph D, (a) the Administrator may cause the distribution of that portion of the Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is the Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance to any group of similarly situated Beneficiaries in a Single Sum Payment or as an Optional Payment and (b) the Administrator shall distribute a Grandfathered Employee’s or Grandfathered Retired Employee’s Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in a Single Sum Payment if the value of such Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance is not more than $10,000.

E. Application or Notification for Payment of Allowances:

An application for retirement pursuant to ARTICLE II B of the Retirement Plan shall be deemed notification to the Administrator of the BEP Benefit Commencement Date of a Benefit

 

21


Equalization Retirement Allowance (or other benefit) in accordance with the terms of this Plan. In the event the Employee shall not have elected an Optional Payment method with respect to his Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance, any such notification shall specify the Beneficiary to whom payment of the Single Sum Payment shall be made in the event the Employee dies after his Date of Retirement and prior to his BEP Benefit Commencement Date.

An Employee or Retired Employee (or Beneficiary) shall make application to the Administrator (or his delegate) for distribution of Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance under this Plan.

F. Reduction in Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowances and Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowances

The amount of any Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance and Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance otherwise payable to a Retired Employee, or his spouse or other Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be offset by:

(1) any amounts paid from the Employee’s Grantor Trust, said offset to be determined pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE III of the Employee’s Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreement; and

(2) any “offset amount” (as such term is defined in an Employee’s Cash Enrollment Agreement), said offset amount to be determined pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE II of the Employee’s Cash Enrollment Agreement.

 

22


ARTICLE III

FUNDS FROM WHICH ALLOWANCES ARE PAYABLE

Individual accounts shall be established for the benefit of each Employee and Retired Employee (or Beneficiary) under the Plan. Any benefits payable from an individual account shall be payable solely to the Employee, Retired Employee (or Beneficiary) for whom such account was established. The Plan shall be unfunded. All benefits intended to be provided under the Plan shall be paid from time to time from the general assets of the Employee’s or Retired Employee’s Participating Company and paid in accordance with the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that the Participating Companies reserve the right to meet the obligations created under the Plan through one or more trusts or other agreements. In no event shall any such trust or trusts be outside of the United States. The contributions by each Participating Company on behalf of its Employees and Retired Employees to the individual accounts established pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, whether in trust or otherwise, shall be in an amount which such Participating Company, with the advice of an actuary, determines to be sufficient to provide for the payment of the benefits under the Plan.

 

23


ARTICLE IV

THE ADMINISTRATOR

The general administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Administrator.

All powers, rights, duties and responsibilities assigned to the Administrator under the Retirement Plan applicable to this Plan shall be the powers, rights, duties and responsibilities of the Administrator under the terms of this Plan, except that the Administrator shall not be a fiduciary (within the meaning of Section 3(21) of ERISA) with respect to any portion or all of the Plan which is intended to be exempt from the requirements of ERISA pursuant to Section 4(b)(5) of ERISA or which is described in Section 401(a)(1) of ERISA and exempt from the requirements of Part 4 of Title I of ERISA.

 

24


ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT AND

DISCONTINUANCE OF THE PLAN

The Board may, from time to time, and at any time, amend the Plan; provided, however, that authority to amend the Plan is delegated to the following committees or individuals where approval of the Plan amendment or amendments by the shareholders of Altria Group, Inc. is not required: (1) to the Benefits Committee, if the amendment (or amendments) will not increase the annual cost of the Plan by $10,000,000 and (2) to the Administrator, if the amendment (or amendments) will not increase the annual cost of the Plan by $500,000.

Any amendment to the Plan may effect a substantial change in the Plan and may include (but shall not be limited to) any change deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to obtain tax benefits under any existing or future laws or rules or regulations thereunder; provided, however, that no such amendment shall deprive any Employee, Retired Employee (or Beneficiary) of any Allowances accrued at the time of such amendment.

The Plan may be discontinued at any time by the Board; provided, however, that such discontinuance shall not deprive any Employee, Retired Employee (or Beneficiary) of any Allowances accrued at the time of such discontinuance.

 

25


ARTICLE VI

FORMS; COMMUNICATIONS

The Administrator shall provide such appropriate forms as it may deem expedient in the administration of the Plan and no action to be taken under the Plan for which a form is so provided shall be valid unless upon such form. Any Plan communication may be made by electronic medium to the extent allowed by applicable law. The Administrator may adopt reasonable procedures to enable an Employee or Retired Employee to make an election using electronic medium (including an interactive telephone system and a website on the Intranet).

All communications concerning the Plan shall be in writing addressed to the Administrator at such address as may from time to time be designated. No communication shall be effective for any purpose unless received by the Administrator.

 

26


ARTICLE VII

INTERPRETATION OF PROVISIONS

The Administrator shall have the full power and authority to grant or deny requests for payment of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance in accordance with a form of distribution authorized under the Retirement Plan and to grant or deny requests for payment of a Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance in accordance with a form of distribution authorized under the Profit-Sharing Plan to the extent permitted under Code §409A. The Management Committee shall have the full power and authority to grant or deny requests for payment of a Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance or Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance by the Administrator.

The Administrator shall have full power and authority with respect to all other matters arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including discretionary authority to construe plan terms and provisions, to determine all questions that arise under the Plan such as the eligibility of any employee of a Participating Company to participate under the Plan; to determine the amount of any benefit to which any person is entitled to under the Plan; to make factual determinations and to remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions of any kind.

The Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, where applicable, this Plan shall at all times be construed and administered in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and applicable regulations without any diminution in the value of benefits. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no Participating Company shall be liable to any person if the Internal Revenue Service or any court or other authority having jurisdiction over such matter determines for any reason that any payment under this Plan is subject to taxes, penalties or interest as a result of failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

27


ARTICLE VIII

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

A. In the event of a Change of Control, each Employee shall be fully vested in his Allowances and any other benefits accrued through the date of the Change of Control (“Accrued Benefits”). Each Employee (or his Beneficiary) shall, upon the Change of Control, be entitled to a lump sum in cash, payable within 30 days of the Change of Control, equal to the actuarial equivalent of his Accrued Benefits, determined using actuarial assumptions no less favorable than those used under the Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Change of Control.

B. Definition of Change of Control.

“Change of Control” shall mean the happening of any of the following events with respect to a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance and Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance:

(1) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of Altria Group, Inc. (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Altria Group, Inc. entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from Altria Group, Inc., (ii) any acquisition by Altria Group, Inc., (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Altria Group, Inc. or any corporation controlled by Altria Group, Inc. or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (3) of this Section B; or

(2) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Altria Group, Inc.’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(3) Approval by the shareholders of Altria Group, Inc. of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination

 

28


beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 80% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns Altria Group, Inc. through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Altria Group, Inc. or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(4) Approval by the shareholders of Altria Group, Inc. of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of Altria Group, Inc. or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Altria Group, Inc., other than to a corporation, with respect to which following such sale or other disposition, (A) more than 80% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) less than 20% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Altria Group, Inc. or such corporation), except to the extent that such Person owned 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities prior to the sale or disposition and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of Altria Group, Inc. or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board.

“Change of Control” shall mean the happening of any of the events specified in Treasury Regulation §1.409A- 3(i)(5)(v), (vi) (vii) with respect to that portion of a Benefit Equalization Allowance that is not a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Retirement Allowance and that portion of a Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance that is not a Grandfathered Benefit Equalization Profit-Sharing Allowance. For purposes of determining if a Change in Control has occurred, the Change in Control event must relate to a corporation identified in Treasury Regulation §1.409A- 3(i)(5)(ii), provided, however, that (i) the spin-off of the shares of Philip Morris International Inc. to the shareholders of Altria Group, Inc. shall not be considered to be a Change in Control, and (ii) any change in the Incumbent Board coincident with such spin-off shall not be considered to be a Change in Control.

 

29


EXHIBIT A

BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN

ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS USED TO CALCULATE A SINGLE SUM PAYMENT

INTEREST RATE: The average of the monthly rate of interest specified in Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II) of the Code, but published for 24 months preceding the Employee’s Date of Retirement, less 1/2 of 1%.

MORTALITY ASSUMPTION: The mortality table specified in Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code and Section 1.417(e)-1(c)(2) of the Treasury Regulations (currently the table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62).

 

30

Exhibit 10.18

[EXECUTIVE TRUST ARRANGEMENT]

FORM OF

RESTATED EMPLOYEE GRANTOR TRUST

ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT

This agreement (the “Agreement”), made the      day of                      , 2008, between [Executive] (the “Employee”), the person, if any, to whom the Employee is legally married (the “Employee’s Spouse”), and Philip Morris International Inc. (“PMI”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). This Agreement provides for payments to or on behalf of the Employee, to be made by PMI in discharge of its obligations under the PMI Supplemental Plans to the extent specified herein.

Introduction

The Employee previously entered into one or more Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreements with Altria Group, Inc. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Altria”) (the most recent of which, including any amendments thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “Original Enrollment Agreement”) providing for payments to or on behalf of the Employee by Altria in satisfaction of its obligations under certain supplemental plans maintained by Altria (the “Altria Supplemental Plans”), such payments to be made to an Employee Grantor Trust established by the Employee (the “Trust”). Pursuant to one or more Supplemental Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreements between the Employee and Altria, all amounts deposited in the Trust under the terms of the Original Enrollment Agreement and any predecessors thereto is held in a separate subaccount of the Trust (hereinafter referred to as “Subaccount FP-A”).

The Company subsequently established the Philip Morris International Inc. Benefit Equalization Plan and the Philip Morris International Inc. Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “PMI Supplemental Plans”). In connection with the spin-off of the Company from Altria, the liabilities attributable to the Employee under the Altria Supplemental Plans will be transferred to the Company, and the benefits previously payable to the Employee under the Altria Supplemental Plans will be payable to the Employee under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

The parties now wish (1) to acknowledge that, as a result of the spin-off of the Company, the obligations under the Original Enrollment Agreement run solely among the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, if any, and the Company and do not involve Altria and (2) to enter into this Agreement, which will apply to those benefits payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

 

-1-


In consideration of their mutual undertakings, the Company, PMI, the Employee, and the Employee’s Spouse agree as follows:

I. Maintenance of Grantor Trust

1.1 The Employee agrees to restate and maintain the Trust in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Employee Grantor Trust Agreement”) for the purpose of receiving and holding the cash deposits made pursuant to this Agreement and any interest or other earnings on the outstanding balances in the Trust. Any deposits made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made to Subaccount FP-A.

1.2 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse, if any, agree that they will not directly contribute any additional funds to the Trust. The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse also understand that assets held in the Trust will be available for distribution or withdrawal only (a) after the Employee’s retirement, death or other termination of employment with the Company (which may include termination by reason of long-term disability), (b) in certain circumstances where there has been a transfer of the Employee’s employment with the Company to a foreign jurisdiction resulting in a termination of the Trust, (c) in other limited circumstances permitted under the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement (Exhibit A), and (d) to the extent that Trust withdrawals are necessary to pay taxes on Trust earnings or cash deposits.

1.3 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse, if any, understand that, under the terms of the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement, the Trustee intends to exercise its investment discretion in a manner consistent with the purpose of the Trust specified in Section I.(3) of the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement and acknowledge that they have been informed that the Trustee currently intends to invest the Trust assets in one or more of the Fidelity Freedom Funds in the manner set forth in Item 3 of Schedule A of the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement attached as Exhibit A, but that the Trustee retains discretion to change the assets in which the Trust will be invested.

II. Payments to Trust

2.1 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse understand that from time to time the Company may determine in its discretion that it is appropriate to make available to the Employee additional funding payments in satisfaction of its obligations under the PMI Supplemental Plans. Unless the Employee terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 prior to the time such additional funding payments are to be paid into the Trust, the Employee directs the Company (a) to deduct federal, state, local and other applicable income taxes from such additional funding payments and remit such taxes to the appropriate authorities; and (b) to pay the remainder of such additional funding payments into the Trust.

III. Distributions from Trust, Benefit Payments

3.1 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse, if any, agree that any amounts made available from Subaccount FP-A of the Trust, adjusted as provided below to account for time elapsed between the date assets are made available from the Trust and the date benefits are payable from the PMI Supplemental Plans and adjusted for amounts distributed to pay taxes on Trust earnings or administrative expenses of the Trust, shall offset the benefits otherwise payable to either of them or to any Plan Beneficiary under the PMI Supplemental Plans. To effect the implementation of this provision, the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse, if any, agree specifically as follows:

 

-2-


  (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the PMI Supplemental Plans, or of any agreement with the Company made prior to the date of this Agreement, allowing or requiring payment of benefits in another form, and except as otherwise provided in Section 3.1(k), all benefits payable to the Employee or the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary under each of the PMI Supplemental Plans shall be paid only in the form of a single lump sum payment (calculated using the actuarial assumptions employed under the relevant PMI Supplemental Plan), and such payment shall be made at the time benefits otherwise become payable to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary under the provisions of the PMI Supplemental Plans (the “Distribution Date”). If the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Employee’s Beneficiary becomes entitled to a benefit under the PMI Supplemental Plans that is not payable in the form of a lump sum under the relevant provisions of such plans, before amendment by the Original Enrollment Agreement, such benefit shall be converted to and shall be payable as a lump sum, notwithstanding any contrary provisions of such plans, based on the actuarial equivalence conversion factors set forth in the relevant sections of the PMI Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees.

 

  (b)

All benefits that would otherwise be payable with respect to a PMI Supplemental Plan on the Distribution Date shall be offset by an amount determined with reference to the fair market value of the assets made available for distribution from Subaccount FP-A of the Trust on the date such assets are made available following retirement, death, disability, other termination of employment or any other event described in Section 1.2 of this Agreement or in the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement resulting in making such funds available for distribution (the “Availability Date”). For this purpose, (1) Trust assets shall be treated as made available as of the earlier of (i) the actual date on which the Trust terminates as determined under Section I.(7) of the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto or (ii) the date on which PMI and its designees cease to serve as Administrator of the Trust and (2) fair market value shall be determined as of the close of the business day of the Trustee immediately preceding the Availability Date. In any case where the Availability Date occurs after the Distribution Date or is coincident with or precedes the Distribution Date of PMI Supplemental Plan benefits by less than 30 days, the offset will occur as of the Distribution Date, without any further adjustment, based on the fair market value of the Trust assets made available as of the Availability Date. However, where the Availability Date precedes the relevant Distribution Date by 30 or more calendar days the offset will not occur until the relevant Distribution Date and the Trust assets available as of the Availability Date will be adjusted as provided in subsection (d) to reflect

 

-3-


 

their assumed fair market value as of the Distribution Date. The actual or assumed fair market value of the assets on the relevant date is hereinafter referred to as the “Offset Amount.”

 

  (c) For purposes of calculating the PMI Supplemental Plan benefits to be offset, the amount otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans at the relevant Distribution Date to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary will be converted to an after-tax amount (the “After-Tax Benefit”) using the tax assumptions set forth in Exhibit B; and the Offset Amount, as determined herein, shall offset the amount of the After-Tax Benefit and shall discharge the Company’s liability to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary to the extent of the corresponding pre-tax benefit otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

 

  (d) If the Employee terminates employment for any reason or any other event occurs which makes the funds in the Trust available for distribution on an Availability Date, or if PMI ceases to serve as “Administrator” under Article V below, 30 or more calendar days before the Distribution Date on which a lump sum distribution is to be made under the PMI Supplemental Plans and this Agreement, then the Offset Amount on such Distribution Date shall be determined as follows:

 

  (1) It shall be assumed that the fair market value of the assets of Subaccount FP-A of the Trust on the Availability Date resulting from such event (or on the date PMI ceases to serve as Administrator, if earlier) continued to be invested by the Trustee until the Distribution Date in the same manner in which the Trustee invests the assets held in such a Trust established by a similarly situated employee of the Company (a “Similarly Situated Trust”), and if at any time the Trustee reinvests the assets of such a Similarly Situated Trust it shall be assumed that the assets attributable to the Employee have been reinvested in the same manner. If at any time there is no Similarly Situated Trust but the Trustee is investing the assets of other Trusts in the manner set forth in Item 3 of Schedule A of the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement attached as Exhibit A (or in any other manner permitting objective determination how the Trustee would invest the assets of a Similarly Situated Trust), it shall be assumed for this purpose that the assets attributable to the Employee have been invested in the same manner.

 

-4-


  (2) It shall be further assumed that federal, state and local income taxes on the resulting deemed investment income (calculated using the tax assumptions set forth in Exhibit B) have been paid from the assets of the deemed Subaccount FP-A of the Trust.

 

  (3) The amount so determined as the fair market value of the deemed Subaccount FP-A Trust assets as of the Distribution Date, as determined using the assumptions in this subsection (d), shall be the Offset Amount, which shall be offset against the benefits otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans on the Distribution Date, in the manner provided in subsection (c) above.

 

  (4) For any periods during which there is no Similarly Situated Trust and the manner in which such assets would be invested cannot be determined by reference to Item 3 of Schedule A of Exhibit A or as otherwise provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d), then paragraph (1) shall be applied by crediting interest at the average annual interest rate provided by Internal Revenue Code section 417(e)(3) for the month of December preceding the first year in which such determination cannot be made and for each successive December during the period for which the calculation is being performed.

 

  (e) All amounts held in Subaccount FP-A of the Trust as of the Availability Date (and any adjustments to such amounts) shall be applied in the manner provided above to offset the lump sum payment due from the PMI Supplemental Plans on a Distribution Date, whether or not the Employee or the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary chooses to take an actual distribution of such amounts from the Trust on such date or enters into a new trust agreement with Fidelity Management Trust Company or any other trustee with regard to some or all of the Trust assets.

 

  (f) If lump sum benefit payments become due under the provisions of the PMI Supplemental Plans and this Agreement on Distribution Dates occurring at different times, the Trust assets available or deemed available shall be fully applied, to the extent of the Offset Amount at the relevant Distribution Date, to offset the benefit payments that would otherwise be due in the order determined by the Company.

 

  (g)

Notwithstanding any provisions of the PMI Supplemental Plans or of any agreement with the Company made prior to the date of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee will not be entitled to designate any beneficiary to receive benefits under the PMI Supplemental Plans following the death of the Employee other than the surviving spouse of the Employee, except

 

-5-


 

that (i) the Employee, whether or not married, may designate a beneficiary to receive his or her benefits attributable to any portion of a PMI Supplemental Plan which provides a profit-sharing, thrift or other defined contribution benefit if the provisions of that plan allow such a designation (any such beneficiary being referred to herein as the “Plan Beneficiary”) and (ii) certain persons may become a Plan Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6.1. If a person who is an Employee’s Spouse under this Section 3.1(g) ceases to be legally married to the Employee, he or she shall cease to be the Employee’s Spouse hereunder and shall cease to have any right to benefits under the PMI Supplemental Plans other than any rights as a designated Plan Beneficiary under the defined contribution portion of a PMI Supplemental Plan or as provided in Section 6.1. Furthermore, if the Employee has at any future date a spouse other than the Employee’s Spouse named in this Agreement, the Employee shall obtain the agreement of such spouse to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the new spouse shall in any event become the Employee’s Spouse for purposes of Sections 3.1(g) and (h).

 

  (h) All amounts in the Trust at an Availability Date that results from the death of the Employee shall be paid to the Employee’s Spouse, except to the extent that the Employee has designated another Plan Beneficiary to receive the benefits provided under any defined contribution portion of a PMI Supplemental Plan and except to the extent amounts in the Trust are otherwise payable under any court order binding on the PMI Supplemental Plans or on the Trustee to a person other than the Employee’s Spouse. In the case of an Employee who has no spouse on the Availability Date resulting from the Employee’s death, and subject to the same exceptions as are noted in the immediately preceding sentence, all amounts then held in the Trust as well as any additional benefits that become payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans on a contemporaneous or subsequent Distribution Date shall be paid to the persons named as beneficiaries of “Residual Assets” of the Trust in the “Beneficiary Designation” executed by the Employee in connection with his or her Employee Grantor Trust Agreement or, in the absence of effective designations, to the Employee’s estate.

 

  (i) If the Employee becomes disabled and, as a result, becomes entitled to long-term disability benefits that on the Employee’s attaining a prescribed age are reduced by amounts paid as an annuity under the PMI Supplemental Plans, then the reduction in such long-term disability benefits shall be computed by taking into account the annuity value of the pre-tax equivalent of the Offset Amount, as well as the annuity value of any remaining amounts payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans after reduction by the Offset Amount, using the actuarial assumptions employed at the attainment of such prescribed age under the relevant PMI Supplemental Plans to convert between single sum amounts and their annuity value equivalents.

 

-6-


  (j) If the Employee dies and as a result the Employee’s Spouse becomes entitled to benefit payments under the Survivor Income Benefit Equalization Plan (“SIB Payments”) that would be reduced by amounts payable as an annuity under the Supplemental Plans, then the reduction in such SIB Payments shall be computed by taking into account the annuity value of the pre-tax equivalent of the Offset Amount, as well as the annuity value of any remaining amounts payable under the Supplemental Plans after reduction by the Offset Amount, using the actuarial assumptions employed under the relevant Supplemental Plan at the date the SIB Payments would first be reduced by benefit payments otherwise payable under such Supplemental Plans to convert between single sum amounts and their annuity value equivalents.

 

  (k) If there is outstanding at the date of this Agreement any domestic relations or other court order requiring the Company to make payment of benefits under any PMI Supplemental Plan to a former spouse or dependent of the Employee, the payee of such benefits shall not be an Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary under this Agreement and such benefits shall remain payable in the manner contemplated by such order. The Funding Payment contemplated by this Agreement shall be computed by excluding any benefits payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans to any person other than the Employee pursuant to such an order, and no portion of the Offset Amount shall reduce or otherwise affect the payment of benefits pursuant to such order.

3.2 If the Offset Amount at the Distribution Date, determined as provided in Section 3.1 above and as otherwise provided below for purposes of this Section 3.2, is less than the After-Tax Benefit, the difference between the After-Tax Benefit and the Offset Amount shall be converted to a pre-tax amount (the “Additional Pre-Tax Benefit”) based on the tax assumptions set forth in Exhibit B, and the Company shall pay in the form of a lump sum payment an amount equal to the Additional Pre-Tax Benefit to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary from the general assets of the relevant participating employer in satisfaction of any remaining obligations of the Company under the PMI Supplemental Plans. If the Employee at any time enters into or has entered into a Cash Enrollment Agreement or Agreements with the Company or any other Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreement, pursuant to which amounts are to be applied to and offset against amounts due under the PMI Supplemental Plans, the Offset Amount for purposes of this Section 3.2 shall consist of the Offset Amount determined under Section 3.1 of this Agreement without regard to any such other agreements and the aggregate amount determined as an offset amount under the terms of each of such other agreements. The recipient will be responsible for taxes on any Additional Pre-Tax Benefit payable under this Section 3.2.

 

-7-


3.3 If at the Availability Date the Employee (or in the event of the Employee’s death, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary) wishes to withdraw the Trust assets in cash he or she may direct the Trustee in writing to liquidate the Trust assets and distribute the proceeds on the Availability Date. In the absence of such written direction, the assets in the Trust on the Availability Date shall be distributed to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary, as relevant, in kind to the extent feasible and otherwise in cash, except to the extent any new trust agreement entered into between the Employee (or the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary) and Fidelity Management Trust Company as contemplated by Section I.(7) of the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement otherwise provides.

3.4 Under no circumstances whatsoever shall the Company or the Administrator have any interest in, or be entitled to receive, any of the Trust assets. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any such assets are recovered by the Company (or any trustee, creditor or other representative of the Company or its estate) the Offset Amount will be calculated as if such assets had not been deposited in the Trust.

3.5 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse agree that this Agreement shall supersede the Original Enrollment Agreement and that Altria shall have no further obligations to them under the Altria Supplemental Plans, the Original Enrollment Agreement or any predecessors thereto.

IV. Tax Payments With Respect to Trust Earnings

4.1 For the period while the Employee remains actively employed by the Company, the Company may make payments to the Employee or the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary to cover federal, state, local and other applicable income taxes with respect to any earnings of the Trust and any income taxes as a result of the Company’s payment of the Employee’s taxes under this Article IV. The Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary, if any, direct the Company (a) to deduct federal, state, local and other applicable income and employment taxes with respect to any such payment and to remit such taxes to the appropriate authorities and (b) to pay the remainder of such amount to the Employee (or, in the event of the Employee’s death, to the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary) in cash. To the extent that the Company does not make payments sufficient (using the tax assumptions set forth in Exhibit B) to pay such taxes, Trust assets will be distributed to provide any additional amounts required for such purpose.

V. Appointment of PMI as Agent

5.1 The Employee appoints PMI and such persons as may be designated to act on behalf of PMI as his or her duly authorized agent for the following purposes: (a) providing, in accordance with the duties of the “Administrator” as set forth in the form of Employee Grantor Trust Agreement attached as Exhibit A, information and direction to the trustee of the Trust; (b) removing the trustee and appointing a successor trustee of the Trust; (c) examining the books and records of the Trust; (d) amending the Trust as to ministerial matters (and as to other matters, with the consent of the Employee); and (e) terminating the Trust.

 

-8-


5.2 The Employee’s appointment of PMI as his or her agent is based on the Employee’s special trust and confidence in PMI, its management. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Section 8.5) of PMI, the Employee (or, if applicable, the Employee’s Spouse or Beneficiaries under the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement) may remove PMI (or its successor) and any designee of PMI as the duly authorized agent for purposes of carrying out the actions set forth in Section 5.1 by delivering to both PMI (or its successor) and the trustee of the Trust, within any period of two days, written notice of such removal. The trustee shall not be required to verify that there has been a Change of Control and shall be entitled to rely upon the Employee’s notice of removal unless PMI provides to the trustee (within 10 days following the trustee’s receipt of the notice of removal from the Employee) written notice certifying that no Change of Control has occurred. From and after the date on which PMI (or its successor) ceases to serve as the duly authorized agent, the offsets against the Company’s obligations to the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse under the PMI Supplemental Plans shall be determined in the manner set forth in Section 3.1(d) and by assuming that amounts are available for distribution from the Trust at the proper times and in the proper amounts.

5.3 PMI shall cease to be the Employee’s agent upon termination of the Trust for any reason provided in the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement set forth in Exhibit A or upon removal of PMI as Administrator following a Change of Control as provided in Section 5.2 above.

VI. Assignment and Attachment of Trust Assets

6.1 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse understand and agree that they may not receive any amounts from the Trust at any time earlier than the Availability Date. Thus, should any amounts under the Trust be assigned to the Employee’s Spouse or any other party pursuant to a domestic relations order or otherwise, the Employee’s Spouse agrees that such amounts shall not be payable under such order until the Availability Date. The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse understand and agree that should any amount under Subaccount FP-A of the Trust be assigned to the Employee’s Spouse under any such domestic relations order or otherwise, an Offset Amount shall be calculated with respect to such amount in the manner set forth in Section 3.1(d) as if the amount so assigned had remained in such subaccount of the Trust, accumulated earnings, and been distributed at the proper time. The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse agree that the Offset Amount so calculated shall be offset against a like amount of After-Tax Benefit payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans at the Distribution Date and shall discharge the Company’s liability to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse and Plan Beneficiary to the extent of the corresponding pre-tax benefit otherwise payable to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary under the PMI Supplemental Plans, as provided in Section 3.1. If any domestic relations or other order issued on or after the date of this Agreement requires payment of benefits under the PMI Supplemental Plans to a person by virtue of such person having been the Employee’s spouse or to any dependent of such person, the person to whom such benefits are required to be paid shall be a Plan Beneficiary within the meaning of Sections 3.1(g) and (h). If the Employee or the Employee’s Spouse resides in a community property state, the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse understand and agree that all amounts held in the Trust shall be treated as the Employee’s separate property to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

-9-


6.2 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse understand and agree that in the event all or a portion of the funds in Subaccount FP-A of the Trust are attached by court order or other legal process or are otherwise alienated to third parties, or if amounts are otherwise distributed from the Trust for any reason (other than for the payment of administrative expenses of the Trust) not described in Sections 3.1 or 4.1, the Offset Amount will be calculated as if the amount so alienated or distributed remained in the Trust, had been invested in the same manner as amounts that actually remain in the Trust, was available for distribution at the proper time, and was or is to be offset against benefits otherwise payable from the PMI Supplemental Plans at the appropriate Distribution Date, in the manner specified in Section 3.1. To the extent that for any calendar year or portion thereof no assets remain in the Trust, the amounts so alienated or distributed shall be deemed to have been invested as provided in Section 3.1(d). The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse agree that the Offset Amount shall be offset against a corresponding amount of After-Tax Benefit, and shall discharge the Company’s liability to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or Plan Beneficiary to the extent of the corresponding pre-tax benefit otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

VII. Termination

7.1 This Agreement shall terminate 30 days after the date all benefits are paid from the PMI Supplemental Plans.

7.2 Notwithstanding the above, during the lifetime of the Employee, this Agreement may be terminated at any time by PMI or the Company upon providing 30 days written notice to the Employee, or by the Employee providing 30 days written notice (or such lesser period as the Company may prescribe) to PMI and the Company. Any such termination shall operate on a prospective basis only and shall not operate to release the funds already in the Trust or to otherwise alter the application of the terms of this Agreement to such funds.

VIII. Miscellaneous

8.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon the Employee the right to continue in the employment of the Company, or to require the Company to continue the employment of the Employee.

8.2 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of PMI, the Company, their successors and assigns, the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, the Employee’s Plan Beneficiary and the Employee’s Beneficiary(ies) under the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement, and their heirs, executors, other successors in interest, administrators, and legal representatives.

8.3 The validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

-10-


8.4 The Employee’s Plan Beneficiary shall be the person or persons the Employee has designated to receive benefits following the Employee’s death under any defined contribution portion of a PMI Supplemental Plan or as otherwise provided in Sections 3.1(g) or 6.1, and the Employee’s Beneficiary(ies) with respect to the Trust shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the trust agreement pursuant to which the Trust is maintained.

8.5 Change of Control . For the purpose of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean:

 

  (a) Consummation of the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of PMI (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of PMI entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from PMI or any corporation or other entity controlled by PMI (the “Affiliated Group”), (ii) any acquisition by a member of the Affiliated Group, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by a member of the Affiliated Group or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 8.5; or

 

  (b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Board”); provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of PMI, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

  (c)

Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the

 

-11-


 

Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the such shares and voting power through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (d)

Consummation of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of PMI or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of PMI, other than to a corporation, with respect to which following such sale or other disposition, (A) more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) less than 20% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of

 

-12-


 

the Affiliated Group or such corporation), except to the extent that such Person owned 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities prior to the sale or disposition and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of PMI or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (e) Entry of an order for relief against PMI as debtor in a case under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended.

8.6 If no Employee’s Spouse signs this Agreement, the Employee hereby certifies that he or she has no spouse as of the date of this Agreement and further agrees to obtain the signature of any spouse to whom he or she may become married in the future as a party to this Agreement as set forth in Section 3.1(b).

8.7 It is understood and agreed that all rights and obligations arising out of this Agreement relating to any spouse, Plan Beneficiary, Trust Beneficiary(ies) under the Employee Grantor Trust Agreement or any other third parties are derived from the rights of the Employee under this Agreement and that all provisions of this Agreement relating to any such third parties are to be construed as binding on such third parties as if they had expressly agreed in writing to such provisions.

8.8 This Agreement shall not be construed to enlarge the obligations of any participating employer under the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans.

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, and PMI have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:        

 

     

 

 
      Signature of Employee  
Attest:        

 

     

 

 
      Signature of Employee’s Spouse  

This Agreement is executed on behalf of Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Attest:        
      Philip Morris International Inc.  

 

    By:  

 

 

Attachments:

Exhibit A: Employee Grantor Trust Agreement

Exhibit B: Tax Assumption

 

-14-


EXHIBIT A

ANTICIPATED FORM OF

RESTATED EMPLOYEE GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT made the      day of                      , 2008, between [EXECUTIVE] (hereinafter called the “Grantor”) and FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY (hereinafter called the “Trustee”),

W I T N E S S E T H  T H A T:

WHEREAS, the Grantor previously established a trust (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust Fund”) to hold certain cash payments actually or constructively received by the Grantor, or by the Trustee on behalf of the Grantor, in lieu of certain future payments the Grantor would otherwise be entitled to receive from Altria Group, Inc. or its subsidiaries (“Altria”) pursuant to the terms of certain nonqualified supplemental benefit plans maintained by Altria (the “Altria Supplemental Plans”); and

WHEREAS, the Grantor has entered into certain agreements with Altria (the “Enrollment Agreements”) specifying the manner and extent to which amounts the Grantor will receive as payments from the Trust Fund reduce the payments the Grantor would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of the Altria Supplemental Plans or from other arrangements with Altria and otherwise modifying the application of the Altria Supplemental Plans; and

WHEREAS, Altria’s liability with respect to the Grantor under the Altria Supplemental Plans will have been transferred to Philip Morris International Inc. (“PMI”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) in connection with the spin-off of the Company from Altria Group, Inc. and the benefits previously payable to the Grantor under the Altria Supplemental Plans will be payable to the Grantor under the plans specified in Schedule A annexed hereto (hereinafter referred to as the “PMI Supplemental Plans”); and

WHEREAS, the Grantor, the Grantor’s spouse, if any, and the Company have restated the most recent Enrollment Agreement, as amended, to clarify that the obligations and responsibilities owing to the Grantor under the Enrollment Agreements and the previously executed trust agreement are the obligations and responsibilities of the Company and specifically to appoint PMI to act as the Grantor’s agent in connection with certain matters pertaining to the administration of the Trust Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Grantor and the Trustee desire to restate the terms and conditions under which the Trust Fund is held;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants herein contained, the Grantor hereby directs the Trustee to maintain the Trust Fund pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and to have and to hold the Trust Fund together with any additions thereto upon the following express trust and with the powers, authorities and discretions hereinafter conferred:

 

15


ARTICLE I

Introduction

I. (1). Name. This agreement and the trust hereby evidenced may be referred to as the “Trust Agreement” or the Grantor’s “Employee Grantor Trust.”

I. (2). The Trust Fund . The “Trust Fund” as at any date means all property then held by the Trustee under this agreement.

I. (3). Purpose of the Trust . In entering into this agreement, the Grantor intends for the Trust Fund to be invested solely to augment the retirement savings of the Grantor. Specifically, having directed the Company to pay to the Trustee for holding and investment as the Trust Fund certain amounts made available by the Company to the Grantor, the Grantor intends for these amounts to be invested in a manner that seeks to produce at Grantor’s expected retirement age Trust Fund assets approximating after-tax values that, in the absence of the payments made at the Grantor’s direction to the Trustee, would instead have been provided for Grantor under the PMI Supplemental Plans. To that end, in determining the appropriate investment strategy for the Trust Fund, the Grantor expressly authorizes the Trustee to take into consideration only the Grantor’s age and the Grantor’s expected age of retirement and agrees that, for this purpose, the Grantor’s expected age of retirement shall be assumed to be the age determined under the table set forth as Item 3 of Schedule A annexed hereto. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into or to consider any other needs of the Grantor in determining the appropriate investment strategy for the Trust Fund, including, but not limited to, any other resources available to the Grantor; any other assets the Grantor may own or have an interest in; the Grantor’s risk tolerance; the Grantor’s investment experience and attitudes; and the Grantor’s needs for liquidity, regularity of income, and preservation or appreciation of capital prior to the termination of the Employee Grantor Trust. Neither shall the Trustee have a duty to inquire into or consider any other needs (including but not limited to those referred to in the immediately preceding sentence) of the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies). The Trustee may rely on the Grantor’s age and the Grantor’s expected age of retirement as set forth or determined under such Schedule A, and shall have no duty to inquire into the validity of such information. The Trustee shall incur no liability to the Grantor or any other person interested in the Trust Fund for reliance upon the express terms of this paragraph, or for any action or omission in reliance upon information provided on Schedule A or by the Administrator (as defined in Section I.(5) below).

I. (4). Status of the Trust . The trust shall be irrevocable until such time as the Grantor (or, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies), as defined in Section I.(8) below) and the Administrator jointly provide written certification to the Trustee that all obligations of the Company to the Grantor and the Grantor’s Beneficiaries have been satisfied. The written certification of the Administrator shall specify the date as of which the trust shall terminate in accordance with Section I.(7) hereof. The trust is intended to constitute a grantor trust under which the Grantor is treated as grantor and owner pursuant to Sections 671 - 678 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. Neither the Company nor any person other than the Grantor and, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies), and the Trustee acting as such, have any right, title or interest in the assets of the Trust Fund.

 

16


I. (5). The Administrator . PMI shall be the “Administrator” for purposes of this trust and shall have certain powers, rights and duties under this agreement as described below; provided that, PMI may from time to time designate a person or persons, who may but need not be employees of PMI, to act as the Administrator on its behalf or to carry out certain duties of the Administrator. PMI will certify to the Trustee from time to time the person or persons authorized to act on behalf of PMI as the Administrator or as the designees of the Administrator. The Trustee may rely on the latest certificate received without further inquiry or verification. After delivery to the Trustee of the written certification of PMI acting as Administrator referred to in the first sentence of Section I.(4) above, and as of the scheduled termination date of the trust referred to in Section I.(7) below or at such later date as the distribution of all assets of the Trust Fund pursuant to the termination of this trust is completed, PMI and its designees, if any, shall cease to serve as Administrator. Notwithstanding any provision herein, however, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Schedule B annexed hereto or in the most recent replacement for such Schedule delivered by the Administrator to the Trustee at least ten business days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control), the Grantor may remove PMI (or its successor) and any designee of PMI as Administrator by delivering to both PMI (or its successor) and the Trustee within any period of two days written notice of such removal. The Trustee may rely upon any notice of removal received from the Grantor without further inquiry or verification, unless PMI (or its successor) provides to the Trustee (within 10 days following the Trustee’s receipt of the notice of removal from the Grantor) written notice certifying that no Change of Control has occurred. In the event the Grantor removes PMI as Administrator, the Grantor shall appoint a successor Administrator, who may be the Grantor, a committee of persons including the Grantor, or such other person or persons as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, and shall notify the Trustee of the appointment. In such event, the Grantor shall also have the authority to, from time to time, remove the person or persons so appointed and appoint such other person or persons as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

I. (6). Acceptance . The Trustee accepts the duties and obligations of the “Trustee” hereunder, agrees to accept funds delivered to it on behalf of the Grantor, and agrees to hold such funds (and any proceeds from the investment of such funds) in trust in accordance with this agreement; provided that the Trustee reserves the right to determine whether to accept the transfer of any property other than cash proposed to be transferred to it.

I. (7). Termination . In conjunction with any written certification provided to the Trustee pursuant to the first sentence of Section I.(4) above, the Administrator shall also specify a future date at the close of which the fair market value of the Trust Fund shall be determined; on the next succeeding business day of the Trustee, the Trust Fund assets shall be distributable and this Employee Grantor Trust shall be scheduled to terminate. On or as soon as practicable after such scheduled termination date, the Trustee shall transfer and pay over (in the form of the assets held in the Trust Fund to the extent feasible, or alternatively in cash), the principal and any undistributed income of the Trust Fund, as then constituted, to the Grantor, if living, or the Beneficiary(ies) of the Grantor, in the event of the Grantor’s death, and upon the completion of all such distributions this Employee Grantor Trust shall

 

17


terminate. The Grantor (or, if the Grantor has died, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)) and the Trustee may, however, enter into a new trust agreement for holding any assets of the Trust Fund on new terms and conditions provided by the Grantor (or the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)), though neither shall be obligated to enter into such an agreement.

I. (8). Death Beneficiary(ies) . In general, a Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies) under this Trust Agreement shall be the beneficiary(ies) designated by the Grantor under the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans or otherwise determined under the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans, and in the event of the Grantor’s death amounts held in the Trust Fund shall be distributed in lieu of the amounts that would otherwise be payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans to such Beneficiary(ies) in accordance with information and instructions provided to the Trustee by the Administrator. If the survivors’ benefits or other death benefits payable on behalf of the Grantor under the PMI Supplemental Plans do not exhaust the assets of the Trust Fund, the Trust Fund assets may be applied to make payments to any person to whom a survivor benefit or death benefit in respect of the Grantor is payable under any other plan or arrangement of the Company to the extent so instructed by the Administrator. The Trustee shall be under no duty to inquire into the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans or other plans or arrangements, the identity of or amounts payable to the Beneficiary(ies) under such PMI Supplemental Plans, and shall be entitled to rely on the information received from the Administrator with respect to such matters. Any balance remaining in the Trust Fund following all such payments (the “Residual Assets”) shall be paid in one lump sum, in kind to the extent practicable, to the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Grantor on the beneficiary designation form attached as Schedule C hereto or on any subsequent replacement for such designation form (“the Beneficiary Designation”) to receive any Residual Assets under this Trust Agreement. The Beneficiary Designation under this Trust Agreement shall be made in writing by the Grantor in such manner and on such form as shall be specified by the Administrator, and a designation shall not be effective until it has been received by the Administrator (or if the Grantor has become the Administrator, by the Trustee) and acceptance has been indicated by the signature of the Trustee. In the absence of a Beneficiary Designation hereunder or if the failure of a Beneficiary designated on the Beneficiary Designation under this Trust Agreement to survive results in the absence of an effective designation with respect to some or all of the Residual Assets, the Beneficiary shall be the Grantor’s spouse, if any, and, if none the Grantor’s estate. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall the Company have any interest in, or be entitled to receive, any of the Trust Fund assets.

ARTICLE II

Accumulation and Distribution of the Trust Fund

II. (1). The Trustee shall hold, manage, invest and reinvest the Trust Fund, shall collect the income therefrom and, after deducting all proper charges, shall pay or apply to or for the benefit of the Grantor (or, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)) so much, including all, of the net income and principal of the Trust Fund as is set forth in instructions provided to the Trustee by the Administrator. The Administrator shall be solely responsible for providing the Trustee with all necessary information as to the Grantor’s current address, beneficiary designations, and the amounts in which, the time at which, to whom, and (except to the extent otherwise provided in Section I.(7) above) the form in which payments are

 

18


to be made. The Trustee shall incur no liability to the Grantor or any other person interested in the Trust Fund for any action or any omission in reliance upon information provided by the Administrator, or for the failure or omission of the Administrator to provide such information. Any information provided by the Administrator to the Trustee shall be provided in a form and manner acceptable to the Trustee.

II. (2). The Trustee shall also distribute to or for the benefit of the Grantor at least annually such amount(s), if any, as the Administrator may certify to the Trustee is (are) necessary to pay tax obligations of the Grantor resulting from earnings on the Trust Fund or from additional amounts actually or constructively received by the Grantor from the Company and contributed to the Trust Fund.

II. (3). All income not so paid or applied shall be accumulated and added to principal of the Trust Fund.

ARTICLE III

The Trustee

III. (1). Fidelity Management Trust Company may resign at any time as Trustee and appoint any affiliated entity of Fidelity Management Trust Company to serve as successor Trustee, without the execution or filing of any instrument or the performance of any further act, including court order, with the same powers, authorities and discretions as though originally named; provided that such affiliated entity is authorized to act in such capacity under applicable law. Any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, reorganization or consolidation to which any corporation acting as Trustee hereunder shall be a party, or any corporation to which shall be transferred all or substantially all of any such corporation’s trust business, shall be the successor of such corporation as Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any instrument or the performance of any further act and shall have the same powers, authorities and discretions as though originally named in this Trust Agreement.

III. (2). The Trustee may resign by giving ninety (90) days’ advance written notice to the Grantor and the Administrator. The Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, may remove a Trustee by giving ninety (90) days advance written notice to the Trustee and the Grantor. The Administrator shall appoint a successor Trustee by written notice signed by the Administrator and delivered to the Trustee and the Grantor (or, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)). If a successor Trustee is not appointed within ninety (90) days of the Trustee’s resignation, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor.

III. (3). The Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation for its services in any fiduciary capacity hereunder as the Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, and the Trustee may from time to time agree, including minimum fees and additional compensation for special investments and services, notwithstanding that such stipulated compensation shall be greater than that now in effect or than that provided from time to time under applicable law, and such

 

19


compensation and reimbursement for reasonable expenses may be paid at any time without court approval. Such compensation shall be paid from the Trust Fund to the extent that it is not paid by the Administrator or the Grantor within 60 days of becoming due.

III. (4). No bond or other security shall be required of any trustee in any jurisdiction, whether for the faithful performance of duties, to secure payment of commissions in advance or otherwise, and if, notwithstanding this express direction, any such bond or security shall be required by any law, statute or rule of court, no surety shall be required thereon.

III. (5). To assure compliance with regulatory and corporate disclosure requirements, the Trustee, Fidelity Management Trust Company, advises as follows:

(a) Relationship . FMR Corp. (“FMR”) is the parent corporation of the Trustee.

(b) Affiliated Entities . The Trustee may engage any corporation or other entity to which it is affiliated (“Affiliated Entity”) or any other entity or person to provide services to an account held by the Trustee, including, without limitation, as investment manager or adviser, custodian, transfer agent, registrar, sponsor, underwriter and/or distributor, and may pay or receive compensation for any such services without reduction in the compensation paid to the Trustee for its services as trustee or investment manager. FMR will derive earnings directly or indirectly through FMR’s management of funds in which the Trust Fund may be invested as well as from fees paid to the Trustee.

(c) Mutual Funds . The Trustee may invest primarily or exclusively in shares of one or more open-end investment companies (so-called mutual funds or money market funds), including investment companies for which an Affiliated Entity serves as investment manager or adviser, custodian, transfer agent, registrar, sponsor, underwriter, distributor and/or other service provider, and from which the Trustee or an Affiliated Entity receives reasonable compensation for such services. The Affiliated Entity may receive such compensation in addition to the trustee or investment management fee paid to the Trustee.

(d) Compensation . The Trustee may receive compensation for its services, without reduction in any other fees or compensation paid to the Trustee or any Affiliated Entity. In addition, the Trustee may share a portion of any compensation received by an Affiliated Entity.

ARTICLE IV

Trustee Reporting

IV. (1). The Trustee shall furnish the Administrator with statements of transactions in the trust and statements of the market value of the Trust Fund at least monthly, and the Administrator and the Grantor with a statement of trust investments including the market value thereof at least quarterly. The failure of both the Grantor and the Administrator to object to any matter contained in such statements by written notice signed by either the Grantor or the

 

20


Administrator within ninety (90) days after receipt of the same shall constitute the Grantor’s assent to such statements and shall be final and binding as to all matters contained in such statements upon the Grantor, the Administrator as agent for the Grantor, and all persons, whether or not in being, interested in the Trust Fund. In addition, the Grantor may execute a release, with or without an account, approving the administration of the Employee Grantor Trust. A release shall discharge the Trustee from any accountability and liability to the Grantor, the Grantor’s legal representatives, or any persons, whether or not in being, interested in the Trust Fund, with the same effect as if the account of the Trustee were judicially settled and allowed.

IV. (2). The Trustee shall also furnish the Administrator or the Grantor with such other information relating to the actual or estimated income of the Trust Fund, including the character of such income, and to estimated taxes resulting from such income as the Trustee and the Administrator may from time to time agree is necessary or desirable to assure appropriate reporting and payment of taxes by or on behalf of the Grantor.

IV. (3). The Grantor and the Administrator, or such persons as may be designated by them, shall at any time upon five days’ advance written notice to the Trustee have the right to examine, during the normal business hours of the Trustee, all books and records of the Trustee pertaining to the Trust Fund.

ARTICLE V

Investment and Administrative Authority

V. (1). In addition to any powers conferred by law, the Trustee shall have the following powers, authorities and discretions with respect to any property, real or personal, at any time held under any provision hereof and may exercise the same with sole and absolute discretion and without the order or approval of any court, and the Grantor intends that such powers, authorities and discretions (including the following) be construed in the broadest possible manner:

(a) To retain any such property without regard to the proportion any such property or similar property held may bear to the entire amount held and without any obligation to diversify the same, whether or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds;

(b) To sell any such property upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed advisable, at public or private sale, for cash or on credit for such period of time as may be deemed advisable, or partly for cash and partly on credit, and with or without security, without obligation to “test the market” by soliciting offers from a third party or to obtain an appraisal to establish the value thereof; and the purchaser of such property shall have no obligation to inquire as to the use or application of the proceeds of sale; to exchange any property held hereunder upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed advisable; and to grant warranties, guaranties, indemnities or options with respect to any of the foregoing without regard to the duration of any trust or any time limitation imposed by law;

 

21


(c) To invest and reinvest in and to acquire by purchase, exchange or otherwise property of any character whatsoever, foreign or domestic, or interests or participations therein, including by way of illustration and not of limitation: real property, mortgages, bonds, notes, debentures, certificates of deposit, options, puts, calls, warrants, partnerships, common and preferred stocks, annuity contracts, futures contracts, forward contracts, short sales and swap contracts, in each case whether foreign or domestic and with respect to financial instruments and any group or index of securities (or any interest therein based upon the value thereof) and in connection therewith to deposit any property as collateral with any agent and to grant security interests in such collateral and shares or interests in investment trusts, mutual funds or common trust funds (including without limitation common trust funds maintained by a corporate fiduciary and other trusts or funds with respect to which the Trustee or its affiliates acts as investment advisor or custodian or provides other services), without regard to the proportion any such property or similar property held may bear to the entire amount held and without any obligation to diversify, whether or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds;

(d) To participate in and to consent to any plan of reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, combination, dissolution, liquidation or similar plan and any action thereunder, including by way of illustration and not of limitation to receive and retain property under any such plan whether or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds;

(e) To exercise all conversion, subscription, voting and other rights of whatsoever nature pertaining to any such property and to grant proxies, discretionary or otherwise, with respect thereto; to appoint voting trustees under voting trust agreements and to delegate to such voting trustees the power to vote and all other powers, authorities and discretions usually conferred upon trustees under voting trust agreements;

(f) To borrow such sums of money at any time and from time to time for such periods of time upon such terms and conditions from such persons or corporations (including any fiduciary hereunder) for such purposes as may be deemed advisable, and to secure such loans by the pledge or hypothecation of any property held hereunder; and the lender shall have no obligation to inquire as to the application of the sums loaned or as to the necessity, expediency or propriety of the loan;

(g) To register and hold any property of any kind, whether real or personal, at any time held hereunder in the name of a nominee or nominees and to hold any such personal property in any State; and to receive and keep any stocks, bonds or other securities unregistered or in such condition that title thereto will pass by delivery;

(h) To distribute (including in satisfaction of any pecuniary disposition) any property in kind at market value unless otherwise directed herein or in cash, or partly in kind and partly in cash, and, without the consent of any beneficiary, to allocate among the recipients the property distributed in kind (including in satisfaction of any pecuniary disposition) in divided or undivided interests and without any obligation to make proportionate distributions or any obligation to distribute to all recipients property having an equivalent Federal income tax cost;

 

22


(i) To allocate to principal all dividends and distributions payable in property or in stocks, bonds or other securities whether of the disbursing company or another company;

(j) After the termination of the trust hereunder to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions herein conferred until the complete distribution of the property held hereunder;

(k) To accept additional property transferred on behalf of the Grantor;

(l) To remove all or any part of the assets of or the situs of administration of the trust hereunder from one jurisdiction to another jurisdiction, either within or without the United States of America, at any time or from time to time;

(m) To employ investment counsel, accountants, depositories, custodians, brokers, consultants, agents, attorneys and other employees, irrespective of whether any person or entity so employed shall be a fiduciary hereunder or shall be a corporate affiliate of a fiduciary hereunder and irrespective of whether any entity so employed shall be one in which a fiduciary hereunder shall be a partner, stockholder, director, officer or corporate affiliate or shall have any interest, and to pay the usual compensation for such services out of principal or income as may be deemed advisable; and such compensation may be paid without diminution of or charging the same against the commissions or compensation of any fiduciary hereunder; and any fiduciary who shall be a partner, stockholder, director, officer or corporate affiliate in any such entity shall nevertheless be entitled as partner, stockholder, director, officer or corporate affiliate to receive such fiduciary’s share of the compensation paid to such entity;

(n) To exercise any and all of the powers, authorities and discretions conferred hereunder in respect of any securities of any corporate fiduciary acting hereunder, or in respect of any securities of any holding company or corporation owning securities of any corporate fiduciary acting hereunder; and

(o) To act in any jurisdiction where permitted by law, or to designate one or more persons or a corporation to be ancillary fiduciary who shall serve without bond or security in any jurisdiction in which ancillary administration may be necessary; and to negotiate and determine the compensation to be paid to such ancillary fiduciary whether or not any compensation would otherwise be authorized by law, and to pay such compensation out of principal or income or both; and such ancillary fiduciary shall have with respect to any and all property subject to the ancillary administration all powers, authorities and discretions granted in this Article; provided, however, that any action which may require the investment of additional funds or the assumption of additional obligations shall not be undertaken without prior written consent of the fiduciary or fiduciaries acting hereunder; and if by reason of the law of any jurisdiction in which it may be necessary to perform any act any fiduciary hereunder may be disqualified from acting, then all of the acts required to be performed in such jurisdiction may be performed by such fiduciary’s qualified co-fiduciary or co-fiduciaries then acting hereunder.

 

23


V. (2). Notwithstanding the provisions of Section V. (1). hereof,

(a) During the period that Fidelity Management Trust Company or any affiliated entity of Fidelity Management Trust Company serves as Trustee, such Trustee shall have and exercise sole investment authority with respect to the Trust Fund; and at any termination of such period the Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, shall have the authority to and may establish and deliver to any successor Trustee from time to time written investment guidelines setting forth the parameters within which such Trustee shall exercise its discretionary authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund subject to the restrictions on investments set forth above, and such Trustee shall have no liability to the Administrator, the Company, the Grantor or any other person interested in the Trust Fund for any action or any omission in reliance upon such guidelines;

(b) The Grantor acknowledges that she or he has been informed of the mutual funds in which the Trustee proposes to make the initial investment of Trust Fund assets and that a copy of the prospectus for each such mutual fund has been made available to the Grantor.

(c) The Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, is authorized to receive any disclosures or other notices delivered by the Trustee with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund in shares or interests in investment trusts or mutual funds with respect to which the Trustee or any of its affiliates acts as investment advisor or custodian or provides other services;

(d) In no event may the Trust Fund be invested in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Company, other than a de minimis amount (with any amount not in excess of five percent of market value deemed for this purpose to be de minimis) held in common investment vehicles in which the Trustee invests; and

(e) The Trustee and its affiliates shall discharge their duties with respect to the Trust Fund solely in the interest of the Grantor and the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies), for the exclusive purpose of accumulating assets as provided in Section I.(3), making distributions pursuant to Article II hereunder, and paying the reasonable expenses of administering the Trust Fund.

 

24


ARTICLE VI

General Provisions

VI. (1). This Trust Agreement and the trust created hereunder shall be construed, regulated and governed in all respects, not only as to administration but also as to validity and effect, by the laws of the State of New York in effect from time to time.

VI. (2). The references in this Trust Agreement to the Internal Revenue Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall include corresponding provisions of all subsequently enacted Federal tax laws.

VI. (3). Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law, or which would cause the Employee Grantor Trust to any extent to fail or cease to be a grantor trust as described in Section I.(3). hereof, shall be to such extent ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

VI. (4). Amounts held in the Trust Fund may not be anticipated, assigned, alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process, except to the extent specifically permitted herein or as otherwise required by law.

VI. (5). Any notice required under this Trust Agreement shall be delivered (a) personally, (b) by next day courier service ( e.g ., Federal Express or UPS), or (c) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows (or to such other address as any party may so notify the other party):

If to the Trustee:

Chief Fiduciary Officer

Fidelity Personal Trust Services

82 Devonshire Street, R18B

Boston, MA 02109-3614

If to the Grantor:

To the address specified in Item 2 of Schedule A of this Agreement.

If to the Administrator:

 

Philip Morris International Inc.  
Attention:                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                      

 

25


Any notice required under this Trust Agreement may be waived by the person entitled to such notice. Any notice to or from the Grantor under this Trust Agreement shall, in the event of the Grantor’s death, be provided to or by the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Grantor under this Trust Agreement. If more than one Beneficiary has been designated, the Grantor shall designate one Beneficiary who shall be entitled to provide any notice required to the Administrator or Trustee.

VI. (6). This Agreement shall be binding on all persons entitled to payments from the Trust Fund and their respective heirs and legal representatives, and on the Trustee and its successors.

VI. (7). The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Grantor (and with the consent of the Grantor for any amendment other than as to ministerial matters), may from time to time amend this Trust Agreement in any respect, provided, however, that no such amendment shall change the duties, responsibilities, or compensation of the Trustee without its written consent or shall cause any amount held in the Trust Fund to be payable to the Company or to any person other than the Grantor, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies) or estate, or to the Trustee as compensation for services, or reimbursement for payment to its agents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal and the undersigned corporate party has caused this Trust Agreement to be executed and its seal affixed hereunto by its officers duly authorized and directed all as of the day and year first above written.

 

                                                                  (L.S.)
Grantor
(please print name below signature line)
Fidelity Management Trust Company,
Trustee
By:                                                                                                   

 

Attest:                                                                                       

Attachments:

Notarization Page for Grantor’s Signature

Notarization Page for Trustee’s Signature

Schedule A – Information Concerning Grantor and List of Plans

Schedule B – Change of Control Definition

Schedule C – Beneficiary Designation

 

26


STATE OF   )  
  )   SS.:
COUNTY OF   )  

On this      day of                      ,          , before me personally came                              , to me known and known to me to be the same person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that such person executed the same.

 

 

 

 

27


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS       )
  ) SS .:
COUNTY OF   )

On this      day of                      ,          before me personally came                              , to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that such person resides at                              in the City of                      , County of                      , Commonwealth of                      , that such person is a                      of FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that such person knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that such person signed such person’s name thereto by like order.

 

 

 

28


Schedule A (p. 1 of 2)

 

Grantor’s Name                                                                                                                                                     

 

Grantor’s SSN                                                                                                                                                      

 

Grantor’s Current Address                                                                                                                               

 
                                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                                      

Grantor’s Daytime Telephone                                                                                                                          

 

Item 1 : Plans

Philip Morris International Inc. Benefit Equalization Plan

Philip Morris International Inc. Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan

Item 2 : Grantor’s Notice Address (if different than current address)

 

29


Schedule A (p. 2 of 2)

Item 3 : Grantor’s Date of Birth:                      , 19      .

For purposes of applying Article I, Section I.(3) and Article V of the Trust Agreement, Grantor’s age shall be based on Grantor’s date of birth set forth above, and Grantor’s expected age of retirement and the mutual funds in which the Trustee proposes currently to invest the Trust Fund assets shall be determined as follows:

 

Assumed Retirement Age

Current Age

  

Expected Retirement Age*

Under age 55

Age 55 or over

  

Age 55 (earliest retirement age)

Current Age (retirement eligible)

Current Investment

Year of Birth

  

Fidelity Freedom Fund Investment

1975

1965 through 1974

1955 through 1964

1945 through 1954

1944 or earlier

  

Freedom 2030

Freedom 2020

Freedom 2010

Freedom 2000

Freedom Income

 

* This reflects a conservative investment assumption that the Grantor may wish to take early retirement at age 55 or, if already age 55, may wish to retire at any time.

 

30


Schedule B

For the purpose of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (a) Consummation of the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of PMI (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of PMI entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from PMI or any corporation or other entity controlled by PMI (the “Affiliated Group”), (ii) any acquisition by a member of the Affiliated Group, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by a member of the Affiliated Group or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 8.5; or

 

  (b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Board”); provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of PMI, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

  (c)

Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from

 

31


 

such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the such shares and voting power through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (d) Consummation of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of PMI or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of PMI, other than to a corporation, with respect to which following such sale or other disposition, (A) more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) less than 20% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation), except to the extent that such Person owned 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities prior to the sale or disposition and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of PMI or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (e) Entry of an order for relief against PMI issued pursuant to any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended

 

32


Schedule C (page 1 of 4)

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

EMPLOYEE GRANTOR TRUST

I understand that the assets of my employee grantor trust (“Grantor Trust”) that I established with Fidelity Management Trust Company as Trustee will be applied to pay benefits to me or on my behalf under nonqualified supplemental benefit plans, including one or more of those specified in Schedule A attached to the Grantor Trust (the “PMI Supplemental Plans”). Generally, the beneficiary(ies) entitled to receive benefits under the Grantor Trust in the event of my death shall be the beneficiary(ies) designated or otherwise determined under the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans, including any modification of such terms as applied to me or my Beneficiary(ies) under agreements I have entered into or may enter into with the Company. If any assets remain in the Grantor Trust after my death and after all survivor and death benefit payments due under the PMI Supplemental Plans and any other plans of or arrangements with the Company have been made to my beneficiary(ies), if any, under the PMI Supplemental Plans and such other plans or arrangements, those residual assets (the “Residual Assets”) shall be paid to the beneficiary(ies) designated on this Beneficiary Designation form.

Thus, for example, if I die prior to termination of my Grantor Trust and am not married at the time of my death, it is likely that there will be Residual Assets in my Grantor Trust. This Beneficiary Designation will govern the disposition of such Residual Assets.

I understand (1) that this Beneficiary Designation relates only to any Residual Assets as described above that may be held in my Grantor Trust and does not determine who is my beneficiary under the PMI Supplemental Plans, (2) that, if I am married at the time of my death, my then spouse will automatically be the beneficiary of all amounts held in my Grantor Trust, except to the extent that I have designated (in accordance with the terms of the relevant Plan) someone other than my spouse as the beneficiary who is to receive any defined contribution benefits provided under such PMI Supplemental Plan, (3) that my current spouse, if any, must consent to the designation on this form of any Primary Beneficiary other than my spouse, and (4) that if any Primary Beneficiary I designate on this form does not survive until payment is made, then any remaining assets of the Grantor Trust that would otherwise have been paid to such beneficiary will be paid in the following order: first, to the Contingent Beneficiary(ies), if any, designated below; second, if there is no surviving Contingent Beneficiary, to my spouse (if I was married at my date of death); or, third, if there is no surviving Contingent Beneficiary and either I am not married at the date of my death or my spouse is not living at the time the Residual Assets become payable, then to my estate.

 

33


Schedule C (page 2 of 4)

BENEFICIARIES

I hereby designate the following person(s) as those to whom the Trustee shall pay any Residual Assets of my Grantor Trust, as described above:

Primary Beneficiary or Beneficiaries

 

1.   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   Name    Relationship    Social Security Number    Portion (%)
2.   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   Name    Relationship    Social Security Number    Portion (%)
3.   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   Name    Relationship    Social Security Number    Portion (%)

Note: You may, if you wish, designate either another trust created by you or by you and your spouse or your estate as the Primary Beneficiary to receive any Residual Assets. If you choose to do so, you should not complete the Contingent Beneficiary section of this form set forth below.

Contingent Beneficiary or Beneficiaries

If a Primary Beneficiary designated above does not survive until payment of his or her portion of any Residual Assets, the Trustee shall make payment as follows:

(Select only one of the alternatives and initial the one selected.)

 

Alternative 1 :    To my estate.                     
                               initials
Alternative 2 :    To the deceased Primary Beneficiary’s estate.                     
                                                                                     initials
Alternative 3 :    Divided equally among the surviving Primary Beneficiaries.                         
                                                                                                             initials
Alternative 4 :    To the persons described below.                     
                                                            initials

 

34


Schedule C (page 3 of 4)

(If you select Alternative 4, describe in the space provided below the manner in which you wish any Primary Beneficiary’s portion of Residual Assets paid if that Primary Beneficiary is no longer alive when they become payable. Your description may be one that applies to all Primary Beneficiaries, e.g. , “to the deceased Primary Beneficiary’s children,” or may be specific, e.g. , “in the event of the death of Primary Beneficiary 1 above, to . . . .” For named individuals, please include the individual’s social security number and relationship to you.)

ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS

Addresses and Additional Space : Please attach a sheet giving the current permanent addresses of individuals named as Primary or Contingent Beneficiaries. To designate more than three Primary Beneficiaries or if more space is needed to describe Contingent Beneficiaries, please attach additional sheet(s) with names, SSNs, and percentage shares for any individuals named.

Notices : If more than one beneficiary may become entitled to share in Residual Assets, please designate in the space below which one of such beneficiaries shall be entitled to give any notice to the Administrator or the Trustee that may be called for under your Trust Agreement.

 

Beneficiary Designated to Give Notice:       

 

35


Schedule C (page 4 of 4)

Estate Planning : You should coordinate with your estate planning attorney to be sure your beneficiary designation qualifies for the marital deduction (if the beneficiary is your spouse). Give the attorney a copy of the Trust Agreement and this form. Be sure your will is consistent with the beneficiary designation.

I hereby revoke all previous beneficiary designations made by me with respect to the payment of Residual Assets of my Grantor Trust described above. I understand that I may revoke this Beneficiary Designation and execute a new one at any time before my death. I also understand that this form does not govern the determination of my beneficiaries under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

 

                                                                                                  
Date     Signature of Employee
                                        
Witness    

Acknowledged and accepted by Fidelity Management Trust Company by

 

                                                                                                          ,                               
Name   Date

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

[To be completed if Primary Beneficiary is someone other than the employee’s spouse.]

I understand that I am entitled to be designated as the 100% primary beneficiary of the Grantor Trust. I give my consent to the designation of the above-named beneficiary or beneficiaries. I am aware that in the event of my spouse’s death, I will not receive 100% of any Residual Assets of the Grantor Trust, and I may not receive any such assets. [Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a Notary Public.]

 

                                  

                                                                                                          

Date   Signature of Employee’s Spouse
Notary Public  
                                           

 

36


EXHIBIT B

Tax Assumptions

Federal income tax rate: the highest marginal Federal income tax rate as adjusted for the Federal deduction of state and local taxes and the phase out of Federal deductions under current law (or as adjusted under any subsequently enacted similar provisions of the Internal Revenue Code).

State income tax rate: the highest adjusted marginal state income tax rate based on the Employee’s, Employee’s Spouse’s or Plan Beneficiary’s state of residence.

Local income tax rate: the highest adjusted marginal local income tax rate based on the Employee, Employee’s Spouse’s or Plan Beneficiary’s locality of residence.

Exceptions:

 

  (1) While the Employee is actively employed by the Company, the state and local tax rate assumptions used to determine the appropriate deduction from a Funding Payment for state and local taxes, and the appropriate amount of such taxes on Company payments to provide for the taxes due on earnings of the Trust, will generally be based on the Employee’s work location rather than his residence. However, status as a non-resident will be taken into account.

 

  (2) In the case of an Employee who is an expatriate actively employed by the Company and subject to United States taxation for all tax purposes, income taxes shall generally be computed as follows. Expatriate taxes will be calculated assuming the highest marginal Federal income tax rate as adjusted for the Federal deduction of state and local taxes and the phase out of Federal deductions under current law (or as adjusted under any subsequently enacted similar provisions of the Internal Revenue Code). For expatriates, the state and local tax rates will be assumed to be 5.25 percent.

 

  (3) For all periods on and after the Availability Date and before the Distribution Date, state and local tax rate assumptions will generally be based on the Employee’s, Employee Spouse’s or Plan Beneficiary’s state and locality of residence at the Availability Date. At the Distribution Date, state and local tax rate assumptions used in computing the After-Tax Benefit and the Additional Pre-Tax Benefit, if any, will generally be based on actual residence at the Distribution Date.

Capital gains: the ordinary income or capital gains character of items of Trust investment income or deemed investment income shall be taken into account where relevant.

The above principles shall generally be applied in determining tax assumptions for the relevant purpose, but the Company shall have the authority in its discretion to alter the assumptions made where deemed appropriate to take into account particular facts and circumstances.

 

37

Exhibit 10.19

[SECULAR TRUST ARRANGEMENT]

FORM OF

RESTATED EMPLOYEE GRANTOR TRUST

ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT

This agreement, made the      day of                      , 2008, between [Executive] (the “Employee”), the person, if any, to whom the Employee is legally married (the “Employee’s Spouse”), and Philip Morris International Inc. (“PMI”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”),

INTRODUCTION

The Employee previously entered into one or more Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreements with Altria Group, Inc. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Altria”) (the most recent of which, including any amendments thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “Original Enrollment Agreement”) providing for payments to or on behalf of the Employee by Altria in satisfaction of its obligations under certain supplemental plans maintained by Altria (the “Altria Supplemental Plans”), such payments to be made to an Employee Grantor Trust established by the Employee (the “Trust”). Pursuant to one or more Supplemental Employee Grantor Trust Enrollment Agreements between the Employee and Altria, all amounts deposited in the Trust under the terms of the Original Enrollment Agreement and any predecessors thereto is held in a separate subaccount of the Trust (hereinafter referred to as “Subaccount FP-A”).

The Company subsequently established the Philip Morris International Inc. Benefit Equalization Plan and the Philip Morris International Inc. Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “PMI Supplemental Plans”). In connection with the spin-off of the Company from Altria, the liabilities attributable to the Employee under the Altria Supplemental Plans will be transferred to the Company, and the benefits previously payable to the Employee under the Altria Supplemental Plans will be payable to the Employee under the PMI Supplemental Plans.


The parties now wish (1) to acknowledge that, as a result of the spin-off of the Company, the obligations under the Original Enrollment Agreement run solely among the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, if any, and the Company and do not involve Altria and (2) to enter into this Agreement, which will apply to those benefits payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

In consideration of their mutual undertakings, the Company, the Employee, and the Employee’s Spouse, if any, agree as follows:

I. Maintenance of Grantor Trust

1.1 The Employee agrees to restate and maintain the Trust in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Trust Agreement”) for the purpose of holding the assets currently held under the Trust as maintained by the Employee pursuant to the Original Enrollment agreement, plus the cash deposits made pursuant to this Agreement, if any, and any interest or other earnings on the outstanding balances in the Trust. Any deposits made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made to Subaccount FP-A.

1.2 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse agree that they will not contribute any additional funds to the Trust and will withdraw funds only in accordance with the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans, except to the extent that Trust withdrawals are necessary to pay taxes on Trust earnings or cash deposits.

1.3 The Employee understands that, under the terms of the Trust Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Trustee intends to exercise its investment discretion in a manner consistent with the purpose of the Trust specified in Section I.(3) of the Trust Agreement and acknowledges that he has been informed that the Trustee currently intends to invest the Trust assets in one or more of the Fidelity Freedom Funds in the manner set forth in Item 3 of Schedule A of the Trust Agreement, but that the Trustee retains discretion to change the assets in which the Trust will be invested.

 

2


II. Payments to Trust

2.1 The Employee understands that from time to time the Company may determine in its discretion that it is appropriate to make available to the Employee additional funding payments in satisfaction of its obligations under the PMI Supplemental Plans. Unless the Employee terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 prior to the time such additional funding payments are to be paid into the Trust, the Employee directs the Company to (a) deduct federal, state and local income and employment taxes from such additional funding payments and remit such taxes to the appropriate authorities; and (b) pay the remainder of such additional funding payments into the Trust.

III. Distributions from Trust, Benefit Payments

3.1 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse agree that any amounts paid from Subaccount FP-A of the Trust including any Trust earnings in such subaccount (other than any amounts distributed to pay taxes on Trust earnings) shall offset the benefits otherwise payable to them under the PMI Supplemental Plans. For purposes of calculating this offset, the amount otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans at the relevant time to the Employee or his Beneficiary(ies) will be converted to an after-tax amount (the “After-Tax Benefit”) using the tax assumptions set forth in Exhibit B. The amount of any Trust distribution from Subaccount FP-A shall offset the amount of the After-Tax Benefit and shall discharge the Company’s liability to the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse and his Beneficiary(ies) to the extent of the corresponding pre-tax benefit otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

3.2 If the amount of the Trust distribution from Subaccount FP-A is less than the After-Tax Benefit, the difference between the amount of the Trust distribution and the After-Tax

 

3


Benefit shall be converted to a pre-tax amount (the “Additional Pre-Tax Benefit”) based on the tax assumptions set forth in Exhibit B, and the Company shall pay an amount equal to the Additional Pre-Tax Benefit to the Employee or his Beneficiary(ies) from the Company’s general assets in satisfaction of the Company’s remaining obligations under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

3.3 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse understand and agree that to the extent funds in Subaccount FP-A of the Trust are distributed to either of them in amounts greater than, or at times earlier than, those contemplated by the benefit payment provisions of the PMI Supplemental Plans and by Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof, (a) the offsets against any amounts otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans will be calculated in the manner set forth in Section 6.1 as if the amounts so distributed had remained in the Trust, accumulated earnings, and been distributed at the proper time; and (b) such offsets will discharge the Company’s liability in the same manner as set forth in such Section 6.1.

3.4 The Employee and the Employee’s Spouse agree that this Agreement shall supersede the Original Enrollment Agreement and that Altria shall have no further obligations to them under the Altria Supplemental Plans, the Original Enrollment Agreement or any predecessors thereto.

IV. Tax Payments With Respect to Trust Earnings

4.1 The Company may make payments on behalf of the Employee (or his Beneficiary(ies)) to tax authorities to pay the federal, state and local income taxes with respect to any earnings of the Trust and any income and employment taxes as a result of the Company’s payment of the Employee’s taxes under this Article IV. To the extent that the Company does not make payments sufficient (using the assumptions set forth in Exhibit B) to pay such taxes, Trust income will be distributed to provide any additional amounts required for such purpose.

 

4


V. Appointment of PMI as Agent

5.1 The Employee appoints PMI and such persons as may be designated to act on behalf of PMI as his duly authorized agent for the following purposes: (a) providing, in accordance with the duties of the “Administrator” as set forth in the form of Trust Agreement attached as Exhibit A, investment guidelines and other information and direction to the trustee of the Trust; (b) removing the trustee and appointing a successor trustee of the Trust; (c) examining the books and records of the Trust; and (d) amending and terminating the Trust.

5.2 The Employee’s appointment of PMI as his agent is based on the Employee’s special trust and confidence in PMI and its management. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Section 8.5) of PMI, the Employee (or, if applicable, his Beneficiary(ies)) may remove PMI (or its successor) as the duly authorized agent for purposes of carrying out the actions set forth in Section 5.1 by delivering to both PMI (or its successor) and the trustee of the Trust, within any period of two days, written notice of such removal. The trustee shall not be required to verify that there has been a Change of Control of PMI and shall be entitled to rely upon the Employee’s notice of removal unless PMI provides to the trustee (within 10 days following the Trustee’s receipt of the notice of removal from the Employee) written notice certifying that no Change of Control has occurred. From and after the date on which PMI (or its successor) ceases to serve as the duly authorized agent, the offsets against the Company’s obligations to the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse or Beneficiary(ies) under the PMI Supplemental Plans shall be determined by assuming (a) that the value of Trust assets last reported by the trustee to PMI (or its successor) prior to such date is accumulated with earnings at the rate specified in the second sentence of Section 6.1 (treating the immediately preceding December as the date for determining such rate) and (b) that all subsequent distributions from the Trust occur at the proper times and in the proper amounts.

 

5


VI. Attachment of Trust Assets

6.1 The Employee understands and agrees that in the event all or a portion of the funds in Subaccount FP-A of the Trust are attached by court order or other legal process or are otherwise alienated, the offset against any amounts otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans will be calculated as if the amount so alienated remained in the Trust, had accumulated with earnings at the same rate as amounts that actually remain in the Trust, was distributed at the proper time, and was or is to be offset against benefits otherwise payable from the PMI Supplemental Plans before any remaining Trust assets were or are distributed. To the extent that for any calendar year or portion thereof no assets remain in the Trust, the amounts so alienated shall be deemed to earn interest at the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code section 417(e)(3)) for the month of December preceding the first year in which no assets remain in the Trust, reduced by estimated federal, state and local income taxes on the deemed earnings using the tax assumptions set forth in Exhibit B. The Employee agrees that the value of any amounts so alienated, and the earnings that would have accumulated thereon, shall be offset against a like amount of After-Tax Benefit, and shall discharge the Company’s liability to the Employee to the extent of the corresponding pre-tax benefit otherwise payable to the Employee or his Beneficiary(ies) under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

6.2 The Employee’s Spouse understands and agrees that should any amounts under Subaccount FP-A of the Trust be assigned to her under a domestic relations order or otherwise, the offset against any amounts otherwise payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans will be calculated in the manner set forth in Section 6.1 as if the amount so alienated had remained in the Trust, accumulated earnings, and been distributed at the proper time. The Employee’s Spouse agrees that if she also claims entitlement to benefits under the PMI Supplemental Plans, the value

 

6


of the amount alienated under the Trust, and the earnings that would have accumulated thereon absent such alienation, shall be offset against a like amount of After-Tax Benefit, and shall discharge the Company’s liability to the Employee and the Employee’s Spouse to the extent of the corresponding pre-tax benefit otherwise payable to the Employee or the Employee’s Spouse under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

VII. Termination

7.1 This Enrollment Agreement shall terminate 30 days after the date the Trust terminates.

7.2 Notwithstanding the above, during the lifetime of the Employee, this Enrollment Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Company or the Employee by providing 30 days written notice to all parties. Any such termination shall operate on a prospective basis only and shall not operate to release the funds already in the Trust or to otherwise alter the application of the terms of this Enrollment Agreement to such funds.

VIII. Miscellaneous

8.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon the Employee the right to continue in the employment of the Company, or to require the Company to continue the employment of the Employee.

8.2 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns and the Employee or his Beneficiary(ies) and the Employee’s Spouse and their heirs, executors, other successors in interest, administrators, and legal representatives.

8.3 The validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

8.4 The Employee’s Beneficiary(ies) shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement pursuant to which the Trust is maintained.

 

7


8.5 Change of Control. For the purpose of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean:

 

  (a) Consummation of the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of PMI (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of PMI entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from PMI or any corporation or other entity controlled by PMI (the “Affiliated Group”), (ii) any acquisition by a member of the Affiliated Group, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by a member of the Affiliated Group or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 8.5; or

 

  (b)

Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Board”); provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of PMI, was

 

8


 

approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

  (c)

Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the such shares and voting power through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or

 

9


 

related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (d)

Consummation of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of PMI or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of PMI, other than to a corporation, with respect to which following such sale or other disposition, (A) more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their

 

10


 

ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) less than 20% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation), except to the extent that such Person owned 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities prior to the sale or disposition and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of PMI or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (e) Entry of an order for relief against PMI issued pursuant to any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:       

 

   

 

    Signature of Employee
Attest:       

 

   

 

    Signature of Employee’s Spouse
This Agreement is executed on behalf of Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Attest:     Philip Morris International Inc.

 

    By:   

 

 

12


EXHIBIT A

ANTICIPATED FORM OF

RESTATED EMPLOYEE GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT made the      day of                              , 2008, between [EXECUTIVE] (hereinafter called the “Grantor”) and FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY (hereinafter called the “Trustee”),

W I T N E S S E T H   T H A T:

WHEREAS, the Grantor previously established a trust (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust Fund”) to hold certain cash payments actually or constructively received by the Grantor, or by the Trustee on behalf of the Grantor, in lieu of certain future payments the Grantor would otherwise be entitled to receive from Altria Group, Inc. or its subsidiaries (“Altria”) pursuant to the terms of certain nonqualified supplemental benefit plans maintained by Altria (the “Altria Supplemental Plans”); and

WHEREAS, the Grantor has entered into certain agreements with Altria (the “Enrollment Agreements”) specifying the manner and extent to which amounts the Grantor will receive as payments from the Trust Fund reduce the payments the Grantor would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of the Altria Supplemental Plans or from other arrangements with Altria and otherwise modifying the application of the Altria Supplemental Plans; and

WHEREAS, Altria’s liability with respect to the Grantor under the Altria Supplemental Plans will have been transferred to Philip Morris International Inc. (“PMI”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) in connection with the spin-off of the Company from Altria Group, Inc. and the benefits previously payable to the Grantor under the Altria Supplemental Plans will be payable to the Grantor under the plans specified in Schedule A annexed hereto (hereinafter referred to as the “PMI Supplemental Plans”); and

WHEREAS, the Grantor, the Grantor’s spouse, if any, and the Company have restated the most recent Enrollment Agreement, as amended, to clarify that the obligations and responsibilities owing to the Grantor under the Enrollment Agreements and the previously executed trust agreement are the obligations and responsibilities of the Company and specifically to appoint PMI to act as the Grantor’s agent in connection with certain matters pertaining to the administration of the Trust Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Grantor and the Trustee desire to restate the terms and conditions under which the Trust Fund is held;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants herein contained, the Grantor hereby directs the Trustee to maintain the Trust Fund pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and to have and to hold the Trust Fund together with any additions thereto upon the following express trust and with the powers, authorities and discretions hereinafter conferred:


ARTICLE I

Introduction

I. (1). Name. This agreement and the trust hereby evidenced may be referred to as the “Trust Agreement” or the Grantor’s “Employee Grantor Trust.”

I. (2). The Trust Fund . The “Trust Fund” as at any date means all property then held by the Trustee under this agreement.

I. (3). Purpose of the Trust . In entering into this agreement, the Grantor intends for the Trust Fund to be invested solely to augment the retirement savings of the Grantor. Specifically, having directed the Company to pay to the Trustee for holding and investment as the Trust Fund certain amounts made available by the Company to the Grantor, the Grantor intends for these amounts to be invested in a manner that seeks to produce at Grantor’s expected retirement age Trust Fund assets approximating after-tax values that, in the absence of the payments made at the Grantor’s direction to the Trustee, would instead have been provided for Grantor under the PMI Supplemental Plans. To that end, in determining the appropriate investment strategy for the Trust Fund, the Grantor expressly authorizes the Trustee to take into consideration only the Grantor’s age and the Grantor’s expected age of retirement and agrees that, for this purpose, the Grantor’s expected age of retirement shall be assumed to be the age determined under the table set forth as Item 3 of Schedule A annexed hereto. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into or to consider any other needs of the Grantor in determining the appropriate investment strategy for the Trust Fund, including, but not limited to, any other resources available to the Grantor; any other assets the Grantor may own or have an interest in; the Grantor’s risk tolerance; the Grantor’s investment experience and attitudes; and the Grantor’s needs for liquidity, regularity of income, and preservation or appreciation of capital prior to the termination of the Employee Grantor Trust. Neither shall the Trustee have a duty to inquire into or consider any other needs (including but not limited to those referred to in the immediately preceding sentence) of the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies). The Trustee may rely on the Grantor’s age and the Grantor’s expected age of retirement as set forth or determined under such Schedule A, and shall have no duty to inquire into the validity of such information. The Trustee shall incur no liability to the Grantor or any other person interested in the Trust Fund for reliance upon the express terms of this paragraph, or for any action or omission in reliance upon information provided on Schedule A or by the Administrator (as defined in Section I.(5) below).

I. (4). Status of the Trust . The trust shall be irrevocable until such time as the Grantor (or, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies), as defined in Section I.(8) below) and the Administrator jointly provide written certification to the Trustee that all obligations of the Company to the Grantor and the Grantor’s Beneficiaries have been satisfied. The written certification of the Administrator shall specify the date as of which the trust shall terminate in accordance with Section I.(7) hereof. The trust is intended to constitute a grantor trust under which the Grantor is treated as grantor and owner pursuant to Sections 671 - 678 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. Neither the Company nor any person other than the Grantor and, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies), and the Trustee acting as such, have any right, title or interest in the assets of the Trust Fund.

 

2


I. (5). The Administrator . PMI shall be the “Administrator” for purposes of this trust and shall have certain powers, rights and duties under this agreement as described below; provided that, PMI may from time to time designate a person or persons, who may but need not be employees of PMI, to act as the Administrator on its behalf or to carry out certain duties of the Administrator. PMI will certify to the Trustee from time to time the person or persons authorized to act on behalf of PMI as the Administrator or as the designees of the Administrator. The Trustee may rely on the latest certificate received without further inquiry or verification. After delivery to the Trustee of the written certification of PMI acting as Administrator referred to in the first sentence of Section I.(4) above, and as of the scheduled termination date of the trust referred to in Section I.(7) below or at such later date as the distribution of all assets of the Trust Fund pursuant to the termination of this trust is completed, PMI and its designees, if any, shall cease to serve as Administrator. Notwithstanding any provision herein, however, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Schedule B annexed hereto or in the most recent replacement for such Schedule delivered by the Administrator to the Trustee at least ten business days prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control), the Grantor may remove PMI (or its successor) and any designee of PMI as Administrator by delivering to both PMI (or its successor) and the Trustee within any period of two days written notice of such removal. The Trustee may rely upon any notice of removal received from the Grantor without further inquiry or verification, unless PMI (or its successor) provides to the Trustee (within 10 days following the Trustee’s receipt of the notice of removal from the Grantor) written notice certifying that no Change of Control has occurred. In the event the Grantor removes PMI as Administrator, the Grantor shall appoint a successor Administrator, who may be the Grantor, a committee of persons including the Grantor, or such other person or persons as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, and shall notify the Trustee of the appointment. In such event, the Grantor shall also have the authority to, from time to time, remove the person or persons so appointed and appoint such other person or persons as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

I. (6). Acceptance . The Trustee accepts the duties and obligations of the “Trustee” hereunder, agrees to accept funds delivered to it on behalf of the Grantor, and agrees to hold such funds (and any proceeds from the investment of such funds) in trust in accordance with this agreement; provided that the Trustee reserves the right to determine whether to accept the transfer of any property other than cash proposed to be transferred to it.

I. (7). Termination . In conjunction with any written certification provided to the Trustee pursuant to the first sentence of Section I.(4) above, the Administrator shall also specify a future date at the close of which the fair market value of the Trust Fund shall be determined; on the next succeeding business day of the Trustee, the Trust Fund assets shall be distributable and this Employee Grantor Trust shall be scheduled to terminate. On or as soon as practicable after such scheduled termination date, the Trustee shall transfer and pay over (in the form of the assets held in the Trust Fund to the extent feasible, or alternatively in cash), the principal and any undistributed income of the Trust Fund, as then constituted, to the Grantor, if living, or the Beneficiary(ies) of the Grantor, in the event of the Grantor’s death, and upon the completion of all such distributions this Employee Grantor Trust shall terminate. The Grantor (or, if the Grantor has died, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)) and the

 

3


Trustee may, however, enter into a new trust agreement for holding any assets of the Trust Fund on new terms and conditions provided by the Grantor (or the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)), though neither shall be obligated to enter into such an agreement.

I. (8). Death Beneficiary(ies) . In general, a Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies) under this Trust Agreement shall be the beneficiary(ies) designated by the Grantor under the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans or otherwise determined under the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans, and in the event of the Grantor’s death amounts held in the Trust Fund shall be distributed in lieu of the amounts that would otherwise be payable under the PMI Supplemental Plans to such Beneficiary(ies) in accordance with information and instructions provided to the Trustee by the Administrator. If the survivors’ benefits or other death benefits payable on behalf of the Grantor under the PMI Supplemental Plans do not exhaust the assets of the Trust Fund, the Trust Fund assets may be applied to make payments to any person to whom a survivor benefit or death benefit in respect of the Grantor is payable under any other plan or arrangement of the Company to the extent so instructed by the Administrator. The Trustee shall be under no duty to inquire into the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans or other plans or arrangements, the identity of or amounts payable to the Beneficiary(ies) under such PMI Supplemental Plans, and shall be entitled to rely on the information received from the Administrator with respect to such matters. Any balance remaining in the Trust Fund following all such payments (the “Residual Assets”) shall be paid in one lump sum, in kind to the extent practicable, to the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Grantor on the beneficiary designation form attached as Schedule C hereto or on any subsequent replacement for such designation form (“the Beneficiary Designation”) to receive any Residual Assets under this Trust Agreement. The Beneficiary Designation under this Trust Agreement shall be made in writing by the Grantor in such manner and on such form as shall be specified by the Administrator, and a designation shall not be effective until it has been received by the Administrator (or if the Grantor has become the Administrator, by the Trustee) and acceptance has been indicated by the signature of the Trustee. In the absence of a Beneficiary Designation hereunder or if the failure of a Beneficiary designated on the Beneficiary Designation under this Trust Agreement to survive results in the absence of an effective designation with respect to some or all of the Residual Assets, the Beneficiary shall be the Grantor’s spouse, if any, and, if none the Grantor’s estate. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall the Company have any interest in, or be entitled to receive, any of the Trust Fund assets.

ARTICLE II

Accumulation and Distribution of the Trust Fund

II. (1). The Trustee shall hold, manage, invest and reinvest the Trust Fund, shall collect the income therefrom and, after deducting all proper charges, shall pay or apply to or for the benefit of the Grantor (or, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)) so much, including all, of the net income and principal of the Trust Fund as is set forth in instructions provided to the Trustee by the Administrator. The Administrator shall be solely responsible for providing the Trustee with all necessary information as to the Grantor’s current address, beneficiary designations, and the amounts in which, the time at which, to whom, and (except to the extent otherwise provided in Section I.(7) above) the form in which payments are

 

4


to be made. The Trustee shall incur no liability to the Grantor or any other person interested in the Trust Fund for any action or any omission in reliance upon information provided by the Administrator, or for the failure or omission of the Administrator to provide such information. Any information provided by the Administrator to the Trustee shall be provided in a form and manner acceptable to the Trustee.

II. (2). The Trustee shall also distribute to or for the benefit of the Grantor at least annually such amount(s), if any, as the Administrator may certify to the Trustee is (are) necessary to pay tax obligations of the Grantor resulting from earnings on the Trust Fund or from additional amounts actually or constructively received by the Grantor from the Company and contributed to the Trust Fund.

II. (3). All income not so paid or applied shall be accumulated and added to principal of the Trust Fund.

ARTICLE III

The Trustee

III. (1). Fidelity Management Trust Company may resign at any time as Trustee and appoint any affiliated entity of Fidelity Management Trust Company to serve as successor Trustee, without the execution or filing of any instrument or the performance of any further act, including court order, with the same powers, authorities and discretions as though originally named; provided that such affiliated entity is authorized to act in such capacity under applicable law. Any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, reorganization or consolidation to which any corporation acting as Trustee hereunder shall be a party, or any corporation to which shall be transferred all or substantially all of any such corporation’s trust business, shall be the successor of such corporation as Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any instrument or the performance of any further act and shall have the same powers, authorities and discretions as though originally named in this Trust Agreement.

III. (2). The Trustee may resign by giving ninety (90) days’ advance written notice to the Grantor and the Administrator. The Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, may remove a Trustee by giving ninety (90) days advance written notice to the Trustee and the Grantor. The Administrator shall appoint a successor Trustee by written notice signed by the Administrator and delivered to the Trustee and the Grantor (or, in the event of the Grantor’s death, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies)). If a successor Trustee is not appointed within ninety (90) days of the Trustee’s resignation, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor.

III. (3). The Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation for its services in any fiduciary capacity hereunder as the Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, and the Trustee may from time to time agree, including minimum fees and additional compensation for special investments and services, notwithstanding that such stipulated compensation shall be greater than that now in effect or than that provided from time to time under applicable law, and such

 

5


compensation and reimbursement for reasonable expenses may be paid at any time without court approval. Such compensation shall be paid from the Trust Fund to the extent that it is not paid by the Administrator or the Grantor within 60 days of becoming due.

III. (4). No bond or other security shall be required of any trustee in any jurisdiction, whether for the faithful performance of duties, to secure payment of commissions in advance or otherwise, and if, notwithstanding this express direction, any such bond or security shall be required by any law, statute or rule of court, no surety shall be required thereon.

III. (5). To assure compliance with regulatory and corporate disclosure requirements, the Trustee, Fidelity Management Trust Company, advises as follows:

(a) Relationship . FMR Corp. (“FMR”) is the parent corporation of the Trustee.

(b) Affiliated Entities . The Trustee may engage any corporation or other entity to which it is affiliated (“Affiliated Entity”) or any other entity or person to provide services to an account held by the Trustee, including, without limitation, as investment manager or adviser, custodian, transfer agent, registrar, sponsor, underwriter and/or distributor, and may pay or receive compensation for any such services without reduction in the compensation paid to the Trustee for its services as trustee or investment manager. FMR will derive earnings directly or indirectly through FMR’s management of funds in which the Trust Fund may be invested as well as from fees paid to the Trustee.

(c) Mutual Funds . The Trustee may invest primarily or exclusively in shares of one or more open-end investment companies (so-called mutual funds or money market funds), including investment companies for which an Affiliated Entity serves as investment manager or adviser, custodian, transfer agent, registrar, sponsor, underwriter, distributor and/or other service provider, and from which the Trustee or an Affiliated Entity receives reasonable compensation for such services. The Affiliated Entity may receive such compensation in addition to the trustee or investment management fee paid to the Trustee.

(d) Compensation . The Trustee may receive compensation for its services, without reduction in any other fees or compensation paid to the Trustee or any Affiliated Entity. In addition, the Trustee may share a portion of any compensation received by an Affiliated Entity.

ARTICLE IV

Trustee Reporting

IV. (1). The Trustee shall furnish the Administrator with statements of transactions in the trust and statements of the market value of the Trust Fund at least monthly, and the Administrator and the Grantor with a statement of trust investments including the market value thereof at least quarterly. The failure of both the Grantor and the Administrator to object to any matter contained in such statements by written notice signed by either the Grantor or the

 

6


Administrator within ninety (90) days after receipt of the same shall constitute the Grantor’s assent to such statements and shall be final and binding as to all matters contained in such statements upon the Grantor, the Administrator as agent for the Grantor, and all persons, whether or not in being, interested in the Trust Fund. In addition, the Grantor may execute a release, with or without an account, approving the administration of the Employee Grantor Trust. A release shall discharge the Trustee from any accountability and liability to the Grantor, the Grantor’s legal representatives, or any persons, whether or not in being, interested in the Trust Fund, with the same effect as if the account of the Trustee were judicially settled and allowed.

IV. (2). The Trustee shall also furnish the Administrator or the Grantor with such other information relating to the actual or estimated income of the Trust Fund, including the character of such income, and to estimated taxes resulting from such income as the Trustee and the Administrator may from time to time agree is necessary or desirable to assure appropriate reporting and payment of taxes by or on behalf of the Grantor.

IV. (3). The Grantor and the Administrator, or such persons as may be designated by them, shall at any time upon five days’ advance written notice to the Trustee have the right to examine, during the normal business hours of the Trustee, all books and records of the Trustee pertaining to the Trust Fund.

ARTICLE V

Investment and Administrative Authority

V. (1). In addition to any powers conferred by law, the Trustee shall have the following powers, authorities and discretions with respect to any property, real or personal, at any time held under any provision hereof and may exercise the same with sole and absolute discretion and without the order or approval of any court, and the Grantor intends that such powers, authorities and discretions (including the following) be construed in the broadest possible manner:

(a) To retain any such property without regard to the proportion any such property or similar property held may bear to the entire amount held and without any obligation to diversify the same, whether or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds;

(b) To sell any such property upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed advisable, at public or private sale, for cash or on credit for such period of time as may be deemed advisable, or partly for cash and partly on credit, and with or without security, without obligation to “test the market” by soliciting offers from a third party or to obtain an appraisal to establish the value thereof; and the purchaser of such property shall have no obligation to inquire as to the use or application of the proceeds of sale; to exchange any property held hereunder upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed advisable; and to grant warranties, guaranties, indemnities or options with respect to any of the foregoing without regard to the duration of any trust or any time limitation imposed by law;

 

7


(c) To invest and reinvest in and to acquire by purchase, exchange or otherwise property of any character whatsoever, foreign or domestic, or interests or participations therein, including by way of illustration and not of limitation: real property, mortgages, bonds, notes, debentures, certificates of deposit, options, puts, calls, warrants, partnerships, common and preferred stocks, annuity contracts, futures contracts, forward contracts, short sales and swap contracts, in each case whether foreign or domestic and with respect to financial instruments and any group or index of securities (or any interest therein based upon the value thereof) and in connection therewith to deposit any property as collateral with any agent and to grant security interests in such collateral and shares or interests in investment trusts, mutual funds or common trust funds (including without limitation common trust funds maintained by a corporate fiduciary and other trusts or funds with respect to which the Trustee or its affiliates acts as investment advisor or custodian or provides other services), without regard to the proportion any such property or similar property held may bear to the entire amount held and without any obligation to diversify, whether or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds;

(d) To participate in and to consent to any plan of reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, combination, dissolution, liquidation or similar plan and any action thereunder, including by way of illustration and not of limitation to receive and retain property under any such plan whether or not the same is of the kind in which fiduciaries are authorized by law or any rule of court to invest funds;

(e) To exercise all conversion, subscription, voting and other rights of whatsoever nature pertaining to any such property and to grant proxies, discretionary or otherwise, with respect thereto; to appoint voting trustees under voting trust agreements and to delegate to such voting trustees the power to vote and all other powers, authorities and discretions usually conferred upon trustees under voting trust agreements;

(f) To borrow such sums of money at any time and from time to time for such periods of time upon such terms and conditions from such persons or corporations (including any fiduciary hereunder) for such purposes as may be deemed advisable, and to secure such loans by the pledge or hypothecation of any property held hereunder; and the lender shall have no obligation to inquire as to the application of the sums loaned or as to the necessity, expediency or propriety of the loan;

(g) To register and hold any property of any kind, whether real or personal, at any time held hereunder in the name of a nominee or nominees and to hold any such personal property in any State; and to receive and keep any stocks, bonds or other securities unregistered or in such condition that title thereto will pass by delivery;

(h) To distribute (including in satisfaction of any pecuniary disposition) any property in kind at market value unless otherwise directed herein or in cash, or partly in kind and partly in cash, and, without the consent of any beneficiary, to allocate among the recipients the property distributed in kind (including in satisfaction of any pecuniary disposition) in divided or undivided interests and without any obligation to make proportionate distributions or any obligation to distribute to all recipients property having an equivalent Federal income tax cost;

 

8


(i) To allocate to principal all dividends and distributions payable in property or in stocks, bonds or other securities whether of the disbursing company or another company;

(j) After the termination of the trust hereunder to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions herein conferred until the complete distribution of the property held hereunder;

(k) To accept additional property transferred on behalf of the Grantor;

(l) To remove all or any part of the assets of or the situs of administration of the trust hereunder from one jurisdiction to another jurisdiction, either within or without the United States of America, at any time or from time to time;

(m) To employ investment counsel, accountants, depositories, custodians, brokers, consultants, agents, attorneys and other employees, irrespective of whether any person or entity so employed shall be a fiduciary hereunder or shall be a corporate affiliate of a fiduciary hereunder and irrespective of whether any entity so employed shall be one in which a fiduciary hereunder shall be a partner, stockholder, director, officer or corporate affiliate or shall have any interest, and to pay the usual compensation for such services out of principal or income as may be deemed advisable; and such compensation may be paid without diminution of or charging the same against the commissions or compensation of any fiduciary hereunder; and any fiduciary who shall be a partner, stockholder, director, officer or corporate affiliate in any such entity shall nevertheless be entitled as partner, stockholder, director, officer or corporate affiliate to receive such fiduciary’s share of the compensation paid to such entity;

(n) To exercise any and all of the powers, authorities and discretions conferred hereunder in respect of any securities of any corporate fiduciary acting hereunder, or in respect of any securities of any holding company or corporation owning securities of any corporate fiduciary acting hereunder; and

(o) To act in any jurisdiction where permitted by law, or to designate one or more persons or a corporation to be ancillary fiduciary who shall serve without bond or security in any jurisdiction in which ancillary administration may be necessary; and to negotiate and determine the compensation to be paid to such ancillary fiduciary whether or not any compensation would otherwise be authorized by law, and to pay such compensation out of principal or income or both; and such ancillary fiduciary shall have with respect to any and all property subject to the ancillary administration all powers, authorities and discretions granted in this Article; provided, however, that any action which may require the investment of additional funds or the assumption of additional obligations shall not be undertaken without prior written consent of the fiduciary or fiduciaries acting hereunder; and if by reason of the law of any jurisdiction in which it may be necessary to perform any act any fiduciary hereunder may be disqualified from acting, then all of the acts required to be performed in such jurisdiction may be performed by such fiduciary’s qualified co-fiduciary or co-fiduciaries then acting hereunder.

 

9


V. (2). Notwithstanding the provisions of Section V. (1). hereof,

(a) During the period that Fidelity Management Trust Company or any affiliated entity of Fidelity Management Trust Company serves as Trustee, such Trustee shall have and exercise sole investment authority with respect to the Trust Fund; and at any termination of such period the Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, shall have the authority to and may establish and deliver to any successor Trustee from time to time written investment guidelines setting forth the parameters within which such Trustee shall exercise its discretionary authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund subject to the restrictions on investments set forth above, and such Trustee shall have no liability to the Administrator, the Company, the Grantor or any other person interested in the Trust Fund for any action or any omission in reliance upon such guidelines;

(b) The Grantor acknowledges that she or he has been informed of the mutual funds in which the Trustee proposes to make the initial investment of Trust Fund assets and that a copy of the prospectus for each such mutual fund has been made available to the Grantor.

(c) The Administrator, as agent for the Grantor, is authorized to receive any disclosures or other notices delivered by the Trustee with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund in shares or interests in investment trusts or mutual funds with respect to which the Trustee or any of its affiliates acts as investment advisor or custodian or provides other services;

(d) In no event may the Trust Fund be invested in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Company, other than a de minimis amount (with any amount not in excess of five percent of market value deemed for this purpose to be de minimis) held in common investment vehicles in which the Trustee invests; and

(e) The Trustee and its affiliates shall discharge their duties with respect to the Trust Fund solely in the interest of the Grantor and the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies), for the exclusive purpose of accumulating assets as provided in Section I.(3), making distributions pursuant to Article II hereunder, and paying the reasonable expenses of administering the Trust Fund.

ARTICLE VI

General Provisions

VI. (1). This Trust Agreement and the trust created hereunder shall be construed, regulated and governed in all respects, not only as to administration but also as to validity and effect, by the laws of the State of New York in effect from time to time.

 

10


VI. (2). The references in this Trust Agreement to the Internal Revenue Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall include corresponding provisions of all subsequently enacted Federal tax laws.

VI. (3). Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law, or which would cause the Employee Grantor Trust to any extent to fail or cease to be a grantor trust as described in Section I.(3). hereof, shall be to such extent ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

VI. (4). Amounts held in the Trust Fund may not be anticipated, assigned, alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process, except to the extent specifically permitted herein or as otherwise required by law.

VI. (5). Any notice required under this Trust Agreement shall be delivered (a) personally, (b) by next day courier service ( e.g ., Federal Express or UPS), or (c) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows (or to such other address as any party may so notify the other party):

If to the Trustee:

Chief Fiduciary Officer

Fidelity Personal Trust Services

82 Devonshire Street, R18B

Boston, MA 02109-3614

If to the Grantor:

To the address specified in Item 2 of Schedule A of this Agreement.

If to the Administrator:

 

Philip Morris International Inc.    

Attention:                                                                     

   
                                                                                            
                                                                                            
                                                                                            

Any notice required under this Trust Agreement may be waived by the person entitled to such notice. Any notice to or from the Grantor under this Trust Agreement shall, in the event of the Grantor’s death, be provided to or by the Beneficiary(ies) designated by the Grantor under this Trust Agreement. If more than one Beneficiary has been designated, the Grantor shall designate one Beneficiary who shall be entitled to provide any notice required to the Administrator or Trustee.

 

11


VI. (6). This Agreement shall be binding on all persons entitled to payments from the Trust Fund and their respective heirs and legal representatives, and on the Trustee and its successors.

VI. (7). The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Grantor (and with the consent of the Grantor for any amendment other than as to ministerial matters), may from time to time amend this Trust Agreement in any respect, provided, however, that no such amendment shall change the duties, responsibilities, or compensation of the Trustee without its written consent or shall cause any amount held in the Trust Fund to be payable to the Company or to any person other than the Grantor, the Grantor’s Beneficiary(ies) or estate, or to the Trustee as compensation for services, or reimbursement for payment to its agents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal and the undersigned corporate party has caused this Trust Agreement to be executed and its seal affixed hereunto by its officers duly authorized and directed all as of the day and year first above written.

 

                                                                                  (L.S.)
         Grantor
         (please print name below signature line)
         Fidelity Management Trust Company,
         Trustee
      By:                                                                               
Attest:                                                                                          

Attachments:

Notarization Page for Grantor’s Signature

Notarization Page for Trustee’s Signature

Schedule A – Information Concerning Grantor and List of Plans

Schedule B – Change of Control Definition

Schedule C – Beneficiary Designation

 

12


STATE OF    )
   )SS.:
COUNTY OF        )

On this      day of                      ,          , before me personally came                              , to me known and known to me to be the same person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that such person executed the same.

 

 

 

13


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS        )
   )SS.:
COUNTY OF        )

On this      day of                      ,          before me personally came                              , to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that such person resides at                              in the City of                          , County of                      , Commonwealth of                              , that such person is a                          of FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that such person knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that such person signed such person’s name thereto by like order.

 

 

 

14


Schedule A (p. 1 of 2)

 

Grantor’s Name                                                                                                                                                               

 

Grantor’s SSN                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Grantor’s Current Address                                                                                                                                          

 
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                

Grantor’s Daytime Telephone                                                                                                                                    

 

Item 1 : Plans

Philip Morris International Inc. Benefit Equalization Plan

Philip Morris International Inc. Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan

Item 2 : Grantor’s Notice Address (if different than current address)

 

15


Schedule A (p. 2 of 2)

Item 3 : Grantor’s Date of Birth:                          , 19      .

For purposes of applying Article I, Section I.(3) and Article V of the Trust Agreement, Grantor’s age shall be based on Grantor’s date of birth set forth above, and Grantor’s expected age of retirement and the mutual funds in which the Trustee proposes currently to invest the Trust Fund assets shall be determined as follows:

 

Assumed Retirement Age

Current Age

 

Expected Retirement Age*

Under age 55

Age 55 or over

 

Age 55 (earliest retirement age)

Current Age (retirement eligible)

Current Investment

Year of Birth

 

Fidelity Freedom Fund Investment

1975

1965 through 1974

1955 through 1964

1945 through 1954

1944 or earlier

 

Freedom 2030

Freedom 2020

Freedom 2010

Freedom 2000

Freedom Income

 

* This reflects a conservative investment assumption that the Grantor may wish to take early retirement at age 55 or, if already age 55, may wish to retire at any time.

 

16


Schedule B

For the purpose of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (a) Consummation of the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of PMI (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of PMI entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from PMI or any corporation or other entity controlled by PMI (the “Affiliated Group”), (ii) any acquisition by a member of the Affiliated Group, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by a member of the Affiliated Group or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 8.5; or

 

  (b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of PMI (the “Board”); provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of PMI, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

  (c)

Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from

 

17


 

such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the such shares and voting power through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (d) Consummation of (i) a complete liquidation or dissolution of PMI or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of PMI, other than to a corporation, with respect to which following such sale or other disposition, (A) more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) less than 20% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of any member of the Affiliated Group or such corporation), except to the extent that such Person owned 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities prior to the sale or disposition and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of such corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or at the time of the action of the Board providing for such sale or other disposition of assets of PMI or were elected, appointed or nominated by the Board; or

 

  (e) Entry of an order for relief against PMI issued pursuant to any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended

 

18


Schedule C (page 1 of 4)

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

EMPLOYEE GRANTOR TRUST

I understand that the assets of my employee grantor trust (“Grantor Trust”) that I established with Fidelity Management Trust Company as Trustee will be applied to pay benefits to me or on my behalf under nonqualified supplemental benefit plans, including one or more of those specified in Schedule A attached to the Grantor Trust (the “PMI Supplemental Plans”). Generally, the beneficiary(ies) entitled to receive benefits under the Grantor Trust in the event of my death shall be the beneficiary(ies) designated or otherwise determined under the terms of the PMI Supplemental Plans, including any modification of such terms as applied to me or my Beneficiary(ies) under agreements I have entered into or may enter into with the Company. If any assets remain in the Grantor Trust after my death and after all survivor and death benefit payments due under the PMI Supplemental Plans and any other plans of or arrangements with the Company have been made to my beneficiary(ies), if any, under the PMI Supplemental Plans and such other plans or arrangements, those residual assets (the “Residual Assets”) shall be paid to the beneficiary(ies) designated on this Beneficiary Designation form.

Thus, for example, if I die prior to termination of my Grantor Trust and am not married at the time of my death, it is likely that there will be Residual Assets in my Grantor Trust. This Beneficiary Designation will govern the disposition of such Residual Assets.

I understand (1) that this Beneficiary Designation relates only to any Residual Assets as described above that may be held in my Grantor Trust and does not determine who is my beneficiary under the PMI Supplemental Plans, (2) that, if I am married at the time of my death, my then spouse will automatically be the beneficiary of all amounts held in my Grantor Trust, except to the extent that I have designated (in accordance with the terms of the relevant Plan) someone other than my spouse as the beneficiary who is to receive any defined contribution benefits provided under such PMI Supplemental Plan, (3) that my current spouse, if any, must consent to the designation on this form of any Primary Beneficiary other than my spouse, and (4) that if any Primary Beneficiary I designate on this form does not survive until payment is made, then any remaining assets of the Grantor Trust that would otherwise have been paid to such beneficiary will be paid in the following order: first, to the Contingent Beneficiary(ies), if any, designated below; second, if there is no surviving Contingent Beneficiary, to my spouse (if I was married at my date of death); or, third, if there is no surviving Contingent Beneficiary and either I am not married at the date of my death or my spouse is not living at the time the Residual Assets become payable, then to my estate.

 

19


Schedule C (page 2 of 4)

BENEFICIARIES

I hereby designate the following person(s) as those to whom the Trustee shall pay any Residual Assets of my Grantor Trust, as described above:

Primary Beneficiary or Beneficiaries

 

1.   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   Name    Relationship    Social Security Number    Portion (%)
2.   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   Name    Relationship    Social Security Number    Portion (%)
3.   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   Name    Relationship    Social Security Number    Portion (%)

Note: You may, if you wish, designate either another trust created by you or by you and your spouse or your estate as the Primary Beneficiary to receive any Residual Assets. If you choose to do so, you should not complete the Contingent Beneficiary section of this form set forth below.

Contingent Beneficiary or Beneficiaries

If a Primary Beneficiary designated above does not survive until payment of his or her portion of any Residual Assets, the Trustee shall make payment as follows:

(Select only one of the alternatives and initial the one selected.)

 

Alternative 1 :    To my estate.                     
                               initials
Alternative 2 :    To the deceased Primary Beneficiary’s estate.                     
                                                                                     initials
Alternative 3 :    Divided equally among the surviving Primary Beneficiaries.                     
                                                                                                             initials
Alternative 4 :    To the persons described below.                     
                                                              initials

 

20


Schedule C (page 3 of 4)

(If you select Alternative 4, describe in the space provided below the manner in which you wish any Primary Beneficiary’s portion of Residual Assets paid if that Primary Beneficiary is no longer alive when they become payable. Your description may be one that applies to all Primary Beneficiaries, e.g. , “to the deceased Primary Beneficiary’s children,” or may be specific, e.g. , “in the event of the death of Primary Beneficiary 1 above, to . . . .” For named individuals, please include the individual’s social security number and relationship to you.)

ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS

Addresses and Additional Space : Please attach a sheet giving the current permanent addresses of individuals named as Primary or Contingent Beneficiaries. To designate more than three Primary Beneficiaries or if more space is needed to describe Contingent Beneficiaries, please attach additional sheet(s) with names, SSNs, and percentage shares for any individuals named.

Notices: If more than one beneficiary may become entitled to share in Residual Assets, please designate in the space below which one of such beneficiaries shall be entitled to give any notice to the Administrator or the Trustee that may be called for under your Trust Agreement.

 

Beneficiary Designated to Give Notice:       

 

21


Schedule C (page 4 of 4)

Estate Planning : You should coordinate with your estate planning attorney to be sure your beneficiary designation qualifies for the marital deduction (if the beneficiary is your spouse). Give the attorney a copy of the Trust Agreement and this form. Be sure your will is consistent with the beneficiary designation.

I hereby revoke all previous beneficiary designations made by me with respect to the payment of Residual Assets of my Grantor Trust described above. I understand that I may revoke this Beneficiary Designation and execute a new one at any time before my death. I also understand that this form does not govern the determination of my beneficiaries under the PMI Supplemental Plans.

 

 

      

 

Date                                    Signature of Employee

                                     

    

Witness

    

Acknowledged and accepted by Fidelity Management Trust Company by

 

                                                  ,                                     
Name      Date   

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

[To be completed if Primary Beneficiary is someone other than the employee’s spouse.]

I understand that I am entitled to be designated as the 100% primary beneficiary of the Grantor Trust. I give my consent to the designation of the above-named beneficiary or beneficiaries. I am aware that in the event of my spouse’s death, I will not receive 100% of any Residual Assets of the Grantor Trust, and I may not receive any such assets. [Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a Notary Public.]

 

                            

    

 

Date      Signature of Employee’s Spouse

Notary Public

  

 

  

 

22


EXHIBIT B

Tax Assumptions

Federal income tax rate: the highest marginal Federal income tax rate as adjusted for the Federal deduction of state and local taxes and the phase out of Federal deductions under current law (or as adjusted under any subsequently enacted similar provisions of the Internal Revenue Code).

State income tax rate: the highest adjusted marginal state income tax rate based on the Employee’s or Beneficiary’s state of residence.

Local income tax rate: the highest adjusted marginal local income tax rate based on the Employee’s or Beneficiary’s locality of residence.

Exceptions: While the Employee is actively employed, the state and local tax rate assumptions used to determine the appropriate deduction from a funding payment for state and local taxes, and the appropriate amount of such taxes on Company payments to provide for the taxes due on earnings of the Trust, will generally be based on the Employee’s work location rather than his residence. With respect to New York City tax, however, status as a non-resident will be taken into account.

 

23

Exhibit 10.20

Philip Morris International Inc.

2008 Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors

(effective January 29, 2008)

Section 1. Purpose; Definitions.

The purposes of the Plan are (i) to assist the Company in promoting a greater identity of interest between the Company’s Non-Employee Directors and the Company’s stockholders; and (ii) to assist the Company in attracting and retaining Non-Employee Directors by affording them an opportunity to share in the future successes of the Company.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

(a) “Altria Deferred Stock Program” has the meaning provided in Section 7(g).

(b) “Award” means the grant under the Plan of Common Stock, Stock Options, or Other Stock-Based Awards.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Committee” means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof, any successor thereto or such other committee or subcommittee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

(e) “Common Stock” or “Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(f) “Company” means Philip Morris International Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any successor thereto.

(g) “Deferred Stock” means an unfunded obligation of the Company, represented by an entry on the books and records of the Company, to issue one share of Common Stock on the date of distribution.

(h) “Deferred Stock Account” means the unfunded deferred compensation account established by the Company with respect to each participant who elects to participate in the Deferred Stock Program in accordance with Section 7 of the Plan.

(i) “Deferred Stock Program” means the provisions of Section 7 of the Plan that permit participants to defer all or part of any Award of Stock pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Plan.

(j) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, the mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions or, if no such sale of Common Stock is reported on such date, the fair market value of the Stock as determined by the Committee in good faith;


provided, however, that the Committee may in its discretion designate the actual sales price as Fair Market Value in the case of dispositions of Common Stock under the Plan. In the case of Stock Options or similar Other Stock-Based Awards, for purposes of Section 5(a), Fair Market Value means, as of any given date, the Black-Scholes or similar value determined based on the assumptions used for purposes of the Company’s most recent financial reporting.

(k) “Non-Employee Director” means each member of the Board who is not a full-time employee of the Company or of any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors in such corporation.

(l) “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award, other than a Stock Option or Deferred Stock, that is denominated in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Common Stock.

(m) “Plan” means this Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended from time to time.

(n) “Plan Year” means the period commencing at the opening of business on the day on which the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders is held and ending on the day immediately preceding the day on which the Company’s next annual meeting of stockholders is held.

(o) “Stock Option” means a right granted to a Non-Employee Director to purchase a share of Stock at a price equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Any Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be nonqualified stock options.

(p) “Transferred Account” has the meaning provided in Section 7(g).

Section 2. Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the power to interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules and guidelines for carrying out the Plan and appoint such delegates as it may deem appropriate. The Committee shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures and subplans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with the laws, regulations, compensation practices and tax and accounting principles of the countries in which Non-Employee Directors reside or are citizens of and to meet the objectives of the Plan.

Any determination made by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee, and all decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan participants.


Section 3. Eligibility.

Only Non-Employee Directors shall be granted Awards under the Plan.

Section 4. Common Stock Subject to the Plan.

The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for distribution pursuant to the Plan shall be 1,000,000. If any Stock Option or Other Stock-Based Award is forfeited or expires without the delivery of Common Stock to a participant, the shares subject to such Award shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock that are used by a participant as full or partial payment of withholding or other taxes or as payment for the exercise price of an Award shall be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan.

In the event of any merger, share exchange, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, distribution, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off, issuance of rights or warrants or other similar transaction or event affecting the Common Stock, the Committee is authorized to and shall make such adjustments or substitutions with respect to the Plan and to Awards granted thereunder (including adjustments to any Transferred Account to reflect the distribution of the Company to shareholders of Altria Group, Inc.) as it deems appropriate to reflect the occurrence of such event, including, but not limited to, adjustments (A) to the aggregate number and kind of securities reserved for issuance under the Plan, (B) to the Award amounts set forth in Section 5(a), and (C) to the number and kind of securities subject to outstanding Awards and, if applicable, to the grant or exercise price of outstanding Awards. In connection with any such event, the Committee is also authorized to provide for the payment of any outstanding Awards in cash, including, but not limited to, payment of cash in lieu of any fractional Awards, provided that any such payment shall comply with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code section 409A.

Section 5. Awards.

(a) Annual Awards. Following March 28, 2008, each Non-Employee Director serving on such date shall receive an Award having a Fair Market Value equal to $120,000 (with any fractional share being rounded up to the next whole share). On the first day of each succeeding Plan Year, each Non-Employee Director serving as such immediately after the annual meeting held on such day shall receive an Award having a Fair Market Value equal to $120,000 (with any fractional share being rounded up to the next whole share) or such greater amount as the Committee determines in its discretion. Such Awards shall be made in the form of Common Stock, Stock Options, Other Stock-Based Awards, or a combination of the foregoing as the Committee determines in its discretion.

(b) Terms of Awards.

(i) Awards pursuant to Section 5(a) that are denominated in Common Stock are eligible for participation in the Deferred Stock Program described in Section 7.


(ii) The term of each Stock Option or similar Other Stock-Based Award shall be ten years. Each Stock Option or similar Other Stock-Based Award shall vest in not less than six months (or such longer period set forth in the Award agreement) and shall be forfeited if the participant does not continue to be a Non-Employee Director for the duration of the vesting period, unless the participant ceases to be a Non-Employee Director by reason of the participant’s death or disability. Subject to the applicable Award agreement, Stock Options or similar Other Stock-Based Awards may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept (including, to the extent the Committee determines such a procedure to be acceptable, a copy of instructions to a broker or bank acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale or loan proceeds sufficient to pay the purchase price). As determined by the Committee, payment in full or in part may also be made in the form of Common Stock already owned by the Non-Employee Director valued at Fair Market Value.

Section 6. Award Agreements.

Each Award of a Stock Option or Other Stock-Based Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement (which need not be signed by the Award recipient unless otherwise specified by the Committee) that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each such Award.

Section 7. Payments and Payment Deferrals.

(a) Each participant may elect to participate in a Deferred Stock Program with respect to Awards of Common Stock granted under Section 5(a). The Deferred Stock Program shall be administered in accordance with the terms of this Section 7, provided that the Committee may modify the terms of the Deferred Stock Program or may require deferral of the payment of Awards under such rules and procedures as it may establish. Any deferral election shall be made at a time and for such period as shall satisfy the requirements of Internal Revenue Code section 409A(a)(4).

(b) Any election to have the Company establish a Deferred Stock Account shall be made in terms of integral multiples of 25% of the number of shares of Common Stock that the participant otherwise would have been granted on each date of grant, shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year immediately preceding the date of grant (or in the case of a participant who is first becoming eligible for this Plan and any other Plan required to be aggregated with this Plan under Internal Revenue Code section 409A and the regulations and other guidance thereunder, no later than 30 days after the participant first becomes eligible and before the date of grant), and shall specify the time and form of distribution of the participant’s Deferred Stock Account in a manner complying with Internal Revenue Code section 409A(a)(2) and (3). Any such election shall remain in effect for purposes of the Plan until the participant executes (i) a new election applicable to any grants denominated in Common Stock to be made in years after


the year in which the new election is made or (ii) an election not to participate in the Deferred Stock Program for Common Stock grants in such future years. New elections pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence may be made only to the extent permitted under rules and procedures established by the Committee taking into account administrative feasibility and other constraints.

(c) The Deferred Stock Account of a participant who elects to participate in the Deferred Stock Program shall be credited with shares of Deferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that the participant elected to receive as Deferred Stock. The Deferred Stock Account shall thereafter be credited with amounts equal to the cash dividends that would have been paid had the participant held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Deferred Stock in the participant’s Deferred Stock Account, and any such amounts shall be treated as invested in additional shares of Deferred Stock.

(d) If as a result of adjustments or substitutions in connection with an event described in the second paragraph of Section 4 of this Plan or as a result of the transfer of the Transferred Accounts, a participant has received or receives with respect to Deferred Stock credited to the participant’s Deferred Stock Account rights or amounts measured by reference to stock other than Common Stock, (i) such rights or amounts shall be treated as subject to elections made, crediting of the participant’s account, and any other matters relating to this Plan in a manner parallel to the treatment of Deferred Stock under the Plan, provided that any crediting of amounts to reflect dividends with respect to such other stock shall be treated as invested in additional Deferred Stock rather than such other stock, and (ii) within 12 months following the event described in Section 4, the participant shall be offered the opportunity to convert the portion of his or her account measured by reference to such other stock to Deferred Stock with the same Fair Market Value (rounded as necessary to reflect fractional shares) as of the date of such conversion.

(e) Any election by a participant for his or her Deferred Stock Account to be paid upon his or her separation from service as a member of the Board shall be applied in accordance with Internal Revenue Code section 409A. No separation from service shall be deemed to occur until the participant ceases to serve on any and all of the Board of Directors of the Company and the board of directors of any other company with respect to which his service as a director began while such other company was a subsidiary of the Company.

(f) The Deferred Stock Program shall be administered under such rules and procedures as the Committee may from time to time establish, including rules with respect to elections to defer, beneficiary designations and distributions under the Deferred Stock Program. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all elections to defer, distributions, and other aspects of the Deferred Stock Program shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Internal Revenue Code section 409A and any regulations and other guidance thereunder.


(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, with respect to a participant in this Plan who was also a participant in the Deferred Stock Program of the Altria Group, Inc. Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “Altria Deferred Stock Program”) for service in 2008 and who is eligible for this Plan on March 28, 2008:

(i) the participant’s deferral elections in effect for 2008 under the Altria Deferred Stock Program with respect to such participant’s stock compensation paid by the Altria Group, Inc. shall also apply with respect to Awards of Common Stock under this Plan to be paid to the participant by the Company for services performed in 2008 and future years;

(ii) the balance credited to the participant’s Deferred Stock Account under the Altria Deferred Stock Program shall be transferred to this Plan (a “Transferred Account”), and the unfunded liability relating to such Transferred Account shall be assumed by the Company;

(iii) the participant’s election as to the time and form of distribution of amounts deferred under the Altria Deferred Stock Program and credited to the Transferred Account shall continue to apply to the Transferred Account, and the participant’s election as to the time and form of distribution of amounts deferred in 2008 under the Altria Deferred Stock Program shall also apply with respect to amounts deferred under this Plan in 2008 and future years; and

(iv) the participant’s most recent beneficiary designation under the Altria Deferred Stock Program shall continue to apply to the Transferred Account and shall also apply to amounts deferred under this Plan in 2008 and future years;

provided, however, that any election or beneficiary designation carried over from the Altria Deferred Stock Program under this Section 7(g) may be changed by the participant in the manner and to the extent permitted under the applicable provisions of this Section 7 and the rules and procedures established by the Committee pursuant to this Section 7.

Section 8. Plan Amendment and Termination.

The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time without stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, any amendments necessary to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations and other guidance thereunder; provided, however, that no amendment shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is required under applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, or if such amendment would: (i) decrease the grant or exercise price of any Stock Option or a similar Other Stock-Based Award to less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (except as contemplated by Section 4); or (ii) increase the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be distributed under the Plan. Except as may be necessary to comply with a change in the laws, regulations or accounting principles of a foreign country applicable to participants subject to the laws of such foreign country, the Committee may not, without stockholder approval, cancel any Stock Option or similar


Other Stock-Based Award and substitute therefor a new Stock Option or Other Stock-Based Award with a lower exercise price. Except as set forth in any Award agreement or as necessary to comply with applicable law or avoid adverse tax consequences to some or all Award recipients, no amendment or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect any outstanding Award under the Plan without the Award recipient’s consent.

Section 9. Transferability.

Unless otherwise required by law, Awards shall not be transferable or assignable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Section 10. Unfunded Status of Plan.

It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided, however, that, unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan.

Section 11. General Provisions.

(a) The Committee may require each person acquiring shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates for such shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.

All certificates for shares of Common Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency), any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed, and any applicable Federal, state or foreign securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for Non-Employee Directors.

(c) Nothing in the Plan or in any Award agreement shall confer upon any grantee the right to continued service as a member of the Board.

(d) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includable in the gross income of the participant for income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the


Company regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind that are required by law or applicable regulation to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, withholding obligations arising from an Award may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is part of, or is received upon exercise of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company, shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including the making of irrevocable elections, for the settling of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

(e) The terms of this Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to Philip Morris International Inc. and any permitted successors or assigns of a grantee.

(f) The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in an Award, recipients of an Award under the Plan are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of Virginia, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be construed to reflect the intent of the Company that all elections to defer, distributions, and other aspects of the Plan shall comply with Internal Revenue Code section 409A and any regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(g) If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, the invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be enforced and construed as if such provision had not been included.

(h) The Plan shall be effective January 29, 2008. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, no Awards shall be made after the Awards made immediately following the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, provided that any Awards granted prior to that date may extend beyond it.

Exhibit 10.21

Philip Morris International Inc.

2008 Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors

(effective January 29, 2008)

SECTION 1. Purpose; Definitions.

The purpose of the Plan is to afford each Non-Employee Director the option to elect to defer the receipt of all or part of his or her Compensation until such future date as he or she may elect pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

 

a. “Account” means an unfunded deferred compensation account established by the Company pursuant to the Deferred Fee Program, consisting of one or more Subaccounts established in accordance with Section 3.2.2.

 

b. “Allocation Date” means any date on which an amount representing all or a part of a Participant’s Compensation is to be credited to his or her Account pursuant to an effective Election Form. The Allocation Date for the Retainer Fee shall be the first day of each calendar quarter and for Meeting Fees shall be the first day of the month following the meeting.

 

c. “Altria Deferred Fee Plan” has the meaning provided in Section 4.

 

d. “Altria Unit Plan” has the meaning provided in Section 4.

 

e. “Beneficiary” means any person or entity designated as such in a current Election Form. If there is no valid designation or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Beneficiary is the Participant’s estate.

 

f. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

g. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

h. “Common Stock” means the common stock, no par value, of the Company.

 

i. “Company” means Philip Morris International Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any successor corporation.

 

j. “Compensation” means the sum of the Retainer Fee and the Meeting Fees payable by the Company to each Participant.

 


k. “Deferral Election” means the election by a Participant on an Election Form to defer the payment of all or part of his or her Compensation to be earned and payable after the applicable effective date set forth in Sections 3.1.1 or 3.1.2.

 

l. “Deferred Amount” means the amount of Compensation (determined as a percentage of the Retainer Fee and the Meeting Fees) subject to a current deferral election.

 

m. “Deferred Fee Program” means the provisions of the Plan that permit Participants to defer all or part of their Compensation.

 

n. “Disability” means permanent and total disability within the meaning of Code section 409A, as determined under procedures established by the Board for purposes of the Plan.

 

o. “Distribution Date” means the date designated by a Participant in accordance with Sections 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 for the commencement of payment of amounts credited to his or her Account.

 

p. “Election Date” means the date an Election Form is received by the Secretary of the Company.

 

q. “Election Form” means a valid Deferred Fee Program Initial Election Form or Modified Election Form properly completed and signed.

 

r. Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as from time to time amended.

 

s. “Extraordinary Distribution Request Date” means the date an Extraordinary Distribution Request Form is received by the Secretary of the Company.

 

t. “Extraordinary Distribution Request Form” means the Deferred Fee Program Extraordinary Distribution Request Form properly completed and executed by a Participant or Beneficiary who wishes to request an extraordinary distribution of amounts credited to his or her Account in accordance with Section 3.3.3.

 

u. “Fund” means any one of the investment vehicles in which the trust fund established under the trust agreement, as amended from time to time, entered into by the Company in connection with the Profit-Sharing Plan, is invested.

 

v. “Meeting Fees” means the portion of a Participant’s Compensation that is based upon his or her attendance at Board meetings and meetings of committees of the Board.

 

w. “Non-Employee Director” means each member of the Board who is not a full-time employee of the Company (or any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors in such corporation).

 

-2-


x. “Participant” means a Non-Employee Director and a Director Emeritus. A Participant shall also include a person who was, but is no longer, a member of the Board as long as an Account is being maintained for his or her benefit.

 

y. “Plan” means the Philip Morris International Inc. Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

 

z. “Profit-Sharing Plan” means the Philip Morris International Inc. Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

aa. “Retainer Fee” means the portion of a Participant’s Compensation that is fixed and paid without regard to his or her attendance at meetings, but shall not include amounts credited to a Participant’s account under the Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

 

bb. “Subaccount” means one of the bookkeeping accounts established within each Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 3.2.2.

 

cc. “Transfer Election Date” means the date set forth on a Transfer Form.

 

dd. “Transfer Form” means a valid Deferred Fee Program Transfer Election Form completed and signed by a Participant or Beneficiary.

 

ee. “Transferred Account” has the meaning provided in Section 4.

 

ff. “Unit Account” has the meaning provided in Section 4.

SECTION 2. Eligibility.

Each Non-Employee Director shall be eligible to participate in the Deferred Fee Program.

SECTION 3. Deferred Fee Program.

3.1 Participation.

3.1.1 Deferral Elections.

A Non-Employee Director may elect to defer all or a part of his or her Compensation to be earned and payable thereafter by completing and executing an Election Form and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company. Any Deferral Election relating to Retainer

 

-3-


Fees shall be in integral multiples of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Retainer Fee. Any Deferral Election relating to Meeting Fees shall be one hundred percent (100%) of each Meeting Fee.

The Participant shall indicate on the Initial Election Form:

 

  a. the percentage of the Retainer Fee that he or she wishes to defer and whether Meeting Fees are to be deferred;

 

  b. the Distribution Date;

 

  c. whether distributions are to be in a lump sum, in installments or a combination thereof;

 

  d. the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries; and

 

  e. the Subaccounts to which the Deferred Amount is to be allocated.

A Deferral Election shall become effective with respect to a Participant’s Retainer Fee and Meeting Fees accruing on and after the first day of the calendar year following the Election Date and shall remain in effect with respect to all future Compensation until a new Deferral Election made by the Participant in accordance with Section 3.1.2 or Section 3.1.3 becomes effective. In the case of a newly eligible Participant, however, a Deferral Election may be made no later than 30 days after first becoming eligible for this Plan and any other Plan required to be aggregated with this Plan under Code section 409A and the regulations and other guidance thereunder, and shall not be effective with respect to Compensation to which the Participant becomes entitled as a result of services performed on or before the Election Date.

3.1.2 Change of Deferral Election.

A Participant may change his or her deferral election with respect to Compensation to be earned and payable in a subsequent calendar year by completing and executing a Modified Election Form and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company. A change to increase or decrease the amount of future Retainer Fee or Meeting Fees to be deferred shall be effective only with respect to Compensation accruing on and after the first day of the calendar year following the Election Date.

3.1.3 Cessation of Deferrals.

A Participant may cease to defer future Compensation in the Deferred Fee Program by completing and executing a Modified Election Form, and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company. An election by a Participant to cease deferrals in the Deferred Fee Program shall become effective with respect to a Participant’s Retainer Fees or Meeting Fees on or after the first day of the first calendar year that begins after the Election Date.

 

-4-


3.1.4 Beneficiary Election Modification.

A Participant shall be permitted at any time to modify his or her Beneficiary election, effective as of the Election Date, by completing and executing a Modified Election Form and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company.

3.2 Investments.

3.2.1 Accounts.

The Company shall establish an Account for each Participant and for each Beneficiary to whom installment distributions are being made. On each Allocation Date, the Company shall allocate to each Participant’s Account an amount equal to his or her Deferred Amount.

3.2.2 Subaccounts.

The Company shall establish within each Account one or more Subaccounts, which shall be credited with earnings and charged with losses, if any, on the same basis as the corresponding Fund, as the same may change from time to time, under the Profit-Sharing Plan (except with respect to Subaccount D); as of the date hereof, the Subaccounts are, respectively:

Subaccount A - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the U.S. Obligations Fund of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

Subaccount B - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the Equity Index Fund of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

Subaccount C - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the Interest Income Fund of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

Subaccount D - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Deferred Amount by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Deferred Amount is credited to Subaccount D.

Subaccount E - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the Balanced Fund of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

Subaccount F - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the International Equity Fund of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

Subaccount G - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the US Mid/Small Cap Fund of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

Subaccount H - a bookkeeping account whose value shall be based on a theoretical investment in the Euro Equity Fund of the Profit-Sharing Plan.

 

-5-


To the extent additional funds are provided under the Profit-Sharing Plan, the Secretary of the Company or his designee is authorized to establish corresponding Subaccounts under the Plan. The Secretary or his designee is authorized to limit or prohibit new investments or transfers into any Subaccount.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.2.3 and 3.2.4, on each Allocation Date, each Participant’s Subaccounts shall be credited with an amount equal to the Deferred Amount designated by the Participant for allocation to such Subaccounts. Each Subaccount shall be credited with earnings and charged with losses as if the amounts allocated thereto had been invested in the corresponding Fund, provided that Subaccount D shall be credited with additional shares of Common Stock based on the amount of cash dividends that are paid from time to time on the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Subaccount’s value is determined.

The value of any Subaccount at any relevant time shall be determined as if all amounts credited thereto had been invested in the corresponding Fund; provided, however, that if as a result of adjustments or substitutions in connection with an event described in the second paragraph of Section 4 of the Company’s Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors or the corresponding provision of any successor thereto or as a result of the transfer of the Transferred Account, a participant has received or receives with respect to Subaccount D rights or amounts measured by reference to stock other than Common Stock, then any crediting of amounts to reflect dividends with respect to such other stock shall be allocated among and treated as invested proportionately in the Subaccounts most recently in effect for the investment of Compensation deferred by the Participant.

3.2.3 Investment Directions.

In connection with his or her initial Deferral Election, each Participant shall make an investment direction on his or her Initial Election Form with respect to the portion of such Participant’s Deferred Amount that is to be allocated to a Subaccount. Any apportionment of Deferred Amounts (and of increases or decreases in Deferred Amounts) among the Subaccounts shall be in integral multiples of one percent (1%). An investment direction shall become effective with respect to any Subaccount on the first day of the calendar month following the Election Date. All investment directions shall be irrevocable and shall remain in effect with respect to all future Deferred Amounts until a new irrevocable investment direction made by the Participant in accordance with Section 3.2.4 becomes effective.

3.2.4 New Investment Directions.

A Participant may make a new investment direction with respect to his or her Deferred Amount only by completing and executing a Modified Election Form and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company. A new investment direction shall become effective with respect to any Subaccount on the first day of the calendar month following the Election Date.

 

-6-


3.2.5 Investment Transfers.

A Participant or a Beneficiary (after the death of the Participant) may transfer to one or more different Subaccounts all or a part (not less than one percent (1%)) of the amounts credited to a Subaccount by completing and executing a Transfer Form and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company; provided, however, that no Transfer Form may be submitted by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, if a Transfer Form requesting an opposite way transfer had been submitted by such Participant within the preceding six months.

Any transfer of amounts among Subaccounts shall become effective on the first day of the calendar month following the Transfer Election Date.

3.3 Distributions.

3.3.1 Distribution Elections.

Each Participant shall designate on his or her Election Form one of the following dates as a Distribution Date with respect to amounts credited to his or her Account thereafter:

 

  a. the fifteenth day of the calendar month following the Participant’s separation from service, including by reason of Disability or the Participant’s death;

 

  b. the fifteenth day of the earlier of (i) a calendar month specified by the Participant which is at least six months after the Election Date or (ii) the calendar month following the Participant’s death; or

 

  c. the earlier to occur of a or b.

A Distribution Date election shall be effective only with respect to amounts attributable to service by the Participant on and after the Election Date and subsequent earnings credited with respect to such amounts. Any election by a Participant for his or her Account to be paid upon his or her separation from service shall be applied in accordance with Internal Revenue Code section 409A. No separation from service shall be deemed to occur until the Director ceases to serve on any and all of the Board of Directors of the Company and the board of directors of any other company with respect to which his service as a director began while such other company was a subsidiary of the Company.

A Participant may request on his or her Election Form that distributions from his or her Account be made in (i) a lump sum, (ii) no more than one-hundred eighty (180) monthly, sixty (60) quarterly or fifteen (15) annual installments or (iii) a combination of (i) and

 

-7-


(ii). Each installment shall be determined by dividing the Account balance by the number of remaining installments. If a Participant receives a distribution from a Subaccount on an installment basis, amounts remaining in such Subaccount before payment shall continue to accrue earnings and incur losses in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2.2. Except as stated in the next paragraph, all distributions shall be made to the Participant.

Upon the Participant’s death, the balance remaining in the Participant’s Account shall be payable to his or her Beneficiaries as set forth on the Participant’s current Election Form or Forms. Upon the death of a Beneficiary who is receiving distributions in installments, the balance remaining in the Account of the Beneficiary shall be payable to his or her estate in a lump sum, without interest, except to the extent that the Secretary of the Company permits a Participant to elect otherwise in accordance with the procedures of this Section 3.3, taking into account administrative feasibility and other constraints.

All distributions shall be paid in cash and, except as provided in Section 3.3.3, shall be deemed to have been made from each Subaccount pro rata.

3.3.2 Modified Distribution Elections.

A Participant may modify his or her election as to Distribution Date and distribution form with respect to Compensation attributable to future service, with such modification to be effective beginning with the next calendar year and continuing thereafter, by completing and executing a modified Election Form and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company.

3.3.3 Extraordinary Distributions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant or Beneficiary (after the death of the Participant) may request an extraordinary distribution of all or part of the amount credited to his or her Account because of hardship. A distribution shall be deemed to be “because of hardship” if such distribution is necessary to alleviate or satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant and otherwise satisfies the requirements for the occurrence of an “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Code section 409A(a)(2).

A request for an extraordinary distribution shall be made by completing and executing an Extraordinary Distribution Request Form and delivering it to the Secretary of the Company. All extraordinary distributions shall be subject to approval by the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board.

The Extraordinary Distribution Request Form shall indicate:

 

  a. the amount to be distributed from the Account;

 

  b. the Subaccount(s) from which the distribution is to be made; and

 

-8-


  c. the “hardship” requiring the distribution.

The amount of any extraordinary distribution shall not exceed the amount determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board to be required to meet the immediate financial need of the applicant.

An extraordinary distribution shall be made with respect to amounts credited to each Subaccount on the first day of the calendar month next following approval of the extraordinary distribution request by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Upon approval of an extraordinary distribution request, any Deferral Election in place shall be cancelled prospectively. A Participant may make a new Deferral Election for a future year in accordance with Section 3.1.2.

SECTION 4. Special Provisions for Transferring Directors.

4.1 Altria Deferred Fee Plan Transfer

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Participant who was a participant in the Altria Group, Inc. Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “Altria Deferred Fee Plan”) for service in 2008 and who is eligible for this Plan on March 28, 2008:

 

a. the Participant’s deferral elections for 2008 under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan with respect to such Participant’s meeting fees and retainer fee paid by the Altria Group, Inc. shall also apply with respect to Compensation to be paid to the Participant by the Company for services performed in 2008 and future years;

 

b. the balance credited to the Particpant under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan shall be transferred to this Plan (a “Transferred Account”), and the unfunded liability relating to such Transferred Account shall be assumed by the Company;

 

c. the Participant’s election as to the time and form of distribution of amounts deferred under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan and credited to the Transferred Account shall continue to apply to the Transferred Account, and the Participant’s election as to the time and form of distribution of amounts deferred in 2008 under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan shall also apply with respect to amounts deferred under this Plan in 2008 and future years;

 

d. the Participant’s most recent election as to the investment of the Transferred Account under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan shall continue to apply to the Transferred Account, and the Participant’s most recent election as to the investment of future deferrals under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan shall also apply with respect to amounts deferred under this Plan in 2008 and future years (for purposes of deferrals under this Plan, an election to be treated as invested in Subaccount D under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan, which was measured by the value of the common stock of Altria Group, Inc., shall be considered an election to be treated as invested in Subaccount D under this Plan, which is measured by the value of the common stock of the Company); and

 

-9-


e. the Participant’s most recent beneficiary designation under the Altria Deferred Fee Plan shall continue to apply to the Transferred Account and shall also apply to amounts deferred under this Plan in 2008 and future years;

provided, however, that any election or beneficiary designation carried over from the Altria Deferred Fee Plan under this Section 4.1 may be changed by the Participant in the manner and to the extent permitted under the applicable provisions of Section 3.

4.2 Altria Unit Plan Transfer.

With respect to a Participant who was a participant in the Altria Group, Inc. Unit Plan for Incumbent Non-Employee Directors (the “Altria Unit Plan”) and who is eligible for this Plan on March 28, 2008:

 

a. the balance credited to the Participant under the Altria Unit Plan shall be transferred to this Plan (a “Unit Account”) immediately before the distribution of the Company to shareholders of the Altria Group, Inc., and the unfunded liability relating to such Unit Account shall be assumed by the Company;

 

b. the Participant’s election as to the form of distribution of amounts deferred under the Altria Unit Plan and credited to the Unit Account shall continue to apply to the Unit Account, and the Unit Account shall continue to be payable upon the first day of the second month following the date the Participant ceases to be a Director;

 

c. the Unit Account shall continue to be treated as invested in the Stock Unit Account, Equity Index Account, and/or Interest Income Account (in each case within the meaning of the Altria Unit Plan), as previously elected by the Participant under the Altria Unit Plan, provided, however, that if as a result of adjustments or substitutions in connection with an event described in the second paragraph of Section 4 of the Company’s Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors or the comparable provision of any successor to such plan or as a result of the transfer of the Unit Account to this Plan, a Participant has received or receives with respect to his or her Stock Unit Account rights or amounts measured by reference to stock other than Common Stock, then (i) such rights or amounts shall be accounted for in an additional account under the Plan but treated as subject to the elections made with respect to the Stock Unit Account and (ii) within 12 months following the event described in such Section 4 or the transfer of the Unit Account, the Participant shall be offered the opportunity to convert the portion of his or her Unit Account measured by reference to such other stock to an amount measured by reference to the Common Stock having the same fair market value (rounded as necessary to reflect fractional shares) as of the date of such conversion, and further provided that any crediting of amounts to reflect dividends with respect to such other stock shall be allocated among and treated as invested proportionately in the investments most recently selected by the Participant; and

 

-10-


d. the Participant’s most recent beneficiary designation under the Altria Unit Plan shall continue to apply to the Unit Account.

If a Participant has not already filed a distribution election form with respect to his Unit Account with the Altria Group, Inc., the Participant may, no later than one year and one day preceding the date he or she ceases to be a Director, file with the Secretary of the Company a distribution election form, which shall be irrevocable, providing that distribution from his or her Unit Account may be made (i) in no more than one-hundred eighty (180) monthly, sixty (60) quarterly or fifteen (15) annual installments or (ii) in a combination of a lump sum and installments. The first such payment shall be made on the first day of the second month following the date the participant ceases to be a Director. Each installment shall be determined by dividing the sum of the Unit Account balances by the number of remaining installments. If a Participant or a beneficiary is receiving distributions in installments, the Unit Account shall continue to accrue earnings and incur losses.

A Participant who elects a distribution in installments with respect to his Unit Account shall be entitled to make a special investment election on his or her distribution election form pursuant to which transfers from the Participant’s Stock Unit Account will be made, effective the first day of the second month following the date the Participant ceases to be a Director, to an Equity Index Account or an Interest Income Account or both (in each case within the meaning of the Altria Unit Plan).

If a distribution occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or, if at the time of death, the Participant was receiving distributions in installments, the balance remaining in the Participant’s Unit Account shall be payable to his or her beneficiaries designated in, and in the manner of payment set forth on, the Participant’s beneficiary designation form with respect to the Unit Account in effect on the date of the Participant’s death. Any lump sum distributions to beneficiaries shall be without interest. A Participant may at any time file a beneficiary designation form with respect to the Unit Account with the Secretary of the Company. Such designation may be revoked or modified at any time by filing a new beneficiary designation form.

All distributions with respect to the Unit Account shall be paid in cash.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Unit Account is a “grandfathered” deferred compensation account that was in effect on and has not been materially modified since October 3, 2004, and is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code. The distribution and related provisions of the Deferred Fee Program contained in Section 3 of this Plan shall not apply with respect to the Unit Account, which shall be governed by this Section 4.2.

SECTION 5. General Provisions.

5.1 Unfunded Plan.

It is intended that the Plan constitute an “unfunded” plan for deferred compensation. The Company may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations

 

-11-


created under the Plan; provided, however, that, unless the Company otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under the Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to the Plan. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.

5.2 Rules of Construction.

The Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with Virginia law. Headings are given to the sections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be construed to reflect the intent of the Company that all elections to defer, distributions, and other aspects of the Plan shall comply with Code section 409A and any regulations and other guidance thereunder. The Plan is also intended to be construed so that participation in the Plan will be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to regulations and interpretations issued from time to time by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

5.3 Withholding.

No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for Federal income tax purposes with respect to any participation under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.

5.4 Amendment.

The Plan may be amended by the Board, but no amendment shall be made that would impair prior Common Stock awards or the rights of a Participant to his or her Account without his or her consent. In addition, no amendment may become effective until shareholder approval is obtained if the amendment (i) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or (ii) modifies the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.

5.5 Duration of Plan.

The Company hopes to continue the Plan indefinitely, but reserves the right to terminate the Plan by appropriate action of the Board at any time. Upon termination of the Plan, amounts then credited to each Account shall be paid in accordance with the Distribution Election then governing such Account or as otherwise provided in Section 3.3.1.

 

-12-


5.6 Assignability.

No Participant or Beneficiary shall have the right to assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any payments to which such Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled under the Plan other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order that meets the relevant requirements of a “qualified domestic relations order” (as defined by Section 414(p) of the Code).

5.7 Adoption of Procedures.

The Secretary of the Company shall have the authority to adopt such procedures as are appropriate to administer the Plan. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures and subplans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with the laws, regulations, compensation practices and tax and accounting principles of the countries in which Non-Employee Directors reside or are citizens of and to meet the objectives of the Plan.

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.22

[LETTERHEAD OF PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL]

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

André Calantzopoulos

Lausanne, April 18 th , 2007

Merit Increase

Dear André,

Further to your annual performance assessment and discussion with your supervisor, we are pleased to confirm your salary increase effective April 1, 2007. Please find the details as follows:

 

  Band    B      
  Monthly increase    CHF    3,850   
  New Monthly Salary    CHF    96,160   
  New Annual Base Salary    CHF    1,250,080   
  Increase Percentage    4.1  %      
  Position In Range    33.9  %      

We take this opportunity of wishing you continued success and satisfaction.

 

With best regards,
LOGO
Director Project HR One

 


[LETTERHEAD OF PHILIP MORRIS EASTERN EUROPE]

 

   REGISTERED
   Personal & Confidential
   Mr. André CALANTZOPOULOS
   PM – POLAND, Warsaw
   Lausanne, January 15, 1999

Dear André,

Following your appointment as President Eastern Europe Region, reporting to Mr. Paul Hendrys, President & CEO for Philip Morris International Inc., we are pleased to confirm the terms and conditions related to your transfer from PM Warsaw to the Eastern Europe Headquarters in Lausanne.

It is agreed and understood that this letter of transfer will for all purposes be regarded as a continuation of your employment within the Philip Morris Group of Companies.

Official Date of Transfer

February 1, 1999.

Annual Base Salary

Sfr. 550’030.—, to be paid in 13 installments. It will be next reviewed in April 2000.

Pension Plans

You will remain in the FTR/PME Pension Scheme.

The scheme comprises two funds:

 

1. The basic plan (CPB) covers the legal benefits accruing out of the LPP (Swiss Federal Law on the Occupational Old Age, Survivors’ and Disability Benefit Plan).

 

2. The complementary plan CPC provides additional benefits which bring the level of total benefits (CPB & CPC combined) to the objective of the company’s pension scheme as outlined in the regulations booklet supplied to each employee.

The employee’s combined contribution to both plans amounts to 6% of the salary insured under the CPC which is the equivalent of the above-mentioned annual base salary less a co-ordination amount.

Swiss Social Security Schemes

Contributions to the various state insurance schemes will be deducted from your salary each month as follows:

 

AVS/AI/APG   :        5.05 %
Unemployment   :   

    1.5 % up to a ceiling of Sfr. 97’200.- per annum. (for 1999)

    0.5 % as of Sfr. 97’201.— up to Sfr 243’000.— p.a. (for 1999)

 


Accident Insurance

Within the scope of the Federal Law on Accident Insurance (LAA) and of the additional cover taken out by the company the following benefits are provided:

 

a) Medical care

Full reimbursement of medical, hospital and pharmaceutical costs incurred from the day of the accident.

 

b) Salary continuation

100 % of salary for 2 years from the day of the accident occurrence.

 

c) Permanent disability benefits.

 

d) Survivors’ benefits.

Sickness Insurance

 

a) Out-patient and in-patient care

You will switch back from IHI to Intras, you will benefit of the same previous coverage.

For all employees and their eligible dependents covered under this group scheme, the company will take in charge part of the monthly contributions in accordance with the relevant documentation. Family members are also covered for accidents.

No Company contributions will be paid if you choose to arrange an individual cover outside the group scheme.

 

b) Salary continuation

100 % of salary for 2 years from the first day the employee is unable to work. This cover is provided free of charge.

Life Insurance

Within the scope of the insurance carrier regulations and in co-ordination with the Pension Fund, employees are provided, free of charge, with an insurance cover in case of death and permanent disability.

Moving Expenses

Philip Morris will pay a remover to pack, transport, and unpack your existing household goods from Warsaw to Lausanne. Additionally, you will be entitled to a relocation allowance amounting to the equivalent of one twelfth of your annual base salary, i.e. Sfr. 45’836.—.

Housing

In order to enable you to find suitable living quarters, you will be provided on your arrival in Lausanne with either hotel accommodation or a furnished flat free of charge for a maximum period of 3 months. Please note that any supplementary days over and above the 3-month limit will be at your expense.

 

 

-2-


Taxation

Since September 1, 1998, Philip Morris will reimburse you the difference of tax deductions, which will occur due to the different taxation periods created through your relocation up to the full amount based upon submission of Pricewaterhouse Coopers calculations and offset against any income tax paid for the month of January 1999 in Poland.

Company car

You will be able to use a company pool car, providing availability, otherwise, we will pay for rental cost up to the time you will receive your company car.

Vacation

Your vacation entitlement is 25 working days per calendar year.

Vacation should be taken in the calendar year in which entitlement falls i.e. before December 31 of the current year. Up to 15 vacation days may be carried over to the following year provided they are taken before April 30. Any balance remaining after that date is canceled without compensation.

Long Service Bonus

For each completed year of service, the company pays a cumulative bonus of Sfr. 150.— on the anniversary date of employment, up to a maximum of Sfr. 3’000.— for 20 years of service.

Termination of Employment

Termination of employment, whether by you or by Philip Morris will be subject to the normal requirements of Swiss law.

Please sign and return, for agreement, one copy of this letter of employment.

We look forward to welcoming you in PM Lausanne and wish you success and satisfaction in your new job.

 

  Yours sincerely,  
  PHILIP MORRIS EUROPE S.A.  
  /s/ Ulrike Kubala  
  Ulrike Kubala  
  Vice President Human Resources  
  Eastern Europe Region  

 

Read and approved:   

/s/ André Calantzopoulos

      Date:   

29/1/99

   (André Calantzopoulos)         

Ref. : kgj

 

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.23

[LETTERHEAD OF PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL]

 

        

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

 

Jean-Claude Kunz

 

Lausanne, April 4 th , 2007

Merit Increase

Dear Jean-Claude,

Further to your annual performance assessment and discussion with your supervisor, we are pleased to confirm your salary increase effective April 1, 2007. Please find the details as follows:

 

Band

  

D

Monthly increase    CHF 3,780
New Monthly Salary    CHF 72,480
New Annual Base Salary    CHF 942,240
Increase Percentage    5.50%
Position In Range    73.5%

We take this opportunity of wishing you continued success and satisfaction.

 

With best regards,
LOGO

Director Project HR One


[LETTERHEAD OF PHILIP MORRIS EFTA, EASTERN EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA REGION]

 

TELEPHONE: (021) 20  14  41

CABLE: SWIPOLD LAUSANNE

TELEX: 26 238

     

PLACE CHAUDERON 4

CASE POSTALE 13

1000 LAUSANNE 9

SWITZERLAND

Registered

 

Mr. Jean-Claude Kunz   Lausanne, January 6, 1983
13, rue des Sources  

1205 GENEVA

Dear Mr. Kunz,

With reference to your interviews, we are pleased to confirm your appointment as Business Development Analyst in our Business Development and Planning Department EFTA, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa Region, reporting to the Manager Business Development, Michel Dewerpe.

The terms and conditions of your employment will be as follows :

Date of Entry

March 1st, 1983

Annual Base Salary

Sfr. 80’600.- to be paid in 13 installments.

Salary Review

Salaries are normally reviewed on the anniversary of the date the employee joined the Company. If the anniversary falls between the first and the 15th, the review takes place on the first of the current month. Should the anniversary fall between the 16th and the end of the month, the review will take place on the first of the following month.

Pension Fund

Provided you have passed a satisfactory medical examination with our Company doctor, you will become a member of our Pension Fund. Your contribution will amount to 6  % of your insured salary which is equivalent to the annual base salary less a fixed amount of Sfr. 9’880.- and Philip Morris pays the balance.

./.


Swiss Social Security Schemes

Contributions to the various state insurance schemes will be deducted from your salary each month as follows :

AVS :        : 5 %

Unemployment : 0,15 % up to a ceiling of Sfr. 5’800.– per month.

Accident Insurance

Employees of the Company are insured free of charge against professional and non professional accidents. Within the scope of the insurance carrier’s regulations, the following cover is provided :

- 100  % of salary for 2 years from the day of the accident occurrence

- full reimbursement of medical, hospital and pharmaceutical costs incurred from the day of the accident.

Sickness Insurance

Employees have a choice with regard to their sickness insurance. They may :

- either join a collective scheme concluded by the Company with the CMSE. In such a case, Philip Morris pays 50 % of the employee’s premium. The other 50  % is deducted every month from the employee’s salary.

- or, if they prefer, they make their own arrangements with an insurance company of their choice. In this case, the contribution made by philip Morris will not exceed 50  % of the premium which otherwise would have been paid to CMSE for the same cover.

Holidays

Your vacation entitlement is 20 working days per calendar year. For 1983, your entitlement has been calculated prorata, i.e. 17 working days.

Working Hours

Our working hours are :

8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. with a one hour break for lunch. Five days a week.

 

2


Long Service Bonus

For each completed year of service, the Company pays a cumulative bonus of Sfr. 100.- on the anniversary date of employment, up to a maximum of Sfr. 2’000.- for 20 years of service.

Trial period

In accordance with the Company policy, all new employees are subject to a three month trial period.

Termination of Employment

Termination of your employment, whether by you or by Philip Morris will be subject to the normal requirements of Swiss law.

Please sign and return, for agreement, one copy of this letter of employment. Also, please give us your bank account number, as well as your AVS card.

We are looking forward to your joining Philip Morris and wish you success and satisfaction in your new job.

 

        Yours sincerely,
    PHILIP MORRIS
    EFTA, EASTERN EUROPE,
    THE MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA REGION
/s/Louis C. Camilleri     /s/ Jean-Antoine de Mandato

Louis C. Camilleri

    Jean-Antoine de Mandato

Director Business Development

    Manager Personnel Operations

& Planning

   

 

Read and approved :

  

/s/ J.-C. Kunz

      Date :
  

J.-C. Kunz

     

 

3.

Exhibit 10.24

[LETTERHEAD OF PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL]

 

 

   PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL
   Hermann Waldemer
   Lausanne, April 4 th , 2007

Merit Increase

Dear Hermann,

Further to your annual performance assessment and discussion with your supervisor, we are pleased to confirm your salary increase effective April 1, 2007. Please find the details as follows:

 

Band

   C

Monthly increase

   CHF 3,330

New Monthly Salary

   CHF 69,890

New Annual Base Salary

   CHF 908,570

Increase Percentage

   5.00%

Position In Range

   18.6%

We take this opportunity of wishing you continued success and satisfaction.

 

With best regards,

LOGO

Director Project HR One


[LETTERHEAD OF PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT S.A.]

 

   PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

 

Mr. Hermann WALDEMER

PM Munich, Germany

Lausanne, March 26, 2003

Dear Hermann,

Further to our interviews, we are pleased to confirm your employment by Philip Morris International Management S.A. (hereafter referred to as the “Company”) as President Western Europe, reporting to André Calantzopoulos, President and CEO, and based in Lausanne, Switzerland.

The terms and conditions of your employment will be as follows:

Effective Date

This contract of employment will be effective as of April 1, 2003. However, as your relocation to Lausanne is contingent upon a valid work permit being issued, the entry date will correspond to the date the work permit becomes effective if the said permit is not yet issued on April 1, 2003.

For the purpose of benefits which are linked to seniority in the Company, but with exception of Pension Fund affiliation, your initial entry date in the Philip Morris group of companies will be taken into account, i.e. April 6, 1987.

Annual base salary

Your gross annual base salary, to be paid in 13 installments, will be Swiss Francs (CHF) 735’020.-, corresponding to your grade, which is Band D.

Your salary will next be reviewed on April 1, 2004.

Fidelity premium

For each completed year of service, the Company pays a cumulative bonus of CHF 150.- on the anniversary date of employment, up to a maximum of CHF 3’000.- for 20 years of service.

Pension Fund

In accordance with the Federal pension law (“LPP”), you will become a member of the “Caisse de pensions Philip Morris en Suisse” (the “Pension Fund”), providing old age, disability, and survivor’s benefits, as soon as you join the Company. For further details, please refer to the Pension Fund regulations.

 


According to the current Pension Fund regulations, you will pay a contribution equivalent to 6% of your pensionable salary. This contribution will be deducted each month from your salary.

Swiss social security schemes (AVS/AI/APG/AC)

Contributions to the various Swiss State insurance schemes will be deducted from your compensation each month in accordance with the applicable Swiss laws.

Accident insurance

In accordance with Swiss law (LAA) employees are automatically covered for accident in the event of occupational or non-occupational accidents. This cover is provided free of charge.

Health insurance

If you wish, you may join the Company group health insurance contract. Employees and their eligible dependents (spouse and dependent children up to age 18 or up to age 25 if full-time students or apprentices) can enroll into this group health insurance scheme. The Company bears a substantial portion of the insurance premium cost. No Company contributions will be paid if you choose to arrange an individual cover outside the group scheme.

Salary continuation in the event of sickness

In accordance with our insurer’s policy regulations, 100% of the annual base salary is paid for up to 2 years from the first day you are unable to work. This cover is provided free of charge.

Life insurance

Within the scope of the insurance carrier regulations and in coordination with the Pension Fund, you are provided, free of charge, with an insurance cover in case of death and permanent disability.

Office working hours

The weekly basic work schedule is 40 hours spread over 5 days, from Monday to Friday based on a full time occupational rate. For further details, please refer to the Human Resources Department.

Tax assistance

The Company will pay the fees related to PricewaterhouseCoopers tax assistance on the occasions you are required to complete a tax declaration in Switzerland.

Company Car

In accordance with the Company policy, you will be entitled to a company car.

 

-2-


Vacation days

Your vacation entitlement is 25 working days per calendar year. For the current year your entitlement will be calculated pro rata temporis.

Medical examination

According to the Company policy, you will be entitled to one annual medical check-up.

Moving expenses

In accordance with Company policy, and with prior approval of the Human Resources Department, the Company will pay a remover to pack, transport, store if necessary, and unpack your household goods from Munich, Germany to Lausanne, Switzerland. Your moving should take place within one year from your starting date. The Company will not cover the cost of transportation and adaptation to Swiss norms of private cars.

Relocation expenses

In accordance with Company policy, you will receive a gross relocation allowance amounting to CHF 111’370.- to help defray the miscellaneous non-reimbursable costs associated with your relocation from Munich, Germany to Lausanne, Switzerland. This amount is derived by taking 1/12 th of your annual base salary and grossing it up at a fixed standard rate, and thus covering you from social security and tax implications. This relocation allowance will be paid to you with your first salary and consequently, be subject to social security and tax deductions.

The Company will also pay for the travel costs associated with your relocation from Munich, Germany to Lausanne, Switzerland, in accordance with the Company’s Business Travel policy.

Privacy policy and data protection

The Company is a multinational company, which is active in developing the skills and careers of its employees. As part of our career and skills development program, information about your employee status, personnel profile and similar matters may be transmitted to the Company’s affiliates, whether in Switzerland or elsewhere. This information is treated confidentially and in accordance with Philip Morris International’s Privacy Policy and Principles. By signing this contract you will express your consent to such transmittal. You retain the right at any time to withdraw your consent related to the transmittal of any such data as described above, provided that such withdrawal is addressed in writing to the Human Resources Department. For the purposes of this contract an “affiliate” of the Company means any company or other entity which controls or is controlled by or under common control with the Company.

Confidential Information

Consistent with your obligations under Swiss law, you undertake not to disclose any Confidential Information, whether during or after your employment by the Company, and upon termination of your employment to return any Confidential Information in tangible or electronic form in your possession.

For these purposes “Confidential Information” means any trade secrets and other proprietary information pertaining to the Company or its affiliates, which has not been made available to the general public by an authorized representative of the Company or its affiliates, whether patentable or not, including for example any idea, formula, technique, invention, process, program, business, marketing and sales plans, financial, organizational and sales data, and similar information.

 

-3-


Termination of employment

This employment contract shall be terminable in accordance with Swiss law.

Governing law

This employment contract shall be governed by Swiss law. The Company’s Human Resource policies from time to time shall also apply.

Miscellaneous

The foregoing represents the basis of your employment with the Company. Please indicate your acceptance thereof by signing and returning one copy of this contract to us.

Should you have any questions, feel free to contact Ms Katrin Celardin, Manager HQ Compensation and Global Processes.

We look forward to your joining Philip Morris in Lausanne and remain,

Yours sincerely,

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL

MANAGEMENT S.A.

 

/s/ André Calantzopoulos    

/s/ Tobias Hutter

André Calantzopoulos

    Tobias Hutter

President and CEO

    Director HQ Compensation & Global Processes

 

Read and approved:

  

/s/ Hermann Waldemer

      Date:   

April 1, 2003

   (Hermann Waldemer)         

Ref.: fib

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.25

AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

MR. LOUIS CAMILLERI (the “Employee”)

AND

PHILIP MORRIS COMPANIES INC. (the “Company”)

 

The Employee and the Company hereby agree to the following:

 

1.

With immediate effect, but subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 of this Agreement, the Company will take the necessary steps to provide that the Swiss pension plan (Caisses de Pensions des Fabriques de Tabac Réunies SA, and hereafter, the “Swiss FTR Plan”) entitlements of the Employee attributable to the period from February 1 st , 1980 to January 31 st , 1995 (hereafter “credited service”) will be assumed by the Company’s U.S. pension plans.

 

2. The cost thereof, if any, will be borne entirely by the Company. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4, the Employee certifies that he irrevocably gives up any and all claims against the Swiss FTR Plan with respect to benefits attributable to the period of credited service and that he shall have no remaining or future rights, whatsoever.

 

3. The transfer value of the Swiss plan entitlements of CHF 1,062,121 on July 1, 2001 will remain within the Swiss FTR Plan. This amount shall be considered as an employer contribution reserve no earlier than one year from the date of this Agreement.

 

4. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Agreement, the Swiss FTR Plan will pay the pension plan entitlements of the Employee attributable to his credited service if such entitlement is not paid by the Company’s U.S. pension plans. The Company may release the Swiss FTR Plan from this obligation no earlier than one year from the date of this Agreement.

 

5. A copy of this duly signed Agreement will be provided to the trustees of this Swiss plan.

 

 

Place and date,    Place and date,
New York-June 1, 2001                                New York, June 7, 2001
Mr. Louis Camilleri    Mr. Timothy A. Sompolski

/s/ Louis Camilleri

  

/s/ Timothy A. Sompolski

Exhibit 21.1

Listed below are subsidiaries of Philip Morris International Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 with their jurisdiction of organization shown in parentheses. This list omits the subsidiaries of the Company that in the aggregate would not constitute a “significant subsidiary” of the Company, as that term is defined in Rule 1–02(w) of Regulation S-X.

 

PM International Management S.A. (Switzerland)

PM Products S.A. (Switzerland)

PM GmbH (Germany)

PM Manuf GmbH (Germany)

f6 CIG.FAB.GmbH&CoKG (Germany)

SAMPOERNA Tbk. (Indonesia)

ZAO PM IZHORA (Russia)

PHILSA (Turkey)

PMJKK (Japan)

PM LIMITED AU (Australia)

PM MEXICO (Mexico)

FTR HOLDING S.A. (Switzerland)

PM HOLLAND B.V. (Holland)

TABAQUEIRA-EIT, S.A. (Portugal)

CJSC PM UKRAINE (Ukraine)

PM SPAIN S.L. (Spain)

PM HOLLAND Holdings B.V. (Holland)

PM CR a.s. (Czech Republic)

PM ITALIA S.r.l. (Italy)

PM FINANCE SA (Switzerland)

Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

LOGO

ALTRIA GROUP, INC.

 

LOUIS C. CAMILLERI    120 PARK AVENUE
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017

March     , 2008

Dear Altria Stockholder:

As you know, on January 30, 2008, the Board of Directors of Altria Group, Inc. approved the spin-off of Philip Morris International Inc., or PMI, a wholly owned subsidiary of Altria which will be the world’s most profitable publicly traded tobacco company following the spin-off. The spin-off will enable each of Altria’s international and domestic tobacco businesses to focus exclusively on realizing its opportunities and addressing its challenges. Accordingly, we believe the spin-off will build long-term stockholder value.

As a result of the spin-off, each Altria stockholder will receive one share of PMI common stock for each share of Altria common stock held as of 5:00 p.m. New York City Time on March 19, 2008, the record date. The distribution of PMI shares will take place on March 28, 2008.

Altria has received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service and an opinion of counsel that the distribution of PMI common stock to Altria stockholders will qualify as a tax-free distribution for United States federal income tax purposes. You should, of course, consult your own tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the distribution to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign tax laws, which may result in the distribution being taxable to you.

If you sell your shares of Altria common stock prior to or on the distribution date, you may also be selling your right to receive shares of PMI common stock. You are encouraged to consult with your financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your Altria common stock prior to or on the distribution date.

Following the spin-off, Altria common stock will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MO” and PMI common stock will trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “PM.” You need not take any action to receive your shares of PMI common stock. You do not need to pay any consideration for your shares of PMI common stock or surrender or exchange your shares of Altria common stock.

The attached information statement, which is being mailed to all Altria stockholders, describes the spin-off in detail and contains important information, including financial statements, about PMI.

We look forward to your continued interest and support.

Sincerely,


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

   120 Park Avenue
   New York, New York 10017

 

Louis C. Camilleri   
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer-Elect   

March      , 2008

Dear Philip Morris International Inc. Stockholder:

It is my pleasure to welcome you as a stockholder of Philip Morris International Inc. Our products are sold in approximately 160 countries, we hold an estimated 15.6% share of the international cigarette market and, following the spin-off, we will be the world’s most profitable publicly traded tobacco company.

Our common stock will trade on the NYSE under the symbol “PM” following the spin-off.

I invite you to learn more about Philip Morris International Inc. by reviewing the enclosed information statement. We look forward to our future as a separately-traded public company and to rewarding your loyalty as a holder of Philip Morris International Inc. common stock.

Sincerely,


Table of Contents

Preliminary and Subject to Completion, dated February 7, 2008

INFORMATION STATEMENT

Philip Morris International Inc.

Common Stock

(Without Par Value)

This Information Statement is being furnished in connection with the distribution of all the outstanding shares of Philip Morris International Inc. common stock by Altria Group, Inc. to holders of its common stock.

On January 30, 2008, after consultation with financial and other advisors, Altria’s Board of Directors approved the Distribution of 100% of Altria’s interest in PMI. On the Distribution Date, holders of Altria common stock will be entitled to receive one share of PMI common stock for each outstanding share of Altria common stock they held as of 5:00 p.m. New York City Time on the Record Date, March 19, 2008.

You will not be required to pay any cash or other consideration for the shares of PMI common stock that will be distributed to you or to surrender or exchange your shares of Altria common stock to receive the PMI common stock. The Distribution will not affect the number of shares of Altria common stock that you hold.

If you sell your shares of Altria common stock on or prior to the Distribution Date, you may also be selling your right to receive PMI common stock. You are encouraged to consult with your financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your Altria common stock on or prior to the Distribution Date.

In reviewing this Information Statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the caption “Risk Factors.”

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Information Statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

This Information Statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

Altria first mailed this Information Statement to its stockholders on March     , 2008.

 

 

The date of this Information Statement is March     , 2008.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Q UESTIONS AND A NSWERS ABOUT A LTRIA , PMI AND THE D ISTRIBUTION

   1

S UMMARY

   3

S UMMARY H ISTORICAL AND P RO F ORMA F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

   6

O UR G OALS , S TRENGTHS AND S TRATEGIES

   8

R ISK F ACTORS

   11

T HE D ISTRIBUTION

   16

D IVIDEND AND S HARE R EPURCHASE P OLICY

   23

C APITALIZATION

   24

S ELECTED H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL AND O PERATING D ATA

   25

U NAUDITED P RO F ORMA C ONDENSED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

   27

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS AS OF AND FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2005, 2006 AND 2007

   30

B USINESS

   64

M ANAGEMENT

   82

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED T RANSACTIONS

   131

R ELATIONSHIP WITH A LTRIA

   132

D ESCRIPTION OF C APITAL S TOCK

   134

C ERTAIN P ROVISIONS OF V IRGINIA LAW , OUR A RTICLES OF I NCORPORATION AND OUR B YLAWS

   135

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

   138

I NDEX TO F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS AND S CHEDULE

   F-1

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Information Statement:

 

   

to PMI, us or we include Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

   

to Altria Group, Inc. or Altria include Altria Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

   

to PM USA mean the domestic tobacco subsidiary of Altria, Philip Morris USA Inc.;

 

   

to Kraft mean Kraft Foods Inc., a former subsidiary of Altria;

 

 

 

to years are to our fiscal years ended on the 31 st day of December of the year indicated;

 

   

to quarters are to our fiscal quarters ended on the last day in March, June, September or December of the quarter indicated;

 

   

to the international tobacco market mean the worldwide tobacco market excluding the United States; and

 

   

to Adjusted EPS or Adjusted Diluted EPS mean our net earnings for a designated period of time divided by the number of shares used by Altria in calculating its basic or diluted earnings per share for that period of time.

The transaction in which PMI will be separated from Altria and become an independent public company is referred to in this Information Statement alternatively as the “Distribution” or the “Spin-off.”

 

(ii)


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT ALTRIA, PMI AND THE DISTRIBUTION

 

Q: I own Altria shares. What will I receive as a result of the Spin-off?

 

A: Altria will distribute one share of PMI common stock for each share of Altria common stock outstanding as of the Record Date for the Distribution.

 

Q: What is the Record Date for the Distribution, and when will the Distribution occur?

 

A: The Record Date is March 19, 2008, and ownership is determined as of 5:00 p.m. New York City Time on that date. Shares of PMI common stock will be distributed on March 28, 2008. We refer to this date as the Distribution Date.

 

Q: What do I have to do to participate in the Distribution?

 

A: Nothing. You will receive one share of PMI common stock for each share of Altria common stock held as of the Record Date and retained through the Distribution Date. You may also participate in the Distribution if you purchase Altria common stock in the “regular way” market and retain your Altria shares through the Distribution Date. See “Summary—Trading Prior to or on the Distribution Date.”

 

Q: If I sell my shares of Altria common stock before or on the Distribution Date, will I still be entitled to receive PMI shares in the Distribution?

 

A: If you sell your shares of Altria common stock prior to or on the Distribution Date, you may also be selling your right to receive shares of PMI common stock. See “Summary—Trading Prior to or on the Distribution Date.” You are encouraged to consult with your financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your Altria common stock prior to or on the Distribution Date.

 

Q: Will the Spin-off affect the number of shares of Altria I currently hold?

 

A: The number of shares of Altria common stock held by a stockholder will be unchanged. The market value of each Altria share, however, will decline to reflect the impact of the Distribution.

 

Q: What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Distribution to U.S. stockholders?

 

A: Altria has received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service and an opinion of counsel that the Distribution of PMI common stock to Altria stockholders will qualify as a tax-free distribution for United States federal income tax purposes. You should, of course, consult your own tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the Distribution to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax laws, which may result in the distribution being taxable to you. Altria will provide its U.S. stockholders with information to enable them to compute their tax basis in both Altria and PMI shares. This information will be posted on Altria’s website, www.altria.com/PMIspinoff, promptly following the Distribution Date. Certain United States federal income tax consequences of the Spin-off are described in more detail under “The Distribution—U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

Q: Is the Distribution tax free to Non-U.S. stockholders?

 

A: Non-U.S. stockholders may be subject to tax on the Distribution in jurisdictions other than the U.S. It is expected that the Distribution will be tax free in Canada and Sweden , but subject to tax in Denmark, France, Germany, Ireland, Japan, the Netherlands, Norway and Switzerland. We will post the results (if any) of foreign tax authority determinations on our website, including the Canada Revenue Agency’s conclusion whether the Distribution is tax free. See “The Distribution—Tax Consequences of the Distribution to Non-U.S. Stockholders.”

The foregoing is for general information purposes and does not constitute tax advice. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular consequences of the Distribution to them.


 

1


Table of Contents
Q: When will I receive my PMI shares? Will I receive a stock certificate for PMI shares distributed as a result of the Spin-off?

 

A: Registered holders of Altria common stock who are entitled to participate in the Distribution will receive a book-entry account statement reflecting their ownership of PMI common stock. For additional information, registered stockholders in the U.S. or Canada should contact Altria’s transfer agent, Computershare Trust Company, at 1-866-538-5172 or by e-mail at altria@computershare.com. Stockholders from outside the U.S. and Canada may call 1-781-575-3572. If you would like to receive physical certificates evidencing your PMI shares, please contact PMI’s transfer agent. See “Description of Capital Stock—Transfer Agent and Registrar.”

 

Q: What if I hold my shares through a broker, bank or other nominee?

 

A: Altria stockholders who hold their shares through a broker, bank or other nominee will have their brokerage account credited with PMI common stock. For additional information, those stockholders should contact their broker or bank directly. Questions regarding the Distribution can also be directed to our information agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., at 1-800-290-6431.

 

Q: What if I have stock certificates reflecting my shares of Altria common stock? Should I send them to the transfer agent or to Altria?

 

A: No, you should not send your stock certificates to the transfer agent or to Altria. You should retain your Altria stock certificates. No certificates representing your shares of PMI common stock will be mailed to you. PMI common stock will be issued as uncertificated shares registered in book-entry form through the direct registration system.

 

Q: If I was enrolled in an Altria dividend reinvestment plan, will I automatically be enrolled in the PMI dividend reinvestment plan?

 

A: Yes. If you elected to have your Altria cash dividends applied toward the purchase of additional Altria shares, the PMI shares you receive in the Distribution will be automatically enrolled in the PMI Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan sponsored by Computershare Trust Company (PMI’s transfer
 

agent and registrar), unless you notify Computershare that you do not want to reinvest any PMI cash dividends in additional PMI shares. For contact information for the PMI plan sponsor (Computershare), see “Description of Capital Stock—Transfer Agent and Registrar.”

 

Q: Why is Altria separating PMI from its business?

 

A: Altria’s Board of Directors and management believe the separation will provide the benefits set forth below under the caption “The Distribution—Reasons for the Distribution” and that achieving those benefits will result in greater aggregate value to stockholders who retain their Altria and PMI shares than would be obtained under the current structure.

 

Q: Why is the separation of the two companies structured as a spin-off?

 

A : A U.S. tax-free distribution of shares in PMI is the most tax efficient way to separate the companies.

 

Q: Are there risks to owning PMI common stock?

 

A: Yes. PMI’s business is subject both to general and specific business risks relating to its operations. In addition, the Spin-off presents risks relating to PMI’s being a separately-traded public company. See “Risk Factors.”

 

Q: Does PMI plan to pay dividends?

 

A: Yes. PMI plans to pay a dividend at the initial rate of $0.46 per share per quarter, or $1.84 per year. Dividends are subject to the discretion of PMI’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law. See “Dividend and Share Repurchase Policy.”

 

Q: What will the relationship between Altria and PMI be following the Distribution?

 

A: A ft er the Distribution, Altria will not own any shares of PMI common stock. However, in connection with the Distribution, we are entering into a number of agreements with Altria that will govern the Spin-off and our future relationship with Altria. See “Relationship with Altria.”

 

Q: What will Altria own following the Distribution?

 

A: Altria will own 100% of PM USA, Philip Morris Capital Corporation and John Middleton, Inc., as well as its 28.6% economic interest in SABMiller plc.

 

ADDITIONAL FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION ARE AVAILABLE AT

WWW.ALTRIA.COM/PMISPINOFF

 

2


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following is a summary of some of the information contained in this Information Statement. We urge you to read this entire document carefully, including the risk factors, our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and the notes to those financial statements.

Philip Morris International Inc.

Our products are sold in approximately 160 countries. In 2007, we held an estimated 15.6% share of the 5.5 trillion unit, or individual cigarette, international cigarette market and an estimated 25.2% of the international cigarette market excluding the PRC. We held a 52.4% share of the international premium price category (excluding the PRC) in 2007. We estimate that this category represents 24% of total industry unit sales. We also are growing share in the below premium price category, which accounts for 76% of industry volume, and expanding our leading position in the American type blend category.

Our strong portfolio of brands is led by Marlboro , with an international volume exceeding the combined volume of the four Global Drive Brands of British American Tobacco plc, or BAT, as well as the combined volume of the four Global Focus Brands of Japan Tobacco Inc., or Japan Tobacco, our two largest international competitors. Following the Distribution, our brands will make us the world’s most profitable publicly traded tobacco company.

Summary of the Distribution

The following is a brief summary of the terms of the Distribution. Please see “The Distribution” for a more detailed description of the matters described below.

 

Distributing company

Altria Group, Inc., which is the parent company of Philip Morris International Inc., Philip Morris USA Inc., Philip Morris Capital Corporation and John Middleton, Inc. In addition, Altria Group, Inc. has a 28.6% economic interest in SABMiller plc.

 

Distributed company

Philip Morris International Inc.

120 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

917-663-2000

 

Distribution ratio

Each holder of Altria common stock will receive one share of our common stock for each share of Altria common stock held on the Record Date.

 

Securities to be distributed

Approximately 2.109 billion shares of our common stock. The shares of our common stock to be distributed will constitute all of the outstanding shares of our common stock immediately after the Distribution.

 

Distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for PMI shares

Computershare Trust Company

 

Record Date

5:00 p.m. New York City Time on March 19, 2008

 

Distribution Date

March 28, 2008

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Stock exchange listing

Currently there is no public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “PM.” We anticipate that trading will commence on a when-issued basis shortly before the Record Date. When-issued trading refers to a transaction made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. On the first trading day following the Distribution Date, when-issued trading in respect of our common stock will end and regular way trading will begin. Regular way trading refers to trading after a security has been issued and typically involves a transaction that settles on the third full business day following the date of the transaction. We cannot predict the trading prices for our common stock following the Distribution. In addition, Altria common stock will remain outstanding and will continue to trade on the NYSE.

 

Settlement of intercompany receivable

Within 30 days of the completion of the Distribution, Altria will pay us the balance of our intercompany receivable.

 

Dividend policy

PMI plans to pay a dividend at the initial rate of $0.46 per share per quarter. Dividends are subject to the discretion of PMI’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law. See “Dividend and Share Repurchase Policy.”

 

Indemnities

We will indemnify Altria under the tax sharing agreement we have entered into in connection with the Distribution for the tax resulting from any acquisition or issuance of our stock that triggers the application of Section 355(e) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. For a discussion of Section 355(e), please see “The Distribution—U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.” We will also indemnify Altria and its remaining subsidiaries against certain smoking and health claims and we will be indemnified by Philip Morris USA Inc. against certain smoking and health claims. Please see “Relationship with Altria—Agreements Between Altria and Us—Distribution Agreement” for a description of this indemnification.

 

U.S. federal income tax consequences

Altria has received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service and an opinion of counsel that the Distribution will qualify as a tax-free distribution for United States federal income tax purposes. Certain United States federal income tax consequences of the Spin-off are described in more detail under “The Distribution— U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

Conditions to the Distribution

We expect that the Distribution will be effective on March 28, 2008, provided that the conditions set forth under the caption “The Distribution—Distribution Conditions and Termination” have been satisfied in Altria’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

Purposes of the Distribution

Altria’s Board of Directors and management have determined that the Spin-off will enhance long-term stockholder value by providing the benefits set forth below under the caption “The Distribution— Reasons for the Distribution.”

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Trading prior to or on the Distribution Date

It is anticipated that, beginning shortly before the Record Date, Altria’s shares will trade in two markets on the New York Stock Exchange, the “when issued” market and the “regular way” market. Investors will be able to purchase Altria shares without the right to receive PMI shares in the “when issued” market for Altria common stock. Any holder of Altria common stock who sells Altria shares in the “regular way” market on or before the Distribution Date will also be selling the right to receive PMI shares in the Distribution. You are encouraged to consult with your financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling Altria common stock prior to or on the Distribution Date.

 

Our markets

In this Information Statement, unless otherwise indicated, when we discuss the international market, we refer to the global market except for the United States. When we discuss price and other types of categories, such as “premium,” we exclude international duty free markets. We conduct our business throughout virtually the entire international market, except for countries where our sales are subject to U.S. or other trade sanctions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Environment—Trade Policy.” When we refer to the PRC, we refer to the People’s Republic of China, China’s mainland cigarette market.

 

  In the course of evaluating the performance of our business and in making operational and strategic decisions, management evaluates market share data. Management acquires these data by various means and the data measure different activities in different markets. Shipments, or volume, measures actual shipments to our customers based on the country of destination. In-market volume measures estimated sales to distributors, wholesalers or retail outlets, or retail sales to consumers, depending on data availability. While there is no uniform or agreed method for measuring market share data, all share data provided in this Information Statement consist of information that we use to run the business and that we believe are the most accurate data we can obtain at reasonable cost. Sources for these data include our actual shipment data, distributor provided data, retail surveys, governmental statistics, other third party information and internal estimates. Accordingly, we believe this information is useful to investors seeking to compare our performance over time or with that of our competitors. Market shares are subject to significant fluctuations when excise tax and other regulatory changes affect underlying sales trends, or when competitors introduce new products or implement heavy promotional programs.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table presents our summary historical consolidated financial information. The historical consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The table on the following page also presents our summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data, which are included elsewhere in this Information Statement and have been prepared to reflect the adjustments to our historical financial information to give effect to the following transactions:

 

   

The anticipated cost of certain corporate functions to reflect our status as a stand-alone public company;

 

   

The incremental interest expense associated with the borrowings to finance the special dividends to Altria;

 

   

The cash settlement of all intercompany accounts;

 

   

The transfer of certain employee benefit plan assets and liabilities to us;

 

   

The transfer of federal tax contingencies to us; and

 

   

The cash payment to us as a result of the modifications to the existing Altria stock awards.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of earnings data assume that these transactions occurred as of January 1, 2007 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data assume that these transactions occurred as of December 31, 2007. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are subject to the assumptions and adjustments set forth in the accompanying notes. Management believes that the assumptions used and adjustments made are reasonable under the circumstances and given the information available. Accordingly, the cash settlements described above are calculated as of December 31, 2007 and amounts actually recorded as of the Distribution Date will differ from the pro forma amounts used herein.

You should read the summary and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements. You should also read the sections “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are qualified by reference to these sections, the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of our future performance or what our results of operations and financial position would have been if we had operated as a separate company during the periods presented or if the transactions reflected therein had actually occurred at the dates in the pro forma calculations.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

       Years Ended December 31  (1)          Pro Forma  
2007
 
     2005     2006     2007    
     (in millions, except per share dollar amount)  

Consolidated Statement of Earnings Data:

        

Net revenues

   $ 45,288     $ 48,260     $ 55,096     $ 55,096  

Cost of sales

     7,645       8,153       8,720       8,720  

Excise taxes on products

     25,275       27,466       32,298       32,298  
                                

Gross profit

     12,368       12,641       14,078       14,078  

Marketing, administration and research costs

     4,525       4,551       5,021       5,113  

Italian antitrust charge

       61      

Asset impairment and exit costs

     90       126       208       208  

Gain on sale of business

       (488 )     (52 )     (52 )

Amortization of intangibles

     18       23       28       28  
                                

Operating income

     7,735       8,368       8,873       8,781  

Interest expense, net

     94       142       10       209  
                                

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest

     7,641       8,226       8,863       8,572  

Provision for income taxes

     1,835       1,829       2,564       2,478  
                                

Earnings before minority interest

     5,806       6,397       6,299       6,094  

Minority interest in earnings, net of income taxes

     186       251       273       273  
                                

Net earnings

   $ 5,620     $ 6,146     $ 6,026     $ 5,821  
                                

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,209     $ 1,676     $ 1,656     $ 1,284  

Receivables

     1,898       2,160       3,240       3,240  

Inventories

     5,420       7,075       9,332       9,332  

Due from Altria and affiliates

     693       588       257    

Other current assets

     805       426       567       567  
                                

Total current assets

     10,025       11,925       15,052       14,423  

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     8,118       9,462       11,685       11,685  

Less accumulated depreciation

     3,515       4,224       5,250       5,250  
                                
     4,603       5,238       6,435       6,435  

Goodwill

     5,571       6,197       7,925       7,925  

Intangible assets, net

     1,399       1,627       1,906       1,906  

Other assets

     1,537       1,133       725       725  
                                

Total assets

   $ 23,135     $ 26,120     $ 32,043     $ 31,414  
                                

Short-term borrowings, including current maturities

   $ 768     $ 564     $ 729     $ 729  

Accrued taxes, except income taxes

     2,682       3,541       4,523       4,523  

Other current liabilities

     2,884       2,884       3,299       3,213  

Long-term debt

     4,141       2,222       5,578       5,578  

Deferred income taxes

     1,024       1,166       1,240       1,203  

Other liabilities

     1,329       1,476       1,273       1,468  

Stockholder’s equity

     10,307       14,267       15,401       14,700  
                                

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 23,135     $ 26,120     $ 32,043     $ 31,414  
                                

Cash Flow Data:

        

Cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ 5,158     $ 6,236     $ 5,589     $ 5,433  

Investing activities

     (5,622 )     (439 )     (2,586 )     (2,586 )

Financing activities

     (2,964 )     (5,417 )     (3,369 )     (3,585 )

Depreciation and amortization

     527       658       748       748  

Capital expenditures

     (736 )     (886 )     (1,072 )     (1,072 )

Other Data:

        

Volume (in billions of units)

     804       831       850       850  

Corporate expenses

     72       67       73       139  

Adjusted Earnings Per Share Data (2) :

        

Basic earnings per share

   $ 2.71     $ 2.94     $ 2.87     $ 2.77  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.69     $ 2.92     $ 2.85     $ 2.75  

Shares used in computing:

        

Basic earnings per share

     2,070       2,087       2,101       2,101  

Diluted earnings per share

     2,090       2,105       2,116       2,116  

 

(1) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements for events that affect the comparability of the amounts presented.

 

(2) Assumes PMI shares outstanding were equivalent to Altria shares outstanding in each period.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

OUR GOALS, STRENGTHS AND STRATEGIES

Our Goals

Our goals are:

 

   

to meet the expectations of adult smokers by offering innovative tobacco products of the highest quality available in their preferred price category;

 

   

to generate superior returns to our stockholders through revenue, volume, income and cash flow growth and a balanced program of dividends and share repurchases;

 

   

to reduce the harm caused by tobacco products by supporting comprehensive regulation and developing products with the potential to reduce the risk of tobacco related diseases; and

 

   

to be a responsible corporate citizen and to conduct our business with the highest degree of integrity.

Our Strengths

Our strengths are:

 

   

our financial resources —following the Spin-off, we will be the most profitable publicly traded tobacco company and a strong generator of cash flow, which enables us to support and expand our brand portfolio and geographic reach, to fund innovation and the research and development of both conventional products and potentially reduced risk products and to reward stockholders;

 

 

 

our scale and infrastructure —our size and scope in both mature and emerging markets enable us to be efficient and effective in serving our consumers and customers worldwide and to expand our brands geographically as well as to reduce costs and improve productivity; we are the market leader in 11 1 of the top 30 international markets and number two in an additional 8 of these markets;

 

   

our powerful and diverse brand portfolio, led by the world’s best selling international cigarette, Marlboro Marlboro competes consistently in the profitable premium segment; our superior portfolio of international brands with strong brand equity also includes the premium and above brands Parliament and Virginia Slims , high price Chesterfield , mid-price L&M and low price Bond Street , Red & White and Next , as well as the Philip Morris brand, Lark and Muratti ;

 

   

a successful track record in acquiring and integrating companies —in 2005 we purchased Sampoerna in Indonesia, and this company, which contributed $593 million to our operating income in 2007, is performing above our initial expectations; other recent acquisitions in Colombia and Serbia and our increased investments in Mexico and Pakistan have also reinforced our position in emerging markets; we will continue to pursue business development opportunities that make strategic and financial sense;

 

   

our focus on cost controls, productivity gains and manufacturing efficiencies —this focus is reflected in the streamlining of our operations center in Switzerland, the development of shared service centers, supply chain optimization and the previously announced plans for additional factory rationalization, including the re-sourcing of production volume from the USA to Europe;

 

   

our R&D capabilities —our research and development efforts are primarily focused on the development of products with the potential to reduce the risk of tobacco related diseases based on a better understanding of the mechanisms of smoking related diseases; for our conventional products, we concentrate on product improvement, regulatory compliance, quality assurance and the development of innovative products in terms of blends, packaging and cigarette and filter construction;

 

 

1

Assumes Imperial had acquired Altadis and Japan Tobacco had acquired Gallaher on January 1, 2006.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

comprehensive and positive attitude towards regulation —we actively seek a comprehensive and cohesive regulatory framework for all tobacco products that is based on the principle of harm reduction and will establish rules that:

 

   

govern the manufacture, marketing, sale, and use of conventional products that meet adult consumers’ preferences.

 

   

require all manufacturers to follow the same high standards in product development, assessment and testing.

 

   

encourage the development and commercialization of products with the potential to reduce the risk of tobacco related diseases.

 

   

quality of our employees and their proven ability to execute —we have an experienced management team, strong organizational depth, and a highly motivated and diverse professional workforce; we provide challenging career opportunities to attract and retain people who are dedicated and effective.

Our Strategies

We intend to create superior value for our investors by executing the following key strategies:

 

   

Further strengthen our brand portfolio through innovation leadership based on enhanced consumer understanding. We are working to:

 

   

reinforce Marlboro’s market leadership by using our deep consumer understanding and engagement to introduce innovative new packaging, new blends and other line extensions, and by supporting Marlboro’s vibrant brand equity with strong and fresh executions of its iconic campaign and image building promotions.

 

   

restore L&M ’s growth momentum by revitalizing the brand family with products that have a higher overall preference than the current offering, especially among consumers of competitive brands, due to L&M ’s smoother taste and attractive new pack design, and by the continued expansion of the brand to new markets and new taste segments.

 

   

further develop and expand our portfolio of premium and high price brands, including Parliament , Virginia Slims and Chesterfield , that competes successfully across a range of consumer preferences in a variety of market segments across the world.

 

   

expand our position in profitable low price segments with a mix of international brands, such as Bond Street , Red & White and Next , and local brands, such as Diana , Petra , f6, Assos and Delicados , while remaining focused on further strengthening our share in the premium price category.

 

   

Successfully develop next generation products that meet adult consumer preferences and have the potential to reduce the risk of tobacco related diseases and, once that objective is met, profitably commercialize those products.

 

   

Work with governments and other stakeholders to implement a comprehensive, consistent and cohesive regulatory framework that applies to all tobacco product categories and is based on the principle of harm reduction. We are working to:

 

   

achieve equitable fiscal measures that are integrated with public health policy.

 

   

support restrictions on general tobacco product advertising, marketing and sponsorship, while maintaining our ability to communicate directly with adult smokers.

 

   

obtain rigorous science-based product regulations establishing testing, reporting and performance standards for all tobacco products.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

obtain comprehensive and fully enforced measures to prevent youth smoking.

 

   

support public smoking restrictions in indoor public places, while maintaining adult smokers’ ability to enjoy tobacco products in some public venues, and preserving the right of adults to smoke in private places.

 

   

obtain comprehensive and fully enforced measures to prevent the manufacture of counterfeit products and illicit trade.

 

   

establish an appropriate regulatory framework for the manufacture and commercialization of products with the potential to reduce risk.

 

   

Pursue business development opportunities.

 

   

we have historically expanded our business through a mixture of organic growth, acquisitions and access to new markets and we will continue to evaluate all potential acquisition and other business development opportunities using a disciplined approach.

 

   

we will only pursue those opportunities that we believe are financially and strategically compelling and will enhance long-term stockholder value.

 

   

Increase speed to market, improve organizational effectiveness and enhance productivity.

 

   

we have revised our operating model to provide our market managers with greater flexibility and higher levels of decision making responsibilities, and introduced a new consumer insights and innovation process that is intended to provide an enlarged pipeline of new product concepts and ideas, increase our speed to market and enhance the probability of successful new launches.

 

   

we will continue to pursue efforts to control costs in all areas through initiatives such as clustering manufacturing plants and support services, centralizing materials purchasing, streamlining the number of product offerings, simplifying blend and product specifications, grouping back office operations in lower cost locations and investing in productivity enhancing information technology infrastructure and programs.

 

   

Attract, motivate and retain the best global talent.

 

   

we will continue to develop our employees through well structured development and advancement plans that will provide them with challenging professional assignments, attractive career opportunities and competitive remuneration.

 

   

while our focus will remain on internal talent development, our efforts will be complemented by selected external recruiting at all levels of the organization.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this Information Statement in evaluating us and our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer, in which case the trading price of our common stock could decline. This Information Statement also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this Information Statement. See “Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Cigarettes are subject to substantial taxes. Significant increases in cigarette-related taxes have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted in numerous jurisdictions. These tax increases may affect our profitability disproportionately and make us less competitive versus certain of our competitors.

Tax regimes, including excise taxes, sales taxes and import duties, can disproportionately affect the retail price of manufactured cigarettes versus other tobacco products, or disproportionately affect the relative retail price of our manufactured cigarette brands versus competitive manufactured cigarette brands. Because our portfolio is weighted toward the premium price manufactured cigarette category, tax regimes based on sales price have placed us at a competitive disadvantage in certain markets. As a result, our volume and profitability are adversely affected in these markets.

Increases in cigarette taxes are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on our sales of cigarettes, due to resulting lower consumption levels, a shift in sales from manufactured cigarettes to other tobacco products and from the premium price to the mid-price or low price cigarette categories where we may be under-represented, from domestic sales to legal cross-border purchases of lower price products or to illicit products such as contraband and counterfeit.

The European Commission is seeking to alter minimum retail selling price systems.

Several EU Member States have enacted laws establishing a minimum retail selling price for cigarettes and, in some cases, other tobacco products. The European Commission has commenced proceedings against these Member States, claiming that minimum retail selling price systems infringe EU law. If the European Commission’s infringement actions are successful, they could adversely impact excise tax levels and/or price gaps in those markets.

Our business faces significant governmental action aimed at increasing regulatory requirements with the goal of preventing the use of tobacco products.

Governmental actions, combined with the diminishing social acceptance of smoking and private actions to restrict smoking, have resulted in reduced industry volume in many of our markets, and we expect that such actions will continue to reduce consumption levels. Significant regulatory developments will take place over the next few years in most of our markets, driven principally by the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention for Tobacco Control, or FCTC. The FCTC is the first international public health treaty, and its objective is to establish a global agenda for tobacco regulation with the purpose of reducing initiation of tobacco use and encouraging cessation. In addition, the FCTC has led to increased efforts by tobacco control advocates and public health organizations to reduce the palatability and appeal of tobacco products to adult smokers. Regulatory initiatives that have been proposed, introduced or enacted include:

 

   

the levying of substantial and increasing tax and duty charges;

 

   

restrictions or bans on advertising, marketing and sponsorship;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

the display of larger health warnings, graphic health warnings and other labeling requirements;

 

   

restrictions on packaging design, including the use of colors and generic packaging;

 

   

restrictions or bans on the display of tobacco product packaging at the point of sale, and restrictions or bans on cigarette vending machines;

 

   

requirements regarding testing, disclosure and performance standards for tar, nicotine, carbon monoxide and other smoke constituents levels;

 

   

requirements regarding testing, disclosure and use of tobacco product ingredients;

 

   

increased restrictions on smoking in public and work places and, in some instances, in private places and outdoors;

 

   

elimination of duty free allowances for travelers; and

 

   

encouraging litigation against tobacco companies.

Partly because of some or a combination of these measures, unit sales of tobacco products in certain markets, principally Western Europe and Japan, have been in general decline and we expect this trend to continue. Our operating income could be significantly affected by any significant decrease in demand for our products, any significant increase in the cost of complying with new regulatory requirements and requirements that lead to a commoditization of tobacco products.

Litigation related to cigarette smoking and exposure to environmental tobacco smoke, or ETS, could substantially reduce our profitability and could severely impair our liquidity.

There is litigation related to tobacco products pending in certain jurisdictions. Damages claimed in some of the tobacco-related litigation are significant and, in certain cases in Brazil, Israel, Nigeria and Canada, range into the billions of dollars. We anticipate that new cases will continue to be filed. The FCTC encourages litigation against tobacco product manufacturers. It is possible that our consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position could be materially affected in a particular fiscal quarter or fiscal year by an unfavorable outcome or settlement of certain pending litigation. Please see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements and “Business—Litigation” for a discussion of tobacco-related litigation.

We face intense competition and our failure to compete effectively could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

We compete primarily on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, brand loyalty, service, marketing, advertising and price. We are subject to highly competitive conditions in all aspects of our business. The competitive environment and our competitive position can be significantly influenced by weak economic conditions, erosion of consumer confidence, competitors’ introduction of low price products or innovative products, higher cigarette taxes, higher absolute prices and larger gaps between price categories, and product regulation that diminishes the ability to differentiate tobacco products. Competitors include three large international tobacco companies and several regional and local tobacco companies and, in some instances, government-owned tobacco monopolies, principally in the PRC, Egypt, Thailand, Taiwan and Algeria. Industry consolidation and privatizations of governmental monopolies have led to an overall increase in competitive pressures. Some competitors have different profit and volume objectives and some international competitors are less susceptible to changes in currency exchange rates.

Because we have operations in numerous countries, our results may be influenced by economic, regulatory and political developments in many countries.

Some of the countries in which we operate face the threat of civil unrest and can be subject to regime changes. In others, nationalization, terrorism, conflict and the threat of war may have a significant impact on the

 

12


Table of Contents

business environment. Economic, political, regulatory or other developments could disrupt our supply chain or our distribution capabilities. In addition, such developments could lead to loss of property or equipment that are critical to our business in certain markets and difficulty in staffing and managing our operations, which could reduce our volumes, revenues and net earnings. In certain markets, we are dependent on governmental approvals of various actions such as price changes.

In addition, despite our high ethical standards and rigorous control and compliance procedures aimed at preventing and detecting unlawful conduct, given the breadth and scope of our international operations, we may not be able to detect all potential improper or unlawful conduct by our international partners and employees.

We may be unable to anticipate changes in consumer preferences or to respond to consumer behavior influenced by economic downturns.

Our tobacco business is subject to changes in consumer preferences, which may be influenced by local economic conditions. To be successful, we must:

 

   

promote brand equity successfully;

 

   

anticipate and respond to new consumer trends;

 

   

develop new products and markets and broaden brand portfolios;

 

   

improve productivity; and

 

   

be able to protect or enhance margins through price increases.

In periods of economic uncertainty, consumers may tend to purchase lower price brands, and the volume of our premium price, high price and mid-price brands and our profitability could suffer accordingly.

We lose revenue as a result of counterfeiting, contraband and cross-border purchases.

Large quantities of counterfeit cigarettes are sold in the international market. We believe that Marlboro is the most heavily counterfeited international cigarette brand, although we cannot quantify the amount of revenue we lose as a result of this activity. In addition, our revenues are reduced by contraband and legal cross-border purchases.

From time to time, we are subject to governmental investigations on a range of matters.

Investigations include allegations of contraband shipments of cigarettes, allegations of unlawful pricing activities within certain markets and allegations of false and misleading usage of descriptors such as “lights” and “ultra lights.” We cannot predict the outcome of those investigations or whether additional investigations may be commenced, and it is possible that our business could be materially affected by an unfavorable outcome of pending or future investigations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Environment—Governmental Investigations” for a description of governmental investigations to which we are subject.

We may be unsuccessful in our attempts to produce cigarettes with the potential to reduce the risk of tobacco related diseases.

We continue to seek ways to develop and to commercialize new product technologies that may reduce the risk of smoking. Our goal is to reduce constituents in tobacco smoke identified by public health authorities as harmful while continuing to offer adult smokers products that meet their taste expectations. We may not succeed in these efforts. If we do not succeed, but one or more of our competitors do, we may be at a competitive disadvantage. Further, we cannot predict whether regulators will permit the marketing of products with claims of reduced risk to consumers, which could significantly undermine the commercial viability of these products.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our reported results could be adversely affected by currency exchange rates and currency devaluations could impair our competitiveness.

We conduct our business primarily in local currency and, for purposes of financial reporting, the local currency results are translated into U.S. dollars based on average exchange rates prevailing during a reporting period. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported net revenues and operating income will be reduced because the local currency will translate into fewer U.S. dollars. During periods of local economic crises, foreign currencies may be devalued significantly against the U.S. dollar, reducing our margins. Actions to recover margins may result in lower volume and a weaker competitive position.

The repatriation of our foreign earnings may increase our effective tax rate.

Because we are a U.S. holding company, our most significant source of funds will be distributions from our non-U.S. subsidiaries. These distributions may result in a residual U.S. tax cost. It may be advantageous to us in certain circumstances to significantly increase the amount of such distributions, which could result in a material increase in our overall tax rate in the years such distributions take place.

Our ability to grow may be limited by our inability to introduce new products, enter new markets or to improve our margins through higher pricing and improvements in our brand and geographical mix.

Our profitability may suffer if we are unable to introduce new products or enter new markets successfully, to raise prices or maintain an acceptable proportion of our sales of higher margin products and sales in higher margin geographies.

We may be unable to expand our portfolio through successful acquisitions.

One element of our growth strategy is to strengthen our brand portfolio and market positions through selective acquisitions. Acquisition opportunities are limited and acquisitions present risks of failing to achieve efficient and effective integration, strategic objectives and anticipated revenue improvements and cost savings. There is no assurance that we will be able to acquire attractive businesses on favorable terms or that future acquisitions will be accretive to earnings.

Government mandated prices, production control programs, shifts in crops driven by economic conditions and adverse weather patterns may increase the cost or reduce the quality of the tobacco and other agricultural products used to manufacture our products.

As with other agricultural commodities, the price of tobacco leaf and cloves can be influenced by imbalances in supply and demand and crop quality can be influenced by variations in weather patterns. Tobacco production in certain countries is subject to a variety of controls, including government mandated prices and production control programs. Changes in the patterns of demand for agricultural products could cause farmers to plant less tobacco. Any significant change in tobacco leaf and clove prices, quality and quantity could affect our profitability and our business.

Our ability to implement our strategy of attracting and retaining the best global talent may be impaired by the decreasing social acceptance of cigarette smoking.

The tobacco industry competes for talent with consumer products and other companies that enjoy greater societal acceptance. As a result, we may be unable to attract and retain the best global talent.

 

14


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Separation from Altria

Because there has not been any public market for our common stock, the market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial market price of our stock following the Distribution.

Prior to the Distribution, there will have been no trading market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investors’ interest will lead to a liquid trading market or whether the market price of our common stock will be volatile. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including in response to the risk factors listed in this Information Statement or for reasons unrelated to our specific performance, such as reports by industry analysts, investor perceptions, or negative announcements by our customers, competitors or suppliers regarding their own performance, as well as general economic and industry conditions.

A number of our shares are or will be eligible for future sale, which may cause our stock price to decline.

Upon completion of the Distribution, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 2.109 billion shares of our common stock. Virtually all of these shares will be freely tradable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act of 1933. We are unable to predict whether large amounts of common stock will be sold in the open market following the Distribution. We are also unable to predict whether a sufficient number of buyers would be in the market at that time. A portion of Altria’s common stock is held by index funds tied to the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index, the Dow Jones Industrial Average or other stock indices. If we are not included in these indices at the time of the Distribution, these index funds will be required to sell our stock.

We could incur significant indemnity obligations if our action or failure to act causes the Distribution to be taxable.

Under the tax sharing agreement between Altria and us, we have agreed to indemnify Altria and its affiliates if we take, or fail to take, any action where such action, or failure to act, precludes the Distribution from qualifying as a tax-free transaction. For a discussion of these restrictions, please see “The Distribution—U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

We have no history operating as an independent public company and we may be unable to make the changes necessary to operate as an independent public company, or we may incur greater costs as an independent public company that may cause our profitability to decline.

Prior to the separation, a management services subsidiary of Altria provided various corporate services for us, including certain planning, legal, treasury, accounting, auditing, risk management, human resources, office of the secretary, corporate affairs and tax services. Following the separation, Altria’s management services subsidiary will have no obligation to provide these services to us other than the interim services that are described in “Relationship with Altria.” If we do not have in place our own systems and services, or if we do not have agreements with other providers of these services once our transition services agreement expires, we may not be able to operate our business effectively and our profitability may decline. We are in the process of creating our own, or engaging third parties to provide, systems and services to replace many of the systems and services Altria’s management services subsidiary currently provides us. We may not be successful in implementing these systems and services or in transitioning data from Altria’s systems to ours.

Your percentage ownership of our common shares may be diluted by future acquisitions.

One of the purposes of the Spin-off is to provide us with focused common stock that can be used to fund acquisitions. To the extent we issue new shares of common stock to fund acquisitions, your percentage ownership of our shares will be diluted. There is no assurance that the effect of this dilution will be offset by accretive earnings from the acquisition.

 

15


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking and Cautionary Statements

We may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements, including statements contained in filings with the SEC, in reports to stockholders and in press releases and investor webcasts. You can identify these forward-looking statements by use of words such as “strategy,” “expects,” “continues,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “will,” “estimates,” “intends,” “projects,” “goals,” “targets” and other words of similar meaning. You can also identify them by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.

We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will be realized, although we believe we have been prudent in our plans and assumptions. Achievement of future results is subject to risks, uncertainties and inaccurate assumptions. Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Investors should bear this in mind as they consider forward-looking statements and whether to invest in or remain invested in our securities. We are identifying important facts that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause actual results and outcomes to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements made by us; any such statement is qualified by reference to the cautionary statements under the caption “Risk Factors.” We elaborate on these and other risks we face throughout this document, particularly in the “Business Environment” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and under the caption “Business.” You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all risk factors. Consequently, you should not consider the risks discussed in this Information Statement to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement that we may make from time to time except in the normal course of our public disclosure obligations.

THE DISTRIBUTION

General

The separation of PMI from Altria will be accomplished through a pro rata distribution by Altria of 100% of our outstanding common stock to Altria stockholders, which we refer to as the Distribution or the Spin-off, on March 28, 2008, the Distribution Date. As a result of the Distribution, each holder of Altria common stock as of 5:00 p.m. New York City Time on March 19, 2008, the Record Date, will:

 

   

receive one share of our common stock for each share of Altria common stock owned by such holder; and

 

   

retain such holder’s shares in Altria.

Altria stockholders will not be required to pay for shares of our common stock received in the Distribution or to surrender or exchange shares of Altria common stock in order to receive our common stock or to take any other action in connection with the Distribution. No vote of Altria stockholders is required or sought in connection with the Distribution, and Altria stockholders have no appraisal rights in connection with the Distribution.

Reasons for the Distribution

After much consideration, Altria’s Board of Directors and management determined that our separation from Altria would provide the following benefits:

 

   

an improved focus on the different market dynamics, competitive frameworks, challenges and opportunities that Altria and PMI face;

 

   

a more optimal and efficient capital allocation to enhance stockholder value, coupled with greater financial flexibility, including an increase in the combined debt capacity of Altria and PMI;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

greater transparency leading to the elimination of the sum-of-the-parts discount under which Altria’s common stock has typically traded;

 

   

a significant reduction in corporate overheads, including the closure of Altria’s corporate headquarters in New York;

 

   

the creation of a potential acquisition currency in the form of more focused equity that neither of Altria’s tobacco subsidiaries has had available prior to the Spin-off; and

 

   

a tighter alignment of compensation and rewards with the performance of each entity.

Once separated, based on net income, Altria will be the third largest publicly traded tobacco company in the world and we will be the largest, providing each with the necessary scale to operate on a stand alone basis.

The U.S. cigarette market differs substantially from international markets. The U.S. cigarette industry is characterized by declining consumption trends, brand concentration, narrow gaps between price segments, a fully specific cigarette excise tax structure, broad third party distribution and low tariff barriers. Within this market, PM USA has a 50.6% market share and Marlboro contributes 82% of its shipment volume.

In contrast, the international tobacco industry is characterized by flat to growing consumption trends, a proliferation of brands, wide price gaps, myriad excise tax structures, significantly different modes of distribution and, frequently, protectionist trade policies. We have a 15.6% share of the international market, with Marlboro contributing approximately 37% of our shipment volume.

These differing market dynamics require fundamentally different business strategies and offer significantly different business opportunities for growth. PM USA is pursuing growth in adjacent product categories such as smokeless, while we seek primarily to expand our cigarette business both organically and through acquisitions.

The separation will enable management of each company to focus exclusively on these disparate challenges and opportunities, eliminate the layer of parent company management and facilitate quicker and more flexible decision making. Reflecting these disparate market dynamics, there is today no major competitor with significant operations both in the United States and international markets. As independent companies, PM USA and PMI will each be better positioned to compete with its major competitors.

These different market characteristics cause us to have capital allocation needs that will differ from Altria’s needs following the Spin-off. Based on these needs, as separate companies, Altria and PMI will each determine the capital structure and other financial policies that best enable it to target the stockholder base that is most appropriate to its business fundamentals.

The separation will improve our ability to grow through acquisitions. As an independent company, our debt capacity will increase because rating agencies and lenders will no longer link our borrowings with Altria’s. We will also have our own focused publicly traded stock that we can use as acquisition currency. As a result, the Spin-off will optimize our growth potential.

Results of the Distribution

After the Distribution, we will be an independently traded public company. Immediately following the Distribution, we expect to have approximately 100,000 registered holders of shares of our common stock.

We and Altria will be parties to a number of agreements that govern the Spin-off and our future relationship. For a more detailed description of these agreements, please see “Relationship with Altria—Agreements Between Altria and Us.”

The Distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of Altria common stock or any rights of Altria stockholders.

 

17


Table of Contents

Manner of Effecting the Distribution

The general terms and conditions relating to the Distribution are set forth in a distribution agreement between Altria and us. Under that agreement, the Distribution will be effective on the Distribution Date. As a result of the Distribution, each Altria stockholder will receive one share of our common stock for each share of Altria common stock owned on the Record Date. For registered Altria stockholders, our transfer agent will credit their shares of our common stock to book-entry accounts established to hold their shares of our common stock. Book-entry refers to a method of recording stock ownership in our records in which no physical certificates are issued. For stockholders who own Altria common stock through a bank or brokerage firm, their shares of our common stock will be credited to their accounts by the bank or broker. See “When and How You Will Receive PMI Shares” below. Each share of our common stock that is distributed will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights to acquire a pro rata portion of any new equity issuance. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Following the Distribution, stockholders whose shares are held in book-entry form may request the transfer of their shares of our common stock to a brokerage or other account at any time, without charge.

When and How You Will Receive PMI Shares

On the Distribution Date, Altria will release its shares of our common stock for distribution by Computershare, our distribution agent. The distribution agent will cause the shares of our common stock to which you are entitled to be registered in your name or in the “street name” of your bank or brokerage firm.

“Street Name” Holders.   Many Altria stockholders have Altria common stock held in an account with a bank or brokerage firm. If this applies to you, that bank or brokerage firm is the registered holder that holds the shares on your behalf. For stockholders who hold their Altria common stock in an account with a bank or brokerage firm, our common stock being distributed will be registered in the “street name” of your bank or broker, who in turn will electronically credit your account with the shares that you are entitled to receive in the Distribution. We anticipate that this will take three to eight business days after the Distribution Date. We encourage you to contact your bank or broker if you have any questions regarding the mechanics of having your shares credited to your account.

Registered Holders.   If you are the registered holder of Altria common stock and hold your Altria common stock either in physical form or in book-entry form, the shares of our common stock distributed to you will be registered in your name and you will become the holder of record of that number of shares of our common stock. Our distribution agent will send you a statement reflecting your ownership of our common stock.

Direct Registration System.   PMI common stock will be issued as uncertificated shares registered in book-entry form through the direct registration system. No certificates representing your shares will be mailed to you. Under the direct registration system, instead of receiving stock certificates, you will receive a statement reflecting your ownership interest in our shares. If at any time you want to receive a physical certificate evidencing your shares, you may do so by contacting our transfer agent and registrar. Contact information for our transfer agent and registrar is provided under “Description of Capital Stock—Transfer Agent and Registrar.” The distribution agent will begin mailing book-entry account statements reflecting your ownership of shares promptly after the Distribution Date. You can obtain more information regarding the direct registration system by contacting our transfer agent and registrar.

Transferability of Shares You Receive

The shares of our common stock distributed to Altria stockholders will be freely transferable, except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be our “affiliates” under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed to be our affiliates after the Distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with us, and include

 

18


Table of Contents

our directors and certain of our officers. Our affiliates will be permitted to sell their shares of PMI common stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption afforded by Rule 144.

Under Rule 144, an affiliate may not sell within any three-month period shares of our common stock in excess of the greater of:

 

   

1% of the then outstanding number of shares of our common stock; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice with the SEC on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain provisions regarding the manner of sale, notice requirements and availability of current public information about us.

Employee Stock-Based Plans

In connection with the Distribution, each option for Altria common stock granted under Altria’s option plans will be split into options to acquire Altria common stock and PMI common stock. Holders of Altria options will receive the following options, having an aggregate intrinsic value equal to the intrinsic value of the pre-split Altria options:

 

   

a new PMI option (issued by us) to acquire that number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of Altria options held by such person on the Distribution Date; and

 

   

an adjusted Altria option for the same number of shares of Altria common stock with a reduced exercise price.

The exercise price of each option will be pro rated to reflect the relative market values of our shares and Altria shares immediately before the Distribution. As a result, the new PMI option and the adjusted Altria option will have an aggregate intrinsic value equal to the intrinsic value of the pre-split Altria options.

Holders of Altria restricted or deferred stock awarded prior to January 30, 2008, will receive one deferred or restricted share of our common stock for each share of Altria restricted or deferred stock held on the Distribution Date. Employees who were awarded Altria deferred stock on or after January 30, 2008, will receive an adjusted award of deferred stock consisting entirely of their employer’s (Altria or our) common stock on the Distribution Date.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to us, Altria and U.S. Holders (as defined below) of Altria common stock as a result of the Distribution of our common stock to holders of Altria common stock. This summary is not a complete description of those consequences and, in particular, may not address U.S. federal income tax considerations that affect the treatment of a stockholder who acquired Altria common stock as compensation or of a stockholder subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code (for example, insurance companies, financial institutions, dealers in securities or tax-exempt organizations). Your individual circumstances may affect the tax consequences of the Distribution of our common stock to you. In addition, no information is provided herein with respect to tax consequences under applicable foreign, state, local or other laws, other than U.S. federal income tax laws. The Distribution may be taxable to you under such foreign, state, local and other laws. Further, this summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, applicable Treasury regulations thereunder, Internal Revenue Service rulings and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this Information Statement. Future legislative, administrative or judicial changes or interpretations could affect the accuracy of the statements set forth herein, and could apply retroactively. You are advised to consult your own tax advisor as to the specific tax consequences of the Distribution of the PMI common stock to you.

 

19


Table of Contents

For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of Altria common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) a citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia); (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust if (x) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and (y) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust. If a partnership holds Altria common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding Altria common stock should consult its tax advisor.

Tax-Free Status of the Distribution .  Altria has received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that, for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

No gain or loss will be recognized by (and no amount will be included in the income of) the stockholders of Altria upon the receipt of the stock of PMI in connection with the Distribution.

 

   

No gain or loss will be recognized by Altria on the distribution of the stock of PMI in connection with the Distribution.

 

   

The aggregate basis of the Altria shares and the PMI shares in the hands of the stockholders of Altria after the Distribution will be the same as the basis of the Altria shares in the hands of its stockholders immediately before the Distribution.

 

   

The holding period of the stock of PMI to be received by the Altria stockholders will include the holding period of the Altria stock held by each such stockholder prior to the Distribution, provided that the shares of Altria were held as a capital asset on the date of the Distribution.

 

   

Proper allocation of earnings and profits between Altria and PMI will be made.

Although a private letter ruling from the IRS generally is binding on the IRS, if the factual representations or assumptions made in the letter ruling request are untrue or incomplete in any material respect, then Altria will not be able to rely on the ruling. Furthermore, the IRS will not rule on whether a distribution satisfies certain legal requirements necessary to obtain tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code. Rather, the private letter ruling is based upon representations by Altria that these legal requirements have been satisfied, and any inaccuracy in the representations could prevent Altria from relying on the ruling.

Altria has also received an opinion from outside legal counsel, to the effect that the Spin-off will qualify as tax free to Altria and Altria stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The opinion relies on the IRS letter ruling as to matters covered by the ruling. The opinion is based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters made by Altria and us, which, if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect, would jeopardize the conclusions reached by counsel in its opinion.

If the Distribution were not to qualify as a tax-free distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then each stockholder of Altria receiving shares of PMI common stock in the Distribution would generally be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the PMI common stock received. In addition, Altria would recognize a taxable gain equal to the excess of the fair market value of the PMI common stock distributed over Altria’s adjusted tax basis in such stock.

Even if the Distribution otherwise qualifies as a tax-free distribution, it might be taxable to Altria under Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code if 50% or more of either the total voting power or the total fair market value of the stock of Altria or PMI is acquired as part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the Distribution. If Section 355(e) applies as a result of such an acquisition, Altria would recognize a taxable gain as described above, but the Distribution would generally be tax free to Altria stockholders.

 

20


Table of Contents

Indemnification .  Under the tax sharing agreement between Altria and PMI, PMI has agreed to indemnify Altria and its affiliates if PMI takes, or fails to take, any action where such action, or failure to act, precludes the Distribution from qualifying as a tax-free transaction. See “Relationship with Altria—Agreements Between Altria and Us.”

Information Reporting .  Current Treasury regulations require certain “significant” Altria stockholders (who immediately before the Distribution own 5% or more of Altria stock) who receive PMI common stock pursuant to the Distribution to attach to his or her U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the Distribution occurs a detailed statement setting forth such data as may be appropriate in order to show the applicability to the Distribution of Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code. We will provide appropriate information to each holder of record of Altria common stock as of the Record Date to allow this requirement to be met.

Tax Consequences of the Distribution to Non-U.S. Stockholders

Canadian Tax Consequences .  This discussion provides information regarding certain Canadian federal income tax consequences of the Distribution generally applicable to Altria stockholders who, for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Canadian Tax Act”) and at all relevant times, are resident or deemed to be resident in Canada, hold their Altria common shares and will hold their PMI common shares as capital property and deal at arm’s length with, and are not affiliated with, Altria or PMI. This discussion does not address tax consequences to Canadian resident Altria stockholders who hold Altria common shares through a deferred income plan or to an Altria stockholder that is a “financial institution” for purposes of the “mark-to-market” rules in the Canadian Tax Act.

The Canadian Tax Act provides that a distribution by a U.S. resident corporation of common shares of another U.S. resident corporation to Canadian stockholders in a U.S. tax-free spin-off can, in certain circumstances, qualify for tax-free treatment under section 86.1 of the Canadian Tax Act. To qualify, the U.S. corporation must provide certain required information to the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”). Altria anticipates that the CRA will conclude that the Distribution qualifies for the tax-free treatment provided for in section 86.1, and, accordingly, is in the process of providing to the CRA the information required by section 86.1. Altria will post the results of the CRA’s determination on its website once such results become available. The CRA may also post such results on its website. Altria can give no assurance that the CRA will conclude that the Distribution will qualify for the tax-free treatment provided for in section 86.1.

If the Distribution qualifies for tax-free treatment under section 86.1, a stockholder is generally entitled to make an election to have the distribution not included in income. Where a valid election is made, the adjusted cost base of a stockholder’s Altria common shares immediately before the Distribution is required to be allocated between such Altria common shares and the PMI common shares received by the stockholder in the Distribution, based on the relative fair market values of such Altria common shares and PMI common shares immediately after the Distribution. In order to receive tax-free treatment, a stockholder must make a valid election pursuant to section 86.1 of the Canadian Tax Act . The election must be made in writing, must be filed with the stockholder’s paper tax return for the taxation year that includes the date of the Distribution, and must provide the information required by the CRA.

If the Distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment under section 86.1 or if a valid tax election, as described above, is not filed, a Canadian resident Altria stockholder would be required to include in the stockholder’s income for Canadian tax purposes, as a taxable dividend from Altria, an amount equal to the fair market value of the PMI common shares received, determined as of the date of the Distribution. Stockholders would not be entitled to the gross-up and dividend tax credit treatment (for individuals) or the inter-corporate dividend deduction (for corporations) normally applicable to dividends received from taxable Canadian corporations.

The foregoing is for general information purposes and does not constitute tax advice to any Canadian stockholder. Such stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular consequences of

 

21


Table of Contents

the Distribution to them, including the applicability and effect of any Canadian federal, provincial and territorial and foreign tax laws, and regarding the actions and information necessary to make the required election, in the event that the CRA determines that the Spin-off qualifies for the tax-free treatment provided for in section 86.1.

Tax Consequences to Other Non-U.S. Stockholders .  Certain non-U.S. stockholders may be subject to tax on the Distribution in jurisdictions other than the U.S. notwithstanding that the Distribution is not taxable under U.S. federal income tax law. In some jurisdictions this may be the case even if a sale of shares may be subject to little or no tax in that jurisdiction. It is expected that the Distribution will be tax free in Sweden, but subject to tax in Denmark, France, Germany, Ireland, Japan, the Netherlands, Norway and Switzerland. We will post the results (if any) of foreign tax authority determinations on our website. It is extremely important that you consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular consequences of the Distribution to you, including the applicability of any U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax laws.

Market for Our Common Stock

There is currently no public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been authorized to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “PM.” We anticipate that trading of our common stock will commence on a when-issued basis shortly before the Record Date. When-issued trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. On the first trading day following the Distribution Date, when-issued trading with respect to our common stock will end and regular way trading will begin. Regular way trading refers to trading after a security has been issued and typically involves a transaction that settles on the third full business day following the Distribution Date. We cannot predict what the trading prices for our common stock will be before or after the Distribution Date. In addition, we cannot predict any change that may occur in the trading price of Altria’s common stock as a result of the Distribution.

Our common stock will also be listed on the NYSE Euronext/Paris and Swiss stock exchanges.

Distribution Conditions and Termination

We expect that the Distribution will be effective on March 28, 2008, provided that, among other things:

 

   

the Form 10 shall be effective under the Exchange Act, with no stop order in effect with respect thereto, and this Information Statement shall have been mailed to Altria’s stockholders;

 

   

the actions and filings necessary under securities and blue sky laws of the states of the United States and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions must have been taken and become effective;

 

   

no order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Distribution will be in effect and no other event outside Altria’s control will have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution;

 

   

our common stock shall have been accepted for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

   

the letter ruling Altria received from the IRS with respect to the tax treatment of the Spin-off shall not have been revoked or modified by the IRS in any material respect and Altria shall have received confirmation from its tax advisor that such counsel’s opinion regarding the tax-free status of the Distribution continues in effect as of the Distribution Date; and

 

   

all material government approvals and material consents necessary to consummate the Distribution shall have been received and continue to be in full force and effect.

In addition, in the event the Distribution Date is for any reason postponed by more than 120 days after declaration of the dividend, Altria’s Board of Directors must redetermine that the Distribution satisfies the

 

22


Table of Contents

requirements of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act governing distributions and it must reset the record date and distribution date. The consummation of the Distribution will be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth above. Altria’s determination regarding the satisfaction of any of such conditions will be conclusive.

Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement

This Information Statement is being furnished solely to provide information to Altria stockholders who will receive shares of PMI common stock in the Distribution. It is not to be construed as an inducement or encouragement to buy or sell any of our securities. We believe that the information contained in this Information Statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes may occur after that date and neither Altria nor we undertake any obligation to update the information except in the normal course of our respective public disclosure obligations.

DIVIDEND AND SHARE REPURCHASE POLICY

We plan to pay a dividend at the initial rate of $0.46 per share per quarter, or $1.84 per share on an annualized basis. Payment of future cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs and plans for expansion. On January 30, 2008, Altria’s Board of Directors authorized a $13.0 billion two-year share repurchase program for us. We expect the share repurchase program to begin in May 2008. This share repurchase program was based on a prudent balance between our anticipated financial needs and our goal to generate superior returns to our stockholders. Because we are a holding company, our principal sources of funds are from the payment of dividends and repayment of debt from our subsidiaries. Our principal wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries currently are not limited by long-term debt or other agreements in their ability to pay cash dividends or make other distributions with respect to their common stock. For a discussion of our credit agreement covenants, please see “Financial Review—Debt and Liquidity” under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

23


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization on an actual basis as of December 31, 2007, and as adjusted to give effect to the following transactions, each of which is described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data and elsewhere in this Information Statement:

 

   

The $900 million of remaining special dividends to Altria; and

 

   

The $427 million cash payment to us as a result of the modifications to the existing Altria stock awards.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

     As of December 31, 2007
     (in millions)
     Actual    As adjusted

Short-term debt

   $ 638    $ 638

Current portion of long-term debt

     91      91

Long-term debt

     5,578      5,578
             

Total debt

     6,307      6,307

Total stockholder’s equity

     15,401      14,928
             

Total capitalization

   $ 21,708    $ 21,235
             

 

24


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents our selected historical consolidated financial and operating data. The selected historical financial and operating data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The consolidated statements of income and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements. Our most recent audited financial statements are included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The 2003 financial information, as well as the 2004 balance sheet information, is derived from our historical consolidated financial statements.

The historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of our future performance and does not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as a separate company during the periods presented. For additional information, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data.”

 

25


Table of Contents
     As of and for the Years Ended December 31 (1)  
           2003                 2004                 2005                 2006                 2007        
     (in millions, except adjusted earnings per share dollar amounts)  

Consolidated Statement of Earnings Data:

          

Net revenues

   $ 33,389     $ 39,536     $ 45,288     $ 48,260     $ 55,096  

Cost of sales

     6,391       6,721       7,645       8,153       8,720  

Excise taxes on products

     17,430       21,953       25,275       27,466       32,298  
                                        

Gross profit

     9,568       10,862       12,368       12,641       14,078  

Marketing, administration and research costs

     3,372       4,080       4,525       4,551       5,021  

Italian antitrust charge

           61    

E.C. agreement

       250        

Asset impairment and exit costs

       44       90       126       208  

Gain on sale of business

           (488 )     (52 )

Amortization of intangibles

       6       18       23       28  
                                        

Operating income

     6,196       6,482       7,735       8,368       8,873  

Interest (income) expense, net

     (17 )     4       94       142       10  
                                        

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest

     6,213       6,478       7,641       8,226       8,863  

Provision for income taxes

     2,090       1,762       1,835       1,829       2,564  
                                        

Earnings before minority interest

     4,123       4,716       5,806       6,397       6,299  

Minority interest in earnings, net

     148       146       186       251       273  
                                        

Net earnings

   $ 3,975     $ 4,570     $ 5,620     $ 6,146     $ 6,026  
                                        

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,161     $ 4,996     $ 1,209     $ 1,676     $ 1,656  

Receivables

     1,791       2,159       1,898       2,160       3,240  

Inventories

     4,274       4,814       5,420       7,075       9,332  

Due from Altria and affiliates

     1,541       1,213       693       588       257  

Other current assets

     286       272       805       426       567  
                                        

Total current assets

     11,053       13,454       10,025       11,925       15,052  

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     6,338       7,470       8,118       9,462       11,685  

Less accumulated depreciation

     2,826       3,428       3,515       4,224       5,250  
                                        
     3,512       4,042       4,603       5,238       6,435  

Goodwill

     2,016       2,222       5,571       6,197       7,925  

Intangible assets, net

     45       141       1,399       1,627       1,906  

Other assets

     1,004       1,395       1,537       1,133       725  
                                        

Total assets

   $ 17,630     $ 21,254     $ 23,135     $ 26,120     $ 32,043  
                                        

Short-term borrowings, including current maturities

   $ 186     $ 728     $ 768     $ 564     $ 729  

Accrued taxes, except income taxes

     2,117       2,697       2,682       3,541       4,523  

Other current liabilities

     2,239       2,345       2,884       2,884       3,299  

Long-term debt

         4,141       2,222       5,578  

Deferred income taxes

     1,017       1,194       1,024       1,166       1,240  

Other liabilities

     1,580       1,261       1,329       1,476       1,273  

Stockholder’s equity

     10,491       13,029       10,307       14,267       15,401  
                                        

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 17,630     $ 21,254     $ 23,135     $ 26,120     $ 32,043  
                                        

Cash Flow Data:

          

Cash provided by (used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 4,630     $ 4,826     $ 5,158     $ 6,236     $ 5,589  

Investing activities

     (1,509 )     (852 )     (5,622 )     (439 )     (2,586 )

Financing activities

     (2,601 )     (2,425 )     (2,964 )     (5,417 )     (3,369 )

Depreciation and amortization

     370       459       527       658       748  

Capital expenditures

     (586 )     (711 )     (736 )     (886 )     (1,072 )

Other Data:

          

Volume (in billions of units)

     736       761       804       831       850  

Corporate expenses

   $ 90     $ 78     $ 72     $ 67     $ 73  

Earnings per share (2)

   $ 26.50     $ 30.47     $ 37.47     $ 40.97     $ 40.17  

Dividends per share (2)

   $ 24.71     $ 18.72     $ 51.21     $ 18.53     $ 43.83  

Adjusted Earnings Per Share Data (3) :

          

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.96     $ 2.23     $ 2.71     $ 2.94     $ 2.87  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.95     $ 2.22     $ 2.69     $ 2.92     $ 2.85  

Shares used in computing:

          

Basic earnings per share

     2,028       2,047       2,070       2,087       2,101  

Diluted earnings per share

     2,038       2,063       2,090       2,105       2,116  

 

(1) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements for events that affect the comparability of the amounts presented above.
(2) Based on the 150 shares of PMI stock held by Altria.
(3) Assumes PMI shares outstanding were equivalent to Altria shares outstanding in each period.

 

26


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007, which are included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data have been prepared to reflect the adjustments to our historical financial information to give effect to the following transactions, each of which is described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data and elsewhere in this Information Statement:

 

   

The anticipated cost of certain corporate functions to reflect our status as a stand-alone public company;

 

   

The incremental interest expense associated with the borrowings to finance the special dividends to Altria;

 

   

The cash settlement of all intercompany accounts;

 

   

The transfer of certain employee benefit plan assets and liabilities to us;

 

   

The transfer of federal tax contingencies to us; and

 

   

The cash payment to us as a result of the modifications to the existing Altria stock awards.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of earnings data assume that these transactions occurred as of January 1, 2007, and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data assume that these transactions occurred as of December 31, 2007. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are subject to the assumptions and adjustments set forth in the accompanying notes. Management believes that the assumptions used and adjustments made are reasonable under the circumstances and given the information available. Accordingly, the cash settlements described above are calculated as of December 31, 2007 and amounts actually recorded as of the Distribution Date will differ from the pro forma amounts used herein.

You should read the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements. You should also read the sections “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are qualified by reference to these sections, the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of our future performance or what our results of operations would have been if we had operated as a separate company during the periods presented, or if the transactions reflected therein had actually occurred at the dates in the pro forma calculations.

 

27


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31, 2007  
     (in millions, except per share dollar amount)  
     Historical        Adjustments     Pro
Forma
 

Consolidated Statement of Earnings Data:

         

Net revenues

   $ 55,096        $ —       $ 55,096  

Cost of sales

     8,720            8,720  

Excise taxes on products

     32,298            32,298  
                           

Gross profit

     14,078          —         14,078  

Marketing, administration and research costs

     5,021          92 (a)     5,113  

Asset impairment and exit costs

     208            208  

Gain on sale of business

     (52 )          (52 )

Amortization of intangibles

     28            28  
                           

Operating income

     8,873          (92 )     8,781  

Interest expense, net

     10          199 (b)     209  
                           

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest

     8,863          (291 )     8,572  

Provision for income taxes

     2,564          (86 )(a,b)     2,478  
                           

Earnings before minority interest

     6,299          (205 )     6,094  

Minority interest in earnings

     273            273  
                           

Net Earnings

   $ 6,026        $ (205 )   $ 5,821  
                           

Pro Forma Earnings Per Share Data:

         

Pro forma earnings per share (g):

         

Basic earnings per share

   $ 2.87          $ 2.77  
                     

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.85          $ 2.75  
                     

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding (g):

         

Basic earnings per share

     2,101            2,101  
                     

Diluted earnings per share

     2,116            2,116  
                     

Balance Sheet Data as of December 31, 2007:

         

Assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,656        $ (372 )(a,b,c,d,e,f)   $ 1,284  

Receivables

     3,240            3,240  

Inventories

     9,332            9,332  

Due from Altria and affiliates

     257          (257 )(c)     —    

Other current assets

     567            567  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     6,435            6,435  

Goodwill

     7,925            7,925  

Intangible assets, net

     1,906            1,906  

Other assets

     725            725  
                           

Total assets

   $ 32,043        $ (629 )   $ 31,414  
                           

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity:

         

Short-term borrowings, including current maturities

   $ 729          $ 729  

Accrued taxes, other than income taxes

     4,523            4,523  

Other current liabilities

     3,299          (86 )(a,b)     3,213  

Long-term debt

     5,578            5,578  

Deferred income tax liabilities

     1,240          (37 )(d)     1,203  

Other liabilities

     1,273          195 (d,e)     1,468  
                           

Total liabilities

     16,642          72       16,714  

Stockholder’s equity

     15,401          (701 )(a,b,d,f)     14,700  
                           

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 32,043        $ (629 )   $ 31,414  
                           

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data.

 

28


Table of Contents

Notes To Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes the following adjustments:

 

  (a) A subsidiary of Altria currently provides us with certain corporate services at cost plus a management fee. This adjustment reflects incremental costs of $92 million, partially offset by the related tax benefit of $27 million. These incremental costs reflect the expansion of services that were previously provided by Altria to reflect our status as a stand-alone public company.

 

  (b) As part of the Spin-off, we will pay to Altria $4.0 billion in special dividends, of which $3.1 billion were paid in 2007. The remainder will be paid in the first quarter of 2008. For purposes of the pro forma balance sheet, the special dividends to be paid in 2008 of $900 million have been treated as a reduction of our cash and our stockholder’s equity. The pro forma statement of earnings has been adjusted to reflect the incremental interest expense we would have incurred if borrowings to finance the special dividends were made on January 1, 2007. The incremental interest adjustment of $199 million, partially offset by the related tax benefit of $59 million, was computed by applying a rate of 5.24% (the average rate of our December 2007 borrowings that were incurred to pay Altria the dividend) to the total special dividends that will be paid to Altria, less $11 million of interest related to these borrowings that is already included in our historical interest expense. An increase or (decrease) of one-eighth of 1% (12.5 basis points) in the interest rate associated with these variable rate borrowings would have increased or (decreased) our pro forma interest expense by $5 million.

 

  (c) Represents the cash settlement of the $257 million receivable from Altria that is recorded in our historical consolidated balance sheet.

 

  (d) Certain employees of ours participate in the U.S. benefit plans offered by Altria. After the Distribution Date, we will provide the benefits previously provided by Altria. Altria will transfer to us the liabilities and/or assets associated with our employees. The net unfunded status of all transferred benefits will result in us recording an additional liability of approximately $98 million in our pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet, partially offset by the related deferred tax assets ($37 million) and the corresponding SFAS 158 adjustment to equity ($23 million). Altria will pay us $38 million in cash to settle the transfer.

 

  (e) Represents the adjustment to record the cash payment by Altria to us for federal tax contingencies of $97 million and the recognition of a long-term liability to Altria on the pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet. This payable arises from the Tax Sharing Agreement between Altria and us, whereby we will reimburse Altria for our portion of federal tax contingencies that existed prior to the Spin-off if they are paid to the taxing authorities in the future.

 

  (f) Represents the adjustment to record the pro forma cash payment by Altria to us of $427 million as a result of the modifications to the existing Altria stock awards that were described in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations as well as our consolidated financial statements. This cash receipt is reflected as a capital transaction in our pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet. The calculation of the amount is dictated by the Employee Matters Agreement, and is based on stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

 

  (g) The computation of pro forma earnings per share and pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding are based upon the anticipated number of common shares outstanding upon completion of the Distribution. These amounts are based on the distribution ratio of one share of our common stock for every one share of Altria common stock outstanding.

 

29


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2006 AND 2007

You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and their accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Distribution of Our Stock

We are currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Altria Group, Inc. On January 30, 2008, the Altria Board of Directors voted to spin off all of Altria’s shares of our common stock to Altria stockholders in a tax-free distribution pursuant to Section 355 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The Distribution of our shares will be made on March 28, 2008, the Distribution Date, to Altria stockholders of record on March 19, 2008, the Record Date. Altria Group, Inc. will distribute one share of our stock for every share of Altria stock outstanding on the Record Date. Following the Distribution Date, Altria will not own any shares of our stock. Altria intends to adjust its current dividend so that its stockholders who retain their Altria and PMI shares will receive, in the aggregate, the same dividend dollars as before the Distribution. Following the Distribution, our initial annualized dividend rate will be $1.84 per common share and Altria’s initial annualized dividend rate will be $1.16 per common share. All decisions regarding future dividends will be made independently by our Board of Directors and the Altria Board of Directors for their respective companies.

Holders of Altria stock options will be treated similarly to public stockholders and will have their stock awards split into two instruments. Holders of Altria stock options will receive the following stock options, which, immediately after the Spin-off, will have an aggregate intrinsic value equal to the intrinsic value of the pre-spin Altria options:

 

   

a new PMI option (issued by us) to acquire that number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of Altria options held by such person on the Distribution Date; and

 

   

an adjusted Altria option for the same number of shares of Altria common stock with a reduced exercise price.

Holders of Altria restricted or deferred stock awarded prior to January 30, 2008, will retain their existing awards and will receive the same number of shares of our restricted or deferred stock. The restricted stock and deferred stock will not vest until the completion of the original restriction period (typically, three years from the date of the original grant). Recipients of Altria’s deferred stock awarded on January 30, 2008 who will be employed by Altria after the Distribution will receive additional shares of deferred stock of Altria to preserve the intrinsic value of their award. Recipients of Altria’s deferred stock awarded on January 30, 2008 who will be employed by us after the Distribution will receive substitute shares of our deferred stock to preserve the intrinsic value of their award.

To the extent that employees of the remaining Altria receive our stock options, Altria will reimburse us in cash for the Black-Scholes fair value of the stock options to be received. To the extent that our employees hold Altria stock options, we will reimburse Altria in cash for the Black-Scholes fair value of the stock options. To the extent that employees of Altria receive PMI deferred stock, Altria will pay to us the fair value of the PMI deferred stock less the value of projected forfeitures. To the extent that our employees hold Altria restricted stock or deferred stock, we will reimburse Altria in cash for the fair value of the restricted or deferred stock less the value of projected forfeitures and any amounts previously charged to us for the restricted or deferred stock. Based upon the number of Altria stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2007, the net amount of these reimbursements is estimated to be approximately $427 million from Altria to us. However, this estimate is subject to change as stock awards vest (in the case of restricted and deferred stock) or are exercised (in the case of stock options) prior to the Record Date.

 

30


Table of Contents

As part of the Spin-off, we will pay to Altria $4.0 billion in special dividends in addition to our normal dividends to Altria. We paid $3.1 billion of these special dividends in 2007. We expect to pay the additional $900 million in the first quarter of 2008.

We are currently included in Altria’s consolidated federal income tax return, and our federal tax contingencies are recorded as liabilities on Altria’s balance sheet. Prior to the Distribution, Altria will reimburse us in cash for these liabilities, which are $97 million.

A subsidiary of Altria currently provides us with certain corporate services at cost plus a management fee. After the Distribution, we will independently undertake these activities, and services provided to us will cease in 2008. All intercompany accounts will be settled in cash.

Certain of our employees participate in the U.S. benefit plans offered by Altria. After the Distribution Date, we will provide the benefits previously provided by Altria. As a result, we will establish new plans, and the related plan assets (to the extent that the benefit plans were previously funded) and liabilities will be transferred to the new plans. The transfer of these benefits will result in our recording an additional liability of approximately $98 million in our consolidated balance sheet, partially offset by the related deferred tax assets ($37 million) and the corresponding SFAS 158 adjustment to stockholder’s equity ($23 million). Altria will pay us a corresponding amount of $38 million in cash, which is net of the related tax benefit.

Currently our diluted and basic earnings per share as reported in our financial statements are based upon 150 shares of our stock issued to Altria. However, the shares issued as of the Distribution Date will equal the number of shares of Altria stock outstanding on the Record Date. In order to present our historical diluted earnings per share on a basis consistent with our anticipated capital structure following the Distribution, we have shown Adjusted EPS, which represents our net earnings divided by the number of shares used by Altria in its calculation of diluted earnings per share for the period presented. The number of shares used by Altria in its calculation of diluted earnings per share were 2,090 million in 2005; 2,105 million in 2006; and 2,116 million in 2007.

Overview of Our Business

We manage our business in four segments, which are described further under the caption “Business”:

 

   

European Union;

 

   

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa;

 

   

Asia; and

 

   

Latin America.

Our products are sold in approximately 160 countries and, in many of these countries, they hold the number one or number two market share position. We have a wide range of premium and above, high price, mid-price and low price brands. Our portfolio comprises international and local brands.

We use the term net revenues to refer to our operating revenues from the sale of our products, net of sales and promotion incentives. Our net revenues and operating income are affected by various factors, including the volume of products we sell, the price of our products, changes in currency exchange rates and the mix of products we sell. Mix is a term used to refer to the proportionate value of premium price brands to mid-price or low price brands in any given market. Mix can also refer to the proportion of volume in the more profitable developed markets versus volume in less-profitable emerging markets. We are often required to collect excise taxes from our customers and then remit them to local governments, and, in those circumstances, we include excise taxes as a component of net revenues and as part of our cost of sales. Aside from excise taxes, our cost of sales consists principally of tobacco leaf, non-tobacco raw materials, labor and manufacturing costs.

Our marketing, administration and research costs include the costs of marketing our products, other costs generally not related to the manufacture of our products, and costs incurred to develop new products. The most

 

31


Table of Contents

significant components of our marketing, administration and research costs are selling and marketing expenses, which relate to the cost of our sales force as well as to the advertising and promotion of our products.

Our business is subject to competitive challenges, including changing consumer preferences and low price competitors. Because we are a tobacco company and our products cause disease and are addictive and, therefore, raise serious health concerns, we are also challenged by regulation, litigation and the increasing social unacceptability of smoking as discussed under the caption “Business Environment.”

Certain of our subsidiaries report their results up to ten days before the end of December, rather than on December 31.

Executive Summary

The following executive summary is intended to provide you with the significant highlights from the Discussion and Analysis that follows.

Consolidated Operating Results – The changes in our 2007 net earnings and Adjusted Diluted EPS from the comparable 2006 amounts, were as follows:

 

     Net Earnings      Adjusted
Diluted EPS
 
     (in millions, except per share data)  

For the year ended December 31, 2006

   $ 6,146      $ 2.92  

2006 Italian antitrust charge

     61        0.03  

2006 Asset impairment and exit costs

     86        0.04  

2006 Favorable resolution of the Altria 1996-1999 IRS Tax Audit

     (485 )      (0.23 )

2006 Tax items

     (105 )      (0.05 )

2006 Gain on sale of business

     (317 )      (0.15 )
                 

Subtotal 2006 items

     (760 )      (0.36 )

2007 Asset impairment and exit costs

     (152 )      (0.07 )

2007 Tax items

     68        0.03  

2007 Gain on sale of business

     14        0.01  
                 

Subtotal 2007 items

     (70 )      (0.03 )

Currency

     316        0.15  

Change in effective tax rate

     (45 )      (0.02 )

Higher shares outstanding

        (0.01 )

Operations

     439        0.20  
                 

For the year ended December 31, 2007

   $ 6,026      $ 2.85  
                 

See the discussion of events affecting the comparability of statement of earnings amounts in the Consolidated Operating Results section of the following Discussion and Analysis.

Italian Antitrust Charge – During the first quarter of 2006, we recorded a $61 million charge related to an Italian antitrust action.

Asset Impairment and Exit Costs – We recorded pre-tax asset impairment and exit costs primarily related to the streamlining of various administrative functions and operations. During 2006, we recorded pre-tax asset impairment and exit costs of $126 million ($86 million after-tax). During 2007, we recorded pre-tax asset impairment and exit costs of $208 million ($152 million after-tax). For further details on the asset impairment and exit costs, see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

32


Table of Contents

Gains on Sales of Businesses – The 2006 gain on sale of a business was due to a $488 million pre-tax gain ($317 million after-tax) on the exchange of our interest in a beer business in the Dominican Republic in return for cash proceeds of $427 million and 100% ownership of a Dominican Republic cigarette business. During 2007, we sold our leasing business, which was managed by Philip Morris Capital Corporation, or PMCC, Altria’s financial services subsidiary, for a pre-tax gain of $52 million ($14 million after-tax).

Currency – The favorable currency impact is due primarily to the weakness of the U.S. dollar versus the euro, Russian ruble and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the strength of the U.S. dollar versus the Japanese yen.

Income Taxes – Our 2007 effective tax rate increased by 6.7 percentage points to 28.9%. The 2006 effective tax rate reflects a cash reimbursement from Altria of $450 million of federal tax reserves that were no longer required following the favorable resolution of Altria’s 1996-1999 IRS tax audit. We also recognized net state tax reversals of $35 million, resulting in a total net earnings benefit of $485 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. In addition, our 2006 tax provision also includes the reversal of $105 million of foreign tax reserves that were no longer required. The 2007 effective tax rate includes a tax benefit of $27 million related to the reduction of deferred tax liabilities resulting from future lower tax rates enacted in Germany. The tax provision in 2007 also includes the reversal of tax accruals of $41 million no longer required. We estimate that our on-going effective tax rate will be approximately 29% to 30%.

Operations – The increase in earnings from our operations was due primarily to the following:

 

   

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa. Higher income due primarily to higher pricing and higher volume/mix, partially offset by higher marketing, administration and research costs;

 

   

European Union . Higher income due primarily to higher pricing and lower marketing, administration and research costs, partially offset by lower volume/mix; and

 

   

Latin America . Higher income due primarily to higher pricing, partially offset by higher marketing, administration and research costs.

The increases in these segments were partially offset by lower income in Asia, reflecting lower volume/mix and higher marketing, administration and research costs, partially offset by higher pricing.

For further details, see the Consolidated Operating Results and Operating Results by Business Segment sections of the following Discussion and Analysis.

Discussion and Analysis

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. In most instances, we must use a particular accounting policy or method because it is the only one that is permitted under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP.

The preparation of financial statements requires that we use estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, net revenues and expenses, as well as our disclosure of contingencies. If actual amounts differ from previous estimates, we include the revisions in our consolidated results of operations in the period during which we know the actual amounts. Historically, aggregate differences, if any, between our estimates and actual amounts in any year have not had a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The selection of our critical accounting policies has been made in conjunction with Altria and the selection and disclosure of critical accounting policies and estimates has been discussed with Altria’s Audit Committee.

 

33


Table of Contents

The following is a discussion of the more significant assumptions, estimates, accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

 

 

Consolidation – Our consolidated financial statements include all of our wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. Investments in which we exercise significant influence (20%—50% ownership interest), are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Investments in which we have an ownership interest of less than 20%, or do not exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Transactions between any of our businesses and Altria or its affiliates are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Revenue Recognition – As required by U.S. GAAP, we recognize revenues, net of sales and promotion incentives. Our net revenues include excise taxes and shipping and handling charges billed to our customers. Our net revenues are recognized upon shipment or delivery of goods when title and risk of loss pass to our customers. We record excise taxes and shipping and handling costs paid to third parties as part of cost of sales.

 

 

Depreciation, Amortization and Goodwill Valuation – We depreciate our property, plant and equipment and amortize our definite life intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

We are required to conduct an annual review of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for potential impairment. Goodwill impairment testing requires a comparison between the carrying value and fair value of each reporting unit. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, goodwill is considered impaired. The amount of impairment loss is measured as the difference between the carrying value and implied fair value of goodwill, which is determined using discounted cash flows. Impairment testing for non-amortizable intangible assets requires a comparison between the fair value and carrying value of the intangible asset. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, the intangible asset is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value. These calculations may be affected by interest rates, general economic conditions and projected growth rates. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, we did not have to record a charge to earnings for an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets as a result of our annual review.

 

 

Marketing and Advertising Costs – As required by U.S. GAAP, we record marketing costs as an expense in the year to which such costs relate. We do not defer amounts on our balance sheet. We expense advertising costs during the year in which the costs are incurred. We record consumer incentives and trade promotion costs as a reduction of revenues during the year in which these programs are offered, relying on estimates of utilization and redemption rates that have been developed from historical information. Such programs include, but are not limited to, discounts, rebates, in-store display incentives and volume-based incentives. For interim reporting purposes, advertising and certain consumer incentives are charged to earnings as a percentage of sales, based on estimated sales and related expenses for the full year.

 

 

Employee Benefit Plans – As discussed in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements, we provide a range of benefits to our employees and retired employees, including pensions and postemployment benefits (primarily severance). We record annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations specified by U.S. GAAP. These calculations include various actuarial assumptions, such as discount rates, assumed rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases and turnover rates. We review actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is deemed appropriate to do so. As permitted by U.S. GAAP, any effect of the modifications is generally amortized over future periods. We believe that the assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under these plans are reasonable based upon advice from our actuaries.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” SFAS No. 158 requires that employers recognize the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans on the consolidated balance sheet and record as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that have not

 

34


Table of Contents

been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost. We adopted the recognition and related disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158, prospectively, on December 31, 2006. Our adoption of SFAS No. 158 resulted in a decrease to total assets of $162 million, an increase in total liabilities of $351 million and a decrease to our stockholder’s equity of $513 million.

SFAS No. 158 also requires an entity to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of its fiscal year-end statement of financial position for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. Our pension plans are measured at September 30 of each year. We will adopt the measurement date provision in 2008 and will record the impact of the measurement date change, which is not expected to be significant, as an adjustment to retained earnings.

At December 31, 2007, our discount rate increased to 4.66% for our pension plans. We presently anticipate that this and other less significant assumption changes, coupled with the amortization of deferred gains and losses, will result in a decrease of approximately $30 million in pre-tax pension expense in 2008 as compared with 2007, excluding amounts in 2007 related to early retirement programs. A fifty basis point decrease in our discount rate would increase our pension expense by approximately $28 million, whereas a fifty basis point increase in our discount rate would decrease our pension expense by approximately $20 million. Similarly, a fifty basis point decrease (increase) in the expected return on plan assets would increase (decrease) our pension expense by approximately $18 million.

 

 

Income Taxes – We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” While we are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Altria, we participate in a tax-sharing agreement with Altria for U.S. tax liabilities, and our accounts are included with those of Altria for purposes of its U.S. federal income tax return. Under the terms of the agreement, taxes are computed on a separate company basis. To the extent that we generate foreign tax credits, capital losses and other credits that could not be utilized on a separate company basis, but are utilized in Altria’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, we would recognize the resulting benefit in the calculation of our provision for income taxes. There were no such tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007. We make payments to, or are reimbursed by, Altria for the tax effects resulting from our inclusion in Altria’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Following the Distribution, our accounts will no longer be included with Altria’s for purposes of its U.S. tax return.

Income tax provisions for jurisdictions outside the United States, as well as state and local income tax provisions, are determined on a separate company basis and the related assets and liabilities are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions.

In October 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act was signed into law. The Jobs Act includes a deduction for 85% of certain foreign earnings that are repatriated. In 2005, we (in coordination with Altria) repatriated $5.5 billion of earnings under the provisions of the Jobs Act. Deferred taxes had previously been provided for a portion of the dividends remitted. The reversal of the deferred taxes more than offset the tax costs to repatriate the earnings and resulted in a net tax reduction of $344 million in the 2005 consolidated income tax provision.

The United States Internal Revenue Service concluded its examination of Altria’s consolidated tax returns for the years 1996 through 1999, and issued a final Revenue Agent’s Report on March 15, 2006. Consequently, Altria reimbursed us in cash for unrequired federal tax reserves of $450 million. We also recognized net state tax reversals of $35 million, resulting in a total net earnings benefit of $485 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Our 2006 tax provision also included the reversal of foreign tax reserves no longer required of $105 million. In 2007, we recorded tax benefits of $27 million related to the reduction of deferred tax liabilities resulting from future lower enacted tax rates in Germany. In 2007, our tax provision also includes the reversal of tax accruals of $41 million no longer required.

 

35


Table of Contents

On January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” or FIN 48. The Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As a result of our January 1, 2007 adoption of FIN 48, we recognized a $472 million decrease for unrecognized tax benefits, which resulted in an increase to stockholder’s equity as of January 1, 2007 of $471 million and a reduction of federal deferred tax benefits of $1 million.

 

 

Hedging – As discussed below in “Market Risk,” we use derivative financial instruments principally to reduce exposures to market risks resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates by creating offsetting exposures. For derivatives that we have elected to apply hedge accounting to, we meet the requirements of U.S. GAAP. As a result, gains and losses on these derivatives are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) and recognized in the consolidated statement of earnings in the periods when the related hedged transaction is also recognized in operating results. If we had elected not to use and comply with the hedge accounting provisions permitted under U.S. GAAP, gains (losses) deferred in stockholder’s equity as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, would have been recorded in our net earnings.

 

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets – We review long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. We perform undiscounted operating cash flow analyses to determine if an impairment exists. These analyses are affected by interest rates, general economic conditions and projected growth rates. For purposes of recognition and measurement of an impairment of assets held for use, we group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identifiable. If an impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.

 

 

Contingencies – As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, legal proceedings covering a wide range of matters are pending or threatened against us and/or our subsidiaries, and indemnitees of our subsidiaries in various jurisdictions. We and our subsidiaries record provisions in the consolidated financial statements for pending litigation when we determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The variability in pleadings in multiple jurisdictions, together with the actual experience of management in litigating claims, demonstrate that the monetary relief that may be specified in a lawsuit bears little relevance to the ultimate outcome. Much of the litigation is in its early stages and litigation is subject to uncertainty. At the present time, while it is reasonably possible that an unfavorable outcome in a case may occur, (i) management has concluded that it is not probable that a loss has been incurred in any of the pending tobacco-related cases; (ii) management is unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome of any of the pending tobacco-related cases; and (iii) accordingly, management has not provided any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for unfavorable outcomes, if any. Legal defense costs are expensed as incurred.

Related Party Transactions

Corporate Services

Altria’s subsidiary, Altria Corporate Services, Inc., provides us with various services, including certain planning, legal, treasury, accounting, auditing, risk management, human resources, office of the secretary, corporate affairs, information technology and tax services. Billings for these services, which were based on the estimated cost to Altria Corporate Services, Inc. to provide such services and a management fee, were $163 million for 2005, $158 million for 2006 and $127 million for 2007. These costs were paid monthly to Altria

 

36


Table of Contents

Corporate Services, Inc. The cost and nature of the services are reviewed annually by our management. Although the cost of these services cannot be quantified on a stand alone basis, our management has concluded that the billings are reasonable based on the level of support provided by Altria Corporate Services, Inc., and that they reflect all the services provided. The effects of these transactions are included in operating cash flows in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Following the Distribution, we plan to undertake independently all remaining services currently provided by Altria Corporate Services, Inc.

Net amounts due from Altria and affiliates (which are included in the consolidated balance sheets) were comprised of the following at December 31, 2006 and 2007:

 

     2006    2007
     (in millions)

Net receivables from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates

   $ 399    $ 111

Prepaid expense for services from PM USA (see Operations below)

     189      146
             

Due from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates

   $ 588    $ 257
             

Included above at December 31, 2006 was a short-term note receivable for 77 million euros ($101 million) which was paid in October 2007 and earned interest at a rate of 4.17%.

See discussion above under the caption “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Income Taxes” regarding the impact to us of the closure of an Internal Revenue Service review of Altria’s consolidated federal income tax return recorded during the first quarter of 2006.

Operations

We have or had contracts with Philip Morris USA Inc., or PM USA, the U.S. tobacco subsidiary of Altria, for the purchase of U.S.-grown tobacco leaf, the contract manufacture of cigarettes for export from the United States and certain research and development activities. Billings for services are generally based upon PM USA’s cost to provide such services, plus a service fee. The cost of leaf purchases is the market price of the leaf plus a service fee. Generally, fees are paid one month in advance of the receipt of services and are included in operating cash flows on our consolidated statements of cash flows. The cost and nature of these services are reviewed annually by our management. Although the cost of these services cannot be quantified on a stand alone basis, our management has concluded that the billings are reasonable based on the level of support provided by PM USA and that they reflect all services provided.

During 2005, 2006 and 2007, the goods and services purchased from PM USA were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (dollars and cigarettes in millions)

Contract manufacturing, cigarette volume

     79,129      78,659      57,293
                    

Contract manufacturing expense

   $ 1,134    $ 1,171    $ 792

Research and development, net of billings to PM USA

     46      54      75
                    

Total pre-tax expense

   $ 1,180    $ 1,225    $ 867
                    

Leaf purchases

   $ 429    $ 299    $ 458
                    

Included in the above were total service fees of $60 million in 2005 and 2006, and $52 million in 2007.

In June 2007, we decided to re-source that portion of our production sourced from PM USA under a contract manufacturing arrangement. We expect to shift all of our PM USA-sourced production, which approximates 57 billion cigarettes, to our facilities in Europe by October 2008.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our joint research and development efforts with PM USA ceased as of December 31, 2007. Our rights to intellectual property developed under these joint efforts will be governed by our intellectual property agreement, which is described below under the caption “Relationship with Altria-Agreements Between Altria and Us.”

Leasing activities:

One of our German subsidiaries had several leveraged lease agreements related principally to transportation assets in Europe. These leveraged lease agreements were managed by PMCC, Altria’s financial services subsidiary. During December 2007, these lease agreements were sold and we recorded a pre-tax gain of $52 million ($14 million after taxes) in the 2007 consolidated statement of earnings. As a result of this transaction, we no longer have and do not plan to make any future leveraged lease investments.

Stock-based compensation:

Certain of our employees participate in Altria’s stock compensation plans. At December 31, 2007, certain of our employees held shares of Altria’s restricted stock and deferred stock, or options to purchase shares of Altria common stock.

On March 30, 2007, the Kraft distribution date, Altria distributed all of its remaining interest in Kraft on a pro-rata basis to Altria stockholders of record as of the close of business on March 16, 2007, the Kraft record date, in a tax-free distribution. The distribution ratio was 0.692024 of a share of Kraft common stock for each share of Altria common stock outstanding.

Holders of Altria stock options were treated similarly to public stockholders and, accordingly, had their stock awards split into two instruments. Holders of Altria stock options received the following stock options, which, immediately after the spin-off, had an aggregate intrinsic value equal to the intrinsic value of the pre-spin Altria options:

 

   

a new Kraft option (issued by Kraft) to acquire the number of shares of Kraft Class A common stock equal to the product of (a) the number of Altria options held on the Kraft distribution date and (b) the distribution ratio of 0.692024; and

 

   

an adjusted Altria option for the same number of shares of Altria common stock with a reduced exercise price.

The new Kraft option has an exercise price equal to the Kraft market price at the time of the Kraft distribution ($31.66) multiplied by the Option Conversion Ratio, which represents the exercise price of the original Altria option divided by the Altria market price immediately before the Kraft distribution ($87.81). The reduced exercise price of the adjusted Altria option is determined by multiplying the Altria market price immediately following the distribution ($65.90) by the Option Conversion Ratio.

Holders of Altria restricted stock or deferred stock awarded prior to January 31, 2007, retained their existing award and received restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft common stock. The amount of Kraft restricted stock or deferred stock awarded to such holders was calculated using the same formula set forth above with respect to new Kraft options. All of the restricted stock and deferred stock will vest at the completion of the original restriction period (typically, three years from the date of the original grant). Recipients of Altria deferred stock awarded on January 31, 2007, did not receive restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft. Rather, they received additional deferred stock of Altria to preserve the intrinsic value of the original award.

In connection with the Kraft spin-off, Altria employee stock options were modified through the issuance of Kraft employee stock options and the adjustment of the stock option exercise prices for the Altria awards. For each employee stock option outstanding the aggregate intrinsic value of the option immediately after the spin-off was not greater than the aggregate intrinsic value of the option immediately before the spin-off. Due to the fact

 

38


Table of Contents

that the Black-Scholes fair values of the awards immediately before and immediately after the spin-off were equivalent, as measured in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS 123 (R), no incremental compensation expense was recorded as a result of the modification of the Altria awards.

The following table summarizes the number of Altria stock options held by our employees at December 31, 2007:

 

     Shares
Subject

to Option
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Average
Remaining
Contractual

Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Altria common stock:

          

Balance at January 1, 2007

   6,041,874     $ 33.45      

Granted

   35,278       63.47      

Exercised

   (1,961,951 )     37.78      

Employee transfers

   (4,788 )     30.52      
              

Balance/Exercisable at December 31, 2007

   4,110,413       31.54    2 years    $ 181 million
              

As more fully described above, the weighted-average exercise price of stock options shown in the table above was reduced as a result of the Kraft spin-off.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to our employees was $14.43 during 2005, $12.42 during 2006 and $16.46 during 2007. The total intrinsic value of options exercised by our employees was $120 million during 2005, $85 million during 2006 and $80 million during 2007.

Effective January 1, 2006, Altria adopted the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective method, which requires measurement of compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service periods for awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock and deferred stock is determined based on the number of shares granted and the market value at date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined using a modified Black-Scholes methodology. Our pre-tax compensation cost related to Altria stock options totaled $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.

Altria previously applied the intrinsic value-based methodology in accounting for the various stock plans. Accordingly, we did not recognize any compensation expense in 2005 other than for restricted stock awards. Had compensation expense for stock option awards been determined by using the fair value at the grant date, our net earnings would have decreased by $2 million from $5,620 million to $5,618 million in 2005.

The impact of compensation cost was determined using a modified Black-Scholes methodology and the following weighted average assumptions for Altria common stock:

 

       Risk-Free
Interest
Rate
    Expected
Life
   Expected
Volatility
    Expected
Dividend
Yield
 

2005

   3.90 %   4 years    33.37 %   4.43 %

2006

   4.74     4    25.49     4.35  

2007

   4.49     4    27.94     4.07  

Altria has not granted stock options to our employees since 2002. The amount discussed above with respect to stock-based compensation expense relates to Executive Ownership Stock Options, or EOSOs. Under certain circumstances, senior executives who exercised outstanding stock options, using shares to pay the option exercise price and taxes, received EOSOs equal to the number of shares tendered. This feature ceased in March 2007.

 

39


Table of Contents

Altria granted EOSOs of 167,168 during 2005, 40,544 during 2006 and 35,278 during 2007 to our employees. EOSOs were granted at an exercise price of not less than fair market value on the date of the grant.

In addition, Altria has granted shares of its restricted stock and deferred stock to our eligible employees, giving them in most instances all of the rights of stockholders, except that they may not sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber the shares. Such shares are subject to forfeiture if certain employment conditions are not met. Altria granted to our employees shares of restricted stock and deferred stock of 930,300 during 2005, 898,380 during 2006 and 1,068,714 during 2007. Restrictions on the restricted stock and deferred stock generally lapse on the third anniversary of the grant date. The fair value of the restricted stock and deferred stock at the date of grant is amortized to expense ratably over the restriction period as charges from Altria. We recorded compensation expense for restricted stock and deferred stock of $45 million in 2005, and $55 million in 2006 and 2007. The unamortized compensation expense related to Altria restricted stock and deferred stock granted to our employees was $73 million at December 31, 2007 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years.

Restricted stock and deferred stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2007 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value Per

Share

Balance at January 1, 2007

   2,569,670     $ 63.89

Granted

   1,068,714       65.59

Vested

   (884,584 )     56.12

Forfeited, net of employee transfers

   (251,872 )     66.09
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   2,501,928       67.13
        

In January 2007, Altria issued 0.8 million deferred shares to our eligible employees. Restrictions on these shares lapse in the first quarter of 2010. The market value per share was $87.36 on the date of grant. Recipients of these Altria deferred shares did not receive restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft upon the Kraft spin-off. Rather, they received approximately 0.3 million additional deferred shares of Altria to preserve the intrinsic value of the original award, and accordingly the grant date fair value per share, in the table above, related to this grant was reduced.

The grant price information for restricted stock and deferred stock awarded prior to January 31, 2007 reflects historical market prices which are not adjusted to reflect the Kraft spin-off. As discussed more fully above, as a result of the Kraft spin-off, holders of restricted stock and deferred stock awarded prior to January 31, 2007 retained their existing award and received restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft Class A common stock.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the restricted stock and deferred stock granted to our employees was $58 million during 2005, $66 million during 2006 and $70 million during 2007. The grant price per restricted or deferred share was $62.02 in 2005, $74.02 in 2006 and $65.59 in 2007. The total fair value of the restricted stock and deferred stock that vested was $0.1 million in 2005, $91 million in 2006 and $76 million in 2007.

 

40


Table of Contents

Business Environment

Taxes, Legislation, Regulation and Other Matters Regarding Tobacco and Smoking

The tobacco industry faces a number of challenges that may adversely affect our business, volume, results of operations, cash flows and financial position. These challenges, which are discussed below, and in “Risk Factors,” include:

 

   

actual and proposed tobacco legislation and regulation;

 

   

actual and proposed excise tax increases as well as changes in excise tax structures;

 

   

price gaps and changes in price gaps between premium and lower price brands;

 

   

the diminishing prevalence of smoking and increased efforts by tobacco control advocates to further restrict smoking;

 

   

pending and threatened litigation as discussed below under the caption “Litigation”;

 

   

actual and proposed requirements regarding the use and disclosure of cigarette ingredients and other proprietary information;

 

   

actual and proposed restrictions on imports in certain jurisdictions;

 

   

actual and proposed restrictions affecting tobacco manufacturing, marketing, advertising and sales;

 

   

governmental and private bans and restrictions on smoking;

 

   

the sale of counterfeit cigarettes by third parties;

 

   

the sale of cigarettes by third parties over the Internet and by other means designed to avoid the collection of applicable taxes;

 

   

diversion into one market of products intended for sale in another;

 

   

the outcome of proceedings and investigations, and the potential assertion of claims, and proposed regulation relating to contraband shipments of cigarettes; and

 

   

governmental investigations.

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to many influences that can affect the timing of sales to customers, including the timing of holidays and other annual or special events, the timing of promotions, customer incentive programs and customer inventory programs, as well as the actual or speculated timing of pricing actions and tax-driven price increases.

Excise Taxes : Cigarettes are subject to substantial excise taxes and to substantial taxation worldwide. Significant increases in cigarette-related taxes or fees have been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted. In addition, in certain jurisdictions, our products are subject to tax structures that discriminate against premium price products and manufactured cigarettes and to inconsistent rulings and interpretations on complex methodologies to determine excise and other tax burdens.

Tax increases and discriminatory tax structures are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on our sales of cigarettes, due to lower consumption levels and to a shift in consumer purchases from the premium to the non-premium or discount segments or to other low price or low-taxed tobacco products or to counterfeit and contraband products.

Minimum Retail Selling Price Laws : Several EU Member States have enacted laws establishing a minimum retail selling price for cigarettes and, in some cases, other tobacco products. Subsequently, in March 2007, the European Commission announced that it was bringing an action against France and, on January 31, 2008, against Austria and Ireland in the European Court of Justice claiming that these countries’ minimum retail selling price

 

41


Table of Contents

systems infringe EU law. The European Commission previously announced that it had formally called upon Austria, Ireland and Italy to amend their legislation setting minimum retail selling prices for cigarettes. Should the European Commission prevail in the European Court of Justice, excise tax levels and/or price gaps in those markets could be adversely affected.

Framework Convention on Tobacco Control : The World Health Organization’s Framework Convention for Tobacco Control, or FCTC, entered into force on February 27, 2005. As of January 2008, 152 countries, as well as the European Community, have become parties to the FCTC. The FCTC is the first international public health treaty and its objective is to establish a global agenda for tobacco regulation with the purpose of reducing initiation of tobacco use and encouraging cessation. The treaty recommends (and, in certain instances, requires) signatory nations to enact legislation that would:

 

   

establish specific actions to prevent youth smoking;

 

   

restrict and/or eliminate all tobacco product advertising, marketing, promotions and sponsorships;

 

   

initiate public education campaigns to inform the public about the health consequences of smoking and the benefits of quitting;

 

   

implement regulations imposing product testing, disclosure and performance standards;

 

   

impose health warning requirements on packaging;

 

   

adopt measures that would eliminate cigarette smuggling and counterfeit cigarettes;

 

   

restrict smoking in public places;

 

   

implement fiscal policies (tax and price increases);

 

   

adopt and implement measures that ensure that descriptive terms do not create the false impression that one brand of cigarettes is safer than another;

 

   

phase out duty free tobacco sales; and

 

   

encourage litigation against tobacco product manufacturers.

We view the FCTC as an important catalyst to drive comprehensive regulation, and the speed at which tobacco regulation is being adopted in our markets has increased as a result of the treaty. In many respects, the areas of regulation we support mirror provisions of the FCTC. However, we disagree with the provisions requiring a total ban on marketing, a total ban on public smoking, a ban on the sale of duty free cigarettes, and the use of litigation against the tobacco industry. We also believe that excessive taxation can have significant adverse unintended consequences. In addition, some of the proposals currently under consideration by the Conference of the Parties, the governing body of the FCTC, could have the potential to substantially restrict our ability to manufacture and market our products. For example, in July 2007, the Conference of the Parties adopted guidelines on public place smoking restrictions. In addition, some public health groups are advocating regulations that would reduce the palatability and appeal of tobacco products, prohibit display of product at retail, and require generic packaging. It is not possible to predict the outcome of regulations under consideration. Further, each country that ratifies the treaty must implement legislation reflecting the treaty’s provisions and principles.

Tar and Nicotine Test Methods and Brand Descriptors : A number of governments and public health organizations throughout the world have determined that the existing standardized machine-based methods for measuring tar and nicotine yields do not provide useful information about tar and nicotine deliveries and that such results are misleading to smokers. The World Health Organization, or WHO, has concluded that these

 

42


Table of Contents

standardized measurements are “seriously flawed” and that measurements based upon the current standardized methodology “are misleading and should not be displayed.” The International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, established a working group, chaired by WHO, to propose a new measurement method that would more accurately reflect human smoking behavior. We have expressed the view that ISO numbers do not accurately reflect human smoking and we have supported WHO’s initial recommendation to supplement the ISO test method with a more intensive method, which we believe would better illustrate the wide variability in the delivery of tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide, depending upon how an individual smokes a cigarette. The working group has issued a final report proposing two alternative measurement methods. Currently, ISO is in the process of deciding whether to begin further development of the two methods or to wait for additional guidance from the Conference of the Parties.

In light of public health concerns about the limitations of current machine measurement methodologies, governments and public health organizations have increasingly challenged the use of descriptors—such as “light,” “mild,” and “low tar”—that are based on measurements produced by those methods. For example, the scientific advisory committee of the WHO concluded that descriptors such as “light, ultra light, mild and low tar” are “misleading terms” and should be banned. The FCTC requires signatory nations to adopt and implement measures to ensure that descriptive terms do not create “the false impression that a particular tobacco product is less harmful than other tobacco products.” Such terms “may include ‘low tar,’ ‘light,’ ‘ultra light,’ or ‘mild.’” Many countries prohibit or are in the process of prohibiting descriptors such as “lights.” In most countries where descriptors are banned, tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields are still required to be printed on packs of cigarettes. We advocate that where descriptors are banned, governments should also prohibit the printing of tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields on packs of cigarettes.

Testing and Reporting of Other Smoke Constituents : In addition to tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide, public health authorities have classified between 45 and 70 other smoke constituents as potential causes of tobacco-related diseases. Several countries require manufacturers to provide by-brand yields of these constituents. The FCTC requires signatory nations to adopt and implement guidelines for “testing and measuring the contents and emissions of tobacco products.” We measure most of these constituents for our product research and development purposes, and support such regulation. However, the capacity to conduct by-brand testing on a global basis does not exist today, and the cost of by-brand annual testing would be significant.

Ceilings on Tar, Nicotine, Carbon Monoxide and Other Smoke Constituents : A number of countries and the EU have established maximum yields of tar, nicotine and/or carbon monoxide, as measured by the ISO standard test method. As discussed above, public health authorities have questioned whether reducing machine-measured tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields results in meaningful reductions in risk. Further, some public health groups have questioned the appropriateness of imposing nicotine ceilings per cigarette.

To date, no country has proposed or adopted ceilings for other smoke constituents. However, in June 2007, the panel advising the Conference of the Parties issued a report that recommends limiting specific smoke constituents. The advisory panel stated that ceilings do not have to be based on proof of benefit, but only on a showing that “the substance be known to be harmful and that processes exist for its diminution or removal.” The advisory panel proposed ceilings on tobacco specific nitrosamines, or TSNA, smoke constituents unique to tobacco, based on data showing that there is a wide variation in TSNA yields across brands. The advisory panel stated that the levels of TSNAs are “higher in air-cured/processed Burley tobacco than in flue-cured bright tobacco” and that levels of TSNAs are much lower in markets where the predominant brands are Virginia cigarettes, such as Australia and Canada, as opposed to American blended cigarettes, such as the EU. The recommended ceilings are “the lower of the median values for a sample of international brands or the median for the brands for the country implementing the regulation.” Subsequently, members of the panel recommended that ceilings be established for seven additional smoke constituents, also based on the median in the market. It is not possible to predict whether or when this recommendation will be endorsed by the Conference of the Parties and, if so, implemented by governments.

 

43


Table of Contents

Ingredient Disclosure Laws : Many countries have enacted or proposed legislation or regulations that would require cigarette manufacturers to disclose publicly the ingredients used in the manufacture of cigarettes and, in certain cases, to provide toxicological information. Under an EU tobacco product directive, tobacco companies are required to disclose ingredients and toxicological information to each Member State. In May 2007, the Commission published guidelines for full by-brand reporting requirements. We have made ingredient disclosures in compliance with the laws of all Member States, and have followed the guidelines in most Member States, making full by-brand disclosures in a manner that protects trade secrets in those Member States.

Restrictions and Bans on the Use of Ingredients : Some governments have prohibited the use of certain ingredients and propose further prohibitions. For example, the Conference of the Parties is considering guidelines providing detailed product regulation requirements that are likely to include standards for the use of tobacco product ingredients, including flavorings. We support regulations requiring all manufacturers to determine that the use of ingredients does not increase the inherent toxicity in cigarette smoke.

Bans and Restrictions on Advertising, Marketing, Promotions and Sponsorships : For many years, countries have imposed partial or total bans on tobacco advertising, marketing and promotion. The FCTC calls for a “comprehensive ban on advertising, promotion and sponsorship” and requires governments that have no constitutional constraints to ban all forms of advertising. Where constitutional constraints exist, the FCTC requires governments to restrict or ban radio, television, print media, other media, including the internet, and sponsorships of international events within 5 years. The FCTC also requires disclosure of expenditures on advertising, promotion and sponsorship that is not prohibited. Some public health groups have called for bans of product displays, which some countries have adopted, and for generic packaging. We oppose complete bans on advertising, but support limitations on marketing, provided that manufacturers retain the ability to communicate directly to adult smokers.

Health Warning Requirements : Many countries require substantial health warnings on cigarette packs. In the EU, for example, health warnings must cover 30% of the front and 40% of the back of cigarette packs. The FCTC requires health warnings that cover, at a minimum, 30% of the front and back of the pack. However, the treaty recommends warnings covering 50% of the front and back of the pack. We support health warning requirements and defer to the governments on the content of the warnings, including graphics. In countries where health warnings are not required, we place them on packaging voluntarily in the official language or languages of the country. For example, we are voluntarily placing health warnings in many African countries in official local languages and occupying 30% of the front and back of the pack. We do not support warning sizes that deprive us of our ability to use our distinctive trademarks and pack designs which differentiate our products from those of our competitors.

We support government initiatives to educate the public on the serious health effects of smoking. We have established a website that includes, among other things, the views of public health authorities on smoking, disease causation in smokers, addiction and exposure to environmental tobacco smoke. The site reflects our agreement with the medical and scientific consensus that cigarette smoking is addictive, and causes lung cancer, heart disease, emphysema and other serious diseases in smokers. The website advises the public to rely on the messages of public health authorities in making all smoking-related decisions. The website’s address is www.pmintl.com. The information on our website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this document or incorporated into any filings we make with the SEC.

Restrictions on Public Smoking : Reports with respect to the health effects of exposure to ETS have been publicized for many years, and many markets have restricted smoking in public places. The pace and scope of public smoking bans has increased significantly in most of our markets, particularly in the EU, where Italy, Ireland, the UK, France, Finland and Sweden have banned virtually all indoor public smoking. Other countries around the world have adopted or are likely to adopt substantial public smoking restrictions. Some public health groups have called for, and some municipalities have adopted or proposed, bans on smoking in outdoor places, and some tobacco control groups have advocated banning smoking in cars with minors in them. The FCTC

 

44


Table of Contents

requires parties to the treaty to adopt restrictions on public smoking, and the Conference of Parties has proposed guidelines on regulations which are based on the premise that any exposure to ETS is harmful and call for total bans in all indoor public places, defines “indoor” broadly, and rejects any exemptions based on type of venue (e.g., nightclubs). On private place smoking, such as cars and homes, the guidelines call for increased education on the risk of exposure to ETS.

It is our policy to support a single, consistent public health message on the health effects of exposure to ETS. We do not oppose regulations that would require 100 percent smoke free places in many areas. Our website states that “the conclusions of public health authorities on secondhand smoke warrant public health measures that regulate smoking in public places” and that “outright bans are appropriate in many places.” For example, we support banning smoking in schools, playgrounds and other facilities for youth and in indoor public places where general public services are provided such as public transportation vehicles, supermarkets, public spaces in indoor shopping centers, cinemas, banks and post offices.

Reduced Cigarette Ignition Propensity Legislation : Legislation requiring cigarettes to meet reduced ignition propensity standards has been adopted in Canada and elsewhere and is being considered in several other countries, notably Australia and several Member States of the EU. In late 2007, the European Commission began an official process through the General Product Safety Directive to adopt reduced cigarette ignition propensity standards such as those implemented in New York, Canada and other jurisdictions. We believe that reduced ignition propensity standards should be the same as those applied in New York and other jurisdictions to ensure that they are uniform and technically feasible, and that they are applied equally to all manufacturers and all tobacco products.

Illicit Trade : Regulatory measures and related governmental actions to prevent the illicit manufacture and trade of tobacco products are being considered by a number of jurisdictions. Article 15 of the FCTC requires parties to the treaty to take steps to eliminate all forms of illicit trade, including counterfeiting, and states that national, regional and global agreements on this issue are “essential components of tobacco control.” The Conference of the Parties has announced that it is working on a protocol on illicit trade to be negotiated in 2008 and proposed in 2009. According to a draft template, topics that the protocol will address include:

 

   

licensing schemes for participants in the tobacco business, measures to eliminate money laundering and the development of an international system that enables the tracking and tracing of tobacco products;

 

   

the implementation of laws governing record keeping and internet sales of tobacco products;

 

   

the criminalization of participation in illicit trade in various forms;

 

   

obligations for tobacco manufacturers to control their supply chain with penalties for those that fail to do so;

 

   

programs to increase the capacity of law enforcement bodies; and

 

   

programs to increase cooperation and technical assistance with respect to investigation and prosecutions and the sharing of information.

We support strict regulations and enforcement measures to prevent all forms of illicit trade in tobacco products, including tracking, tracing, labeling and record-keeping requirements, which could be best implemented through strict licensing systems. We agree that manufacturers should implement state of the art monitoring systems of their sales and distribution practices, and we agree that where appropriately confirmed, manufacturers should stop supplying vendors who are shown to be knowingly engaged in illicit trade. While the best approach is for all these structures to be adopted through legislation, we are also working with a number of governments around the world on specific agreements and memoranda of understanding to address the illegal trade in cigarettes, including, as described below, our agreement with the EU.

 

45


Table of Contents

Cooperation Agreements to Combat Illicit Trade of Cigarettes : In July 2004, we entered into an agreement with the European Commission (acting on behalf of the European Community) and 10 Member States of the EU that provides for broad cooperation with European law enforcement agencies on anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit efforts. To date, 26 of the 27 Member States have signed the agreement. The agreement resolves all disputes between the European Community and the Member States that signed the agreement, on the one hand, and us and certain affiliates, on the other hand, relating to these issues. Under the terms of the agreement, we will make 13 payments over 12 years. In the second quarter of 2004, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $250 million for the initial payment. The agreement calls for payments of approximately $150 million on the first anniversary of the agreement (this payment was made in July 2005), approximately $100 million on the second anniversary (this payment was made in July 2006), and approximately $75 million each year thereafter for 10 years, each of which is to be adjusted based on certain variables, including our market share in the EU in the year preceding payment. We will record these payments as an expense in cost of sales when product is shipped. We are also required to pay the excise taxes, VAT and customs duties on qualifying product seizures of up to 90 million cigarettes and are subject to payments of five times the applicable taxes and duties if product seizures exceed 90 million cigarettes in a given year. To date, our payments related to product seizures have been immaterial.

We are also working with governments around the world on agreements to address the illicit trade in cigarettes. We have entered into agreements with several countries, including China, Senegal, Switzerland, Thailand and Turkey, and are in the process of reaching agreements with other countries.

Other Legislation or Governmental Initiatives : It is not possible to predict what, if any, additional legislation, regulation or other governmental action will be enacted or implemented relating to the manufacturing, advertising, sale or use of cigarettes, or the tobacco industry generally. It is possible, however, that legislation, regulation or other governmental action could be enacted or implemented that might materially affect our business, volume, results of operations and cash flows.

Governmental Investigations : From time to time, we are subject to governmental investigations on a range of matters. We believe that Canadian authorities are contemplating a legal proceeding based on an investigation relating to allegations of contraband shipments of cigarettes into Canada in the early to mid-1990s. We cannot predict the outcome of this investigation or whether additional investigations may be commenced.

Manufacturing Optimization Program

In June 2007, we decided to re-source that portion of our production sourced from PM USA under a contract manufacturing arrangement. We expect to shift all of our PM USA-sourced production, which approximates 57 billion cigarettes, to our facilities in Europe by October 2008. The program will entail our incurring capital expenditures of approximately $50 million. The program is expected to generate cost savings beginning in 2008 and to save us total estimated pre-tax annual costs of approximately $179 million by 2009.

Asset Impairment and Exit Costs

During 2005, 2006 and 2007, we announced plans for streamlining various administrative functions and operations. These plans resulted in the announced closure or partial closure of 9 production facilities through December 31, 2007, the largest of which is the closure of a factory in Munich, Germany announced in 2006. As a result of these announcements, during 2005, 2006 and 2007 we recorded pre-tax asset impairment and exit costs of $90 million, $126 million and $195 million, respectively. The 2005 pre-tax charges primarily related to the write-off of obsolete equipment, severance benefits and impairment charges associated with the closure of a factory in the Czech Republic, and the streamlining of various operations. The 2006 pre-tax charges included $57 million of costs related to the Munich, Germany factory closure. The 2007 pre-tax charges primarily related to severance costs. Pre-tax charges, primarily related to severance, of approximately $65 million related to these previously announced plans are expected during 2008.

 

46


Table of Contents

In 2007, asset impairment and exit costs also included general corporate pre-tax charges of $13 million related to fees associated with the Spin-off.

Cash payments related to exit costs were $40 million in 2005, $44 million in 2006 and $131 million in 2007. Future cash payments for exit costs incurred to date are expected to be approximately $170 million. The streamlining of these various functions and operations is expected to result in the elimination of approximately 3,400 positions. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 2,400 of these positions have been eliminated. These actions generated pre-tax cost savings beginning in 2005, with cumulative estimated annual cost savings of approximately $185 million through the end of 2007, of which $130 million are incremental savings in 2007. Cumulative estimated cost savings of approximately $329 million are expected by the end of 2008.

Acquisitions

As discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements, in 2005 we acquired 98% of the outstanding shares of Sampoerna, an Indonesian tobacco company, for a cost of $4.8 billion, and a 98% stake in Coltabaco, the largest tobacco company in Colombia, for a cost of $300 million.

In the fourth quarter of 2006, we purchased from British American Tobacco the Muratti and Ambassador trademarks in certain markets, as well as the rights to L&M and Chesterfield in Hong Kong, in exchange for the rights to Benson & Hedges in certain African markets and a payment of $115 million.

In November 2006, we exchanged our 47.5% interest in E. León Jimenes, C. por. A., or ELJ, which included a 40% indirect interest in ELJ’s beer subsidiary, for 100% ownership of ELJ’s cigarette subsidiary, Industria de Tabaco León Jimenes, S.A., or ITLJ, and $427 million of cash. As a result of the transaction, we now own 100% of the cigarette business and no longer hold an interest in ELJ’s beer business. The exchange of our interest in ELJ’s beer subsidiary resulted in a pre-tax gain on sale of $488 million. The operating results of ELJ’s cigarette subsidiary from the date of exchange to December 31, 2006, and for the year ended December 31, 2007, the amounts of which were not material, were included in our operating results.

During the first quarter of 2007, we acquired an additional 50.2% stake in a Pakistan cigarette manufacturer, Lakson Tobacco Company Limited, or Lakson Tobacco, and completed a mandatory tender offer for the remaining shares, which increased our total ownership interest in Lakson Tobacco from 40% to approximately 98%, for $388 million. The effect of this acquisition was not material to our 2007 consolidated financial position, results of operations or operating cash flows.

In November 2007, we acquired an additional 30% stake in our Mexican tobacco business from Grupo Carso, S.A.B. de C.V., or Grupo Carso, which increased our ownership interest to 80%, for $1.1 billion. After this transaction was completed, Grupo Carso retained a 20% stake in the business. We also entered into an agreement with Grupo Carso which provides the basis for us to potentially acquire, or for Grupo Carso to potentially sell to us, Grupo Carso’s remaining 20% in the future. The effect of this acquisition was not material to our 2007 consolidated financial position, results of operations or operating cash flows.

Trade Policy

It is our policy to comply with applicable laws of the United States and the laws of the countries in which we do business that prohibit trade with certain countries, organizations or individuals. We do not sell products or have a current intent to sell products in Cuba or North Korea. Certain of our subsidiaries have established commercial arrangements involving Syria, Iran, Myanmar and Sudan, in each case in compliance with our trade policy and U.S. law.

Certain subsidiaries sell products that are exported to Syria in compliance with exemptions under applicable U.S. laws and regulations. Such sales are quantitatively not material, amounting to well below 0.5% of our

 

47


Table of Contents

consolidated annual volume and operating companies income in each of the past three years. We have no employees, operations or assets in Syria.

In January 2007, a subsidiary received a license from the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control to export cigarettes to Iran. We did not record any sales to Iran in 2007. Our subsidiary has received a new license for 2008 and intends to commence sales during the year. Sales under the license are not expected to be material, with projected sales well below 0.5% of total estimated 2008 volume and operating companies income. We have no employees, operations or assets in Iran.

A subsidiary sells products to duty free customers that resell those products to their respective customers, some of which have duty free operations in Myanmar. Another duty free subsidiary sells products to a duty free customer that supplies U.N. peacekeeping forces around the world, including those in Sudan. All such sales are in compliance with exemptions under applicable U.S. laws and regulations and are de minimis in volume and value. We have no employees, operations or assets in Myanmar or Sudan.

We do not believe that exempt or licensed sales of our products, which are agricultural products under U.S. law, and are not technological or strategic in nature, for ultimate resale in Syria, Iran, Myanmar or Sudan in compliance with U.S. laws, will present a material risk to our stockholders, our reputation or the value of our shares. To our knowledge, none of the governments of Syria, Iran, Myanmar or Sudan, nor entities controlled by those governments, receive cash or act as intermediaries in connection with these transactions, except that in Syria, the state tobacco monopoly, which is the only entity legally permitted to import tobacco products, purchases products from our customer for domestic resale.

Certain states have enacted legislation permitting state pension funds to divest or screen from future investment in stocks of companies that do business with countries that are sanctioned by the U.S. We do not believe such legislation has had any material effect on the price of the shares of our parent company or will have such effect on our share price after the Spin-off.

Other

In December 2005, we reached agreements with the China National Tobacco Corporation, or CNTC, on the licensed production of Marlboro in the PRC and the establishment of an international joint venture. We each hold 50% of the shares of the joint venture company, which is based in Lausanne, Switzerland. The joint venture company will support the commercialization and distribution of a portfolio of Chinese heritage brands in international markets, expand the export of tobacco products and packaging materials from China, and explore other business development opportunities. While we view these agreements as important strategic milestones, we do not expect them to have a significant impact on our financial results for some time.

 

48


Table of Contents

Consolidated Operating Results

See pages 11 to 16 for a discussion of Risk Factors.

Our volume, net revenues and operating companies income by segment were as follows:

 

     Cigarette Volume  
     2005     2006     2007  
     (in billions)  

European Union

     266.5       259.0       257.1  

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     284.2       288.6       291.3  

Asia

     173.3       194.6       211.7  

Latin America

     80.5       89.2       89.9  
                        

Total cigarette volume

     804.5       831.4       850.0  
                        
     Net Revenues  
     2005     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

European Union

   $ 23,874     $ 23,752     $ 26,682  

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     8,869       9,972       12,149  

Asia

     8,609       10,142       11,099  

Latin America

     3,936       4,394       5,166  
                        

Net revenues

   $ 45,288     $ 48,260     $ 55,096  
                        
     Operating Income  
         2005             2006             2007      
     (in millions, except per share amounts)  

Operating companies income:

      

European Union

   $ 3,934     $ 3,516     $ 4,173  

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     1,635       2,065       2,427  

Asia

     1,793       1,869       1,802  

Latin America

     463       1,008       520  

Amortization of intangibles

     (18 )     (23 )     (28 )

General corporate expenses

     (72 )     (67 )     (73 )

Gain on sale of leasing business

         52  
                        

Operating income

   $ 7,735     $ 8,368     $ 8,873  
                        

Net earnings

   $ 5,620     $ 6,146     $ 6,026  
                        

Weighted average shares for Adjusted Diluted EPS

     2,090       2,105       2,116  
                        

Adjusted Diluted EPS

   $ 2.69     $ 2.92     $ 2.85  
                        

As discussed in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements, we evaluate segment performance and allocate resources based on operating companies income, which we define as operating income before general corporate expenses and amortization of intangibles. We believe it is appropriate to disclose this measure to help investors analyze the business performance and trends of our various business segments.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following events that occurred during 2005, 2006 and 2007, affected the comparability of our statement of earnings amounts:

 

   

Asset Impairment and Exit Costs – For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, pre-tax asset impairment and exit costs by segment were as follows:

 

     2005    2006    2007
     (in millions)

Separation programs:

        

European Union

   $ 30    $ 99    $ 137

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     14      2      12

Asia

     7      19      28

Latin America

     4      1      18
                    

Total separation programs

     55      121      195
                    

Asset impairment:

        

European Union

     19      5   

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     5      

Asia

     9      

Latin America

     2      
                    

Total asset impairment

     35      5      —  
                    

General corporate

           13
                    

Asset impairment and exit costs

   $ 90    $ 126    $ 208
                    

For further details on asset impairment and exit costs, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

   

Italian Antitrust Charge – During the first quarter of 2006, we recorded a $61 million charge related to an Italian antitrust action. This charge was included in the operating companies income of the European Union segment.

 

   

Gains on Sales of Businesses – During 2006, operating companies income of the Latin America segment included a pre-tax gain of $488 million related to the exchange of our interest in a beer business in the Dominican Republic in return for cash proceeds of $427 million and 100% ownership of the Dominican Republic cigarette business. During 2007, we sold our leasing business, managed by PMCC, for a pre-tax gain of $52 million ($14 million after-taxes).

 

   

Inventory Sale in Italy – During the first quarter of 2005, we made a one-time inventory sale of 4.0 billion units to our new distributor in Italy, resulting in a $96 million pre-tax benefit to operating companies income for the European Union segment. During the second quarter of 2005, the new distributor reduced its inventories by approximately 1.0 billion units, resulting in lower shipments for us. The net impact of these actions was a benefit to the European Union segments’ pre-tax operating companies income of approximately $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

   

Income Tax Benefit – In 2005, our tax provision included a $344 million tax benefit related to dividend repatriation under the American Jobs Creation Act. Our 2006 tax provision reflects a reimbursement from Altria in cash for unrequired federal tax reserves of $450 million and net state tax reversals of $35 million. Our 2006 tax provision also included the reversal of $105 million of tax reserves that were no longer required due to foreign tax events that were resolved in 2006. In 2007, we recorded tax benefits of $27 million related to the reduction of deferred tax liabilities resulting from future lower enacted tax rates in Germany. Our 2007 tax provision also included the reversal of tax accruals of $41 million no longer required.

 

50


Table of Contents

2007 compared with 2006

The following discussion compares our consolidated operating results for the year ended December 31, 2007, with the year ended December 31, 2006.

Cigarette volume of 850.0 billion units increased 18.6 billion units or 2.2%. This increase was due primarily to higher volume in Asia as a result of the acquisition in Pakistan in March 2007. Excluding the acquisition in Pakistan and the acquisition of local brands in Mexico, cigarette shipment volume was down 0.7%, due mainly to lower shipments in Germany and Poland, and the unfavorable impact of timing and trade inventory movements primarily in Japan and Mexico. Partially offsetting the decline were gains in Argentina, Egypt, Indonesia, Korea and Ukraine, as well as favorable timing of shipments in Italy.

We achieved market share gains in many markets, including Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Egypt, Finland, Greece, Hungary, Israel, Italy, Korea, Mexico, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Portugal, Singapore, Sweden and Ukraine.

Volume for Marlboro cigarettes decreased 1.5%. This decrease was due primarily to timing of shipments in Mexico and unfavorable distributor inventory movements in Japan, partially offset by gains in Argentina, Bulgaria, Indonesia, Korea and Russia. Marlboro market share increased in many markets, including Argentina, Brazil, Egypt, Greece, Hungary, Indonesia, Israel, Korea, the Philippines, Poland, Russia, and Ukraine.

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $6.8 billion or 14.2%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $2.0 billion or 9.6% to $22.8 billion. This increase was due primarily to favorable currency ($1.2 billion), price increases ($896 million) and the impact of acquisitions ($169 million). These increases were partially offset by lower volume/mix ($239 million).

Operating income increased $505 million or 6.0%. This increase was due primarily to price increases and cost savings ($906 million), favorable currency ($471 million), the Italian antitrust charge in 2006 ($61 million) and the gain on sale of our leasing business in 2007 ($52 million). These increases were partially offset by the 2006 pre-tax gain related to the exchange of our interest in a beer business in the Dominican Republic ($488 million), lower volume/mix ($290 million), higher marketing, administration and research costs ($93 million, including $30 million for a distributor termination in Indonesia), higher pre-tax charges for asset impairment and exit costs ($69 million) and the impact of divestitures ($51 million).

Currency movements increased net revenues by $3.5 billion ($1.2 billion, after excluding the impact of currency movements on excise taxes) and operating income by $471 million. These increases were due primarily to the weakness versus prior year of the U.S. dollar against the euro, Russian ruble and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the strength of the U.S. dollar against the Japanese yen.

Interest expense, net, of $10 million decreased $132 million or 93.0%, due primarily to lower average debt levels throughout most of 2007.

Our effective tax rate increased 6.7 percentage points to 28.9%. The 2007 effective tax rate includes a tax benefit of $27 million related to the reduction of deferred tax liabilities resulting from future lower enacted tax rates in Germany. The 2007 effective tax rate also includes the reversal of tax accruals of $41 million no longer required. The 2006 effective tax rate reflects a reimbursement from Altria in cash for unrequired federal tax reserves of $450 million. We also recognized net state tax reversals of $35 million, resulting in a total net earnings benefit of $485 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Also included in the 2006 effective tax rate is the reversal of $105 million of tax reserves that were no longer required due to foreign tax events that were resolved within the 2006 fiscal year. Absent these reversals, our on-going effective tax rate is approximately 29% to 30%.

Net earnings of $6.0 billion decreased $120 million or 2.0%. This decrease was due primarily to a higher 2007 effective tax rate, partially offset by higher operating income and lower interest expense, net.

 

51


Table of Contents

2006 compared with 2005

The following discussion compares our consolidated operating results for the year ended December 31, 2006, with the year ended December 31, 2005.

Cigarette volume of 831.4 billion units increased 26.9 billion units or 3.4%. This increase was due primarily to higher volume in Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa. These increases were partially offset by lower volume in the EU. Excluding acquisitions in Indonesia and Colombia, and the impact of the inventory sale to our new distributor in Italy in 2005, cigarette shipment volume was up 0.4%. Total tobacco volume, which included 8.3 billion cigarette equivalent units of other tobacco products, grew 3.5%. Excluding acquisitions in Indonesia and Colombia, and the impact of the inventory sale to our new distributor in Italy in 2005, total tobacco volume grew 0.6%.

We achieved market share gains in a number of important markets, including Argentina, Austria, Belgium, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Indonesia, Italy, Korea, Lebanon, Mexico, Poland, Singapore, Sweden, Turkey and Ukraine.

Marlboro shipment volume decreased 1.9%, due primarily to declines in Argentina, Germany, Japan and Spain. However, in-market volume was up and Marlboro market share increased in many important markets, including France, Greece, Hong Kong, Italy, Japan, Korea, Kuwait, Mexico, Poland, Romania, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Spain, Thailand and Ukraine.

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $3.0 billion or 6.6%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $781 million or 3.9% to $20.8 billion. This increase was due primarily to the impact of acquisitions ($637 million), price increases ($392 million) and higher volume/mix ($92 million). These increases were partially offset by unfavorable currency ($340 million).

Operating income increased $633 million or 8.2%. This increase was due primarily to a pre-tax gain related to the exchange of our interest in a beer business in the Dominican Republic ($488 million), price increases and cost savings ($410 million) and the impact of acquisitions ($232 million). These increases were partially offset by unfavorable currency ($183 million), unfavorable volume/mix ($157 million, including the 2005 benefit from the inventory sale in Italy), higher marketing, administration and research costs ($72 million), the Italian antitrust charge ($61 million) and higher pre-tax charges for asset impairment and exit costs ($36 million).

Currency movements decreased net revenues by $651 million ($340 million after excluding the impact of currency movements on excise taxes) and operating income by $183 million. These decreases were due primarily to the strength versus prior year of the U.S. dollar against the Japanese yen and the Turkish lira.

Interest expense, net, of $142 million increased $48 million or 51.1%, due primarily to higher borrowings following our acquisition of Sampoerna in Indonesia during 2005.

Our effective tax rate decreased by 1.8 percentage points to 22.2%. The 2005 effective tax rate included a $344 million tax benefit related to dividend repatriation under the American Jobs Creation Act. The 2006 effective tax rate reflects a reimbursement from Altria in cash for unrequired federal tax reserves of $450 million. We also recognized net state tax reversals of $35 million, resulting in a total net earnings benefit of $485 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Also, included in the 2006 tax provision is the reversal of $105 million of tax reserves that were no longer required due to foreign tax events that were resolved within the 2006 fiscal year.

Minority interest in earnings, net of income taxes, increased $65 million or 34.9%. This increase was due primarily to higher earnings in Turkey and Mexico.

Net earnings of $6.1 billion increased $526 million or 9.4%. This increase was due primarily to higher operating income and a lower effective tax rate. These increases were partially offset by higher interest expense and minority interest in earnings.

 

52


Table of Contents

Operating Results by Business Segment

2007 compared with 2006

The following discussion compares operating results within each of our reportable segments for 2007 with 2006.

European Union. Our cigarette shipment volume decreased 0.7%. This decrease was due to declines in Germany and Poland, and unfavorable distributor inventory movements in France. These decreases were partially offset by gains in Hungary, the Baltic States, and the impact of favorable inventory movements in Italy. Our cigarette market share in the European Union was 39.3%, down 0.1 share point from 2006, due primarily to trade inventory distortions in the Czech Republic. Absent these distortions, market share in the European Union was flat.

In France, our shipment volume decreased 4.8%, due primarily to a lower market due to higher pricing. Our market share decreased 0.3 share points to 42.4%, due primarily to declines in Marlboro , reflecting the temporary adverse impact of crossing the €5.00 per pack threshold. In the mid-price segment, the Philip Morris brand grew market share.

In Germany, our cigarette shipment volume declined 4.6%. The total cigarette market in Germany declined 4.0%, due mainly to the tax-driven price increase in October 2006. Our cigarette market share declined 0.4 share points to 36.5%, due to lower Marlboro share, partially offset by share gains for L&M .

In Italy, the total cigarette market was down 1.1%. Our cigarette shipment volume increased 2.9%, due primarily to the favorable timing of shipments, and our market share in Italy increased 0.8 share points to 54.6%, driven by Chesterfield and Merit .

In Poland, the total cigarette market declined 3.5%, due to consumer price sensitivity within the low price segment following significant tax-driven price increases, as consumers switched to other tobacco products. Our shipment volume was down 6.0% and our market share decreased 1.0 share point to 39.0%, primarily reflecting share declines for our low price and local 70mm brands. However, Marlboro market share rose 0.4 share points to 8.5%.

In Spain, the total cigarette market declined 1.2%. Our shipment volume increased 0.7%, due mainly to the favorable timing of shipments. Our market share declined 0.2 share points to 32.1%, primarily reflecting declines in Marlboro, partially offset by gains for Chesterfield , L&M and the Philip Morris brand.

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $2.9 billion or 12.3%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $920 million or 11.7% to $8.8 billion. This increase was due primarily to favorable currency ($748 million) and price increases ($374 million). These increases were partially offset by lower volume/mix ($202 million).

Operating companies income increased $657 million or 18.7%. This increase was due primarily to favorable currency ($417 million), price increases, net of higher costs ($363 million), lower marketing, administration and research costs ($75 million) and the Italian antitrust charge in 2006 ($61 million). These increases were partially offset by lower volume/mix ($201 million), higher pre-tax charges for asset impairment and exit costs ($33 million) and higher fixed manufacturing costs ($23 million).

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa. Our shipment volume increased 0.9%, driven by gains in Algeria, Bulgaria, Egypt and Ukraine. These increases were partially offset by declines in Romania, Russia, Serbia and Turkey.

 

53


Table of Contents

In Egypt, improved economic conditions and increased tourism continued to fuel the growth of the total cigarette industry and premium brands. Our shipments rose 25.6% and our share advanced 1.9 points to 12.0%, driven by Marlboro , L&M and Merit.

In Russia, our shipments were down 2.0%, due largely to L&M. This decline was partially offset by continued growth of higher-margin brands, including Marlboro , Parliament , Chesterfield and Muratti. Our market share was unchanged at 26.6%. In September 2007, we replaced the entire L&M brand family with a completely new, smoother tasting product line-up in response to changing adult consumer preferences.

In Turkey, our shipments declined 1.6% and our market share declined 2.1 share points to 40.4%, due primarily to a volume decline of the lower-margin brands in our portfolio.

In Ukraine, our shipments grew 4.7% and our share rose 0.8 share points to 33.9%, driven by consumer up-trading to premium brands, particularly Marlboro, Parliament and Chesterfield .

In Algeria, our shipments increased, driven by an expanded distribution network.

In Bulgaria, our shipments increased, driven by our market entry in July 2006 as well as higher sales of Marlboro following price repositioning, and portfolio expansion following the lifting of import duties in January 2007.

In Romania, our shipments were down 9.6%, due primarily to a lower total market and lower market share. Our volume decline was driven by declines in L&M , partially offset by gains in Marlboro and Parliament .

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $2.2 billion or 21.8%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $741 million or 13.2% to $6.3 billion. This increase was due primarily to favorable currency ($321 million), price increases ($246 million) and higher volume/mix ($174 million).

Operating companies income increased $362 million or 17.5%. This increase was due primarily to price increases and lower costs ($285 million), higher volume/mix ($95 million) and favorable currency ($90 million). These increases were partially offset by higher marketing, administration and research costs ($80 million), higher fixed manufacturing costs ($18 million) and higher pre-tax charges for asset impairment and exit costs ($10 million).

Asia. Our shipment volume increased 8.8%. This increase reflects the Lakson Tobacco acquisition in Pakistan. Excluding this acquisition, our volume in Asia was down 3.2%, due primarily to the negative impact of inventory movements and lower shipments in Japan, partially offset by gains in Indonesia and Korea.

In Japan, the total cigarette market declined 4.8%, driven by the July 1, 2006 tax-driven price increase. Our market share in Japan decreased 0.4 share points to 24.3%, due mainly to Lark . Our shipments were down 12.6%, reflecting lower in-market sales and a reduction in distributor inventory durations at the end of 2007.

In Indonesia, the total cigarette market increased 3.9%. Our market share decreased 0.3 share points to 28.0%, reflecting the share decline of A Mild and Dji Sam Soe , due to a temporary stick-price disadvantage versus competitors’ brands, partially offset by the growth of Marlboro , which gained 0.4 share points to 4.0%. Our shipment volume rose 2.8%, driven by the July 2007 launch of Marlboro kretek.

In Korea, the total market increased 4.6%. Our shipments increased 20.3%, due primarily to the performance of Marlboro , Parliament and Virginia Slims , driven by new line extensions, including Marlboro

 

54


Table of Contents

Filter Plus . Our market share in Korea increased 1.3 share points to 9.9% with Marlboro market share up 0.8 share points to 4.2%.

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $957 million or 9.4%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $108 million or 1.9% to $5.6 billion. This increase was due primarily to price increases ($146 million), the Lakson Tobacco acquisition ($118 million) and favorable currency ($75 million). These increases were partially offset by lower volume/mix ($231 million).

Operating companies income decreased $67 million or 3.6%. This decrease was due primarily to lower volume/mix ($179 million), higher marketing, administration and research costs ($70 million, including $30 million for a distributor termination in Indonesia), unfavorable currency ($36 million) and higher pre-tax charges for asset impairment and exit costs ($9 million). These decreases were partially offset by price increases and lower costs ($171 million), lower fixed manufacturing costs ($44 million) and the Lakson Tobacco acquisition ($12 million).

Latin America. Our shipment volume increased 0.8%. This increase was driven by gains in Argentina, partially offset by declines in Mexico and the Dominican Republic.

In Argentina, the total cigarette market was up 3.0%, while our shipments grew 7.1% and our share was up 2.6 share points to 68.9%, driven by Marlboro and the Philip Morris brand.

In Mexico, the total market declined 6.3%, due to lower consumption following the price increases in January and October 2007, as well as an unfavorable comparison with the prior year, which included trade purchases in advance of the January 2007 tax-driven price increase. Our shipments declined 2.1%, reflecting the decline in the overall market. However, our market share rose 0.8 share points to 64.3%, driven by Benson & Hedges and Delicados .

In the Dominican Republic, our shipment volume declined 20.2%, reflecting a lower total market following price increases in January and February 2007 to partially compensate for a very significant excise tax increase imposed on cigarettes in January 2007.

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $772 million or 17.6%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $235 million or 13.4% to $2.0 billion. This increase was due primarily to price increases ($130 million), the impact of acquisitions ($51 million), favorable currency ($34 million) and favorable volume/mix ($20 million).

Operating companies income decreased $488 million or 48.4%. This decrease was due primarily to the gain in 2006 from the exchange of our interest in the Dominican Republic beer business ($488 million), the impact of divestitures ($51 million), higher marketing, administration and research costs ($18 million) and higher pre-tax charges for asset impairment and exit costs ($17 million). These decreases were partially offset by price increases, net of higher costs ($87 million).

2006 compared with 2005

The following discussion compares operating results within each of our reportable segments for 2006 with 2005.

European Union. Our cigarette shipment volume decreased 2.8% in the EU segment. Excluding the inventory sale in Italy in 2005, volume decreased 1.7%. This decrease was due largely to declines in Spain, Portugal, Germany and the Czech Republic. These declines were partially offset by gains in France, Hungary and Poland.

In Spain, the total cigarette market was down 2.9%. This decrease was due primarily to the impact of excise tax increases and a new tobacco law implemented on January 1, 2006. Our shipment volume decreased 12.8%,

 

55


Table of Contents

reflecting increased consumer down-trading to the low price segment. As a result of growing price gaps, our market share in Spain declined 2.3 share points to 32.3%. On January 21, 2006, the Spanish government raised excise taxes on cigarettes, which would have resulted in even larger price gaps if the tax increase had been passed on to consumers. Accordingly, we reduced our cigarette prices on January 26, 2006 to restore the competitiveness of our brands. In late February, the Spanish government again raised the level of excise taxes, but also established a minimum excise tax, following which we raised our prices back to prior levels. On November 10, 2006, the Spanish government announced an increase in the minimum excise tax to 70 euros per thousand cigarettes. Effective December 30, 2006, we raised prices on all our brands.

In Portugal, the total cigarette market declined 8.2%. This decline was caused by a tax-driven price increase that resulted in lower overall consumption and higher consumer cross-border purchases in Spain. Our shipment volume decreased 13.0% and market share was down 5.0 share points to 82.0%, due to severe price competition, partially arising from competitors continuing to sell lower-priced product from inventory that was accumulated prior to the tax increase.

In Germany, our total tobacco volume (which includes other tobacco products) increased 0.9%; however, our cigarette volume declined 2.8%. Total tobacco consumption in Germany was down 5.9% in 2006, reflecting the decline and ultimate exit of tobacco portions from the market. The total cigarette market decreased 4.0%, affected by the September 2005 tax-driven price increase as well as the sale of illicit cigarettes as reported by the German cigarette manufacturers’ association. Our cigarette market share increased 0.2 share points to 36.9%, driven by the price repositioning of L&M in January 2006. During the fourth quarter of 2005, the European Court of Justice ruled that the German government’s favorable tax treatment of tobacco portions was against EU law. Accordingly, tobacco portions manufactured as of April 1, 2006 incur the same excise tax as that levied on cigarettes, and as of October 2006, our shipment of tobacco portions ceased.

In the Czech Republic, shipment volume was down 9.7% and market share was lower, reflecting intense price competition.

In Italy, the total cigarette market rose 1.1% versus a low base in 2005, when it was adversely impacted by the compounding effects of the January 2005 legislation restricting smoking in public places and the December 2004 tax-driven price increase. Our shipment volume in Italy decreased 3.9%, reflecting the one-time inventory sale in 2005. Adjusting for the one-time inventory sale, cigarette shipment volume in Italy increased 1.9%. Market share in Italy increased 1.3 share points to 53.8%, driven by Marlboro, Diana and Chesterfield .

In Poland, shipment volume was up 6.3% and market share increased 2.8 share points to 40.0%, driven by L&M and Next .

In France, shipment volume increased 7.0%, driven by price stability, moderate price gaps and the favorable timing of shipments. Market share increased 1.0 share point to 42.7%, reflecting the strong performance of Marlboro and the Philip Morris brand.

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, decreased $122 million or 0.5%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues decreased $609 million or 7.2% to $7.9 billion. This decrease was due primarily to lower volume/mix ($254 million), net price decreases ($203 million) and unfavorable currency ($152 million).

Operating companies income decreased $418 million or 10.6%. This decrease was due primarily to lower volume/mix ($243 million), price decreases net of cost savings ($179 million), the Italian antitrust charge ($61 million) and higher pre-tax charges for asset impairment and exit costs ($55 million). These decreases were partially offset by lower marketing, administration and research costs ($90 million) and lower fixed manufacturing costs ($29 million).

 

56


Table of Contents

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa. Our shipment volume increased 1.6%. This increase was driven by gains in Russia, Ukraine and Egypt. These increases were partially offset by declines in Romania and Turkey. In Russia, shipments were up 3.4%, driven by Marlboro , Muratti , Parliament , and Chesterfield , while market share was down 0.4 share points to 26.6%, due primarily to declines of low price brands and L&M . Higher shipments in Ukraine mainly reflect higher market share, as a result of up-trading to higher margin brands. In Romania, shipments declined 15.1% and share was down 1.8 share points to 32.3%. In Turkey, shipments declined 3.5%, reflecting the continued decline of low price Bond Street . However, our market share in Turkey rose 1.1 share points to 42.4%, as consumers traded up to our higher margin brands, Parliament and Muratti .

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $1.1 billion or 12.4%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $563 million or 11.2% to $5.6 billion. This increase was due primarily to price increases ($391 million) and higher volume/mix ($195 million), partially offset by unfavorable currency ($23 million).

Operating companies income increased $430 million or 26.3%. This increase was due primarily to price increases, net of higher costs ($381 million) and higher volume/mix ($130 million), partially offset by higher marketing, administration and research costs ($85 million).

Asia. Our shipment volume increased 12.3%, reflecting the acquisition of Sampoerna in Indonesia. Excluding this acquisition, volume in Asia was down 1.0%, due primarily to lower volume in Japan and Thailand. In Japan, the total market declined 4.4%, driven by the July 1, 2006 price increase. Market share in Japan decreased 0.1 point to 24.7%. Market share in Indonesia grew 1.9 share points to 28.3%, led by A Hijau and A Mild . In Thailand, a lower total market reflected a December 2005 excise tax increase.

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $1.5 billion or 17.8%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $612 million or 12.4% to $5.5 billion. This increase was due primarily to the impact of acquisitions ($587 million) and price increases ($197 million), partially offset by unfavorable currency ($179 million).

Operating companies income increased $76 million or 4.2%. This increase was due primarily to the impact of acquisitions ($219 million) and price increases ($185 million). These increases were partially offset by unfavorable currency ($188 million), lower volume/mix ($81 million) and higher marketing, administration and research costs ($53 million).

Latin America. Our shipment volume increased 10.8%, driven by strong gains in Argentina and Mexico, as well as higher volume in Colombia due to the 2005 acquisition of Coltabaco. Excluding this acquisition, volume was up 6.3%. In Argentina, the total market advanced approximately 7.0%, while our shipments grew 15.9% and share was up 4.9 share points, due mainly to the Philip Morris brand. In Mexico, the total market was up approximately 2.0% and our shipments grew 6.0%. Market share rose 1.4 share points to 63.5%, reflecting the continued strong performance of Marlboro and Benson & Hedges .

Net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, increased $458 million or 11.6%. Excluding excise taxes, net revenues increased $215 million or 14.0% to $1.8 billion. This increase was due primarily to higher volume/mix ($144 million), the impact of acquisitions ($50 million) and favorable currency ($14 million).

Operating companies income increased $545 million or 117.7%. This increase was due primarily to a pre-tax gain of $488 million related to the exchange of our interest in a beer business for full ownership of a tobacco business in the Dominican Republic, higher volume/mix ($37 million), price increases ($23 million) and the impact of acquisitions ($13 million). These increases were partially offset by higher marketing, administration and research costs ($24 million).

 

57


Table of Contents

Financial Review

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities of $5.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007, decreased $647 million from 2006. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was due primarily to higher cash used to fund working capital during 2007 as compared with 2006 ($817 million), partially offset by higher net earnings ($115 million, excluding non-cash income and expense amounts) and lower pension plan contributions ($40 million). The change in working capital was due primarily to higher receivables from additional trade purchases in anticipation of 2008 tax-driven price increases in many markets, as well as higher inventories. The increase in inventories reflects higher leaf tobacco to support production that we are re-sourcing from PM USA in 2008 and higher finished goods inventories in anticipation of further trade purchases prior to excise tax increases.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $6.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006, increased $1.0 billion over 2005, primarily reflecting higher net earnings ($1.5 billion, excluding deferred income taxes) and lower pension plan contributions ($190 million), partially offset by a higher use of cash to fund working capital ($360 million). The increase in net cash used for working capital was due largely to an increase in our finished goods inventory in anticipation of 2007 tax-driven price increases in many markets.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

One element of our growth strategy is to strengthen our brand portfolio and/or expand our geographic reach through active programs of selective acquisitions.

Net cash used in investing activities of $2.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007, increased $2.1 billion over 2006. This increase was due primarily to a higher use of cash for acquisitions in 2007, lower proceeds from sales of businesses in 2007 and higher capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities of $439 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, decreased $5.2 billion from 2005, due primarily to a lower use of cash for acquisitions in 2006. The increased proceeds from sales of businesses in 2006 also contributed to the decreased use of cash. These increases were partially offset by higher capital expenditures.

During the first quarter of 2007, we acquired an additional 50.2% stake in a Pakistan cigarette manufacturer, Lakson Tobacco, and completed a mandatory tender offer for the remaining shares, which increased our total ownership interest in Lakson Tobacco from 40% to approximately 98%, for $388 million. In November 2007, we acquired an additional 30% stake in our Mexican tobacco business from Grupo Carso for $1.1 billion, which increased our ownership interest to 80%. After this transaction was completed, Grupo Carso retained a 20% stake in the business. We also entered into an agreement with Grupo Carso which provides the basis for us to potentially acquire, or for Grupo Carso to potentially sell to us, Grupo Carso’s remaining 20% in the future.

In November 2006, we exchanged our 47.5% interest in ELJ, which included a 40% indirect interest in ELJ’s beer subsidiary, for 100% ownership of ELJ’s cigarette subsidiary, ITLJ, and $427 million of cash. As a result of the transaction, we now own 100% of the cigarette business and no longer hold an interest in ELJ’s beer business.

Our capital expenditures were $736 million in 2005, $886 million in 2006 and $1,072 million in 2007. The expenditures were primarily for our modernization and consolidation of manufacturing facilities, expansion of research and development facilities, and expansion of production capacity. We expect capital expenditures in 2008 of approximately $800 million, to be funded by operating cash flows.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

During 2007, we used $3.4 billion in our financing activities primarily to pay dividends to Altria, partially offset by increased borrowings. The increased level of dividends in 2007 reflects special dividends paid to Altria

 

58


Table of Contents

of $3.1 billion in anticipation of the Spin-off. We expect to pay an additional $900 million of special dividends to Altria in the first quarter of 2008. During 2006, we used $5.4 billion in our financing activities primarily for the repayment of debt and for dividends paid to Altria. During 2005, we used $3.0 billion in our financing activities primarily to pay dividends to Altria, partially offset by increased borrowings for the acquisition of Sampoerna. The increased level of dividends in 2005 related to the American Jobs Creation Act.

On January 30, 2008, the Altria Board of Directors approved a $13.0 billion two-year share repurchase program for us which is expected to begin in May 2008.

Debt and Liquidity

Credit Lines – As discussed in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements, the purchase price of the Sampoerna acquisition was primarily financed through our euro 4.5 billion bank credit facilities arranged in May 2005, consisting of a euro 2.5 billion three-year term loan facility (which, through repayments had since been reduced to euro 1.5 billion) and a euro 2.0 billion five-year revolving credit facility. On December 4, 2007, we entered into new credit agreements consisting of a $3.0 billion five-year revolving credit facility, a $1.0 billion 3-year revolving credit facility and a euro 1.5 billion 364-day term loan facility. On December 4, 2007, we borrowed euro 1.5 billion under our new term loan facility to repay the debt outstanding under our 2005 term loan facility. These facilities, which are not guaranteed by Altria, require us to maintain a ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, to interest ratio of not less than 3.5 to 1.0. At December 31, 2007, our ratio calculated in accordance with the agreements was 44.6 to 1.0. The multi-year facilities enable us to reclassify short-term debt to long-term debt. At December 31, 2007, $2,205 million of short-term borrowings that we expect to remain outstanding at December 31, 2008 were reclassified as long-term debt.

We expect to continue to meet our covenants. These facilities do not include any credit rating triggers or any provisions that could require us to post collateral.

At December 31, 2007, our credit lines and the related activity, were as follows (in billions of dollars):

 

     December 31, 2007

Type

   Credit
Lines
   Amount
Drawn
   Lines
Available

364-day term loan, expiring 12/2/08

   $ 2.2    $ 2.2    $ —  

3-year revolving credit, expiring 12/4/10

     1.0      0.6      0.4

5-year revolving credit, expiring 12/4/12

     3.0         3.0

5-year revolving credit, expiring 5/12/10

     2.9      2.4      0.5
                    
   $ 9.1    $ 5.2    $ 3.9
                    

In addition to the above, certain of our subsidiaries maintain credit lines to meet their respective working capital needs. These credit lines amounted to approximately $2.6 billion at December 31, 2007. Borrowings from these lines of credit amounted to $419 million at December 31, 2006 and $638 million at December 31, 2007.

Credit Ratings – Moody’s expects that, should we be spun-off from Altria Group, Inc. as expected, our long-term and short-term ratings could be as high as A2 and Prime-1, respectively. Standard & Poor’s believes that the potential corporate credit rating for us could be as high as A+ based solely on its business risk assessment. Fitch expects that, should we be spun-off from Altria Group, Inc., our long-term and short-term ratings could be A+ and F1, respectively.

Debt – Our total debt was $2.8 billion at December 31, 2006 and $6.3 billion at December 31, 2007. The ratio of total debt to equity was 0.20 at December 31, 2006 and 0.41 at December 31, 2007. Variable-rate debt

 

59


Table of Contents

constituted approximately 93% of our total debt at December 31, 2007. The weighted-average interest rate on our total debt was 5.1% at December 31, 2006 and 5.3% at December 31, 2007.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements, including special purpose entities, other than guarantees and contractual obligations that are discussed below.

Guarantees – As discussed in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements, at December 31, 2007, our third-party guarantees, which are primarily related to excise taxes, were $50 million, of which $45 million have no specified expiration dates. The remainder expire through 2011, with no guarantees expiring during 2008. We are required to perform under these guarantees in the event that a third party fails to make contractual payments. We do not have a liability on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007, as the fair value of these guarantees is insignificant due to the fact that the probability of future payments under these guarantees is remote. At December 31, 2007, we are also contingently liable for $2.9 billion of guarantees related to our own performance, consisting of the following:

 

   

$2.7 billion of guarantees for excise tax and import duties related primarily to the shipment of our products. In these agreements, a financial institution provides a guarantee of tax payments to the respective government agency. We then issue guarantees to the respective financial institution for the payment of the taxes. These are revolving facilities that are integral to the shipment of our products, and the underlying taxes payable are recorded on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

   

$0.2 billion of other guarantees, consisting principally of guarantees of lines of credit for certain of our subsidiaries.

Although these guarantees of our own performance are frequently short-term in nature, they are expected to be replaced, upon expiration, with similar guarantees of similar amounts. These items have not had, and are not expected to have, a significant impact on our liquidity.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations – The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2007:

 

     Payments Due
     Total    2008    2009-2010    2011-2012    2013 and
Thereafter
     (in millions)

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 3,464    $ 91    $ 3,306    $ 57    $ 10

Interest on borrowings (2)

     559      293      264      2   

Operating leases (3)

     353      74      88      37      154

Purchase obligations (4):

              

Inventory and production costs

     1,315      855      451      9   

Other

     2,458      1,282      707      357      112
                                  
     3,773      2,137      1,158      366      112

Other long-term liabilities (5)

     85      20      33      16      16
                                  
   $ 8,234    $ 2,615    $ 4,849    $ 478    $ 292
                                  

 

(1) Amounts represent the expected cash payments of our long-term debt, excluding short-term borrowings reclassified as long-term debt. Amounts include capital lease obligations, primarily associated with vending machines in Japan.

 

(2)

Amounts represent the expected cash payments of our interest expense on our long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt. Interest on our fixed-rate debt is presented using the stated interest rate.

 

60


Table of Contents
 

Interest on our variable rate debt is estimated using the rate in effect at December 31, 2007. Amounts exclude the amortization of debt discounts, the amortization of loan fees and fees for lines of credit that would be included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings.

 

(3) Amounts represent the minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases.

 

(4) Purchase obligations for inventory and production costs (such as raw materials, indirect materials and supplies, packaging, co-manufacturing arrangements, storage and distribution) are commitments for projected needs to be utilized in the normal course of business. Other purchase obligations include commitments for marketing, advertising, capital expenditures, information technology and professional services. Arrangements are considered purchase obligations if a contract specifies all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, a pricing structure and approximate timing of the transaction. Most arrangements are cancelable without a significant penalty, and with short notice (usually 30 days). Any amounts reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable and accrued liabilities are excluded from the table above.

 

(5) Other long-term liabilities consist primarily of non-competition agreements. The following long-term liabilities included on the consolidated balance sheet are excluded from the table above: accrued pension and postemployment costs, income taxes and tax contingencies, minority interest, insurance accruals and other accruals. We are unable to estimate the timing of payments (or contributions in the case of accrued pension costs) for these items. Currently, we anticipate making non-U.S. pension contributions of approximately $97 million in 2008, based on current tax law (as discussed in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements).

The E.C. agreement payments discussed below are excluded from the table above, as the payments are subject to adjustment based on certain variables including our market share in the EU.

E.C. Agreement – In July 2004, we entered into an agreement with the European Commission, or E.C., and 10 member states of the European Union that provides for broad cooperation with European law enforcement agencies on anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit efforts. To date, this agreement has been signed by 26 of the 27 member states. The agreement resolves all disputes between the parties relating to these issues. Under the terms of the agreement, we will make 13 payments over 12 years, including an initial payment of $250 million, which was recorded as a pre-tax charge against our earnings in 2004. The agreement calls for additional payments of approximately $150 million on the first anniversary of the agreement (this payment was made in July 2005), approximately $100 million on the second anniversary (this payment was made in July 2006) and approximately $75 million each year thereafter for 10 years, each of which is to be adjusted based on certain variables, including our market share in the European Union in the year preceding payment. Because future additional payments are subject to these variables, we record charges for them as an expense in cost of sales when product is shipped. In addition, we are also responsible to pay the excise taxes, VAT and customs duties on qualifying product seizures of up to 90 million cigarettes and are subject to payments of five times the applicable taxes and duties if qualifying product seizures exceed 90 million cigarettes in a given year. To date, our payments related to product seizures have been immaterial. Total charges related to the E.C. Agreement of $136 million, $95 million and $100 million were recorded in cost of sales in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Market Risk

We operate globally, with manufacturing and sales facilities in various locations throughout the world. Consequently, we use financial instruments to manage our foreign currency exposures. We use derivative financial instruments principally to reduce our exposure to foreign exchange risk by creating offsetting exposures. We are not a party to leveraged derivatives and, by policy, do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

61


Table of Contents

Hedging activity affected our accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses), net of income taxes, during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, as follows:

 

     2005     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

(Loss) gain as of January 1

   $ (50 )   $ 8     $ —    

Derivative (gains) losses transferred to earnings

     (12 )     (24 )     11  

Change in fair value

     70       16       (21 )
                        

Gain (loss) as of December 31

   $ 8     $ —       $ (10 )
                        

The fair value of all derivative financial instruments has been calculated based on market quotes.

Foreign Exchange Rates . We are exposed to foreign currency exchange movements, primarily in the Japanese yen, Swiss franc, euro, Turkish lira, Russian ruble and Indonesian rupiah. Consequently, we enter into contracts that change in value as foreign exchange rates change, to preserve the value of commitments and anticipated transactions. We use forward exchange contracts, foreign currency swaps and foreign currency options to hedge certain transaction exposures and anticipated foreign currency cash flows. The aggregate notional value of these contracts was $3.1 billion at December 31, 2006 and $6.9 billion at December 31, 2007. A portion of our foreign currency swaps, while effective as economic hedges, do not qualify for hedge accounting and therefore the unrealized gains (losses) relating to these contracts are reported in our consolidated statement of earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the unrealized gain (loss) with regard to the contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting was insignificant.

We designate certain foreign denominated forwards as net investment hedges of foreign operations. During the year ended December 31, 2007, these hedges of net investments resulted in gains of $19 million, net of income taxes. These gains were reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) within currency translation adjustments.

Value at Risk. We use a value at risk computation to estimate the potential one-day loss in the fair value of our interest rate-sensitive financial instruments and to estimate the potential one-day loss in pre-tax earnings of our foreign currency price-sensitive derivative financial instruments. This computation includes our debt, short-term investments, and foreign currency forwards, swaps and options. Anticipated transactions, foreign currency trade payables and receivables, and net investments in foreign subsidiaries, which the foregoing instruments are intended to hedge, were excluded from the computation.

The computation estimates were made assuming normal market conditions, using a 95% confidence interval. We use a “variance/co-variance” model to determine the observed interrelationships between movements in interest rates and various currencies. These interrelationships were determined by observing interest rate and forward currency rate movements over the preceding quarter for determining value at risk at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and over each of the four preceding quarters for the calculation of average value at risk amounts during each year. The values of foreign currency options do not change on a one-to-one basis with the underlying currency and were valued accordingly in the computation.

 

62


Table of Contents

The estimated potential one-day loss in fair value of our interest rate-sensitive instruments, primarily debt, under normal market conditions and the estimated potential one-day loss in pre-tax earnings from foreign currency instruments under normal market conditions, as calculated in the value at risk model, were as follows (in millions):

 

     Pre-Tax Earnings Impact    Fair Value Impact
     At
12/31/06
   Average    High    Low    At
12/31/06
   Average    High    Low

Instruments sensitive to:

                       

Foreign currency rates

   $ 4    $ 5    $ 7    $ 3            

Interest rates

               $ 2    $ 2    $ 3    $ —  
     Pre-Tax Earnings Impact    Fair Value Impact
     At
12/31/07
   Average    High    Low    At
12/31/07
   Average    High    Low

Instruments sensitive to:

                       

Foreign currency rates

   $ 32    $ 17    $ 32    $ 5            

Interest rates

               $ 1    $ 1    $ 1    $ —  

The value at risk computation is a risk analysis tool designed to statistically estimate the maximum probable daily loss from adverse movements in interest and foreign currency rates under normal market conditions. The computation does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value or earnings to be incurred by us, nor does it consider the effect of favorable changes in market rates. We cannot predict actual future movements in such market rates and do not present these results to be indicative of future movements in market rates or to be representative of any actual impact that future changes in market rates may have on our future results of operations or financial position.

New Accounting Standards

See Note 2, Note 9, Note 11 and Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of new accounting standards.

Contingencies

See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of contingencies.

 

63


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We are a Virginia holding company first incorporated in 1987, and have been a wholly owned subsidiary of Altria since our creation. Our subsidiaries and affiliates and their licensees are engaged in the manufacture and sale of cigarettes and other tobacco products in markets outside of the United States. Our operating segments are organized and managed by geographic region, as described below.

Following the Distribution, we will be the largest (in terms of volume) and most profitable publicly traded tobacco company in the world. With a shipment volume of 850 billion cigarettes in 2007, we estimate that our share of the total international cigarette market reached a level of 15.6%, and 25.2% excluding the PRC.

In addition to our leadership position in tobacco, with 2006 net revenues of $48.3 billion generating net earnings of $6.1 billion, we will be one of the most profitable consumer packaged goods companies in the world as summarized below:

Top Ten Global Consumer Packaged

Goods Companies Ranked by

2006 Net Earnings (c)

 

 

     ($ millions)

Procter & Gamble

   8,684

Nestle

   7,336

Philip Morris International (a)

   6,146

Unilever

   5,953

Pepsico

   5,642

Coca Cola

   5,080

Diageo (b)

   3,625

BAT

   3,488

Altria (a)

   3,183

Kraft (a)

   3,060

 

(a) Assuming Distribution on January 1, 2006 and Altria excluding Kraft.

 

(b) £1,908 for the twelve months ending June, 2006 at $1.90=£1.00.

 

(c) Derived from published 2006 data of listed companies; 2007 data not yet available.

 

Sources: Fortune Global 500; Altria, PMI and Kraft internal data; and Diageo company report.

In 2007, our net revenues, which include excise taxes billed to customers, grew by 14.2% to $55.1 billion. Our net earnings decreased by 2.0% to $6.0 billion, primarily reflecting a 2006 gain from the restructuring of our business in the Dominican Republic of $317 million and the reversal of tax accruals in 2006 of $485 million following the closure of a U.S. tax audit, partially offset by favorable currency and higher pricing.

We divide our markets into four geographic regions, which constitute our segments for financial reporting purposes:

 

   

The European Union, or EU, Region is headquartered in Lausanne, Switzerland and covers all the EU countries except for Slovenia, Bulgaria and Romania, and also comprises Switzerland, Norway and Iceland, which are linked to the EU through trade agreements.

 

   

The Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EEMA, Region is also headquartered in Lausanne and covers the Balkans (including Slovenia, Bulgaria and Romania), the former Soviet Union (excluding Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania), Mongolia, Turkey, the Middle East and Africa and our international duty free business.

 

   

The Asia Region is headquartered in Hong Kong and covers all other Asian countries as well as Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific Islands.

 

   

The Latin America Region is headquartered in New York and covers the South American continent, Central America, Mexico, the Caribbean and Canada.

 

64


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total international cigarette market, excluding the United States, reached 5.5 trillion cigarettes in 2007, and we base our 15.6% share on this estimate. The PRC is the world’s largest cigarette market with an estimated total cigarette volume exceeding 2.0 trillion cigarettes. In view of the sheer scale of this market and the fact that the PRC is dominated by the state-owned China National Tobacco Corporation, or CNTC, we measure our international market share both including and excluding the PRC market.

Estimated 2007 International Cigarette Market

 

 

     Including
the PRC
   Excluding
the PRC
     (billions of cigarettes)

European Union

   652.8    652.8

EEMA (a)

   1,203.2    1,203.2

Asia

   3,233.7    1,162.1

Latin America

   312.0    312.0

Total (b)

   5,455.0    3,383.5

 

(a) Excluding international duty free.

 

(b) Including total industry international duty free volume of 53.4 billion units.

The total international cigarette market is estimated to have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 1.6% over the 2003 to 2007 period, while the market excluding the PRC is estimated to have grown at a rate of 0.3%. Our 2007 total international market share by region is summarized below:

Estimated PMI 2007 Market Share by Region

 

 

     Including
the PRC
    Excluding
the PRC
 

European Union

   39.3 %   39.3 %

EEMA (a)

   22.1     22.1  

Asia

   6.6     18.3  

Latin America

   30.0     30.0  

Total (b)

   15.6 %   25.2 %

 

(a) Excluding international duty free.

 

(b) Including PMI’s estimated 45.0% share of the international duty free market.

In recent years we have witnessed considerable consolidation within the international cigarette and tobacco industry. Our principal competitors internationally are BAT, Japan Tobacco and Imperial. We also compete with numerous other publicly traded, state owned or private companies, including CNTC.

The top five international competitors ranked by estimated international market share are summarized below:

Estimated 2006 International Market Share (b)

 

 

CNTC

   37.3 %

Philip Morris International

   15.4  

BAT

   12.7  

Japan Tobacco (a)

   10.8  

Imperial (a)

   5.4  

 

(a) Assumes Japan Tobacco’s acquisition of Gallaher and Imperial’s acquisition of Altadis were in effect as of January 1, 2006.

 

(b) Derived from published 2006 data of the listed companies; 2007 data not yet available for our competitors.

 

65


Table of Contents

We evaluate segment performance and allocate segment resources based on operating companies income, which we define as operating income before general corporate expenses and amortization of intangibles. For the past three years our segments have contributed to our total net revenues and total operating companies income as follows:

PMI Segment Performance

 

     Net Revenues     Operating Companies Income  
     2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
     ($ in billions)  

EU

   $ 23.9     $ 23.8     $ 26.7     $ 3.9     $ 3.5     $ 4.2  

EEMA

     8.9       10.0       12.1       1.6       2.1       2.4  

Asia

     8.6       10.1       11.1       1.8       1.9       1.8  

Latin America (a)

     3.9       4.4       5.2       0.5       1.0       0.5  
                                                

Total

   $ 45.3     $ 48.3     $ 55.1     $ 7.8     $ 8.5     $ 8.9  
                                                
     Net Revenues     Operating Companies Income  
     2005     2006     2007     2005     2006     2007  
     (%) (b)  

EU

     52.7 %     49.2 %     48.4 %     50.3 %     41.6 %     46.8 %

EEMA

     19.6       20.7       22.1       20.9       24.4       27.2  

Asia

     19.0       21.0       20.1       22.9       22.1       20.2  

Latin America

     8.7       9.1       9.4       5.9       11.9       5.8  
                                                

Total

     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                                

 

(a) Operating companies income for Latin America in 2006 includes a pre-tax gain of $488 million on the restructuring of our business in the Dominican Republic.

 

(b) Percentage calculated on millions of $.

Other data pertaining to our segments are included in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

While net revenues and operating companies income in the EU Region grew over the 2005 to 2007 period by $2.8 billion and $0.3 billion, respectively, the Region’s contribution to our total results has declined. This predominantly reflects the significant increases in both net revenues and operating companies income generated in the EEMA Region over the same period, with net revenues increasing by $3.2 billion or 36.0% and operating companies income increasing by $0.8 billion or 50.0%.

Financial Strength and Performance

From 2003 through 2007, we have achieved significant growth in all aspects of our operating performance, with annual average increases of 3.7% in shipment volume, 9.3% in net revenues excluding excise taxes, 9.5% in operating income and 10.7% in net earnings:

 

     2003    2004    2005    2006    2007    CAGR  (a)(c)  
     ($ in billions)  

Volume (billions of units)

     735.8      761.4      804.5      831.4      850.0    3.7 %

Net Revenues Excluding Excise Taxes

   $ 16.0    $ 17.6    $ 20.0    $ 20.8    $ 22.8    9.3 %

Operating Income (b)

   $ 6.2    $ 6.5    $ 7.7    $ 8.4    $ 8.9    9.5 %

Net Earnings (b)

   $ 4.0    $ 4.6    $ 5.6    $ 6.1    $ 6.0    10.7 %

 

(a) Compound Annual Growth Rate.

 

(b) In 2007, includes asset impairment and exit costs of $208 million and a pre-tax gain of $52 million ($14 million after-tax) on the sale of our leasing business. In 2006, includes pre-tax gains from the restructuring of our business in the Dominican Republic of $488 million, the Italian anti-trust charge of $61 million and asset impairment and exit costs of $126 million; in 2005 includes charges of $90 million for asset impairment and exit costs; in 2004 includes a $250 million initial charge for the E.C. agreement and $44 million for asset impairment and exit costs.

 

(c) Calculation of CAGR is based on millions of units or dollars.

 

66


Table of Contents

From 2003 through 2007, as a percentage of net revenues excluding excise taxes, operating income increased from 38.8% to 39.0% and net earnings increased from 25.0% to 26.3%. Per thousand cigarettes, net revenues excluding excise taxes grew from $21.69 to $26.82, operating income from $8.42 to $10.44 and net earnings from $5.40 to $7.09 (percentages and per thousand cigarette calculations are rounded based on original data in millions of dollars). From 2003 to 2007, our operating income grew $2.7 billion due to the following factors:

 

Operating income in 2003

   $ 6.2  

Price increases

     2.8  

Volume/mix

     (0.9 )

Currency

     1.2  

Acquisitions/divestitures

     0.6  

Higher marketing, administration and research costs

     (0.8 )

Other, primarily asset impairment and exit costs

     (0.2 )
        

Operating income in 2007

   $ 8.9  
        

Our business is able to generate strong cash flows. In the period from 2003 to 2007, our cumulative operating cash flow was $26.4 billion. Our ability to generate cash has enabled us to make acquisitions totaling $7.4 billion over that time frame without burdening our balance sheet with significant amounts of debt, as illustrated by our low debt to equity ratio of 0.4 at December 31, 2007. This strong cash flow has been the basis of the successful investments we have made in our business and the dividends that we have been returning to Altria. As an independent company, our cash flow will also be used to optimize capital allocation and to fund dividend and share repurchase programs.

Recognizing our strong balance sheet, earnings potential and cash generating abilities, rating agencies have stated the following about us as an independent company:

 

   

Moody’s expects that, should we be spun-off from Altria Group, Inc., as expected, our long-term and short-term ratings could be as high as A2 and Prime-1, respectively;

 

   

Standard & Poor’s believes that the potential corporate credit rating for us could be as high as A+ based solely on its business risk assessment; and

 

   

Fitch expects that, should we be spun-off from Altria Group, Inc., our long-term and short-term ratings could be A+ and F1, respectively.

Our 2006 financial results compare favorably with those of the other large publicly traded international tobacco companies:

 

     Net Earnings
2006 (c)
     ($ billions)

Philip Morris International

   6.1

BAT

   3.5

Japan Tobacco (a)

   2.6

Imperial (b)

   2.2

 

(a) Assumes Japan Tobacco’s acquisition of Gallaher effective January 1, 2006.

 

(b) Assumes Imperial’s acquisition of Altadis effective January 1, 2006.

 

(c) Data for 2007 not yet available at this time for all competitors.

 

Sources: BAT, Japan Tobacco and Altadis net earnings from Fortune Global 500; Gallaher and Imperial net earnings from their respective company reports.

 

67


Table of Contents

Global Scale and Leadership

Our leadership position extends across all four Regions. Excluding the PRC, we are either the leading or number two competitor in each of our regions as summarized below:

 

Estimated 2006 Market Shares by Region (d)  
     EU     EEMA (a)     Asia  (b)     Latin
America
 

PMI

   39 %   22 %   16 %   30 %

BAT

   16     20     14     54  

Japan Tobacco ( c )

   14     23     18     3  

Imperial (c)

   21     10     2      

 

(a) Excluding international duty free.

 

(b) Excluding the PRC.

 

(c) Assumes Japan Tobacco’s acquisition of Gallaher and Imperial’s acquisition of Altadis were effective as of January 1, 2006.

 

(d) Competitive data derived from published 2006 data for listed companies; 2007 data not yet available.

We have grown share in both developed and emerging markets and in both the premium price and non-premium price segments:

 

PMI Share of Market and Price Segments 2003-2007 (a)
     2003     2007     % pts
increase

Total

      

OECD Markets (b)

   32.3 %   33.5 %   1.2

Non-OECD

   14.7     20.0     5.3

Price Segments

      

Premium (c)

   50.4 %   52.4 %   2.0

Non-Premium

   13.3     16.3     3.0

 

(a) Excluding the PRC and international duty free.

 

(b) The 29 member countries of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (excluding the United States) are: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom.

 

(c) Including above premium.

We are the market leader today in 11 of the top 30 international markets ranked by in-market sales volumes and are number two in an additional eight. We are the market leader in Indonesia, Ukraine, Turkey, Italy, Germany, Poland, France, Mexico, Argentina, Greece and Kazakhstan, and the leading international company in the Philippines, Egypt and Thailand.

The cigarette industry is characterized by significant brand loyalty relative to many other consumer packaged goods industries. Accordingly, the demographic profile of a company’s brand portfolio is an excellent measure of that portfolio’s aggregate strength, brand equity and market share growth potential. Our brand portfolio is strong as evidenced by our share of the legal age (minimum 18) to 24 year old age bracket exceeding that of our overall smoker share in most key markets as summarized below:

 

68


Table of Contents

PMI 2006 Smoker Share (a)

 

 

Markets (b)

   Legal Age (min. 18)
to 24 Years Old
    Total     Difference  

Russia

   35.5 %   26.4 %   9.1  % pts.

Japan

   42.0     24.4     17.6  

Indonesia

   27.4     23.6     3.8  

Ukraine

   55.3     38.2     17.1  

Brazil

   28.9     17.4     11.5  

Turkey

   52.6     43.3     9.3  

Italy

   64.7     59.0     5.7  

Germany

   40.2     36.2     4.0  

Spain

   42.4     33.5     8.9  

Philippines

   48.7     33.5     15.2  

 

 

(a) Data for 2007 not yet available.

 

(b) Top ten largest international cigarette markets, excluding the PRC and India.

Source: PMI General Consumer Tracking Surveys

Our Brands

Our significant portfolio of international and local brands is led by Marlboro , the world’s best selling international cigarette, which accounts for approximately 37% of our total shipment volume. By virtue of its scale and geographic reach, Marlboro holds a unique position among international cigarette brands. 2007 shipment volume reached a level of 311.2 billion cigarettes, corresponding to an estimated international market share of 9.2%, excluding the PRC.

Marlboro’s volume and share by geographic region are summarized below:

 

Marlboro 2007 Shipment Volume and Estimated Market Shares

 

 

     Volume        
     Billions of Units    %     Market
Share
 

EU

   124.1    39.9     18.9 %

EEMA

   83.6    26.9     5.6  ( a )

Asia

   63.0    20.2     5.5  ( b )

Latin America

   40.5    13.0     12.9  
             

Total

   311.2    100.0 %   9.2 %  ( b )
             

 

(a)

Excluding international duty free.

 

(b) Excluding the PRC.

The unique position of Marlboro is confirmed by the fact that its shipment volume in 2007 of 311 billion units was more than the combined 2006 volume of 146 billion units of the four BAT Global Drive Brands ( Kent, Dunhill, Lucky Strike and Pall Mall ) and more than the combined 2006 volume of 238 billion units of the four Japan Tobacco Global Focus Brands ( Mild Seven, Camel, Salem and Winston ) as reported by those companies (2007 data not yet available; BAT’s report does not include BAT’s associated companies volume). This volume superiority was achieved despite the fact that Marlboro is consistently sold in all its markets in the premium price segment.

Marlboro’s volume over the 2003 to 2007 period suffered a decrease of 8.8 billion units or a compound annual decrease of 0.7%. Its share of the international cigarette market, excluding the PRC, declined 0.4 percentage points, from 9.6% in 2003 to 9.2% in 2007, largely attributable to share erosion in the EU Region as a result of intense price competition. Elsewhere internationally, Marlboro’s shipment volume grew by 21.4 billion units or a compound annual growth rate of 3.1% over the 2003 to 2007 period. Its share of the international cigarette market, excluding the PRC and the EU Region, increased by 0.4% percentage points, from 6.4% in 2003 to 6.8% in 2007.

 

69


Table of Contents

Marlboro is complemented in the premium and above price category by Parliament and Virginia Slims . The combined volume of these two brands has increased at a compound annual rate of 6.3% since 2003 to reach 42.4 billion units in 2007. This growth has been achieved principally from higher sales in Eastern Europe, Turkey and several Asian markets.

Our leading brand in the high price category is Chesterfield , which has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 6.8% since 2003 to reach 35.7 billion units in 2007. Chesterfield has achieved higher sales in a wide variety of markets, including Italy, Spain, Russia and Ukraine. We are currently rolling out new packaging in order to build further on the brand’s momentum.

Our leading mid-price brand is L&M , which in 2007 recorded shipment volume of 97.1 billion units, down 9.2 billion units, representing a compound annual decrease of 2.2% versus 2003. This volume erosion occurred primarily in the EEMA Region and was partially offset by strong growth in several other markets, most notably Egypt and Germany. L&M was relaunched during 2007 in Eastern Europe with a new packaging, taste profile, filter construction and communication platform. Initial consumer response to this complete reformulation of the product offering has been encouraging.

We have reinforced our position in profitable low price segments with Bond Street , primarily in Eastern Europe, Red & White in Central Europe, and Next worldwide. The combined volume of these three brands has more than doubled from 30 billion units in 2003 to over 65 billion units in 2007.

The Philip Morris brand, Lark and Muratti round out our international brands with annual volumes exceeding 10 billion units each in 2007. Based on 2006 reports and our estimates of 2007 competitive brand volumes, we believe that, in total, seven of our leading brands rank amongst the international top fifteen best selling brands.

We also own a number of important local brands, such as A Mild, Dji Sam Soe and A Hijau in Indonesia, Diana in Italy, Optima and Apollo-Soyuz in Russia, Morven Gold in Pakistan, Boston in Colombia, Best and Classic in Serbia, f6 in Germany, Delicados in Mexico, Assos in Greece and Petra in the Czech Republic and Slovakia. While there are a number of markets where local brands remain important, international brands are expanding their share in numerous markets. With international brands contributing 74% of our volume in 2007, we are well positioned to benefit from this trend.

Consumer Understanding, Innovation and Marketing

Understanding consumers and the evolution of their preferences is at the core of any successful consumer goods company. We are constantly seeking to improve our consumer insights to ensure that our wide range of products optimally responds to the evolving preferences of adult consumers.

Innovation is key to meeting and anticipating consumer expectations and trends. We are focused on increasing our pace of innovation, most notably on our leading brand Marlboro . Our recent innovative product initiatives include Marlboro Filter Plus , which has a four chamber filter including a tobacco plug for flavor and a distinctive slide pack; Marlboro Wides , a shorter cigarette with a larger diameter and smoother taste; Marlboro Intense , a shorter cigarette developed to provide a full-bodied taste; Marlboro kretek in Indonesia; and a range of new Marlboro menthol line extensions in Asia. The new L&M is another example of our innovation capabilities, as we have changed the cigarette construction, filter, blend and the packaging design to respond to changing consumer preferences.

Brand building and brand support are also essential to our success. As the tobacco industry has become increasingly regulated, we have successfully adapted our consumer contact with adult smokers to this new environment.

 

70


Table of Contents

Our Recent Growth and Our Growth Opportunities

We have grown our business through organic growth and new market entries, and by acquiring and integrating companies. Our recent acquisitions include the purchase of Sampoerna in Indonesia in 2005. Sampoerna contributed $593 million to our operating income in 2007 and is performing above our initial expectations. Other recent acquisitions in Colombia and Serbia and our increased investments in Mexico and Pakistan have also reinforced our position in emerging markets. For more information regarding our acquisitions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Environment—Acquisitions.”

To further enhance our profitable business growth, we will continue to pursue acquisitions, new market entries and the restructuring of existing relationships whenever such opportunities offer strategic fit, strong growth potential, attractive economic returns, market or specific segment entries, and strong brands.

Important to our growth prospects is the fact that we currently lack significant presence in four of the world’s top markets. These markets, the PRC, India, Bangladesh and Vietnam, represent total cigarette in-market volume of more than 2.3 trillion cigarettes or more than 40% of the total international market. Less than 5% of our income today is derived from markets that together account for a total cigarette volume of 3.1 trillion cigarettes (56% of the total international market). Penetrating these markets either organically or through acquisitions is a key priority.

In 2005, we reached agreements with CNTC on the licensed production of Marlboro in the PRC and the establishment of an international joint-venture. We each hold 50% of the shares of the joint-venture company, which is based in Lausanne, Switzerland. The joint-venture company will support the commercialization and distribution of a portfolio of Chinese heritage brands in international markets, expand the export of tobacco products and packaging materials and explore other business development opportunities. While we view these agreements as important strategic milestones, we do not expect them to have a significant impact on our financial results for some time.

Distribution and Sales

The distribution system for our products is tailored to the characteristics of each market, retailer needs, the wholesale infrastructure, our competitive position, costs and the regulatory framework. Our goal is speed, efficiency and widespread availability to consumers. The four main types of distribution that we use across the globe are:

 

   

Direct Sales and Distribution, or DSD, where we have set up our own distribution directly to retailers.

 

   

Single independent distributors who are responsible for distribution within a single market.

 

   

Exclusive Zonified Distribution, or EZD, where distributors have an exclusive territory within a country to enable them to obtain a suitable return on their investment.

 

   

Distribution through wholesalers, where we supply either national or regional wholesalers who then service the retail trade.

In addition, in many countries we service key accounts, including gas stations, retail chains and supermarkets, directly.

Our distribution system is supported by market sales forces that number approximately 16,400 worldwide. Our sales forces are well trained, recognized by trade surveys for their professionalism, and have developed a long lasting relationship with the wholesale and retail trade, thus providing us with a superior presence at the point of sale, as evidenced by our leading market share position. In addition, the sales forces are skilled at adult consumer interaction during promotional events and at selected points of sale.

 

71


Table of Contents

Efficient Manufacturing Footprint

As of December 31, 2007, we operated and fully owned 59 manufacturing facilities, operated two leased manufacturing facilities, one in Korea and one in Mexico, and maintained 20 contractual manufacturing relationships with third parties. Our efficient manufacturing footprint reflects our goals of factory rationalization within economic free trade zones and the need to produce in certain countries to avoid tariff barriers.

 

PMI Owned Manufacturing Facilities
     EU    EEMA    Asia    Latin
America
   TOTAL

Fully integrated

   9    8    10    8    35

Make-pack

      1    5    4    10

Other

   3    1    4    6    14
                        

Total

   12    10    19    18    59
                        

In 2007, 16 of our facilities each manufactured over 10 billion cigarettes and an additional 8 facilities each produced over 30 billion units. Our largest factories are in Bergen-op-Zoom (Holland), Izhora-St Petersburg (Russia), Berlin (Germany), Izmir (Turkey), Krakow (Poland), Kharkiv (Ukraine), Tanauan (Philippines), Krasnodar (Russia), Albarraque (Portugal) and Neuchatel (Switzerland). Our smallest factories are mostly in Latin America, where due to tariff constraints we have established small manufacturing units in individual markets, several of which are make-pack operations. We are currently in the process of integrating the four Lakson Tobacco factories in Pakistan and constructing new factories in Greece and Indonesia. We will continue to optimize our manufacturing base, taking into consideration the evolution of trade blocks. All of our factories are in excellent working order with the exception of Karachi (Pakistan), which was recently damaged by fire but is expected to be operational again later this year.

We have generated significant productivity gains in the past through our sourcing strategy and restructuring actions that have included investments to expand and improve key factories, particularly in Asia, Central and Eastern Europe and Turkey, the consolidation of production in the Czech Republic at Kutna Hora, the closure of our factory in Eger, Hungary, and the closure of our export leaf processing facility in McKenney, Virginia. We are nevertheless constantly seeking new opportunities to reduce costs and have announced our intention to close our Munich, Germany, manufacturing plant.

In addition, we have announced plans to re-source production from PM USA’s Cabarrus, North Carolina, facility to PMI plants in Europe in 2008. This re-sourcing program is expected to generate pre-tax cost savings beginning in 2008, and result in total estimated annual cost savings of approximately $179 million by 2009.

In manufacturing, we place our emphasis on the quality of production to meet both regulatory requirements and consumer preferences. We regularly gauge the quality of our products versus those offered by our competitors and seek to attain quality superiority in all markets. We maximize machine uptime through careful production planning and preventative maintenance programs and optimize our capacity utilization, taking into account seasonal peaks in demand and planned factory closures for maintenance or other purposes. With these measures, we aim to better utilize our assets.

We have also increased efficiencies and reduced costs by establishing an operations clustering model whereby we group certain specified activities requiring state-of-the-art expertise in selected factories. Manufacturing support services are now grouped into 10 geographic clusters, 2 in the EU Region, 2 in the EEMA Region, 3 in Asia and 3 in Latin America. Cluster functions include operations planning, procurement and supply chain, product development, tobacco leaf, engineering, safety and environmental services, and quality assurance. This model enables us to provide better brand support and increase speed to market, to foster synergies and best practices, to eliminate duplication and to reduce manufacturing costs.

 

72


Table of Contents

These clusters support not only our manufacturing facilities but also the 20 contract manufacturing and license relationships that we currently maintain to meet the demand for our products. In 2007, third parties manufactured 24 billion units of cigarettes and “roll your own” products for us, with our arrangement with Eastern Tobacco in Egypt accounting for approximately 35% of this volume.

Our on-going efforts to reduce complexity provide another important source of productivity improvements and cost savings. We regularly analyze the profitability of individual product offerings with a view to eliminating marginal variants. We review our blend and material specifications in order to streamline and simplify manufacturing and, at the same time, obtain greater economies of scale in the procurement of materials.

Aside from cigarette and “roll your own” manufacturing, we operate a number of facilities dedicated to green leaf processing, stemmeries, basic blend processing, snus manufacturing, cast leaf, filter manufacturing and printing.

At the end of December 2007, we had approximately 47,200 employees engaged in manufacturing and operations support. Of these, 19% were in the EU, 12% in EEMA, 56% in Asia and 13% in Latin America. The skew towards Asia reflects the hand rolling of certain kretek cigarettes in Indonesia.

Procurement and Raw Materials

Our strategy is to procure tobacco and non-tobacco materials through third parties, rather than being vertically integrated. We believe that this provides us with greater flexibility and is the most cost effective approach.

We purchase tobacco leaf of various grades and styles throughout the world, primarily through independent tobacco dealers. We also contract directly with farmers in several countries including the United States, Argentina, Mexico, Indonesia, Ecuador, Dominican Republic, Poland, Colombia and Portugal.

Our largest sources of supply are:

 

   

The United States for Virginia (flue-cured) and Burley tobaccos, particularly higher quality varieties for use in leading international brands. The re-sourcing of production from PM USA facilities in the United States to PMI plants in Europe will not impact our U.S. tobacco leaf purchasing strategy.

 

   

Brazil, particularly for Virginia tobaccos but also for Burley.

 

   

Indonesia, mostly for domestic use in kretek products.

 

   

Turkey and Greece, mostly for Oriental.

 

   

Argentina and Malawi, mostly for Burley.

We believe that there is an adequate supply of tobacco in the world markets to satisfy our current and anticipated production requirements.

In addition to tobacco leaf, we purchase a wide variety of other raw materials from a total of approximately 170 suppliers. Our top 10 suppliers of non-tobacco materials combined represent over 55% of our total purchasing costs. The three most significant non-tobacco materials that we purchase are printed paper board used in packaging, acetate tow used in filter making and fine paper used in cigarette manufacturing. In addition, the supply of cloves is of particular importance to our Indonesian business.

We seek to maintain a minimum of two approved suppliers for each raw material category and target that our purchases do not represent more than 30% of any supplier’s total revenues and, whenever possible, we aggregate purchases of our subsidiaries to obtain the most favorable prices and terms.

 

73


Table of Contents

The establishment of a central procurement office in Madrid, Spain, and on-going efforts to rationalize blends and product specifications and streamline our assortments, will enable us to generate further cost savings in the future in the area of procurement and raw material costs.

Regulatory and Fiscal Environment

We support regulation of the international tobacco industry and advocate comprehensive, consistent and cohesive regulation in all our markets. Our objective is to obtain rigorous regulatory frameworks based on the principle of harm reduction governing the manufacture, sale, marketing and use of all tobacco products, while at the same time allowing us to commercialize products that meet our consumers’ preferences. Provided that science-based regulations are uniformly applied to all tobacco products, including alternatives to manufactured cigarettes such as “roll your own,” we believe regulation can provide a basis for our future growth, including a platform for our investment in research and development.

We have successfully competed for years in highly regulated markets in Europe and other parts of the world where regulations have eliminated most forms of marketing, imposed large and graphic health warnings, banned public place smoking, required product testing and reporting, and prohibited the use of descriptors such as “lights.” Planning for and anticipating regulatory trends is an important part of our long-term strategy, and our expertise and state of the art R&D capabilities should allow us to continue to grow within a more rigorous regulatory environment. Comprehensive regulation is in the public interest, but it will also benefit us, as we believe we can compete successfully within a clear regulatory framework and on a level playing field.

As of January 2008, 152 countries, as well as the European Community, have become parties to the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, or FCTC, which entered into force in February 2005 and is the principal driver of regulation in our markets today. We view the FCTC as an important catalyst for regulation. In many respects, the areas of regulation we support follow the core provisions of the FCTC. However, there are a few specific recommendations in the FCTC with which we disagree, including proposals to ban all advertising, marketing and sponsorship; to ban public smoking completely; to ban the sale of duty free cigarettes; to increase excise or other product related taxes excessively; and to encourage litigation against the tobacco industry.

Although we do not support excessive tax increases, we strongly support the FCTC and the public health community’s view that fiscal policy should be an integral component of comprehensive tobacco regulation. Public health focus on tax and price policy has, in general, been consistent with our own fiscal objectives, supporting our view that equitable fiscal measures are integrated with public health and government revenue policies and do not result in excessive tax increases that have the potential to drive consumers to lower taxed products, contraband or counterfeit. We believe within this framework that exclusively or predominantly specific excise tax structures, minimum excise taxes, minimum reference prices and the equalization of excise tax incidences and yields across different tobacco categories (for example factory made cigarettes and “roll your own”) are suitable measures that governments should be encouraged to introduce as we believe that they are aligned with government tax revenues and public health objectives. Elements of such fiscal measures are now established in 20 of our top 25 income markets.

In regulatory and fiscal matters, we will continue to engage with all key stakeholders to stress the need for fair and rigorous enforcement.

State of the Art Research and Development Capabilities

Our research efforts are directed toward understanding the biochemical and physiological mechanisms of smoking-related diseases at the functional molecular level. We also seek to understand the structure, threshold and interaction of smoke constituents, which provide sensorial experience for consumers. This research serves as the cornerstone for our applied research efforts to develop products that have the potential to reduce the risk of

 

74


Table of Contents

tobacco related diseases. Our efforts currently focus on the removal of certain harmful smoke constituents using agronomic practices, smoke generation at lower temperatures, heat generation and transfer, biotechnology and material science. Our principal goals are to:

 

   

Build the ability to predict disease risk. The ability to develop and assess reduced risk products requires state of the art analytical capabilities in order to understand the biological impact of tobacco smoke components and the complex interaction between them and biological systems. The research that we are currently undertaking is intended to enable us to better understand the complex nature of tobacco smoke and to predict with a known degree of certainty the risk profiles of next generation products. We believe that a critical element to successfully commercialize next generation products will be our ability to make scientifically substantiated statements about the potential quantified reduction in health risk delivered by them.

 

   

Develop innovative reduced risk products. We are relentlessly working on a range of initiatives that may result in commercially viable product proposals.

 

   

Support and reinforce our conventional product business. With the increase in product regulations, notably on ingredients and smoke constituent testing and reporting requirements, supporting the conventional cigarette business has expanded and is expected to become more complex, requiring additional capacity for analysis and testing. In addition, we seek to be at the forefront of cigarette and packaging innovation. Significant investments have been made in new product development efforts for conventional products, resulting in a wide range of product enhancements and the launch of innovative new products.

Under agreements with PM USA, in the past we have jointly funded our combined R&D programs and we own all the non-U.S. rights to the patents and other intellectual property that have resulted from these joint efforts.

Going forward, we will rely on our own R&D capabilities, while having an opportunity to benefit from PM USA’s advances, as discussed in “Relationship with Altria—Agreements between Altria and Us—Intellectual Property Agreement.” Our R&D expenses for the past three years are set forth in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

Organizational Effectiveness and Talent Development

We constantly seek to increase our flexibility, creativity and speed to market, enhance our consumer-driven pipeline of new innovative products, expand our collaborative project management approach and eliminate bureaucracy. We seek to provide a challenging and motivating working environment to continue to develop leadership, career progression and talent across the organization. Our 15 person executive management team hails from seven different countries.

We use our advancement planning process to develop our talent and to implement appropriate individual career development programs. On-the-job training and rotation are supplemented by management development training. While our focus remains on developing our people in-house, we are constantly re-assessing our changing human resource needs and supplementing internal talent with external hires where necessary and beneficial.

Competition

We sell our tobacco products to distributors, wholesalers, retailers, state-owned enterprises and other customers. The market for cigarettes is highly competitive, characterized by brand recognition and loyalty, with product quality, taste, packaging and image, price and marketing constituting the significant methods of competition. We compete predominantly with American type blended cigarettes, which are increasingly popular across most of our markets. We seek to compete in all profitable price segments.

 

75


Table of Contents

Our competitors include three large international publicly traded tobacco companies, several regional and local publicly traded or privately owned tobacco companies and, in some instances, government-owned tobacco monopolies, principally in the PRC, Egypt, Thailand, Taiwan and Algeria.

Employees

As of December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 75,500 people worldwide, including employees under temporary contracts, hourly paid part time staff and certain employees under special early retirement programs. Approximately 56% of our employees are represented by labor unions or workers councils. Our businesses are subject to a number of laws and regulations relating to our relationship with our employees. Generally, these laws and regulations are specific to the location of each business. In addition, in accordance with European Union requirements, we have established a European Works Council composed of management and elected members of our workforce. We believe that our relations with our employees and their representative organizations are excellent.

Intellectual Property

Our trademarks are valuable assets and their protection and their reputation are essential to us. We own the trademark rights to all of our principal brands, including Marlboro , in all countries where we use them. PM USA owns the trademark rights to its brands, including Marlboro , within the United States, its territories and possessions. We do not believe that our brand portfolio will be adversely affected by the Spin-off as PMI has managed and owned its brand portfolio separately for many years. Marlboro , for example, has evolved and continues to evolve its offerings differently in different markets to meet and anticipate diverse consumer preferences, while retaining its vibrant brand equity with strong and fresh executions of its iconic campaign and image building promotions.

In addition, we own more than 1,500 patents worldwide, and our patent portfolio, as a whole, is material to our business; however, no one patent or group of related patents is material to us. We also have proprietary secrets, technology, know-how, processes and other intellectual property rights that are not registered. For a discussion of our intellectual property agreement with PM USA, see “Relationship with Altria—Agreements Between Altria and Us” below.

Seasonality

Our business segments are not significantly affected by seasonality, although in certain markets cigarette consumption trends rise during the summer months due to longer daylight time and tourism.

Litigation

Legal proceedings covering a wide range of matters are pending or threatened against us and/or our subsidiaries, and indemnitees of our subsidiaries in various jurisdictions, including an antitrust case in the state of Kansas in the United States. Various types of claims are raised in these proceedings, including, among others, product liability, consumer protection, antitrust, and tax. Exhibit 99.2 to our registration statement on Form 10 lists certain tobacco-related actions pending as of December 31, 2007.

It is possible that there could be adverse developments in pending cases against us and our subsidiaries. An unfavorable outcome or settlement of pending tobacco related litigation could encourage the commencement of additional litigation.

Damages claimed in some of the tobacco-related litigation are significant and, in certain cases in Brazil, Israel, Nigeria and Canada, range into the billions of dollars. The variability in pleadings in multiple jurisdictions, together with the actual experience of management in litigating claims, demonstrate that the

 

76


Table of Contents

monetary relief that may be specified in a lawsuit bears little relevance to the ultimate outcome. Much of the litigation is in its early stages and litigation is subject to uncertainty. However, as discussed below, we have to date been largely successful in defending tobacco-related litigation.

We and our subsidiaries record provisions in the consolidated financial statements for pending litigation when we determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. At the present time, while it is reasonably possible that an unfavorable outcome in a case may occur, (i) management has concluded that it is not probable that a loss has been incurred in any of the pending tobacco-related cases; (ii) management is unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome of any of the pending tobacco-related cases; and (iii) accordingly, management has not provided any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for unfavorable outcomes, if any. Legal defense costs are expensed as incurred.

It is possible that our consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position could be materially affected in a particular fiscal quarter or fiscal year by an unfavorable outcome or settlement of certain pending litigation. Nevertheless, although litigation is subject to uncertainty, we and each of our subsidiaries named as a defendant believe, and each has been so advised by counsel handling the respective cases, that we have valid defenses to the litigation pending against us, as well as valid bases for appeal of adverse verdicts. All such cases are, and will continue to be, vigorously defended. However, we and our subsidiaries may enter into settlement discussions in particular cases if we believe it is in our best interests to do so.

The table below lists the number of tobacco-related cases pending against us and/or our subsidiaries or indemnitees of our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007:

 

Type of Case

   Number of
Cases
Pending as of

December 31,
2005
   Number of
Cases
Pending as of

December 31,
2006
   Number of
Cases
Pending as of
December 31,
2007

Individual Smoking and Health Cases

   137    137    136

Smoking and Health Class Actions

   3    2    3

Health Care Cost Recovery Actions

   4    3    8

Lights Class Actions

   2    2    2

Individual Lights Cases (small claims court)(1)

   23    23    2,026

Public civil actions

   0    0    9

 

(1) The 2,026 cases are all pending in small claims court in Italy where the maximum damage award claimed is approximately one thousand euros per case.

Since 1995, when the first tobacco-related litigation was filed against a PMI entity, 249 individual smoking and health, Lights and health care cost recovery cases in which we and/or one of our subsidiaries was a defendant have been dismissed. In addition, eight cases have been decided in favor of plaintiffs. Four of these cases have subsequently reached final resolution in our favor, and four remain on appeal. To date, we have paid total judgments of approximately six thousand euros. These payments were made in order to appeal three Italian small claims cases, one of which was subsequently reversed on appeal and two of which remain on appeal. To date, no tobacco-related case has been finally resolved in favor of a plaintiff against us, our subsidiaries or indemnitees.

 

77


Table of Contents

The table below lists the verdicts and post-trial developments in the two pending cases (excluding two individual cases on appeal from Italian small claims court) in which verdicts were returned in favor of plaintiffs:

 

Date

 

Location of Court/

Name of Plaintiff

  

Type of Case

  

Verdict

  

Post-Trial Developments

February 2004

  Brazil/ ADESF    Class Action    The Civil Court of Sao Paulo ruled in favor of the plaintiff and indicated that there would be a second phase of the case, at which those individuals who are members of the class could file their claims to prove causation and damages. The class was not defined in the ruling.    In April 2004, the trial court issued a decision that clarified that the amount of “moral damages” is R$1,000 (approximately $560) for each smoker per year of consumption, adjusted for inflation with an interest rate of 1% per month as of the date of the opinion. In May 2004, Philip Morris Brasil appealed to the Sao Paulo Court of Appeals. Philip Morris Brasil’s motion to stay execution of the judgment was granted by the trial court, pending the outcome of its appeal. The parties are currently awaiting decisions on various appeals.

October 2003

  Brazil/ Da Silva    Individual Smoking and Health    The Court of Appeal of Rio Grande do Sul reversed the trial court ruling in favor of Philip Morris Brasil and awarded plaintiffs R$768,000 (approximately $433,000).    In December 2004, a larger panel of the Court of Appeal of Rio Grande do Sul overturned the adverse decision. Plaintiff has appealed to the Supreme Court. The appeal is pending.

Pending claims related to tobacco products generally fall within the following categories:

Smoking and Health Litigation : These cases primarily allege personal injury and are brought on behalf of individual plaintiffs or on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery, including negligence, gross negligence, strict liability, fraud, misrepresentation, design defect, failure to warn, breach of express and implied warranties, violations of deceptive trade practice laws and consumer protection statutes. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief, including compensatory and other damages, and injunctive and equitable relief. Defenses raised in these cases include licit activity, failure to state a claim, lack of defect, lack of proximate cause, assumption of the risk, contributory negligence, and statutes of limitations.

As of December 31, 2007, there were a number of smoking and health cases pending against our subsidiaries or indemnitees of our subsidiaries, as follows:

 

   

136 cases brought against our subsidiaries (133) or indemnitees (3) on behalf of individuals in Argentina (57), Australia (2), Brazil (51), Chile (12), Costa Rica (1), Finland (3), Greece (1), Italy (4), the Philippines (1), Poland (3), and Scotland (1), compared with 137 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 137 cases on December 31, 2005; and

 

78


Table of Contents
   

3 cases brought on behalf of classes of individual plaintiffs against our subsidiary in Brazil (2) and against our subsidiary and an indemnitee of our subsidiary in Israel, compared with 2 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 3 cases on December 31, 2005.

The individual cases in Finland, alleging personal injuries as a result of smoking, are set for trial in March 2008.

In one of the class actions pending in Brazil, in which our subsidiary and another member of the industry are defendants, a consumer organization is seeking damages for smokers and former smokers, and injunctive relief. The trial court found in favor of the plaintiff in February 2004. The court awarded R$1,000 (currently approximately U.S. $560) per smoker per full year of smoking for moral damages plus interest at the rate of 1% per month, as of the date of the ruling. Actual damages are to be assessed in a second phase of the case. The size of the class cannot be currently estimated. Defendants appealed the decision to the Sao Paulo Court of Appeals and the case, including the judgment, is currently stayed pending appeal. In addition, the defendants filed a constitutional appeal to the Federal Supreme Court on the basis that the consumer association does not have standing to bring the lawsuit. Both appeals are pending.

A second class action was filed in Brazil, in which our subsidiary is a defendant, by the Public Prosecutor of the State of Sao Paulo. The plaintiff is seeking:

 

   

unspecified damages on behalf of all smokers nationwide, former smokers, and their relatives;

 

   

unspecified damages on behalf of people exposed to ETS nationwide, and their relatives; and

 

   

reimbursement of the health care costs allegedly incurred for the treatment of tobacco-related diseases by all 27 States, approximately 5,000 Municipalities, and the Federal District.

While our subsidiary has not yet been served, the judge has authorized the claim to be served. In an interim ruling issued in December 2007, the trial court limited the scope of this claim to the State of Sao Paulo only.

In the purported class action pending in Israel, in which our subsidiary and an indemnitee of our subsidiary are defendants, plaintiff seeks compensation for a class of approximately 500,000 smokers for the cost of past and future smoking cessation treatment. The claim was dismissed in May 2007 on statute of limitations grounds. Plaintiff appealed to the Supreme Court, but failed to deposit the bond necessary to proceed with the appeal. Consequently, in January 2008, the Supreme Court dismissed the appeal. The plaintiff may seek reconsideration of the dismissal of the appeal.

Health Care Cost Recovery Litigation : These cases, brought by governmental and non-governmental plaintiffs, including health care funds, seek reimbursement of health care cost expenditures allegedly caused by tobacco products. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery including unjust enrichment, negligence, negligent design, strict liability, breach of express and implied warranty, violation of a voluntary undertaking or special duty, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, conspiracy, public nuisance, defective product, failure to warn, sale of cigarettes to minors, and claims under statutes governing competition and deceptive trade practices. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief including compensatory and other damages, and injunctive and equitable relief. Defenses raised in these cases include lack of proximate cause, remoteness of injury, failure to state a claim, adequate remedy at law, “unclean hands” (namely, that plaintiffs cannot obtain equitable relief because they participated in, and benefited from, the sale of cigarettes), and statutes of limitations.

As of December 31, 2007, there were a total of 8 health care cost recovery cases pending against us, our subsidiaries and indemnitees of our subsidiaries, compared with 3 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 4 cases on December 31, 2005, as follows:

 

   

2 cases brought against us in Canada (1) and against us, our subsidiary and an indemnitee of our subsidiary in Israel (1); and

 

   

6 cases brought in Nigeria (5) and Spain (1) against our subsidiaries.

 

79


Table of Contents

In the case in Canada, in which we and other members of the industry are defendants, the government of the province of British Columbia brought a claim based upon legislation that the province had enacted authorizing the government to file a direct action against cigarette manufacturers to recover the health care costs it has incurred, or will incur, resulting from a “tobacco related wrong.” The Supreme Court has held that the statute is constitutional. We and certain other non-Canadian defendants challenged the jurisdiction of the court. The court rejected the jurisdictional challenge and the case is in the early stages of litigation. Trial is set to begin September 6, 2010.

In the case in Israel, in which we, our subsidiary, and an indemnitee of our subsidiary, together with other members of the industry are defendants, a private health care provider brought a claim seeking reimbursement of the cost of treating its members for alleged smoking-related illnesses for the years 1990-1998. Certain defendants filed a motion to dismiss the case. The motion was rejected, and those defendants filed a motion with the Israel Supreme Court for leave to appeal. The appeal was heard by the Supreme Court in March 2005, and the parties are awaiting the court’s decision.

In Nigeria, the governments of four states filed separate claims against our subsidiary and other members of the tobacco industry, seeking reimbursement of the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the next 20 years, plus punitive damages. The cases are all in the early stages of litigation and the defendants have filed various preliminary motions which the courts are yet to rule upon. We conduct no business in Nigeria.

In addition, in October 2007, the Federal High Court of Nigeria granted the Attorney General of the Federation of Nigeria leave to serve a health care cost reimbursement claim against our subsidiary and other members of the tobacco industry. The Attorney General is seeking reimbursement for the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the next 20 years, various injunctive relief, plus punitive damages. Our subsidiary has not yet been served with the claim.

In Spain, the government of the region of Andalucia filed a claim in February 2002 against our subsidiary and other members of the industry, seeking reimbursement for the cost of treating certain of its citizens for various smoking related illnesses. In May 2004, the first instance court dismissed the case, finding that the State was a necessary party to the claim, and thus, the claim must be filed in Administrative Court. The plaintiffs have appealed. In February 2006, the appellate court affirmed the lower court’s dismissal. The plaintiff filed notice that it intended to pursue its claim in the Administrative Court against the State. Because they were defendants in the original proceeding, our subsidiary and other members of the industry filed notices with the Administrative Court that they are interested parties in the case. On September 20, 2007 the plaintiff filed its complaint in Administrative Court. The Ministry of Economy, on behalf of the State, filed its preliminary objections to the claim. In October 2007, our subsidiary and other interested parties filed their comments in response to the Ministry of Economy’s objections. In November 2007, the Administrative Court dismissed the claim. The plaintiff has asked the Administrative Court to reconsider its decision dismissing the case.

Lights Cases : These cases, brought on behalf of individual plaintiffs, or on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs, allege that the use of the term “lights” constitutes fraudulent and misleading conduct. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery including misrepresentation, deception, and breach of consumer protection laws. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief including restitution, and compensatory and other damages. Defenses raised in these cases include lack of causation, lack of reliance, assumption of the risk, and statute of limitations.

As of December 31, 2007, there were a number of lights cases pending against our subsidiaries and indemnitees of a subsidiary, as follows:

 

   

1 case brought on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs against our subsidiary and indemnitees of our subsidiary in Israel, compared with 1 such case on December 31, 2006, and 1 case on December 31, 2005;

 

80


Table of Contents
   

1 case brought against an indemnitee of our subsidiary and other members of the industry on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs in Israel, compared with 1 such case on December 31, 2006, and 1 such case on December 31, 2005; and

 

   

2,026 cases brought against our subsidiaries on behalf of individuals in the equivalent of small claims courts in Italy where the maximum damages claimed are approximately one thousand euros per case, compared with 23 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 23 cases on December 31, 2005.

In the first case listed above, in which our subsidiary and indemnitees of our subsidiary are defendants, plaintiffs filed a purported class action claiming that the class members were misled by the descriptor “lights” into believing that Lights cigarettes are safer than full flavor cigarettes. The claim seeks recovery of the purchase price of Lights cigarettes and compensation for distress for each class member. Hearings will take place in November 2008 for the court to decide whether the case meets the legal requirements necessary to allow it to proceed as a class action.

The claims in the second case listed above are similar to those in the first case discussed above; the second case is currently stayed pending a ruling in the first case.

Public Civil Actions : Claims have been filed either by an individual, or a public or private entity, seeking to protect collective or individual rights, such as the right to health, the right to information or the right to safety. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery including product defect, concealment, and misrepresentation. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief including injunctive relief such as banning cigarettes, descriptors, smoking in certain places and advertising, as well as implementing communication campaigns and reimbursement of medical expenses incurred by public or private institutions. There are nine public civil actions pending against our subsidiaries in Argentina (1), Brazil (3), Colombia (4), and Turkey (1).

Other Litigation:   Other litigation includes an antitrust suit and various tax cases:

 

   

Antitrust: 1 case brought on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs against us and other members of the industry alleging price-fixing in the state of Kansas in the United States; and

 

   

Tax: In Brazil, there are 102 tax cases involving Philip Morris Brasil relating to the payment of state tax on the sale and transfer of goods and services, federal social contributions, excise, social security and income tax, and other matters. Thirty-seven of these cases are under administrative review by the relevant fiscal authorities and sixty-five are under judicial review by the courts.

 

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Following the Distribution, we expect that our Board of Directors will be composed of nine directors, all but two of whom will be considered independent under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. It is anticipated that Mr. Camilleri will not be considered independent as he will be our Chief Executive Officer. As further described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” Mr. Slim will not be considered independent, as he currently serves as Chairman Emeritus of Grupo Carso, S.A. de C.V., an entity that owns a 20% interest in one of our Mexican subsidiaries. In making the affirmative determinations that other directors are independent, it is anticipated that consideration will be given to the fact that Mr. Cabiallavetta and immediate family members (as defined in “Related Persons Transactions and Code of Conduct”) of directors Mr. Cabiallavetta and Mr. Noto are employed by entities with which we or our subsidiaries do business in the ordinary course on terms comparable to those provided to unrelated third parties and that neither Mr. Cabiallavetta nor any such immediate family member is involved in or directly benefits from such business. None of these transactions created a direct or indirect material benefit to the directors. All members of our Board of Directors will stand for election at each annual meeting of stockholders and will hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified or the director’s earlier resignation, death or removal.

The following table contains information regarding persons we expect to serve as our directors and executive officers as of the Distribution Date, and Mr. Mackay, who will join our Board later in 2008.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Harold Brown

   80    Director

Mathis Cabiallavetta

   63    Director

Louis C. Camilleri

   53    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

J. Dudley Fishburn

   61    Director

Graham Mackay

   58    Director

Sergio Marchionne

   55    Director

Lucio A. Noto

   69    Director

Carlos Slim Helú

   68    Director

Stephen M. Wolf

   66    Director

André Calantzopoulos

   50    Chief Operating Officer

Paolo Degola

   51    President European Union

Mark Friedman

   51    Senior Vice President and General Counsel

G. Penn Holsenbeck

   61    Vice President and Corporate Secretary

Even Hurwitz

   46    Senior Vice President Corporate Affairs

Marco Kuepfer

   50    Vice President Finance and Treasurer

Jean-Claude Kunz

   54    President EEMA Region & PMI Duty Free

Matteo Pellegrini

   45    President Asia

Joachim Psotta

   50    Vice President and Controller

Daniele Regorda

   50    Senior Vice President Human Resources

Hermann Waldemer

   50    Chief Financial Officer

Charles R. Wall

   62    Vice Chairman

Miroslaw Zielinski

   46    President Latin America & Canada

Directors

Harold Brown. Dr. Brown is expected to serve on our Board of Directors. He currently serves as a director of Altria, having been re-elected to Altria’s Board of Directors in December 2004. Previously, Dr. Brown served as a director of Altria from 1983 to April 2003. He has been a Counselor at the Center for Strategic and International Studies since 1992. He was a partner of Warburg Pincus, a leading private equity firm, from 1990 until he retired from the firm in January 2007. Previously, he was Chairman of the Foreign Policy Institute at The Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies. Dr. Brown is President Emeritus of the California Institute of Technology and served as Secretary of Defense for the United States from 1977 through 1981. Dr. Brown is a member of the board of directors of Evergreen Holdings, Inc. and is a trustee of the California Institute of Technology, the Trilateral Commission (North America) and the RAND Corporation. Mr. Brown will resign from Altria’s Board of Directors effective the day before the Distribution Date.

Mathis Cabiallavetta. Mr. Cabiallavetta is expected to serve on our Board of Directors. He currently serves as a director of Altria, a position he has held since 2002. Mr. Cabiallavetta is Vice Chairman of Marsh & McLennan

 

82


Table of Contents

Companies, Inc. (“MMC”) and also is Chairman of MMC International. From 2000 to 2004, he served as a director of MMC and he has been a member of MMC’s International Advisory Board since 1993. Prior to joining MMC in 1999, Mr. Cabiallavetta was Chairman of Union Bank of Switzerland AG, which he joined in 1971. Mr. Cabiallavetta serves as a director of BlackRock, Inc. and the Swiss American Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Cabiallavetta will resign from Altria’s Board of Directors effective the day before the Distribution Date.

Louis C. Camilleri. Mr. Camilleri is expected to serve as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Camilleri currently serves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Altria, positions he has held since August 2002 and April 2002, respectively. Previously, from November 1996 to April 2002, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Altria. He has been employed continuously by Altria and its subsidiaries in various capacities since 1978. Mr. Camilleri also served as a director of Kraft from March 2001 to December 2007 and as Kraft’s Chairman from September 2002 until the completion of the spin-off of Kraft on March 30, 2007. Mr. Camilleri will resign from Altria’s Board of Directors effective the day before the Distribution Date.

J. Dudley Fishburn. Mr. Fishburn is expected to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Fishburn currently serves as a director of Altria, a position he has held since 1999. Mr. Fishburn is the Chairman of HFC Bank (UK), a position he assumed in 1998. Previously, he was a Conservative Member of Parliament in the United Kingdom from 1988 to 1997 and also served as a Parliamentary private secretary in the administrations of Prime Ministers Margaret Thatcher and John Major. Prior to entering Parliament, Mr. Fishburn was Executive Editor of The Economist for nine years. Mr. Fishburn serves as a director of HSBC Bank plc (UK), HSBC (Finance) Inc., Henderson Smaller Companies Investment Trust plc (UK), and Beazley Group plc. He is a trustee of the Liver Research Trust and the Peabody Housing Trust. Mr. Fishburn will resign from Altria’s Board of Directors effective the day before the Distribution Date.

Graham Mackay . Mr. Mackay is expected to join our Board of Directors after the Distribution later in 2008. Mr. Mackay joined SABMiller plc, the world’s largest beer brewer, in 1978 and has held a number of senior positions in the SABMiller Group, including Executive Chairman of the beer business in South Africa. 1 He was appointed SABMiller Group Managing Director in 1997 and Chief Executive of South African Breweries plc upon its listing on the London Stock Exchange in 1999. He is the Senior Non-Executive Director of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc.

Sergio Marchionne . Mr. Marchionne is expected to serve on our Board of Directors. He has been a member of the board of Fiat S.p.A. since May 2003. In addition, he has been serving as Chief Executive Officer of Fiat Group since February 2005 and Fiat Group Automobiles since June 2004. Previously, Mr. Marchionne served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of SGS Group of Geneva, a world leader in the field of company verification, testing and certification services. Mr. Marchionne is chairman of Algroup, Zurich and is a member of the Supervisory Board of Hochtief and of the board of directors of UBS. He is a member of the General Council of Confindustria (Association for Italy’s limited liability companies) and of Unione Industriale di Torino (Employers’ Association of Turin). He is a permanent member of the Fondazione Giovanni Agnelli.

Lucio A. Noto. Mr. Noto is expected to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Noto currently serves as a director of Altria, a position he has held since 1998. Mr. Noto currently serves as Managing Partner of Midstream Partners, LLC, a position he assumed in March 2001. He retired as Vice Chairman of ExxonMobil Corporation in January 2001, a position he had held since the merger of the Exxon and Mobil companies in November 1999. Before the merger, Mr. Noto was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Mobil Corporation. Mr. Noto had been employed by Mobil continuously since 1962. Mr. Noto is a director of Commercial International Bank, Cairo, International Business Machines Corporation, Shinsei Bank Limited, United Auto Group, Inc. and Stem Cell Innovations. He also serves on the International Advisory Panel of TEMASEK (Singapore). Mr. Noto will resign from Altria’s Board of Directors effective the day before the Distribution Date.

 

 

1

Currently, Altria has a 28.6% economic interest in SABMiller plc.

 

83


Table of Contents

Carlos Slim Helú . Mr. Slim is expected to serve on our Board of Directors. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Slim served as a director of Altria. He is currently serving as Chairman Emeritus of Grupo Carso, S.A. de C.V., 1 a position he assumed in October 1998. He also serves as Chairman of Teléfonos de México, S.A. de C.V. and Chairman of Carso Global Telecom, S.A. de C.V., México. Previously and from 1991, he was Chairman of Grupo Carso, S.A. de C.V. He also served as Chairman of America Movil, S.A. de C.V. since September 2000 and Chairman of América Telecom, S.A. de C.V. since February 2002. Mr. Slim also serves as Chairman Emeritus of Grupo Financiero Inbursa, S.A. de C.V. He is a member of each of the Advisory Council for Latin America of the New York Stock Exchange and the board of Fundacion Unam A.C. and Patronato del Hospital Infantil. He is also Chairman of the Executive Committee for the Rescue of the Historical Center of Mexico City and Chairman of the Museo Soumaya.

Stephen M. Wolf. Mr. Wolf is expected to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Wolf currently serves as a director of Altria, a position he has held since 1993. Mr. Wolf currently serves as Chairman of R.R. Donnelley & Sons Company, a position he assumed in March 2004. He also serves as Chairman of the Lehman Brothers Private Equity Advisory Board, a position he assumed in July 2005. Mr. Wolf has been Managing Partner of Alpilles, LLC since April 2003. Prior to assuming that position, he was Chairman of US Airways Group from November 2001 to April 2003, and Chief Executive Officer of US Airways, Inc., from January 1996 to November 1998. Prior to joining US Airways, he had served since August 1994 as senior advisor in the investment banking firm of Lazard Frères & Co. LLC. From 1987 to July 1994, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of UAL Corporation and United Air Lines, Inc. He is a trustee of the World Wildlife Fund and the Brookings Institute. Mr. Wolf will resign from Altria’s Board of Directors effective the day before the Distribution Date.

Executive Officers

André Calantzopoulos. Mr. Calantzopoulos is expected to serve as our Chief Operating Officer. He currently serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer, the position he has held since April 2002. Mr. Calantzopoulos joined our company in 1985 and worked extensively across Central Europe before becoming President of the Eastern European Region in February 1999.

Paolo Degola. Mr. Degola is expected to serve as our President of the European Union Region, a position he has held since September 2005. From August 2002 until August 2005, he was responsible for running our business in Japan. Previously, from September 1998 until July 2002, Mr. Degola had responsibility for our markets in Greece, Ireland, Portugal and the UK, as well as for marketing and sales across our European Union markets. He has been employed continuously by us in various capacities since 1985.

Mark Friedman. Mr. Friedman is expected to serve as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, a position he has held since June 2007. Previously, from September 2005 until May 2007, he was Vice President and Associate General Counsel for our European Union region. From August 2003 until August 2005, Mr. Friedman served as Vice President and Associate General Counsel for our Western Europe region. He has been employed continuously by the Altria family of companies in various capacities since 1996. Previously, Mr. Friedman was an Associate Attorney in the litigation practice of Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton’s New York and Hong Kong offices.

G. Penn Holsenbeck . Mr. Holsenbeck is expected to serve as our Vice President and Corporate Secretary. Mr. Holsenbeck currently serves as Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Altria, a position he has held since joining Altria in 1995. Mr. Holsenbeck is also a member of the Council of Institutional Investors and is on the Board of Trustees of the Committee for Economic Development, the Brooklyn Academy of Music, and the Community Service Society of New York. He is a past Chairman of the Society of Corporate Secretaries and Governance Professionals and a past Chairman of its Securities Law Committee. Mr. Holsenbeck will resign from Altria effective the Distribution Date.

 

 

1

A subsidiary of Grupo Carso, S.A. de C.V., for which Mr. Slim is Chairman Emeritus, owns a 20% interest in one of our Mexican subsidiaries.

 

84


Table of Contents

Even Hurwitz . Mr. Hurwitz is expected to serve as our Senior Vice President Corporate Affairs, a position he has held since July 2006. From July 2005 to June 2006, he served as Vice President of Regulatory and Fiscal Affairs PMI. Before this, he was Vice President and Associate General Counsel for our Latin America and Canada region from September 2003 to June 2005. Mr. Hurwitz has been continuously employed by the Altria family of companies since 1999. Previously, Mr. Hurwitz was a partner in the regulatory and litigation practices of Arnold & Porter.

Marco Kuepfer . Mr. Kuepfer is expected to serve as our Vice President Finance and Treasurer, a position he has held since June 2002. Prior to this assignment, he was with Altria in New York as Managing Director Corporate Finance between January 2000 to May 2002 and Managing Director for Global Treasury Operations in 1999. Mr. Kuepfer has been employed continuously by the Altria family of companies since 1981.

Jean-Claude Kunz. Mr. Kunz is expected to serve as our President of the Eastern Europe, Middle East & Africa Region and PMI Duty Free, a position he has held since June 2007. From April 2003 to August 2005, he served as the President of our company’s Worldwide Duty Free segment and Central Europe region. Mr. Kunz has been employed continuously by us in various capacities since 1983.

Matteo Pellegrini. Mr. Pellegrini is expected to serve as our President of the Asia Region, a position he has held since April 2007. From September 2005 to March 2007, he served as the President of our Western Asia region. From April 2003 to August 2005, he was responsible for overseeing our business in the Asia Pacific region. Between 1996 and 2003, he served as Managing Director of our affiliates in Italy, France, Spain and Portugal. Mr. Pellegrini has been employed continuously by us in various capacities since 1991.

Joachim Psotta. Mr. Psotta is expected to serve as our Vice President and Controller, a position he has held since October 2004. He was Vice President Finance for the Western Europe region from April 2003 to September 2004 and for our European Union region from April 2002 to March 2003. Mr. Psotta has been employed continuously by us since 1986.

Daniele Regorda. Mr. Regorda is expected to serve as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources, a position he has held since March 2003. From July 2001 to February 2003, he served as Vice President of Human Resources for our European Union region, Compensation and Benefits, International Assignments and Labour Relations. Mr. Regorda has been employed continuously by us in various capacities since 1993.

Hermann Waldemer. Mr. Waldemer is expected to serve as our Chief Financial Officer. Prior to the Distribution, Mr. Waldemer has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since September 2005. From April 2003 to August 2005, he served as President of our Western Europe region. Previously, he served as Managing Director of Philip Morris GmbH. Mr. Waldemer has been continuously employed by us since 1987.

Charles R. Wall . Mr. Wall is expected to serve as our Vice Chairman. Mr. Wall currently serves as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Altria, a position he has held since February 2000. From 1995 until 2000, Mr. Wall served as Senior Vice President, Litigation and Deputy General Counsel of Altria. Prior to joining Altria, Mr. Wall was an associate and later a partner in the law firm of Shook, Hardy & Bacon in Kansas City, Missouri, from 1970 to 1990. Mr. Wall is also a member of the Board of Directors of New York City Opera and the Neurosciences Institute in La Jolla, California. Mr. Wall will resign from Altria effective the Distribution Date.

Miroslaw Zielinski. Mr. Zielinski is expected to serve as our President of the Latin America & Canada Region, a position he has held since April 2003. From September 2002 to March 2003, he served as Managing Director of Worldwide Duty Free. Mr. Zielinski has been employed continuously by us in various capacities since 1991.

 

85


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon completion of the Distribution, our Board of Directors will establish the following separately-designated standing committees of the Board of Directors to assist the Board with the performance of its responsibilities: the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee, the Finance Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Product Innovation and Regulatory Affairs Committee. The membership of these committees has not been determined. The Board will designate the members of these committees and the committee chairs following completion of the Distribution and thereafter annually at its organizational meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders, based on the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board will adopt written charters for each of these committees following completion of the Distribution. The chair of each committee will develop the agenda for that committee and determine the frequency and length of committee meetings.

The Audit Committee will be established pursuant to Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Audit Committee will consist entirely of non-management directors all of whom the Board will determine to be independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities will be set forth in the Audit Committee Charter, which will be available on our website at www.pmintl.com/governance. As will be set forth in more detail in the Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee’s responsibility will be to assist our Board of Directors in its oversight of (i) our financial statements and our financial reporting processes and systems of internal control, (ii) the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors, (iii) the internal control function and (iv) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our Audit Committee will also be responsible for preparing the Audit Committee Report that the SEC rules require us to include in our proxy statement.

All members of the Audit Committee will be financially literate and at least one member will be an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Compensation and Leadership Development Committee will consist entirely of non-management directors all of whom will be independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, as determined by the Board, will be non-employee directors for the purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will satisfy the requirements of an “outside director” for the purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Compensation and Leadership Development Committee’s responsibilities will be set forth in the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee Charter, which will be available on our website at www.pmintl.com/governance. As will be set forth in more detail in the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee Charter, the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee will discharge our Board’s responsibilities relating to executive compensation, produce an annual Compensation and Leadership Development Committee report to be included in our proxy statement, and review the succession plans for our chief executive officer and other senior executives. In addition, the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee will review and make recommendations regarding compensation disclosures to be provided in our SEC filings, including the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and narrative descriptions in the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee’s description of its procedures in determining executive compensation.

The Finance Committee will have the responsibilities set forth in the Finance Committee Charter, which will be available on our website at www.pmintl.com/governance. As will be set forth in more detail in the Finance Committee Charter, the Finance Committee will monitor our financial condition, oversee the sources and uses of cash flow and the investment of certain employee benefit plan assets and advise our Board with respect to financing needs, dividend policy, share repurchase programs and other financial matters.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist entirely of non-management directors all of whom the Board will determine to be independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee responsibilities will be set forth in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, which will be available on our

 

86


Table of Contents

website at www.pmintl.com/governance. As will be set forth in more detail in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Charter, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will identify individuals qualified to become Board members consistent with the criteria approved by our Board and recommend a slate of nominees for election at each annual meeting of stockholders, make recommendations to the Board concerning the appropriate size, function, needs and composition of our Board and its committees, advise the Board on corporate governance matters, including developing and recommending to the Board our corporate governance principles, oversee the self-evaluation process of the Board and its committees, and provide oversight of the Company’s public affairs, corporate reputation and societal alignment strategies.

The Product Innovation and Regulatory Affairs Committee will have the responsibilities set forth in the Product Innovation and Regulatory Affairs Committee Charter, which will be available on our website at www.pmintl.com/governance. As will be set forth in more detail in the Product Innovation and Regulatory Affairs Committee Charter, the Product Innovation and Regulatory Affairs Committee will monitor and review the development of new products (with a particular emphasis on our research and development efforts to develop products that have the potential to reduce the risk of tobacco related diseases), key legislative, regulatory and public policy issues and trends affecting our company and progress on our societal alignment initiatives.

Presiding Director

It is anticipated that upon completion of the Distribution, our Board of Directors will appoint a Presiding Director from among our independent directors. The Presiding Director will have the following responsibilities:

 

   

Preside over executive sessions of the non-management directors and at all meetings at which the Chairman is not present;

 

   

Call meetings of the non-management directors as he or she deems necessary;

 

   

Serve as liaison between the Chairman and the non-management directors;

 

   

Approve agendas and schedules for Board meetings;

 

   

Advise the Chairman of the Board’s informational needs and approve information sent to the Board;

 

   

Together with the Chairman of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee, communicate goals and objectives to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the results of the evaluation of his performance; and

 

   

Be available for consultation and communication if requested by major stockholders.

The Presiding Director is invited to attend all meetings of committees of the Board of which he or she is not a member.

Meetings of the Board

Our directors are expected to attend Board meetings, the annual meeting of stockholders and meetings of the committees on which they serve, with the understanding that on occasion a director may be unable to attend a meeting. Our bylaws provide that the annual meeting of stockholders will be held at a date, place and time specified by our Board of Directors.

Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance Guidelines. Our Board of Directors will adopt Corporate Governance Guidelines, which, along with our charter, by-laws, charters of our Board committees, as well as our code of ethics, code of business conduct and ethics and related person transactions policy will provide the framework for the governance of our company. The Corporate Governance Guidelines will be available on our website at www.pmintl.com/governance. A copy may be obtained by writing to Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

Communications with the Board. Following the Distribution, stockholders and other interested parties who wish to communicate with the Board will be able to do so by writing to Board of Directors of Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017. The non-management directors will establish

 

87


Table of Contents

procedures for the handling of communications from stockholders and other interested parties and will direct the Corporate Secretary to act as their agent in processing any communications received. These procedures will be published after the distribution on our website at www.pmintl.com/governance.

Codes of Ethics. Following the Distribution, we will also adopt a code of ethics as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, that will apply to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. We will also adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to the members of our Board of Directors. The code of ethics and the code of business conduct will be available on our website at www.pmintl.com/governance and will be provided free of charge to any stockholder requesting a copy. Stockholders can request a copy by writing to: Corporate Secretary, Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017. Any waiver or amendment to the code of ethics will be posted on our website within the time periods prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Process for Nominating Directors. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for identifying and evaluating nominees for director and for recommending to the Board a slate of nominees for election at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. It is anticipated that we will hold our annual meeting of stockholders in May 2009.

In evaluating the suitability of individuals for Board membership, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into account many factors, including whether the individual meets requirements for independence; the individual’s general understanding of the various disciplines relevant to the success of a large publicly-traded company in today’s global business environment; the individual’s understanding of our business and markets; the individual’s professional expertise and educational background; and other factors that promote diversity of views and experience. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will evaluate each individual in the context of the Board as a whole, with the objective of recommending a group of directors that can best perpetuate the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment, using its diversity of experience. In determining whether to recommend a director for re-election, the Committee would also consider the director’s past attendance at meetings and participation in and contributions to the activities of the Board. The Committee will not establish any specific minimum qualification standards for nominees to the Board, although from time to time the Committee could identify certain skills or attributes ( e.g ., financial experience, global business experience) as being particularly desirable to help meet specific Board needs that have arisen. The Committee will not distinguish between nominees recommended by stockholders and other nominees.

The Company’s bylaws set forth the procedures a stockholder must follow to nominate directors or to bring other business before stockholder meetings. Please see “Certain Provisions of Virginia Law, Our Articles of Incorporation and Our Bylaws—Articles of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions—Board of Directors; Removal; Vacancies,” “—Special Stockholder Meetings” and “—Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.”

In identifying potential candidates for Board membership, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is expected to rely on suggestions and recommendations from the Board, stockholders, management and others. From time to time, it is anticipated that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee would also retain search firms to assist it in identifying potential candidates for director, gathering information about the background and experience of such candidates and acting as an intermediary with such candidates.

Compensation of Directors

Directors who are our full-time employees will receive no additional compensation for service as a director. For our non-employee directors, we intend to provide competitive compensation and benefits that will attract and retain high quality directors, target director compensation at a level that is consistent with our compensation objectives and encourage ownership of our stock to further align directors’ interests with those of our stockholders.

Initially, we intend to pay non-employee directors an annual retainer of $40,000 and fees of $2,000 for each Board meeting attended and each committee meeting attended ($2,500 for committee chairs). We intend to pay

 

88


Table of Contents

the chair of each committee an annual retainer of $10,000 for additional services rendered in connection with committee chair responsibilities.

Our non-employee directors will also participate in the Philip Morris International Inc. Deferred Fee Plan for Non-Employee Directors, which was adopted by us and approved by Altria as our sole stockholder prior to the Distribution Date. A non-employee director may elect to defer meeting fees and all or part of the annual retainer. Deferred amounts are credited to an unfunded account under which earnings are credited for bookkeeping purposes by reference to investment choices. These investment choices parallel the investment alternatives offered to employees under the PMI Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan, our tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan. Deferred amounts are paid in cash when the director separates from service with the Board or, subject to the terms of the plan, at such other time as elected by the director.

Our non-employee directors will participate in the Philip Morris International Inc. Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, which was adopted by us and approved by Altria as our sole stockholder prior to the Distribution Date. The purposes of the plan are to assist us in promoting a greater identity of interest between our non-employee directors and our stockholders and to assist us in attracting and retaining non-employee directors by affording them an opportunity to share in our future successes. We will reserve 1,000,000 shares for future distribution under this plan.

Under this plan, each non-employee director will be entitled to receive an annual share award of that number of shares of common stock having an aggregate fair market value of $120,000 on the date of grant (number of shares of common stock times fair market value on the date of the grant). The plan also permits the award to be made in the form of other stock-based awards or stock options. Non-employee directors will receive an initial award under this plan as of the Distribution Date. The plan permits a director to elect to defer receipt of some or all of the award until the director’s separation from service with the Board or, subject to the terms of the plan, at such other time as elected by the director.

Our non-employee directors will be reimbursed for their expenses incurred in attending Board of Directors, committee and stockholder meetings, including travel, meals and lodgings. We expect that our non-employee directors will be also covered by business travel and accident insurance, which we expect to maintain for their benefit when they travel on company business, as well as group life insurance.

We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors in accordance with the provisions of our articles of incorporation, by-laws, and Virginia law described in “Certain Provisions of Virginia Law, Our Articles of Incorporation and Our Bylaws—Articles of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

All of our common stock is currently owned by Altria. Thus, none of our directors or executive officers own any of our common stock.

The following table shows the number of shares of our common stock that we anticipate will be beneficially owned after the Distribution, based on ownership of Altria common stock as of February 5, 2008, by (i) each of our stockholders who we believe will be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table below, and (iv) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise noted, each of the named individuals would have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown. The beneficial ownership of each director and executive officer and of the group is less than 1% of our common stock. For purposes of this table, we based the ownership of our common stock on each person’s beneficial ownership of Altria common stock as of the date set forth above, unless we indicate some other basis for this calculation. Each Altria stockholder will receive one share of our common stock for each share of Altria common stock held on the Record Date. The number of shares of Altria common stock outstanding as of February 5, 2008, was 2,108,600,193. The mailing address of each director and executive officer shown in the table below is c/o Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

89


Table of Contents

Name and Address

of each

Beneficial Owner

   Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership of
Common Stock

Harold Brown

   33,286

Mathis Cabiallavetta

   13,228

André Calantzopoulos

   182,535

Louis C. Camilleri

   2,925,484

J. Dudley Fishburn

   15,094

Carlos Slim Helú

   300,001

Jean-Claude Kunz

   177,264

Graham Mackay

   0

Sergio Marchionne

   0

Lucio A. Noto

   55,272

Hermann G. Waldemer

   125,404

Charles R. Wall

   1,402,063

Stephen M. Wolf

   40,440

Directors and executive officers as a group (22)

   6,196,346

As reported on an amended Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Capital Research and Management Company, on                              , 2008, Capital Research and Management Company owns                      shares, or _____%, of Altria common stock as of December          , 2007. In this Schedule 13G amendment, Capital Research and Management Company states that it is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and is deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares as a result of acting as investment adviser to various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Capital Research and Management Company’s address is 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, California 90071.

 

90


Table of Contents

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

Our five named executive officers as of the Distribution Date are identified in the Summary Compensation Table below. The information provided for the years 2007 and, where applicable, 2006, reflects their compensation earned while employed by Altria or its subsidiaries and the design and objectives of the executive compensation programs in place prior to the Distribution. For clarity, these programs are discussed immediately below under the subheading “Altria Compensation Programs.” In the course of discussing the Altria Compensation Programs, we also describe the manner in which outstanding equity compensation and certain other compensation elements will be adjusted to reflect the Distribution. Following the discussion of Altria Compensation Programs, under the subheading “Our Anticipated Compensation Programs,” we describe the elements of our executive compensation programs that will be in effect after we become an independent public company.

In this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we refer to the Compensation Committee of Altria as the Altria Compensation Committee and the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee of our company as our Compensation Committee.

Altria Compensation Programs

Altria’s compensation programs are designed to support Altria’s business and financial objectives. The programs are set and periodically reviewed by the Altria Compensation Committee. The compensation programs described below applied to the 2007 fiscal year and are designed to address a number of specific objectives, including:

 

   

to support the ability to attract, develop and retain world-class leaders;

 

   

to align the interests of executives and stockholders;

 

   

to reward performance;

 

   

to support business growth, superior financial results, societal alignment and integrity of conduct; and

 

   

to promote internal equity and a disciplined qualitative and quantitative assessment of performance.

These objectives have provided the framework for the various components of compensation and benefits, and have taken into account the specific nature of each of Altria’s businesses. Each element of compensation has been designed to achieve a specific purpose. Together, they form an aggregate package that is intended to be appropriately competitive and to provide the necessary flexibility and incentives to achieve Altria’s goals and objectives. The design of the overall package has encompassed the following features:

 

   

a mix of fixed and at-risk compensation: the higher the organizational level of the executive, the lower the fixed component of the overall compensation and benefits package;

 

   

a mix of annual and long-term compensation and benefits to appropriately reward the achievement of annual goals and objectives and long-term performance aspirations; and

 

   

a mix of cash and equity compensation that seeks to discourage actions that are solely driven by the stock price at any given time to the detriment of strategic goals, and to minimize the potential dilutive nature of equity compensation on stockholder value.

In determining the precise levels of each element of compensation as well as the total compensation and benefit package awarded, the Altria Compensation Committee:

 

   

exercises its business judgment and discretion in setting the level of compensation within pre-established ranges;

 

91


Table of Contents
   

reviews actual historical delivery of compensation versus design to ensure that actual compensation is consistent with the intent of the programs; and

 

   

reviews total compensation design to assure that the various ranges remain appropriately competitive and continue to meet the objectives described above.

Our executives are ranked by salary band reflecting the executive’s level of responsibility and accountability. Altria’s compensation and benefits mix for each U.S.-based salary band is as follows:

 

Design Mix of Compensation and Benefits  

Salary
Band

  Base
Salary
    Annual
Incentives
    Total Long-
Term
Incentives   (1)
    Benefits   (2)     Perquisites  
A  (3)   9 %   13 %   73 %   5 %   <1 %
B   17 %   15 %   59 %   8 %   1 %
C   20 %   16 %   54 %   9 %   1 %
D   24 %   15 %   48 %   11 %   2 %

 

(1) Annual equity awards and the annual value of Altria Long-Term Performance Incentive awards.

 

(2) The benefit percentages represent the average annual value of retirement, healthcare, disability and death benefits and are based on the methodology employed by Hewitt Associates in its Total Compensation Measurement Study (described below). The actual value for any given year will vary based on, among other things, each employee’s age and years of covered service. These benefit percentages are not intended to represent the total value of benefits earned over a career and payable upon retirement.

 

(3) The mix of compensation and benefits for band A is based on actual equity awards in 2005, 2006 and 2007 for Mr. Camilleri (the only band A executive). The Altria Compensation Committee has followed a cumulative equity award strategy and, based on its assessment of Mr. Camilleri’s performance and a review of competitive data, has awarded Mr. Camilleri annual stock grants in the range of 100,000 to 200,000 shares.

The table below compares Altria’s mix of compensation and benefits for salary bands A and B with that of the Altria Compensation Survey Group (see discussion of the Compensation Survey Group below):

 

Altria Design Mix of Compensation and Benefits versus the Altria Compensation Survey Group  
                 Long-Term Incentives              
     Base
Salary
    Annual
Incentives
    Incentive
Cash Awards
    Equity
Awards
    Benefits   (1)     Perquisites  

Salary Band A

            

Altria

   9 %   13 %   23 %   50 %   5 %   <1 %

Altria Compensation Survey Group (2) 

   9 %   21 %   24 %   41 %   4 %   1 %

Salary Band B

            

Altria

   17 %   15 %   35 %   24 %   8 %   1 %

Altria Compensation Survey Group (2) 

   20 %   22 %   18 %   32 %   7 %   1 %

 

(1) The benefit percentages represent the average annual value of retirement, healthcare, disability and death benefits and are based on the methodology employed by Hewitt Associates in its Total Compensation Measurement Study. See “Role of Consultants” below. The actual value for any given year will vary based on, among other things, each employee’s age and years of covered service. These benefit percentages are not intended to represent the total value of benefits earned over a career and payable upon retirement.

 

(2)

75 th percentile of the Altria Compensation Survey Group as shown in 2007 Hewitt Associates Total Compensation Measurement Study.

 

92


Table of Contents

To maximize alignment with the interests of stockholders, Altria provides a greater percentage of total compensation in the form of long-term incentive compensation than the Altria Compensation Survey Group companies, as follows: salary band A, 73% versus 65% and salary band B, 59% versus 50%.

After the Distribution, we expect to employ approximately 20 senior executives who are in salary bands A through D. Mr. Camilleri, our Chief Executive Officer, is and will continue to be in salary band A. Mr. Calantzopoulos, who will be our Chief Operating Officer, and Mr. Wall, our Vice Chairman, are and will continue to be in salary band B. Mr. Waldemer, our Chief Financial Officer, is currently in band C but will be promoted to band B upon the Distribution. Mr. Kunz, President EEMA Region & PMI Duty Free is in salary band D and will be promoted to band C upon the Distribution.

Elements of Compensation and Benefits

Altria’s compensation and benefit programs have been designed to deliver total compensation upon attainment of targeted goals at levels between the 50 th and the 75 th percentiles of compensation paid to executives in the Altria Compensation Survey Group, described below. This approach has been critical to attracting and retaining employees and has contributed to low employee turnover across all of Altria’s businesses. Altria’s actual awards can exceed the 75 th percentile when business and individual performance exceed targeted goals.

A description of each element of the compensation and benefit program follows.

Base Salary

Several factors are considered when setting base salaries, including each executive’s individual performance rating, level of responsibility, prior experience, and the relationship between base salaries paid within each of Altria’s businesses. In addition, as appropriate, the Altria Compensation Committee has compared the base salaries paid to Altria executive officers to the base salaries paid to executive officers holding comparable positions at other companies in the Altria Compensation Survey Group. Numerical weights are not assigned to any factor.

Altria’s base salary ranges for salary band A through salary band D executives who are based for purposes of pay in the United States were for 2007 as follows:

 

2007 U.S.-Based Annual Base Salary Ranges

Salary
Band

  Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum
A   $ 1,030,000   $ 1,700,000   $ 2,370,000
B     515,000     875,000     1,235,000
C     360,000     565,000     770,000
D     260,000     425,000     590,000

Altria’s base salary ranges for salary band B through salary band D executives who are based for purposes of pay outside of the United States are determined based on local market competitive practices. All of our named executive officers who are based outside of the United States for purposes of pay are located in Switzerland. The 2007 salary bands and ranges for Switzerland were as follows:

 

2007 Swiss-Based Annual Base Salary Ranges

Salary
Band

  Minimum   Midpoint  (1)   Maximum
B   CHF 847,800   1,441,200   2,034,600
C   CHF 728,500   1,213,000   1,697,500
D   CHF 543,000   814,500   1,086,000

 

(1)

The midpoints of salary bands B, C and D are equivalent to $1,202,302, $1,011,930 and $679,486, respectively, based on the average conversion rate for 2007 of $1=1.1987 CHF. However, as noted above,

 

93


Table of Contents
 

these salary ranges are based on local market competitive practices and are not directly comparable to the U.S. dollar salary ranges used for those executives based for purposes of pay in the United States.

Annual Incentives

The Altria Annual Incentive Award program is a cash-based, pay-for-performance plan for management employees worldwide, including our named executive officers. Altria believes that the use of cash (as opposed to equity) for annual incentives is consistent with competitive practice among companies within the Altria Compensation Survey Group. Each participant in the Altria program has an award target expressed as a percentage of base salary. The target award is paid when both the business and individual results are achieved at planned levels of performance. Actual awards paid vary based on an assessment of actual business performance and individual performance.

In December of each year, the Altria Compensation Committee assesses Altria’s overall corporate performance, as well as the performance of each of its businesses for that year. Based on its assessment, the Altria Compensation Committee assigns business ratings that are used to determine the size of the incentive award pool. Altria businesses that perform at planned levels of performance receive a rating of 100. The ratings reflecting the business performance assessment can range from 0 to 130. Business ratings determined for 2007 are discussed below under “2007 Executive Compensation Decisions.”

Each participant is rated on a five-point scale with only the top three points (“Good,” “Exceeds” and “Spectacular”) generally eligible to receive an annual incentive award. Individuals who achieve their annual objectives receive a rating of “Good.” To assure a disciplined, fair and equitable assessment of individual performance, general guidelines have been set by the Altria Compensation Committee whereby approximately 50% of the eligible population receives a rating of “Good” or less, 40% receives a rating of “Exceeds” and 10% receives a rating of “Spectacular.”

Annual incentive target award ranges for Altria salary bands A through D for 2007 were as follows:

 

2007 Annual Incentive Target Award Ranges (1)
    Award Ranges Associated with Individual Performance

Band

  Good   Exceeds   Spectacular
A   128% –159%   159% –201%   217% –293%
B   77% – 95%   95% –120%   130% –175%
C   68% – 85%   85% –108%   117% –158%
D   51% – 63%   63% –78%   85% –114%

 

(1) Annual incentive target award ranges are stated as a percentage of base salary, and assume that business results are at planned levels of performance ( i.e ., at a rating of 100). These are target ranges only. There is no guarantee that any amount will be paid.

Long-Term Incentives

Altria awards long-term incentives to senior executives through a combination of cash-based long-term performance incentive awards and either restricted or deferred stock. The mix of cash-based incentives and equity awards at Altria varies based on salary band. Consistent with Altria’s compensation objectives, the mix is intended primarily to focus executives on total stockholder return, or TSR, long-term operational performance and progress against strategic and societal objectives while remaining sensitive to stockholder dilution concerns. Altria believes that long-term incentives play a key role in attracting and retaining executives. The long-term incentives are based on the performance of Altria Group in total as opposed to the performance of each operating company.

 

94


Table of Contents

Long-Term Performance Cash Incentive Awards . The Altria Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan, or Altria LTIP, for Altria executives in salary bands A through F, including our named executive officers, began its most recent performance cycle on January 1, 2007. Awards under this plan are based primarily on long-term growth in total stockholder return, an assessment of progress against Altria’s societal alignment objectives and, to a lesser extent, Altria’s strategic performance. Altria generally uses three-year long-term performance cycles that are end-to-end and do not overlap. The three-year cycle is consistent with Altria’s planning cycle, and Altria has determined that utilizing cycles that do not overlap provides clarity for participants and stockholders. Awards are payable to executives in cash and are based on an assessment of overall corporate and individual performance. Each participant has an award target based on their salary band, normally expressed as a percentage of cumulative year-end base salaries over the three-year cycle. At the conclusion of each performance cycle, the Altria Compensation Committee considers Altria’s TSR results over this time period and qualitatively assesses Altria’s performance against the strategic measures communicated to participants at the commencement of the performance cycle. Based on its assessment, the Altria Compensation Committee assigns a rating used to determine the size of the LTIP award pool. The specific LTIP ratings can range from 0 to 130.

Altria LTIP award targets established for salary bands A through D for the 2007-2009 performance cycle are as follows:

 

2007 Long-Term Performance Incentive Award Ranges (1)
    Individual Performance

Salary Band

  Below   Achieves   Above

A

  0% –225%   225% –275%   275% +

B

  0% –180%   180% –220%   220% +

C

  0% –113%   113% –138%   138% +

D

  0% –68%     68% –83%   83% +

 

(1) LTIP award ranges are stated as a percentage of cumulative year-end base salaries over the three-year performance cycle, and assume that results of our businesses are at planned levels of performance reflected by an assigned performance rating of 100.

Annual Equity Awards. Equity awards are intended to build stock ownership and enhance the retention and commitment of participants to increasing long-term stockholder value. Since 2003, Altria equity awards have been made in shares of Altria restricted or deferred stock rather than stock options because they:

 

   

establish a relationship between Altria’s cost and the value ultimately delivered to Altria executives that is both more direct and more visible than is the case with stock options; and

 

   

require the use of substantially fewer shares than stock options to deliver equivalent value, resulting in an annual Company run rate (number of stock options, restricted and deferred shares granted in the calendar year as a percentage of all shares outstanding) in 2007 of 0.1% and a total 2007 year-end overhang (number of unexercised stock options and unvested deferred stock as a percentage of all shares outstanding) of 1.6%.

Equity award recommendations are approved annually at the Altria Compensation Committee’s January meeting, and are granted on the date of approval. The number of shares awarded is based on the fair market value of Altria stock on the date of grant. The value of shares awarded is based on an evaluation of each participant’s performance and potential to advance within the organization.

Altria equity awards generally vest three or more years after the date of the award, subject to earlier vesting on death, disability or normal retirement. The three-year vesting period has provided Altria with a means of both retaining and motivating executives. Recipients receive cash dividends or dividend equivalents on unvested shares of restricted or deferred stock in order to more fully align the interests of participants with stockholders.

 

95


Table of Contents

Dividends and dividend equivalents paid prior to vesting are ordinary income for individual tax purposes and, for awards granted after 2006, are generally deductible by Altria.

The annual equity award ranges for Altria salary bands B through D for 2007 were as follows:

 

2007 Equity Award Ranges
    Individual Performance

Salary Band

  Good   Exceeds   Spectacular
B   $ 885,000 – $1,475,000   $  1,475,000 – $1,843,800   $ 1,843,800 – $2,212,500
C     531,000 –      885,000     885,000 –   1,106,300     1,106,300 –   1,327,500
D     303,000 –      505,000     505,000 –      631,300     631,300 –      757,500

The Altria Compensation Committee exercises discretion in making equity awards for salary band A based on a cumulative equity award strategy and its assessment of competitive data. With respect to Mr. Camilleri, the Altria Compensation Committee reviews an analysis of various equity award scenarios, reflecting its past practices as well as those of companies within the Altria Compensation Survey Group, in order to establish both an appropriate range of awards as well as an appropriate cumulative equity award size over a ten-year period as chief executive officer. The Committee has awarded Mr. Camilleri annual stock grants in the range of 100,000 to 200,000 shares.

In addition, all of Altria’s most senior executives are subject to stock ownership guidelines that require them to hold Altria stock in an amount equal to a multiple of their base salary, as described in “Stock Ownership Guidelines and Restriction on Hedging.” As of December 31, 2007, all of our named executive officers had satisfied their ownership guidelines.

Stock Options . Consistent with the Altria Compensation Committee’s practice of making equity awards in shares of restricted or deferred stock, the Altria Compensation Committee has not made any new stock option grants since 2002. Adjustment of outstanding stock options granted in 2002 and prior years and other equity-based awards in connection with the Spin-off are described in “Treatment of Compensation and Benefit Programs Upon Completion of the Distribution.”

Retirement Benefits

Almost all of Altria’s U.S.-based employees, including Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall, are covered by funded tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans. Altria also maintains supplemental retirement plans and arrangements which compensate employees for the difference between the full pensions or full profit-sharing contributions they would receive under Altria’s tax-qualified plans, if those plans were not subject to tax law limitations, and the benefits that in fact can be provided after taking those limits into account. In limited instances, these plans have provided additional benefits. See “Plans Maintained by Altria” below. These arrangements have been generally intended to provide Altria’s U.S.-based salaried employees with pension benefits, or their equivalent, in an amount equal to 1.75% of the employee’s highest average annual compensation (annual salary plus annual incentive) during a period of five consecutive years, minus 0.30% of such compensation up to the applicable Social Security covered compensation amount, times years of credited service (up to a maximum of 35). For an Altria employee who completes 30 years of service, this translates into providing payments equivalent to a pension of approximately 52.5% of five years annual average salary and incentive compensation. For an employee with the maximum credited service of 35 years, this “replacement ratio” is approximately 61.25%.

After termination of employment, Altria pension benefits can commence at age 55, though generally with a reduction in benefits for commencement before age 65. For employees who work until age 55, the annual reduction factors for early commencement decrease significantly. For Altria employees who retire at or above

 

96


Table of Contents

age 55 with 30 years of service or at or above age 60 with five years of service, there is no reduction for early commencement. The retirement benefits provided by Altria are described in greater detail in the discussions following the Pension Benefits table and the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation table.

Employees based outside of the U.S., including Mr. Calantzopoulos, Mr. Kunz and Mr. Waldemer, participate in various retirement plans that are substantially similar to the ones described above. Employees located in Switzerland, for example, are generally covered by the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland, or the Swiss Pension Fund, a broad-based, contributory, funded pension plan established in accordance with the Swiss Federal Law on Occupational Retirement, Survivors’ and Disability Pension Plans that provides retirement, death and disability benefits for employees and their beneficiaries. Retirement benefits are determined under a formula similar to the formula in Altria’s tax-qualified U.S. pension plan. As is the case under Altria’s tax-qualified U.S. plans, benefits under the Swiss Pension Fund are subject to tax regulatory limits on the amount of compensation that can be taken into account in determining benefits. Our employees covered by the Swiss Pension Fund, but whose benefits are affected by these limits, are also covered by additional Swiss plans designed to provide benefits equivalent to the incremental benefits that would be provided if the Swiss Pension Fund were not subject to these limits. Where an employee is also entitled to benefits under a pension plan in another country, benefits may be coordinated through offsets in order to assure that the employee receives full career benefits while avoiding duplication in benefits.

During 2006, the Altria Compensation Committee decided to limit compensation for purposes of pension determinations for U.S.-based executives in salary bands A and B. This decision limited annual incentive compensation considered for purposes of pension determinations to the lesser of either (i) actual annual incentive or (ii) annual incentive at a business rating of 100 and individual performance rating of “Exceeds.” This limitation does not apply to any executive who was age 55 or older at December 31, 2006, or to any executive who is not a participant in our U.S.-based pension plan. Mr. Camilleri is the only current executive who is subject to this limitation. Mr. Camilleri was awarded an annual incentive award of $4,750,000 for 2007. Of this amount, $2,887,500, which reflects the above ceiling, will be recognized as pensionable earnings for the purposes of his pension calculation.

Perquisites

Any perquisites received by our named executive officers while employed by Altria are described in footnotes to the “All Other Compensation” heading of the Summary Compensation Table. Other than these perquisites, our named executive officers received the same benefits that were provided to Altria employees generally. For reasons of security and personal safety, Altria requires Mr. Camilleri to use company aircraft for all travel and provides him with a driver.

2007 Executive Compensation Decisions

The assessment of the performance of our named executive officers is discussed below. The compensation paid or awarded to our named executive officers under Altria’s compensation programs is included in the compensation tables and, in the case of each executive, was within the ranges specified for each element of compensation discussed above. Decisions in connection with the Distribution are discussed below. See “Our Anticipated Compensation Programs—Executive Compensation Decisions In Connection With The Distribution.”

Base Salary Increases

The Altria Compensation Committee did not increase Mr. Camilleri’s base salary in 2007. Mr. Camilleri’s base salary is within the 4 th quartile of the Altria Compensation Survey Group at approximately the midpoint of his salary range.

The following were the 2007 increases in base salary for our other named executive officers:

 

   

Mr. Wall: $1,025,000 to $1,080,000, an increase of 5.4%, effective May 1, 2007

 

97


Table of Contents
   

Mr. Calantzopoulos: CHF 1,200,000 to CHF 1,250,080, an increase of 4.2%, effective April 1, 2007

 

   

Mr. Waldemer: CHF 865,280 to CHF 908,570, an increase of 5.0%, effective April 1, 2007

 

   

Mr. Kunz: CHF 893,100 to CHF 942,240, an increase of 5.5%, effective April 1, 2007.

These increases took into account Mr. Camilleri’s and Mr. Calantzopoulos’ recommendations, for their respective direct reports, the factors enumerated in the “Overview” above, and were part of a merit increase program that applied to all employees.

Annual Incentives

As previously discussed, annual incentive awards are based on a comprehensive assessment of both business and individual performance. Numerical weights and specific objectives are not assigned to the factors used in assessing either individual or business performance. For 2007, the financial performance factors considered by the Committee included operating companies income, discretionary cash flow, net revenue as well as volume and market share. At the corporate level, the performance factors also included net earnings, EPS, and TSR. The Committee also evaluated Altria’s performance relative to numerous strategic and qualitative factors such as portfolio management, innovation, progress on societal alignment, management of regulatory and legal challenges, compliance and integrity and leadership development.

In 2007, Altria recorded strong consolidated adjusted earnings growth and took a number of strategic actions to further strengthen its businesses for long term growth. Operating companies income, net earnings and EPS all exceeded the annual budget. Full-year adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations rose 8.1% to $4.38 versus $4.05 in 2006. Income growth was predominantly attributable to pricing, currency and overhead cost reductions. TSR at 22.2% exceeded that of Altria’s Compensation Survey Group (10.6%), Altria’s Peer Group (20.9%) and the S&P 500 (5.5%).

Beyond its financial performance, Altria and its operating companies took numerous actions to enhance stockholder value and accelerate income growth. These included the spin-off of Kraft in March 2007, the announced spin-off of PMI in March 2008, the acquisition of John Middleton, Inc., acquisitions in Pakistan and Mexico, the implementation of a global cigarette manufacturing reconfiguration plan including the closure of the Cabarrus cigarette manufacturing facility, the sale of the New York headquarters building and the successful launch of several innovative tobacco products in both the smokeless and cigarette categories.

PMI also generated strong financial results and contributed significantly to Altria’s increase in consolidated adjusted earnings. Adjusted operating companies’ income rose 12.5% attributable primarily to pricing and favorable currency. Excluding currency and other items that affected comparability, operating companies income rose 6.8%. This performance exceeded the annual budget and was at the high end of the guidance provided to the investment community of like-for-like growth of between 5% and 7%. Market share performance was mixed, with share in some markets lagging expectations.

Taking these factors into account, Altria’s Compensation Committee assigned the following Annual Incentive ratings for 2007:

 

Altria Group, Inc.

   115

Philip Morris International Inc.

   102

These ratings were used to determine the size of the annual incentive award pool.

 

98


Table of Contents

Long-Term Performance Incentive Awards

The 2007 to 2009 performance cycle of the long-term incentive plan is predominantly designed to reward growth in TSR, performance relative to the Altria Peer Group, the Compensation Survey Group and the S&P 500. The secondary measures emphasize progress against societal alignment objectives, and key strategic performance factors such as market share, portfolio management and leadership development. These measures were selected as they are intended to focus executives on achieving results that contribute to continued long-term growth in stockholder value.

As Altria’s three-year cycle LTIP began on January 1, 2007, no payments would ordinarily have been made for the 2007 fiscal year. However, in view of the Distribution, the 2007-2009 Altria LTIP was terminated on December 31, 2007 and participants are receiving a cash payment for the 2007 plan year assuming individual performance of “Achieves” using base salaries in effect on December 31, 2007 and an LTIP business rating of 115. The Committee awarded an LTIP business rating of 115 as a result of Altria’s strong stockholder return as noted above and the attainment of secondary long-term objectives described above. 2007 marked the sixth consecutive year of strong TSR.

Compensation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Louis C. Camilleri : Mr. Camilleri’s awards for 2007 reflect his responsibility for and major contribution to Altria’s overall results, including a marked increase in stockholder value. In determining his awards, the Altria Compensation Committee also took into consideration Mr. Camilleri’s leadership role in the restructuring of Altria, the sustained positive evolution of the litigation environment, progress on societal alignment initiatives, product innovation, Altria’s solid financial results including the strength of Altria’s balance sheet, leadership development and progress against Altria’s longer term plan.

For 2007, Mr. Camilleri was awarded an annual incentive of $4,750,000, or 271% of his annual base salary. This award is at the high end of his award range reflecting the Committee’s assessment of his performance. In addition, he received an LTIP award of $5,031,250 reflecting his target award at the LTIP business rating of 115. Mr. Camilleri also received an annual equity award of 130,280 shares of Altria deferred stock which will be fully converted into our deferred stock after the Distribution and vest in 2011.

In addition, the Altria Compensation Committee awarded Mr. Camilleri a special Altria deferred stock award of 200,000 shares in recognition of his successful efforts during his tenure to execute against the strategy, first announced in 2004, to separate Altria into three component parts to significantly enhance stockholder value and growth. This award further recognizes that the Committee and the Board of Directors asked Mr. Camilleri to assume the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of our company, while accepting a reduction in his compensation. See “Our Anticipated Compensation Programs—Executive Compensation Decisions In Connection With The Distribution.” This award will be fully converted into our deferred stock after the Distribution and vest in 2012.

Compensation of Other Named Executives Officers

André Calantzopoulos : Mr. Calantzopoulos served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Philip Morris International and will serve as our Chief Operating Officer after the Distribution. Mr. Calantzopoulos’ 2007 awards were all within pre-established ranges and reflect his significant contributions to our strong operating results and strategic initiatives. Particularly noteworthy are Mr. Calantzopoulos’ contributions to our product innovation strategy including the launch of Marlboro Filter Plus , Marlboro Ice Mint and other menthol line extensions, Parliament Platinum and Virginia Slims Uno , his relentless pursuit of cost reduction opportunities that exceeded our productivity targets and contributed to our strong financial results, management development, societal alignment, our 2007 acquisitions and business development initiatives. His awards also reflect his instrumental role in restructuring our organization to accelerate decision-making and speed to market and recognize his critical role in developing our strategic partnership with the China National Tobacco Company.

 

99


Table of Contents

Jean-Claude Kunz : Mr. Kunz serves as President EEMA Region & PMI Duty Free. Mr. Kunz’s awards were all within pre-established ranges and reflect his successful leadership of his Region and our worldwide duty-free business that was added to his responsibilities in 2007. His segment’s adjusted operating companies income of $2,439 million exceeded budget and was up 18.0% versus 2006. Unit volume of 291.3 billion units in 2007 was up 0.9% but fell marginally below budget. In addition, Mr. Kunz played a key role in the launch of several successful new products and line extensions across his area of geographic responsibility, secured fair and equitable excise tax reform in several key markets and continued to build management talent within his organization.

Hermann G. Waldemer : Mr. Waldemer serves as our Chief Financial Officer and will continue in that role after the Distribution. His awards for 2007 were all within pre-established ranges and reflect his role and contribution to our overall results. His most significant contributions include the successful establishment of cost effective shared service centers, the implementation of common systems applications, the improvement of our financial processes, the effective management of our balance sheet, numerous cost reduction and productivity initiatives, as well as ensuring executional readiness for our forthcoming independence and public company status.

Charles R. Wall : Mr. Wall served as Altria’s Senior Vice President and General Counsel and, upon the Distribution, will be appointed our Vice Chairman. His 2007 awards, which were all within pre-established ranges, recognize his invaluable contributions to total stockholder value through the critical role he played in successfully managing the complex litigation challenges faced by Altria and its subsidiaries. They also reflect his role in assuring the successful execution of the Kraft and our forthcoming spin-offs.

Role of Altria’s Chief Executive Officer

Each year, Mr. Camilleri, as Altria’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has presented to the Altria Compensation Committee compensation recommendations for each of Altria’s executive officers. The Committee reviews and discusses these recommendations with him, taking into account the factors noted elsewhere in this discussion and, exercising its discretion, makes final compensation decisions with respect to the compensation of those executive officers. Mr. Camilleri does not make recommendations or otherwise have any role in the setting of his own compensation and has never attended the Committee meetings when his compensation was discussed. The Committee meets in executive session when discussing and deciding on Mr. Camilleri’s compensation.

Altria Compensation Survey Group

Altria’s management periodically reviews and presents to the Altria Compensation Committee its recommendations of companies to include in the Altria Compensation Survey Group. Companies are selected based on the following criteria:

 

   

are of a similar size and have executive positions similar in breadth, complexity and scope of responsibility;

 

   

have global businesses; and

 

   

compete with Altria for executive talent.

For 2007, the following 22 companies were selected by Altria’s Compensation Committee and included in the Altria Compensation Survey Group, based upon the above criteria: 3M Company, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Campbell Soup Company, Citigroup Inc., The Coca-Cola Company, Colgate-Palmolive Company, ConAgra Foods, Inc., Exxon Mobil Corporation, Ford Motor Company, General Electric Company, General Mills, Inc., General Motors Corporation, H.J. Heinz Company, International Business Machines Corporation, Johnson & Johnson, Kellogg Company, Merck & Co., Inc., PepsiCo, Inc., Pfizer Inc., The Procter & Gamble Company and Reynolds American Inc. The Altria Compensation Committee reviewed the composition of the Altria Compensation Survey Group in 2002 and again in 2004.

 

100


Table of Contents

While there is substantial overlap between these companies and the companies in the Altria Peer Group included in Altria’s Annual Reports, there are some differences. These differences result from the fact that the Compensation Survey Group has been designed primarily to include companies with whom Altria competes for executive talent and whose approach to compensation does not differ greatly from those of U.S.-based multinationals, while the Altria Peer Group is a broader group that includes Altria’s international business competitors. The companies in the Altria Peer Group are Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., British American Tobacco plc, Campbell Soup Company, The Coca-Cola Company, ConAgra Foods, Inc., General Mills, Inc., H.J. Heinz Company, Hershey Foods Corporation, Kellogg Company, Nestle SA, PepsiCo, Inc., The Procter & Gamble Company, Reynolds American Inc., Sara Lee Corporation, Unilever NV, and UST Inc.

The Altria Compensation Committee has selected a new Compensation Survey Group for us that will be applicable after the Distribution. See “Our Anticipated Compensation Programs—Our Compensation Survey Group” below.

Role of Consultants

As part of its review of the compensation of executive officers, Altria has engaged Hewitt Associates to conduct a survey of the companies within the Altria Compensation Survey Group. This survey, called the Total Compensation Measurement Study, collects both compensation and benefits data and summarizes competitive practices. The data are reviewed by the Altria Compensation Committee to help it assess competitive levels of pay and competitive mix of pay elements. In addition, Altria engages Towers Perrin to provide competitive compensation and benefit information, primarily from public filings, including annual proxy filings, by companies within the Altria Compensation Survey Group. These data, which focus on chief executive officer pay, are also reviewed by the Altria Compensation Committee.

Neither Hewitt Associates nor Towers Perrin makes any recommendations with respect to the decisions to be made by the Altria Compensation Committee nor do they attend the Altria Compensation Committee meetings.

Stock Ownership Guidelines and Restriction on Hedging

Altria has established stock ownership guidelines under which executives are expected to hold common stock in an amount equal to a multiple of their base salary as determined by their position. These guidelines are expressed as a number of shares and a dollar value. Executives’ multiples can be satisfied by meeting the lesser of the required number of shares or dollar value. The guidelines were based on the applicable multiple of the salary in effect as of the beginning of the year in which the executive became subject to the guidelines and are set at 12 times base salary for the Chief Executive Officer and at 6, 5 and 4 times base salary for bands B, C and D executives, respectively. The required number of shares were based on the multiple times salary divided by the value of shares as of that date, and satisfying the required dollar amount is based on the current value of stock owned. For the purpose of these guidelines, stock ownership includes shares over which the executive has direct or indirect ownership or control, including restricted and deferred stock, but does not include unexercised stock options. Executives have been expected to meet their ownership guidelines within five years of becoming subject to the guidelines. Altria’s executive officers are not permitted to engage in hedging activities with respect to Altria stock.

Policy with Respect to Qualifying Compensation for Deductibility

The limits discussed below applied to those of our named executive officers covered by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or Section 162(m), who were also named executive officers of Altria in 2007.

Altria’s ability to deduct compensation paid to individual officers who are covered by Section 162(m) has been generally limited to $1.0 million annually. However, this limitation does not apply to performance-based compensation, provided certain conditions are satisfied. The annual and long-term performance incentives and

 

101


Table of Contents

the deferred and restricted stock that the Altria Compensation Committee awarded to Altria’s covered officers, including our named executive officers, in 2007 were subject to, and made in accordance with, performance-based compensation arrangements previously implemented by Altria.

Annual Incentives

For those Altria executives whose compensation was subject to the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m), annual incentive awards were contingent upon a compensation formula based on adjusted net earnings that was established by the Altria Compensation Committee at the beginning of the year. Under the formula used to establish the award pool, the maximum amount that could be paid to officers covered by the compensation formula as a group was 0.25% of adjusted net earnings. The maximum award for Mr. Camilleri, as Altria’s Chief Executive Officer, was equal to one-third of this pool, and the maximum amount that could be paid for each of the remaining Altria officers covered by the compensation formula was equal to one-sixth of the pool. In addition, Altria individual award amounts were limited to the stockholder-approved maximum of $10 million as provided in the Altria 2005 Performance Incentive Plan. These limits established the maximum annual incentive awards that could be paid; the Altria Compensation Committee retained complete discretion to pay any lesser amounts. All Altria annual incentive awards presented in the Summary Compensation Table and related tables were below these limits. Actual awards to the Altria officers covered by the compensation formula were based on the Altria Compensation Committee’s assessment of individual, overall corporate performance, as well as the performance of Altria’s businesses (including PMI), utilizing the negative discretion permitted by Section 162(m).

Long-Term Performance Incentives

Maximum long-term performance incentive awards payable to the Altria officers covered by Section 162(m) were limited by a formula similar to that previously described for annual incentive awards, based on the achievement of cumulative adjusted net earnings during the period as well as by the limits described in the Altria 2005 Performance Incentive Plan approved by stockholders. Under the formula, maximum award amounts that could be paid to the officers covered by the compensation formula as a group were 0.25% of the three-year cumulative adjusted net earnings. The maximum award for Mr. Camilleri, as Altria’s Chief Executive Officer, was equal to one-third of this pool, and the maximum amount that could be paid for each of the remaining officers covered by the compensation formula was equal to one-sixth of the pool. In addition, individual Altria awards for the three-year period were limited to the stockholder-approved maximum of $8 million per year as provided in the Altria 2005 Performance Incentive Plan. These limits establish the maximum long-term incentive awards that could be paid by Altria; the Altria Compensation Committee retained complete discretion to pay any lesser amounts. Altria based actual awards to its officers, including our named executive officers, on the Altria Compensation Committee’s assessment of individual performance, overall corporate performance, and the performance of each of Altria’s businesses (including PMI), utilizing the negative discretion permitted by Section 162(m).

Annual Equity Awards

Coincident with the adoption by Altria of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) “Share-Based Payments,” or FAS 123R, the Altria Compensation Committee approved the use of a performance pool from which restricted or deferred stock awards may be granted, in amounts up to individually specified proportions of the pool, to those Altria executives, including our named executive officers, whose compensation is subject to the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). Pursuant to this approval, 2007 and 2008 equity award grants were contingent upon formulas based on adjusted net earnings established by the Committee at the beginning of 2006 and 2007. The specific limits, as in effect for those years, are as follows:

 

   

Each year, a maximum grant value was established based on a performance pool equal to 0.50 percent of adjusted net earnings. This formula was approved by the Altria Compensation Committee at the beginning of the year prior to the year in which the equity award was made; for example, the formula was approved in January 2007 for the equity awards that were granted in January 2008.

 

102


Table of Contents
   

At the conclusion of the performance year, the performance pool was calculated and divided among the officers covered by the compensation formula. As an example, for adjusted net earnings of $9.6 billion, the above formula would yield total potential awards of $48 million. Altria’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer’s maximum award would be equal to one-third (or $16 million) of the pool and the remaining officers covered by the compensation formula would each be eligible for a maximum award equal to one-sixth (or $8 million) of the pool. Each award is subject to the lesser of the results of this calculation or the maximum share award (1.0 million shares) as provided under the Altria 2005 Performance Incentive Plan approved by stockholders.

 

   

These limits established the maximum awards that could be granted; the Altria Compensation Committee has retained complete discretion to pay any lesser amounts. The awards made by Altria to the executives who will be our named executive officers for the periods covered in the Summary Compensation Table and related tables were well within these limits. Altria awards have been granted out of the share pool and accounted for as fixed awards over the restriction period.

Altria has taken appropriate actions, to the extent it believed feasible, to preserve the deductibility of annual and long-term incentives and equity awards. However, notwithstanding this general policy, the Altria Compensation Committee has authorized, and continues to retain the discretion to authorize, other payments that may not be deductible, if it believes that they are in the best interests of both Altria and its stockholders. Such determinations include, for example, payment of base salaries to some officers that exceed $1.0 million, with the result that a portion of such officers’ base salaries exceed the deductibility limit. In addition, Altria’s covered officers’ compensation has exceeded the $1.0 million deductibility limit because of other elements of their annual compensation, such as vesting of restricted stock granted before 2007 and dividends or dividend equivalents paid on certain restricted or deferred stock, payments related to the funding of retirement benefits or Target Payments (as defined below) made in lieu of coverage under retirement plans, tax reimbursements, income resulting from payments made pursuant to plans that do not discriminate in favor of executive officers, and perquisites.

Policy Regarding the Adjustment or Recovery of Compensation

Altria has adopted a policy providing for the adjustment or recovery of compensation in certain circumstances. If the Altria Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board determines that, as a result of a restatement of Altria’s financial statements, an executive has received more compensation than would have been paid absent the incorrect financial statements, the Board or its committee, in its discretion, shall take such action as it deems necessary or appropriate to address the events that gave rise to the restatement and to prevent its recurrence. Such action may include, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in appropriate cases, requiring partial or full reimbursement of any bonus or other incentive compensation paid to the executive, causing the partial or full cancellation of restricted stock or deferred stock awards and outstanding stock options, adjusting the future compensation of such executive, and dismissing or taking legal action against the executive, in each case as the Board or its committee determines to be in the best interests of Altria and its stockholders. The Board has designated the Compensation Committee to implement this policy.

Treatment of Compensation and Benefit Programs Upon Completion of the Distribution

Upon completion of the Distribution, we will have in place an Employee Matters Agreement with Altria addressing a number of compensation and benefits matters relating to our employees. In general, our U.S. based employees currently participate in various Altria retirement, health and welfare, and other employee benefit plans. Employees in other jurisdictions are covered by plans that we have maintained either independently or jointly with Altria. Following the Spin-off, it is anticipated that our employees will generally participate in similar plans and arrangements that we will establish and maintain. Effective as of the Distribution Date, we and Altria will each retain responsibility for our respective employees and compensation plans. In addition, pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement, we and Altria will generally protect employees transferring between us and various Altria entities before the end of the calendar year of the Distribution from any adverse economic impact of such transfer on their benefits.

 

103


Table of Contents

Following the date of the Distribution, the holder of each outstanding option to purchase Altria stock will receive the following stock options with an aggregate intrinsic value (the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair market value of the underlying stock) equal to the intrinsic value of the stock option immediately prior to the Distribution:

 

   

a new PMI stock option (issued by us) to acquire a number of shares of our common stock; and

 

   

an adjusted Altria stock option (issued by Altria) for the same number of shares of Altria common stock at a reduced exercise price.

Holders of Altria restricted or deferred stock awarded prior to January 30, 2008 will retain their existing awards and will receive an equal amount of our restricted or deferred stock. Our restricted or deferred stock will be subject to the same forfeiture conditions and terms and conditions as the underlying Altria restricted or deferred stock. Recipients of Altria deferred stock awarded on January 30, 2008, who will be employed by Altria after the Distribution, will receive additional shares of deferred stock of Altria to preserve the intrinsic value of the award. Recipients of Altria deferred stock awarded on January 30, 2008, who will be employed by us after the Distribution, will receive substitute shares of our deferred stock to preserve the intrinsic value of the award.

We and Altria will cross-reimburse each other as soon as practicable following the Distribution for the “fair value” of options issued to employees of the other party, for the Distribution Date market value of deferred stock granted to employees of the other party, and for certain other anticipated costs related to equity compensation as well as retirement plans and payments in lieu of retirement plan coverage. Fair value of options will be determined using Black-Scholes calculations.

Our Anticipated Compensation Programs

The following describes the compensation programs that will be implemented following the Distribution that have been approved by the Altria Compensation Committee. The changes predominantly reflect the fact that we will no longer be a subsidiary of a corporate parent, but an independent public company. This will enable us to compensate our executives with more focused equity awards. Furthermore, they reflect the adoption of a new Compensation Survey Group as discussed below.

Review of Our Programs

In anticipation of the Distribution, our existing compensation programs were reviewed to ensure that they:

 

   

are appropriately focused;

 

   

are simple and transparent;

 

   

reflect a single entity operating in multiple countries; and

 

   

are internally equitable.

Based on this review, we intend to make the following changes to our compensation programs:

 

   

The Long-Term Incentive Program, or LTIP, has been eliminated and cash awards that would have been granted under this program will be reallocated to the annual incentive program and the equity award program in a proportion of 40% and 60%, respectively. This change will:

 

   

simplify the mix of compensation;

 

   

increase the equity component of total compensation; and

 

   

preserve appropriate incentives to meet both short and long-term goals.

 

104


Table of Contents
   

A TSR performance rating relative to the S&P 500, our direct competitors and our Compensation Survey Group will be used to determine the size of the annual equity awards. This will further align executives with stockholders and longer-term objectives.

 

   

Existing dollar-based annual equity award guidelines will be expressed as a percentage of base salary. This will enhance internal equity within our company as we operate in so many different countries.

Our Compensation Survey Group

In anticipation of the Distribution, and with the assistance of Hewitt Associates and Towers Perrin, a review was conducted to determine an appropriate Compensation Survey Group for us following the Distribution. The review focused on companies with substantial global sales that compete with us for talent and:

 

   

are direct competitors; or

 

   

have similar market capitalization; or

 

   

are primarily focused on consumer products (excluding high technology and financial services); and

 

   

are companies for which comparative executive compensation data are readily available.

Using these characteristics as our guide, the Altria Compensation Committee has selected the following 17 companies as our Compensation Survey Group following the Distribution:

Bayer AG, British American Tobacco plc, The Coca-Cola Company, Diageo PLC, GlaxoSmithKline, Heineken NV, Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, Johnson & Johnson, Inc., Kraft Foods Inc., McDonalds Corp., Nestle S.A., Novartis AG, PepsiCo Inc., Pfizer, Inc., Roche AG, Unilever PLC & NV and Vodafone Group PLC.

This survey group is comprised of companies that are based both in the U.S. and in several European countries, reflecting the fact that, while we will be headquartered in the U.S., the core of our businesses, employees and competitors is global in nature. As a result we expect that the data we use to benchmark our programs will better reflect the geographies in which we operate.

Mix of Compensation

We have compared the modified mix of compensation of our named executive officers to those executives with similar roles in our Compensation Survey Group using publicly available market surveys that were provided to us by Hewitt Associates.

As shown in the table below for salary bands B through D, our allocation of total compensation between short-term (base salary and annual incentives) and long-term (equity) is consistent with that of our Compensation Survey Group companies and with our objectives of putting a higher portion of total executive compensation at risk, and increasing the equity component of total compensation.

The Altria Compensation Committee has not set equity targets for salary band A expressed as a percentage of annual base salary; rather the Committee has set an annual target award of 100,000 shares with a maximum award of 200,000 shares based on a cumulative equity award strategy and its assessment of competitive data. As the design mix will vary in line with the stock price at grant date, it is not possible to set a precise mix for band A.

 

105


Table of Contents
Design Mix of Compensation at Target versus Our Compensation Survey Group (1)  
     Base
Salary
    Annual
Incentive
Awards
    Equity
Awards
 

Salary Band B

      

PMI

   18 %   33 %   49 %

Compensation Survey Group (2)

   23 %   23 %   54 %

Salary Band C

      

PMI

   25 %   30 %   45 %

Compensation Survey Group (2)

   32 %   22 %   46 %

Salary Band D

      

PMI

   29 %   28 %   43 %

Compensation Survey Group (2)

   37 %   21 %   42 %

 

(1) Benefits and perquisites are not included in this analysis as they vary by country.

 

(2)

75 th percentile of our Compensation Survey Group as shown in Hewitt Associates Total Compensation Measurement Study.

Elements of Compensation and Benefits

The compensation and benefit programs as modified are designed to deliver total compensation upon attainment of targeted goals at levels between the 50 th and the 75 th percentiles of compensation paid to executives in our Compensation Survey Group, using both the U.S. and Swiss salary structures. Our actual awards can exceed the 75 th percentile when business and individual performance exceed targeted goals.

Compensation outside of the U.S. is largely driven by local practices, including tax and social benefit legislation and is influenced by cultural and economic factors. In addition to our Compensation Survey Group, we use locally available market surveys in each country to supplement our assessment of compensation levels for executives in that country.

Reflecting the changes discussed above, the basic components of compensation and benefits to be provided to our named executive officers will consist of base salary, annual incentive awards, equity awards, retirement benefits and limited perquisites.

Base Salary

When setting base salaries, we will consider several factors including each executive’s individual performance rating, level of responsibility, prior experience, and local market competitive practices. In addition, as appropriate, our Compensation Committee will compare the base salaries of our executive officers to the base salaries paid to executive officers holding comparable positions at other companies in our Compensation Survey Group. Numerical weights will not be assigned to any factor.

Annual Incentives

Each year our Compensation Committee will establish a PMI performance rating to be applied to the annual incentive award ranges shown below. The performance rating will be determined on the basis of an assessment of our financial results and strategic achievements including organizational development, societal alignment, innovation, business development and compliance and integrity. Key performance measures will include volume, market share, revenues, operating companies income, earnings, EPS and cash flow. For 2008, we target an increase in adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations, at exchange rates prevailing on January 30, 2008, to a range of $3.11 to $3.17, reflecting a growth rate of 12% to 14% from the pro-forma adjusted base of $2.78 per share in 2007. Our Compensation Committee’s assessment will also include a comparison of our performance

 

106


Table of Contents

relative to that of our principal international competitors (British American Tobacco, Japan Tobacco and Imperial Tobacco). Numerical weights will not be assigned to any factor. For exceptional business performance, the PMI performance rating could reach a maximum of 150% of target.

Annual individual incentive ranges for salary bands A through D are stated as a percentage of base annual salary, and for 2008 will be as follows assuming a PMI performance rating of 100:

 

2008 Annual Incentive Award Ranges (1)
    Award Ranges Associated with Individual Ratings (2)

Band

  Needs
Improvement
  Full
Performance
  Excellent
Performance
A   0% – 210%   211% – 360%   361% – 450%
B   0% – 126%   127% – 216%   217% – 270%
C   0% – 84%   85% – 144%   145% – 180%
D   0% – 66%   67% – 114%   115% – 142%

 

(1) As the payment of individual awards is within the discretion of our Compensation Committee, there is no guarantee that any amount will be paid.

 

(2) Three individual performance ratings will be used to determine awards (Needs Improvement, Full Performance and Excellent) with all ratings eligible for awards. It is anticipated that approximately 65% of eligible participants will receive an individual performance rating of Full Performance, 20% will receive a rating of Excellent and the remaining 15% will have a rating of Needs Improvement. The award ranges and the performance distribution will be considered guidelines for the purposes of establishing award funding pools.

Equity Awards

To further align employees’ interests with those of stockholders and tie equity grants to business performance, our Compensation Committee will also assign a PMI performance rating to the equity award pool resulting in an increase or decrease in the size of the award pool, and consequently the size of equity awards, depending on actual results. The PMI performance rating for equity awards will be primarily driven by Total Stockholder Return relative to our Compensation Survey Group and the S&P 500. Earnings per share measured against our Compensation Survey Group will be considered. Numerical weights will not be assigned to any factor. The PMI performance rating can range between 0 and 150.

Annual individual equity award ranges for salary bands B through D are stated as a percentage of base annual salary, and for 2008 will be as follows, assuming a PMI performance rating of 100:

 

2008 Annual Equity Award Ranges (1)
    Award Ranges Associated with Individual Ratings

Band

  Needs
Improvement
  Full
Performance
  Excellent
Performance
B   0% – 202%   203% – 297%   298% – 351%
C   0% – 135%   136% – 198%   199% – 234%
D   0% – 108%   109% – 159%   160% – 188%

 

(1) Annual equity award ranges for salary band A have not been expressed as a percentage of annual base salary; rather, the Altria Compensation Committee has set an annual target award of 100,000 shares with a maximum award of 200,000 shares based on a cumulative equity award strategy and its assessment of competitive data. As the design mix will vary in line with the stock price at grant date, it is not possible to set a precise mix for band A. Individual awards are within the discretion of our Compensation Committee and there is no guarantee that any amount will be granted.

 

107


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Decisions In Connection With The Distribution

Base Salaries

On January 30, 2008, the Altria Compensation Committee decreased Mr. Camilleri’s base salary to $1,500,000 effective with the Distribution. The decrease reflects the fact that Mr. Camilleri will lead a smaller company than Altria. Mr. Camilleri’s base salary is below the 50 th percentile of our Compensation Survey Group; however, this is consistent with the lower percentage of compensation allocation to base salaries relative to our Compensation Survey Group for bands B through D. See “Mix of Compensation” above.

In addition, the Committee also approved the following increases for our other named executive officers with effect from April 1, 2008:

 

   

Mr. Calantzopoulos: CHF 1,250,080 to CHF 1,320,000, an increase of 5.6%

 

   

Mr. Kunz: CHF 942,240 to CHF 1,014,000, an increase of 7.6%, reflecting his promotion to salary band C

 

   

Mr. Waldemer: CHF 908,570 to CHF 1,032,500, an increase of 13.6%, reflecting his promotion to salary band B

 

   

Mr. Wall: $1,080,000 to $1,100,000, an increase of 1.9%

These increases took into account Mr. Camilleri’s and Mr. Calantzopoulos’s recommendations, for their respective direct reports, and were part of a merit increase program that applied to all employees.

Retirement Benefits

The Altria Compensation Committee limited Mr. Camilleri’s annual incentive compensation for purposes of his pension determination as described above for the 2007 plan year. For the 2008 plan year and beyond, such limit will no longer be expressed as a formula but will be the lower of his actual incentive compensation award for any given year or $2,887,500; however, in no event will the present value of his pension, calculated as if he had continued to participate in the BEP and the SERP, be less than $36.5 million should he elect to retire as of January 2012.

Performance Incentive Plan and Equity Awards

We have adopted, with the approval of our sole stockholder, the PMI 2008 Performance Incentive Plan, the PMI PIP. The PMI PIP is intended to give us the ability to provide our eligible employees, including each of our named executive officers, with performance-based compensation, including annual cash awards and equity-based long-term performance awards, to promote the further development of our business. As most of our eligible officers will be based outside the U.S., we anticipate that the grants to these officers will be in deferred stock rather than restricted stock and that the awards to such officers will be structured to comply with the relevant applicable tax rules and other laws of their respective jurisdictions. No awards have been granted under this plan to date. From time to time, we anticipate granting equity awards to executives outside the annual award process, such as in the case of a newly hired executive.

The following is a general description of the material features of the PMI PIP:

Eligibility and Limits on Awards . Our salaried employees, who are responsible for or contribute to our management, growth and profitability, are eligible to receive awards under the PMI PIP. These employees include executive officers and other key executive and management employees. We have not determined which of our eligible employees (currently, approximately 1,000) will receive grants under the PMI PIP, and, therefore, the benefits to be allocated to any individual or to any group of employees are not yet determinable. Also, in connection with the Distribution, employees and former employees of Altria, Kraft, and SABMiller plc are eligible to receive awards under the PMI PIP for the purpose of making adjustments to existing equity awards issued by Altria, as required by the Employee Matters Agreement between Altria and us.

 

108


Table of Contents

The PMI PIP places limits on the maximum amount of awards that may be granted to any employee in any plan year. Under the PMI PIP, no employee may receive awards of stock options and stock appreciation rights of more than three million shares, in total, in any plan year. Additionally, no employee may receive awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, and other stock-based awards that are not based on spread values of more than one million shares, in total, in any plan year. The total amount of an employee’s incentive award (whether paid in cash or stock) may not exceed $12,000,000.

Administration . Our Compensation Committee or a subcommittee thereof will administer the PMI PIP. This Committee will select the eligible employees to whom awards will be granted and will set the terms of such awards, including any performance goals applicable to incentive and equity awards. Our Compensation Committee has the authority to permit or require the deferral of payment of awards. Our Compensation Committee may delegate its authority under the PMI PIP to officers of PMI, subject to guidelines prescribed by this Committee, but only with respect to employees who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Shares Reserved for Awards . The number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for awards under the PMI PIP will be 70,000,000 (approximately 3.3% of the shares of Common Stock expected to be outstanding following the Distribution). To the extent any award under the PMI PIP is exercised, cashed out, terminates, expires or is forfeited without payment being made in the form of Common Stock, those shares will again be available for distribution under the PMI PIP, as will shares that are used by an employee to pay withholding taxes or as payment for the exercise price of an award. If a stock appreciation right award or a similar award based on the spread value of common shares is exercised, only the number of shares of Common Stock issued, if any, will be considered delivered for the purpose of determining availability of shares for delivery under the PMI PIP. Unless otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee, stock options may be exercised by payment in cash or tendering Common Stock to us in full or partial payment of the exercise price.

In the event of any transaction or event that affects the Common Stock, including a merger, share exchange, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, distribution, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, spin-off or issuance of rights or warrants, our Compensation Committee shall make, as it deems reasonable, adjustments or substitutions with respect to the PMI PIP and awards already granted, as well as to take other actions with regard to the PMI PIP in connection with the transaction. Such adjustments or substitutions include, adjustments to the number and kind of securities reserved for issuance under the PMI PIP, the limits on awards described in the PMI PIP, performance goals and performance cycles of any outstanding performance-based awards, and the number and kind of securities subject to outstanding awards and, if applicable, the grant or exercise price or spread value of outstanding awards.

Incentive Awards . Incentive awards may be granted under the PMI PIP. These awards will be earned only if corporate, business unit or individual performance objectives over performance cycles (generally a calendar or fiscal year), established by or under the direction of our Compensation Committee, are met. The performance objectives may vary from participant to participant, group to group and period to period. Awards that are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” (see discussion below under the heading Federal Income Tax Consequences) will be based on satisfaction of performance objectives for one or more of the following: earnings per share, total stockholder return, operating income, net earnings, adjusted net earnings and cash flow. Awards may be paid in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock or any combination thereof, as determined by our Committee.

Restricted Stock. Shares of restricted Common Stock may also be awarded. The restricted stock will vest and become transferable upon the satisfaction of conditions described in the respective restricted stock award agreement. Restricted stock awards may be forfeited if, for example, the recipient’s employment terminates before the award vests. Except as specified in the restricted stock award agreement, the holder of a restricted stock award will have all the rights of a holder of Common Stock on his or her restricted shares, including the right to receive dividends.

 

109


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units/Deferred Stock Units. Units representing the right to receive Common Stock, cash, or both (as determined by our Compensation Committee) may also be awarded. Restricted stock units and deferred stock units will vest upon the satisfaction of conditions described in the award agreements. Restricted stock units and deferred stock units may be forfeited if, for example, the recipient’s employment terminates before the award vests. Except as specified in a restricted stock unit or deferred stock unit award agreement, the holder of a restricted stock unit or deferred stock unit award will have none of the rights of a holder of Common Stock unless and until shares of Common Stock are actually delivered in satisfaction of such units.

Stock Options. The PMI PIP permits the granting to eligible employees of nonqualified stock options, as well as incentive stock options, or ISOs, that qualify for special tax treatment. The exercise price for any stock option will not be less than the fair market value of Common Stock on the date of grant. No stock option may be exercised more than ten years after the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights, or SARs. SARs may also be granted either singly or in combination with stock options. SARs entitle the holder upon exercise to receive an amount in any combination of cash or shares of Common Stock (as determined by our Compensation Committee) equal in value to the excess of the fair market value of the shares over the grant price. The grant price for SARs will not be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

Other Stock-Based Awards. The PMI PIP also provides for other awards that are denominated in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Common Stock. The terms of grant, purchase, exercise, exchange or conversion of other stock-based awards will be specified by our Compensation Committee. These awards may include, for example, performance shares that entitle the recipient to receive, upon satisfaction of performance goals or other conditions, a specified number of shares of Common Stock or the cash equivalent thereof. Where the value of such stock-based award is based on the difference between the fair market value of the shares and the exercise price, the grant price for such award will not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant.

Dividend and Dividend Equivalents. Our Compensation Committee may provide for the payment of dividends on shares of Common Stock granted in connection with awards or dividend equivalents with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to an award that have not actually been issued under the award.

Change in Control Provisions. The PMI PIP provides that, in the event of a “Change in Control” as defined below, all stock options and SARs will become fully vested and immediately exercisable, the restrictions applicable to outstanding restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, and other stock-based awards will lapse, and, unless otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee, the value of outstanding stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, and other stock-based awards will be cashed out on the basis of the value of the consideration for Common Stock paid to other stockholders of the Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control transaction, or, if no consideration is paid, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock immediately prior to a Change in Control, except that for stock options and SARs, such price will be based only on transactions reported for the date on which such stock options or SARs are cashed out. In addition, outstanding incentive awards will be vested and paid out on a prorated basis, based on the target award opportunity of such awards and the number of months elapsed compared with the total number of months in the performance cycle. Our Compensation Committee may also make certain adjustments and substitutions in connection with a Change in Control or similar transactions or events as described under “Shares Reserved for Awards.”

Definition of Change in Control . A Change in Control occurs: (i) upon an acquisition of 20% or more of either our common stock or the voting power of our voting securities, excluding certain acquisitions involving us or our affiliates or where our beneficial owners continue to meet certain ownership thresholds; (ii) when members of our Board as of the PMI PIP’s effective date, or thereafter nominated or elected by such members, cease to constitute a majority of our Board; (iii) upon certain reorganizations, mergers, share exchanges and consolidations involving us; or (iv) upon our liquidation or dissolution, or sale of substantially all of our assets, with limited exceptions.

 

110


Table of Contents

Other Information

The PMI PIP provides that an award may not be transferred except in the event of the employee’s death or unless otherwise required by law or provided in an award agreement. Other terms and conditions of each award will be described in award agreements, which can be amended by our Compensation Committee.

It is presently intended that the PMI PIP constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The PMI PIP authorizes the creation of trusts and other arrangements to facilitate or ensure payment of our obligations.

Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, no awards will be made under the PMI PIP after January 29, 2013. Any awards granted before January 29, 2013 may extend beyond the expiration date. The Board may amend the PMI PIP at any time, provided that no such amendment will be made without stockholder approval if such approval is required under applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, or if such amendment would: (i) decrease the grant or exercise price of any stock option, SAR or other stock-based award to less than fair market value on the date of grant (except as discussed above under “Shares Reserved for Awards”) or (ii) increase the number of shares of Common Stock that may be distributed under the PMI PIP.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

Restricted Stock. The recognition of income from an award of restricted stock for federal income tax purposes depends on the restrictions imposed on the shares. Generally, taxation will be deferred until the first taxable year the shares are no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture. At the time the restrictions lapse, the employee will recognize ordinary income equal to the then fair market value of the stock. The employee may, however, make an election to include the value of the shares in gross income in the year of award despite such restrictions. Generally, PMI will be entitled to deduct the fair market value of the shares transferred to the employee as a business expense in the year the employee includes the compensation in income.

Restricted Stock Units/Deferred Stock Units . Generally, an employee will not recognize ordinary income until Common Stock, cash, or other property become payable under the restricted stock unit or deferred stock unit, even if the award vests in an earlier year. PMI will generally be entitled to deduct the amount the employee includes in income as a business expense in the year of payment.

Nonqualified Stock Options. Nonqualified stock options granted under the PMI PIP will not be taxable to an employee at grant but generally will result in taxation at exercise, at which time the employee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the option’s exercise price and the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date. PMI will be entitled to deduct a corresponding amount as a business expense in the year the employee recognizes this income.

Incentive Stock Options. An employee will generally not recognize ordinary income on receipt or exercise of an ISO so long as he or she has been an employee of PMI or its subsidiaries from the date the ISO was granted until three months before the date of exercise; however, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date exceeds the exercise price is an adjustment in computing the employee’s alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If the employee holds the shares of Common Stock received on exercise of the ISO for one year after the date of exercise (and for two years from the date of grant of the ISO), any difference between the amount realized upon the disposition of the shares and the amount paid for the shares will be treated as long-term capital gain (or loss, if applicable) to the employee. If the employee exercises an ISO and satisfies these holding period requirements, PMI may not deduct any amount in connection with the ISO.

If an employee exercises an ISO but engages in a “disqualifying disposition” by selling the shares acquired on exercise before the expiration of the one and two-year holding periods described above, the employee generally will recognize ordinary income (for regular income tax purposes only) in the year of the disqualifying disposition equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise over the

 

111


Table of Contents

exercise price; and any excess of the amount realized on the disposition over the fair market value on the date of exercise will be taxed as long- or short-term capital gain (as applicable). If, however, the fair market value of the shares on the date of disqualifying disposition is less than on the date of exercise, the employee will recognize ordinary income equal only to the difference between the amount realized on the disqualifying disposition and the exercise price. In either event, PMI will be entitled to deduct an amount equal to the amount constituting ordinary income to the employee in the year of the disqualifying disposition.

Stock Appreciation Rights. To the extent that the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code are met, there are no immediate tax consequences to an employee when a SAR is granted. When an employee exercises the right to the appreciation in fair market value of shares represented by a SAR, payments made in Common Stock are normally includable in the employee’s gross income for regular income tax purposes. PMI will be entitled to deduct the same amount as a business expense in the same year. The includable amount and corresponding deduction each equal the fair market value of the Common Stock payable on the date of exercise.

Other Stock-Based Awards/Incentive Awards . Any cash payments or the fair market value of any Common Stock or other property an employee receives in connection with other stock-based awards, incentive awards, or as unrestricted payments equivalent to dividends on unfunded awards or on restricted stock are includable in income in the year received or made available to the employee without substantial limitations or restrictions. Generally, PMI will be entitled to deduct the amount the employee includes in income as a business expense in the year of payment.

Deductibility of Awards. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code places a $1,000,000 annual limit on the compensation deductible by PMI paid to certain of its executives. The limit, however, does not apply to “qualified performance-based compensation.” PMI believes that awards of stock options, SARs and certain other “performance-based compensation” awards under the PMI PIP will qualify for the performance-based compensation exception to the deductibility limit.

Deferred Compensation . Any deferrals made under the PMI PIP, including awards granted under the plan that are considered to be deferred compensation, must satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code to avoid adverse tax consequences to participating employees. These requirements include limitations on election timing, acceleration of payments, and distributions. PMI intends to structure any deferrals and awards under the PMI PIP to meet the applicable tax law requirements.

Other Tax Consequences. State tax consequences may in some cases differ from those described above. Awards under the PMI PIP will in some instances be made to employees who are subject to tax in jurisdictions other than the United States and may result in tax consequences differing from those described above.

Retirement Benefits

In connection with the Distribution, liabilities for benefits under the Altria retirement plans in which our employees participate will be assumed by us, to the extent such benefits are not already our liabilities. The actuarial present values of the accumulated pension benefits of our named executive officers who have participated in these plans as of the end of 2007, as well as information on target payments made in lieu of coverage under nonqualified defined benefits plans, is reported in the Pension Benefits Table. Information concerning nonqualified defined contribution plans is reported in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table. Information with respect to target payments made in lieu of coverage under nonqualified defined contribution plans is included in the Summary Compensation Table under All Other Compensation.

Following the Distribution, we will offer U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans to our U.S. employees. Whether we will continue to make target payments in lieu of coverage under nonqualified plans, as Altria has done in the past, is currently under review. In addition, we expect to continue plans for our non-U.S. employees, generally under the non-U.S. plans currently covering such employees. The assets of Altria’s defined benefit and defined contribution plans that relate to our employees will be transferred to our new plans. These

 

112


Table of Contents

plans are expected to be substantially similar to the Altria plans described below. Transition matters related to employees transferring among various Altria entities in connection with the Distribution are described under the caption “Relationship with Altria—Agreements Between Altria and Us—Employee Matters Agreement.”

Perquisites

We intend to continue to provide limited perquisites. The perquisites provided may vary depending on local custom and the jurisdiction in which the employee is located. For reasons of security and personal safety, we will require our Chief Executive Officer to use corporate aircraft for all travel and will provide him with a driver.

Role of Chief Executive Officer

Our Compensation Committee is expected to review and discuss the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer with respect to the compensation of executive officers. Nevertheless, our Compensation Committee will make the final compensation decisions with respect to these senior executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer will not make recommendations or otherwise have any role in the setting of his own compensation and will never attend the Committee meetings when his compensation is discussed.

Stock Ownership Guidelines and Hedging

We expect to adopt stock ownership guidelines for our named executive officers. These guidelines will range from 15 times base salary for the Chief Executive Officer, 9 times base salary for band B executives, 6 times base salary for band C executives and 5 times base salary for band D executives. These multiples represent an increase from the guidelines used by Altria due to the increase in the annual equity guidelines described above. We anticipate that our Compensation Committee will review each executive officer’s compliance with the guidelines on an annual basis.

Policy with respect to Qualifying Compensation for Deductibility

As a result of the elimination of the Long Term Incentive Program and its redistribution to the annual incentive and annual equity programs, the Section 162(m) compensation formulas used to establish the maximum awards payable will be modified. Specifically, the percentage of adjusted net earnings used to establish the annual incentive award pool will be increased from 0.25% to 0.6% and the percentage of adjusted net earnings used to establish the annual equity award pool will increase from 0.5% of adjusted net earnings to 0.75%. The award pool for the Long Term Incentive Program (0.25% of adjusted net earnings) is being eliminated. The remaining guidelines will remain unchanged from Altria’s. The tax deductibility of the compensation of our executive officers who are subject to local laws and regulations will be determined in accordance with such laws and regulations.

Policy Regarding the Adjustment or Recovery of Compensation

We expect to adopt a policy similar to the one adopted by Altria and our Board is expected to designate our Compensation Committee to implement the policy.

 

113


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the cash and non-cash compensation awarded by Altria to our named executive officers: the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the persons who we expect will be our three most highly compensated executive officers following the Distribution. These amounts are based on the compensation received by these officers while employed by Altria or other Altria entities (including PMI) for 2006 and 2007, except that pursuant to the executive compensation rules adopted by the SEC, the compensation of the named executive officers (other than Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall) is not shown as of December 31, 2006 because we were not a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act for such year and such compensation information has not been provided in prior filings with the SEC. The amounts shown below do not necessarily reflect the compensation that these individuals will earn in their new capacities as our executive officers.

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Year   Salary (1)   Stock
Awards  (2)
  Option
Awards  (2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plans
  Change in
Pension
Value (4)
  All Other
Compen-

sation  (5)
  Total
Compen-

sation
          Annual
Incentive
Plan
  Long-Term
Incentive
Plan (3)
     
        $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $

Louis C. Camilleri,

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

  2007
2006
  1,750,000
1,750,000
  10,226,119
  9,291,095
  0

0

  4,750,000
4,500,000
  5,031,250
15,000,000
  1,818,775
3,041,262
  469,165
409,987
  24,045,309
33,992,344

André Calantzopoulos,

Chief Operating Officer

  2007   1,035,867     2,064,864   0   1,354,810   2,554,150   0   30,026   7,039,717

Jean-Claude Kunz, President EEMA Region & PMI Duty Free

  2007     779,230         579,353   0      627,832   722,003   0   26,615   2,735,033

Hermann G. Waldemer, Chief Financial Officer

  2007     753,146         920,652   0      782,947   1,160,339   0   23,054   3,640,138

Charles R. Wall,

Vice Chairman

  2007
2006
  1,060,750
1,010,808
      2,458,979
    2,415,375
      446,456
  2,232,281
  2,100,000
2,000,000
  2,484,000
7,400,000
  1,332,895
1,862,371
  263,260
196,720
  10,146,340
17,117,555
(1) Base salaries earned in Swiss francs are converted to U.S. dollars using the average conversion rate for 2007 of $1.00 = 1.1987 CHF. Annual and long-term incentive awards are converted to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate on December 31, 2007 of $1.00 = 1.1256 CHF. Included in base salary for all three Swiss-based executives is a compulsory, annual, service-based payment (maximum CHF 3,000) and a CHF 1,000 long-service award for Mr. Waldemer.

 

(2) The amounts shown in these columns represent the annual expense associated with all unvested restricted stock and stock option awards based on the FAS 123R valuation methodology used in the preparation of Altria audited financial statements, with the exception that the valuation shown in the Summary Compensation Table assumes no forfeitures. See Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Stock Based Compensation” for a description of this methodology. The number of shares awarded and securities underlying options grants received in 2007 together with their grant date values are disclosed in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards during 2007 table below.

 

(3) For 2007, reflects amounts to be paid upon termination, on December 31, 2007, of the 2007-2009 performance cycle of the Altria LTIP as a result of the Distribution. See “2007 Executive Compensation Decisions—Long-Term Performance Incentive Awards” above.

 

(4) Reflects the increase in the present value of benefits under defined benefit plans listed in the Pension Benefits table plus the Target Payments, also reported in that table, made in lieu of accruals under nonqualified defined benefit plans for service during the applicable year. As a result of increases in the discount rates used to value the retirement benefits, these increases which appear as $0 in the table above are, in fact, decreases. The decreases in the present value of pensions are as follows: $387,292 for Mr. Calantzopoulos; $76,476 for Mr. Kunz and $142,250 for Mr. Waldemer.

 

(5) Details of All Other Compensation for each of the named executives appear on the following page.

 

114


Table of Contents

All Other Compensation

to Summary Compensation Table

 

    Year   Camilleri   Calantzopoulos   Kunz   Waldemer   Wall

Target Payments in lieu of Defined Contribution Plan Participation  (a)

  2007   $ 228,206     —       —       —     $ 133,938
  2006   $ 234,134     —       —       —     $ 125,052

Allocation to Defined Contribution Plans  (b)

  2007   $ 29,500     —       —       —     $ 29,500
  2006   $ 29,000     —       —       —     $ 29,000

Reimbursement for Taxes on Assets Held for Retirement  (c)

  2007   $ 64,374     —       —       —     $ 81,385
  2006   $ 4,093     —       —       —     $ 7,457

Personal Use of Company Aircraft  (d)

  2007   $ 94,339     —       —       —       —  
  2006   $ 103,521     —       —       —       —  

Car Expenses  (e)

  2007   $ 22,825   $ 22,929   $ 18,968   $ 21,257   $ 10,757
  2006   $ 33,778     —       —       —     $ 26,013

Financial Counseling Services

  2007   $ —     $ 7,097   $ 7,647   $ 1,797   $ 7,680
  2006   $ —       —       —       —     $ 9,198

Security  (f)

  2007   $ 29,921     —       —       —       —  
  2006   $ 5,461     —       —       —       —  
                               

TOTALS

  2007
2006
  $

$

469,165

409,987

  $

 

30,026

N/A

  $

 

26,615

N/A

  $

 

23,054

N/A

  $

$

263,260

196,720

                               

 

 

  (a) The amounts shown are Target Payment amounts paid in early 2008 and 2007 in lieu of continued participation during 2007 and 2006, respectively, in Altria’s supplemental defined contribution plans.

 

  (b) The amounts shown are for allocations to tax-qualified defined contribution plans.

 

  (c) The amounts shown are reimbursements during 2006 and 2007 for taxes on a portion of prior year earnings on assets held in trusts of individual officers. These assets and payments offset amounts otherwise payable by Altria or Altria operating subsidiaries, for vested pre-2005 benefits under supplemental retirement plans (which are being assumed by us) and are not intended to increase total promised benefits.

 

  (d) For reasons of security and personal safety, Altria requires Mr. Camilleri to use company aircraft for all travel. The amounts shown are the incremental cost of personal use of company aircraft to Altria and include the cost of trip-related crew hotels and meals, in-flight food and beverages, landing and ground handling fees, hourly maintenance contract costs, hangar or aircraft parking costs, fuel costs based on the average annual cost of fuel per hour flown, and other smaller variable costs. Fixed costs that would be incurred in any event to operate company aircraft (e.g., aircraft purchase costs, depreciation, maintenance not related to personal trips, and flight crew salaries) are not included.

 

  (e) Amounts shown for Mr. Camilleri include the incremental cost of personal use of a driver that Altria provided for reasons of security and personal safety. For Mr. Wall, amounts include the annual cost of providing a leased vehicle and operating expenses, including insurance, maintenance and repairs. With respect to Mr. Calantzopoulos, Mr. Kunz and Mr. Waldemer, amounts include the cost, amortized over a 5-year period, of a vehicle, including insurance, maintenance and repairs and taxes. Executives are responsible for their own taxes on the imputed taxable income resulting from personal use of company aircraft and car expenses.

 

  (f) Includes the costs associated with company-provided home security systems. A new system was installed in Mr. Camilleri’s residence in 2007.

 

115


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards during 2007

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Grant
Date
  Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
  Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Long-Term
Incentive Plan (1)
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or

Units (#)  (2)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
Awards($)
    Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
   

Louis C. Camilleri,
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer

  2007

 

1/31/2007

  0   2,625,000   10,000,000   0   4,375,000   8,000,000  

 

 

114,470

 

 

 

10,000,099

André Calantzopoulos,
Chief Operating Officer

  2007   0   999,514   10,000,000   0   2,221,142   8,000,000    
  1/31/2007                           24,040   2,100,134

Jean-Claude Kunz,
President EEMA Region & PMI
Duty Free

  2007

 

 

1/31/2007

  0   502,252   10,000,000   0   627,815   8,000,000  

 

 

7,670

 

 

 

670,051

Hermann Waldemer,
Chief Financial Officer

  2007   0   645,739   10,000,000   0   1,008,967   8,000,000    
  1/31/2007                           12,600   1,100,736

Charles R. Wall,
Vice Chairman

  2007   0   972,000   10,000,000   0   2,484,000   8,000,000    
  1/31/2007                           25,190   2,200,598

 

(1) The numbers in these columns represent the range of potential awards as of the time of the grant. Actual awards payable under these plans for 2007 are found in the Annual Incentive Plan and Long-Term Incentive Plan columns of the Summary Compensation Table. See the above discussion of annual and long-term incentive plan awards generally and annual and long-term incentive awards made for 2007. The 2007-2009 LTIP performance cycle commenced on January 1, 2007 and, as discussed above, concluded on December 31, 2007.

 

(2) These Altria deferred stock awards vest on February 12, 2010. Dividend equivalents are payable on a quarterly basis throughout the restriction period. The grant date fair value was determined by using the average of the high and the low trading prices of Altria stock on the grant date (prior to the 2007 spin-off of Kraft). On January 31, 2007, the average of the high and low trading prices of Altria stock was $87.36. The grant date closing market price of Altria stock on that day was $87.39. On January 30, 2008, each of our named executives received Altria deferred stock awards, with a value at such date as follows: Mr. Camilleri, 330,280 shares, $25,352,293; Mr. Calantzopoulos, 27,360 shares, $2,100,154; Mr. Kunz, 8,470 shares, $650,157; Mr. Waldemer, 14,330 shares, $1,099,971; and Mr. Wall, 27,360 shares, $2,100,154. As discussed under the heading “Treatment of Compensation and Benefit Programs Upon Completion of the Distribution.” to adjust for the spin-off of PMI, each holder of deferred stock awarded on January 30, 2008, including the named executive officers, will have this award converted to an award of our deferred stock.

 

116


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards (Altria) as of December 31, 2007

 

    Option Awards         Stock Awards

Name and

Principal Position

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
        Stock
Award
Grant
Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
that Have

not Vested
(#) (1)(2)(3)
  Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
that Have

not Vested
($) (4)

Louis C. Camilleri,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

  171,100
387,500
200,000
253,530
229,410
300,000
300,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  29.809
30.020
16.018
33.303
36.804
39.498
48.782
  6/23/2008
6/29/2009
1/26/2010
1/31/2011
6/12/2011
2/27/2012
2/27/2012
      1/31/2007
1/25/2006
1/26/2005
1/29/2003
6/23/1998
  152,527
135,000
125,000
175,000
61,900
  11,527,991
10,203,300
9,447,500
13,226,500
4,678,402

André Calantzopoulos,
Chief Operating Officer

  11,018
5,169
26,383
20,756
 
 
 
 
  39.172
39.172
43.525
49.810
  6/23/2008
6/29/2009
1/31/2011
6/12/2011
      1/31/2007
1/25/2006
1/26/2005
  32,032
28,300
32,270
  2,420,979
2,138,914
2,438,967

Jean-Claude Kunz,
President EEMA
Region & PMI Duty Free

  10,107
11,628
22,862
28,249
 
 
 
 
  38.996
40.163
40.316
44.245
  6/29/2009
1/31/2011
1/31/2011
6/12/2011
      1/31/2007
1/25/2006
1/26/2005
  10,219
7,480
8,470
  772,352
565,338
640,163

Hermann G. Waldemer,
Chief Financial Officer

  3,386
8,903
 
 
  64.531
64.531
  1/31/2011
6/12/2011
      1/31/2007
1/25/2006
1/26/2005
  16,789
14,830
9,780
  1,268,913
1,120,851
739,172

Charles R. Wall,
Vice Chairman

  131,600
300,000
22,939
19,997
175,663
185,920
151,420
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  29.809
30.020
16.018
34.181
60.748
33.303
36.804
  6/23/2008
6/29/2009
1/26/2010
1/26/2010
1/26/2010
1/31/2011
6/12/2011
      1/31/2007
1/25/2006
1/26/2005
6/23/1998
  33,564
29,650
35,500
65,800
  2,536,767
2,240,947
2,683,090
4,973,164
(1) These awards vest according to the following schedule:

 

Grant Date

    

Vesting Schedule

1/31/07

     100% of award vests on 2/12/10.

1/25/06

     100% of award vests on 2/11/09.

1/26/05

     100% of award vested on 2/4/08.

1/29/03

     100% of award vests on 2/3/11.  

6/23/98

     100% of award vests on 6/23/08.

 

(2) Deferred stock awards granted on January 31, 2007 to Altria employees were increased as a result of the spin-off of Kraft to preserve the intrinsic value of the award. Unlike deferred stock awards granted prior to 2007, this award was not split into both Altria and Kraft awards.

 

(3) Dividends and dividend equivalents paid in 2007 on outstanding Altria restricted and deferred stock awards for each of our named executive officers were as follows: Mr. Camilleri, $2,028,553; Mr. Calantzopoulos, $289,712; Mr. Kunz, $79,866; Mr. Waldemer, $121,397 and Mr. Wall, $516,392.

 

(4) Based on closing market price of Altria on 12/31/07 of $75.58.

 

117


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards (Kraft) as of December 31, 2007

(Altria equity awards granted before 2007 were split into Altria and

Kraft equity awards on the 2007 spin-off of Kraft by Altria)

 

    Option Awards         Stock Awards

Name and

Principal Position

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
        Stock
Award
Grant
Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
that Have not
Vested

(#)
  Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock

that Have
not Vested
($) (1)

Louis C. Camilleri, Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

  118,405     14.321   6/23/2008       1/25/2006   93,423   3,048,392
  268,158     14.422   6/29/2009       1/26/2005   86,503   2,822,593
  138,404     7.696   1/26/2010       1/29/2003   121,104   3,951,624
  175,448     16.000   1/31/2011       6/23/1998   42,836   1,397,739
  158,757     17.681   6/12/2011          
  207,606     18.976   2/27/2012          
  207,606     23.436   2/27/2012                

André Calantzopoulos, Chief Operating Officer

  7,624     18.819   6/23/2008       1/25/2006   19,584   639,026
  3,577     18.819   6/29/2009       1/26/2005   22,331   728,661
  18,257     20.910   1/31/2011          
  4,940 (2)   31.000   6/12/2011          
  14,363     23.930   6/12/2011                

Jean-Claude Kunz, President EEMA Region &
PMI Duty Free

  5,970 (2)   31.000   6/12/2011       1/25/2006   5,176   168,893
            1/26/2005   5,861   191,244
                             

Hermann G. Waldemer,

  2,343     31.002   1/31/2011       1/25/2006   10,262   334,849

    Chief Financial Officer

  6,160     31.002   6/12/2011       1/26/2005   6,767   220,807

Charles R. Wall,

  91,070     14.321   6/23/2008       1/25/2006   20,518   669,502

    Vice Chairman

  207,606     14.422   6/29/2009       1/26/2005   24,566   801,589
  15,874     7.696   1/26/2010       6/23/1998   45,535   1,485,807
  13,838     16.421   1/26/2010          
  121,562     29.185   1/26/2010          
  128,661     16.000   1/31/2011          
  26,620 (2)   31.000   6/12/2011          
  104,786     17.681   6/12/2011                
(1) Based on Kraft price of $32.63 as of 12/31/07. These awards vest according to the following schedule:

 

Grant Date

  

Vesting Schedule

1/25/06

       100% of award vests on 2/11/09.

1/26/05

       100% of award vested on 2/4/08.

1/29/03

     100% of award vests on 2/3/11.

6/23/98

       100% of award vests on 6/23/08.

 

(2) On February 23, 2007, outstanding Kraft stock options issued by Altria to executives who were employed by Altria, but not Kraft, at the time of the grant were converted to cash settled stock appreciation rights. Otherwise, the terms and conditions, grant price and expiration date remain unchanged.

 

(3) Dividends or dividend equivalents paid in 2007 on outstanding Kraft restricted or deferred stock awards for each of our named executive officers were as follows: Mr. Camilleri, $178,810; Mr. Calantzopoulos, $21,796; Mr. Kunz, $5,739; Mr. Waldemer, $8,855 and Mr. Wall, $47,122.

 

118


Table of Contents

Stock Option Exercises and Stock Vested (Altria) During 2007

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name and Principal Position

   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#)
   Value Realized
on Exercise ($)
   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting (#)
   Value Realized
on Vesting ($)

Louis C. Camilleri,
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

   118,600    4,329,168    163,100    14,225,465

André Calantzopoulos,
Chief Operating Officer

   7,853    209,867    36,640    3,175,772

Jean-Claude Kunz,
President EEMA Region &
PMI Duty Free

   0        0          9,480    821,679

Hermann G. Waldemer,
Chief Financial Officer

   74,344    2,881,053    10,020    868,484

Charles R. Wall, Vice Chairman

   109,500    3,996,998    37,900    3,284,983

On February 4, 2008, vesting restrictions lapsed for the following restricted and deferred stock awards granted in 2005: Mr. Camilleri, 125,000 shares; Mr. Calantzopoulos, 32,270 shares; Mr. Kunz, 8,470 shares; Mr. Waldemer, 9,780 shares; and Mr. Wall, 35,500 shares.

Stock Option Exercises and Stock Vested (Kraft) During 2007

 

     Option Awards

Name and Principal Position

   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#)
   Value Realized
on Exercise ($)

Louis C. Camilleri,
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

   82,073    1,455,222

André Calantzopoulos,
Chief Operating Officer

   5,434    73,956

Jean-Claude Kunz,
President EEMA Region &
PMI Duty Free

   50,409    647,962

Hermann G. Waldemer,
Chief Financial Officer

   32,686    608,892

Charles R. Wall,
Vice Chairman

   75,776    1,342,684

On February 4, 2008, vesting restrictions lapsed for the following Kraft restricted and deferred stock awards derived from Altria stock awards granted in 2005: Mr. Camilleri, 86,503 shares; Mr. Calantzopoulos, 22,331 shares; Mr. Kunz, 5,861 shares; Mr. Waldemer, 6,767 shares; and Mr. Wall, 24,566 shares.

In addition, in conjunction with the spin-off of Kraft Foods, Inc. on March 30, 2007, cash payments for any resulting fractional stock options, deferred shares or restricted shares were paid to the executives as follows: Mr. Camilleri, $112; Mr. Calantzopoulos, $88; Mr. Kunz, $124; Mr. Waldemer, $112 and Mr. Wall, $147.

 

119


Table of Contents

The Pension Benefits table and the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation table below generally reflect amounts accumulated as a result of service over the named executive officers’ full careers with Altria or Altria entities. The increments related to 2007 are reflected in the “Change in Pension Value” column of the Summary Compensation Table above or, in the case of defined contribution plans, in the All Other Compensation footnote. As mentioned previously, after the Distribution, we intend to have in place benefit plans covering U.S. employees that are similar to those of Altria described below under the caption entitled “Plans Maintained by Altria.” These plans are described below in detail under “Plans Maintained by PMI.”

Pension Benefits

 

Name and

Principal Position

  

Plan Name

   Number of
Years of
Credited
Service  (1)  (#)
   Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefits (2), (3)
($)
   Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year  (4)

Louis C. Camilleri, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

   Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees    12.50    479,983    —  
   Benefit Equalization Plan    9.50    2,208,359    —  
   Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan    26.33    4,085,879    —  
   Target Payments    1.00    1,754,659    2,590,080

André Calantzopoulos, Chief Operating Officer

   Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland    26.00    5,114,127    —  
   Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan    2.92    994,680    —  
   Supplemental Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland    2.00    578,514    —  

Jean-Claude Kunz, President EEMA Region &
PMI Duty Free

   Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland    30.00    5,086,300    —  
   Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan    2.92    1,423,151    —  
   Supplemental Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland    2.00    348,179    —  

Hermann G. Waldemer, Chief Financial Officer

   Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland    26.00    3,630,851    —  
   Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan    2.92    447,601    —  
   Supplemental Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland    2.00    280,676    —  

Charles R. Wall,
Vice Chairman

   Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees    17.58    671,799    —  
   Benefit Equalization Plan    14.58    4,340,949    —  
   Target Payments    1.00    1,525,496    1,439,102

 

(1) At December 31, 2007, each named executive officer’s total years of service with Altria or its operating subsidiaries were as follows: Mr. Camilleri, 29.33 years, Mr. Calantzopoulos, 22.92 years, Mr. Kunz, 24.83 years, Mr. Waldemer, 20.75 years and Mr. Wall, 17.58 years. Years shown in this column are only those taken into account for benefit accrual purposes under the named plan. Additional years may count for purposes of vesting or early retirement eligibility. Differences between each named executive’s total service and the credited service shown for each plan result from prior transfers between entities sponsoring the various plans or from individual agreements under the Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan, or Altria SERP, described below, except in the case of Altria Target Payments. Because the Target Payments are year to year payments in lieu of continued accrual of benefits under the Altria Benefit Equalization Plan, or Altria BEP, and Altria SERP for service after 2004, the relevant credited service equals one year. In the case of Mr. Calantzopoulos, Mr. Kunz and Mr. Waldemer, an additional difference of 3.08, 5.17 and 9.83 years, respectively, results from the executive’s exercise of a feature of the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland that allows employees to purchase additional service credit with additional amounts contributed by the employee from his or her own funds.

 

120


Table of Contents
(2) The amounts shown in this column for Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall are based on a single life annuity commencing at the earliest date on which, assuming continued employment, the individual would be eligible for benefits that are not reduced for early commencement and otherwise use the same assumptions applied for year-end 2007 financial disclosure under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, “Employer’s Accounting for Pensions,” except that the amount shown for Target Payments is the amount actually paid in early 2008 in lieu of 2007 defined benefit accruals under the Altria BEP and the Altria SERP. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of this methodology. As a result of payments made to trusts established by certain employees, including our named executive officers, Altria liabilities or those of its operating subsidiaries (including PMI) under the Altria BEP or the Altria SERP will be less than shown in the table. The amounts shown in the column for Mr. Calantzopoulos, Mr. Kunz and Mr. Waldemer are based on a joint and survivor 60% annuity commencing at age 62, the earliest date on which, assuming continued employment, the individual would be eligible for benefits that are not reduced for early commencement and are based on the following actuarial assumptions: discount rate 3.75%; mortality table LPP 2000 with load of 2.1% and interest rate on account balances of 4%.

 

(3) In addition to the benefits reflected in this column, Altria and its U.S.-based subsidiaries (including PMI) generally provide a survivor income benefit allowance (SIB allowance) to the surviving spouse and children of an employee who dies while covered by Altria’s Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees. None of the eligible named executive officers is currently married, but SIB allowances could become payable to their children. SIB allowances to children, if there is no surviving spouse, equal ten percent of the base salary of the deceased employee (maximum of 30% of base salary), become payable monthly beginning four years after the employee’s death, and continue until the child reaches age 25 as a full-time student (age 19 if not).

 

(4) The amounts shown in this column represent Target Payments made in early 2007 in lieu of 2006 defined benefit accruals under the Altria BEP and the Altria SERP.

Plans Maintained by Altria

Pensions for U.S.-based employees of Altria and its operating subsidiaries (including PMI) have been payable from a funded tax-qualified pension plan and, to the extent that tax law limitations do not allow paying the full pension under the tax-qualified plan, the balance has been payable under Altria’s supplemental pension plans. Most of the pension benefits promised by Altria to our U.S.-based named executive officers have been provided under the supplemental pension plans. Contributions to the tax-qualified deferred profit-sharing plan are also limited by tax rules, with any amount above the limits being credited under the supplemental deferred profit-sharing plan. However, accruals and allocations under these supplemental plans ceased at the end of 2004 for a number of employees, including Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall, and were replaced by the Target Payments described under the caption “Target Payments” below.

With respect to the supplemental retirement plan benefits earned for service before 2005, Altria has since 1996 paid amounts to individual trusts established by a number of employees or to employees themselves that serve to offset the benefits payable under the plans. These pre-2005 benefits promised by Altria to employees no longer participating in the supplemental plans have remained in place and, with respect to our covered employees, will become our obligations. Additional payments with respect to those benefits may continue to be made by us.

Altria Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees

The tax-qualified Altria Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, or the Altria Retirement Plan, is a non-contributory plan maintained for the benefit of certain employees of Altria and its operating subsidiaries (including PMI). Subject to tax rule limits noted in the discussion of the Altria Benefit Equalization Plan, or Altria BEP, below, compensation taken into account consists of the amount shown as annual salary and annual incentive in the Summary Compensation Table. However, the compensation taken into account for employees in salary bands A and B under all of the arrangements described in this discussion of “Plans Maintained by Altria” have been limited to annual salary and the lesser of their actual or their target annual incentive payable, assuming a business unit rating of 100 and a personal rating of “Exceeds,” with respect to service in 2006 and later years. This change does not apply to individuals who attain age 55 by December 31, 2006. The only named executive officer currently affected is Mr. Camilleri.

The pension formula generally applicable to calculate benefits for salaried employees provides for lifetime benefits following termination of employment equal to 1.75% of the employee’s highest average annual compensation (annual salary plus annual incentive) during a period of five consecutive years (minus 0.30% of

 

121


Table of Contents

such compensation up to the applicable Social Security covered compensation amount) times years of credited service (up to a maximum of 35). Social Security covered compensation is generally an amount equal to the average of the Social Security taxable wage bases for the 35-year period that ends in the year the participant reaches age 65. This amount is expressed as a single life annuity payable commencing at normal retirement age. The amount may be reduced as a result of permitted elections of continued payments to beneficiaries in the event of the employee’s death or for commencement of payments before attaining normal retirement age.

Employees who terminate employment before age 55 with vested benefits may commence payment of their accrued pensions after attaining age 55. For such employees, commencing payments before age 65 results in a reduction in the annual amount payable at a rate of 6% per year multiplied by the number of full and partial years by which benefit commencement precedes attainment of age 65. For employees who continue in employment until age 55 or older, the reduction for early commencement is 6% for each year by which commencement precedes age 60. Thus, for example, the annual benefit a vested employee could immediately begin receiving at age 55 increases from 40% to 70% of the annuity payable at normal retirement age if the employee continues to work until age 55 before retiring.

If an employee has 30 years of service and is age 55 or older, or is 60 or older with five years of service, the annuity immediately payable on early retirement is 100% of that payable at normal retirement age. The result of becoming eligible for such an early retirement benefit is a substantial increase in the present value of the pension. Mr. Wall is currently eligible for early retirement.

Following the Distribution, all of the current participants in Altria pension plans, both qualified plans and the non-qualified plans described below, will continue to receive credit under our plans for their prior years of service with Altria and its subsidiaries.

Altria Benefit Equalization Plan

Tax laws applicable to the funded tax-qualified Altria Retirement Plan limit the five-year average annual compensation that can be taken into account under the tax-qualified plan. As a result of these or certain other tax requirements, only a portion of the benefits calculated under the pension formula described above can be paid to the named executive officers and a number of other employees from the Altria Retirement Plan. To compensate for benefits that would be lost by the application of these tax limits, Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall accrued supplemental benefits with respect to accredited service in years before 2005 under the Altria BEP. Generally, the benefits accrued under the nonqualified Altria BEP equal the difference between the pension benefits determined under the Altria Retirement Plan provisions described above, disregarding the tax law limits, and those that actually can be provided from the Retirement Plan after taking those limits into account.

Altria Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan

Altria Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan, or Altria SERP, provides a framework for certain other retirement benefits that cannot be paid under the Retirement Plan because of tax limitations and that do not fit within the design of the Altria BEP. The benefits provided under the Altria SERP to any individual employee are determined in accordance with the provisions of an agreement between the individual and Altria.

Mr. Camilleri was designated a participant in the Altria SERP in 1996 pursuant to which he was provided a SERP benefit equal to the additional pension benefit he would receive under the Altria Retirement Plan and the Altria BEP if his benefits under those plans were calculated taking into account all of his service with Altria and its subsidiaries (including PMI), including his service while covered by our plans in Switzerland (16 years and 5 months) and additional service (5 months) under Kraft pension plans. This Altria SERP benefit is offset by any other employer-provided pension benefits. Mr. Camilleri entered into an agreement in 2001 waiving any entitlement to benefits under our Swiss plan leaving only his Kraft pension plan benefits as an offset. His Altria SERP limits the service that can be taken into account in calculating his benefits under the Altria SERP so that

 

122


Table of Contents

such service, when combined with his other years of service with Altria and its affiliates, cannot exceed 35 years, and ensure that on termination of employment at or after age 55 he will be able to elect between actuarially equivalent benefit forms providing survivor benefits to his former spouse under either 50% or 100% joint and survivor options. See “Executive Compensation Decisions in Connection with the Distribution—Retirement Benefits” for a discussion of limitations of Mr. Camilleri’s pension benefits.

As noted previously, Altria or its operating subsidiaries (including PMI) have since 1996 made funding payments to individual trusts established by a number of employees or directly to the employees themselves. These amounts offset benefits otherwise payable at the employee’s retirement for pre-2005 vested benefits promised under both the pension and deferred profit sharing portions of the Altria BEP and the Altria SERP and have not been intended to increase total promised benefits. During 2007, there were no deposits into the trusts established by the named executive officers with respect to pre-2005 benefits under the Altria BEP or the Altria SERP.

On completion of the Distribution, Altria’s current obligations with respect to our employees under the BEP and SERP will become our obligations.

Target Payments

Beginning with 2005, arrangements were implemented by Altria to ensure compliance with tax legislation enacted at that time. Under the arrangements, most Altria employees (including Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall) who are eligible for the individual trust payments noted above have not accrued additional benefits under the Altria BEP or the Altria SERP. Instead, they received current payments calculated to approximate (after paying taxes on the payments) the after-tax value of the additional benefits they would have earned had they remained covered by these plans. These “Target Payments” have been made annually shortly after the close of each calendar year during which employment continues, subject to Altria’s right to discontinue the payments. Like the payments made for pre-2005 plan benefits, these payments have been made to individual trusts established by the employees, including Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall or to the employees themselves. They are not intended to represent an increase from the benefits previously promised to employees. Instead, the annual Target Payments are intended to provide amounts that employees can save for retirement and that have a value approximating the additional supplemental retirement plan accruals they will no longer receive.

These payments have completely replaced post-2004 coverage under the supplemental retirement plans for the employees who received them. The amounts of the new payments vary from year to year depending on an employee’s age, salary changes, interest rates, whether the employee would have become eligible for early retirement benefits had he or she continued to be covered by the supplemental retirement plans, and other factors, just as the value of continued plan coverage would have varied from year to year based on such factors. For example, assuming continued employment, a substantial one-year increase in his Target Payment will occur for Mr. Camilleri when he attains age 55 in 2010. Had he continued to participate in the BEP and the SERP (which generally mirror the early retirement provisions of the tax-qualified Retirement Plan), he would have become entitled to commence early retirement benefits in 2010, with a corresponding large increase in the present value of his BEP and SERP benefits. Because he will have more than 30 years of service when he attains age 55, his annual early retirement benefit would have been equal to 100% of his annual age 65 benefit. In contrast, before attaining age 55 with 30 years of service, his annual benefit on termination of employment would have been 40% of his annual age 65 benefit. The increase that would otherwise have occurred under the BEP and the SERP would be reflected in the defined benefit portion of his Target Payment in that year. Though the unpredictability of interest and annuity purchase rates, future salary and annual incentive payments and other factors makes it impossible to determine at this time the amount of Mr. Camilleri’s Target Payment in lieu of defined benefit BEP and SERP accruals for 2010, estimates based on assuming continuation of his salary (adjusted as of the Distribution) and target annual incentive taking into account the limits placed on recognition of annual incentive compensation and that other relevant factors also remain constant suggest that his Target Payment for 2010 would be approximately $30 million dollars, assuming the Target Payment program remains in effect.

Since the payments fully replace post-2004 coverage under the supplemental retirement plans, they also render the annual value earned by employees more transparent than under the previous arrangement. The portion

 

123


Table of Contents

of the Target Payment that replaced participation in the defined benefit portion of the Altria BEP and the Altria SERP for 2007, which was paid in early 2008, is reported under the “Present Value of Accumulated Benefits” column in the table above. The Target Payment amounts shown in the column headed “Payments During Last Fiscal Year” is the amount paid in early 2007 in lieu of such participation for 2006. Target Payments that replace participation in the deferred profit sharing plan portion of the Altria BEP are reported under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table, and are shown above.

The material assumptions used in determining the benefits that our named executive officers receiving Target Payments would have accrued for service at Altria during 2007 under the defined benefit portions of the Altria BEP and Altria SERP if they had remained participants in those plans (and thus the Target Payments that replace such benefits and are reported in the table) were as follows:

 

   

for determining lump sum values, a discount rate of 4.3692% and mortality based on the 1994 Group Annuity Reserving table;

 

   

a cost for providing annuity benefits based on the average of contract rates proposed by four insurance companies;

 

   

retirement at the later of early retirement eligibility or current age;

 

   

five-year average annual compensation taking into account 2007 salary and annual incentive paid in 2007; and

 

   

income taxes at the highest applicable rates on benefits they otherwise would have received, on the Target Payments and on earnings on the individual trust investments made with such Target Payments.

The Target Payment amounts have also been adjusted to reflect any needed corrections in estimated data previously used and experience deviations from assumptions previously employed to help ensure that the Target Payments closely approximated the value of the Altria BEP and Altria SERP benefits foregone.

We are currently considering whether to discontinue providing Target Payments to eligible executives.

Plans Maintained by PMI

Retirement Plans for U.S.-Based Employees

Effective January 1, 2008, we established the following plans for U.S.-based employees: PMI Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees and PMI Benefit Equalization Plan. The PMI Supplemental Management Employees’ Retirement Plan will become effective on the Distribution. All U.S.-based employees will participate in these plans including Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall and all liabilities for these plans currently held by Altria and associated with our employees will be transferred to these plans. The provisions of these new plans are identical to the Altria plans of the same names, however, due to the changes in our Annual Incentive program, Mr. Camilleri’s limit on pensionable compensation will be changed to the lower of his actual incentive compensation award for any given year, or $2,887,500 with effect from January 1, 2008. Nevertheless, in no event will the present value of his pension be less than $36.5 million should he elect to retire as of January 2012. In addition, we are currently considering whether to discontinue providing target payments to eligible executives.

Retirement Plans for Swiss-Based Employees

Pensions for our Swiss-based employees are payable from a funded defined benefit pension plan and defined contribution incentive compensation (IC) plan qualifying for favorable treatment under Swiss law. To the extent that Swiss tax or other limitations do not allow paying the full pension under the qualified plans, the balance is payable under a supplemental pension plan.

 

124


Table of Contents

Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland

Almost all Swiss-based employees over 25 years of age are covered by the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland, a broad-based contributory funded plan providing defined benefit retirement, disability and death benefits up to limits prescribed under Swiss law. Retirement benefits are expressed as an annuity at normal retirement age equal to 1.8% of the participant’s five-year average pensionable salary (base salary minus 2/9 of such compensation up to the social security limits (17,640 CHF in 2007)) multiplied by years of credited service (to a maximum of 41). Employees contribute 6% of their pensionable salary to the Fund. Subject to certain conditions, participants may elect to receive pension benefits entirely or partially in a lump sum. For determining lump sum values, a discount rate of 4% and the LPP 2000 mortality table is used. The LPP mortality table is a commonly used mortality table in Switzerland. For an employee who completes 30 years of service and retires at age 62, this translates into payments equivalent to a pension of 54% of five years annual average pensionable salary. For an employee with the maximum credited service of 40 years at age 65, this “replacement ratio” is approximately 72% of average salary. Participants may retire and commence benefits as early as age 58; however, for each year of retirement before age 62, the 1.8% multiplier used to calculate the amount of the retirement pension is reduced (at age 58 the multiplier is 1.56%).

Swiss law permits participants in a pension plan to make additional voluntary contributions to the pension plan to compensate for missing years of credited service, provided that no service can be credited prior to the plan’s minimum age (age 25, in this case). Participants may also make additional voluntary contributions to the pension plan to increase the early retirement multiplier in the case of early retirement up to the maximum multiplier of 1.8% applied to years of service or to purchase future years of service not to exceed service until age 65. These employee contributions are not matched by us and are credited with interest at 70% of the rate earned by the plan. Upon retirement, the account balance is converted using the plan’s lump sum factors as described above to determine the additional benefits that it will provide. Such contributions are fully tax deductible in Switzerland by the employee at the time of contribution.

If an employee terminates employment with us before age 58, the lump sum value of the pension calculated using the lump sum factors is transferred to either a new pension fund or to a blocked bank account until early retirement age is reached. An employee who is age 50 or over upon termination of employment can elect under certain conditions to remain in the plan as an external member. In this case neither the employee nor the employer can contribute any further funds. At any time between the age of 58 and 65 the former employee can then elect to take retirement in the form of a pension, a lump sum or a mix of both.

Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan

Swiss-based employees eligible to participate in the Annual Incentive program described above are also eligible to participate in the Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan, a funded plan which, for the named executive officers, provides for participant contributions of up to 1.5% of pensionable salary (as defined above), subject to maximum tax law limits, and an equal matching contribution from the employer. As with the pension plan, participants may make additional voluntary contributions subject to certain terms and conditions. Benefits ultimately received depend on interest rates set by the Pension Board of the plan (which consists of members appointed by the employer and an equal number selected by participants in the plan) and are payable in a lump sum or as an annuity. The plan guarantees that there is no loss of principal on either the employee contributions or the company match. In 2007, the plan earned 3.9% and credited 2.7% on plan balances.

If an employee terminates employment with us before age 58, the employee’s account value (employer and employee) is transferred to either a new pension fund or to a blocked bank account until early retirement age is reached. An employee who is age 50 or over upon termination of employment can elect under certain conditions to remain in the plan as an external member. In this case neither the employee nor the employer can contribute any further funds to the plan although interest does accrue on the account balance. At any time between the age of 58 and 65 the former employee can then elect to take retirement in the form of a lump sum payment or as an annuity.

 

125


Table of Contents

Supplemental Pension Plan of Philip Morris in Switzerland

For some Swiss-based employees, including Mr. Calantzopoulos, Mr. Kunz and Mr. Waldemer, the laws and regulations applicable to the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland and the Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan limit the benefits that can be provided under those plans. For these employees, we maintain a Supplemental Pension Plan under which an amount is calculated and deposited annually in a group trust to make up for the difference between the full pension an employee would have received if these plans were not subject to such limitations. However, these elements do not serve to increase the amount that an individual would have received absent such limits.

In the event of termination of employment from the company, the provisions of the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland and the Philip Morris in Switzerland IC Plan apply. As the Supplemental Plan is not a tax-qualified plan, the benefits from this plan, when paid, will be grossed-up for taxes.

In determining the amount of the annual deposit, the assumptions used are the same as those listed above for the Pension Fund of Philip Morris in Switzerland.

 

126


Table of Contents

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name and

Principal Position

 

Plan Name

  Executive
Contributions
in 2007 ($)
  Registrant
Contributions
in 2007 ($)
  Aggregate
Earnings in
2007 ($)  (1)
  Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
  Aggregate
Balance as of
December 31,
2007 ($) (2)

Louis C. Camilleri, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

  Deferred Profit Sharing Benefit Equalization Plan   0   0   73,282   0   1,569,985

Charles R. Wall, Vice Chairman

  Deferred Profit Sharing Benefit Equalization Plan   0   0   53,189   0   1,139,517
(1) The amounts in this column consist of amounts credited as earnings for 2007 on account balances attributable to pre-2005 participation under the defined contribution portion of the Altria BEP. These amounts do not constitute above-market earnings and, accordingly, are not included in amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table above.

 

(2) The aggregate balances shown include allocations reported in the Altria Summary Compensation Table for previous years in the following amounts: for Mr. Camilleri $1,136,324; and for Mr. Wall $489,714. Additional allocations in years when Mr. Wall was not a named executive officer included in the Summary Compensation Table, were $301,026. As a result of payments made to trusts established by the named executive officers, as described previously in the discussion of the Altria SERP, Altria’s liabilities or those of its subsidiaries (including PMI), are less than the amounts shown in the table.

Mr. Calantzopoulos, Mr. Kunz and Mr. Waldemer do not participate in the Altria Deferred Profit Sharing Benefit Equalization Plan.

 

127


Table of Contents

Altria Deferred Profit Sharing and Benefit Equalization Plans

The Altria BEP also provides benefits that supplement those that are provided under the tax-qualified Altria Deferred Profit Sharing Plan for Salaried Employees maintained by Altria, or Altria DPS. Under the Altria DPS, Altria has made a contribution on behalf of each participant for each year. The contribution is determined by a formula relating to Altria profits (but is capped at 15 percent of Altria DPS participants’ aggregate compensation), which has generally resulted in the contribution for any participant (subject to the tax law limit described below) equaling 15% of the participant’s compensation for the year. For purposes of the Altria DPS, compensation is defined as the amount reported as annual salary in the Summary Compensation Table.

As is the case with the Altria Retirement Plan, applicable tax laws limit the amount of compensation ($225,000 for 2007) that can be taken into account under the Altria DPS for any year and impose other limits on the amounts that can be allocated to individuals. A participant whose salary was more than that amount or who was otherwise affected by tax law limits has a contractual promise from Altria to be paid an amount generally equal to the additional benefits the participant would have received under the Altria DPS but for the application of the tax law limits. To record that promise, bookkeeping accounts have been maintained under the Altria BEP for each participant. For each year, an amount is credited to the account maintained for the participant equal to the difference between the amount that otherwise would have been contributed to the Altria DPS on the participant’s behalf for the year and the amount that was actually contributed. Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall were credited with such allocations for their service in years before 2005. A further notional allocation is made annually to reflect what the amount credited to the participant’s account under the Altria BEP would have earned if that account were invested in a specified investment fund maintained under the Altria DPS. The Altria DPS fund used as an earnings measure under this portion of the Altria BEP was invested in a variety of high-quality fixed-income instruments with strong credit ratings and, for 2007, produced earnings at a rate of approximately 4.9%. Participants typically receive their benefits upon termination of employment in a lump sum or, if elected in advance, as a deferred lump sum payment or in installments over up to a number of years not to exceed their life expectancy.

As described above, in prior years, Altria and its operating subsidiaries made funding payments to individual trusts established by a number of employees or directly to the employees themselves. These amounts reduce benefits otherwise payable at retirement for vested benefits promised under the Altria BEP and are not intended to increase total promised benefits. For service after 2004, allocations (other than allocations of earnings on amounts previously credited) under this portion of the Altria BEP ceased for most employees who were eligible for these payments. Instead, these employees, including Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall received payments described under the “Target Payments” heading above. The promised benefits earned for service before 2005 remained in place, however, and additional payments with respect to these pre-2005 benefits may continue to be made by Altria. No such payments were made during 2007.

Our Deferred Profit Sharing and Benefit Equalization Plans

A PMI Benefit Equalization Plan, or PMI BEP, was established effective January 1, 2008 to provide benefits that supplement those provided under the tax-qualified PMI Deferred Profit Sharing Plan, or PMI DPS, which was also established effective January 1, 2008. The PMI BEP and the PMI DPS are identical to the Altria plans of the same name and any notional balances applicable for U.S.-based employees will be transferred to the PMI BEP and PMI DPS including those of Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall.

Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements

Prior to the Distribution, Altria did not have change of control agreements with any of our executive officers. Under the terms of Altria stockholder approved equity and incentive compensation plans that apply to all participants in those plans, however, a change of control of Altria Group, Inc. would have the following consequences:

 

   

any options or stock appreciation rights would become vested and exercisable;

 

128


Table of Contents
   

the restrictions on outstanding restricted stock or deferred stock would lapse;

 

   

unless otherwise determined by the Altria Compensation Committee, awards of the types described in the above two bullets would be cashed out at the change in control price;

 

   

fully earned but unpaid incentive awards would become payable; and

 

   

annual and long term incentive awards for performance cycles not yet completed as of the change of control date would become payable based on a proration (the number of full or partial completed months divided by the total number of months in the performance cycle) of the maximum award opportunity for the cycle.

The definition of a change in control for this purpose is defined in the PMI PIP and summarized above. The Distribution will not trigger any payouts under the arrangements currently in place. Our equity and incentive compensation plans will continue to contain the same provisions as those governing the Altria plans, except that the payments for incentive awards for incomplete cycles will be based on proration of the target, rather than the maximum award opportunity.

The amounts that would have become payable on a change of control of Altria, calculated as if a change of control occurred on December 31, 2007, are as follows:

 

     Unvested
Restricted
Stock (1)
   Completed
2007 Annual
Incentive
Cycle (2)
   2007-2009
Long-Term
Incentive
Cycle (3)
   Total

Camilleri

   $ 60,304,041    $ 8,000,000    $ 8,000,000    $ 76,304,041

Calantzopoulos

   $ 8,366,547    $ 4,000,000    $ 4,000,000    $ 16,366,547

Kunz

   $ 2,337,990    $ 4,000,000    $ 4,000,000    $ 10,337,990

Waldemer

   $ 3,684,592    $ 4,000,000    $ 4,000,000    $ 11,684,592

Wall

   $ 15,390,866    $ 4,000,000    $ 4,000,000    $ 23,390,866

 

(1) Assumes the change of control price is equal to the closing market price of Altria on December 31, 2007 of $75.58 and Kraft of $32.63.

 

(2) Assumes maximum award payable under the Altria Annual Incentive Award program in accordance with the Section 162(m) formula described above.

 

(3) Assumes maximum award payable under the Altria Long-Term Incentive Plan in accordance with the Section 162(m) formula described above.

The amounts that would have become payable on a change of control of Altria, calculated as if a change of control occurred on December 31, 2007, with payments made based on the terms of the PMI PIP, and our compensation programs were in place, are as follows:

 

     Unvested
Restricted
Stock (1)
   Completed
2007 Annual
Incentive
Cycle (2)
   Total

Camilleri

   $ 60,304,041    $ 4,550,000    $ 64,854,041

Calantzopoulos

   $ 8,366,547    $ 1,999,028    $ 10,365,575

Kunz

   $ 2,337,990    $ 1,004,503    $ 3,342,493

Waldemer

   $ 3,684,592    $ 1,452,912    $ 5,137,504

Wall

   $ 15,390,866    $ 1,944,000    $ 17,334,866

 

(1) Assumes the change of control price is equal to the closing market price of Altria on December 31, 2007 of $75.58 and Kraft of $32.63.

 

(2) Assumes target award payable under our Annual Incentive Award program.

 

129


Table of Contents

Benefits payable under Altria retirement plans and the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are discussed above. None of those plans nor any other related agreements provide Altria’s executive officers, including our named executive officers, with an additional enhancement, early vesting or other benefit in the event of a change in control or termination of employment, except for certain plan provisions applicable to all plan participants that in the event of a change in control ensure vesting and continuation of profit-sharing contributions for the year of a change in control and the following two years. Mr. Camilleri and Mr. Wall are already fully vested. Similarly, no special provisions apply to named executive officers with respect to continued medical, life insurance or other insurance coverage following termination of employment whether or not in connection with a change in control. These policies will remain the same under our retirement, non-qualified deferred compensation and other benefit plans.

Involuntary Separation Without Cause

In the event of involuntary separation without cause, Altria’s salaried employees, including all of our named executive officers, are eligible to receive severance. The amount of severance paid varies based on a number of factors including the circumstances of the termination and the number of years of service provided to us by the executive. Salaried employees of Altria, including our named executive officers are entitled to severance equal to 12 months of base salary. Any amounts in excess of that, including cash in lieu of restricted stock or pro-rated incentive plan payments, are paid pursuant to a non-compete/non-solicitation agreement or general release of claims. Periods for which employees are entitled to regular severance payments and, in some circumstances additional severance periods agreed to in connection with non-compete/non-solicitation or general release agreements, may be counted toward vesting and eligibility for early retirement under our pension plans and for purposes of our post-retirement medical plans. We will adopt the same practices for our severance policy.

In addition, for named executive officers employed in jurisdictions outside of the U.S., the laws of those jurisdictions may require us to provide severance pay and/or benefits upon an involuntary separation.

 

130


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Following the Spin-off, we will have a continuing relationship with Altria as a result of the agreements between us in connection with the Spin-off. For more information, see captions entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Related Party Transactions,” “Relationship with Altria,” and Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

As described in “Management—Directors and Executive Officers,” Mr. Carlos Slim Helú will be our director as of the Distribution Date. Mr. Slim currently serves as Chairman Emeritus of Grupo Carso, S.A. de C.V. As described in “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in November 2007, we acquired a 30% stake in our Mexican tobacco business from Grupo Carso for $1.1 billion, which increased our ownership interest to 80%. After the transaction was completed, Grupo Carso retained a 20% stake in the business. We also entered into an agreement with Grupo Carso which provides the basis for us to potentially acquire, or Grupo Carso to potentially sell to us, Grupo Carso’s remaining 20% in the future.

Related Person Transactions and Code of Conduct

Policies and Procedures

We expect that our Board will adopt a policy, which will be made available on our website, that will require our executive officers, directors and nominees for director to promptly notify our Corporate Secretary in writing of any transaction in which:

 

   

the amount exceeds $120,000;

 

   

PMI is, was or is proposed to be a participant; and

 

   

such person or such person’s immediate family members or Related Persons, has, had or may have a direct or indirect material interest or a Related Person Transaction.

Subject to certain exceptions to be delineated in the policy, Related Person Transactions will be required to be brought to the attention of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee or any other committee designated by our Board of Directors that consists solely of independent directors for an assessment of whether the transaction or proposed transaction should be permitted to proceed. In deciding whether to approve or ratify the Related Person Transaction, the Committee would be required to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the materiality of the Related Person’s direct or indirect interest in the Related Person Transaction, the materiality of the Related Person Transaction to us, the impact of the Related Person Transaction on the Related Person, the impact of the Related Person Transaction on the Related Person’s independence and the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the Related Person participating in the Related Person Transaction. If the designated committee determines that the Related Person has a direct or indirect material interest in any such transaction, the committee will be required to review and approve, ratify or disapprove the Related Person Transaction.

In addition to this policy, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors, or Director Code, and Code of Conduct for Compliance and Integrity, or Code of Conduct – both of which will be available on our website – will have specific provisions addressing actual and potential conflicts of interest. The Director Code will specify that our directors have an obligation to act in the best interest of our company. The Director Code will also provide that all directors should endeavor to avoid situations that present a potential or actual conflict between their interest and the interest of our company. The Director Code will define conflict of interest to include any instance in which:

 

   

a person’s private interest interferes in any way, or even appears to interfere, with the interest of our company, including its subsidiaries and affiliates;

 

   

a director or a director’s family member takes an action or has an interest that may make it difficult for that director to perform his or her work objectively and effectively; and

 

   

a director (or his or her family member) receives improper personal benefits as a result of the director’s position at our company.

Similarly, the Code of Conduct will require all officers and employees of PMI to avoid situations where the officer’s or employee’s personal, financial or political activities have the potential of interfering with his or her loyalty and objectivity to the company. The Code of Conduct will list specific types of transactions that might create an actual or apparent conflict of interest and provides guidance on how each situation must be handled.

 

131


Table of Contents

RELATIONSHIP WITH ALTRIA

Historical Relationship with Altria

We have been a wholly owned subsidiary of Altria since our creation in 1987. As a result, in the ordinary course of our business, we have received various services provided by a management services subsidiary of Altria including accounting, treasury, tax, legal, public affairs, human resources, procurement and other services. Our historical financial statements include allocations by Altria of a portion of its overhead costs related to these services. These cost allocations have been determined on a basis that we and Altria consider to be reasonable reflections of the use of these services.

Altria’s Distribution of Our Stock

Altria will be our sole stockholder until completion of the Distribution. In connection with the Distribution, Altria is distributing its entire equity interest in us to its stockholders in a transaction that is intended to be tax free to Altria and its U.S. stockholders. The distribution will be subject to a number of conditions, some of which are more fully described above under the caption “The Distribution – Distribution Conditions and Termination.”

Agreements Between Altria and Us

This section describes the material provisions of agreements to be entered into between Altria and us. The description of the agreements is not complete and is qualified by reference to the terms of the agreements, the forms of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part. We encourage you to read the full text of these agreements. We have entered or will enter into these agreements with Altria prior to the completion of the Distribution in the context of our relationship as a wholly owned subsidiary of Altria. We believe the prices and other terms of these agreements are as favorable to us as those we could have obtained in arm’s-length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties for similar services or under similar agreements.

Distribution Agreement.   The distribution agreement contains the key provisions relating to the Distribution. We entered into this agreement with Altria on January 30, 2008. The distribution agreement contains provisions regarding the release of intercompany claims and liabilities, except liabilities specifically provided for in the distribution agreement or the ancillary agreements described below, intercompany account liabilities, and liabilities that, if released, would release third parties. Altria is required to indemnify us for any liabilities relating to Altria and its subsidiaries and their business and operations. We are required to indemnify Altria for any liabilities relating to us or our subsidiaries and our businesses and operations.

Liabilities concerning tobacco products sold by us or PM USA will be allocated based in substantial part on the manufacturer, whereby we will indemnify Altria and PM USA for liabilities related to tobacco products manufactured by us or by PM USA under our manufacturing agreement with PM USA and PM USA will indemnify us for liabilities related to tobacco products manufactured by PM USA, excluding tobacco products manufactured by PM USA under our manufacturing agreement with PM USA.

In the event of a dispute between Altria and us under the distribution agreement, we have agreed to submit the dispute first, to negotiation between our senior executives, second, to mediation, and third, to binding arbitration. If we or one of our affiliates and Altria or one of its affiliates are both defendants in an action, we have agreed to enter into a joint defense agreement at that time.

Tax Sharing Agreement.   In order to allocate our responsibilities for taxes and certain other tax matters, we and Altria will enter into a tax sharing agreement prior to the Distribution. The tax sharing agreement will allocate, for pre-distribution periods, responsibility for taxes (including non-Federal income taxes) and any adjustments thereto, including the allocation of responsibility for potential taxes on the Distribution itself. In general, Altria will be responsible for the taxes attributable to Altria operations, and PMI will be responsible for the taxes attributable to PMI operations. With respect to any potential taxes resulting from the Distribution, responsibility for such tax will be allocated to the party that acted (or failed to act) in a manner which resulted in such tax.

 

132


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property Agreement.   In the past, we and PM USA and our affiliates have entered into a series of cost sharing agreements to engage in jointly funded research and development work and as a result have created a significant body of jointly funded intellectual property. The current agreement expired in accordance with its terms on December 31, 2007. We are entering into an intellectual property agreement with PM USA, which will govern the ownership of intellectual property between us and PM USA prior to the Spin-off.

Ownership of the jointly funded intellectual property has been allocated as follows:

 

   

we own all rights to the jointly funded intellectual property outside the United States, its territories and possessions.

 

   

PM USA owns all rights to the jointly funded intellectual property in the United States, its territories and possessions.

Ownership of intellectual property related to patent applications and resulting patents based solely on the jointly funded intellectual property, regardless when filed or issued, will be exclusive to PM USA in the United States, its territories and possessions and exclusive to us everywhere else in the world.

The intellectual property agreement contains provisions concerning intellectual property that is independently developed by us or PM USA following the Distribution. For the first two years following the Distribution, if we or PM USA independently develop new intellectual property that satisfies certain conditions and is incorporated into a new product or included in a patent application, the new intellectual property will be subject to the geographic allocation described above. For ten years following the Distribution, independently developed intellectual property may be subject to rights under certain circumstances that would allow either us or PM USA a priority position to obtain the rights to the new intellectual property from the other party, with the price and other terms to be negotiated.

In the event of a dispute between us and PM USA under the intellectual property agreement, we have agreed to submit the dispute first, to negotiation between our senior executives, and then, to binding arbitration.

Employee Matters Agreement.   The employee matters agreement will provide that each of Altria and PMI will retain responsibility for its own employees and compensation plans. The agreement contains provisions concerning benefit protection for Altria employees who become our employees prior to December 31, 2008, treatment of holders of Altria stock options, restricted stock and deferred stock with respect to our stock, and cooperation between us and Altria in the sharing of employee information and maintenance of confidentiality. Liabilities arising under the employee matters agreement will be subject to the dispute resolution provisions of the distribution agreement.

Transition Services Agreement.   Altria Corporate Services, Inc. currently provides us with various services. Prior to the Distribution Date, we will enter into a new agreement with Altria Corporate Services, Inc. that will set forth the services to be provided to us for certain transition periods not to exceed twenty-four months following the Distribution. The transition services expected to be provided include consulting services related to risk management, benefit administration and information technology as well as the transfer of transaction processing (accounts payable and expense reports) for certain Latin American markets .

Treatment of Intercompany Accounts.   Under the terms of the distribution agreement, Altria will settle the net intercompany receivable account in cash within 30 days of the Distribution Date.

Conditions to the Spin-off.   We expect that the Distribution will be effective on March 28, 2008, provided that the conditions set forth under the caption “The Distribution—Distribution Conditions and Termination” have been satisfied by Altria in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

133


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms that are included in our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the specific terms and provisions contained in our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, copies of forms of which we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this Information Statement is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law. We encourage you to read our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws.

Common Stock

Authorized Common Stock.   Our authorized capital stock consists of 6,000,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value, and 250,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value . We expect that approximately 2.109 billion shares of our common stock will be outstanding immediately following the Spin-off.

Authorized But Unissued Capital Stock.   Virginia law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares other than in connection with certain mergers to which we may be a party. However, the NYSE rules require stockholder approval of certain issuances of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of our common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital or to facilitate corporate acquisitions.

Voting.   The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Approval of an amendment of our articles of incorporation, a merger, a share exchange, a sale of all our property or a dissolution must be approved by a majority of all votes entitled to be cast.

Dividends.   The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions as may be declared by our Board, subject to the preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock.

Other Rights.   Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, after payment in full of the amounts required to be paid to holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any, all holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive a pro rata distribution of all of our assets and funds legally available for distribution.

No shares of our common stock are subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of our common stock or any of our other securities.

Upon the Distribution, all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Listing of Common Stock

Our common stock has been authorized to be listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “PM.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar of our common stock is Computershare Trust Company.

Following the Distribution, all inquiries regarding our common stock should be directed to the following:

 

Regular mail

  

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

P.O. Box 43078

Providence, RI 02940-3078

Telephone

  

U.S. and Canada: 1-877-745-9350

Outside the U.S. and Canada: 1-781-575-4310

 

134


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series or classes and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series or class, which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of our common stock until our Board of Directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock. However, the effects might include:

 

   

restricting dividends on our common stock;

 

   

diluting the voting power of our common stock;

 

   

impairing liquidation rights of our common stock; or

 

   

delaying or preventing a change in control of us without further action by our stockholders.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF VIRGINIA LAW,

OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND OUR BYLAWS

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

Board of Directors; Removal; Vacancies. Virginia law provides that the Board of Directors of a Virginia corporation shall consist of a number of individuals specified in or fixed in accordance with the bylaws of the corporation or, if not specified in or fixed in accordance with the bylaws, then a number specified in or fixed in accordance with the articles of incorporation of the corporation.

Our bylaws provide that the number of members of our Board of Directors shall be nine.

Under Virginia law, our Board of Directors may amend the bylaws from time to time to increase or decrease the number of directors by up to 30% of the number of directors last elected by our stockholders; provided, that any decrease in the number of directors may not shorten any incumbent director’s term or reduce any quorum or voting requirements until the person ceases to be a director.

Under Virginia law, a member of our Board of Directors may be removed with or without cause by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of stockholders called expressly for that purpose at which a quorum is present. If a director is elected by a voting group of stockholders, only the stockholders of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove the director.

Our bylaws provide that any vacancy occurring on our Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum.

Special Stockholder Meetings. Under our bylaws, only our Board of Directors or our chairman may call special meetings of stockholders.

No Cumulative Voting. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, a stockholder may nominate one or more persons for election as directors at a meeting only if written notice of the stockholder’s nomination has been given, either by personal delivery or

 

135


Table of Contents

certified mail, to and received by, our Corporate Secretary not less than 120 nor more than 150 days before the first anniversary of the date of our proxy statement in connection with the last annual meeting of stockholders. The requirements for submitting stockholder nominations for our first annual stockholder meeting after the Spin-off are set forth below. Each notice must contain:

 

   

the name, age, business address and, if known, residential address of each nominee;

 

   

the principal occupation or employment of each nominee;

 

   

the number and class of capital shares of our stock beneficially owned by each nominee;

 

   

any other information relating to each nominee required by the SEC’s proxy rules; and

 

   

the written consent of each nominee to be named in our proxy statement and to serve as director if elected.

Our Corporate Secretary will deliver all notices to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors for review. After the review, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will make its recommendation regarding nominees to our Board of Directors. Defective nominations will be disregarded.

For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice of the proposed business in writing to our Corporate Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be given, either by personal delivery or by certified mail, to and received by, the Corporate Secretary not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days before the first anniversary of the date of our proxy statement in connection with the last annual meeting. The first annual meeting of our stockholders after the Spin-off is expected to be held in May of 2009. In order to be considered for inclusion in our proxy materials for the 2009 annual stockholders meeting, any proposals by stockholders must be received at Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Corporate Secretary, prior to December 15, 2008. The notice must contain:

 

   

a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting the business at the annual meeting;

 

   

the name and address of the stockholder proposing the business as they appear on our stock transfer books;

 

   

a representation that the stockholder is a stockholder of record and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring the business proposed in the notice before the meeting;

 

   

the class, series and number of our shares beneficially owned by the stockholder; and

 

   

any material interest of the stockholder in the business.

Business brought before an annual meeting that does not comply with these provisions will not be transacted.

Majority Voting for Directors

In order to be elected or re-elected as a director of our company in an uncontested election, each director-nominee must receive a majority of the votes cast with respect to his or her election at a meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present. We also expect to adopt Corporate Governance Guidelines that will provide further that any nominee who is not elected in accordance with the foregoing provision must offer promptly in writing to submit his or her resignation to our Board of Directors. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider the offer and make a recommendation to the full Board as to whether to accept or reject the offer. The full Board will then consider all factors it deems relevant to the best interests of our company, make a determination and publicly disclose its decision and rationale within 90 days after certification of the election results. Any director who offers to resign pursuant to this provision will not participate in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s recommendation or Board of Directors’ action regarding whether to accept the resignation offer; provided, however, that if each

 

136


Table of Contents

member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee fails to receive a sufficient vote for re-election, then the independent directors who did receive a sufficient vote will appoint a committee to consider the resignation offers and recommend to the Board of Directors whether to accept them. If the only directors who receive a sufficient vote for re-election constitute three or fewer directors, then all directors may participate in the action regarding whether to accept the resignation offers. An incumbent director who has offered to resign will promptly submit such resignation upon the Board of Directors’ acceptance of such offer. If a resignation offer is accepted or if a nominee for director is not elected and the nominee is not an incumbent director, then the Board of Directors may fill the resulting vacancy pursuant to our bylaws or decrease the size of the Board of Directors.

In a contested election in which one or more nominees are properly proposed by stockholders, a director-nominee will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in such election.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters.  As permitted by Virginia law, our articles of incorporation provide that no director or officer shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages except for liability resulting from willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or of any Federal or state securities laws.

Our articles of incorporation require us to indemnify any director, officer, or employee who was or is a party to a proceeding due to his or her status as our director, officer, or employee, or a director, officer or employee who was or is serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, manager, partner, trustee, or agent of another entity or employee benefit plan unless he or she was engaged in willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law. We have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act is against public policy and is unenforceable.

Anti-Takeover Statutes

Affiliated Transactions Statute . Virginia law contains provisions governing affiliated transactions. In general, these provisions prohibit a Virginia corporation from engaging in affiliated transactions with an interested stockholder, which is any holder of more than 10% of any class of its outstanding voting shares, for a period of three years following the date that such person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

a majority of disinterested directors; and

 

   

the holders of two-thirds of the voting shares, other than the shares beneficially owned by the interested stockholder, approve the affiliated transaction.

Affiliated transactions subject to this approval requirement include mergers, share exchanges, material dispositions of corporate assets not in the ordinary course of business, any dissolution of the corporation proposed by or on behalf of an interested stockholder or any reclassification, including reverse stock splits, recapitalizations or mergers of the corporation with its subsidiaries, which increases the percentage of voting shares owned beneficially by an interested stockholder by more than 5%. Because Altria currently owns 100% of our stock, the Virginia law provisions regulating affiliated transactions does not apply to Altria prior to the Distribution.

Control Share Acquisitions Statute . We have opted out of the Virginia anti-takeover law regulating control share acquisitions.

A control share acquisition is an acquisition of voting shares by a person that, when added to all the other voting shares beneficially owned by that person, would cause that person’s voting strength with respect to an election of directors to meet or exceed any of the following thresholds:

 

   

one-fifth;

 

   

one-third; or

 

   

a majority.

 

137


Table of Contents

Under Virginia law, shares acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights unless such rights are granted by a majority vote of all outstanding shares other than those held by the acquiring person or any officer or employee director of the corporation, or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation provide that this regulation does not apply to acquisitions of its shares.

If voting rights are not granted and the corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws permit, the acquiring person’s shares may be repurchased by the corporation, at its option, at a price per share equal to the acquiring person’s cost. Virginia law grants dissenters’ rights to any stockholder who objects to a control share acquisition that is approved by a vote of disinterested stockholders and that gives the acquiring person control of a majority of the corporation’s voting shares. This regulation was designed to deter certain takeovers of Virginia public corporations.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Virginia law permits us to indemnify our officers and directors in connection with certain actions, suits and proceedings brought against them if they acted in good faith and believed their conduct to be in our best interests and, in the case of criminal actions, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful. Virginia law requires such indemnification when a director entirely prevails in the defense of any proceeding to which he was a party because he is or was a director of our company, and further provides that we may make any further indemnity and additional provision for advances and reimbursement of expenses, if authorized by our articles of incorporation or stockholder-adopted bylaws, except an indemnity against willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law.

Virginia law establishes a statutory limit on liability of officers and directors for damages assessed against them in a suit brought by or in the right of our company or brought by or on behalf of stockholders of our company and authorizes us, with stockholder approval, to specify a lower monetary limit on liability in our articles of incorporation or bylaws; however, the liability of an officer or director will not be limited if such officer or director engaged in willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or of any federal or state securities law. Our articles of incorporation provide that an officer or director or former officer or director shall be indemnified to the full extent permitted by Virginia law as currently in effect or as hereafter amended in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of our company or brought by or on behalf of our stockholders. Our articles of incorporation further provide for the elimination of the liability of our officer or director or former officer or director for monetary damages to us or our stockholders in any action, suit or proceeding, to the full extent permitted by Virginia law as currently in effect or as hereafter amended. In addition, we carry insurance on behalf of directors and officers.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form 10 with respect to the common stock being distributed by this Information Statement. This Information Statement does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this Information Statement relating to any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain a copy of the registration statement from the SEC’s Public Reference Room upon payment of prescribed fees. Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.

As a result of the Distribution, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

138


Table of Contents

We intend to furnish holders of our common stock with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent public accounting firm.

We plan to make available free of charge on our website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, reports filed pursuant to Section 16 and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the SEC. All of these documents will be made available free of charge on our website, www.pmintl.com/governance, and will be provided free of charge to any stockholders requesting a copy by writing to: Philip Morris International Inc., 120 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

We also maintain a website at www.pmintl.com. The information on our website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this Information Statement or incorporated into any other filings we make with the SEC.

No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representations with respect to the matters described in this Information Statement other than those contained in this Information Statement or in the documents incorporated by reference in this Information Statement and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us or Altria. Neither the delivery of this Information Statement nor consummation of the Spin-off contemplated hereby shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs or those of Altria since the date of this Information Statement, or that the information in this Information Statement is correct as of any time after its date.

 

139


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements as of

December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for Each of the

Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2007

 

 


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

 

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2007

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule

   F-43

Financial Statement Schedule—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-44

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

    Philip Morris International Inc. and Subsidiaries:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholder’s equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Notes 9 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, Philip Morris International Inc. changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in fiscal 2007 and the manner in which it accounts for pension and postemployment plans in fiscal 2006, respectively.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

January 28, 2008, except for Note 16 which is as of February 7, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions of dollars)

 

     At December 31,
     2006    2007
ASSETS      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,676    $ 1,656

Receivables (less allowances of $15 in 2006 and 2007)

     2,160      3,240

Inventories:

     

Leaf tobacco

     3,168      4,018

Other raw materials

     946      1,205

Finished product

     2,961      4,109
             
     7,075      9,332

Deferred income taxes

     263      311

Due from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates

     588      257

Other current assets

     163      256
             

Total current assets

     11,925      15,052

Property, plant and equipment, at cost:

     

Land and land improvements

     500      590

Buildings and building equipment

     2,749      3,345

Machinery and equipment

     5,540      6,952

Construction in progress

     673      798
             
     9,462      11,685

Less accumulated depreciation

     4,224      5,250
             
     5,238      6,435

Goodwill

     6,197      7,925

Intangible assets, net

     1,627      1,906

Other assets

     1,133      725
             

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 26,120    $ 32,043
             
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY      

Short-term borrowings

   $ 419    $ 638

Current portion of long-term debt

     145      91

Accounts payable

     672      852

Accrued liabilities:

     

Marketing

     406      475

Taxes, except income taxes

     3,541      4,523

Employment costs

     535      591

Other

     539      729

Income taxes

     578      478

Deferred income taxes

     154      174
             

Total current liabilities

     6,989      8,551

Long-term debt

     2,222      5,578

Deferred income taxes

     1,166      1,240

Employment costs

     678      566

Other liabilities

     798      707
             

Total liabilities

     11,853      16,642

Contingencies (Note 14)

     

Common stock, no par value (150 shares authorized, issued and outstanding)

     —        —  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,265      1,265

Earnings reinvested in the business

     12,526      12,448

Accumulated other comprehensive earnings

     476      1,688
             

Total stockholder’s equity

     14,267      15,401
             

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

   $ 26,120    $ 32,043
             

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in millions of dollars, including earnings per share)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2005    2006     2007  

Net revenues

   $ 45,288    $ 48,260     $ 55,096  

Cost of sales

     7,645      8,153       8,720  

Excise taxes on products

     25,275      27,466       32,298  
                       

Gross profit

     12,368      12,641       14,078  

Marketing, administration and research costs

     4,525      4,551       5,021  

Italian antitrust charge

        61    

Asset impairment and exit costs

     90      126       208  

Gains on sales of businesses

        (488 )     (52 )

Amortization of intangibles

     18      23       28  
                       

Operating income

     7,735      8,368       8,873  

Interest expense, net

     94      142       10  
                       

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest

     7,641      8,226       8,863  

Provision for income taxes

     1,835      1,829       2,564  
                       

Earnings before minority interest

     5,806      6,397       6,299  

Minority interest in earnings, net of income taxes

     186      251       273  
                       

Net earnings

   $ 5,620    $ 6,146     $ 6,026  
                       

Earnings per share (Note 16)

   $ 37.47    $ 40.97     $ 40.17  
                       

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

(in millions of dollars, including per share amounts)

 

          Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Earnings (Losses)
       
    Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Earnings
Reinvested in
the Business
    Currency
Translation
Adjustments
        Other             Total         Total
Stockholder’s
Equity
 

Balances, January 1, 2005

  $ —     $ 1,265   $ 11,222     $ 753     $ (211 )   $ 542     $ 13,029  

Comprehensive earnings:

             

Net earnings

        5,620             5,620  

Other comprehensive earnings (losses), net of income taxes:

             

Currency translation adjustments

          (698 )       (698 )     (698 )

Additional minimum pension liability, net of income taxes of $20

            (31 )     (31 )     (31 )

Change in fair value of derivatives accounted for as hedges, net of income taxes of $14

            58       58       58  

Change in fair value of debt and equity securities, net of income
taxes of $1

            11       11       11  
                   

Total other comprehensive losses

                (660 )
                   

Total comprehensive earnings

                4,960  
                   

Dividends declared ($51.21 per share)

        (7,682 )           (7,682 )
                                                   

Balances, December 31, 2005

    —       1,265     9,160       55       (173 )     (118 )     10,307  

Comprehensive earnings:

             

Net earnings

        6,146             6,146  

Other comprehensive earnings (losses), net of income taxes:

             

Currency translation adjustments

          934         934       934  

Additional minimum pension liability, net of income taxes of $61

            192       192       192  

Change in fair value of derivatives accounted for as hedges, net of income taxes of $3

            (8 )     (8 )     (8 )

Change in fair value of debt and equity securities, net of income
taxes of $1

            (11 )     (11 )     (11 )
                   

Total other comprehensive earnings

                1,107  
                   

Total comprehensive earnings

                7,253  
                   

Initial adoption of FASB Statement No. 158, net of income taxes (Note 11)

            (513 )     (513 )     (513 )

Dividends declared ($18.53 per share)

        (2,780 )           (2,780 )
                                                   

Balances, December 31, 2006

    —       1,265     12,526       989       (513 )     476       14,267  

Comprehensive earnings:

             

Net earnings

        6,026             6,026  

Other comprehensive earnings (losses), net of income taxes:

             

Currency translation adjustments

          809         809       809  

Change in net loss and prior service cost, net of income taxes of $75

            413       413       413  

Change in fair value of derivatives accounted for as hedges, net of income taxes of $1

            (10 )     (10 )     (10 )
                   

Total other comprehensive earnings

                1,212  
                   

Total comprehensive earnings

                7,238  
                   

Adoption of FIN 48

        471             471  

Dividends declared ($43.83 per share)

        (6,575 )           (6,575 )
                                                   

Balances, December 31, 2007

  $ —     $ 1,265   $ 12,448     $ 1,798     $ (110 )   $ 1,688     $ 15,401  
                                                   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions of dollars)

 

    

For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2005     2006     2007  

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net earnings

   $ 5,620     $ 6,146     $ 6,026  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to operating cash flows:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     527       658       748  

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

     (746 )     226       (21 )

Minority interest in earnings, net

     186       251       273  

Italian antitrust charge

       61    

Gains on sales of businesses

       (488 )     (52 )

Asset impairment and exit costs, net of cash paid

     50       82       77  

Cash effects of changes, net of the effects from acquired and divested companies:

      

Receivables, net

     199       (88 )     (867 )

Inventories

     (441 )     (1,077 )     (1,264 )

Accounts payable

     136       (58 )     38  

Income taxes

     (27 )     (1 )     219  

Accrued liabilities and other current assets

     (237 )     494       327  

Pension plan contributions

     (325 )     (135 )     (95 )

Changes in amounts due from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates

     (22 )     30       (27 )

Other

     238       135       207  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     5,158       6,236       5,589  
                        

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Capital expenditures

     (736 )     (886 )     (1,072 )

Proceeds from sales of businesses

       520       87  

Purchase of businesses, net of acquired cash

     (4,932 )     (4 )     (1,519 )

Other

     46       (69 )     (82 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,622 )     (439 )     (2,586 )
                        

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Net issuance (repayment) of short-term borrowings

     333       (292 )     2,387  

Long-term debt proceeds

     3,788         4,160  

Long-term debt repaid

     (2 )     (2,194 )     (3,381 )

Changes in amounts due from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates

     763       104       370  

Dividends paid to Altria Group, Inc.

     (7,682 )     (2,780 )     (6,560 )

Other

     (164 )     (255 )     (345 )
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (2,964 )     (5,417 )     (3,369 )
                        

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (359 )     87       346  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents:

      

(Decrease) increase

     (3,787 )     467       (20 )

Balance at beginning of year

     4,996       1,209       1,676  
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,209     $ 1,676     $ 1,656  
                        

Cash paid:       Interest

   $ 229     $ 371     $ 301  
                        

                        Income taxes

   $ 1,667     $ 1,537     $ 2,215  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Background and Basis of Presentation:

Background:

Philip Morris International Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Altria Group, Inc. Philip Morris International Inc. is a holding company incorporated in Virginia, U.S.A., whose subsidiaries and affiliates and their licensees are engaged in the manufacture and sale of cigarettes and other tobacco products in markets outside of the United States of America. Throughout these financial statements, the term “PMI” refers to Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries.

On March 16, 2007, Altria Group, Inc. contributed its European Finance subsidiary to PMI. This contribution was treated as a transfer of an entity under common control and accordingly, all prior periods have been revised to reflect the transfer. This revision increased PMI’s stockholder’s equity at January 1, 2004 by approximately $184 million. This revision also increased PMI’s net cash used in financing activities by $1,454 million in 2005 and $20 million in 2006. The contribution of this entity did not have a significant impact on PMI’s consolidated statements of operations for any of the periods presented.

As further discussed in Note 16. Subsequent Event , on January 30, 2008, Altria Group, Inc.’s Board of Directors approved a tax-free distribution of all of its interest in PMI to the Altria Group, Inc. stockholders.

Basis of presentation:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions include, among other things, pension and benefit plan assumptions, lives and valuation assumptions of goodwill and other intangible assets, marketing programs and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain subsidiaries of PMI report their results up to ten days before the end of December, rather than on December 31.

Principles of consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include Philip Morris International Inc., as well as its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. Investments in which Philip Morris International Inc. exercises significant influence (20%-50% ownership interest), are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Investments in which Philip Morris International Inc. has an ownership interest of less than 20%, or does not exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. All intercompany transactions and balances between and among Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries have been eliminated. Transactions between any of PMI’s businesses and Altria Group, Inc. and its affiliates are included in these consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents include demand deposits with banks and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Depreciation, amortization and goodwill valuation:

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost and depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Machinery and equipment are depreciated over periods ranging from 3 to 15 years, and buildings and building improvements over periods up to 40 years. Depreciation expense for 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $509 million, $635 million and $720 million, respectively.

Definite life intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. PMI is required to conduct an annual review of goodwill and intangible assets for potential impairment. Goodwill impairment testing requires a comparison between the carrying value and fair value of each reporting unit. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the goodwill is considered impaired. The amount of impairment loss is measured as the difference between the carrying value and implied fair value of goodwill, which is determined using discounted cash flows. Impairment testing for non-amortizable intangible assets requires a comparison between the fair value and carrying value of the intangible asset. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, the intangible asset is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, PMI did not have to record a charge to earnings for an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets as a result of its annual review.

Goodwill and intangible assets, net, by segment were as follows (in millions):

 

     Goodwill    Intangible Assets, net
     December 31,
2006
   December 31,
2007
   December 31,
2006
   December 31,
2007

European Union

   $ 1,307    $ 1,510    $ 65    $ 69

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     657      714      164      205

Asia

     3,778      4,033      1,339      1,457

Latin America

     455      1,668      59      175
                           
   $ 6,197    $ 7,925    $ 1,627    $ 1,906
                           

Goodwill is due primarily to PMI’s acquisitions in Indonesia, Mexico, Greece, Serbia, Colombia and Pakistan. The movements in goodwill and gross carrying amount of intangible assets are as follows (in millions):

 

     Goodwill     Intangible
Assets

Balance at January 1, 2006

   $ 5,571     $ 1,419

Changes due to:

    

Acquisitions

     54       115

Currency

     531       129

Other

     41       10
              

Balance at December 31, 2006

     6,197       1,673

Changes due to:

    

Acquisitions

     1,558       202

Currency

     183       8

Other

     (13 )     103
              

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 7,925     $ 1,986
              

The increase in goodwill from acquisitions during 2006 was primarily related to the exchange of PMI’s interest in a beer business for 100% ownership of a cigarette company in the Dominican Republic. The increase in intangible assets from acquisitions during 2006 was related to PMI’s purchase of various trademarks from

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

British American Tobacco. The increase in goodwill and intangible assets from acquisitions during 2007 was primarily related to the preliminary allocation of the purchase price for PMI’s acquisitions in Mexico and Pakistan. The allocation is based upon preliminary estimates and assumptions and is subject to revision when appraisals are finalized in 2008.

Additional details of intangible assets were as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2006    December 31, 2007
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization

Non-amortizable intangible assets

   $ 1,285       $ 1,339   

Amortizable intangible assets

     388    $ 46      647    $ 80
                           

Total intangible assets

   $ 1,673    $ 46    $ 1,986    $ 80
                           

Non-amortizable intangible assets substantially consist of brand names from PMI’s 2005 acquisition in Indonesia. Amortizable intangible assets consist primarily of certain trademarks and non-compete agreements associated with acquisitions. Pre-tax amortization expense for intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $18 million, $23 million and $28 million, respectively. Amortization expense for each of the next five years is estimated to be $30 million or less, assuming no additional transactions occur that require the amortization of intangible assets.

Foreign currency translation:

PMI translates the results of operations of its subsidiaries and affiliates using average exchange rates during each period, whereas balance sheet accounts are translated using exchange rates at the end of each period. Currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of stockholder’s equity. Certain PMI subsidiaries and branches, which operate in highly inflationary economies, translate non-monetary assets at historical rates and net monetary assets at current rates, with the resulting translation adjustments included in marketing, administration and research costs on the consolidated statements of earnings. In addition, some of PMI’s subsidiaries have assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their functional currencies, and these assets and liabilities generate transaction gains and losses when translated into their respective functional currencies. PMI recorded transaction losses of $34 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and transaction gains of $62 million and $117 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, which were recorded in marketing, administration and research costs on the consolidated statements of earnings.

Guarantees:

PMI accounts for guarantees in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” Interpretation No. 45 requires the disclosure of certain guarantees and requires the recognition of a liability for the fair value of the obligation of qualifying guarantee activities. See Note 14. Contingencies for a further discussion of guarantees.

Hedging instruments:

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets as either assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period either in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) or in earnings, depending on whether a derivative is designated and effective as

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction. Gains and losses on derivative instruments reported in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) are reclassified to the consolidated statements of earnings in the periods in which operating results are affected by the hedged item. Cash flows from hedging instruments are classified in the same manner as the affected hedged item in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Impairment of long-lived assets:

PMI reviews long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. PMI performs undiscounted operating cash flow analyses to determine if an impairment exists. For purposes of recognition and measurement of an impairment for assets held for use, PMI groups assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identifiable. If an impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.

Income taxes:

PMI accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The accounts of PMI are included in Altria Group, Inc.’s consolidated United States federal income tax return, and federal income taxes are computed on a separate company basis. To the extent that PMI generates foreign tax credits, capital losses and other credits which could not be utilized on a separate company basis, but are utilized in Altria Group, Inc.’s consolidated United States federal income tax return, the resulting benefit is recognized in the calculation of PMI’s provision for income taxes. There were no such tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007. PMI makes payments to, or is reimbursed by, Altria Group, Inc. for the tax effects resulting from its inclusion in Altria Group, Inc.’s consolidated United States federal income tax return.

Income tax provisions for jurisdictions outside the United States, as well as state and local income tax provisions, are determined on a separate company basis and the related assets and liabilities are recorded in PMI’s consolidated balance sheets. Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions.

On January 1, 2007, PMI adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). The Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As a result of the January 1, 2007 adoption of FIN 48, PMI recognized a $472 million decrease in unrecognized tax benefits, which resulted in an increase to stockholder’s equity as of January 1, 2007 of $471 million and a reduction of federal deferred tax benefits of $1 million.

Inventories:

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The first-in, first-out and average cost methods are used to cost substantially all inventories. It is a generally recognized industry practice to classify leaf tobacco inventory as a current asset although part of such inventory, because of the duration of the aging process, ordinarily would not be utilized within one year.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

PMI adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs” prospectively as of January 1, 2006. SFAS No. 151 requires that abnormal idle facility expense, spoilage, freight and handling costs be recognized as current-period charges. In addition, SFAS No. 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overhead costs to inventories be based on the normal capacity of the production facility. The effect of adoption did not have a material impact on PMI’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Marketing costs:

PMI promotes its products with advertising, consumer incentives and trade promotions. Such programs include, but are not limited to, discounts, rebates, in-store display incentives and volume-based incentives. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Consumer incentive and trade promotion activities are recorded as a reduction of revenues based on amounts estimated as being due to customers and consumers at the end of a period, based principally on historical utilization. For interim reporting purposes, advertising and certain consumer incentive expenses are charged to earnings as a percentage of sales, based on estimated sales and related expenses for the full year.

Revenue recognition:

PMI recognizes revenues, net of sales incentives and including shipping and handling charges billed to customers, upon shipment or delivery of goods when title and risk of loss pass to customers. PMI includes excise taxes billed to customers in revenues. Shipping and handling costs are classified as part of cost of sales and were $447 million, $507 million and $576 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Software costs:

PMI capitalizes certain computer software and software development costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use. Capitalized software costs are included in property, plant and equipment on PMI’s consolidated balance sheets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, which do not exceed five years.

Stock-based compensation:

Certain employees of PMI participate in Altria Group, Inc.’s employee stock compensation plans. Effective January 1, 2006, PMI adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) using the modified prospective method, which requires measurement of compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service periods for awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock and deferred stock is determined based on the number of shares granted and the market value at date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined using a modified Black-Scholes methodology. The impact of adoption was not material.

At December 31, 2007, certain PMI employees held Altria Group, Inc. restricted stock, deferred stock, or options to purchase shares of Altria Group, Inc. common stock. For Altria Group, Inc. restricted stock and deferred stock, PMI records its allocated share of compensation costs in the consolidated statements of earnings. For employee stock options, beginning in 2006, PMI records its allocated share of compensation costs in the consolidated statements of earnings. Prior to 2006, no compensation expense was reflected in net earnings for employee stock options. See Note 3. Related Party Transactions for further discussion.

PMI previously accounted for employee stock compensation plans in accordance with the intrinsic value-based method permitted by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” which did not result in compensation cost for stock options in 2005.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net earnings if the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 had been used to measure compensation expense for stock option awards for the year ended December 31, 2005:

 

     For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2005
 
     (in millions)  

Net earnings, as reported

   $ 5,620  

Deduct:

  

Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all stock option awards, net of related tax effects

     (2 )
        

Pro forma net earnings

   $ 5,618  
        

Altria Group, Inc. has not granted stock options to employees of PMI since 2002. The amounts shown above as stock-based compensation expense relate to Executive Ownership Stock Options (“EOSOs”). Under certain circumstances, senior executives who exercised outstanding stock options, using shares to pay the option exercise price and taxes, received EOSOs equal to the number of shares tendered. This feature ceased in March 2007. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, Altria Group, Inc. granted 167,168, 40,544 and 35,278 EOSOs, respectively, to PMI employees.

New Accounting Standards:

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (Revised 2007) “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”). SFAS 141(R) is effective for business combinations that close on or after January 1, 2009, the first day of PMI’s annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141(R) requires the recognition of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree to be measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. Additionally, costs incurred to effect the acquisition are to be recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred.

Additionally, in December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 changes the reporting for minority interests by reporting these as noncontrolling interests within equity. Moreover, SFAS 160 requires that any transactions between an entity and a noncontrolling interest are to be accounted for as equity transactions. SFAS 160 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS 160 is to be applied prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented.

PMI is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of these pronouncements.

Note 3. Related Party Transactions:

Corporate services:

Altria Group, Inc.’s subsidiary, Altria Corporate Services, Inc., provides PMI with various services, including certain planning, legal, treasury, accounting, auditing, risk management, human resources, office of the secretary, corporate affairs, information technology and tax services. Billings for these services, which were based on the estimated cost to Altria Corporate Services, Inc. to provide such services and a management fee, were $163 million, $158 million and $127 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. These costs were paid monthly to Altria Corporate Services, Inc. The cost and nature of the services

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

are reviewed annually by PMI’s management. Although the cost of these services cannot be quantified on a stand alone basis, PMI’s management has concluded that the billings are reasonable based on the level of support provided by Altria Corporate Services, Inc., and that they reflect all services provided. The effects of these transactions are included in operating cash flows in PMI’s consolidated statements of cash flows. PMI plans to undertake independently all remaining services currently provided by Altria Corporate Services, Inc. in 2008.

Net amounts due from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates (which are included in the consolidated balance sheets) were comprised of the following at December 31, 2006 and 2007:

 

     2006    2007
     (in millions)

Net receivables from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates

   $ 399    $ 111

Prepaid expense for services from Philip Morris USA Inc.

     189      146
             

Due from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates

   $ 588    $ 257
             

Included above at December 31, 2006 was a short-term note receivable for 77 million euros ($101 million) which was paid in October 2007 and earned interest at a rate of 4.17%. The fair values of receivables from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates at December 31, 2006 and 2007 approximate the amounts shown above.

See Note 9. Provision for Income Taxes regarding the impact to PMI of the closure of an Internal Revenue Service review of Altria Group, Inc.’s consolidated federal income tax return recorded during the first quarter of 2006.

Operations:

PMI has or had contracts with Philip Morris USA Inc., the U.S. tobacco subsidiary of Altria Group, Inc., for the purchase of U.S.-grown tobacco leaf, the contract manufacture of cigarettes for export from the United States and certain research and development activities. Billings for services are generally based upon Philip Morris USA Inc.’s cost to provide such services, plus a service fee. The cost of leaf purchases is the market price of the leaf plus a service fee. Generally, fees are paid one month in advance of the receipt of services and are included in operating cash flows on PMI’s consolidated statements of cash flows. The cost and nature of these services are reviewed annually by PMI management. Although the cost of these services cannot be quantified on a stand alone basis, PMI’s management has concluded that the billings are reasonable based on the level of support provided by Philip Morris USA Inc. and that they reflect all services provided.

During 2005, 2006 and 2007, the goods and services purchased from Philip Morris USA Inc. were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (dollars and cigarettes in millions)

Contract manufacturing, cigarette volume

     79,129      78,659      57,293
                    

Contract manufacturing expense

   $ 1,134    $ 1,171    $ 792

Research and development, net of billings to
Philip Morris USA Inc.

     46      54      75
                    

Total pre-tax expense

   $ 1,180    $ 1,225    $ 867
                    

Leaf purchases

   $ 429    $ 299    $ 458
                    

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Included in the above were total service fees of $60 million, $60 million and $52 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the prepaid expense for services from Philip Morris USA Inc., which represents amounts paid in advance for product and services, were $189 million and $146 million, respectively, and is included in due from Altria Group, Inc. and affiliates on PMI’s consolidated balance sheets.

Manufacturing Optimization Program

In June 2007, PMI decided to re-source that portion of its production sourced from PM USA under a contract manufacturing arrangement. PMI expects to shift all of its PM USA-sourced production, which approximates 57 billion cigarettes, to PMI facilities in Europe by October 2008.

Leasing activities:

A German subsidiary of PMI had several leveraged lease agreements related principally to transportation assets in Europe. These leveraged lease agreements were managed by Philip Morris Capital Corporation (“PMCC”), Altria Group, Inc.’s financial services subsidiary. During December 2007, these lease agreements were sold and PMI recorded a pre-tax gain of $52 million ($14 million after taxes) in the 2007 consolidated statement of earnings. As a result of this transaction, PMI no longer has and does not plan to make any future leveraged lease investments.

Stock-based compensation:

Certain PMI employees participate in Altria Group, Inc.’s stock compensation plans. At December 31, 2007, certain PMI employees held shares of Altria Group, Inc. restricted stock and deferred stock, or options to purchase shares of Altria Group, Inc. common stock.

On March 30, 2007 (the “Kraft Distribution Date”), Altria Group, Inc. distributed all of its remaining interest in Kraft on a pro-rata basis to Altria Group, Inc. stockholders of record as of the close of business on March 16, 2007 (the “Kraft Record Date”) in a tax-free distribution. The distribution ratio was 0.692024 of a share of Kraft common stock for each share of Altria Group, Inc. common stock outstanding.

Holders of Altria Group, Inc. stock options were treated similarly to public stockholders and, accordingly, had their stock awards split into two instruments. Holders of Altria Group, Inc. stock options received the following stock options, which, immediately after the spin-off, had an aggregate intrinsic value equal to the intrinsic value of the pre-spin Altria Group, Inc. options:

 

   

a new Kraft option to acquire the number of shares of Kraft Class A common stock equal to the product of (a) the number of Altria Group, Inc. options held by such person on the Kraft Distribution Date and (b) the distribution ratio of 0.692024; and

 

   

an adjusted Altria Group, Inc. option for the same number of shares of Altria Group, Inc. common stock with a reduced exercise price.

The new Kraft option has an exercise price equal to the Kraft market price at the time of the distribution ($31.66) multiplied by the Option Conversion Ratio, which represents the exercise price of the original Altria Group, Inc. option divided by the Altria Group, Inc. market price immediately before the distribution ($87.81). The reduced exercise price of the adjusted Altria Group, Inc. option is determined by multiplying the Altria Group, Inc. market price immediately following the distribution ($65.90) by the Option Conversion Ratio.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Holders of Altria Group, Inc. restricted stock or deferred stock awarded prior to January 31, 2007, retained their existing award and received restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft Class A common stock. The amount of Kraft restricted stock or deferred stock awarded to such holders was calculated using the same formula set forth above with respect to new Kraft options. All of the restricted stock and deferred stock will vest at the completion of the original restriction period (typically, three years from the date of the original grant). Recipients of Altria Group, Inc. deferred stock awarded on January 31, 2007, did not receive restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft. Rather, they received additional deferred stock of Altria Group, Inc. to preserve the intrinsic value of the original award.

In connection with the Kraft spin-off, Altria Group, Inc. employee stock options were modified through the issuance of Kraft employee stock options and the adjustment of the stock option exercise prices for the Altria Group, Inc. awards. For each employee stock option outstanding the aggregate intrinsic value of the option immediately after the spin-off was not greater than the aggregate intrinsic value of the option immediately before the spin-off. Due to the fact that the Black-Scholes fair values of the awards immediately before and immediately after the spin-off were equivalent, as measured in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), no incremental compensation expense was recorded as a result of the modification of the Altria Group, Inc. awards.

The following table summarizes the number of Altria Group, Inc. stock options held by PMI employees at December 31, 2007:

 

     Shares
Subject

to Option
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Average
Remaining

Contractual
Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Altria Group, Inc. common stock:

          

Balance at January 1, 2007

   6,041,874     $ 33.45      

Granted

   35,278       63.47      

Exercised

   (1,961,951 )     37.78      

Employee transfers

   (4,788 )     30.52      
              

Balance/Exercisable at December 31, 2007

   4,110,413       31.54    2 years    $ 181 million
              

As more fully described above, the weighted average exercise price of stock options shown in the table above was reduced as a result of the Kraft spin-off.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $14.43, $12.42 and $16.46, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was approximately $120 million, $85 million and $80 million, respectively.

Effective January 1, 2006, Altria Group, Inc. adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method, which requires measurement of compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service periods for awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock and deferred stock is determined based on the number of shares granted and the market value at date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined using a modified Black-Scholes methodology. Pre-tax compensation cost related to Altria Group, Inc. stock options totaled $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Altria Group, Inc. previously applied the intrinsic value-based methodology in accounting for the various stock plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense had been recognized in 2005 other than for restricted stock awards. Had compensation expense for stock option awards been determined by using the fair value at the grant date, PMI’s net earnings would have been $5,618 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

The impact of compensation cost was determined using a modified Black-Scholes methodology and the following weighted average assumptions for Altria Group, Inc. common stock:

 

     Risk-Free
Interest
Rate
    Expected
Life
   Expected
Volatility
    Expected
Dividend
Yield
 

2005

   3.90 %   4 years    33.37 %   4.43 %

2006

   4.74     4    25.49     4.35  

2007

   4.49     4    27.94     4.07  

Altria Group, Inc. has not granted stock options to employees of PMI since 2002. The amount discussed above with respect to stock-based compensation expense relates to EOSOs. Under certain circumstances, senior executives who exercised outstanding stock options, using shares to pay the option exercise price and taxes, received EOSOs equal to the number of shares tendered. This feature ceased in March 2007. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, Altria Group, Inc. granted 167,168, 40,544 and 35,278 EOSOs, respectively, to PMI employees. EOSOs were granted at an exercise price of not less than fair market value on the date of the grant.

In addition, Altria Group, Inc. has granted shares of its restricted stock and deferred stock to eligible PMI employees, giving them in most instances all of the rights of stockholders, except that they may not sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber such shares. Such shares are subject to forfeiture if certain employment conditions are not met. During 2005, 2006 and 2007, Altria Group, Inc. granted 930,300, 898,380, and 1,068,714 shares, respectively, of restricted stock and deferred stock to PMI employees. Restrictions on the restricted stock and deferred stock generally lapse on the third anniversary of the grant date. The fair value of the restricted stock and deferred stock at the date of grant is amortized to expense ratably over the restriction period as charges from Altria Group, Inc. PMI recorded compensation expense for restricted stock and deferred stock of $45 million, $55 million and $55 million, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The unamortized compensation expense related to Altria Group, Inc.’s restricted stock and deferred stock granted to PMI employees was $73 million at December 31, 2007 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years.

Restricted stock and deferred stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2007 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value Per

Share

Balance at January 1, 2007

   2,569,670     $ 63.89

Granted

   1,068,714       65.59

Vested

   (884,584 )     56.12

Forfeited, net of employee transfers

   (251,872 )     66.09
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   2,501,928       67.13
        

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In January 2007, Altria Group, Inc. issued 0.8 million deferred shares to eligible PMI employees. Restrictions on these shares lapse in the first quarter of 2010. The market value per share was $87.36 on the date of grant. Recipients of these Altria Group, Inc. deferred shares did not receive restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft upon the Kraft spin-off. Rather, they received approximately 0.3 million additional deferred shares of Altria Group, Inc. to preserve the intrinsic value of the original award, and accordingly, the grant date fair value per share, in the table above, related to this grant was reduced.

The grant price information for restricted stock and deferred stock awarded prior to January 31, 2007 reflects historical market prices which are not adjusted to reflect the Kraft spin-off. As discussed more fully above, as a result of the Kraft spin-off, holders of restricted stock and deferred stock awarded prior to January 31, 2007 retained their existing award and received restricted stock or deferred stock of Kraft’s Class A common stock.

The weighted–average grant date fair value of the restricted stock and deferred stock granted during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $58 million, $66 million and $70 million, respectively, or $62.02, $74.02 and $65.59 per restricted or deferred share, respectively. The total fair value of the restricted stock and deferred stock vested during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 was $0.1 million, $91 million and $76 million, respectively.

Note 4. E.C. Agreement:

In 2004, PMI entered into an agreement with the European Commission (“E.C.”) and 10 member states of the European Union that provides for broad cooperation with European law enforcement agencies on anti-contraband and anti-counterfeit efforts. To date, this agreement has been signed by 26 of the 27 member states. The agreement resolves all disputes between the parties relating to these issues. Under the terms of the agreement, PMI will make 13 payments over 12 years, including an initial payment of $250 million, which was recorded as a pre-tax charge against its earnings in 2004. The agreement calls for additional payments of approximately $150 million on the first anniversary of the agreement (this payment was made in July 2005), approximately $100 million on the second anniversary (this payment was made in July 2006) and approximately $75 million each year thereafter for 10 years, each of which is to be adjusted based on certain variables, including PMI’s market share in the European Union in the year preceding payment. Because future additional payments are subject to these variables, PMI records charges for them as an expense in cost of sales when product is shipped. In addition, PMI is also responsible to pay the excise taxes, VAT and customs duties on qualifying product seizures of up to 90 million cigarettes and is subject to payments of five times the applicable taxes and duties if qualifying product seizures exceed 90 million cigarettes in a given year. To date, PMI’s payments related to product seizures have been immaterial. Total charges related to the E.C. Agreement of $136 million, $95 million and $100 million were recorded in cost of sales in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 5. Asset Impairment and Exit Costs:

During 2005, 2006 and 2007 pre-tax asset impairment and exit costs consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     2005    2006    2007

Separation programs:

        

European Union

   $ 30    $ 99    $ 137

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     14      2      12

Asia

     7      19      28

Latin America

     4      1      18
                    

Total separation programs

     55      121      195
                    

Asset impairment:

        

European Union

     19      5   

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     5      

Asia

     9      

Latin America

     2      
                    

Total asset impairment

     35      5      —  
                    

General corporate

           13
                    

Asset impairment and exit costs

   $ 90    $ 126    $ 208
                    

During 2005, 2006 and 2007, PMI announced plans for the streamlining of various administrative functions and operations. These plans resulted in the announced closure or partial closure of 9 production facilities through December 31, 2007, the largest of which is the closure of a factory in Munich, Germany announced in 2006. As a result of these announcements, PMI recorded pre-tax charges of $90 million, $126 million and $195 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. The 2005 pre-tax charges primarily related to the write-off of obsolete equipment, severance benefits and impairment charges associated with the closure of a factory in the Czech Republic, and the streamlining of various operations. The 2006 pre-tax charges included $57 million of costs related to the Munich, Germany factory closure. The 2007 pre-tax charges primarily related to severance costs. Pre-tax charges, primarily related to severance, of approximately $65 million related to these previously announced plans are expected during 2008.

In 2007, general corporate pre-tax charges of $13 million were related to fees associated with the Spin-off, as discussed more fully in Note 16. Subsequent Event .

Cash payments related to exit costs at PMI were $40 million, $44 million and $131 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Future cash payments for exit costs incurred to date are expected to be approximately $170 million.

The streamlining of these various functions and operations is expected to result in the elimination of approximately 3,400 positions. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 2,400 of these positions have been eliminated.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The movement in the exit cost liabilities for PMI was as follows (in millions):

 

Liability balance, January 1, 2006

   $ 40  

Charges

     121  

Cash spent

     (44 )

Currency/other

     (7 )
        

Liability balance, December 31, 2006

     110  

Charges

     208  

Cash spent

     (131 )

Currency/other

     15  
        

Liability balance, December 31, 2007

   $ 202  
        

Note 6. Acquisitions:

Sampoerna:

In March 2005, a subsidiary of PMI acquired 40% of the outstanding shares of PT HM Sampoerna Tbk (“Sampoerna”), an Indonesian tobacco company. In May 2005, PMI purchased an additional 58%, for a total of 98%. The total cost of the transaction was approximately $4.8 billion, including Sampoerna’s cash of approximately $0.3 billion and debt of the U.S. dollar equivalent of approximately $0.2 billion. The purchase price was primarily financed through PMI’s credit facilities discussed further in Note 7. S hort-Term Borrowings and Borrowing Arrangements .

The acquisition of Sampoerna allowed PMI to enter the profitable kretek cigarette category in Indonesia. Sampoerna’s financial position and results of operations have been fully consolidated with PMI as of June 1, 2005. From March 2005 to May 2005, PMI recorded equity earnings in Sampoerna. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, Sampoerna contributed $1,348 million, $3,191 million and $3,599 million, respectively, of net revenues, $315 million, $608 million and $593 million, respectively, of operating income and $128 million, $249 million and $268 million, respectively, of net earnings.

During 2006, the allocation of purchase price relating to the acquisition of Sampoerna was completed. Assets purchased consist primarily of non-deductible goodwill of $3.5 billion, other intangible assets (largely indefinite-lived brand names) of $1.3 billion, inventories of $0.5 billion and property, plant and equipment of $0.4 billion. Liabilities assumed in the acquisition consist principally of long-term debt of $0.3 billion and accrued liabilities.

Holdings in the Dominican Republic:

In November 2006, a subsidiary of PMI exchanged its 47.5% interest in E. León Jimenes, C. por. A. (“ELJ”), which included a 40% indirect interest in ELJ’s beer subsidiary, Cerveceria Nacional Dominicana, C. por. A., for 100% ownership of ELJ’s cigarette subsidiary, Industria de Tabaco León Jimenes, S.A. (“ITLJ”) and $427 million of cash, which was contributed to ITLJ prior to the transaction. As a result of the transaction, PMI now owns 100% of the cigarette business and no longer holds an interest in ELJ’s beer business. The exchange of PMI’s interest in ELJ’s beer subsidiary resulted in a pre-tax gain on the sale of $488 million. The operating results of ELJ’s cigarette subsidiary from November 2006 to December 31, 2006, and for the year ended December 31, 2007, the amounts of which were not material, were included in PMI’s operating results in the respective years.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Mexico:

In November 2007, PMI acquired an additional 30% stake in its Mexican tobacco business from Grupo Carso, S.A.B. de C.V. (“Grupo Carso”), which increased PMI’s ownership interest to 80%, for $1.1 billion. After this transaction was completed, Grupo Carso retained a 20% stake in the business. PMI also entered into an agreement with Grupo Carso which provides the basis for PMI to potentially acquire, or for Grupo Carso to potentially sell to PMI, Grupo Carso’s remaining 20% in the future. This agreement will be valued as part of the allocation of purchase price.

Assets purchased consist primarily of goodwill of $1.2 billion, inventories of $168 million, property, plant and equipment of $157 million and other intangible assets (primarily brands) of $32 million. Liabilities assumed in the acquisition consist principally of accrued liabilities. These amounts represent the preliminary allocation of purchase price and are subject to revision when appraisals are finalized in 2008.

Other:

During 2005, PMI acquired a 98% stake in Coltabaco, the largest tobacco company in Colombia, for approximately $300 million.

In the fourth quarter of 2006, PMI purchased from British American Tobacco the Muratti and Ambassador trademarks in certain markets, as well as the rights to L&M and Chesterfield in Hong Kong, in exchange for the rights to Benson & Hedges in certain African markets and a payment of $115 million.

During the first quarter of 2007, PMI acquired an additional 50.2% stake in a Pakistan cigarette manufacturer, Lakson Tobacco Company Limited (“Lakson Tobacco”), and completed a mandatory tender offer for the remaining shares, which increased PMI’s total ownership interest in Lakson Tobacco from 40% to approximately 98%, for $388 million.

The effects of these other acquisitions, in the aggregate, were not material to PMI’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or operating cash flows in any of the periods presented.

Note 7. Short-Term Borrowings and Borrowing Arrangements:

At December 31, 2006 and 2007, PMI’s short-term borrowings and related average interest rates consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2007  
     Amount
Outstanding
   Average
Year-End
Rate
    Amount
Outstanding
    Average
Year-End
Rate
 

364-day term loan facility

   $  —      —   %   $ 2,205     5.1 %

Bank loans

     419    8.2       638     7.1  

Amount reclassified as long-term debt

          (2,205 )  
                   
   $ 419      $ 638    
                   

Given the mix of subsidiaries and their respective local economic environments, the average interest rate for bank loans above can vary significantly from day to day.

At December 31, 2007, $2,205 million of short-term borrowings that PMI expects to remain outstanding at December 31, 2008 were reclassified as long-term debt.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The fair values of PMI’s short-term borrowings at December 31, 2006 and 2007, based upon current market interest rates, approximate the amounts disclosed above.

As discussed in Note 6. Acquisitions , the purchase price of the Sampoerna acquisition was primarily financed through PMI’s euro 4.5 billion bank credit facilities arranged in May 2005, consisting of a euro 2.5 billion three-year term loan facility (which, through repayments had since been reduced to euro 1.5 billion) and a euro 2.0 billion five-year revolving credit facility. On December 4, 2007, PMI entered into new credit agreements consisting of a $3.0 billion five-year revolving credit facility, a $1.0 billion 3-year revolving credit facility and a euro 1.5 billion 364-day term loan facility. On December 4, 2007, PMI borrowed euro 1.5 billion under the new term loan facility to repay the debt outstanding under its 2005 term loan facility. These facilities, which are not guaranteed by Altria Group, Inc., require PMI to maintain an earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) to interest ratio of not less than 3.5 to 1.0. At December 31, 2007, PMI’s ratio calculated in accordance with the agreements was 44.6 to 1.0. These facilities do not include any credit rating triggers or any provisions that could require the posting of collateral.

At December 31, 2007, credit lines for PMI, and the related activity, were as follows (in billions of dollars):

 

     December 31, 2007

Type

   Credit
Lines
   Amount
Drawn
   Lines
Available

364-day term loan, expiring 12/2/08

   $ 2.2    $ 2.2    $ —  

3-year revolving credit, expiring 12/4/10

     1.0      0.6      0.4

5-year revolving credit, expiring 12/4/12

     3.0         3.0

5-year revolving credit, expiring 5/12/10

     2.9      2.4      0.5
                    
   $ 9.1    $ 5.2    $ 3.9
                    

In addition to the above, PMI maintains credit lines with a number of lending institutions, to fund, on a short-term basis, the local working capital requirements of several subsidiaries. These credit lines amounted to approximately $2.6 billion at December 31, 2007. Borrowings from these lines of credit amounted to $419 million and $638 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Note 8. Long-Term Debt:

At December 31, 2006 and 2007, PMI’s long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     2006     2007  

Short-term borrowings, reclassified as long-term debt

   $ —       $ 2,205  

Notes, 5.34% to 5.57% (average interest rate 5.44%), due 2010

       1,360  

Foreign currency obligations:

    

Euro notes payable, 4.80% to 5.22% (average interest rate 5.05%), due 2010

     1,965       1,698  

Other foreign (average interest rate 4.69%), due through 2013

     402       406  
                
     2,367       5,669  

Less current portion of long-term debt

     (145 )     (91 )
                
   $ 2,222     $ 5,578  
                

Other foreign debt above also includes $222 million and $278 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, of capital lease obligations associated with the expansion of PMI’s vending machine distribution in Japan.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt, excluding short-term borrowings reclassified as long-term debt, are as follows (in millions):

 

2008

   $ 91

2009

     194

2010

     3,112

2011

     34

2012

     23

2013

     10

Based on market quotes, where available, or interest rates currently available to PMI for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities, the aggregate fair value of PMI’s long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, at December 31, 2006 and 2007, approximated the book value of the debt.

Note 9. Provision for Income Taxes:

Provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

Provision for income taxes:

      

United States federal:

      

Current

   $ 897     $ 16     $ 560  

Deferred

     (713 )     202       72  
                        
     184       218       632  

State and local

     (20 )     (53 )     7  
                        

Total United States

     164       165       639  
                        

Outside United States:

      

Current

     1,704       1,640       2,018  

Deferred

     (33 )     24       (93 )
                        

Total outside United States

     1,671       1,664       1,925  
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 1,835     $ 1,829     $ 2,564  
                        

United States income tax is primarily attributable to dividend repatriation costs and certain intercompany royalty arrangements.

At December 31, 2007, applicable United States federal income taxes and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on approximately $11 billion of accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are expected to be permanently reinvested.

In October 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act (“the Jobs Act”) was signed into law. The Jobs Act includes a deduction for 85% of certain foreign earnings that are repatriated. In 2005, PMI (in coordination with Altria Group, Inc.) repatriated $5.5 billion of earnings under the provisions of the Jobs Act. Deferred taxes had previously been provided for a portion of the dividends remitted. The reversal of the deferred taxes more than offset the tax costs to repatriate the earnings and resulted in a net tax reduction of $344 million in the 2005 consolidated income tax provision.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) concluded its examination of Altria Group, Inc.’s consolidated tax returns for the years 1996 through 1999, and issued a final Revenue Agent’s Report (“RAR”) on March 15, 2006. Consequently, Altria Group, Inc. reimbursed PMI in cash for unrequired federal tax reserves of $450 million. PMI also recognized net state tax reversals of $35 million, resulting in a total net earnings benefit of $485 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

The U.S. federal statute of limitations remains open for the year 2000 and onward with years 2000 to 2003 currently under examination by the IRS. Foreign and U.S. state jurisdictions have statutes of limitations generally ranging from 3 to 5 years. Years still open to examination by foreign tax authorities in major jurisdictions include Germany (2002 onward), Indonesia (2000 onward), Russia (2005 onward) and Switzerland (2005 onward). PMI is currently under examination in various foreign jurisdictions.

As previously discussed in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , on January 1, 2007, PMI adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result, PMI recognized a $472 million decrease in unrecognized tax benefits, which resulted in an increase to stockholder’s equity as of January 1, 2007 of $471 million and a reduction of federal deferred tax benefits of $1 million.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits in 2007 is as follows (in millions):

 

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 165  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     25  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (17 )

Settlements

     (10 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 163  
        

Unrecognized tax benefits and PMI’s liability for contingent income taxes, interest and penalties were as follows:

 

     January 1,
2007
    December 31,
2007
 
     (in millions)  

Unrecognized tax benefits

   $ 165     $ 163  

Accrued interest and penalties

     26       53  

Tax credits and other indirect benefits

     (56 )     (36 )
                

Liability for tax contingencies

   $ 135     $ 180  
                

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was $110 million and $129 million at January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The remainder, if recognized, would principally affect deferred taxes.

PMI recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of the tax provision. As of January 1, 2007, PMI had $26 million of accrued interest and penalties. The accrued interest and penalties increased to $53 million at December 31, 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007, PMI recognized in its consolidated statement of earnings $19 million of interest and penalties.

It is reasonably possible that within the next 12 months certain foreign and U.S. state examinations will be resolved, which could result in a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits, and interest and penalties of approximately $8 million and $3 million, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The effective income tax rate on pre-tax earnings differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate for the following reasons:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006     2007  

U.S. federal statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

      

Benefit related to dividend repatriation under the Jobs Act

   (4.5 )    

Benefit principally related to reversal of federal and state reserves on conclusion of IRS audit

     (5.9 )  

Foreign rate differences

   (6.4 )   (7.6 )   (9.4 )

Reversal of tax reserves no longer required

Dividend repatriation cost

   (0.3

0.6

)

 

  (1.3

1.1

)

 

  2.8  

Other

   (0.4 )   0.9     0.5  
                  

Effective tax rate

   24.0 %   22.2 %   28.9 %
                  

In 2006, the tax provision included the reversal of $105 million of tax reserves that were no longer required due to foreign tax events that were resolved within that fiscal year. In 2007, PMI recorded tax benefits of $27 million related to the reduction of deferred tax liabilities resulting from future lower tax rates enacted in Germany. The tax provision in 2007 also includes the reversal of tax accruals of $41 million no longer required.

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     At December 31,  
     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Accrued postemployment benefits

   $ 47     $ 49  

Accrued pension costs

     144       43  

Other

     178       180  
                

Total deferred income tax assets

     369       272  
                

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Trade names

     (385 )     (451 )

Property, plant and equipment

     (271 )     (308 )

Unremitted earnings

     (288 )     (462 )

Leveraged leases

     (229 )  
                

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (1,173 )     (1,221 )
                

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $ (804 )   $ (949 )
                

PMI’s deferred income taxes resulted in net deferred income tax liabilities of $804 million and $949 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. These amounts were recognized in PMI’s consolidated balance sheets as current assets of $263 million and $311 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, other assets of $253 million and $154 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, current liabilities of $154

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

million and $174 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and long-term liabilities of $1,166 million and $1,240 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Note 10. Segment Reporting:

PMI’s subsidiaries and affiliates are engaged in the manufacture and sale of cigarettes and other tobacco products in markets outside of the United States of America. Reportable segments for PMI are organized and managed by geographic region. PMI’s reportable segments are European Union; Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa; Asia; and Latin America.

PMI’s management reviews operating companies income to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources. Operating companies income for the segments excludes general corporate expenses and amortization of intangibles. Interest expense, net, and provision for income taxes are centrally managed and, accordingly, such items are not presented by segment since they are excluded from the measure of segment profitability reviewed by management. Information about total assets by segment is not disclosed because such information is not reported to or used by PMI’s chief operating decision maker. Segment goodwill and intangible assets, net, are disclosed in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2.

Segment data were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

Net revenues:

      

European Union

   $ 23,874     $ 23,752     $ 26,682  

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     8,869       9,972       12,149  

Asia

     8,609       10,142       11,099  

Latin America

     3,936       4,394       5,166  
                        

Net revenues

   $ 45,288     $ 48,260     $ 55,096  
                        

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest:

      

Operating companies income:

      

European Union

   $ 3,934     $ 3,516     $ 4,173  

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     1,635       2,065       2,427  

Asia

     1,793       1,869       1,802  

Latin America

     463       1,008       520  

Amortization of intangibles

     (18 )     (23 )     (28 )

General corporate expenses

     (72 )     (67 )     (73 )

Gain on sale of leasing business

         52  
                        

Operating income

     7,735       8,368       8,873  

Interest expense, net

     (94 )     (142 )     (10 )
                        

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest

   $ 7,641     $ 8,226     $ 8,863  
                        

Items affecting the comparability of results from operations were as follows:

 

   

Italian Antitrust Charge – During the first quarter of 2006, PMI recorded a $61 million charge related to an Italian antitrust action. This charge was included in the operating companies income of the European Union segment.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   

Gains on Sales of Businesses – During 2006, operating companies income of the Latin America segment included a pre-tax gain of $488 million related to the exchange of PMI’s interest in a beer business in the Dominican Republic. See Note 6. Acquisitions for additional information. During 2007, PMI sold its leasing business, managed by PMCC, for a pre-tax gain of $52 million ($14 million after-taxes).

 

   

Inventory Sale in Italy – During the first quarter of 2005, PMI made a one-time inventory sale to its new distributor in Italy, resulting in a $96 million pre-tax benefit to operating companies income for the European Union segment. During the second quarter of 2005, the new distributor reduced its inventories, resulting in lower shipments for PMI. The net impact of these actions was a benefit to the European Union’s pre-tax operating companies income of approximately $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

   

Asset Impairment and Exit Costs – See Note 5. Asset Impairment and Exit Costs , for a breakdown of asset impairment and exit costs by segment.

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (in millions)

Depreciation expense:

        

European Union

   $ 211    $ 217    $ 270

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     162      186      209

Asia

     100      193      194

Latin America

     36      39      47
                    

Total depreciation expense

   $ 509    $ 635    $ 720
                    

Capital expenditures:

        

European Union

   $ 351    $ 501    $ 575

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     231      165      202

Asia

     123      181      236

Latin America

     31      39      59
                    

Total capital expenditures

   $ 736    $ 886    $ 1,072
                    

 

     At December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (in millions)

Long-lived assets:

        

European Union

   $ 2,711    $ 2,891    $ 3,477

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa

     1,319      1,416      1,596

Asia

     1,215      1,302      1,521

Latin America

     681      622      499
                    
     5,926      6,231      7,093

Other

     214      140      67
                    

Total long-lived assets

   $ 6,140    $ 6,371    $ 7,160
                    

Long-lived assets consist of non-current assets other than goodwill and intangible assets, net.

Total net revenues attributable to customers located in Germany, PMI’s largest market, were $7.6 billion, $7.7 billion and $8.0 billion for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 11. Benefit Plans:

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS No. 158”). SFAS No. 158 requires that employers recognize the funded status of their defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans on the consolidated balance sheet and record as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost. PMI adopted the recognition and related disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158, prospectively, on December 31, 2006.

SFAS No. 158 also requires an entity to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of its fiscal year-end statement of financial position for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. PMI’s pension plans are measured at September 30 of each year. PMI will adopt the measurement date provision in 2008 and will record the impact of the measurement date change, which is not expected to be significant, as an adjustment to retained earnings.

The incremental effect of applying SFAS No. 158 on individual line items in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 was as follows:

 

     Before
Application
of SFAS
No. 158
   Adjustments     After
Application
of SFAS
No. 158
          (in millions)      

Deferred income taxes

   $ 262    $ 1     $ 263

Other current assets

     259      (96 )     163

Total current assets

     12,020      (95 )     11,925

Other assets

     1,200      (67 )     1,133

Total assets

     26,282      (162 )     26,120

Accrued liabilities—employment costs

     536      (1 )     535

Total current liabilities

     6,990      (1 )     6,989

Deferred income taxes

     1,233      (67 )     1,166

Employment costs

     259      419       678

Total liabilities

     11,502      351       11,853

Accumulated other comprehensive earnings

     989      (513 )     476

Total stockholder’s equity

     14,780      (513 )     14,267

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

     26,282      (162 )     26,120

The amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive earnings/losses at December 31, 2006 consisted of the following:

 

     Pension     Postemployment     Total  
           (in millions)        

Net losses

   $ (533 )   $ (61 )   $ (594 )

Prior service cost

     (37 )       (37 )

Net transition obligation

     (2 )       (2 )

Deferred income taxes

     98       22       120  
                        

Initial adoption of SFAS No. 158

   $ (474 )   $ (39 )   $ (513 )
                        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive earnings/losses at December 31, 2007 consisted of the following:

 

     Pension     Postemployment     Total  
           (in millions)        

Net losses

   $ (24 )   $ (78 )   $ (102 )

Prior service cost

     (31 )       (31 )

Net transition obligation

     (11 )       (11 )

Deferred income taxes

     17       27       44  
                        

Amounts to be amortized

   $ (49 )   $ (51 )   $ (100 )
                        

The movements in other comprehensive earnings/losses during the year ended December 31, 2007 were as follows:

 

     Pensions     Postemployment     Total  
           (in millions)        

Amounts transferred to earnings as components of net periodic benefit cost:

      

Amortization:

      

Net losses

   $ 25     $ 7     $ 32  

Prior service cost

     5         5  

Other income/expense:

      

Net losses

     5         5  

Deferred income taxes

     (6 )     (2 )     (8 )
                        
     29       5       34  
                        

Other movements during the year:

      

Net losses

     479       (24 )     455  

Prior service cost

     1         1  

Net transition obligation

     (9 )       (9 )

Deferred income taxes

     (75 )     7       (68 )
                        
     396       (17 )     379  
                        

Total movements in other comprehensive earnings/ losses

   $ 425     $ (12 )   $ 413  
                        

Pension coverage for employees of PMI’s non-U.S. subsidiaries is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans, many of which are governed by local statutory requirements. PMI provides health care and other benefits to substantially all retired U.S. employees through its participation in Altria Group, Inc.’s postretirement plan. Altria Group, Inc. is responsible for the liability under this plan. PMI’s allocated cost of this plan was $2 million, $5 million and $4 million in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Health care benefits for retirees outside the United States are generally covered through local government plans.

PMI’s U.S. salaried employees participate in defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans, and postretirement healthcare plans sponsored by Altria Group, Inc., which is responsible for the liabilities under these plans. Based on the participation of its salaried employees, PMI’s allocated cost of these benefit plans aggregated to $15 million, $16 million and $10 million in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Pension Plans

Obligations and Funded Status

The non-U.S. benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status of PMI’s pension plans at December 31, 2006 and 2007, were as follows:

 

     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

Benefit obligation at January 1

   $ 3,123     $ 3,323  

Service cost

     139       136  

Interest cost

     112       131  

Benefits paid

     (77 )     (135 )

Termination, settlement and curtailment

     (11 )     22  

Assumption changes

     (195 )     (406 )

Actuarial losses

     53       20  

Currency

     206       338  

Other

     (27 )     48  
                

Benefit obligation at December 31

     3,323       3,477  
                

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

     2,557       3,066  

Actual return on plan assets

     253       238  

Employer contributions

     135       95  

Employee contributions

     29       30  

Benefits paid

     (77 )     (138 )

Termination, settlement and curtailment

     (10 )     (15 )

Actuarial (losses) gains

     (9 )     91  

Currency

     188       320  
                

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

     3,066       3,687  
                

Net pension (liability) asset recognized at December 31

   $ (257 )   $ 210  
                

PMI’s pension plans resulted in a net pension liability of $257 million and a net pension asset of $210 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. These amounts were recognized in PMI’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2007, as follows:

 

     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

Other assets

   $ 98     $ 408  

Accrued liabilities—employment costs

     (10 )     (8 )

Employment costs

     (345 )     (190 )
                
   $ (257 )   $ 210  
                

The accumulated benefit obligation for PMI’s pension plans was $2,766 million and $2,974 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

For non-U.S. plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets were $185 million, $165 million and $42 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2006, and $217 million, $200 million and $45 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2007. The majority of these plans cannot be funded under local tax regulations.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine PMI’s benefit obligations under the non-U.S. plans at December 31:

 

     2006     2007  

Discount rate

   3.88 %   4.66 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.21 %   3.26 %

The discount rate for PMI’s non-U.S. plans was developed from local bond indices that match local benefit obligations as closely as possible.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Net periodic pension cost for non-U.S. pension plans consisted of the following:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ 126     $ 139     $ 136  

Interest cost

     113       112       131  

Expected return on plan assets

     (162 )     (190 )     (219 )

Amortization:

      

Net losses

     23       37       25  

Prior service cost

     6       5       5  

Termination, settlement and curtailment

     2       2       42  
                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 108     $ 105     $ 120  
                        

Early retirement programs resulted in additional termination benefits of $2 million in 2005, $2 million in 2006 and $42 million in 2007.

The amounts included in termination, settlement and curtailment in the table above for the year ended December 31, 2007 were comprised of the following changes:

 

     2007
     (in millions)

Benefit obligation

   $ 22

Fair value of plan assets

     15

Other comprehensive earnings/losses:

  

Net losses

     5
      
   $ 42
      

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for PMI’s pension plans that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive earnings into net periodic benefit cost during 2008 are $8 million and $6 million, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine PMI’s net pension cost for non-U.S. plans:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006     2007  

Discount rate

   4.20 %   3.56 %   3.88 %

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   7.21 %   7.26 %   7.05 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.49 %   3.17 %   3.21 %

PMI’s expected rate of return on plan assets for non-U.S. plans is determined by the plan assets’ historical long-term investment performance, current asset allocation and estimates of future long-term returns by asset class.

Plan Assets

The percentage of fair value of pension plan assets of the non-U.S. plans at December 31, 2006 and 2007, was as follows:

 

     2006     2007  

Asset Category:

    

Equity securities

   60 %   59 %

Debt securities

   37     37  

Real estate

   2     3  

Other

   1     1  
            

Total

   100 %   100 %
            

PMI’s investment strategy for non-U.S. plans is subject to local regulations and the asset/liability profiles of the plans in each individual country. In aggregate, the actual asset allocations of the plans are virtually identical to their respective asset policy targets.

PMI attempts to mitigate investment risk by rebalancing between equity and debt asset classes as PMI’s contributions and monthly benefit payments are made.

PMI presently makes, and plans to make, contributions, to the extent that they are tax deductible, in order to maintain plan assets in excess of the accumulated benefit obligation of its funded non-U.S. plans. Currently, PMI anticipates making contributions of approximately $97 million in 2008 to its non-U.S. plans, based on current tax law. However, this estimate is subject to change as a result of changes in tax and other benefit laws, as well as asset performance significantly above or below the assumed long-term rate of return on pension assets, or changes in interest rates.

The estimated future benefit payments from PMI’s non-U.S. pension plans at December 31, 2007, were as follows (in millions):

 

2008

   $  124

2009

     131

2010

     137

2011

     141

2012

     147

2013 - 2017

     885

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Postemployment Benefit Plans

PMI and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor postemployment benefit plans covering substantially all salaried and certain hourly employees. The cost of these plans is charged to expense over the working life of the covered employees. Net postemployment costs consisted of the following:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2005    2006    2007
     (in millions)

Service cost

   $ 4    $ 8    $ 7

Interest cost

        8      9

Amortization of net loss

     5      7      7

Other expense

     50      142      226
                    

Net postemployment costs

   $ 59    $ 165    $ 249
                    

During 2005, 2006 and 2007, certain salaried employees left PMI under separation programs. These programs resulted in incremental postemployment costs, which are included in other expense, above.

The estimated net loss for the postemployment benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive earnings into net postemployment costs during 2008 is approximately $8 million.

PMI’s postemployment plans are not funded. The changes in the benefit obligations of the plans at December 31, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:

 

     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

Accrued postemployment costs at January 1

   $ 140     $ 331  

Service cost

     8       7  

Interest cost

     8       9  

Benefits paid

     (87 )     (180 )

Actuarial losses

     120       25  

Other

     142       226  
                

Accrued postemployment costs at December 31

   $ 331     $ 418  
                

The accrued postemployment costs were determined using a discount rate of 8.2% and 8.3% in 2006 and 2007, respectively, an assumed ultimate annual turnover rate of 2.0% and 2.4% in 2006 and 2007, respectively, assumed compensation cost increases of 4.5% in 2006 and 2007, and assumed benefits as defined in the respective plans. Postemployment costs arising from actions that offer employees benefits in excess of those specified in the respective plans are charged to expense when incurred.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 12. Additional Information:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006     2007  
           (in millions)        

Research and development expense

   $ 285     $ 304     $ 362  
                        

Advertising expense

   $ 463     $ 421     $ 429  
                        

Interest expense

   $ 325     $ 371     $ 268  

Interest income

     (231 )     (229 )     (258 )
                        

Interest expense, net

   $ 94     $ 142     $ 10  
                        

Rent expense

   $ 201     $ 205     $ 237  
                        

Minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases in effect at December 31, 2007, were as follows (in millions):

 

2008

   $ 74

2009

     58

2010

     30

2011

     17

2012

     20

Thereafter

     154
      
   $ 353
      

Note 13. Financial Instruments:

Derivative financial instruments:

PMI operates in markets outside of the United States, with manufacturing and sales facilities in various locations around the world. PMI utilizes certain financial instruments to manage its foreign currency exposure. Derivative financial instruments are used by PMI, principally to reduce exposures to market risks resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates by creating offsetting exposures. PMI is not a party to leveraged derivatives and, by policy, does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting must maintain a specified level of effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the item being hedged, both at inception and throughout the hedged period. PMI formally documents the nature and relationships between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objectives, strategies for undertaking the various hedge transactions and method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Additionally, for hedges of forecasted transactions, the significant characteristics and expected terms of a forecasted transaction must be specifically identified, and it must be probable that each forecasted transaction will occur. If it were deemed probable that the forecasted transaction would not occur, the gain or loss would be recognized in earnings currently.

PMI uses forward foreign exchange contracts, foreign currency swaps and foreign currency options to mitigate its exposure to changes in exchange rates from third-party and intercompany actual and forecasted transactions. The primary currencies to which PMI is exposed include the Japanese yen, Swiss franc, euro, Turkish lira, Russian ruble and Indonesian rupiah. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, PMI had contracts with

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

aggregate notional amounts of $3.1 billion and $6.9 billion, respectively. The effective portion of unrealized gains and losses associated with qualifying contracts is deferred as a component of accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) until the underlying hedged transactions are reported on PMI’s consolidated statement of earnings. A portion of PMI’s foreign currency swaps, while effective as economic hedges, do not qualify for hedge accounting and therefore the unrealized gains (losses) relating to these contracts are reported in PMI’s consolidated statement of earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the unrealized gain (loss) with regard to the contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting was insignificant.

During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, ineffectiveness related to fair value hedges and cash flow hedges was not material. PMI is hedging forecasted transactions for periods not exceeding the next twelve months. At December 31, 2007, PMI expects an insignificant amount of gains reported in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) to be reclassified to the consolidated statement of earnings within the next twelve months.

PMI designates certain foreign currency denominated forwards as net investment hedges of foreign operations. During the year ended December 31, 2007, these hedges of net investments resulted in gains of $19 million, net of income taxes. These gains were reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) within currency translation adjustments.

Derivative gains or losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) are a result of qualifying hedging activity. Transfers of gains or losses from accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses) to earnings are offset by the corresponding gains or losses on the underlying hedged item. Hedging activity affected accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses), net of income taxes, during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, as follows:

 

     2005     2006     2007  
     (in millions)  

(Loss) gain as of January 1

   $ (50 )     $    8     $ —    

Derivative (gains) losses transferred to earnings

     (12 )     (24 )     11  

Change in fair value

     70       16       (21 )
                        

Gain (loss) as of December 31

   $ 8     $ —       $ (10 )
                        

Credit exposure and credit risk:

PMI is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties. While PMI does not anticipate nonperformance, its risk is limited to the fair value of the financial instruments. PMI actively monitors its exposure to credit risk through the use of credit approvals and credit limits, and by selecting major international banks and financial institutions as counterparties.

Fair value:

The aggregate fair value, based upon current market interest rates, of PMI’s total debt at December 31, 2006 and 2007, approximated its carrying value of $2.8 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements,” which will be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. PMI anticipates that the adoption of this statement will not have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 14. Contingencies:

Legal proceedings covering a wide range of matters are pending or threatened against PMI and/or its subsidiaries, and indemnitees of its subsidiaries in various jurisdictions, including an antitrust case in the state of Kansas in the United States. Various types of claims are raised in these proceedings, including, among others, product liability, consumer protection, antitrust, and tax.

It is possible that there could be adverse developments in pending cases against PMI and its subsidiaries. An unfavorable outcome or settlement of pending tobacco related litigation could encourage the commencement of additional litigation.

Damages claimed in some of the tobacco-related litigation are significant and, in certain cases in Brazil, Israel, Nigeria and Canada, range into the billions of dollars. The variability in pleadings in multiple jurisdictions, together with the actual experience of management in litigating claims, demonstrate that the monetary relief that may be specified in a lawsuit bears little relevance to the ultimate outcome. Much of the litigation is in its early stages and litigation is subject to uncertainty. However, as discussed below, PMI to date has been largely successful in defending tobacco-related litigation.

PMI and its subsidiaries record provisions in the consolidated financial statements for pending litigation when they determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. At the present time, while it is reasonably possible that an unfavorable outcome in a case may occur, (i) management has concluded that it is not probable that a loss has been incurred in any of the pending tobacco-related cases; (ii) management is unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome of any of the pending tobacco-related cases; and (iii) accordingly, management has not provided any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for unfavorable outcomes, if any. Legal defense costs are expensed as incurred.

It is possible that PMI’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position could be materially affected in a particular fiscal quarter or fiscal year by an unfavorable outcome or settlement of certain pending litigation. Nevertheless, although litigation is subject to uncertainty, PMI and each of its subsidiaries named as a defendant believe, and each has been so advised by counsel handling the respective cases, that they have valid defenses to the litigation pending against them, as well as valid bases for appeal of adverse verdicts. All such cases are, and will continue to be, vigorously defended. However, PMI and its subsidiaries may enter into settlement discussions in particular cases if they believe it is in the best interests of PMI to do so.

The table below lists the number of tobacco-related cases pending against PMI and/or its subsidiaries or indemnitees of its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007:

 

Type of Case

   Number of Cases
Pending as of
December 31,
2005
   Number of Cases
Pending as of
December 31,
2006
   Number of Cases
Pending as of
December 31,
2007

Individual Smoking and Health Cases

   137    137    136

Smoking and Health Class Actions

   3    2    3

Health Care Cost Recovery Actions

   4    3    8

Lights Class Actions

   2    2    2

Individual Lights Cases (small claims court) (1)

   23    23    2,026

Public civil actions

   0    0    9

 

(1) The 2,026 cases are all pending in small claims court in Italy where the maximum damage award claimed is approximately one thousand euros per case.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Since 1995, when the first tobacco-related litigation was filed against a PMI entity, 249 individual smoking and health, Lights and health care cost recovery cases in which PMI and/or a subsidiary was a defendant have been dismissed. In addition, eight cases have been decided in favor of plaintiffs. Four of these cases have subsequently reached final resolution in favor of PMI, and four remain on appeal. To date, PMI has paid total judgments of approximately six thousand euros. These payments were made in order to appeal three Italian small claims cases, one of which was subsequently reversed on appeal and two of which remain on appeal. To date, no tobacco-related case has been finally resolved in favor of a plaintiff against PMI, its subsidiaries or indemnitees.

The table below lists the verdicts and post-trial developments in the two pending cases (excluding two individual cases on appeal from Italian small claims court) in which verdicts were returned in favor of plaintiffs:

 

Date

  

Location of Court/
Name of Plaintiff

  

Type of Case

  

Verdict

  

Post-Trial Developments

February 2004

   Brazil/ADESF    Class Action    The Civil Court of Sao Paulo ruled in favor of the plaintiff and indicated that there would be a second phase of the case, at which those individuals who are members of the class could file their claims to prove causation and damages. The class was not defined in the ruling.    In April 2004, the trial court issued a decision that clarified that the amount of “moral damages” is R$1,000 (approximately $560) for each smoker per year of consumption, adjusted for inflation with an interest rate of 1% per month as of the date of the opinion. In May 2004, Philip Morris Brasil appealed to the Sao Paulo Court of Appeals. Philip Morris Brasil’s motion to stay execution of the judgment was granted by the trial court, pending the outcome of its appeal. The parties are currently awaiting decisions on various appeals.

October 2003

   Brazil/Da Silva    Individual Smoking and Health    The Court of Appeal of Rio Grande do Sul reversed the trial court ruling in favor of Philip Morris Brasil and awarded plaintiffs R$768,000 (approximately $433,000).    In December 2004, a larger panel of the Court of Appeal of Rio Grande do Sul overturned the adverse decision. Plaintiff has appealed to the Supreme Court. The appeal is pending.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Pending claims related to tobacco products generally fall within the following categories:

Smoking and Health Litigation : These cases primarily allege personal injury and are brought on behalf of individual plaintiffs or on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery, including negligence, gross negligence, strict liability, fraud, misrepresentation, design defect, failure to warn, breach of express and implied warranties, violations of deceptive trade practice laws and consumer protection statutes. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief, including compensatory and other damages, and injunctive and equitable relief. Defenses raised in these cases include licit activity, failure to state a claim, lack of defect, lack of proximate cause, assumption of the risk, contributory negligence, and statutes of limitations.

As of December 31, 2007, there were a number of smoking and health cases pending against PMI’s subsidiaries or indemnitees of its subsidiaries, as follows:

 

   

136 cases brought against PMI’s subsidiaries (133) or indemnitees (3) on behalf of individuals in Argentina (57), Australia (2), Brazil (51), Chile (12), Costa Rica (1), Finland (3), Greece (1), Italy (4), the Philippines (1), Poland (3), and Scotland (1), compared with 137 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 137 cases on December 31, 2005; and

 

   

3 cases brought on behalf of classes of individual plaintiffs against PMI’s subsidiary in Brazil (2) and against its subsidiary and an indemnitee of its subsidiary in Israel, compared with 2 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 3 cases on December 31, 2005.

The individual cases in Finland, alleging personal injuries as a result of smoking, are set for trial in March 2008.

In one of the class actions pending in Brazil, in which PMI’s subsidiary and another member of the industry are defendants, a consumer organization is seeking damages for smokers and former smokers, and injunctive relief. The trial court found in favor of the plaintiff in February 2004. The court awarded R$1,000 (currently approximately U.S. $560) per smoker per full year of smoking for moral damages plus interest at the rate of 1% per month, as of the date of the ruling. Actual damages are to be assessed in a second phase of the case. The size of the class cannot be currently estimated. Defendants appealed the decision to the Sao Paulo Court of Appeals and the case, including the judgment, is currently stayed pending appeal. In addition, the defendants filed a constitutional appeal to the Federal Supreme Court on the basis that the consumer association does not have standing to bring the lawsuit. Both appeals are pending.

A second class action was filed in Brazil, in which PMI’s subsidiary is a defendant, by the Public Prosecutor of the State of Sao Paulo. The plaintiff is seeking:

 

   

unspecified damages on behalf of all smokers nationwide, former smokers, and their relatives;

 

   

unspecified damages on behalf of people exposed to environmental tobacco smoke, or ETS, nationwide, and their relatives; and

 

   

reimbursement of the health care costs allegedly incurred for the treatment of tobacco-related diseases by all 27 States, approximately 5,000 Municipalities, and the Federal District.

While PMI’s subsidiary has not yet been served, the judge has authorized the claim to be served. In an interim ruling issued in December 2007, the trial court limited the scope of this claim to the State of Sao Paulo only.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In the purported class action pending in Israel, in which PMI’s subsidiary and an indemnitee of its subsidiary are defendants, plaintiff seeks compensation for a class of approximately 500,000 smokers for the cost of past and future smoking cessation treatment. The claim was dismissed in May 2007 on statute of limitations grounds. Plaintiff has appealed to the Supreme Court, but failed to deposit the bond necessary to proceed with the appeal. Consequently, in January 2008, the Supreme Court dismissed the appeal. The plaintiff may seek reconsideration of the dismissal of the appeal.

Health Care Cost Recovery Litigation : These cases, brought by governmental and non-governmental plaintiffs, including health care funds, seek reimbursement of health care cost expenditures allegedly caused by tobacco products. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery including unjust enrichment, negligence, negligent design, strict liability, breach of express and implied warranty, violation of a voluntary undertaking or special duty, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, conspiracy, public nuisance, defective product, failure to warn, sale of cigarettes to minors, and claims under statutes governing competition and deceptive trade practices. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief including compensatory and other damages, and injunctive and equitable relief. Defenses raised in these cases include lack of proximate cause, remoteness of injury, failure to state a claim, adequate remedy at law, “unclean hands” (namely, that plaintiffs cannot obtain equitable relief because they participated in, and benefited from, the sale of cigarettes), and statutes of limitations.

As of December 31, 2007, there were a total of 8 health care cost recovery cases pending against PMI, its subsidiaries and indemnitees of its subsidiaries, compared with 3 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 4 cases on December 31, 2005, as follows:

 

   

2 cases brought against PMI in Canada (1) and against PMI, its subsidiary and an indemnitee of its subsidiary in Israel (1); and

 

   

6 cases brought in Nigeria (5) and Spain (1) against PMI’s subsidiaries.

In the case in Canada, in which PMI and other members of the industry are defendants, the government of the province of British Columbia brought a claim based upon legislation that the province had enacted authorizing the government to file a direct action against cigarette manufacturers to recover the health care costs it has incurred, or will incur, resulting from a “tobacco related wrong.” The Supreme Court has held that the statute is constitutional. PMI and certain other non-Canadian defendants challenged the jurisdiction of the court. The court rejected the jurisdictional challenge and the case is in the early stages of litigation. Trial is set for September 6, 2010.

In the case in Israel, in which PMI, its subsidiary, and an indemnitee of its subsidiary, together with other members of the industry are defendants, a private health care provider brought a claim seeking reimbursement of the cost of treating its members for alleged smoking-related illnesses for the years 1990-1998. Certain defendants filed a motion to dismiss the case. The motion was rejected, and those defendants filed a motion with the Israel Supreme Court for leave to appeal. The appeal was heard by the Supreme Court in March 2005, and the parties are awaiting the court’s decision.

In Nigeria, the governments of four states filed separate claims against PMI’s subsidiary and other members of the tobacco industry, seeking reimbursement of the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the next 20 years, plus punitive damages. The cases are all in the early stages of litigation and the defendants have filed various preliminary motions which the courts are yet to rule upon. PMI conducts no business in Nigeria.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In addition, in October 2007, the Federal High Court of Nigeria granted the Attorney General of the Federation of Nigeria leave to serve a health care cost reimbursement claim against PMI’s subsidiary and other members of the tobacco industry. The Attorney General is seeking reimbursement for the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the next 20 years, various injunctive relief, plus punitive damages. PMI’s subsidiary has not yet been served with the claim.

In Spain, the government of the region of Andalucia filed a claim in February 2002 against PMI’s subsidiary and other members of the industry, seeking reimbursement for the cost of treating certain of its citizens for various smoking related illnesses. In May 2004, the first instance court dismissed the case, finding that the State was a necessary party to the claim, and thus, the claim must be filed in Administrative Court. The plaintiffs have appealed. In February 2006, the appellate court affirmed the lower court’s dismissal. The plaintiff filed notice that it intended to pursue its claim in the Administrative Court against the State. Because they were defendants in the original proceeding, PMI’s subsidiary and other members of the industry filed notices with the Administrative Court that they are interested parties in the case. On September 20, 2007, the plaintiff filed its complaint in Administrative Court. The Ministry of Economy, on behalf of the State, filed its preliminary objections to the claim. In October 2007, PMI’s subsidiary and other interested parties filed their comments in response to the Ministry of Economy’s objections. In November 2007, the Administrative Court dismissed the claim. The plaintiff has asked the Administrative Court to reconsider its decision dismissing the case.

Lights Cases : These cases, brought on behalf of individual plaintiffs, or on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs, allege that the use of the term “lights” constitutes fraudulent and misleading conduct. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery including misrepresentation, deception, and breach of consumer protection laws. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief including restitution, and compensatory and other damages. Defenses raised in these cases include lack of causation, lack of reliance, assumption of the risk, and statute of limitations.

As of December 31, 2007, there were a number of lights cases pending against PMI’s subsidiaries and indemnitees of a subsidiary, as follows:

 

   

1 case brought on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs against PMI’s subsidiary and indemnitees of its subsidiary in Israel, compared with 1 such case on December 31, 2006, and 1 case on December 31, 2005;

 

   

1 case brought against an indemnitee of PMI’s subsidiary and other members of the industry on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs in Israel, compared with 1 such case on December 31, 2006, and 1 such case on December 31, 2005; and

 

   

2,026 cases brought against PMI’s subsidiaries on behalf of individuals in the equivalent of small claims courts in Italy where the maximum damages claimed are approximately one thousand euros per case, compared with 23 such cases on December 31, 2006, and 23 cases on December 31, 2005.

In the first case listed above, in which PMI’s subsidiary and indemnitees of its subsidiary are defendants, plaintiffs filed a purported class action claiming that the class members were misled by the descriptor “lights” into believing that Lights cigarettes are safer than full flavor cigarettes. The claim seeks recovery of the purchase price of Lights cigarettes and compensation for distress for each class member. Hearings will take place in November 2008 for the court to decide whether the case meets the legal requirements necessary to allow it to proceed as a class action.

The claims in the second case listed above are similar to those in the first case discussed above; the second case is currently stayed pending a ruling in the first case.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Public Civil Actions : Claims have been filed either by an individual, or a public or private entity, seeking to protect collective or individual rights, such as the right to health, the right to information or the right to safety. Plaintiffs’ allegations of liability in these cases are based on various theories of recovery including product defect, concealment, and misrepresentation. Plaintiffs in these cases seek various forms of relief including injunctive relief such as banning cigarettes, descriptors, smoking in certain places and advertising, as well as implementing communication campaigns and reimbursement of medical expenses incurred by public or private institutions. There are nine public civil actions pending against PMI’s subsidiaries in Argentina (1), Brazil (3), Colombia (4), and Turkey (1).

Other Litigation : Other litigation includes an antitrust suit and various tax cases:

 

   

Antitrust: 1 case brought on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs against PMI and other members of the industry alleging price-fixing in the state of Kansas in the United States; and

 

   

Tax: In Brazil, there are 102 tax cases involving Philip Morris Brasil relating to the payment of state tax on the sale and transfer of goods and services, federal social contributions, excise, social security and income tax, and other matters. Thirty-seven of these cases are under administrative review by the relevant fiscal authorities and sixty-five are under judicial review by the courts.

Third-Party Guarantees

At December 31, 2007, PMI’s third-party guarantees, which are primarily related to excise taxes, were $50 million, of which $45 million have no specific expiration dates. The remainder expire through 2011, with no guarantees expiring during 2008. PMI is required to perform under these guarantees in the event that a third party fails to make contractual payments. PMI does not have a liability on its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007, as the fair value of these guarantees is insignificant due to the fact that the probability of future payments under these guarantees is remote.

Note 15. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited):

 

     2006 Quarters
     1st    2nd    3rd    4th
     (in millions, including earnings per share)

Net revenues

   $ 11,801    $ 12,310    $ 12,703    $ 11,446
                           

Gross profit

   $ 3,121    $ 3,276    $ 3,311    $ 2,933
                           

Net earnings

   $ 1,750    $ 1,402    $ 1,382    $ 1,612
                           

Earnings per share

   $ 11.67    $ 9.34    $ 9.21    $ 10.75
                           

 

     2007 Quarters
     1st    2nd    3rd    4th
     (in millions, including earnings per share)

Net revenues

   $ 13,268    $ 13,948    $ 14,232    $ 13,648
                           

Gross profit

   $ 3,428    $ 3,591    $ 3,687    $ 3,372
                           

Net earnings

   $ 1,445    $ 1,483    $ 1,725    $ 1,373
                           

Earnings per share

   $ 9.63    $ 9.89    $ 11.50    $ 9.15
                           

 

F-40


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During 2006 and 2007, PMI recorded the following pre-tax charges or (gains) in net earnings:

 

     2006 Quarters  
     1st    2nd    3rd    4th  
     (in millions)  

Italian antitrust charge

   $ 61    $ —      $ —      $ —    

Gain on sale of business

              (488 )

Asset impairment and exit costs

     2      21      65      38  
                             
   $ 63    $ 21    $ 65    $ (450 )
                             
     2007 Quarters  
     1st    2nd    3rd    4th  
     (in millions)  

Asset impairment and exit costs

   $ 62    $ 76    $ 15    $ 55  

Gain on sale of leasing business

              (52 )
                             
   $ 62    $ 76    $ 15    $ 3  
                             

Note 16. Subsequent Event:

On January 30, 2008, the Altria Group, Inc. Board of Directors announced that Altria Group, Inc. plans to spin off all of its interest in PMI to Altria Group, Inc. stockholders in a tax-free transaction pursuant to Section 355 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The distribution of all the PMI shares owned by Altria Group, Inc. will be made on March 28, 2008 (the “Distribution Date”), to Altria Group, Inc. stockholders of record as of the close of business on March 19, 2008 (the “Record Date”). Altria Group, Inc. will distribute one share of PMI common stock for every share of Altria Group, Inc. common stock outstanding as of the Record Date. Following the Distribution Date, Altria Group, Inc. will not own any shares of PMI common stock. Altria Group, Inc. intends to adjust its current dividend so that its stockholders who retain their Altria Group, Inc. and PMI shares will receive, in the aggregate, the same dividend dollars as before the Distribution Date. Following the distribution, PMI’s initial annualized dividend rate will be $1.84 per common share and Altria Group, Inc.’s initial annualized dividend rate will be $1.16 per common share. All decisions regarding future dividends will be made independently by the Altria Group, Inc. Board of Directors and the PMI Board of Directors, for their respective companies. In addition, on January 30, 2008, the Altria Group, Inc. Board of Directors approved a $13.0 billion two-year share repurchase program for PMI. The program is expected to begin in May 2008.

Stock Compensation

Holders of Altria Group, Inc. stock options will be treated similarly to public stockholders and will, accordingly, have their stock awards split into two instruments. Holders of Altria Group, Inc. stock options will receive the following stock options, which, immediately after the Spin-off, will have an aggregate intrinsic value equal to the intrinsic value of the pre-spin Altria Group, Inc. options:

 

   

a new PMI option to acquire the same number of shares of PMI common stock as the number of Altria Group, Inc. options held by such person on the Distribution Date; and

 

   

an adjusted Altria Group, Inc. option for the same number of shares of Altria Group, Inc. common stock with a reduced exercise price.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Holders of Altria Group, Inc. restricted stock or deferred stock awarded prior to January 30, 2008, will retain their existing awards and will receive the same number of shares of restricted or deferred stock of PMI. The restricted stock and deferred stock will not vest until the completion of the original restriction period (typically, three years from the date of the original grant). Recipients of Altria Group, Inc. deferred stock awarded on January 30, 2008, who will be employed by Altria Group, Inc. after the Distribution Date, will receive additional shares of deferred stock of Altria Group, Inc. to preserve the intrinsic value of the award. Recipients of Altria Group, Inc. deferred stock awarded on January 30, 2008, who will be employed by PMI after the Distribution Date, will receive substitute shares of PMI deferred stock to preserve the intrinsic value of the award.

To the extent that employees of the remaining Altria Group, Inc. receive PMI stock options, Altria Group, Inc. will reimburse PMI in cash for the Black-Scholes fair value of the stock options to be received. To the extent that PMI employees hold Altria Group, Inc. stock options, PMI will reimburse Altria Group, Inc. in cash for the Black-Scholes fair value of the stock options. To the extent that employees of Altria Group, Inc. receive PMI deferred stock, Altria Group, Inc. will pay to PMI the fair value of the PMI deferred stock less the value of projected forfeitures. To the extent that PMI employees hold Altria Group, Inc. restricted stock or deferred stock, PMI will reimburse Altria Group, Inc. in cash for the fair value of the restricted or deferred stock less the value of projected forfeitures and any amounts previously charged to PMI for the restricted or deferred stock. Based upon the number of Altria Group, Inc. stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2007, the net amount of these reimbursements is estimated to be approximately $427 million from Altria Group, Inc. to PMI. However, this estimate is subject to change as stock awards vest (in the case of restricted and deferred stock) or are exercised (in the case of stock options) prior to the Record Date.

Other Matters

As part of the Spin-off, PMI will pay to Altria Group, Inc. $4.0 billion in special dividends in addition to PMI’s normal dividends to Altria Group, Inc. PMI paid $3.1 billion of these special dividends in 2007. PMI expects to pay the additional $900 million in the first quarter of 2008.

PMI is currently included in the Altria Group, Inc. consolidated federal income tax return, and federal income tax contingencies are recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet of ALG (the parent company). Prior to the distribution of PMI shares, ALG will reimburse PMI in cash for these liabilities, which are $97 million.

A subsidiary of ALG currently provides PMI with certain corporate services at cost plus a management fee. After the Distribution Date, PMI will undertake these activities, and services provided to PMI will cease in 2008. All intercompany accounts will be settled in cash.

Certain employees of PMI participate in the U.S. benefit plans offered by Altria Group, Inc. After the PMI Distribution Date, the benefits previously provided by Altria Group, Inc. will be provided by PMI. As a result, new plans will be established by PMI, and the related plan assets (to the extent that the benefit plans were previously funded) and liabilities will be transferred to the new plans. The transfer of these benefits will result in PMI recording an additional liability of approximately $98 million in its consolidated balance sheet, partially offset by the related deferred tax assets ($37 million) and the corresponding SFAS 158 adjustment to stockholder’s equity ($23 million). Altria Group, Inc. will pay PMI a corresponding amount of $38 million in cash, which is net of the related tax benefit.

Currently, PMI’s financial statements portray earnings per share based on the 150 shares of PMI stock held by ALG. The distribution ratio for the Spin-off is one share of PMI stock for each share of ALG stock. ALG shares for diluted earnings per share were 2,090 million, 2,105 million and 2,116 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

    Philip Morris International Inc. and Subsidiaries:

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated January 28, 2008, except for Note 16, which is as of February 7, 2008, appearing in this Registration Statement on Form 10 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule appearing in Item 15(a) of this Form 10. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

January 28, 2008, except for Note 16, which is as of February 7, 2008

 

F-43


Table of Contents

PHILIP MORRIS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007

(in millions)

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Additions     Deductions    Balance
at End of
Period
      Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses
   Charged
to Other
Accounts
      
               (a)     (b)     

2005:

             

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 19    $ 4    $ (2 )   $ 3    $ 18
                                   

2006:

             

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 18    $ 3    $     $ 6    $ 15
                                   

2007:

             

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 15    $ 5    $ 1     $ 6    $ 15
                                   

 

Notes:

 

(a) Primarily related to currency translation.

 

(b) Represents charges for which allowances were created.

 

F-44

Exhibit 99.2

CERTAIN LITIGATION MATTERS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

As described in Note 14, Contingencies of this Form 10, legal proceedings covering a wide range of matters are pending or threatened against us and/or our subsidiaries, and indemnitees of our subsidiaries in various jurisdictions, including an antitrust case in the state of Kansas in the United States. Various types of claims are raised in these proceedings, including, among others, product liability, consumer protection, antitrust, and tax. Pending claims related to tobacco products generally fall within the following categories: (i) smoking and health cases alleging personal injury brought on behalf of individual plaintiffs, (ii) smoking and health cases primarily alleging personal injury purporting to be brought on behalf of a class of individual plaintiffs, (iii) health care cost recovery cases brought by governmental and non-governmental plaintiffs seeking reimbursement for health care expenditures allegedly caused by cigarette smoking, (iv) class action suits alleging that the uses of the terms “Lights” and “Ultra Lights” constitute fraudulent and misleading conduct, and (v) other tobacco-related litigation.

The following lists certain of the pending claims included in these categories and certain other pending claims.

SMOKING AND HEALTH LITIGATION

The following lists the smoking and health class actions pending against our subsidiaries or indemnitees of our subsidiaries, as of February 1, 2008, except as expressly noted below.

Class Actions

The Smoker Health Defense Association (ADESF) v. Souza Cruz, S.A. and Philip Morris Marketing, S.A., Nineteenth Lower Civil Court of the Central Courts of the Judiciary District of São Paulo, Brazil, filed July 25, 1995. The trial court found in favor of the plaintiff in February 2004. The court awarded R$1,000 (currently approximately U.S. $500) per smoker per full year of smoking for moral damages plus interest at the rate of 1% per month, as of the date of the ruling. Actual damages are to be assessed in a second phase of the case. The size of the class cannot currently be estimated. Defendants appealed the decision to the Sao Paulo Court of Appeals and the case, including the judgment, is currently stayed pending appeal. In addition, the defendants filed a constitutional appeal to the Federal Supreme Court on the basis that the consumer association does not have standing to bring the lawsuit. Both appeals are pending.

Sasson, et al. v. Philip Morris International Inc., et al., District Court, Tel Aviv, Israel, filed July 11, 2005 . Plaintiff seeks compensation for a class of approximately 500,000 smokers for the cost of past and future smoking cessation treatment. The claim was dismissed in May 2007 on statute of limitations grounds. Plaintiff appealed to the Supreme Court, but failed to deposit the bond necessary to proceed with the appeal. Consequently, in January 2008, the Supreme Court dismissed the appeal. The plaintiff may seek reconsideration of the dismissal of the appeal.

Public Prosecutor of Sao Paulo v. Philip Morris Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda, Civil Court of the City of Sao Paolo, Brazil, filed August 6, 2007. The plaintiff is seeking, (1) unspecified damages on behalf of all smokers nationwide, former smokers, and their relatives; (2) unspecified damages on behalf of people exposed to ETS nationwide, and their relatives; and (3) reimbursement of the health care costs allegedly incurred for the treatment of tobacco-related diseases by all 27 States, approximately 5,000 municipalities, and the Federal District. While our subsidiary has not yet been served, the judge has authorized the claim to be served. In an interim ruling issued in December 2007, the trial court limited the scope of this claim to the State of Sao Paulo only.

HEALTH CARE COST RECOVERY LITIGATION

The following lists the health care cost recovery actions pending against us, our subsidiaries and indemnitees of our subsidiaries as of February 1, 2008.

Kupat Holim Clalit v. Philip Morris USA, et al., Jerusalem District Court, Israel, filed September 28, 1998 . A private health care provider brought a claim seeking reimbursement of the cost of treating its members for alleged smoking-related illnesses for the years


1990-1998. Certain defendants filed a motion to dismiss the case. The motion was rejected, and those defendants filed a motion with the Israel Supreme Court for leave to appeal. The appeal was heard by the Supreme Court in March 2005, and the parties are awaiting the court’s decision.

Her Majesty the Queen in Right of British Columbia v. Imperial Tobacco Limited, et al., Supreme Court, British Columbia, Vancouver Registry, Canada, filed January 24, 2001 . The government of the province of British Columbia brought a claim based upon legislation that the province had enacted authorizing the government to file a direct action against cigarette manufacturers to recover the health care costs it has incurred, or will incur, resulting from a “tobacco related wrong.” The Supreme Court has held that the statute is constitutional. We and certain other non-Canadian defendants challenged the jurisdiction of the court. The court rejected the jurisdictional challenge and the case is in the early stages of litigation. Trial is set for September 6, 2010.

Junta de Andalucia, et al. v. Philip Morris Spain, et al., Court of First Instance, Madrid, Spain, filed February 21, 2002 . The government of the region of Andalucia filed a claim in February 2002 seeking reimbursement for the cost of treating certain of its citizens for various smoking related illnesses. In May 2004, the first instance court dismissed the case. Plaintiffs appealed. In January 2006, the appellate court affirmed the lower court’s dismissal. The plaintiff filed notice that it intended to pursue its claim in the Administrative Court. As provided by court rules, the defendants filed notices with the Administrative Court that they are interested parties in the case. On September 20, 2007, the plaintiff filed its complaint in the Administrative Court. The Ministry of Economy has filed its preliminary objections to the claim. In October 2007, the other co-defendants in the proceedings, including PMI’s subsidiary, filed their comments in response to the Ministry of Economy’s preliminary objections. In November 2007, the Administrative Court dismissed the claim. The plaintiff has asked the Administrative Court to reconsider its decision dismissing the case.

The Attorney General of Lagos State, et al. v. British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited, et al., High Court of Lagos State, Lagos, Nigeria, filed April 30, 2007. Plaintiff seeks reimbursement for the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking and health related diseases for the next 20 years, plus punitive damages. The case is in the early stages of litigation and the defendants have filed various preliminary motions upon which the court is yet to rule. We conduct no business in Nigeria.

The Attorney General of Kano State v. British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited, et al., High Court of Kano State, Kano, Nigeria, filed May 9, 2007. Plaintiff seeks reimbursement for the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking and health related diseases for the next 20 years, plus punitive damages. The case is in the early stages of litigation and the defendants have filed various preliminary motions upon which the court is yet to rule. We conduct no business in Nigeria.

The Attorney General of Gombe State v. British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited, et al., High Court of Gombe State, Gombe, Nigeria, filed May 18, 2007. Plaintiff seeks reimbursement for the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking and health related diseases for the next 20 years, plus punitive damages. The case is in the early stages of litigation and the defendants have filed various preliminary motions upon which the court is yet to rule. We conduct no business in Nigeria.

The Attorney General of Oyo State, et al., v. British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited, et al., High Court of Oyo State, Ibidam, Nigeria, filed May 30, 2007. Plaintiff seeks reimbursement for the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking and health related diseases for the next 20 years, plus punitive damages. The case is in the early stages of litigation and the defendants have filed various preliminary motions upon which the court is yet to rule. We conduct no business in Nigeria.

The Attorney General of the Federation v. British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited, et al., Federal High Court, Abuja, Nigeria, filed July 25, 2007. Plaintiff seeks reimbursement for the cost of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the past 20 years, payment of anticipated costs of treating alleged smoking related diseases for the next 20 years, various injunctive relief, plus punitive damages. Our subsidiary has not yet been served with the claim.

 

2


PUBLIC CIVIL ACTIONS

The following lists public civil actions pending against our subsidiaries as of February 1, 2008.

Osorio v. Philip Morris Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda, et al., Federal Court of Sao Paolo, Brazil, filed September 2003. Our subsidiary filed its answer to the complaint in June 2004.

Associacao dos Consumidores Explorados do Distrito Federal v. Philip Morris Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda., State Court of Brasilia, Brazil, filed April 14, 2006 . Plaintiff seeks a ban on the production and sale of cigarettes on the grounds that they are harmful to health. Plaintiff’s complaint also requests a fine amounting to approximately $500,000 per day be imposed should the ban be granted and defendant continues to produce or sell cigarettes. Our subsidiary filed a response to the complaint in June 2006. The trial court dismissed the case in June 2007. Plaintiff has appealed.

Associacao dos Consumidores Explorados do Distrito Federal v. Sampoerna Tabacos America Latina Ltda., State Trial Court of Brasilia, Brazil, filed April 14, 2006 . Plaintiff seeks a ban on the production and sale of cigarettes on the grounds that they are harmful to health. Plaintiff’s complaint also requests a fine amounting to approximately $500,000 per day be imposed should the ban be granted and defendant continues to produce or sell cigarettes. Our subsidiary filed a response to the complaint in June 2006. The trial court dismissed the case in November 2007. Plaintiff has appealed.

Morales v. Philip Morris Colombia S.A. and Colombian Government, Administrative Court of Bogotá, Colombia, filed February 2, 2007. Plaintiff alleges violations of the collective right to a healthy environment, public health rights, and the rights of consumers, and that the government failed to protect those rights. Plaintiff seeks various monetary damages and other relief, including a ban on descriptors and a ban on cigarette advertising. Our subsidiary filed its answer to the complaint in March 2007.

Garrido v. Philip Morris Colombia S.A., Civil Court of Bogotá , Colombia, filed March 30, 2007. Plaintiff seeks various forms of injunctive relief, including the ban of the use of “lights” descriptors, and requests that defendant be ordered to finance a national campaign against smoking. Our subsidiary filed its answer in April 2007.

Garrido v. Coltabaco (Garrido II), Civil Court of Bogotá, Colombia, filed March 2007. Plaintiff seeks various forms of injunctive relief, including the ban of the use of “lights” descriptors, and requests that defendant be ordered to finance a national campaign against smoking. Our subsidiary filed its answer in April 2007.

Guzman v. Coltabaco, et al., Administrative Court of Bogotá, Colombia, filed May 8, 2007. Plaintiff is seeking economic restitution to the country, an increase in sales tax for cigarettes, as well as various forms of injunctive relief. Our subsidiary filed its answer in June 2007.

Asociación Argentina de Derecho de Danos v. Massalin Particulares S.A., et al., Civil Court of Buenos Aires, Bueno Aires, Argentina, filed February 26, 2007 (served June 2007). Plaintiff seeks the establishment of a relief fund for reimbursement of medical costs associated with diseases allegedly caused by smoking. Our subsidiary filed its answer to the complaint in 2007.

Consumer Awareness Enhancement Association v. TEKEL, et al., Istanbul Consumer Court, Istanbul, Turkey, served May 2007. Plaintiff argues that cigarette manufacturers and importers should be banned from providing cigarettes to Turkish consumers. Our subsidiary filed its answer in June 2007. The trial court dismissed the case in October 2007. Plaintiff has appealed.

LIGHTS/ULTRA LIGHTS CASES

The following lists the Lights/Ultra Lights class action cases pending against PMI’s subsidiaries and indemnitees of PMI’s subsidiaries as of February 1, 2008.

El-Roy, et al. v. Philip Morris Incorporated, et al., District Court of Tel-Aviv/Jaffa, Israel, filed January 18, 2004. Plaintiffs filed a purported class action claiming that the class members were misled by the descriptor “lights” into believing that Lights cigarettes are safer than full flavor cigarettes. The claim seeks recovery of the purchase price of Lights cigarettes and compensation for distress for each class member. Hearings will take place in November 2008 for the court to decide whether the case meets the legal requirements necessary to allow it to proceed as a class action.

 

3


Navon, et al. v. Philip Morris Products USA, et al., District Court of Tel-Aviv/Jaffa, Israel, filed December 5, 2004 . This case has been stayed pending the resolution of class certification issues in El-Roy v. Philip Morris Incorporated, et al.

 

4

Exhibit 99.3

TRIAL SCHEDULE FOR CERTAIN CASES

There are currently no cases against us or our subsidiaries scheduled for trial through the end of 2008. Trials in three cases brought against indemnitees of our subsidiaries on behalf of individuals in Finland are scheduled to begin in March 2008.